[CB 0.2] 6 ENABLED HER TO SET FORTH IN AN UNDERSTANDING AND SYMPATHETIC MANNER THE INSTRUCTION IMPARTED TO HER. HER EXPERIENCE IN THE PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF THE PRINCIPLES SHE HAS SET BEFORE OTHERS BEGETS CONFIDENCE IN THE HEART OF THE READER. ALL THE E. G. WHITE SOURCES, PUBLISHED AND UNPUBLISHED, HAVE BEEN DRAWN UPON IN PREPARING CHILD GUIDANCE. FULL SOURCE CREDITS APPEAR AT THE CLOSE OF EACH CHAPTER. BECAUSE THE CONTENT OF THIS VOLUME HAS BEEN BROUGHT TOGETHER FROM A NUMBER OF SOURCES WRITTEN OVER A PERIOD OF SEVENTY YEARS, THERE OCCASIONALLY OCCURS AN UNAVOIDABLE BREAK IN THOUGHT AND MANNER OF ADDRESS AS THE SEVERAL STATEMENTS ARE LINKED TOGETHER IN THEIR NATURAL SUBJECT SEQUENCE. THE COMPILERS WERE LIMITED IN THEIR WORK TO THE SELECTING AND ARRANGING OF THE VARIOUS STATEMENTS AND TO THE SUPPLYING OF HEADINGS. CHILD GUIDANCE WAS PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE ELLEN G. WHITE PUBLICATIONS IN THEIR OFFICES IN WASHINGTON, D.C. THE WORK WAS DONE IN HARMONY WITH MRS. WHITE'S INSTRUCTION TO HER TRUSTEES THAT THEY SHOULD PROVIDE FOR THE PRINTING OF COMPILATIONS FROM HER MANUSCRIPT AND PUBLISHED SOURCES. THE NEED FOR THIS VOLUME IS GREAT. ETERNAL INTERESTS ARE AT STAKE. THE DETAILED COUNSELS ON DISCIPLINE, CHARACTER BUILDING, AND PHYSICAL AND SPIRITUAL EDUCATION WILL BE TREASURED BY EVERY THOUGHTFUL PARENT. THAT THIS VOLUME, STANDING BY THE SIDE OF THE ADVENTIST HOME, MESSAGES TO YOUNG PEOPLE, AND OTHER OF THE E. G. WHITE BOOKS OF COUNSEL TO PARENTS AND YOUTH, MAY SERVE TO GUIDE FATHERS AND MOTHERS IN THEIR MOST IMPORTANT WORK IS THE SINCERE WISH OF THE PUBLISHERS AND THE TRUSTEES OF THE ELLEN G. WHITE PUBLICATIONS. {CB 0.2} [CB 0.3] Table of Contents Section I Home, The First School 1. Importance of the Home School.................................... 17 2. The First Teachers............................................... 21 3. When to Begin the Child's Training............................... 26 Section II Methods and Textbooks 4. Methods of Teaching.............................................. 31 5. The Bible as a Textbook.......................................... 41 6. The Book of Nature............................................... 45 7. Practical Lessons From Nature's Book............................. 53 Section III Teachers Adequately Trained 8. Preparation Is Needed............................................ 63 9. A Call for Self-improvement...................................... 71 Section IV Obedience, The Most Important Lesson 10. The Key to Happiness and Success................................ 79 11. To Be Taught From Babyhood...................................... 82 12. Obedience Must Become a Habit................................... 85 8 Section V Other Basic Lessons 13. Self-control.................................................... 91 14. Quietness, Respect, and Reverence............................... 97 15. Care in Handling Property....................................... 101 16. Health Principles............................................... 103 17. Cleanliness..................................................... 106 18. Neatness, Order, and Regularity................................. 110 19. Purity.......................................................... 113 Section VI Lessons in Practical Virtues 20. Helpfulness..................................................... 119 21. Industry........................................................ 122 22. Diligence and Perseverance...................................... 128 23. Self-denial, Unselfishness, and Thoughtfulness.................. 131 24. Economy and Thrift.............................................. 134 Section VII Developing Christian Qualities 25. Simplicity...................................................... 139 26. Courtesy and Reserve............................................ 143 27. Cheerfulness and Thankfulness................................... 146 28. Truthfulness.................................................... 150 29. Honesty and Integrity........................................... 152 30. Self-reliance and Sense of Honor................................ 156 9 Section VIII The Paramount Task--Character Development 31. Importance of Character......................................... 161 32. How Character is Formed......................................... 164 33. Parental Responsibility in Character Formation.................. 169 34. Ways in Which Character Is Ruined............................... 175 35. How Parents May Build Strong Characters......................... 184 Section IX Fundamental Elements of Character Building 36. Advantage of the Early Years.................................... 193 37. The Power of Habit.............................................. 199 38. Study Age, Disposition, and Temperament......................... 204 39. The Will a Factor in Success.................................... 209 40. Exemplify Christian Principles.................................. 215 Section X Discipline and its Administration 41. Objectives of Discipline........................................ 223 42. The Time to Begin Discipline.................................... 229 43. Discipline in the Home.......................................... 233 44. Administration of Corrective Discipline......................... 244 45. With Love and Firmness.......................................... 258 10 Section XI Faulty Discipline 46. Evils of Indulgence............................................. 271 47. Lax Discipline and Its Fruitage................................. 275 48. The Child's Reaction............................................ 279 49. Attitude of Relatives........................................... 288 Section XII Development of the Mental Powers 50. What Comprises True Education?.................................. 293 51. Preparing for School............................................ 300 52. Choosing the School............................................. 303 53. The Church's Responsibility..................................... 312 54. Teachers and Parents in Partnership............................. 318 55. Unity in Discipline............................................. 323 56. Academy and College Training.................................... 328 Section XIII Primary Importance of Physical Development 57. Exercise and Health............................................. 339 58. Training for Practical Life..................................... 345 59. Teaching Useful Trades.......................................... 355 60. Knowledge of and Obedience to the Laws of Life ................. 360 11 Section XIV Maintaining Physical Fitness 61. The Homemaker in the Kitchen.................................... 371 62. Eating to Live.................................................. 378 63. Temperance in All Things........................................ 394 64. The Home and the Temperance Crusade............................. 401 Section XV Fitting Attire 65. The Blessings of Proper Dress................................... 413 66. Teaching the Fundamental Principles of Dress.................... 419 67. The Fascinating Power of Fashion................................ 432 Section XVI Preserving Moral Integrity 68. Prevalence of Corrupting Vices.................................. 439 69. Effects of Harmful Practices.................................... 444 70. Cautions and Counsels........................................... 449 71. Parental Vigilance and Help..................................... 457 72. The Battle for Reform........................................... 464 Section XVII Arousing the Spiritual Powers 73. Responsibility for Eternal Interests............................ 471 74. Every Home a Church............................................. 480 12 75. Leading Little Children to Christ............................... 486 76. Preparing for Church Membership................................. 493 Section XVIII Maintaining the Religious Experience 77. The Bible in the Home........................................... 505 78. The Power of Prayer............................................. 517 79. Sabbath--The Day of Delight..................................... 527 80. Reverence for That Which Is Holy................................ 538 81. Co-ordination of Home and Church................................ 548 Section XIX The Day of Reckoning 82. The Hour Is Late................................................ 555 83. The Rewards..................................................... 560 {CB 0.3} [EWX III] FROM THE GOING FORTH OF THE COMMANDMENT TO RESTORE AND BUILD JERUSALEM. IF THE DATE OF THIS COMMANDMENT COULD BE FOUND, THEN THE STARTING-POINT FOR THE GREAT PERIOD OF THE 2300 DAYS WOULD BE ASCERTAINED. "IN THE SEVENTH CHAPTER OF EZRA THE DECREE IS FOUND. ［EZRA 7:12-26.］ IN ITS COMPLETEST FORM IT WAS ISSUED BY ARTAXERXES, KING OF PERSIA, B.C. 457. BUT IN EZRA 6:14 THE HOUSE OF THE LORD AT JERUSALEM IS SAID TO HAVE BEEN BUILT 'ACCORDING TO THE COMMANDMENT ［MARGIN, DECREE］ OF CYRUS, AND DARIUS, AND ARTAXERXES KING OF PERSIA.' THESE THREE KINGS, IN ORIGINATING, RE-AFFIRMING, AND COMPLETING THE DECREE, BROUGHT IT TO THE PERFECTION REQUIRED BY THE PROPHECY TO MARK THE BEGINNING OF THE 2300 YEARS. TAKING B.C. 457, THE TIME WHEN THE DECREE WAS COMPLETED, AS THE DATE OF THE COMMANDMENT, EVERY SPECIFICATION OF THE PROPHECY CONCERNING THE SEVENTY WEEKS WAS SEEN TO HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. "'FROM THE GOING FORTH OF THE COMMANDMENT TO RESTORE AND TO BUILD JERUSALEM UNTO THE MESSIAH THE PRINCE SHALL BE SEVEN WEEKS, AND THREESCORE AND TWO WEEKS.'--NAMELY, SIXTY-NINE WEEKS, OR 483 YEARS. THE DECREE OF ARTAXERXES WENT INTO EFFECT IN THE AUTUMN OF B.C. 457. FROM THIS DATE, 483 YEARS EXTEND TO THE AUTUMN OF A.D. 27. AT THAT TIME THIS PROPHECY WAS FULFILLED. THE WORD 'MESSIAH' SIGNIFIES 'THE ANOINTED ONE.' IN THE AUTUMN OF A.D. 27, CHRIST WAS BAPTIZED BY JOHN, AND RECEIVED THE ANOINTING OF THE SPIRIT. THE APOSTLE PETER TESTIFIES THAT 'GOD ANOINTED JESUS OF NAZARETH WITH THE HOLY GHOST AND WITH POWER.' ［ACTS 10:38.］ AND THE SAVIOUR HIMSELF DECLARED, 'THE SPIRIT OF THE LORD IS UPON ME, BECAUSE HE HATH ANOINTED ME TO PREACH THE GOSPEL TO THE POOR.' ［LUKE 4:18.］ AFTER HIS BAPTISM HE WENT INTO GALILEE, 'PREACHING THE GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM OF GOD, AND SAYING, THE TIME IS FULFILLED.' ［MARK 1:14, 15.］ "'AND HE SHALL CONFIRM THE COVENANT WITH MANY FOR {EWX III} [SW 0.1] SW - The Southern Work (1898, 1901) Table of Contents Introduction: The Story of The Southern Work ......................... 5 I. Ellen G. White's Appeal to the Church Our Duty to the Colored People ［ORIGINAL EDITION OF SW 1-18］ ... 9 E. G. White Manuscript, March 20, 1891, read to church leaders. Published in leaflet. II. The Review and Herald Articles Work Among the Colored People ................................. 19 Review and Herald, April 2, 1895 (Not in The Southern Work or any pamphlet.) An Appeal for the Southern Field (SW 19-29).................... 25 Review and Herald, Nov. 26,1895 An Appeal for the South--2 (SW 30-40).......................... 31 Review and Herald, Dec. 3,1895 An Appeal for the South--3 (SW 41-48) ......................... 37 Review and Herald, Dec. 10,1895 An Example in History (SW 49-58) ............................. 41 Review and Herald, Dec. 17,1895 The Bible the Colored People's Hope (SW 59-67)................. 46 Review and Herald, Dec. 24,1895 Spirit and Life for the Colored People (SW 68-73) ............. 51 Review and Herald, Jan. 14,1896 "Am I My Brother's Keeper?" (SW 74-81) ........................ 54 Review and Herald, Jan. 21,1896 4 Lift Up Your Eyes and Look on the Field (SW 82-91)............. 58 Review and Herald, Jan. 28,1896 Volunteers Wanted for the Southern Field (SW 92-96) ........... 63 Review and Herald, Feb. 4,1896 III. Counsels Regarding the Work in the South Words of Precaution Regarding Sunday Labor (SW 128-136) ....... 66 Ellen G. White Manuscript 22a, 1895 (Interview in Australia, Nov. 20, 1895) Proper Methods of Work in the Southern Field (SW 97-108) ....... 72 Ellen G. White Letter to A. O. Tait, Nov. 20, 1895-- The Southern Field (SW 109-115) ............................. 79 Ellen G. White Manuscript 164,1897 IV. Special Counsels and Cautions in 1899 Colonization Not Advisable (SW 117-123) ........................ 83 Ellen G. White Letter to A. F. Ballenger, June 5,1899 The Field Becoming Difficult (SW 124-127) ...................... 88 Ellen G. White Letter to A. F. Ballenger, July 2,1899 Further Counsel Regarding a Colony in the South (SW 137-141) ... 91 Ellen G. White Letter to J. E. White, June 21,1899 A Neglected Work (SW 142-145) .................................. 94 Ellen G. White Manuscript 90, 1899, April 27, 1899) Principles Regarding Restitution (SW 146-147) .................. 96 Ellen G. White Letter to J. N. Loughborough, Feb. 19, 1899. {SW 0.1} [SW 0.2] INTRODUCTION THE STORY OF THE SOUTHERN WORK THE 1890'S WAS THE DECADE OF REPEATED APPEALS FROM THE PEN OF ELLEN G. WHITE TO THE CHURCH, URGING ITS EVANGELISTIC FORCES TO ENTER THE GREAT HARVEST FIELD OF THE SOUTH. FIRST APPEARED THE FAR-REACHING TESTIMONY TO CHURCH LEADERS IN 1891, HEADED "OUR DUTY TO THE COLORED PEOPLE." THIS DOCUMENT WAS CIRCULATED IN MANUSCRIPT FORM AND THEN PRINTED IN A LEAFLET. IT WAS THIS THAT STIRRED THE MISSIONARY ZEAL OF ELLEN WHITE'S SON JAMES EDSON WHITE, AND LED HIM TO LAUNCH EVANGELISTIC AND EDUCATIONAL WORK AMONG THE NEGLECTED PEOPLE OF THE SOUTH. IN DOING THIS HE BUILT A MISSIONARY BOAT CHRISTENED THE MORNING STAR, WHICH PROVIDED RESIDENCE, CHAPEL, SCHOOLROOM, AND PRINTING OFFICE. EVANGELISTIC WORK WAS BEGUN AT VICKSBURG, MISSISSIPPI, IN JANUARY, 1895. TEN ARTICLES WRITTEN BY ELLEN G. WHITE FOR PUBLICATION IN THE REVIEW AND HERALD SOON SUPPLEMENTED THE BASIC APPEAL OF 1891. THESE WERE PUBLISHED IN 1895 AND 1896 WHILE MRS. WHITE WAS LIVING IN AUSTRALIA. AN IMPORTANT COUNSEL MEETING IN AUSTRALIA IN NOVEMBER 1895 IN WHICH ELLEN WHITE PARTICIPATED YIELDED FURTHER COUNSELS AND CAUTIONS FROM THE MESSENGER OF THE LORD, AND THIS WAS FOLLOWED FROM TIME TO TIME BY MESSAGES OF ENCOURAGEMENT AND INSTRUCTION. ELDER J. E. WHITE'S RESPONSIBILITIES WERE DOUBLE. HE HAD A THRIVING WORK ON HIS HANDS AS HE PLIED HIS MISSIONARY BOAT ALONG THE RIVERS OF THE SOUTH, AND HE LABORED CONSTANTLY TO REPLENISH AND AUGMENT HIS FORCES BY ENCOURAGING MORE FAMILIES TO COME IN FROM THE NORTH. THESE RECRUITS ALSO HAD TO BE INSTRUCTED AS TO HOW TO WORK IN THIS SPECIAL FIELD OF LABOR. AS ONE MEANS TO ACCOMPLISH THIS, EDSON WHITE DECIDED TO PUBLISH IN AN INEXPENSIVE BOOKLET THE BASIC MATERIALS THAT HIS MOTHER 6 HAD WRITTEN ON THE WORK IN THE SOUTH. IT CONSISTED OF: THE APPEAL OF 1891, THE REVIEW ARTICLES, AND SOME LETTERS OF COUNSEL. THE TYPE WAS SET AND THE PRINTING WAS DONE IN HIS LITTLE MORNING STAR PRINTSHOP IN THE SUMMER OF 1898. HE TITLED THE BOOKLET THE SOUTHERN WORK. IT WAS POCKET SIZED, STAPLED TOGETHER, AND BOUND WITH A BLUE OR GREEN LINEN CLOTH. ITS 115 PAGES MADE A BOOKLET NEARLY A QUARTER OF AN INCH THICK. AS TIME WENT ON AND THE WORK IN THE SOUTH DEVELOPED, ELLEN WHITE CONTINUED TO WRITE COUNSELS MEETING SPECIAL PROBLEMS AS THEY AROSE. J. E. WHITE DREW SOME OF THESE TOGETHER ABOUT THE YEAR 1901 IN A SORT OF SUPPLEMENT, BUT PAGED TO FOLLOW THE BODY OF MATERIALS IN THE SOUTHERN WORK. THIS WAS AT FIRST DISTRIBUTED AS A SEPARATE DOCUMENT OF 32 PAGES WITHOUT COVER. IN TIME THE SUPPLEMENT WAS BOUND WITH THE PARENT DOCUMENT, MAKING A BOOKLET OF 147 PAGES. THIS BOOKLET HAS BEEN VERY PRECIOUS TO ALL INTERESTED IN THE WORK IN THE SOUTH. IN 1902 ELLEN WHITE PUBLISHED TESTIMONIES FOR THE CHURCH, VOLUME SEVEN. IN THE HEART OF THIS SHE EMBODIED A 26-PAGE SECTION CONCERNING THE NEEDS OF THE SOUTHERN FIELD AND GIVING COUNSEL AS TO THE CONDUCT OF THE WORK IN THAT GREAT FIELD. SEE PAGES 220-245. THIS VOLUME WAS FOLLOWED IN TWO YEARS BY TESTIMONIES, VOLUME EIGHT, WITH REFERENCES TO THE WORK IN THE SOUTH ON PAGES 34, 59-61, 91, 137, 150, AND 205. REPEATEDLY THE MESSENGER OF THE LORD PRESENTED THIS IMPORTANT WORK TO THE CHURCH. IT IS ENCOURAGING TO NOTE THAT THESE REPEATED ADMONITIONS AND APPEALS DID NOT FALL ON DEAF EARS. THE WORK BEGAN TO MOVE AHEAD WITH INCREASING MOMENTUM. THIS IN TURN BROUGHT QUESTIONS AS TO THE PROCEDURES ON THE CONDUCT OF THE WORK IN THE SOUTH. ELLEN WHITE EVER KEPT BEFORE THE BRETHREN IN THE CLEAREST OF TERMS THAT ALL MANKIND WERE BOUND TOGETHER IN A CLOSE BROTHERHOOD. SHE LIKEWISE OBSERVED THAT THE CIRCUMSTANCES WERE SUCH THAT IF THE CHURCH WAS TO FULFILL ITS MISSION IN REACHING ALL PEOPLES AND CLASSES, CUSTOMS AND PREJUDICES EXISTING IN CERTAIN AREAS COULD NOT BE IGNORED AND THAT GREAT PRUDENCE WAS CALLED FOR. THIS AND THE URGENCY OF THE WORK WERE THE KEYNOTES OF THE COUNSELS PRESENTED IN 1909 BY ELLEN WHITE IN A FULL SECTION OF TESTIMONIES, VOLUME NINE. SEE "AMONG THE COLORED PEOPLE," PAGES 199-226. THE CAREFUL READER WILL OBSERVE THAT THE COURSE OUTLINED HERE WAS ONE THAT WAS TO BE FOLLOWED TO THE BEST ADVANTAGE "UNTIL THE LORD SHOWS US A BETTER WAY" (VOL. 9, P. 207). AS TO THE LONG-OUT-OF-PRINT SOUTHERN WORK, THERE HAS BEEN AN EARNEST REQUEST FOR ITS REPUBLICATION. HERE REPRINTED, IT NOW MAKES 7 AVAILABLE A BODY OF SPIRIT OF PROPHECY COUNSELS OF PARTICULAR HISTORICAL INTEREST. THIS WAS THE MATERIAL THAT STIRRED THE CHURCH TO AN UNDERSTANDING OF ITS DUTY, CLEARLY ENUNCIATED GREAT BASIC PRINCIPLES, AND LED TO THE BEGINNING OF A WORK THAT WAS TO GROW AND PROSPER. THESE COUNSELS SHOULD BE REREAD WITH AN AWARENESS OF THE CONDITIONS EXISTING IN THE 1890'S--THE TIME OF WRITING. THE NATION WAS SEPARATED FROM SLAVERY BY ONLY 25 OR 30 YEARS. THE PLIGHT OF THE NEGRO WAS DEPLORABLE. THE CHURCH NEEDED AT THAT TIME TO BE CHASTENED FOR ITS NEGLECT OF THIS IMPORTANT PART OF THE LORD'S GREAT VINEYARD. AND IT WAS THESE MATTERS THAT WERE CLEARLY DEPICTED IN THE ARTICLES THAT COMPRISE THIS HISTORIC DOCUMENT, THE SOUTHERN WORK. THE INFORMED READER IS WELL ACQUAINTED WITH THE GREAT STRIDES THAT HAVE BEEN MADE BY THE RACE SO MISUSED AND SADLY NEGLECTED, AND HE KNOWS, TOO, THAT THE CHURCH, STIRRED TO ACTION, INCREASINGLY ACCEPTED THE CHALLENGE TO MISSIONARY WITNESS SO URGENTLY PLACED BEFORE IT. THE RESULT IS THAT IN THE UNITED STATES WE HAVE PROPORTIONATELY MORE MEMBERS AMONG THE COLORED PEOPLE THAN AMONG THE CAUCASIANS. COMPETENT NEGRO PERSONNEL FILL POSITIONS OF RESPONSIBILITY AND TRUST IN THE INSTITUTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONS OF THE CHURCH FROM THE LOCAL PASTOR AND CHURCH-SCHOOL TEACHER TO ITS GENERAL CONFERENCE STAFF. IT IS IN THE INTERESTS OF MAKING AVAILABLE THE MORE COMPLETE RECORD AND THUS FILL IN THE HISTORICAL BACKGROUNDS THAT THE SOUTHERN WORK IS MADE AVAILABLE IN THIS CONVENIENT AND INEXPENSIVE REPRINT FORM. ALL THAT APPEARS IN THE FIRST PRINTING OF THE SOUTHERN WORK IN 1898 AND THE COMBINED WORK OF 1901 IS PRESENTED HERE. IN THE INTERESTS OF ACCURACY THE MATERIALS HAVE BEEN CAREFULLY CHECKED WITH THE ORIGINAL SOURCES. ONE REVIEW AND HERALD ARTICLE, APPARENTLY OVERLOOKED BY J. E. WHITE, HAS BEEN ADDED, AND ONE CHAPTER HAS BEEN MOVED TO ITS PROPER CHRONOLOGICAL POSITION WITHIN THE BOOKLET. AT A FEW POINTS EXPLANATORY NOTES GIVING THE HISTORICAL SETTINGS HAVE BEEN INSERTED. THE TABLE OF CONTENTS YIELDS HELPFUL INFORMATION AS TO THE SOURCES OF THE VARIOUS ITEMS INCLUDED AND THEIR RELATION TO THE ORIGINAL WORK. TO THE RIGHT OF EACH CHAPTER TITLE WILL BE FOUND IN PARENTHESES THE PAGE NUMBER AS IT APPEARS IN THE EARLIER PRINTING. PAINS HAVE BEEN TAKEN TO MAKE THIS REPRINT AN ACCURATE, INFORMATIVE, AND HELPFUL DOCUMENT. THE TRUSTEES OF THE ELLEN G. WHITE ESTATE WASHINGTON, D.C. MARCH 22,1966 {SW 0.2} [SW 9.1] Section I - Ellen White's Appeal To The Church NOTE: THIS BASIC APPEAL WAS READ BY ELLEN G. WHITE TO THIRTY LEADERS OF THE CHURCH ON MARCH 21, 1891, IN CONNECTION WITH THE GENERAL CONFERENCE SESSION AT BATTLE CREEK, MICHIGAN. COPIES WERE SOON FURNISHED TO KEY MEN AND ESPECIALLY THE LEADING MINISTERS IN THE SOUTH. LATER THIS IMPORTANT MESSAGE WAS PUBLISHED IN A 16-PAGE LEAFLET. THIS IS THE OPENING ARTICLE IN THE SOUTHERN WORK.--WHITE TRUSTEES. {SW 9.1} [SW 9.2] Our Duty to the Colored People There has been much perplexity as to how our laborers in the South shall deal with the "color line." It has been a question to some how far to concede to the prevailing prejudice against the colored people. The Lord has given us light concerning all such matters. There are principles laid down in His Word that should guide us in dealing with these perplexing questions. The Lord Jesus came to our world to save men and women of all nationalities. He died just as much for the colored people as for the white race. Jesus came to shed light over the whole world. At the beginning of His ministry He declared His mission: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord." {SW 9.2} [SW 9.3] The Redeemer of the world was of humble parentage. He, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, humbled Himself to accept humanity, and then He chose a life of poverty and toil. "For your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich." When one came saying, "I will follow thee whithersoever thou goest," Jesus answered him, "The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head." He, the Majesty of heaven, depended upon the generosity of His followers. 10 {SW 9.3} [SW 10.1] Jesus did not seek the admiration or applause of the world. He commanded no army, He ruled no earthly kingdom. He passed by the wealthy and honored of the world. He did not associate with the leaders of the nation. He dwelt among the lowly of the earth. To all appearances he was merely a humble man, with few friends. Thus He sought to correct the world's false standard of judging the value of men. He showed that they are not to be estimated by their outward appearance. Their moral worth is not determined by their worldly possessions, their real estate or bank stock. It is the humble, contrite heart that God values. With Him there is no respect of persons. The attributes that He prizes most are purity and love, and these are possessed only by the Christian. {SW 10.1} [SW 10.2] Jesus did not choose His disciples from the learned lawyers, the rulers, the scribes, and Pharisees. He passed them by because they felt whole, as many feel in this age, and prided themselves on their learning and position. They were fixed in their traditions and superstitions, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men. He who could read all hearts chose poor fishermen who were willing to be taught. He gave them no promise of large salary or worldly honor, but told them they should be partakers with Him in His sufferings. Jesus while in this world ate with publicans and sinners, and mingled with the common people, not to become low and earthly with them, but in order by precept and example to present to them right principles, to lift them up from their low habits and manners. In all this He set us an example, that we should follow in His steps. {SW 10.2} [SW 10.3] Those who have a religious experience that opens their hearts to Jesus, will not cherish pride, but will feel that they are under obligation to God to be missionaries as was Jesus. They will seek to save that which was lost. They will not, in Pharisaical pride and haughtiness, withdraw themselves from any class of humanity, but will feel with the apostle Paul, "I am debtor both to the Greek, and to the barbarians; both to the wise, and to the unwise." {SW 10.3} [SW 10.4] After my severe illness one year ago, many things which the Lord had presented to me seemed lost to my mind, but they have since been repeated. I know that which I now speak will bring me into conflict. This I do not covet, for the conflict has seemed to be continuous of late years; but I do not mean to live a coward or die a coward, leaving my work undone. I must follow in my Master's footsteps. It has become fashionable to look down upon the poor, and upon the colored race in particular. But Jesus, the Master, 11 was poor, and He sympathizes with the poor, the discarded, the oppressed, and declares that every insult shown to them is as if shown to Himself. I am more and more surprised as I see those who claim to be children of God possessing so little of the sympathy, tenderness, and love which actuated Christ. Would that every church, North and South, were imbued with the spirit of our Lord's teaching. {SW 10.4} [SW 11.1] While at St. Louis a year ago, as I knelt in prayer, these words were presented to me as if written with a pen of fire: "All ye are brethren." The Spirit of God rested upon me in a wonderful manner, and matters were opened to me in regard to the church at St. Louis and in other places. The spirit and words of some in regard to members of the church were an offense to God. They were closing the door of their hearts to Jesus. Among those in St. Louis who believe the truth there are colored people who are true and faithful, precious in the sight of the God of heaven, and they should have just as much respect as any of God's children. Those who have spoken harshly to them or have despised them have despised the purchase of the blood of Christ, and they need the transforming grace of Christ in their own hearts, that they may have the pitying tenderness of Jesus toward those who love God with all the fervor of which they themselves are capable. The color of the skin does not determine character in the heavenly courts. {SW 11.1} [SW 11.2] "If ye call on the Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to every man's work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear: forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers; but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot.... Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently." "Ye have put off the old man with his deeds; and have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of him that created him: wherefore there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free: but Christ is all, and in all. Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering." {SW 11.2} [SW 11.3] "Who," says Paul, "maketh thee to differ?" The God of the white man is the God of the black man, and the Lord declares that His love for the least of His children exceeds that of a mother for 12 her beloved child. Look at that mother: the sick child, the one afflicted, the one born a cripple, or with some other physical infirmity--how the mother labors to give him every advantage! The best food, the softest pillow, and the tenderest nursing are for him. The love bestowed upon him is strong and deep--a love such as is not given to beauty, talent, or any other natural gift. As soon as a mother sees reason for others to regard her child with aversion or contempt, does she not increase her tenderness as if to shield him from the world's rude touch? "Can a mother forget her sucking child . . .? yea, they may forget, yet I will not forget thee." O what impartial love the Lord Jesus gives to those who love Him! The Lord's eye is upon all His creatures; He loves them all, and makes no difference between white and black, except that He has a special, tender pity for those who are called to bear a greater burden than others. Those who love God and believe on Christ as their Redeemer, while they must meet the trials and the difficulties that lie in their path, should yet with a cheerful spirit accept their life as it is, considering that God above regards these things, and for all that the world neglects to bestow, He will Himself make up to them in the best of favors. {SW 11.3} [SW 12.1] The parable of Dives, the rich man, and Lazarus, the poor beggar who feared God, is presented before the world as a lesson to all, both rich and poor, as long as time shall last. Dives is represented as lifting up his eyes in hell, being in torments, and seeing Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom,--"he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things; but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented." {SW 12.1} [SW 12.2] When the sinner is converted he receives the Holy Spirit, that makes him a child of God, and fits him for the society of the redeemed and the angelic host. He is made a joint heir with Christ. Whoever of the human family give themselves to Christ, whoever hear the truth and obey it, become children of one family. The ignorant and the wise, the rich and the poor, the heathen and the slave, white or black--Jesus paid the purchase money for their souls. If they believe on Him, His cleansing blood is applied to them. The black man's name is written in the book of life beside the white man's. All are one in Christ. Birth, station, nationality, or color cannot elevate or degrade men. The character makes the man. 13 If a red man, a Chinaman, or an African gives his heart to God, in obedience and faith, Jesus loves him none the less for his color. He calls him his well-beloved brother. The day is coming when the kings and the lordly men of the earth would be glad to exchange places with the humblest African who has laid hold on the hope of the gospel. To all who are overcomers through the blood of the Lamb, the invitation will be given, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." Arranged on the right and left of the throne of God are the long columns of the heavenly host, who touch the golden harps, and the songs of welcome and of praise to God and the Lamb ring through the heavenly courts. "He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God." {SW 12.2} [SW 13.1] Among what are called the higher classes, there is a demand for a form of Christianity suited to their fine tastes; but this class will not grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ until they know God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. The heavenly intelligences rejoice to do the will of God in preaching the gospel to the poor. In the announcement which the Saviour made in the synagogue at Nazareth, He put a stern rebuke upon those who attach so much importance to color or caste, and refuse to be satisfied with such a type of Christianity as Christ accepts. The same price was paid for the salvation of the colored man as for that of the white man, and the slights put upon the colored people by many who claim to be redeemed by the blood of the Lamb, and who therefore acknowledge themselves debtors to Christ, misrepresent Jesus, and reveal that selfishness, tradition, and prejudice pollute the soul. They are not sanctified through the truth. Those who slight a brother because of his color are slighting Christ. {SW 13.1} [SW 13.2] I call upon every church in our land to look well to your own souls. "Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves. Know ye not your own selves, how that Jesus Christ is in you, except ye be reprobates?" God makes no distinction between the North and the South. Whatever may be your prejudices, your wonderful prudence, do not lose sight of this fact, that unless you put on Christ, and His Spirit dwells in you, you are slaves of sin and of Satan. Many who claim to be children of God are children of the wicked one, and have all his passions, his prejudices, his evil spirit, his unlovely traits of character. But the 14 soul that is indeed transformed will not despise any one whom Christ has purchased with His own blood. {SW 13.2} [SW 14.1] Men may have both hereditary and cultivated prejudices, but when the love of Jesus fills the heart, and they become one with Christ, they will have the same spirit that He had. If a colored brother sits by their side, they will not be offended or despise him. They are journeying to the same heaven, and will be seated at the same table to eat bread in the kingdom of God. If Jesus is abiding in our hearts we cannot despise the colored man who has the same Saviour abiding in his heart. When these unchristian prejudices are broken down, more earnest effort will be put forth to do missionary work among the colored race. {SW 14.1} [SW 14.2] When the Hebrew people were suffering cruel oppression under the hand of their taskmasters, the Lord looked upon them, and He called Israel His son. He bade Moses go to Pharaoh with the message, "Israel is my son, even my firstborn. And I say unto thee, Let my son go, that he may serve me." The Lord did not wait until His people went forth and stood in triumph on the shores of the Red Sea before He called Israel His son, but while they were under oppression, degraded, downtrodden, suffering all that the power and the invention of the Egyptians could impose to make their lives bitter and to destroy them, then God undertakes their cause and declares to Pharaoh, "Israel is my son, even my firstborn." {SW 14.2} [SW 14.3] What thoughts and feelings did the message arouse in Pharaoh? "This people, my slaves, those whom the lowest of my people despise, the God of such a people I care not for, neither will I let Israel go." But the word of the Lord will not return unto Him void; it will accomplish the thing whereunto it is sent. The Lord speaks in no uncertain manner. He says, "Let my son go, that he may serve me: and if thou refuse to let him go, behold, I will slay thy son, even thy firstborn." {SW 14.3} [SW 14.4] God cares no less for the souls of the African race that might be won to serve Him than He cared for Israel. He requires far more of His people than they have given Him in missionary work among the people of the South of all classes, and especially among the colored race. Are we not under even greater obligation to labor for the colored people than for those who have been more highly favored? Who is it that held these people in servitude? Who kept them in ignorance, and pursued a course to debase and brutalize them, forcing them to disregard the law of marriage, breaking up the family relation, tearing wife from husband, and husband from 15 wife? If the race is degraded, if they are repulsive in habits and manners, who made them so? Is there not much due to them from the white people? After so great a wrong has been done them, should not an earnest effort be made to lift them up? The truth must be carried to them. They have souls to save as well as we. {SW 14.4} [SW 15.1] At the General Conference of 1889, resolutions were presented in regard to the color line. Such action is not called for. Let not men take the place of God, but stand aside in awe, and let God work upon human hearts, both white and black, in His own way. He will adjust all these perplexing questions. We need not prescribe a definite plan of working. Leave an opportunity for God to do something. We should be careful not to strengthen prejudices that ought to have died just as soon as Christ redeemed the soul from the bondage of sin. {SW 15.1} [SW 15.2] Sin rests upon us as a church because we have not made greater effort for the salvation of souls among the colored people. It will always be a difficult matter to deal with the prejudices of the white people in the South and do missionary work for the colored race. But the way this matter has been treated by some is an offense to God. We need not expect that all will be accomplished in the South that God would do until in our missionary efforts we place this question on the ground of principle, and let those who accept the truth be educated to be Bible Christians, working according to Christ's order. You have no license from God to exclude the colored people from your places of worship. Treat them as Christ's property, which they are, just as much as yourselves. They should hold membership in the church with the white brethren. Every effort should be made to wipe out the terrible wrong which has been done them. At the same time we must not carry things to extremes and run into fanaticism on this question. Some would think it right to throw down every partition wall and intermarry with the colored people, but this is not the right thing to teach or to practice. {SW 15.2} [SW 15.3] Let us do what we can to send to this class laborers who will work in Christ's name, who will not fail nor be discouraged. We should educate colored men to be missionaries among their own people. We should recognize talent where it exists among the people, and those who have ability should be placed where they may receive an education. {SW 15.3} [SW 15.4] There are able colored ministers who have embraced the truth. Some of these feel unwilling to devote themselves to work for their own race; they wish to preach to the white people. These men 16 are making a great mistake. They should seek most earnestly to save their own race, and they will not by any means be excluded from the gatherings of the white people. {SW 15.4} [SW 16.1] White men and white women should be qualifying themselves to work among the colored people. There is a large work to be done in educating this ignorant and downtrodden class. We must do more unselfish missionary work than we have done in the Southern States, not picking out merely the most favorable fields. God has children among the colored people all over the land. They need to be enlightened. There are unpromising ones, it is true, but you will find similar degradation among the white people; but even among the lower classes there are souls who will embrace the truth. Some will not be steadfast. Feelings and habits that have been confirmed by lifelong practices will be hard to correct; it will not be easy to implant ideas of purity and holiness, refinement and elevation. But God regards the capacity of every man, He marks the surroundings, and sees how these have formed the character, and He pities these souls. {SW 16.1} [SW 16.2] Is it not time for us to live so fully in the light of God's countenance that we who receive so many favors and blessings from Him may know how to treat those less favored, not working from the world's standpoint, but from the Bible standpoint? Is it not right in this line that Christian effort is most needed? Is it not here that our influence should be brought to bear against the customs and practices of the world? Should it not be the work of the white people to elevate the standard of character among the colored race, to teach them how Christians should live, by exemplifying the Spirit of Christ, showing that we are one brotherhood? {SW 16.2} [SW 16.3] Those who have been favored with opportunities of education and culture, who have had every advantage of religious influence, will be expected of God to possess pure and holy characters in accordance with the gifts bestowed. But have they rightly improved their advantages? We know they have not. Let these privileged ones make the most of their blessings, and realize that they are thus placed under greater obligation to labor for the good of others. {SW 16.3} [SW 16.4] God will accept many more workers from the humble walks of life if they will fully consecrate themselves to His service. Men and women should be coming up to carry the truth into all the highways and byways of life. Not all can go through a long course of education, but if they are consecrated to God and learn of Him, many can without this do much to bless others. Thousands would be 17 accepted if they would give themselves to God. Not all who labor in this line should depend upon the conferences for support. Let those who can do so give their time and what ability they have, let them be messengers of God's grace, their hearts throbbing in unison with Christ's great heart of love, their ears open to hear the Macedonian cry. {SW 16.4} [SW 17.1] The whole church needs to be imbued with the missionary spirit, then there will be many to work unselfishly in various ways as they can, without being salaried. There is altogether too much dependence on machinery, on mechanical working. Machinery is good in its place, but do not allow it to become too complicated. I tell you that in many cases it has retarded the work, and kept out laborers who in their line could have accomplished far more than has been done by the minister who depends on sermonizing more than on ministry. Young men need to catch the missionary spirit, to be thoroughly imbued with the spirit of the message. "Put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make no provision for the flesh to fulfil the lusts thereof." Work in any capacity, work where God leads you, in the line best suited to your talents and best adapted to reach classes that have hitherto been sadly neglected. This kind of labor will develop intellectual and moral power and adaptability to the work. {SW 17.1} [SW 17.2] You must have the grace and love of God in order to succeed. The strength and spirituality of the people of God are manifest by the distinctness of the line of demarcation which separates them from the world. The people of the world are characterized by love for earthly things; they act selfishly, regardless of the principles which Christ has set forth in His life. Christians will manifest the self-sacrificing spirit of Christ in their work, in connection with every branch of the cause. They will do this heartily, not by halves. They will not study their own aggrandizement nor manifest respect of persons. They will not, cannot, live in luxury and self-indulgence while there are suffering ones around them. They cannot by their practice sanction any phase of oppression or injustice to the least child of humanity. There are to be like Christ, to relinquish all selfish delights, all unholy passions, all that love of applause which is the food of the world. They will be willing to be humble and unknown, and to sacrifice even life itself for Christ's sake. By a well-ordered life and godly conversation they will condemn the folly, the impenitence, the idolatry, the iniquitous practices of the world. {SW 17.2} [SW 17.3] The converting power of God must work a transformation of 18 character in many who claim to believe the present truth, or they cannot fulfill the purpose of God. They are hearers but not doers of the word. Pure, unworldly benevolence will be developed in all who make Christ their personal Saviour. There needs to be far less of self and more of Jesus. The church of Christ is ordained of God that its members shall be representatives of Christ's character. He says, "You have given yourselves to Me, and I give you to the world. I am the light of the world; I present you to the world as My representatives." As Christ in the fullest sense represents the Father, so we are to represent Christ. Let none of those who name the name of Christ be cowards in His cause. For Christ's sake stand as if looking within the open portals of the city of God.--E. G. WHITE, Battle Creek, Mich., March 20, 1891. 19 {SW 17.3} [SW 19.1] Section II - The "Review and Herald" Articles NOTE: IN THE MID-1890'S ELLEN G. WHITE PREPARED TEN ARTICLES FOR THE REVIEW AND HERALD DEVOTED ESPECIALLY TO THE WORK IN THE SOUTHERN FIELD. THE FIRST WAS PUBLISHED ON APRIL 2, 1895. THE OTHER NINE APPEARED IN THE ISSUES OF NOVEMBER 26 TO DECEMBER 24, 1895, AND JANUARY 14 TO FEBRUARY 4, 1896. ALL EXCEPT THE FIRST ONE (APRIL 2, 1895), WHICH APPARENTLY WAS OVERLOOKED BY EDSON WHITE, WERE CHOSEN FOR PUBLICATION IN THE SOUTHERN WORK. THE TEN ARTICLES ARE REPRODUCED HERE IN THEIR ENTIRETY.--WHITE TRUSTEES. {SW 19.1} [SW 19.2] Work Among the Colored People I have a most earnest interest in the work to be done among the colored people. This is a branch of work that has been strangely neglected. The reason that this large class of human beings, who have souls to save or to lose, have been so long neglected, is the prejudice that the white people have felt and manifested against mingling with them in religious worship. They have been despised, shunned, and treated with abhorrence, as though crime were upon them, when they were helpless and in need, when men should have labored most earnestly for their salvation. They have been treated without pity. The priests and the Levites have looked upon their wretchedness, and have passed by on the other side. {SW 19.2} [SW 19.3] What should be done for the colored race has long been a vexed question, because professed Christians have not had the Spirit of Christ. They have been called by His name but they have not imitated His example. Men have thought it necessary to plan in such a way as to meet the prejudice of the white people; and a wall of separation in religious worship has been built up between the colored people and the white people. The white people have declared themselves willing that the colored people should be converted. They have no objection to this. They were willing that they should be grafted into the same parent stock, Christ, and become branches 20 with themselves of the living Vine; yet they were not willing to sit by the side of their colored brethren and sing and pray and bear witness to the truth which they had in common. Not for a moment could they tolerate the idea that they should together bear the fruit that should be found on the Christian tree. The image of Christ might be stamped upon the soul, but it still would be necessary to have a separate church and a separate service. But the question is, Is this in harmony with the moving of the Spirit of God? Is it not after the manner in which the Jewish people acted in the days of Christ? Is not this prejudice against the colored people on the part of the white people similar to that which was cherished by the Jews against the Gentiles? They cultivated the idea until it became deep-rooted that the Gentile should not share the privileges of light and truth that were given to the Jews. They believed that the Jews alone should be recipients of heavenly grace and favor. Christ worked throughout His life to break down this prejudice. No human power alone could overcome it. This prejudice was created not by mere flesh and blood, but by principalities and powers; and in wrestling against it He was wrestling against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. {SW 19.3} [SW 20.1] Again and again men have devised plans whereby to keep up the line of separation and still bring the colored race within the influence of the gospel; but the Lord has blown upon the effort, and made it of none effect. The inquiry among us may be, "What shall we do?" Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God." {SW 20.1} [SW 20.2] We should take into consideration the fact that efforts are being made at great expense to send the gospel to the darkened regions of the world, to enlighten the savage inhabitants of the islands of the sea, to bring instruction to the ignorant and idolatrous; yet here in the very midst of us are millions of people who are practically heathen, who have souls to save or to lose, and yet they are set aside and passed by as was the wounded man by the priest and the Levite. Professedly Christian people are leaving them to perish in their sins. 21 {SW 20.2} [SW 21.1] There are two classes in our world. The Lord has sent out the message to those who are represented by the first class, who have had great privileges and opportunities, who have had great light and innumerable blessings. They have been entrusted by the Lord with the living oracles. They are represented by the class to whom the king sent an invitation to the marriage feast. Jesus said, "The kingdom of heaven is like unto a certain king, which made a marriage for his son, and sent forth his servants to call them that are bidden to the wedding: and they would not come. Again, he sent forth other servants, saying, Tell them which are bidden, Behold, I have prepared my dinner: my oxen and my fatlings are killed, and all things are ready: come unto the marriage. But they made light of it, and went their ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandise: and the remnant took his servants, and entreated them spitefully, and slew them. But when the king heard thereof, he was wroth: and he sent forth his armies, and destroyed those murderers, and burned up their city. Then saith he to his servants, The wedding is ready, but they which were bidden were not worthy. Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many as ye shall find, bid to the marriage. So those servants went out into the highways, and gathered together all as many as they found, both bad and good: and the wedding was furnished with guests." {SW 21.1} [SW 21.2] How few respond to the gracious invitation of Heaven. Christ is insulted when His messages are despised and His gracious, winning, liberal invitation is rejected. Those that were bidden to the marriage feast at first, began to make excuses. They allowed minor things to occupy their attention, and lost their eternal interests out of their reckoning. While some made temporal interests their excuse, and were totally indifferent toward the messages and messengers, others manifested a spirit of determined hatred, and took the Lord's servants and entreated them spitefully and slew them. A power from beneath moved upon human agencies who were not under the direct influence of the Holy Spirit. There are two distinct classes--those who are saved through faith in Christ and through obedience to His law, and those who refuse the truth as it is in Jesus. It will be impossible for those who refuse Christ through the period of probation to become justified after the record of their lives has passed into eternity. Now is the time to work for the salvation of men, for probation still continues. Let national and denominational distinctions be laid aside. Caste and rank are not recognized by God and should not be by His workers. Those who 22 esteem themselves superior to their fellow men on account of position or property are exalting themselves above their fellow men, but they are esteemed by the universe of Heaven as the lowest of all. Let us take a lesson from the words of inspiration that reprove us for this spirit, and also give us great encouragement: "Thus saith the Lord, Let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, neither let the mighty man glory in his might, let not the rich man glory in his riches: but let him that glorieth glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth me, that I am the Lord which exercise lovingkindness, judgment, and righteousness, in the earth: for in these things I delight, saith the Lord." {SW 21.2} [SW 22.1] No human mind should seek to draw the line between the colored and white people. Let circumstances indicate what shall be done, for the Lord has His hand on the lever of circumstances. As the truth is brought to bear upon the minds of both colored and white people, as souls are thoroughly converted, they will become new men and women in Christ Jesus. Christ says, "A new heart also will I give you," and that new heart bears the divine image. Those who are converted among the white people will experience a change in their sentiments. The prejudice which they have inherited and cultivated toward the colored race will die away. They will realize that there is no respect of persons with God. Those who are converted among the colored race will be cleansed from sin, will wear the white robe of Christ's righteousness, which has been woven in the loom of heaven. Both white and colored people must enter into the path of obedience through the same way. {SW 22.1} [believeth] The test will come, not as regards the outward complexion, but as regards the condition of the heart. Both the white and the colored people have the same Redeemer, who has paid the ransom money with His own life for every member of the human family. If those to whom Christ first sends His invitation to the marriage supper refuse to receive the message, He will send His messengers into the highways and hedges to compel the people to come in, by means of a message so full of the light of Heaven that they will not dare to refuse. The gospel was first to be brought to those to whom God had entrusted precious truths that He desired they should make known to others. He entrusted to them the responsibility of imparting the knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ whom He had sent. The Lord wrought wondrously for the children of Israel. He finally sent to them His own Son, the Prince of life, the Messiah, to whom all their sacrifices and offerings pointed; but they would not 23 receive Him. They rejected the message He bore. They refused the Messiah in whom their hope centered; but when they refused to hear the messages, rejecting the invitation that He gave, the Lord turned to the Gentile world. Those who ought to have known God and Jesus Christ whom He had sent, who ought to have united with the Sent of God in giving the message to the heathen world, would not themselves receive the invitation, and could not therefore say to others, Come, for all things are now ready. The disciples of Christ were commissioned to proclaim the message of mercy to those in the highways and the byways of the Lord's great moral vineyard. "And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth {believeth} [SW 22.2] say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." {SW 22.2} [SW 23.1] The Lord has a work that must be done, not only for those who are in the highways and the byways, but for those in high positions of trust. Divine power is promised, not to those who are strongest, but to those who are weakest. Those who are accounted the strongest and the most enlightened should go to the aid of those who are in most need of help and enlightenment. Everyone can become a laborer together with God, working with Him for the salvation of the souls of the colored race. {SW 23.1} [SW 23.2] It was when Moses stood before God, conscious of his inefficiency, that he was in the very condition in which the Lord could best reveal to him His saving grace. When he had become weak, Christ could reveal to him His power and majesty. The Lord could do little through him when he was the general of armies. He knew that he was the chosen of God, and that he would do a great and special work in delivering the Hebrew nation from bondage; but he sought to do his work in his own way, trusting in his zeal and violence. The Lord did not propose to do the work in this way. For forty years Moses was placed in the wilderness, to learn in the school of poverty, to learn in the walks of humble life, that he was weak, inefficient, helpless. He left the court of Egypt with a full knowledge of its fascinations, and had to come down to the simplicity of pastoral life. As a shepherd, it was necessary for him to look after the flock, to leave the ninety and nine in the valley and to go in search of the wandering sheep. He had to climb the mountain steep, to search through the tangled brushwood, to look over the precipices, that he might find the lost. One day he saw a bush ablaze on the mountain, and stood wondering because the bush was not consumed. As he was gazing in astonishment, he heard a voice 24 that seemed to come from the very center of the flame, saying, "Moses, Moses. And he said, Here am I. And he said, Draw not nigh hither: put off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground. Moreover he said, I am the God of thy father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. And Moses hid his face; for he was afraid to look upon God." Then the Lord gave Moses his commission, sending him to deliver Israel, the lost sheep of Israel in Egypt. Moses pleaded that he was inefficient, that Pharaoh would not believe his message nor hearken to his voice. He pleaded that the Hebrews themselves would not hearken to him, and would question the fact that the Lord had appeared to him. But the Lord said, "Certainly I will be with thee." "And the Lord said unto him, What is that in thine hand? And he said, A rod. And he said, Cast it on the ground. And he cast it on the ground, and it became a serpent; and Moses fled from before it. And the Lord said unto Moses, Put forth thine hand, and take it by the tail. And he put forth his hand, and caught it, and it became a rod in his hand." The Lord revealed to him the fact that he could manifest such signs and miracles as would convince his people of the divine authority of the message and of the messenger that he sent. The Lord can do wonders, even with the simplest instrumentalities. {SW 23.2} [SW 24.1] Every one whom the Lord calls should be distrustful of self, and have full trust in God. Moses went forth in the name of "I AM THAT I AM," without outward display of grandeur; yet the rod in his hand was a symbol of the divine power of Jehovah, and Moses was the instrumentality through whom God would deliver Israel from the bondage of tyranny. There is a work that must be done now by the children of God. For long years the colored race has been neglected, has been left in the slavery of sin, and they are as sheep that have no shepherd. Long ago much might have been done that has not been done. As a people we should do more for the colored race in America than we have yet done. In the work we shall need to move with carefulness, being endowed with wisdom from above.--Review and Herald, April 2, 1895. 25 {SW 24.1} [SW 25.1] An Appeal for the Southern Field Dear Brethren and Sisters in America: I would appeal to you in behalf of the Southern field. If we consulted our own ease and pleasure, we would not desire to enter this field; but we are not to consult our own ease. "Even Christ pleased not himself"; but we are to consider the fact that that field is no more discouraging to those who would be laborers together with God than was the field of the world as it presented itself before the only-begotten Son of God. When He came to earth to seek and to save that which was lost, He did not consult His own ease or pleasure. He left His high command, He laid aside His heavenly honor and glory, He laid off His glorious diadem and royal robe, and left the royal courts, in order that He might come to earth to save fallen man. Though He possessed eternal riches, yet for our sakes He became poor, that He might enrich the human race. By accepting the Son of God as their Redeemer, by exercising faith in Him, the sons and the daughters of Adam may become heirs of God and joint heirs with Jesus Christ. The apostle says: "Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich." Christ was willing to come to a world that was all marred and seared with the curse--the result of Adam's transgression of the law of God. He was willing to undertake the case of fallen beings who had lost their original holiness, and who were in ignorance of the perfection of God's character. He was willing to come to bring back to loyalty those who were not subject to God's moral government. In the grand counsels of Heaven it was found that it was positively necessary that there should be a revelation of God to man in the person of His only-begotten Son. He came to earth to be "the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." {SW 25.1} [SW 25.2] The Southern field is beset with difficulties, and should I present the field to you as it has been presented to me, many of you would draw back and say, "No, I cannot enter such a field." But the condition of the colored race is no more disheartening than was the condition of the world when Christ left heaven to work for 26 fallen man. He clothed His divinity with humanity, and came into the world, in order that His humanity might touch humanity and His divinity lay hold upon the throne of God in man's behalf. He came to seek the one lost sheep, to bring back the wandering one from the wilderness of sin to the heavenly fold. He was treated with every indignity by those whom He came to save from eternal ruin, and the missionary to the Southern field will need to arm himself with the mind that was in Christ Jesus. The record says: "He came unto his own, and his own received him not. But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name." {SW 25.2} [SW 26.1] The Southern race has been neglected. Men have passed by on the other side, as the priest and the Levite passed by the wounded, robbed, bruised, and beaten one. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed that way, not only saw him, but he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, set him on his own beast, brought him to an inn, and took care of him. How many have left the colored race to perish by the wayside? Since the slaves gained their freedom at terrible loss of life both to the North and to the South, they have been greatly neglected by those who professed to know God, and as a result thousands of them have failed to gain spiritual freedom. But shall this indifference continue? Shall not decided efforts be made to save them? Sin has degraded and corrupted the human family, but Christ did not leave men to perish in their degradation. He who was one with the Father came to our world to bridge the gulf that sin had made, which separated man from God because of transgression. Christ, the brightness of His Father's glory, beheld humanity in its wretchedness and sinfulness, beheld souls tainted with corruption, depraved and deformed. He knew that the fallen race tended more to evil than to good, and practiced the most hateful vices. The heavenly hosts looked upon the world as undeserving of the sympathy and love of God. Angels marveled that Christ should undertake to save man in his lost, and as it seemed to them, hopeless condition. They marveled that God could tolerate a race so foul with sin as to be a blot upon His creation. They could see no room for love, but Christ saw that souls must perish unless an arm strong to deliver was reached forth to save. {SW 26.1} [SW 26.2] Satan is the destroyer, but Christ is the restorer. From the first it was Satan's purpose to cause men to transgress the law of God. He misrepresented the character of the Father, trampled upon His 27 law, and cast contempt upon His precepts. He inspired men with his own spirit, and made them partakers of his own attributes, and caused them to transgress the law of God. When he had accomplished his work of ruin, he pointed to the degraded, sin-polluted souls whom he had made subject to a thousand vices, and declared that they were too degraded, too wretched, to be redeemed by Heaven. He sought to present mankind in the most discouraging aspect, so that reformation might seem hopeless. Though he could not prevail with his temptations in assailing Christ, or cause Him to fail or be discouraged, yet he often succeeds too well with those who should be laborers together with God. But his plans to cause the work to cease are not wholly successful. Through the grace of God those whom the enemy has oppressed for generations, rise up to the dignity of God-given manhood and womanhood and present themselves as sons and daughters of the Most High. This result is generally brought about through well-directed, persevering missionary labor. {SW 26.2} [SW 27.1] Why should not Seventh-day Adventists become true laborers together with God in seeking to save the souls of the colored race? Instead of a few, why should not many go forth to labor in this long-neglected field? Where are the families who will become missionaries and who will engage in labor in this field? Where are the men who have means and experience so that they can go forth to these people and work for them just where they are? There are men who can educate them in agricultural lines, who can teach the colored people to sow seed and plant orchards. There are others who can teach them to read, and can give them an object lesson from their own life and example. Show them what you yourself can do to gain a livelihood, and it will be an education to them. Are we not called upon to do this very work? Are there not many who need to learn to love God supremely and their fellow men as themselves? In the Southern field are many thousands of people who have souls to save or to lose. Are there not many among those who claim to believe the truth who will go forth into this field to do the work for which Christ gave up His ease, His riches, and His life? {SW 27.1} [SW 27.2] Christ gave up all in order that He might bring salvation to every people, nation, and tongue. He bridged the gulf that sin had made, in order that through His merits man might be reconciled to God. Why is there not an army of workers enlisted under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel, ready to go forth to 28 enlighten those who are ignorant and depraved? Why do we not go forth to bring souls out of darkness into light? Why do we not teach the perishing to believe in Christ as their personal Saviour, and aid them to see Christ by faith, and wash in the fountain that has been opened to cleanse away the sins of the world? We should teach those who are filthy how to cast away their old, sin-stained garments of character, and how to put on Christ's righteousness. We should plant in their darkened minds the elevating, ennobling thoughts of heavenly things. By faith, by Christlike sympathy and example, we should lead the polluted into pure and holy lives. We should live such a life before them that they will discern the difference between error and vice, and purity, righteousness, and holiness. We should make straight paths for our feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. {SW 27.2} [SW 28.1] Many who claim to be Christians have accomplished little in the world because they have not kept their eyes upon Jesus, and have permitted iniquity to overcome them. Many who have gone forth as missionaries have fallen into sin, and Satan has exulted because men who claimed to be workers together with God were not daily converted, and were not, by looking unto Jesus, transformed in character. They did not make God their strength, and so made crooked paths for their feet. They could not bring the poor, ignorant souls who were debased by sin into a new life, even into the life of God, because their own life was not hid with Christ in God. As workers together with God, we must yoke up with Jesus Christ, and put on Christ. When we are planted in Him, we shall grow in likeness of Christ's character. We are to be living epistles, and men are to read in our lives what it means to be a Christian. We are to represent Christ in character, and self is to be hidden with Christ in God. When this is our experience, we shall find that the angels of God will cooperate with us. Feeling our dependence upon God, we shall realize the force of Christ's words when He said, "Without me ye can do nothing." We shall then know how to have sympathy for the neglected, the oppressed, the despised, and yet at the same time have no sympathy with degradation, but in the midst of sin press closer and closer to the side of Jesus. We shall be grieved and shocked at the sins which are committed while we wear the yoke with Christ and are preparing to be temples for the indwelling of the Holy Ghost. {SW 28.1} [SW 28.2] Men who have faith and hope and love are partakers of the divine nature and have overcome the corruption that is in the 29 world through lust. Such men are successful workers; for they build upon the sure foundation, gold, silver, and precious stones. They build with goodly material which is most valuable. They do not build with that which is perishable, with that which is compared to wood, hay, and stubble, which will be burned up in the fires of the last days. Their work results in redeeming souls that shall stand before the throne of God. {SW 28.2} [SW 29.1] Christ said to His disciples: "They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick. . . . I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." Those who realize their guilt, feel their need of the Saviour. Why, O why, has not more been done to diffuse light into the darkened minds of the colored race? Christ died for the colored people as verily as He died for the white people. Through faith in Christ the colored people may attain unto eternal life as verily as may the white people. Those whom the Lord sees neglected by us have been entrusted with reasoning powers, and yet they have been treated as though they had no souls. They have been wounded by a so-called Christian nation. They have been left by the wayside, and decided efforts will have to be made to counteract the wrong that has been done them. But though they have been despised and neglected of men, God has given special help and enlightenment to many who were in slavery. He has illuminated their darkness when they were in the most unfavorable circumstances, and they have revealed to the world the elements of the greatness in Christian character. Many of the black race have been rich in faith and trust in God. They have manifested divine compassion for those whom they could help. They have known what it was to hunger for sympathy and help; for they were but neglected by those who saw their wretchedness and could have helped them, but who passed by on the other side, as the priest and the Levite passed by the bruised and wounded one. There are souls among the colored race that can be reached, and the very kind of labor which their circumstances require should be put forth, that they may be saved. When these souls are converted to the truth, they will become partakers of the divine nature, and will go forth to rescue their fellow men, to lead those who are in darkness into light. They can be helped in their low estate, and in their turn can contribute to the good of others. {SW 29.1} [SW 29.2] But there are many among the colored people whose intellect has been too long darkened to be speedily fitted for fruitfulness in good works. Many are held in bondage to depraved appetite. 30 Many are slaves to debasing passions, and their character is of such an order as will not enable them to be a blessing. Sin and depravity have locked up their senses. They need help as much as the veriest heathen, and unless they have the right kind of help, they will be lost. But they may be taught to know God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. The bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness may shine into the darkened chambers of their mind. They need to catch a glimpse of God. It is their privilege to have eternal life, to be in union with God, and it is the privilege of those who know the truth to repeat the story again and again of God's wonderful love to man as manifested on Calvary's cross. The chain that is let down from the throne of God is long enough to reach into the lowest depths of sin. Hold up a sin-pardoning Saviour before the lost and lowly, for Jesus has made a divine interposition in their behalf. He is able to reach to the lowest depths and lift them up from the pit of sin, that they may be acknowledged as children of God, heirs with Christ to an immortal inheritance. They may have the life that measures with the life of God.--Review and Herald, Nov. 26, 1895. 31 {SW 29.2} [SW 31.1] An Appeal for the South--2 God estimates man not by the circumstances of his birth, not by his position or wealth, not by his advantages in educational lines, but by the price paid for his redemption. Man is of value with God in proportion as he permits the divine image to be retraced upon his soul. However misshapen has been his character, although he may have been counted as an outcast among men, the man who permits the grace of Christ to enter his soul will be reformed in character and will be raised up from his condition of guilt, degradation, and wretchedness. God has made every provision in order that the lost one may become His child. The frailest human being may be elevated, ennobled, refined, and sanctified by the grace of God. This is the reason God values men; and those who are workers together with God, who are filled with divine compassion, will see and estimate men in the same way that God sees and estimates them. Whatever may be the nationality or color, whatever may be the social condition, the missionary for God will look upon all men as the purchase of the blood of Christ, and will understand that there is no caste with God. No one is to be looked upon with indifference or to be regarded as unimportant, for every soul has been purchased with an infinite price. Therefore, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, let not the colored race be longer neglected by those who claim to believe in Christ as the Saviour of men. Let not one who claims to have heard the gracious words, "Thy sins be forgiven thee," hold himself aloof from those whose lives have been dark and shadowed. {SW 31.1} [SW 31.2] Was it God's purpose that the colored people should have so much guilt and woe in their lives?--No. Men who have had greater advantages than they have had, have taught them immorality, both by precept and example. Debasing practices have been forced upon them, and they have received low conceptions of life, and even their conceptions of the Christian life are of a depraved order. But the people who have been more favorably situated, who have had light and liberty, who have had an opportunity to know God, and Jesus Christ whom He has sent, are responsible 32 for the moral darkness that enshrouds their colored brethren. Can they who have been so highly privileged afford to stand in their pride and importance and feel that they are altogether too good to associate with this depraved race? Let those who profess to be Christians look to the example of Christ. He stooped to take human nature, in order that He might be able to reach man where he was. The Majesty of heaven came to seek and to save that which was lost; and shall those for whom Christ has done so much, stand aloof from their fellow men who are now perishing in their sins? {SW 31.2} [SW 32.1] The Lord invites His people to become workers together with Him in rebuilding and reshaping character according to the true standard of moral rectitude. Through faith in Christ we are to be recreated in His image. Jesus says, Behold, I create a new thing in the earth. Apostate man is to be recovered; fallen humanity is to be elevated; sin is to be pardoned; and sinners are to be saved, that God may be eternally glorified. The treasures of wisdom which have been hidden for ages are to be brought forth for the enriching of the lost. O what treasures of wisdom are to be opened up for the view of the world! Every divine resource is placed at the disposal of man, in order that he may become a colaborer with God. Nothing has been withheld. When God gave His only-begotten Son to our world, He gave all the treasures of heaven. What power, what glory, has been revealed in Christ Jesus! The greatest display of majesty and power is given to the world through the only-begotten Son of God. With this power at our command, I would ask in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth why it is that God's people do not awake to their duty? Why is it that every individual does not become an example in doing the work that the time demands in first giving himself and then his talents of means and ability for the enlightenment and salvation of a people who are in the dense darkness of pitiful and most deplorable ignorance? Are there not men, women, and youth who will go forth to establish schools, and thus become teachers to instruct the colored people so that they may be enabled to read the word of God? We must teach them to read God's word, or they will become the ready dupes of false shepherds that misinterpret the Scriptures and that manufacture doctrines and teach traditions which will lead them into the paths of perdition There are preachers and teachers among the colored people who are addicted to licentious habits; and how can they understand the binding claims of the law of God when the standard of righteousness is not 33 revealed and exalted before their eyes by the precept and example of their teachers? We must go among them and show them how to honor and obey God's law, in order that they may be prepared to have a part in the new earth. {SW 32.1} [SW 33.1] Are there not those who can go from house to house, from family to family, and who can repeat the A B C of true Christian experience? Let Christ be your text. In all your labor let it be apparent that you know Jesus. Present His purity and saving grace, that by beholding, these people may become changed into the divine image. Among most of the colored people we find unseemly practices in their worship of God. They become much excited, and put forth physical exertions that are uncalled for in the solemn worship of God. Their superstitious ideas and uncomely practices cannot at once be dispelled. We must not combat their ideas and treat them with contempt. But let the worker give them an example of what constitutes true heart-service in religious worship. Let not the colored people be excluded from the religious assemblies of the white people. They have no chance to exchange their superstitious exercises for a worship that is more sacred and elevating if they are shut out from association with intelligent white people who should give them an example of what they should be and do. Let the white people practice the self-denial necessary, and let them remember that nothing is to be regarded as unimportant which affects the religious life of so vast a number of people as that which composes the colored race. They conduct their worship according to the instruction they have received, and they think that a religion which has no excitement, no noise, no bodily exercises, is not worth the name of religion. These ignorant worshipers need instruction and guidance. They can be won by kindness, and can be confirmed in well-doing. Both old and young will need to be instructed as one would instruct a family of children. {SW 33.1} [SW 33.2] Let the worker give them an example by associating with them and by revealing the virtues of Christ Jesus. They need to be brought in contact with cultivated minds, to come into association with those whose hearts are softened and subdued by the Holy Spirit. They are imitative, and will catch up pure sentiments, and be influenced by elevated aspirations. A new taste will thus be created, and elevated desires will spring up for things that are of good report, pure, honest, and lovely. But if the colored people are left in their present condition, and do not have presented before them a higher standard of Christianity than they now have, their ideas 34 will become more and more confused, and their religious worship more and more demoralized. They have been strangely neglected. Poverty and want are common among them, and very little has been done to relieve their distress. We cannot be surprised that such neglect should result in hardness of heart and in the practice of vice, but God cares for this neglected class. The colored people have souls to save, and we must enter into the work, and become colaborers with Jesus Christ. We cannot leave them as we have left them in the past. We cannot be justified in expending money so lavishly in providing conveniences for ourselves and in furnishing facilities for those who have been more fortunate, and are already abundantly supplied with every facility, and do nothing for those who know not God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. We must not abandon millions of the colored race to their degradation, and because they are degraded, pass them by on the other side. {SW 33.2} [SW 34.1] Let us bear in mind the words that Christ spoke to the people who were honored above others in being privileged to have the Lord Jesus Christ to labor among them, and yet who did not appreciate this privilege and did not diffuse the light of Heaven to others. He said: "Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell: for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee." {SW 34.1} [SW 34.2] But while Christ pronounced a woe upon those who did not repent at His preaching, He had a word of encouragement for the lowly: "At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Even so, Father: for so it seemed good in thy sight." Many of the colored people are among the lowly who will receive the Word of God, and shall not this long-neglected work of enlightening the colored people be entered into perseveringly, and be carried forward all the more diligently because it has been so long neglected? We must do a work for the colored race that has not yet been done. "God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever 35 believeth in him might not perish, but have everlasting life." The Son of God, the Creator of the world, sacrificed His own life in order that He might become the Redeemer of fallen humanity. He made an infinite sacrifice that He might become man's surety and substitute, and shall we remain indifferent to a downtrodden, abused race? {SW 34.2} [SW 35.1] God cares for the colored people, and if we would cooperate with Him for the salvation of their souls, we must care for them, too, and become laborers together with Him. We need to repent before God, because we have neglected missionary work in the most abandoned part of God's moral vineyard. There needs to be a stirring up among the members of our churches. There needs to be concern created for our colored brethren at the great heart of the work. We should rouse up to the interest that true Christians ought to feel for those who are depressed and morally degraded. The fact that their skin is dark does not prove that they are sinners above the white race. Much of their depravity is the fruit of the neglect of the white people. They have not felt the sympathy that they ought to have felt for the abandoned and wretched. Those who profess to love Christ should have worked for their colored brethren until hope would have sprung up in their hearts. Many are completely discouraged, and they have become stolid because they have been neglected, despised, and forsaken. The poor and unfortunate are numbered by thousands, and yet we have looked on indifferently, and seen their sorrow, and have passed by on the other side. Their degraded condition is our condemnation. The Christian world are guilty because they have failed to help the very ones who most need help. Christ says, "I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." {SW 35.1} [SW 35.2] Should we not work the Southern field? We have had every advantage in temporal and spiritual things, and shall we do nothing for our colored brethren? We cannot abandon the colored race and be accounted as guiltless. Christ speaks of His own mission in these words: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord." Are we not to follow the example of Christ? Are we not, as His human agents, to carry forward the work He came to do? Christ said, "They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick." We cannot leave 36 souls for whom Christ died to be the prey of Satan's temptations. We cannot abandon this great flock to their ignorance, want, suffering, and corruption. This would not be doing the will of God. We cannot heap advantages upon ourselves and upon those who are not in need and pass by those who are in utter want, and be approved of God. This neglect is charged against those who have had great light, who have had marvelous opportunities, and who yet leave so large a portion of God's moral vineyard unworked. For years Satan has been sowing his tares among the colored people, and the field cannot be worked as easily now as it could have been worked years ago. But there should be no delay now. Reproach is brought upon Jesus Christ when those who profess to be carrying the last message of mercy to the world pass this field by. Christ did not pass by the needy and suffering. He united works of mercy with the message of salvation He came to bear to men. He engaged in a constant, untiring ministry, and worked for the perishing and sorrowful. He prefaced His message of love by deeds of ministry and beneficence, leaving us an example that we should follow in His steps.--Review and Herald, Dec. 3, 1895. 37 {SW 35.2} [SW 37.1] An Appeal for the South--3 The World's Redeemer clearly defines what our duty is. To the lawyer who asked Him how he should obtain eternal life, He said: "What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbour as thyself. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbour?" Then Jesus related the parable of the good Samaritan, and clearly showed that he is our neighbor who most needs our charity and help. We are to practice the commandments of God, and stand true to the relation which God has designed shall exist between man and his fellow man. It was never God's purpose that society should be separated into classes, that there should be an alienation between the rich and the poor, the high and the low, the learned and the unlearned. But the practice of separating society into distinct circles is becoming more and more decided. God designed that those to whom He entrusted talents of means, ability, and gifts of grace, should be good stewards of His beneficence, and not seek to reap all the advantages for themselves. God does not estimate man by the amount of wealth, talent, or education that he may have. He values man in proportion as he becomes a good steward of His mercy and love. {SW 37.1} [SW 37.2] Those who center everything upon themselves misinterpret the character of God. The Lord designed that the gifts He bestows upon men should be used to minister to the unfortunate and the suffering ones among humanity. {SW 37.2} [SW 37.3] We are in God's world, and are handling His goods, and we shall be called upon to render a strict account of the use that we have made of His entrusted riches. If we have hoarded God's gifts for our own advantage, if we have indulged in luxury, if we have heaped up treasure for ourselves, and have been indifferent to the wants of those who are suffering around us, we shall be charged as guilty of embezzling God's goods. The cries of suffering humanity go up to God, and He hears their complaints of hunger, of 38 ignorance, and of darkness. He will surely judge those who neglect His purchased possession, who leave the suffering to perish when it is in their power to relieve them. He will hold us accountable for the guilt of those who are left to be the sport of Satan's temptations, and who in their ignorance and blindness charge God with dealing partially with the human race. It is because the rich neglect to do the work for the poor that God designed they should do, that they grow more proud, more self-sufficient, more self-indulgent and hardhearted. They separate the poor from them simply because they are poor, and thus give them occasion to become envious and jealous. Many become bitter, and are imbued with hatred toward those who have everything when they have nothing. {SW 37.3} [SW 38.1] God weighs actions, and every one who has been unfaithful in his stewardship, who has failed to remedy evils which it was in his power to remedy, will be of no esteem in the courts of heaven. Those who are indifferent to the wants of the needy will be counted unfaithful stewards, and will be registered as enemies of God and man. Those who misappropriate the means that God has entrusted to them to help the very ones who need their help, prove that they have no connection with Christ, because they fail to manifest the tenderness of Christ toward those who are less fortunate than themselves. As Christians, we are to manifest to the world the character of Christ in all the affairs of life. To be a Christian means to act in Christ's stead, to represent Christ. We are not to seek to get rid of the responsibilities that connect us with our fellow men. God has not placed us in the world simply to please and honor and glorify ourselves. The character of our Christianity is tested by the dependent ones who are around us, who are ignorant and helpless. It is not proper to pile building upon building in localities where there are abundant facilities, and neglect fields that are nigh and afar off, where there is need of starting missionary enterprises. Instead of closing our eyes and senses to the wants of those who have nothing, instead of adding more and more facilities to those that are already abundant, let us seek to see what we can do to relieve the distresses of the poor, bruised souls of the colored people. Those who are heaping advantages upon advantages where there are already more than ample facilities, are not doing a work that will strengthen men in spirituality; and for neglecting destitute fields they are weighed in the balances of the sanctuary and are found wanting. The Lord has given abundant light upon the subject of diffusing the knowledge of the truth, and no one is justified 39 in following a selfish course. Those to whom God has entrusted much, who command the largest resources in doing a good work in behalf of the needy, and who yet have failed to do it, have withdrawn themselves from their own flesh, and have neglected their ministry to God's purchased possession, in order to gratify their own inclination. How does God look upon those who have left the poor to their poverty, the ignorant to their darkness and ignorance? How does He regard those who are willing to let the lost remain the slaves of circumstances which could have been changed in such a way as to bring relief to the distressed? God calls upon men to become Bible Christians, to represent the example given them by Christ. Who can tell what will be the result of a self-denying, cross-bearing life? Eternity will reveal the result of following Jesus, and all will be amazed at the fruit that will be made manifest. {SW 38.1} [SW 39.1] We need men who will become leaders in home and foreign missionary enterprises. We need men whose sympathies are not congealed, but whose hearts go out to the perishing that are nigh and afar off. The ice that binds about souls that are frozen up with selfishness needs to be melted away, so that every brother shall realize that he is his brother's keeper. Then everyone will go forth to help his neighbor to see the truth and to serve God in an acceptable service. Then those who profess the name of Christ will aid others in the formation of a Christlike character. If everyone would work in Christ's lines, much would be done to change the condition that now exists among the poor and distressed. Pure religion and undefiled would gleam forth as a bright and shining light. God's love in the heart would melt away the barriers of race and caste and would remove the obstacles with which men have barred others away from the truth as it is in Jesus. True religion will induce its advocates to go forth into the highways and byways of life. It will lead them to help the suffering, and enable them to be faithful shepherds going forth into the wilderness to seek and to save the lost, to lead back the perishing sheep and lambs. {SW 39.1} [SW 39.2] The most unfortunate may bear the image of God, and they are of value to God. Those who have true religion will realize that it is their supreme duty to reveal Christ to men, to make manifest the fact that they have learned in the school of Christ. O that we might individually realize that we are simply stewards in trust of God's means, and that we are to use the gifts God has given us as Christ used His eternal riches in seeking and saving that which is 40 lost. We are only trustees, only stewards, and by and by we must give a reckoning to the Master. He will inquire how we have used His goods, and whether or not we have ministered to His family in the world. If we have enjoyed the comforts and blessings of life, and have had no care for those who were less fortunate, and have failed to relieve those who were needy and suffering, for whom Christ has given His life, we shall not hear the words of approval, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant." {SW 39.2} [SW 40.1] If God has entrusted to us the precious light of truth, and has given us a knowledge of Jesus Christ whom He has sent, and we have failed to diffuse that light, we shall be confronted with the souls whom we have held in darkness in the great day of God. We shall be dealt with as we have dealt with others. The King will say to those on His right hand: "Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world: for I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink: I was a stranger, and ye took me in: naked, and ye clothed me: I was sick, and ye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came unto me. Then shall the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee an hungred, and fed thee? or thirsty, and gave thee drink? When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in? or naked, and clothed thee? Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee? And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me."--Review and Herald, Dec. 19, 1895. 41 {SW 40.1} [SW 41.1] An Example in History The Hebrew nation were in servitude for a great number of years. They were slaves in Egypt, and the Egyptians treated them as though they had a right to control them in soul, body, and spirit. But the Lord was not indifferent to their condition, He had not forgotten His oppressed people. The record says: "God heard their groaning, and God remembered his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and with Jacob. And God looked upon the children of Israel, and God had respect unto them." "The Lord said, I have surely seen the affliction of my people which are in Egypt, and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows; and I am come down to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians, and to bring them up out of that land unto a good land, and a large, unto a land flowing with milk and honey." {SW 41.1} [SW 41.2] When God called Moses to be His instrument in delivering the Hebrew nation out of cruel bondage, Moses considered the difficulties of the situation, and thought of the obstacles that he would have to encounter in doing this great work. He knew that the people were in blindness and ignorance, that their minds had become beclouded in faith, and that they were almost destitute of a knowledge of God. They had become degraded by associating with a nation of idolaters, and had corrupted their ways by practicing idolatry. Yet there were many who were righteous and steadfast among this downtrodden people. The Lord directed Moses to give them a message from Himself. He said: "Wherefore say unto the children of Israel, I am the Lord, and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians, and I will rid you out of their bondage, and I will redeem you with a stretched out arm, and with great judgments: and I will take you to me for a people, and I will be to you a God: and ye shall know that I am the Lord your God, which bringeth you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians." {SW 41.2} [SW 41.3] This nation of slaves was to be taught of God. Jesus Christ, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud and fire, was to be their invisible leader, the ruler over all their tribes. Moses was to be the mouthpiece 42 of God. For forty years God ruled over them as they journeyed through the wilderness. But the Hebrew nation is not the only nation that has been in cruel bondage, and whose groanings have come to the ears of the Lord of hosts. The Lord God of Israel has looked upon the vast number of human beings who were held in slavery in the United States of America. The United States has been a refuge for the oppressed. It has been spoken of as the bulwark of religious liberty. God has done more for this country than for any other country upon which the sun shines. It has been marvelously preserved from war and bloodshed. God saw the foul blot of slavery upon this land, He marked the sufferings that were endured by the colored people. He moved upon the hearts of men to work in behalf of those who were so cruelly oppressed. The Southern States became one terrible battlefield. The graves of American sons who had enlisted to deliver the oppressed race are thick in its soil. Many fell in death, giving their lives to proclaim liberty to the captives and the opening of the prison to them that were bound. God spoke concerning the captivity of the colored people as verily as He did concerning the Hebrew captives, and said: "I have surely seen the affliction of my people . . . , and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows; and I am come down to deliver them." The Lord wrought in freeing the Southern slaves; but He designed to work still further for them as He did for the children of Israel, whom He took forth to educate, to refine, and ennoble. Christ Himself wrought with His appointed leaders, and directed them as to what they should do for His people that had become so terribly degraded. They were to be kept separate from all nations, to be directed and counseled until, through a correct representation of the divine character, they should come to know God, to reverence and obey His commandments. {SW 41.3} [SW 42.1] Those who study the history of the Israelites should also consider the history of the slaves in America, who have suffered, who have been educated in crime, degraded, and oppressed, and left in ignorance to perish. Their physical freedom was obtained at a great loss of life, and Christians generally should have looked with compassion upon the colored race, for which God had a care. They should have done a work for them that would have uplifted them. They should have worked through the wisdom of God to educate and train them. We have been very neglectful of our colored brethren, and are not yet prepared for the coming of our Lord. The cries of these neglected people have come up before God. 43 Who has entered into the work since their deliverance from bondage, to teach them the knowledge of God? The condition of the colored people is no more helpless than was the condition of the Hebrew slaves. The children of Israel were addicted to licentiousness, idolatry, gluttony, and gross vices. This is ever the result of slavery. But the Lord looked upon His people, and after their deliverance He educated them. They were not left uncared for. Though they had lost in years of bondage the knowledge of the true God and of His holy law, yet God again revealed Himself to them. In terrible grandeur and awful majesty He proclaimed to them His holy precepts, and commanded them to obey His law. The Ten Commandments are a transcript of the divine character, and are as unchangeable as the eternal throne. But since the slaves of the South attained to freedom, what have we as Christians done to bear any comparison to what was done for them by those who poured out their lives on the battlefield? Have we not looked upon the difficulties that presented themselves, and drawn back from the work? Perhaps some of us have felt sad over their wretchedness, but what have we done to save them from the slavery of sin? Who have taken hold of this work intelligently? Who have taken upon them the burden of presenting to them spiritual freedom that has been purchased for them at an infinite price? Have we not left them beaten, bruised, despised, and forsaken by the way? Is this the example that God has given us in the history of the deliverance of the children of Israel? By no means. {SW 42.1} [SW 43.1] Walls of separation have been built up between the whites and the blacks. These walls of prejudice will tumble down of themselves as did the walls of Jericho, when Christians obey the Word of God, which enjoins on them supreme love to their Maker and impartial love to their neighbors. For Christ's sake, let us do something now. Let every church whose members claim to believe the truth for this time, look at this neglected, downtrodden race, that, as a result of slavery, have been deprived of the privilege of thinking and acting for themselves. They have been kept at work in the cotton fields, have been driven before the lash like brute beasts, and their children have received no enviable heritage. Many of the slaves had noble minds, but the fact that their skin was dark, was sufficient reason for the whites to treat them as though they were beasts. When freedom was proclaimed to the captives, a favorable time was given in which to establish schools and to teach the people to take care of themselves. Much of this kind of work was 44 done by various denominations, and God honored their work. Those who attempted to work for the black race had to suffer persecution, and many were martyrs to the cause. It was difficult to educate these people in correct ideas, because they had been compelled to do according to the word of their human masters. They had been subject to human passions, their minds and bodies had been abused, and it was very hard to efface the education of these people and to lead them to change their practices. But these missionaries persevered in their work. They knew that the black man had not chosen his color or his condition and that Christ had died for him as verily as He had died for his white brother. To show sympathy for the released slaves was to expose one's self to ridicule, hatred, and persecution. Old-time prejudice still exists, and those who labor in behalf of the colored race will have to encounter difficulties. {SW 43.1} [SW 44.1] The neglect of the colored race by the American nation is charged against them. Those who claim to be Christians have a work to do in teaching them to read and to follow various trades and engage in different business enterprises. Many among this race have noble traits of character and keen perception of mind. If they had an opportunity to develop, they would stand upon an equality with the whites. The Hebrew nation were educated during their journeying through the wilderness. They engaged in physical and mental labor. They used their muscles in various lines of work. The history of the wilderness life of God's chosen people was chronicled for the benefit of the Israel of God till the close of time. The apostle says, "Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come." The Lord did not forsake His people in their wanderings through the wilderness, but many of them forsook the Lord. The education they had had in Egypt made them subject to temptation, to idolatry, and to licentiousness, and because they disregarded the commandments of the Lord, nearly all the adults who left Egypt were overthrown in the wilderness; but their children were permitted to enter Canaan. {SW 44.1} [SW 44.2] The land of Egypt was nearly desolated to bring freedom to the children of Israel; the Southern States were nearly ruined to bring freedom to the colored race. For four years war was carried on, and many lives were sacrificed, and there is mourning today because of broken family circles. Unspeakable outrages have been committed against the colored race. They had lived on through years of bondage with no hope of deliverance, and there stretched 45 out before them a dark and dismal future. They thought that it was their lot to live on under cruel oppression, to yield their bodies and souls to the dominance of man. After their deliverance from captivity how earnestly should every Christian have cooperated with heavenly intelligences who were working for the deliverance of the downtrodden race. We should have sent missionaries into this field to teach the ignorant. We should have issued books in so simple a style that a child might have understood them, for many of them are only children in understanding. Pictures and object lessons should have been used to present to the mind valuable ideas. Children and youth should have been educated in such a way that they could have been instructors and missionaries to their parents. {SW 44.2} [SW 45.1] Let us prayerfully consider the colored race, and realize that these people are a portion of the purchased possession of Jesus Christ. One of infinite dignity, who was equal with God, humbled Himself so that He might meet man in his fallen, helpless condition, and become an advocate before the Father in behalf of humanity. Jesus did not simply declare His good will toward perishing man, but humbled Himself, taking upon Himself the nature of man. For our sakes He became poor, that we might come into possession of an immortal inheritance, be heirs of God and joint heirs with Jesus Christ.--Review and Herald, Dec. 17, 1895. 46 {SW 45.1} [SW 46.1] The Bible the Colored People's Hope The Bible is the most precious book in the world. It is the only guide to direct the soul to the paradise of God. The apostle says: "All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness: that the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works." The Bible is a precious treasure. It should be in every home, not to be laid away or put upon a shelf, but to be diligently studied. The Bible is the hope of both the white and the colored race. The idea is disseminated that common people should not study the Bible for themselves, but that the minister or teacher should decide all matters of doctrine for them. This is the doctrine that is taught to the colored people; but the Bible is the poor man's book, and all classes of people are to search the Scriptures for themselves. God has given reasoning powers to men, and by bringing our mental faculties into connection with the Word of God, the spiritual powers are awakened, and common people, as well as teachers and clergymen, may understand the will of God. {SW 46.1} [SW 46.2] Christ said to the people, "Search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me." Many of the colored people are unable to read, and as it is necessary to understand the Word of God, it is necessary to teach these people to read. During the days of slavery the colored people were not generally taught to read, because through this accomplishment they became more fully awake to the degradation of their condition. In attaining knowledge, their desire was increased to have liberty, that they might still further pursue their search for knowledge. They saw that it was their right to be subject to no man, but to obey God only. The proclamation that freed the slaves in the Southern States, opened a field into which Christlike workers should have entered to teach those who were hungering and thirsting for knowledge, that they might know God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. There were precious jewels of truth that should have been searched for as a man would search for hidden treasure. {SW 46.2} [SW 46.3] The Lord has given the Bible to us, and it is our privilege to read 47 it for ourselves. It is our duty to search it diligently, that we may receive more and more light from its sacred pages. As we search the Bible to comprehend the truths of salvation, angels of God are present to strengthen the mind and to aid us in understanding that which will be a benefit to us and to others. We are to explore the sacred volume as a miner explores the veins of ore in the earth, and finds the precious seams of gold. While time shall last, we shall desire to know what the Bible has to say in regard to our relation to Jesus Christ, our responsibility to God as free moral agents. We must search the Scriptures, so that we may know how to accept our responsibilities and how to impart the knowledge we have gained to others who are in need of comfort and hope. We must know by experience what it is to have Christ for our sin bearer, in order that we may intelligently say to others, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world!" {SW 46.3} [SW 47.1] The opinions we have received through listening to the traditions of men must not be permitted to bar the way so that we shall not receive the light that requires reformation and transformation. Enter your closets with the Bible in your hand, and there commune with God, having an ear to hear what the Spirit saith unto you. Let your heart be humbled and teachable, softened and subdued by the Holy Spirit. If you find that your former views are not sustained by the Bible, it is for your eternal interest to learn this as soon as possible; for when God speaks in His Word, our preconceived opinions must be yielded up and our ideas brought into harmony with a "Thus saith the Lord." Christ said, "Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth." With submissive spirit you are to obey the truth at any cost, knowing that the precepts of the Bible are the word of the eternal God. {SW 47.1} [SW 47.2] An experience that brings us into harmony with the Word of God will cost the sacrifice of self. It will require humility of mind and a realization of utter dependence upon God. But those who gain this experience will realize the need of working for others, that they also may believe and rejoice in the truth. Very much depends upon the manner in which the truth is presented. The human heart is a hard field to work. Let the missionary ever keep the Word of God upon his lips. Those who talk the truth will have light upon the Word of God. Contemplating the Word of Christ is beholding Christ by the eye of faith. The Word of God is quick and powerful, and coming in contact with the faculties of men, and human mind becomes strong and vigorous, and able to 48 exercise its powers in learning the lesson of sinking self into Christ. {SW 47.2} [SW 48.1] The Bible contains the living bread for the soul. Shall this Book, with its treasures of wisdom, be opened to those who are unlearned, and especially to the vast numbers of the colored people who are scattered through the United States? Shall we be justified in withholding this precious Word from the ignorant and depraved, when by partaking of it by faith is eternal life? Shall we expend labor most largely for those who know the truth? Shall weeks be occupied in seeking to work up a greater interest among those who have heard the truth of salvation over and over again, and leave those who have never heard it with no effort for their enlightenment? How much more appropriate would it be for those who have been thus privileged, to expend their time, talent, and money in imparting that which they understand to those who do not know God, and have never had the Scriptures opened up before them--in presenting the special message that is to be given to the world in these last days! Gather up the precious fragments of truth and go to work to present them to those who are starving for the Word of life. {SW 48.1} [SW 48.2] Through the study of the Word of God, a great work may be done for the Southern people. The colored people, though emancipated from physical slavery, are still in the slavery of ignorance. They are led to believe that they should do just what their ministers tell them to do. Unless their minds are enlightened so that they may understand the Scripture for themselves, and know that God has spoken to their souls, they will not be benefited by the preaching of the truth; for they are in a condition to be deceived easily by false teachers. In reaching the colored people, it is best to seek to educate them before presenting the pointed truths of the third angel's message. Let missionaries work quietly for both white and colored people in the South. Let them work in a way to help those who most need help, who are surrounded with influences that are misleading. Many of them are under the control of those who will stir up the worst passions of the human heart. The priests and rulers in Christ's day worked most successfully in stirring up the passions of the mob, because they were ignorant, and had placed their trust in man. Thus they were led to denounce and reject Christ and to choose a robber and murderer in His place. The work in the South should be done without noise or parade. Let missionaries who are truly converted, and who feel the burden of the work, seek wisdom from God, and with all the tact they can command, let them go into this field. Medical missionaries can find a field in which to relieve 49 the distress of those who are failing under bodily ailments. They should have means so that they may clothe the naked and feed the hungry. Christian help work will do more than the preaching of sermons. There is a great need that a class of workers should go to this field who will do this kind of work. Let them meet together and relate their experiences, pray together, and hold their services, not in a way to attract attention to themselves, but in quietness, in meekness, and lowliness. But while they pursue this humble course, let them not sink down into cheapness in conversation, cheapness in manners and ways. Let the workers be Christlike, that they may by precept and example exert an elevating influence. Let them furnish themselves with the most appropriate, simple lessons from the life of Christ to present to the people. Let them not dwell too much upon doctrinal points, or upon features of our faith that will seem strange and new; but let them present the sufferings and the sacrifice of Christ; let them hold up His righteousness and reveal His grace; let them manifest His purity and holiness of character. Workers in the Southern field will need to teach the people line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. {SW 48.2} [SW 49.1] As men and women embrace the truth in this field, there will be abundant opportunity for relieving their pressing necessities. Unless this can be done, the work will largely prove a failure. To say, Be ye warmed, and be ye clothed, and be ye fed, and take no steps to bring these things to pass, will have a bad influence upon our work. Object lessons will be of far more value than mere precepts. Deeds of sympathy will be needed as well as words that will touch the heart and leave an uneffaceable impression upon the mind. Small schools should be established in many localities, and teachers who are tender and sympathetic, who can, like the Master, be touched by suffering, should be engaged to educate old and young. Let the Word of God be taught in the simplest manner. Let the pupils be led to study the lessons of Christ; for the study of the Bible will do more to enlarge the mind and strengthen the intellect than will any other study. Nothing will so awaken the dormant energies and give vigor to the faculties as coming in contact with the Word of God. {SW 49.1} [SW 49.2] There is much talent among the colored people. Their minds must be aroused, their intellects quickened into activity, that they may grasp the precious truths of the plan of salvation. Their minds have become dwarfed and enfeebled, because they have been called out and exercised upon commonplace matters, and have been occupied 50 with low, cheap ideas. But as elevating truths are repeated, their minds will expand, and their ability increase to take in and comprehend the subjects with which they become more familiar. A field left uncultivated will soon be filled with unsightly weeds and thistles. The mind left uncultivated will be filled with that which is unsightly, and where seeds of truth are not sown, there will be no fruit of a heavenly order. The colored people have been left in ignorance, and the minds of many have lost the ability to expand. But many are not satisfied. They hunger for something they have not. Were they educated so that they could read the Bible, they would draw comfort from the plan of salvation as it is revealed in Jesus Christ. The influence of truth would work for the enlargement of their minds and the strengthening of their faculties. Thus they would be enabled to grasp other branches of knowledge, and prepared to receive information of a general character.--Review and Herald, Dec. 24, 1895. 51 {SW 49.2} [SW 51.1] Spirit and Life for the Colored People The psalmist says, "The entrance of thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple." Heavenly intelligences are close by the side of every one who is seeking to open the Word of God to the understanding of the simple, or to those who are really desirous of becoming acquainted with the will of God. Those who open the Scripture to others should teach them the Word of life, realizing the solemn, sacred work that they are doing; for they are bringing souls in contact with God and with Jesus Christ, whom He has sent. Any trifling, jesting, or joking over the Word of God is dishonoring to Him, and leaves an influence that is anything but good upon the mind. But if we desire to enlarge a man's mind, let us turn his attention to the Scriptures. In the Bible we behold Him who is the way, the truth, and the life. Through understanding the Word of God, efficiency is obtained for both the practical and the religious life. {SW 51.1} [SW 51.2] Jesus said: "Labour not for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall give unto you: for him hath God the Father sealed. Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we might work the works of God? Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent. They said therefore unto him, What sign shewest thou then, that we may see, and believe thee? what dost thou work? Our fathers did eat manna in the desert; as it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat. Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven: but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven. For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world. Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread. And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst.... I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread which came down from 52 heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.... Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed. He that eateth may flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me." Jesus explained what He meant by eating His flesh and drinking His blood. He meant that His disciples were to partake of His Word. He said, "It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life." {SW 51.2} [SW 52.1] The Word of Christ is the bread of life that is furnished for every soul that liveth. To refuse to eat this bread is death. He that neglects to partake of the Word of God shall not see life. Receiving the Word is believing the Word, and this is eating Christ's flesh, drinking His blood. To dwell and abide in Christ is to dwell and abide in His Word; it is to bring heart and character into conformity to His commands. In the parable of the vine and the branches, Jesus shows the vital connection that must exist between Himself and His followers. He says: "I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. Every branch in me that beareth not fruit he taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, he purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit. Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me. I am the vine, ye are the branches: He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without me ye can do nothing." {SW 52.1} [SW 52.2] The branches represent the believers in Jesus Christ. Those who truly believe, will do the same works that He did. They are united to Christ by the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. As the branch is nourished by the sap which flows from the parent stock, so the believer in Christ is sustained by the life of Christ. The branches represent the very youngest of the followers of Christ, as the branch includes all the tiny tendrils that belong to it. Jesus is our center. He is the parent stock that bears the branches. In Him our eternal life is centered. The words that He has spoken unto us are spirit and life, and those who feed upon his Word, and are doers of 53 his Word, represent Him in character. His patience, meekness, humility, and love pervade their hearts. Jesus said, "Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples." If we are indeed grafted into the True Vine, we shall bear fruit similar to that of the parent stock. {SW 52.2} [SW 53.1] Those who love Christ will do the works of Christ. They will go forth to seek and to save that which was lost. They will not shun those who are despised, and turn aside from the colored race. They will teach them how to read and how to perform manual labor, educating them to till the soil and to follow trades of various kinds. They will put forth painstaking efforts to develop the capabilities of the people. The cotton field will not be the only resource for a livelihood to the colored people. There will be awakened in them the thought that they are of value with God, and that they are esteemed as His property. The work pointed out is a most needful missionary enterprise. It is the best restitution that can be made to those who have been robbed of their time and deprived of their education. The fact that this is the case leaves a heavy debt upon the American nation. As a nation, we have been made the depositary of sacred truth, and we are to impart the precious knowledge of the Word of God to others. Every earthly blessing has come to us because of the infinite price that has been paid in our behalf. If it has cost so great a price to redeem man, so that he should not perish, but have everlasting life, how we should rejoice that we are privileged to become co-workers with Christ in saving those for whom He has given His precious life! The Lord Jesus loves those for whom He has made the greatest sacrifice. He gave His own most precious life to bring life and immortality to light to all those who should believe. "This is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou has sent." Those who receive Christ are in copartnership with Him, and will not mistake their lifework. They will heed the words spoken by Christ. They will be guided by the Holy Spirit, and become more and more intelligent in regard to the requirements of God, and will reveal the love and grace that were revealed in the life of Christ toward those with whom He came in contact.--Review and Herald, Jan. 14, 1896. 54 {SW 53.1} [SW 54.1] "Am I My Brother's Keeper?" The law of God contained in the Ten Commandments reveals to man his duty to love God supremely and his neighbor as himself. The American nation owes a debt of love to the colored race, and God has ordained that they should make restitution for the wrong they have done them in the past. Those who have taken no active part in enforcing slavery upon the colored people are not relieved from the responsibility of making special efforts to remove, as far as possible, the sure result of their enslavement. {SW 54.1} [SW 54.2] When the duty of bringing the gospel to the colored race is presented, many make the plea that association with the colored people will contaminate society. But this very plea is evidence that means should be instituted to remove from this race the degradation that has been brought upon them. As a people we should no longer say by our attitude, "Am I my brother's keeper?" We should arouse ourselves to do justly, to love mercy. We should make manifest by our actions that we have the faith for which the saints are to contend. We should go forth to seek the oppressed, to lift up the fallen, and to bring help to those who need our assistance. We should remember that many among the colored people who have been entrusted with God-given ability, who had intellectual capabilities far superior to those of the masters who claimed them as their property, were forced to endure every indignity, and their souls groaned under the most cruel and unjust oppression. They were ambitious to obtain their freedom, and sought in every possible way to obtain it. At times their deferred hope caused them to flash out with indignation, and they were forced to suffer such fearful punishments that their courage was broken, and to all outward appearances their spirits were subdued. But others planned for years, and finally were successful in gaining their freedom. Many of these have filled positions of trust, and have demonstrated the fact that the colored race is capable of cultivation and improvement. As a people claiming to be proclaiming the last message of mercy to the world, we cannot consistently neglect the Southern field, for it is a portion of God's moral vineyard. It is not our place to study consequences, 55 but we are to go to the field and labor for the colored people as earnestly as for the white people, and leave results with God. It is our part to work with all our God-given capabilities to redeem the time that we have wasted in planning how to avoid unhappy results in working the Southern fields. {SW 54.2} [SW 55.1] We are God's messengers, and He has sent us forth to work for both the white and the black race without partiality and without hypocrisy. We are to set forth the truth in warnings and entreaties. We are to point out the path of light in plain and simple language, easy to be understood by both white and black. We have no time to build up walls of distinction between the white and the black race. The white people who embrace the truth in the Southern field, if converted to God, will discern the fact that the plan of redemption embraces every soul that God has created. The walls of sectarianism and caste and race will fall down when the true missionary spirit enters the hearts of men. Prejudice is melted away by the love of God. All will realize that they are to become laborers together with God. Both the Ethiopian and the white race are God's purchased possession, and our work is to improve every talent that has been lent to us of God, to save the souls of both white and black. If men and women of either race refuse the truth of God, they must answer to God for their rejection of Jesus Christ, who died for their salvation. With all our might we must do our work now. {SW 55.1} [SW 55.2] God's object in bringing us to Himself is to conform us to the image of Christ Jesus. All who believe in Christ will understand the personal relation that exists between them and their brethren. They are to be as branches grafted into the same parent stock, to draw sustenance from the root. Believers, whether white or black, are branches of the True Vine. There is to be no special heaven for the white man and another heaven for the black man. We are all to be saved through the same grace, all to enter the same heaven at last. Then why not act like rational beings, and overcome our unlikeness to Christ? The same God that blesses us as His sons and daughters blesses the colored race. Those who have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul will look with compassion and love upon the colored people. Many of those who have had every advantage, who have regarded themselves as superior to the colored people because their skin was white, will find that many of the colored race will go into heaven before them. {SW 55.2} [SW 55.3] Let every one who values the precious sacrifice made by Jesus 56 Christ, lift up his voice in prayer to God, and exclaim: "Behold, O Lord, this poor, oppressed people that have been despised and maltreated by the white nation. Breathe into their souls the breath of spiritual life. If no effort is made on their behalf, they will perish in their sins, and their blood will be found upon our garments. Father of mercies, pity thine offspring. Breath upon these beaten, bruised, ignorant souls, that they may live. Give thy Holy Spirit to those who shall go forth as messengers to this people. Take not thy Holy Spirit from us in our councils, and enable us to make plans and devise means for the spread of the truth among them." {SW 55.3} [SW 56.1] We need to awaken, and to understand the truth as it is in Jesus. We need to consult the Word of God, in order that we shall not seek to evade disagreeable work. When we realize that we are workers together with God, the promises will not be spoken with half indifference, but will burn in our hearts, and kindle on our lips. We shall present them to the throne of God with earnestness, and the Lord will pour out His Spirit upon the devoted, consecrated worker. Those who plead with God, as did Moses, will receive the same assurances that Moses received. When Moses pleaded: "I pray thee, if I have found grace in thy sight, shew me now thy way, that I may know thee, that I may find grace in thy sight: and consider that this nation is thy people. And He said, My presence shall go with thee, and I will give thee rest." Again the Lord said to Moses, "Certainly I will be with thee." The same assurances given to Moses will be given to those who go forth to be colaborers with Jesus Christ in the Southern field. We are not to wait for great men to undertake the work. We are to encourage those who have a burden to go to this field, who are willing to undertake the work. Let those in responsible positions give their sympathy to such workers, and furnish them with facilities whereby they may do the work required. Let not men in our institutions feel that it is their prerogative to tie the hands of workers at every step. Let those who have a mind to work, do with their might whatsoever their hands find to do. Let those who take no part in the trying experience of teaching the colored people, unite their petitions with those of the workers, and plead that the Holy Spirit may move upon the hearts of the workers and aid them in doing successful work for the Master. The Lord God of Sabaoth will hear earnest prayer. He will lead those who feel their dependence upon Him, and will so guide the workers that many souls shall come to a knowledge of the truth. 57 {SW 56.1} [SW 57.1] Truth as it is in Jesus exercises a transforming influence upon the minds of its receivers. Let no one forget that God is always a majority, and that with Him success is bound to crown all missionary effort. Those who have a living connection with God know that divinity works through humanity. Every soul that cooperates with God will do justly, love, mercy, and walk humbly with God. The Lord is a God of mercy, and cares even for the dumb beasts He has created. When He healed on the Sabbath day, and was accused of breaking the law of God, He said to his accusers: "Doth not each one of you on the sabbath loose his ox or his ass from the stall, and lead him away to watering? And ought not this woman, being a daughter of Abraham, whom Satan hath bound, lo, these eighteen years, be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day? And when he had said these things, all his adversaries were ashamed: and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him." The Lord looks upon the creatures He has made with compassion, no matter to what race they may belong. God "hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation; that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him, though he be not far from every one of us: for in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring." Speaking to His disciples the Saviour said, "All ye are brethren." God is our common Father, and each one of us is our brother's keeper.--Review and Herald, Jan. 21, 1896. 58 {SW 57.1} [SW 58.1] Lift Up Your Eyes and Look on the Field Those who work in the Southern field will need to have a sanctified judgment, in order to discriminate in applying help where it will do the greatest amount of good. They should help those who will be a help to others, as well as those who may not be able to carry on very decided missionary operations. I know that it will be impossible for workers to remain in this field in a bare-handed condition and do the work that is required to be done in the Southern States. It will be necessary that a fund shall be created so that the workers may have means with which to help those who are in poverty and distress, and this practical ministry will open their hearts to respond to the truth. {SW 58.1} [SW 58.2] It will be necessary for the worker in the Southern field not only to have an appreciation of the physical wants of the colored people, but his heart must also be aglow with the love of God. He must present the love of God with faith and assurance, and not follow any bleak, cold, methodical style. The Southern field is a field where the religious instruction will have to be repeated again and again. The language must be most simple in style, for many of the colored people are only children in understanding; but though this field has been long neglected, the words of Christ are applicable to it. Our Lord said to His disciples, "Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together." {SW 58.2} [SW 58.3] When the Lord spoke these words to the disciples, they did not see anything that denoted that they were in an encouraging field. The seed of truth had been sown, and the harvest was about to follow. While they had been away purchasing food, Christ had preached a sermon to the woman at the well, and had sown the seed, and the harvest was to come forth speedily. She had gone back into the city of Samaria and had spread abroad the words of Christ. 59 She gave the invitation to those she met, saying with assurance, "Come, see a man, which told me all things that ever I did: is not this the Christ?" Jesus knew that at the report of the woman many, out of curiosity, would come to see and to hear Him, and that many would believe on Him, and drink of the water of life that He should give them. "And many of the Samaritans of that city believed on him for the saying of the woman, which testified, He told me all that ever I did. So when the Samaritans were come unto him, they besought him that he would tarry with them: and he abode there two days. And many more believed because of his own word; and said unto the woman, Now we believe, not because of thy saying: for we have heard him ourselves, and know that this is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world." Thus the harvest came speedily after the sowing, for the Holy Spirit had impressed the truth upon the hearts of the Samaritans. {SW 58.3} [SW 59.1] The words that Jesus spoke to His disciples, saying that the fields were white for the harvest, are addressed to every genuine Christian. We also are to look upon the fields, and see the necessities of men. The disciples were encouraged as they saw the readiness of the Samaritans to receive the truth. They had regarded this field as a very hard field, and yet they saw men acknowledging the words of the Master, and believing on Him for themselves. This lesson is for our encouragement as well, and while there are many who will not yield to the convicting power of God's Spirit, there are also many who are hungering for the words of light and salvation. Many will receive the truth, and testify as did the Samaritans that Christ is the Saviour of the world. In their turn they will become sowers of the seed of truth. We are to lift up our eyes and look upon the fields that are white already for the harvest. For years we have passed by the Southern field, and have looked upon the colored race, feebly deploring their condition; but our eyes have been fastened upon more promising fields. But now God's people should lift up their eyes and look upon this destitute field that has not been worked. The missionary spirit must prevail if we form characters after the pattern, Christ Jesus. We are to love our neighbors as ourselves, and the colored people, in the sight of God, are our neighbors. It is not enough for us merely to look on and deplore the discouraging appearance of the field, and then pass by on the other side and do nothing. Unitedly and interestedly we must take hold of the work. We are not only to look upon the fields, but we are to reap, and gather fruit unto life eternal. 60 {SW 59.1} [SW 60.1] God calls us to consider and to help those who are in most need of help. As workers together with God, we are not simply to deplore the destitute condition of the Southern people, but we are to seek to alleviate their condition. Here is a field in America that is nigh at hand. One is to sow the seed, another to reap the harvest, another to bind it up. There is a variety of work, which must be done now while the angels continue to hold the four winds. Many who desire to do missionary work may labor in this field. There is no time to be lost. As men, women, and children among the colored people receive the truth, they should be instructed by those who are imbued with the Spirit of God, and educated and directed in such a way that they may help others. {SW 60.1} [SW 60.2] The Southern field is right in the shadow of your own doors. It is as land that has had a touch of the plow here and there, and then has been left by the plowman, who has been attracted to some easier or more promising field; but those who work the Southern field must make up their minds to practice self-denial. Those who would aid in this work must also practice self-denial, in order that facilities may be provided whereby the field may be worked. God calls for missionaries, and asks us to take up our neglected duties. Let farmers, financiers, builders, and those who are skilled in various arts and crafts go to this field to improve lands and to build humble cottages for themselves and their neighbors. Christ says to you, Lift up your eyes, and look upon this Southern field; for it needs the sowers of seed and the reapers of grain. The grace of Christ is unlimited; it is God's free gift. Why should not this neglected people have the benefit of divine hope and courage and faith? All those who will accept Christ will have sunlight in the heart, and the wholehearted, unselfish worker will receive a reward. Those who are laborers together with God will enter into the joy of their Lord. What is this joy? It is the joy that is felt in the presence of the angels over one sinner that repenteth more than over ninety and nine just persons who need no repentance. {SW 60.2} [SW 60.3] Those who labor in the Southern field will meet with deplorable ignorance. The colored people are suffering the results of the bondage in which they were held. When they were slaves they were taught to do the will of those who called them their property. They were kept in ignorance, and today there are thousands among them that cannot read. Many who profess to be teachers among them are corrupt in character, and they interpret the Scriptures in such a way as to fulfil their own purposes and degrade those who are in 61 their power. The colored people are taught that they must not think or judge for themselves, but that their ministers must be permitted to judge for them. Because of this, the divine plan of salvation has been covered up with a mass of human rubbish and falsehood. The Scripture has been perverted, and the people have been perverted, and the people have been so instructed as to be easily seduced by evil spirits. Mind as well as body has been long abused. The whole system of slavery was originated by Satan, who delights in tyrannizing over human beings. Though he has been successful in degrading and corrupting the black race, many are possessed of decided ability, and if they were blessed with opportunities, they would show more intelligence than do many of their more favored brethren among the white people. Thousands may now be uplifted, and may become agents by which to help those of their own race. There are many who feel the necessity of becoming elevated, and when faithful teachers open the Scriptures, presenting the truth in its native purity to the colored people, the darkness will be dispelled under the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness. Directed in their search for truth by those who have had advantages enabling them to know the truth, they will become intelligent in the Scriptures. {SW 60.3} [SW 61.1] When laws are enacted that bind the consciences of those whom God has made free, and men are cast into prison for exercising their religious liberty, many poor, timid, ignorant souls will be hindered from doing the will of God; but many will learn aright from Jesus Christ, and will maintain their God-given freedom at any cost. The colored people have been slow to learn what is their right in religious liberty, because of the attitude that men have assumed toward them. In many minds there is great confusion in regard to what is individual right. Men have exercised compelling power over the mind and judgment of the colored race. Satan is the originator of all oppression, and history shows a record of the terrible results of oppressive tortures that have been endured by men who are God's property, both by creation and by redemption. Through human agencies, Satan has manifested his own attributes and passions; but every act of injustice, every fraudulent purpose, every pang of anguish, is written down in the books of heaven as done against Christ Jesus, who has purchased man at an infinite price. The manner in which men treat their fellow men is registered as done unto Christ; but those who have been faithful winners of souls will receive commendation, and will join in the song of those 62 who rejoice, and shout the harvest home. How great will be the joy when the redeemed of the Lord will all meet together in the mansions prepared for them! What rejoicing will come to those who have been impartial, unselfish laborers together with God in winning souls to Christ! What satisfaction will fill the breast of every reaper when he hears the musical voice of Jesus saying, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord!" {SW 61.1} [SW 62.1] Those who win souls to Christ glorify their Redeemer. He has not died in vain for them, for they are in harmony with Christ. They look upon those who have turned to God through their efforts, with glad rejoicing; for they also see of the travail of their souls, and are satisfied. They see that the anxious hours they have spent, the perplexing circumstances they have had to meet, the sorrows they have to endure, have worked for them a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. As they look upon the souls they have won to Christ, and know that they are eternally saved, are monuments of God's mercy and of a Redeemer's love, they touch the golden harp and fill the arches of heaven with praise and thanksgiving. They sing, "Thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation; and hast made us unto our God kings and priests: and we shall reign on the earth. . . . Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing." {SW 62.1} [SW 62.2] "They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever." How great is the reward that will come to those who devote their God-given abilities to doing the works of Christ. Those who are partakers of His sufferings in this world will be partakers of His glory in the world hereafter, and will sit down with Christ upon His throne.--Review and Herald, Jan. 28, 1896. 63 {SW 62.2} [SW 63.1] Volunteers Wanted for the Southern Field Instruction is to be given to our colored neighbors concerning the physical, mental, and moral nature. We must give them line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. The youth will catch the lessons that are given, and retain them much more readily than those who are aged. How important it is that this large class of human beings, who are now in ignorance, should be taught to read for themselves, that they may know what saith the Lord unto them! How anxious every Christian family should be to have a part in helping on the education of the colored race! Many of them are poor, neglected, homeless creatures. We should teach them how to build cheap houses, how to erect school buildings in cities and villages, and how to carry on their education. {SW 63.1} [SW 63.2] God holds us accountable for our long neglect of doing our duty to our neighbors. He sees precious jewels that will shine out from among the colored race. Let the work be taken up determinedly, and let both the young and those of mature age be educated in essential branches. Take hold of this nation that has been in bondage, as the Lord Jesus Christ took hold of the Hebrew nation after they came forth from Egypt. God will put His Holy Spirit upon those who put heart and soul into the work, realizing the truth of the words of inspiration: "We are labourers together with God: ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." The Lord has long been waiting for human instrumentalities through whom He could work. How much longer shall heavenly agencies be obliged to wait for human agents who will respond to the words of Christ, "Go work to day in my vineyard"? When the hearts of God's professed people are animated by the principle of the living faith that works by love and purifies the soul, there will be a response to these appeals. Christ linked Himself in brotherhood to all nationalities. He made no distinction between the white race and the black race in His plan of salvation. He bought the meanest of humanity with an infinite price, and He notes when we 64 leave the naked unclad, the poor unfed, the destitute unrelieved, the despised forsaken. {SW 63.2} [SW 64.1] Those who labor in the Southern field will have many prejudices to overcome, many difficulties to encounter. At the present time there is great want among many of the colored people. Self- denial must be practiced by us. We must strip ourselves of all extravagance; we must deny ourselves luxuries and the undue gratification of appetite. Let those who have not laid aside unnecessary articles of diet, do so. Let them refrain from adornment and costly furnishings. Let us set ourselves to do a work for the Southern people. Let us not be content with simply looking on, with simply making resolutions that are never acted upon; but let us do something heartily unto the Lord, to alleviate the distress of our colored brethren. The burden of poverty is sufficiently weighty to arouse our heartfelt sympathy. We are not simply to say, "Be ye warmed and filled," but we are actually to relieve the needs of the poor. Filthiness is prevalent among the colored people, and it is a breeder of disease. Discouragement is deep and widespread, and shall we refuse to stretch forth our hands to help in this time of peril? {SW 64.1} [SW 64.2] But it is of no use to send missionaries to work in the Southern field unless they are furnished with means from your abundance to help the distressed and those who are in poverty that cannot be described. We may do the work that Christ would do if He were upon earth. We may relieve those whose lives have been one long scene of sorrow. Who will go on in indifference and pay no attention to the woes of those who are in hunger, in nakedness, in ignorance and degradation? Who will rouse up and go without the camp and bear reproach for Christ's sake? Who will put on Christ and seek to rescue their colored brethren from ignominy, crime, and degradation? Who will seek to restore them to the ranks of common humanity? We must not consider them irreclaimable and utterly degenerate. With the spirit of Christ, who did not fail or become discouraged, we may do a work that will cause the heavenly hosts to fill the courts of God with songs of rejoicing. There are many who are looked upon as stoical; who are thought to be unfit to be taught the gospel of Jesus Christ; and yet through the ministration of the Holy Spirit they may be changed by the miracle of divine grace. The stupidity that makes their cases look so hopeless will pass away, for it is the result of great ignorance. The influence of grace will prevail on the human subject, and the dull and 65 clouded mind will awake and break its fetters. Through divine power the slave to sin may be set free. The sunshine of Christ's righteousness may beam into the chambers of mind and heart. Spiritual life will be seen, and the brutishness will disappear. Inclination to vice will disappear, and ignorance will be overcome. The heart will be purified by the faith that works by love. {SW 64.2} [SW 65.1] There are thousands who are capable of instruction, cultivation, and elevation. With proper, preserving labor, many who have been considered hopeless cases will become educators of their race. The colored people deserve much more from the hands of the white people than they have received. The colored people may be compared to a mine that is to be worked, in which is valuable ore of most precious material. Christ has given these people souls capable of winning and enjoying immortal life in the kingdom of God. One tenth of the advantages that their more favored brethren have received and failed to improve, would cause them to become mediums of light through which the brightness of the righteousness of Christ might shine forth. Who will enlist in this work, and willingly teach the ignorant what saith the Word of God? Who will engage in the work of quickening the mental faculties into sensibility, of uplifting those who are downtrodden? Can we not show that we are willing to try to repair as far as possible the injury that has been done to them in the past? Shall not missionaries be multiplied? Shall we hear of volunteers, who are willing to go into the field to bring souls out of darkness and ignorance into the marvelous light in which we rejoiced, that they also may see the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ? "And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent."--Review and Herald, Feb. 4, 1896. 66 {SW 65.1} [SW 66.1] Section III - Counsels Regarding The Work In The South NOTE: WITH THE WORK IN THE SOUTH UNDER WAY, CERTAIN PROBLEMS AROSE IN 1895 THAT WERE PECULIAR TO THE FIELD. SOME OF THESE ELLEN G. WHITE DEALT WITH IN A COUNCIL MEETING HELD IN AUSTRALIA. A REPORT OF THIS MEETING AND A LETTER OF COUNSEL WRITTEN TO AN OFFICIAL AT THE GENERAL CONFERENCE HEADQUARTERS WERE INCLUDED IN THE SOUTHERN WORK, ONE IN THE BODY OF THE BOOKLET AS FIRST ISSUED AND THE OTHER IN THE SUPPLEMENT (PAGES 128-136). BOTH APPEAR HERE IN THEIR NATURAL CHRONOLOGICAL SEQUENCE, FOLLOWED BY A MESSAGE WRITTEN IN 1897 TO THE WORKERS IN THE SOUTH, ALSO A PART OF THE SOUTHERN WORK.--WHITE TRUSTEES. Words of Precaution Regarding Sunday Labor {SW 66.1} [SW 66.2] THE COLORED PEOPLE, AND THE WAY TO OPPOSE ERROR. (REPORT OF THE INTERVIEW) ON THE MORNING OF NOVEMBER 20, 1895, A COUNCIL MEETING WAS CALLED AT THE LARGE TENT ON THE ARMADALE CAMPGROUND TO CONSIDER SOME QUESTIONS ARISING FROM THE DISCUSSIONS OF OUR BRETHREN REGARDING THE RELIGIOUS LIBERTY WORK. THE POSITIONS RECENTLY TAKEN BY SOME OF OUR BRETHREN INDICATED THAT THERE WAS NECESSITY FOR A MORE THOROUGH UNDERSTANDING OF THE PRINCIPLES WHICH MUST GOVERN OUR WORK. {SW 66.2} [SW 66.3] THERE WERE PRESENT BRETHREN W. W. PRESCOTT, A. G. DANIELLS, W. C. WHITE, M. C. ISRAEL, L. J. ROUSSEAU, W. A. COLCORD, M. G. KELLOGG, W. D. SALISBURY, JAMES SMITH, AND SISTERS E. G. WHITE AND E. J. BURNHAM. {SW 66.3} [SW 66.4] SEVERAL LETTERS WERE READ WITH REFERENCE TO THE QUESTIONS AT ISSUE, THEN SISTER WHITE READ A LETTER WHICH SHE HAD WRITTEN TO ELDER A. T. JONES, IN MAY, 1894, WHICH HAD BEEN UNAVOIDABLY WITHHELD UNTIL VERY RECENTLY. {SW 66.4} [SW 66.5] IN THIS LETTER REFERENCE WAS MADE TO THE NECESSITY OF OUR SPEAKERS 67 PRESENTING THE TRUTH IN SUCH A SIMPLE MANNER THAT EVEN THE SMALL CHILDREN COULD COMPREHEND THE LESSONS WHICH IT WAS DESIGNED TO TEACH. REMARKING ON THIS, SISTER WHITE SAID: "According to the light which has been given to me, when the heavenly intelligences see that men will no longer present the truth in simplicity as did Jesus, the very children will be moved upon by the Spirit of God, and will go forth proclaiming the truth for this time." {SW 66.5} [SW 67.1] THE BRETHREN WERE INVITED TO DISCUSS THE POINTS TREATED IN THE LETTERS, BUT ALL WERE DESIROUS OF HEARING FURTHER FROM SISTER WHITE, AND SHE MADE THE FOLLOWING REMARKS: {SW 67.1} [SW 67.2] "There is a terrible crisis just before us, through which all must pass, and especially will it come and be felt in Battle Creek. My mind has been much troubled over the positions which some of our brethren are liable to take in regard to the work to be done among the colored people in the Southern States. There is one point that I wish to lay before those who work in the Southern field. Among the colored people they will have to labor in different lines from those followed in the North. They cannot go to the South and present the real facts in reference to Sundaykeeping being the mark of the beast, and encourage the colored people to work on Sunday; for the same spirit that held the colored people in slavery is not dead, but alive today, and ready to spring into activity. The same spirit of oppression is still cherished in the minds of many of the white people of the South, and will reveal itself in cruel deeds, which are the manifestation of their religious zeal. Some will oppose in every possible way any action which has a tendency to uplift the colored race and teach them to be self-supporting. {SW 67.2} [SW 67.3] "When the whites show an inclination to help the colored people by educating them to help themselves, a certain class of the white people are terribly annoyed. They do not want the colored people to earn an independent living. They want them to work their plantations. {SW 67.3} [SW 67.4] "When the white people try to educate the colored people in the truth, jealousy is aroused, and ministers, both colored and white, will bitterly oppose the truth. The colored ministers think that they know how to preach to their own race better than the white ministers can, and they feel that the whites are taking the work out of their hands. By falsehood they will create the most decided opposition, and those among the white people who are opposed to the truth will help them, and will make it exceedingly hard for the work of the message to advance. 68 {SW 67.4} [SW 68.1] "When the truth is proclaimed in the South, a marked difference will be shown by those who oppose the truth in their greater regard for Sunday, and great care must be exercised not to do anything to arouse their prejudice. Otherwise, we may just as well leave the field entirely, for the workers will have all the white people against them. Those who oppose the truth will not work openly, but through secret organizations, and they will seek to hinder the work in every possible way. Our laborers must move in a quiet way, striving to do everything possible to present the truth to the people, remembering that the love of Christ will melt down the opposition. {SW 68.1} [SW 68.2] "From the light that I have received, I see that if we would get the truth before the Southern people, we must not encourage the colored people to work on Sunday. There must be a clear understanding regarding this, but it need not be published in our papers. You must teach these people as you would teach children. Not a word should be spoken to create prejudice, for if by any careless or impulsive speech to the colored people in regard to the whites any prejudice is created in their minds against the whites, or in the minds of the whites against them, the spirit of the enemy will work in the children of disobedience. Thus an opposition will be aroused which will hinder the work of the message, and will endanger the lives of the workers and of the believers. {SW 68.2} [SW 68.3] "We are not to make efforts to teach the Southern people to work on Sunday. That which some of our brethren have written upon this point is not based upon right principles. When the practices of the people do not come in conflict with the law of God, you may conform to them. If the workers fail to do this, they will not only hinder their own work, but they will place stumbling blocks in the way of those for whom they labor, and hinder them from accepting the truth. On Sunday there is the very best opportunity for those who are missionaries to hold Sunday schools, and come to the people in the simplest manner possible, telling them of the love of Jesus for sinners and educating them in the Scriptures. There are many ways of reaching all classes, both white and black. We are to interest them in the life of Christ from His childhood up to manhood, and through His life of ministry to the cross. We cannot work in all localities in the same way. We must let the Holy Spirit guide, for men and women cannot convince others of the wrong traits of character. While laboring to introduce the truth, we must accommodate ourselves as much as possible to the field and the circumstances of those for whom we labor." 69 {SW 68.3} [SW 69.1] Question: Should not those in the Southern field work on Sunday? {SW 69.1} [SW 69.2] "If they do this, there is danger that as soon as the opposing element can get the slightest opportunity, they will stir up one another to persecute those who do this and to pick off those whom they hate. At present Sundaykeeping is not the test. The time will come when men will not only forbid Sunday work, but they will try to force men to labor on the Sabbath. And men will be asked to renounce the Sabbath and to subscribe to Sunday observance or forfeit their freedom and their lives. But the time for this has not yet come, for the truth must be presented more fully before the people as a witness. What I have said about this should not be understood as referring to the action of old Sabbathkeepers who understand the truth. They must move as the Lord shall direct them, but let them consider that they can do the best missionary work on Sunday. . . . {SW 69.2} [SW 69.3] "It will not do for those who labor among the colored people to preach the truth as boldly and openly as they would be free to do in other places. Even Christ clothed His lessons in figures and parables to avoid the opposition of the Pharisees. When the colored people feel that they have the Word of God in regard to the Sabbath question, and the sanction of those who brought them the truth, some who are impulsive will take the opportunity to defy the Sunday laws, and by a presumptuous defiance of their oppressors they will bring to themselves much sorrow. Very faithfully the colored people must be instructed to be like Christ, to patiently suffer wrongs, that they may help their fellow men to see the light of truth. {SW 69.3} [SW 69.4] "A terrible condition of things is certainly opening before us. According to the light which is given me in regard to the Southern field, the work there must be done as wisely and carefully as possible, and it must be done in the manner in which Christ would work. The people will soon find out what you believe about Sunday and the Sabbath, for they will ask questions. Then you can tell them, but not in such a manner as to attract attention to your work. You need not cut short your work by yourself laboring on Sunday. It would be better to take that day to instruct others in regard to the love of Jesus and true conversion." {SW 69.4} [SW 69.5] Question: Should the same principles govern our work and our attitude toward the Sunday question in foreign fields where the prejudices of the people are so strong? {SW 69.5} [SW 69.6] "Yes; just the same. The light that I have is that God's servants should go quietly to work, preaching the grand, precious truths of 70 the Bible--Christ and Him crucified, His love and infinite sacrifice --showing that the reason why Christ died is because the law of God is immutable, unchangeable, eternal. The Spirit of the Lord will awaken the conscience and the understanding of those with whom you work, bringing the commandments of God to their remembrance. I can hardly describe to you the way in which this has been presented to me. The Lord says in Revelation 22:16: 'I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches.' Have any of you seen this angel? The messengers from heaven are close beside those who stand before the people, holding forth the word of life. In preaching the truth, it is not always best to present those strong points of truth that will arouse prejudice, especially where such strong feelings exist as is felt in the Southern States. The Sabbath must be taught in a decided manner, but be cautious how you deal with the idol, Sunday. A word to the wise is sufficient. {SW 69.6} [SW 70.1] "I have given you the light which has been presented to me. If followed, it will change the course of many, and will make them wise, cautious teachers. Refraining from work on Sunday is not receiving the mark of the beast; and where this will advance the interests of the work, it should be done. We should not go out of our way to work on Sunday. {SW 70.1} [SW 70.2] "After the Sabbath has been sacredly observed, in places where the opposition is so strong as to arouse persecution if work is done on Sunday, let our brethren make that day an occasion to do genuine missionary work. Let them visit the sick and the poor, ministering to their wants, and they will find favorable opportunities to open the Scriptures to individuals and to families. Thus most profitable work can be done for the Master. When those who hear and see the light on the Sabbath take their stand upon the truth to keep God's holy day, difficulties will arise, for efforts will be brought to bear against them to compel men and women to transgress the law of God. Here they must stand firm, that they will not violate the law of God, and if the opposition and persecution are determinedly kept up, let them heed the words of Christ, 'When they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another: for verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be come.' {SW 70.2} [SW 70.3] "The time has not yet come for us to work as though there were no prejudice. Christ said, 'Be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.' If you see that by doing certain things which you have 71 a perfect right to do, you hinder the work of the truth, refrain from doing these things. Do nothing that will close the minds of others against the truth. There is a world to save, and we gain nothing by cutting loose from those we are trying to help. All things may be lawful, but all things are not expedient. {SW 70.3} [SW 71.1] "We have no right to do anything that will obstruct the light which is shining from heaven; yet by a wrong course of action we may imperil the work, and close the door which God has opened for the entrance of the truth. The final issue on the Sabbath question has not yet come, and by imprudent actions we may bring on a crisis before the time. You may have all the truth, but you need not let it all flash at once upon minds, lest it become darkness to them. Even Christ said to His disciples, 'I have many things to say unto you, but ye can not bear them now.' We must not go into a place, open our satchels, show all we have, and tell everything that we know at once. We must work cautiously, presenting the truth by degrees, as the hearers can bear it, but keep close to the Word."-- Ellen G. White manuscript 22a, 1895. Published in The Southern Work, pp. 128-136. 72 {SW 71.1} [SW 72.1] Proper Methods of Work in the Southern Field ［NOTE: ELLEN G. WHITE LETTER ADDRESSED TO ELDER A. O. TAIT OF BATTLE CREEK, MICHIGAN, RECORDING SECRETARY OF THE INTERNATIONAL RELIGIOUS LIBERTY ASSOCIATION. THE ENTIRE LETTER, EXCEPT THE SENTENCE IN PARENTHESES JUST BEFORE THE SIGNATURE, WAS PUBLISHED BY ELDER O. A. OLSEN, PRESIDENT OF THE GENERAL CONFERENCE, ON NOVEMBER 22, 1896, AS ONE OF SEVERAL ITEMS IN "SPECIAL TESTIMONIES FOR MINISTERS AND WORKERS," NO. 6 (PAGES 47-56). IT WAS SUBSEQUENTLY REPRINTED BY JAMES EDSON WHITE IN THE SOUTHERN WORK, PAGES 97-108.--WHITE TRUSTEES.］ Armadale, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia, November 20, 1895. Dear Brother -----: This morning I attended a meeting where a select few were called together to consider some questions that were presented to them by a letter soliciting consideration and advice on these subjects. Of some of these subjects I could speak, because at sundry times and in divers places many things have been presented to me in reference to some matters of labor that required great caution in speech as well as in the expression of thoughts with the pen. The advice given to our brethren in the Southern field has been diverse; it would bring in confusion. {SW 72.1} [SW 72.2] As my brethren read the selections from letters, I knew what to say to them; for this matter has been presented to me again and again in regard to the Southern field. I have not felt at liberty to write out the matter until now. I will endeavor to make some brief statements at this time, hoping soon to have an opportunity to speak more clearly and at length. {SW 72.2} [SW 72.3] The light that the Lord has given me at different times has been that the Southern field, where the greatest share of the population of the colored race is, cannot be worked after the same methods as other fields. They are excitable, and outward actions in bodily exercise more than inward piety, compose their religion. Should the colored people in the Southern States be educated, as they receive the truth, that they should work on Sunday, there would be excited a most unreasonable and unjust prejudice. Judges and 73 jurors, lawyers and citizens, would, if they had a chance, bring decisions which would bind about them rites which would cause much suffering, not only to the ones whom they term guilty of breaking the laws of their State, but all the colored people everywhere would be placed in a position of surveillance, and under cruel treatment by the white people, that would be no less than slavery. They have been treated as chattels, regarded as not much above the dumb animals, to do just as their masters told them to do. This has degraded all their powers, and a different method of labor altogether must be pursued toward them than where the colored people have had greater advantages of schooling and have learned to read. {SW 72.3} [SW 73.1] As the colored people have not been educated to read and have not been uplifted, their religion is more of bodily exercise than inward piety. There cannot be anything like the kind of labor pursued toward them that is bestowed upon the people whose religion is not outward workings. The Lord will look upon this poor, neglected, downtrodden race with great compassion. Everything of a character to set them in a position of opposition to authorities, as working on Sunday, would cause the colored people great suffering and cut off the possibility of the white laborers' going among them; for the workers who intended to do them good would be charged with raising insurrections. {SW 73.1} [SW 73.2] I do not want anything of this character to appear, for I know the result. Tell them they need not provoke their neighbors by doing work on Sunday; that this will not prevent them from observing the Sabbath. The Sabbath should not be introduced until they know the first principles of the religion of Jesus Christ. The truth as it is in Jesus is to be made known little by little, line upon line, and precept upon precept. {SW 73.2} [SW 73.3] Punishment for any offense would be visited unsparingly and unmercifully upon the colored people. Here is a neglected field, rank with corruption, needing to be taught everything; here is a field where medical missionary work can be one of the greatest blessings. In this line the truth may be introduced, but the very first principles of Christianity are to be taught in the A B C. Schools are to be established, having not only children, but fathers and mothers, learning to read. {SW 73.3} [SW 73.4] Teaching the truth is involving great liabilities. It is essential, then, that families should settle in the South, and as missionary workers they can by precept and example be a living power. There cannot be much preaching. The least notice possible should be 74 given to the point of what is doing and what is to be done; for it will create suspicion and jealousy in the minds of men, who, with their fathers and grandfathers, have been slaveholders. There has been so little done for the colored people that they are in moral degradation, and are looked upon as slaves to the white population still, although they have been emancipated at terrible cost. {SW 73.4} [SW 74.1] We are to study the situation with great care, for the Lord is our enlightener. The Lord has given men capabilities to exercise, but there is too little deep thinking and too little earnest praying that the Lord would give wisdom at all times how to work difficult fields. We are under obligation to God, and if we love God, we are in duty bound not only on the general ground of obligation and obedience to obey the orders of our spiritual Leader, but to save as many souls as we can, to present them as sheaves to Jesus Christ, who gave Himself a living sacrifice to ransom them and make them free servants of Jesus Christ. There is not to be one word uttered which would stir up the slumbering enmity and hatred of the slaves against discipline and order, or to present before them the injustice that has been done them. {SW 74.1} [SW 74.2] Nothing can be done at first in making the Sabbath question prominent, and if the colored people are in any way educated to work on Sunday, there will be unsparing, merciless oppression brought upon them. Already there has been too much printed in regard to the persecution of the Sabbathkeepers in the Southern States, and those who are bitter against the law of God, trampling it under their feet, are all the more in earnest to make human laws a power. Their religious prejudice and bigotry would lead them to do any act of violence, verily thinking they were doing God's service, for they are in great error. A blind zeal under false religious theories is the most violent and merciless. There are many who are stirred up by the representations in our papers to do just as their neighboring States are doing. All these things give them the appearance of defying the law. In Christ's day, when persecuted in one city, they fled to another. It may be the duty of those persecuted to locate themselves in another city or another country. "And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he that endureth to the end shall be saved. But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another: for verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be come. The disciple is not above his master, nor the servant above his lord" (Matthew 10:22-24). 75 {SW 74.2} [SW 75.1] At present, persecution is not general, but let the Southern element have words come to them of a nature to arouse their excitable disposition, and the whole cause of truth would suffer and the great missionary field be closed. Let all be warned. Let the instruction be given to this much-oppressed people that the keeping of the Sabbath does not necessitate their working on Sunday; for if they should do this, they would have instigated against them all the powers of the white population who are transgressors of the law of God. Church members and priests and rulers will combine to organize secret societies to work in their land to whip, imprison, and destroy the lives of the colored race. History will be repeated. Let efforts be made in as silent a manner as possible, but this people need not be told that the observance of Sunday is the mark of the beast until this time shall come. If the Southern people get some of the ideas in their minds of the mark of the beast, they would misconstrue and give, honestly, the most false impression on these subjects and do strange things. {SW 75.1} [SW 75.2] As many of the people cannot read for themselves, there are plenty of professed leaders who will read the Bible falsely, and make it testify to a lie. Many are working in this line now among those who are poor scholars, and have not a knowledge of the Scriptures. Our publications also will be misread. Things will be read out of the books that were never there, advocating the most objectionable things. An excitement could be easily worked up against Seventh-day Adventists. The most successful methods are to encourage families who have a missionary spirit to settle in the Southern States and work with the people without making any noise. {SW 75.2} [SW 75.3] In such places as the Southern field there should be established sanitariums. There should be those who believe the truth--colored servants of God--under training to do work as medical missionaries under the supervision of white managers; for this combination will be much more successful. The medical missionary workers, cooperating with families who shall make their home in the South, need not think that God will condemn them if they do not work on Sunday; for the Lord understands that every effort must be made not to create prejudice, if the truth finds standing place in the South. The words of truth cannot go forth with great publicity, but schools should be started by families coming into the South and working in schools, not with a large number congregated in one school, but as far as possible in connection with those who have been working in the South. Dwell particularly upon the love of God, the righteousness 76 of Christ, and the open treasure house of God, presenting the truth in clear lines upon personal piety. There will be the bad influence of the white people upon the blacks as there has been in the past. Evil angels will work with their own spirit upon evil men. Those cooperating with those who work in any place to uplift Jesus and to exalt the law of God, will find to all intents and purposes that they wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, and against spiritual wickedness in high places. {SW 75.3} [SW 76.1] "Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God." {SW 76.1} [SW 76.2] Here is our sufficiency. Our defense is in the preparation of the gospel. The Lord will give wisdom to all who ask Him, but let those who are to work difficult and peculiar fields study Christ's methods. Let not their own peculiar traits of character be brought into the work; for Satan knows upon just what traits of character to work, that objectionable features may be revealed. These traits of character, received by inheritance or cultivated, are to be cut away from the soul, and the Spirit of Christ is to take possession of the organs of speech, of the mental power, of the physical and moral powers, else when in the midst of important interests Satan shall work with his masterly power to create a condition of things that will call into active exercise these special traits of character, and will bring defeat just when there should be a victory, and so the cause of God will sustain a loss. {SW 76.2} [SW 76.3] "And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law; to them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law. To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some. And this I do for the gospel's sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you." We know that the apostle did not sacrifice one jot of principle. He did not allow himself to be led away by the sophistry and maxims of men. 77 He was not to coincide with the suppositions and assurances of men who were teaching for doctrine the commandments of men; because iniquity and transgression were in the ascendancy and advancing, he did not allow his love to wax cold. All zeal and earnestness are to be retained; but at the same time some features of our faith, if expressed, would, by the elements with which you have to deal, arouse prejudice at once. {SW 76.3} [SW 77.1] Paul could be as zealous as any of the most zealous in his allegiance to the law of God, and show that he was perfectly familiar with the Old Testament Scriptures. He could dwell upon the types and shadows that typified Christ; he could exalt Christ, and tell all about Christ, and His special work in behalf of humanity, and what a field he had to explore. He could advance most precious light upon the prophecies, that they had not seen; and yet he would not offend them. Thus the foundation was laid nicely, that when the time came that their spirits softened, he could say in the language of John, Behold in Jesus Christ, who was made flesh, and dwelt among us, the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sins of the world. {SW 77.1} [SW 77.2] To the Gentiles, he preached Christ as their only hope of salvation but did not at first have anything definite to say upon the law. But after their hearts were warmed with the presentation of Christ as the gift of God to our world, and what was comprehended in the work of the Redeemer in the costly sacrifice to manifest the love of God to man, in the most eloquent simplicity he showed that love for all mankind--Jew and Gentile--that they might be saved by surrendering their hearts to Him. Thus when, melted and subdued, they gave themselves to the Lord, he presented the law of God as the test of their obedience. This was the manner of working-- adapting his methods to win souls. Had he been abrupt and unskillful in handling the Word, he would not have reached either Jew or Gentile. {SW 77.2} [SW 77.3] He led the Gentiles along to view the stupendous truths of the love of God, who spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us; and how shall He not, with Him also freely give us all things? The question was asked why such an immense sacrifice was required, and then he went back to the types, and down through the Old Testament Scripture, revealing Christ in the law, and they were converted to Christ and to the law. {SW 77.3} [SW 77.4] "But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be intreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness 78 is sown in peace of them that make peace." All this may be, and yet not one principle of truth be sacrificed. {SW 77.4} [SW 78.1] (I would not advise that this be published in our papers, but let the workers have it in leaflets, and let them keep their own counsels.)--Ellen G. White letter 73, 1895. 79 {SW 78.1} [SW 79.1] The Southern Field "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N.S.W., March 2, 1897. The Southern field is a hard field, a very unsightly field, because it has been so long uncultivated. All who take hold of the work in the cause of God and suffering humanity will have to be one in their designs and plans. They will have plenty of trials and discouragements to meet, but they must not allow these to hinder or dishearten or handicap them in their work. In love for Christ, who died to save this poor, downtrodden people, in love for the souls of the perishing thousands, they are to labor for this worse than heathen country. {SW 79.1} [SW 79.2] Brethren, you have a work to do which you have left undone. A long-neglected field stands out in plain view before God to shame the people who have light and advanced truth but who have done so little to remove the stones and the rubbish that have been accumulating for so long a time. Those who have enjoyed every privilege and blessing have passed by on the other side. As a Christian people, God has called you to prepare the way of the Lord in this unpromising field. {SW 79.2} [SW 79.3] God sent a message to Nineveh by his servant Jonah, saying, "Arise, go to Nineveh, that great city, and cry against it; for their wickedness is come up before me." "And the word of the Lord came unto Jonah the second time, saying, Arise, go unto Nineveh, that great city, and preach unto it the preaching I bid thee. So Jonah arose, and went unto Nineveh, according to the word of the Lord. Now Nineveh was an exceeding great city of three days' journey. And Jonah began to enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried, and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown." {SW 79.3} [SW 79.4] When the people of Nineveh humbled themselves before God and cried to Him for mercy, He heard their cry. "God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way; and God repented of the evil, that he said he would do unto them; and he did it not." But Jonah revealed that he did not value the souls in that wretched city. He valued his reputation, lest they should say that he was a 80 false prophet. He said, "O Lord, was not this my saying, when I was yet in my country? Therefore I fled before unto Tarshish: for I knew that thou art a gracious God, and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness, and repentest thee of the evil." Now when he sees the Lord exercise His compassionate attributes, and spare the city that had corrupted its ways before Him, Jonah does not cooperate with God in His merciful design. He has not the people's interests in view. It does not grieve him that so large a number must perish, who have not been educated to do right. Listen to his complaint: {SW 79.4} [SW 80.1] "Therefore, now, O Lord, take, I beseech thee, my life from me; for it is better for me to die than to live. Then said the Lord, Doest thou well to be angry? So Jonah went out of the city, and sat on the east side of the city, and there made him a booth, and sat under it in the shadow, till he might see what would become of the city. And the Lord prepared a gourd, and make it come up over Jonah, that it might be a shadow over his head, to deliver him from his grief. So Jonah was exceeding glad of the gourd." {SW 80.1} [SW 80.2] Then the Lord gave Jonah an object lesson. He prepared a worm when the morning sun rose next day, and it smote the gourd that it withered. "And it came to pass, when the sun did rise, that God prepared a vehement east wind; and the sun beat upon the head of Jonah, that he fainted, and wished in himself to die, and said, It is better for me to die than to live. And God said to Jonah, Doest thou well to be angry for the gourd? And he said, I do well to be angry, even unto death. Then said the Lord, Thou hast had pity on the gourd, for the which thou hast not laboured, neither madest it grow; which came up in a night, and perished in a night; and should I not spare Nineveh, that great city, wherein are more than sixscore thousand persons that cannot discern between their right hand and their left hand; and also much cattle?" {SW 80.2} [SW 80.3] In the history of Nineveh there is a lesson which you should study carefully. This lesson is to be learned for yourselves, and in regard to your relation to the Southern States. You must know your duty to your fellow beings who are ignorant and defiled and who need your help. {SW 80.3} [SW 80.4] The Southern field is a hard field, but is this any excuse for your doing scarcely anything for it? Read the eighth and ninth chapters of Second Corinthians. Study and heed these lessons, for you need such examples kept ever before you. The Lord is not pleased with your treatment of the Southern field. . . . {SW 80.4} [SW 80.5] What deep humiliation should be felt by those whom God has 81 so greatly favored with His blessing of light, whom He has made the repositories of truth, the most sacred truth ever given to our world, but who have neglected their God-given work. What far-seeing judgment they would now have if at the heart of the work men had been careful to seek their counsel from God as to who should connect with His great work to prepare a people to stand in these last days against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. . . . {SW 80.5} [SW 81.1] The deepest humility should be felt by those who have the privileges of enlightenment and education in missionary lines. The Lord God of heaven, by whom all actions are weighed in the golden balances of the sanctuary, looks upon the thousands of colored people, our neighbors, who in their destitution are spreading their cases before the Giver of all mercies and blessings. These people are perishing in their sins. As a people they are ignorant, many knowing nothing of purity and godliness and elevation. But among them are men and women of quick perceptions, excellent talents, and these will be revealed when once the Spirit of God shall turn their attention to the Word. But they need ministry not in the Word alone. Those who would do God service in this field must go among the people. {SW 81.1} [SW 81.2] There are those who, while they profess godliness, are not pure. They have corrupted their ways before God. And when these people meet those who have no disguise for their corruption, they have so little sense of what constitutes a high and holy character that they are in danger of revealing that they are of a class as degraded as their fellow beings of the Southern States. The people of the South do not need those to go among them who have not the love of the truth in their hearts, and who will easily yield to temptation, who, with all the light they have, will descend to the low level of the moral corruption of those they are professedly trying to save. This will be the danger of those whose minds are not pure, therefore be sure that men of steadfast principle be sent to work for God in this field. {SW 81.2} [SW 81.3] In His providence God is saying as He has been saying for years past: Here is a field for you to work. Those who are wise in agricultural lines, in tilling the soil, those who can construct simple, plain buildings, may help. They can do good work and at the same time show in their characters the high morality which it is the privilege of this people to attain to. Teach them the truth in simple object lessons. 82 Make everything upon which they lay their hands a lesson in character building. {SW 81.3} [SW 82.1] The South is calling to God for temporal and spiritual food, but it has been so long neglected that hearts have become hard as stone. God's people need now to arouse and redeem their sinful neglect and indifference of the past. These obligations now rest heavily upon the churches, and God will graciously pour out His Spirit upon those who will take up their God-given work.--Ellen G. White manuscript 164, 1897. 83 {SW 82.1} [SW 83.1] Section IV - Special Counsels And Cautions In 1899 NOTE: THE SUPPLEMENT TO THE SOUTHERN WORK PRINTED BY EDSON WHITE (PAGES 117-147), BEGINNING WITH THE ARTICLE WHICH FOLLOWS, WAS MADE UP LARGELY OF ELLEN G. WHITE COMMUNICATIONS DEALING WITH TWO MATTERS OF SPECIAL IMPORTANCE IN 1899. ONE WAS THE PROPOSITION MADE BY A RESPONSIBLE MINISTER THAT A COLONY OF SEVENTH-DAY ADVENTIST COLORED BELIEVERS AND WHITE AND COLORED WORKERS BE ESTABLISHED IN THE SOUTH. THE OTHER WAS RELATED TO FINANCIAL PROBLEMS BROUGHT ON BY MISMANAGEMENT IN THE NORTH BY CERTAIN BRETHREN IN BOOK PUBLICATION DESIGNED TO BENEFIT THE SOUTH FINANCIALLY. {SW 83.1} [SW 83.2] INTERMINGLED WITH THESE COUNSELS DEALING WITH SPECIAL ISSUES, ELLEN G. WHITE SOUNDED CAUTIONS OF A MORE GENERAL CHARACTER. AS THESE MESSAGES WERE PUBLISHED AS A SUPPLEMENT OF THE SOUTHERN WORK, AND CONSTITUTED A PART OF THE TEXT OF LATER COPIES, THEY ARE INCLUDED HERE IN THEIR ENTIRETY.-- WHITE TRUSTEES. Colonization Not Advisable "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, June 5, 1899. {SW 83.2} [SW 83.3] Dear Brother__________: I remember you distinctly, and I have rejoiced to see you growing in grace and working in the Lord's vineyard. I would say, my brother, you would best stand at your post of duty, laboring in the ministry of the Word. {SW 83.3} [SW 83.4] As you say, there is no more fruitful field than the South. It is the prejudice of the white against the black race that makes this field hard, very hard. The whites who have oppressed the colored people still have the same spirit. They did not lose it, although they were conquered in war. They are determined to make it appear that the blacks were better off in slavery than since they were set free. Any provocation from the blacks is met with the greatest cruelty. The field is one that needs to be worked with the greatest discretion. Any mingling of the white people with the colored people, as sleeping in their houses, or showing them friendship as 84 would be shown by the whites to those of their own color, is exasperating to the white people of the South. Yet these same persons employ colored women to nurse their children and further, not a few white men have had children by colored women. Thus the colored people have received an education from the whites in immorality, and many of them stand ready to treat the whites as the whites have treated them. The relation of the two races has been a matter hard to deal with, and I fear that it will ever remain a most perplexing problem. {SW 83.4} [SW 84.1] You speak of a way of helping the colored race in a way which does not excite the prejudice of the white Southern-born citizens; that is, the industrial school. As you have presented, the greatest caution needs to be exercised in regard to politics. Some persons are of such a temperament that they would make trouble by want of proper consideration. Words dropped unadvisedly would be like a spark, kindling a flame of intense jealousy and dangerous opposition. Whoever works in the South needs to be sanctified in body, soul, and spirit. Then there will be wise words, not words spoken at random or without duly weighing every expression. {SW 84.1} [SW 84.2] It is from the whites that the greatest opposition may be expected. This is the quarter that we shall need to watch. The white people are prejudiced against the doctrines taught by the Seventh-day Adventists, and a religious opposition is the greatest difficulty. The white people will stir up the blacks by telling them all kinds of stories; and the blacks, who can lie even when it is for their interest to speak the truth, will stir up the whites with falsehoods, and the whites who want an occasion will seize upon any pretext for taking revenge, even upon those of their own color who are presenting the truth. This is the danger. As far as possible, everything that will stir up the race prejudice of the white people should be avoided. There is danger of closing the door so that our white laborers will not be able to work in some places in the South. {SW 84.2} [SW 84.3] All that you have written in regard to the great necessity of the colored people is correct. I have seen that those who know the truth for this time have a special work to take up for this people. Christ came to our world, clothing His divinity with humanity, that He might work with humanity, fallen, degraded, corrupted. He came of poor parentage, and lived the life of a poor man. He was accustomed to privation. As a member of the family He acted His part in laboring with His hands for the support of His mother and His brothers and sisters. Thus He, the Majesty of heaven, was 85 not to appear as honoring the greatest men because of their wealth. He has forever removed from poverty the disgrace which is attached to it because it is destitute of worldly advantages. He says, "The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head." {SW 84.3} [as are the poor] Four thousand years before a voice of strange and mysterious import was heard in heaven from the throne of God: "Sacrifice and offering thou didst not desire; mine ears hast thou opened: burnt offering and sin offering hast thou not required. Then said I, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of me, I delight to do thy will, O my God: yea, thy law is within my heart." Christ in counsel with His Father laid out the plan for His life on earth. It was not a chance, but a design that the world's Redeemer should lay off His crown, lay aside His kingly robe, and come to our world as a man. He clothed His divinity with the garb of humanity, that He might stand at the head of the human family, His humanity mingled with the humanity of the race fallen because of Adam's disobedience. The poverty and humiliation of the Son of the infinite God teach lessons that few care to learn. There is a link that connects Christ with the poor in a special sense. He, the life, the light of the world, makes poverty His own teacher, in order that He may be educated by the same stern, practical teacher {as are the poor} [SW 85.1] . Since the Lord Jesus accepted a life of poverty, no one can justly look with contempt upon the poor. The Saviour of the world was the King of glory, and He stripped Himself of His glorious outward adorning, accepting poverty, that He might understand how the poor are treated in this world. He was afflicted in all the afflictions of the human family, and He pronounces His blessing, not upon the rich, but upon the poor of this world. {SW 85.1} [SW 85.2] You speak of the Oakwood Industrial School for colored students as not having sufficient buildings to accommodate the students, twelve in number occupying one room. My brother, is it not the duty of someone laboring in this line to labor for the creation of a fund to supply this need? Let appeals be made to our people. Let each give a little, even among the poor. Without delay, encourage the brethren to erect a humble building large enough to accommodate the students. Ask the people to heed the words of Christ, "Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me." The example of Christ is for our imitation. {SW 85.2} [SW 85.3] Those who undertake work in the South must not enter into 86 any plan for colonizing, for this will place them in perilous circumstances. Some families should be found who for Christ's sake will volunteer to enter the Southern field. At Huntsville there is a building, and something has been done there. Let the proper ones try to make that place different by bringing into it new, live elements. This plant must not become useless. Elements must be brought in which will make the institution self-sustaining. Then if it is necessary, cheap additions can be made. {SW 85.3} [SW 86.1] I would not encourage your plan. It means much, very much more than you think, to obtain and improve hundreds of acres of land. Your aftersight in this matter would be very different from your foresight. This work for the Southern people will require the tact of the most ingenious Christian. In the past you have seen families settled in localities where they could work successfully for the spread of the truth, and you have thought that this same plan could be adopted for the work in the South. But your expectation will not be realized. {SW 86.1} [SW 86.2] The expenses of such company in food and clothing must be considered. The results would not be such as you suppose. This plan will bring disappointment. Let each family who shall commit itself to the work, go as the Lord's missionaries, to work their own way. Workers are not to pledge themselves to five years' labor, for many will not bear the test. Some would find fault and complain, and thus sow the seed of evil surmising. These persons might work interestedly for a time, and then become dissatisfied and want a change. The Lord looks upon every heart. There are some souls you cannot trust. They are unreliable. In the company you would form you would find tares among the wheat. It would be better to begin work in Huntsville and make the work there a success. {SW 86.2} [SW 86.3] I would say to you, my brother, that in the future nothing can be relied on in the Southern States. You cannot make settlements with the purpose of carrying on a large business, cultivating lands, and teaching the colored people how to work. At the least provocation the poison of prejudice is ready to show its true character, and provocations will be found. It is very hard to make the work run smoothly. Outbreaks will come at any moment, and all unexpectedly, and there will be destruction of property and even of life itself. Hot-headed people, professing the faith, but without judgment, will think they can do as they please, but they will find themselves in a tight place. I speak that which I know. Everyone 87 takes his life in his hands by following such a course. There are some localities less perilous than others, but never can there be large settlements built up in the South. Every act is to be oiled with the grace of God, every word spoken, carefully studied. Parties are already formed, and they are waiting, burning with a desire to serve their master, the devil, and do abominable work. Professed Christians are more determined in these things than out-and-out sinners.--Ellen G. White letter 90, 1899. 88 {SW 86.3} [SW 88.1] The Field Becoming Difficult (A second letter) "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, July 2, 1899. Dear Brother__________: In the south there are some places where work can be done. But the neglect of our people to respond to the light of God has given has closed some openings which it will now be very difficult for them to enter, I inquire, What do our people mean by this neglect to work the Southern field? True, it is not a desirable field; and unless the Lord shall inspire with His love the hearts of His people, they will not succeed. They are not to begin by publishing the great and wonderful things they are going to do. Cannot they see that if they do this, the gate will be closed against them? That which might have been done years ago in the South cannot now be done. {SW 88.1} [SW 88.2] When the children of Israel were encamped on the other side of the Jordan, "the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel." Read this history, contained in the thirteenth and fourteenth chapters of Numbers. When the evil report brought back by the spies was received, God was displeased, and declared His determination concerning the people. For forty years they were to wander in the wilderness. After He had said this, the people decided to go up. But the favorable time had passed. The news of their coming had been circulated, and their enemies were prepared to resist them. And Moses said, "Go not up, for the Lord is not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies." But they presumptuously went to the hilltop to be defeated by their enemies. {SW 88.2} [SW 88.3] Thus it is now with some places in the South. The doors are closed. Yet there are other places where prejudice has not been excited, and where work may be done. I write this to our people that they may see that it is not knowledge that they need, but new hearts, cleansed from all selfishness and covetousness. Those who have had every facility and convenience have shown their neglect for fields which have had so little. In some parts of the Lord's vineyard 89 nothing has been done. Money has been raised and appropriated, although not for personal advantage, yet in distinct disobedience to the Lord's requirements. Those parts of His great vineyard where the least has been done were to be worked; but methods were used to divert the means for this purpose into other channels. Through misrepresentation and misinterpretation the Southern field has been robbed. That field has not received from the Lord's treasury its meat in due season. {SW 88.3} [SW 89.1] The men whose influence cut off every advantage in the publication of books the profits of which were to be used in the Southern field, might better examine themselves and see what they have done in working out false theories and principles, which have brought upon the workers in our institutions the frown of God. O I beg of every soul who has connived in these matters, to repent and confess and be converted, sending their sins beforehand to judgment. {SW 89.1} [SW 89.2] My brother, I will send you that which I have in regard to the Southern field. The plans and efforts that could have been made years ago will not now succeed in some places. It is best to move when the Lord sends word to move, and not study human minds, human methods, human plans, human convenience. The Lord is wearied with the unbelief, selfishness, and covetousness of His people. This has stood in the way of the advancement of His work. {SW 89.2} [SW 89.3] Eighty thousand dollars, I understand, were invested in the sanitarium in Boulder, pressing upon the heart of the work a heavier load of debt than was already there. Did the Lord devise that work? No; that amount of money was needed in India, in Australia, in the Southern field, in foreign fields, that the Lord's ministers might carry the message of truth to places nigh which have never been worked, and to places afar off. {SW 89.3} [SW 89.4] The Lord is displeased with His people, because they have worked at cross-purposes with Him. Money has been invested in various conveniences and facilities which the Lord never directed. There is earnest work to be done, but the money is consumed, so that the will of God is not done. My heart is sick and sore and distressed beyond measure. May the Lord awaken His people, who are not yet half awake. {SW 89.4} [SW 89.5] I have thought of Paul, the great minister who was sent to preach Christ and Him crucified to the Gentiles. On one occasion he was in a strait betwixt two. He was so weighed down with responsibilities that he knew not whether he would rather die or live, whether he would choose for the good of others to abide in the flesh 90 or give up the conflict. "Brethren," he writes, "I count not myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus." {SW 89.5} [SW 90.1] My brother, walk humbly with God. I wish that the work could have been done in the Southern field which God designed should be done; but men have proved untrustworthy stewards. May the Lord give His people hearts of flesh, and not hearts of steel, is my prayer.--Ellen G. White letter 100, 1899. 91 {SW 90.1} [SW 91.1] Further Counsel Regarding a Colony in the South The following is taken from a private letter to Mr. and Mrs. J. E. White, written June 21, 1899. {SW 91.1} [SW 91.2] Brother-----has sent me a letter in regard to his plans for the South, but I cannot encourage such plans. He will calculate to have all things move smoothly. A community to settle in the South in accordance with the plans he has thought would prove a success, would prove a failure. What is the prospect for feeding and clothing this community? Where is the money to be pledged for building homes for families? The outlay would be greater than the income. There would be a gathering of good and bad, there would be the need of men of clear conception, baptized with the Holy Spirit of God, to run such an enterprise. I might present many things that make it objectionable. There cannot be any colonizing without Satan stirring up the Southern element to look with suspicion on the Northern people, and the least provocation would awaken the Southern whites to produce a state of things they do not now imagine. {SW 91.2} [SW 91.3] There must be laborers in the South who possess caution. They must be wise as serpents and harmless as doves. All who engage in this work should be men who have their pens and tongues dipped in the holy oil of Zechariah 4:11-14. An unadvised word will stir the most violent passions of the human heart and set in operation a state of things that will close the way for the truth to find access to the fields now in such great need of workers. {SW 91.3} [SW 91.4] It is not ministers who can preach that are needed so much as men and women who understand how to teach the truth to poor, ignorant, needy, and oppressed people. And as to making it appear that there is not need of caution, it is because those who say such things do not know what they are talking about. It needs men and women who will not be sent to the Southern field by our people, but who will feel the burden to go into this neglected portion of the vineyard of the Lord. Men, while their hearts burn 92 with indignation as they see the attitude of the white people toward the black, will learn of the Master, Jesus Christ, that silence in expression regarding these things is eloquence. They all need the intelligence that will lead them to learn of Jesus Christ and the simplicity of how to work. {SW 91.4} [SW 92.1] The cultivation of the soil is an excellent arrangement, but it is not by Northern people grouping together in a community that will accomplish the work they imagine will be a success. Hot-tempered men better remain in the North. Men and women who possess the true Christlike spirit of ministry may do excellent work among the Southern colored people. Make no masterly efforts to break down the prejudices of the Southern people, but just live and talk the love of Jesus Christ. There cannot be any greater harm done to the Southern colored people than to dilate on the harm and wrong done them by the white Southerners. {SW 92.1} [SW 92.2] There is need of level-headed men and women who love the Lord Jesus, and who will love the colored people for Christ's sake, who have the deepest pity for them. But the methods of Sister S_____ are not the methods that will be wise to practice. They cannot be petted and treated just as if they were on a level with the whites without ruining them for all missionary work in the Southern field. There is a difference among the blacks as there is among the whites. Some possess keen and superior talents, that if the possessor is not made too much of, and is treated from a Bible standpoint, as humble men to do a Christlike missionary work, not exalting them, but teaching them religious love, and Christlike love for the souls of their own colored race, and keep before them that they are not called into the field to labor for the whites, but to learn to labor in the love of God to restore the moral image of God in those of their own race, then a good work can be done. {SW 92.2} [SW 92.3] There is a work to be done in opening schools to teach the colored people alone, unmixed with whites, and there will be a successful work done in this way. The Lord will work through the whites to reach the black race--many of them through white teachers, but it needs the man and his wife to stand together in the work. More than one family of white teachers should locate in a place. Two or three families should locate near each other, not huddle together, but at a little distance apart, where they can consult together and unite in worship of God together, and work to strengthen each other's hands to raise up colored laborers to work in the South. 93 {SW 92.3} [SW 93.1] There is a mistake often made by those who labor in the Southern fields expecting that their brethren in the Northern fields of labor can advise them what to do. Those who have had no experience in the Southern field are not prepared to give reliable advice. Those who are engaged in this work must understand that when emergencies arise they must not depend upon men who have had no experience to advise them. They will often obtain advice that if followed would be ruinous to the work. Therefore it is not good policy for one family alone to settle in a locality. Men and women who have not children are best qualified for the Southern field, and if the Southern field is too taxing or debilitating, one family from the two or three who have settled in a locality can be spared. But let none feel that it is their bounden duty to remain in the Southern field after their health has testified that they cannot do this safely. Some persons can endure the climate and do well. But let our brethren in the more favorable climate consider all these things and provide every facility possible to make the conditions of workers in these unfavorable locations as pleasant as possible. {SW 93.1} [SW 93.2] In places where money has been expended on buildings, and a start has been made, it is the duty of men in responsible positions to give attention to that locality, so that the workers shall be sustained in accomplishing the work designed when the plant was made. There is to be a work done in the South, and it needs men and women who will not need to be preachers so much as teachers-- humble men who are not afraid to work as farmers to educate the Southerners how to till the soil, for whites and blacks need to be educated in this line. But when perplexities arise in the South, spread out your wants to the Master of the vineyard. And those who know nothing of the Southern field, let them be sparing and cautious what advice they give. But sympathy, kind words, and encouragement are always in place.--Ellen G. White letter 102a, 1899. 94 {SW 93.2} [After speaking on the subject of royalties in connection with book publication, she continues.] A Neglected Work April 27, 1899. I cannot sleep past eleven o'clock. Several times I have had a pointed testimony in regard to the Southern field. {After speaking on the subject of royalties in connection with book publication, she continues.} [SW 94.1] {SW 94.1} [SW 94.2] I awoke, but my soul was burdened. I felt that peculiar trials were to come upon the people of God. Then was presented before me the situation of the Southern field. The work which should have been done in that field has not been done. The means sent in by the people to the General Conference for the advancement of the work there was devoted to other purposes. This is where the work of restitution must be done. The Lord is displeased with the men in responsible positions who have not discerned the great need of this field. The work there needs means. God has given warnings, but they have not been heeded. Church members in America who have pleasant homes and surroundings should remember the Southern field. It is in need of special attention and support. I addressed the president of the General Conference, Why do you neglect this work? God has made it your duty to deal with this poor, oppressed race as their circumstances demand. Let the work go forward. Encourage the people who are favorably situated to help in this field. The Lord does not call families to work in the South who have young children who would thus be exposed to evil associations, but He calls those who can work to advantage in the different localities. {SW 94.2} [SW 94.3] There are men who will tell you that the work in the South has been misrepresented, that it is not so arduous as it is made to appear. Let no one suppose that the Southern field is an easy place to work; for it is the most difficult portion of the Lord's vineyard, and soon it will be even more difficult. The greatest wisdom must be exercised. All connected with the work, and especially those who have to do with the publications sent to this field, must be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves. Be careful what your pens shall trace for publication. There are many things which it will do only harm to make public. 95 {SW 94.3} [SW 95.1] If the greatest caution is not exercised, bitterness and hatred will be aroused in the white people in the South who are yearning for power to oppress the colored race as they have in the past. Those who are in the habit of speaking without consideration might far better remain in their homes than attempt work in this field. Those who think that the precautions given are unnecessary should heed the warnings the Lord has sent. If you would have a part in the work in the South, my brethren, you must hide self in Christ, walking humbly and circumspectly before God. {SW 95.1} [SW 95.2] Common association with the blacks is not a wise course to pursue. To lodge with them in their homes may stir up feelings in the minds of the whites which will imperil the lives of the workers. Goods have been sent to this field which have helped to relieve the necessities of suffering humanity. But this work does not please the white people. In some localities they do not want help to be given to this downtrodden race. They desire that they shall ever feel their dependence. {SW 95.2} [SW 95.3] I tell you of a truth that this field with its neglect will come up in judgment to condemn those who have been admonished, but who have refused to lend the aid. The Lord demands restitution from the churches in America. You are to relieve the necessities of this field. In the day of final accounts men will not be pleased to meet the record of their deeds with reference to the books that have been prepared to help in carrying on the work in the South, by which means was diverted from the most needy portion of the Lord's vineyard. This matter has been before you a long time, and what have you done to relieve the situation? Why have you kept so quiet? O that you would do this work of restoration speedily. The Lord calls upon you to restore to his people the advantages of which they have so long been deprived. The evil work done will one day be seen, not in the light in which responsible men now see it, who like the priest and Levite have passed by on the other side, but as God views it. {SW 95.3} [SW 95.4] God's people have no excuse to offer as to why the years which have passed into eternity do not show better results. The way in which some of the teachers have managed the work in the South has not been right, and yet many have looked with great enthusiasm on the work of those who through incorrect methods have given a wrong mold to the work. Should these methods be encouraged? No; for the material worked upon is not being in the least qualified to help the Southern people. 96 {SW 95.4} [SW 96.1] The breaking down of distinctions between the white and the colored races unfits the blacks to work for their own class, and exerts a wrong influence upon the whites. {SW 96.1} [SW 96.2] Again I place this matter before you. Will you act upon the light given?--Ellen G. White manuscript 90, 1899. {SW 96.2} [SW 96.3] Principles Regarding Restitution (From a letter to Elder J. N. Loughborough, dated February 19, 1899.) {SW 96.3} [SW 96.4] As regards the principle that should guide our people in such matters, I have been instructed that wherever by self-sacrifice and urgent labor the work necessary for the establishment and advancement of the cause has been done and facilities provided, and the Lord has prospered, those in that place should give of their means to help God's servants who have been sent to new fields to go over the same experience, beginning at the A B C of the work. Those living where the work has been established on a good foundation should feel themselves bound to help those in need, by transferring even a great self-sacrifice and self-denial a portion or all of the means which in former years was invested by those living at a distance in behalf of the work in their locality. Thus the Lord designs that the work shall increase. The talents given to his servants are to be doubled by being put out to use in gifts and offerings and the bestowal of influence. {SW 96.4} [SW 96.5] This is the law of restitution on right lines. One portion of the Lord's vineyard is worked and brings in fruit. Then another portion is taken up, and it is the Lord's plan that the new, unworked part shall receive help from the part that has been worked. Thus the work in every part becomes a success. The help thus rendered should be given with cheerfulness. When the principles of the law of God are thus practiced, the work moves forward with solidity and double strength. Then the messengers are enabled with great power to proclaim the third angel's message and the soon appearing with power and great glory of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.--Ellen G. White letter 35, 1899. {SW 96.5} [See Exodus 3:14.] Christ was using the great name of God that was given to Moses to express the idea of the eternal presence {See Exodus 3:14.} [Moses] While he {Moses} [is] The same beautiful and expressive figures are carried throughout the Bible. Centuries before the advent of Christ, Moses pointed to Him as the rock of Israel's salvation; the psalmist sung of Him as "my redeemer," "the rock of my strength," "the rock that is higher than I," "a rock of habitation," "rock of my heart," "rock of my refuge." In David's song His grace is pictured also as the cool, "still waters," amid green pastures, beside which the heavenly Shepherd leads His flock. Again, "Thou shalt make them," he says, "drink of the river of thy pleasures. For with thee is the fountain of life." And the wise man declares, "The wellspring of wisdom {is} [Christ] On the occasion of the marriage feast He {Christ} [Christ] Wondrous combination of man and God! . . . He {Christ} [on the cross] Men whom God had created, and who were dependent upon Him for every moment of their lives, who claimed to be the children of Abraham, worked out the wrath of Satan upon the innocent Son of the infinite God. While Christ was bearing the heavy guilt incurred by transgression of the law, while in the very act of bearing our sins, of carrying our sorrows, He was mocked . . . by the chief priests and rulers. . . . It was there {on the cross} [my life] All created beings live by the will and power of God. They are recipients of the life of the Son of God. However able and talented, however large their capacities, they are replenished with life from the Source of all life. He is the spring, the fountain, of life. Only He who alone hath immortality, dwelling in light and life, should say, "I have power to lay it {my life} [the repenting sinner] It is the humble in heart that receive the enlightenment of Heaven that is more precious than the boasted wisdom of the world. . . . He {the repenting sinner} [the true Christian] He {the true Christian} [agonize] When we are burdened, when we are pressed with temptation, when the feelings and desires of the natural heart are contending for the victory, we should offer up fervent, importunate prayer to our heavenly Father in the name of Christ, and this will bring Jesus to our help, so that through His all-powerful and efficacious name we may gain the victory and banish Satan from our side. But we should not flatter ourselves that we are safe while we make but feeble efforts in our own behalf.... "Strive {agonize} [Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 1] PERIODICALS Advance - The Advance March 1, 1899 Testimony To New Zealand. In New Zealand many who claim to believe the truth manifest their own spirit in the presentation. Self-esteem and self-sufficiency are so prominent that Christ is lost to view, and the terrible fact remains substantiated that many are standing before the world as witnesses for Christ who exalt self, who idolize self, and their own ideas and wills, when their wills and devices are out of harmony with the work of God for these times. Jesus is hid behind poor, selfish humanity. The man appears with his defects glorified by him as perfection. {Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 2] I have a message for you, brethren in New Zealand, which I must bear to you either by pen or voice. You must die to self, be crucified to self, and become learners in the school of Christ. In words of tenderness the great Teacher invites you saying, "Come unto me all ye that are weary and heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest to your souls, for my yoke is easy and my burden is light." When you learn this lesson you will become true witnesses for Christ, but until you do learn this lesson, self with all its defects will appear and Jesus will be kept in the back-ground. When you individually know that your work upon earth is to go forth and live over again in meekness and lowliness of heart the life of Christ, then you will become qualified to become Christ's witnesses. Every one who would follow Christ truly, will be filled with sorrow and repentance when he realizes that he has brought self to the front instead of Jesus. He will regret that he has not been full of mercy and good fruits, that he has boasted and talked much, but failed to reveal the divine character to the world. Some have felt that they are rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing; when, could they see as Christ sees, they would acknowledge themselves poor and blind and miserable and wretched and naked. To these the true witness says: "I counsel thee to buy of me gold, tried in the fire, (which is faith and love) that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, (which is Christ's righteousness) that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thy eyes with eyesalve, (which is spiritual discernment) that thou mayest see. {Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 3] Brethren, you are self-centered. You are filled with selfish sufficiency, but when you are emptied of self, Jesus will come to your help, and will give you His gentleness, His patience, His love, and His tenderness. Then you can present the truth to your fellow-men, and lift up Jesus before them. You will work for Christ, and lose all thoughts of self, become willing to suffer, to endure reproach and shame for His dear name, for this will be the aim and object of your life. {Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 4] Let no one who reads these words be discouraged and say, "Oh, if this is my state, I may as well stop.--If this is the measure, I can never be a true witness for Christ." For your soul's sake I ask you to take the word of God and search it as never before, in order that you may know what it means to be Christ-like. Do not feel discouraged, for from the lips of Christ who died to save you, you have this promise: "Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you, and ye shall be witnesses unto me in Judea, and in Jerusalem, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth." Mark it,--you are to receive power from on high. Then put away all hardness, all denunciation of your brethren, all criticisms, and lie broken at the feet of your Lord. Let earnestness come into your hearts, and fervent charity among yourselves. If you bite and devour one another, you shall be devoured one of another. Harshness and unkindness is a curse to any home, and it is like a desolating hail in the church. O, that I could speak unto thousands: "Come unto Jesus." Do not wrap your Pharisaical garment about you and say, "I believe the truth. I am righteous." Rather surrender your wills which you have idolized, and let the will of God be done in you perfectly. When you all respond to the will of God, the prayer of Christ "That we may be one as he is one with the Father," will be fulfilled. {Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 5] Press together. Do not make much of slight differences of opinion, and so separate heart from heart; but see how you can love one another, even as Christ has loved you. See how you can forgive those who have trespassed against you, even as you want your heavenly Father to forgive your trespasses. Then you can be definite in your requests to God. You will bear the heavenly credentials which is His own righteousness, and you can say Christ does hear and He does bless, and you can say, "I am His, and He is mine." E. G. White. - {Advance, March 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 1] June 1, 1899 "Ye Shall be Witnesses Unto Me." - The cause of present truth can be greatly extended by personal effort. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 2] As children of God none of us are excused from taking a part in the great work of Christ, in the salvation of our fellow-men. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 3] All men and women who are Christians in every sense of the word, should be workers in the vineyard of the Lord. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 4] God works with our efforts. We may close the way for sinners by our negligence and selfishness. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 5] We should not hold ourselves aloof from our fellow-men, but come close to them; for their souls are as precious as our own. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 6] Missionaries for God are wanted; faithful men and women who will not shirk responsibility. Judicious labor will accomplish good results. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 7] Those whom Christ has connected with himself will, as far as in them lies, labor diligently and perseveringly as He labored, to save souls who are perishing around them. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 8] A working church will ever be a growing church. They will ever find a stimulus and a tonic in trying to help others, and in doing it they will be strengthened and encouraged. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 8} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 9] Satan is now seeking to hold God's people in a state of inactivity, to keep them from acting their part in spreading the truth, that they may at last be weighed in the balance and found wanting. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 9} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 10] We are answerable to God for the souls of those with whom we are brought in contact, and the closer our connections with our fellow-men, the greater our responsibility. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 10} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 11] Every opportunity should be improved to extend the truth to other nations. This will be attended by considerable expenses, but expense should in no case hinder the performance of this work. The Lord has lent men means for this very purpose, to use in sending the truth to their fellow-men. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 11} [Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 12] Instead of our ministering brethren labouring among the churches, God designs that we should spread abroad, and our missionary labor be extended over as much ground as we can possibly occupy to advantage, going in every direction to raise up new companies. As long as churches rely upon labourers from abroad to strengthen and encourage their faith, they will not become strong in themselves. They should be instructed that their strength will increase in proportion to their personal efforts. The more closely the New Testament plans are followed in missionary labour, the more successful will be the efforts put forth. Mrs. E. G. White. {Advance, June 1, 1899 par. 12} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 1] Advocate - The Advocate February 1, 1899 The Proper Mold for our Schools. Extracts from an unpublished Testimony. Our schools must be conducted under the supervision of God. There is a work to be done for young men and young women that is not yet accomplished. There are much larger numbers of young people who need to have the advantages of our school. They need the manual-training course, which will teach them how to lead an active, energetic life. All kinds of labor must be connected with our school. Under wise, judicious, God-fearing directors, the students are to be taught. Every branch of the work is to be conducted on the most thorough and systematic lines that long experience and wisdom can plan and execute. {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 2] Let the teachers in our school wake up, and impart the knowledge they have in agricultural lines, and in the industries that it is essential for the students to understand,--seek in every line of labor to reach the very best results. Let the science of the word of God be brought into the work, that the students may understand correct principles, and may reach the highest possible standard. Exert your God-given abilities, and bring all your energies into the development of the Lord's farm. Study and labor, that the best results and the greatest returns may come from the seed sowing, that there may be an abundant supply of food, both temporal and spiritual. {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 3] The Work before Us.--We need more teachers and more talent, to educate the students in various lines, that there may go forth from this place many persons willing and able to carry the knowledge which they have received to others. Lads are to come in from different localities, and nearly all will take the industrial course. This course should include the keeping of accounts, carpenter's work, and everything that is comprehended in farming. Preparation should also be made for the teaching of blacksmithing, painting, shoemaking, cooking, baking, washing, mending, typewriting, and printing. Every power at our command is to be brought into this training work, that students may go forth equipped for the duties of practical life. {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 4] Cottages and buildings essential to the school work are to be erected by the students themselves. These buildings should not be crowded close together, or located near the school buildings proper. In the management of this work, small companies should be formed who should be taught to carry a full sense of their responsibility. All these things can not be accomplished at once, but we are to begin to work in faith. {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 5] Missionary Effort the Highest Training.--The Lord will surely bless all who seek to bless others. The school is to be so conducted that teachers and students will continually increase in power through the faithful use of the talents given them. By faithfully putting to a practical use that which they have learned, they will constantly increase in wisdom and knowledge. We are to learn from the Book of books the principles from which we are to live and labor. . . . {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 6] When entered upon with this spirit, the missionary work becomes an elevating and uplifting work, both to the laborer and to the person helped. . . . The students who will get the most good out of life are those who will live the word of God in their connections and dealings with their fellow men. Those who receive to give will feel the greatest satisfaction in this life. . . . {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 7] Whatever may be the position or possessions of any individual who has the knowledge of the truth, the word of God teaches him that all that he has he holds in trust. It is lent him to test his character. His worldly business in all its lines, his talents, his income, his opportunities are all to be accounted for to Him to whom he belongs by creation and redemption. When he uses every precious talent in carrying forward God's great work of education, when he strives to obtain the very best knowledge of how to be useful, how to labor for the salvation of souls ready to perish, God's blessing will surely attend his efforts. God bestows his gifts upon us that we may minister to others, and thus become like him. . . . This is the work that causes glory to flow back to God. - {Advocate, February 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 1] March 1, 1899 Labor and the Laborers. God chooses his workers from all classes of people, and imbues them with his own Spirit. So it was in ancient times. The men and women of God's selection were of intense earnestness, full of zeal. . . . {Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 2] As a panorama, there passed before me cities and towns, where large and small tents were pitched. There were laborers in the ministry presenting truth, not in long, labored discourses, but short talks right to the point, then calling for all who were not satisfied that they were prepared for Christ's coming, and all who were feeling burdened and heavy laden, to come into a tent apart by themselves. This is the work to be done. Let those who are spiritual converse with these poor, precious souls. Pray with them and for them. Hold on to the work; do not let go. Visit from house to house, keeping your own souls in the love of God. {Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 3] Let every one follow the Lord, and not seek to bind any one to do a work which you suppose he should do. This is the work to be done in cities and towns. Then as souls embrace the truth, they are not to be left without labor or encouragement. They are to have their feet planted upon the eternal rock. {Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 4] There were working men before me, building humble houses of worship. Those newly come to the faith were helping with willing hands, and those who had means were assisting with their means. The very thing was being done that should have been done years ago. I viewed the work advancing. In the basement of the church, above ground, room was provided for a school where the children could be educated. Teachers were selected to go to this place; the numbers in the school were not large, but it was a happy beginning. I heard the songs of children and of parents, "Except the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it: except the Lord keep the city, the watchman waketh but in vain." "Praise ye the Lord. Praise the Lord, O my soul. While I live will I praise the Lord: I will sing praises unto my God while I have any being. Put not your trust in princes, nor in the son of man, in whom there is no help." "Praise ye the Lord from the heavens: praise him in the heights. Praise ye him, all his angels: praise ye him, all his hosts. Praise ye him, sun and moon: praise him, all ye stars of light." {Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 5] The companies that shall be raised up will need a place of worship. They will need schools where Bible instruction may be given to the children. The schoolroom is needed just as much as the church building is needed. The Lord has men to engage in the work just as soon as there is something done to prepare the way for them.-- Extract from a recent private testimony. - {Advocate, March 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 1] April 1, 1899 The Southern Field. Extract from a recent Testimony. The Southern field is a hard field, a very unsightly field, because it has been so long uncultivated. All who take hold of the work in the cause of God and suffering humanity will have to change their designs and plans. They will have plenty of trials and discouragements to meet, but they must not allow these to hinder, to dishearten, or to handicap them in their work. In love to Christ who died to save this poor, downtrodden people, in love for the souls of the perishing thousands, they are to labor for this worse than heathen country. {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 2] Brethren, you have a work to do which you have left undone. A long-neglected field stands out in plain view before God to shame the people who have light and advanced truth, but who have done so little to remove the stones and the rubbish that have been accumulating for so long a time. Those who have enjoyed every privilege and blessing have passed by on the other side. As a Christian people, God has called you to prepare the way of the Lord in this unpromising field. {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 3] You have not done this work, notwithstanding the light that has been given you and kept before you. Not only did the design of this work originate with God, but the facilities were his, and were to be found in his treasury. God will reward according to the measure of the neglect shown for his purposes and specified methods. He designs that we should educate the people how to work to sustain themselves. The insignificant measures employed in their behalf come up before God in the destitute, corrupted state of humanity. The apostle Paul could say of the primitive churches, "They glorified God in me." There are many souls in the South who through well-directed labor may be converted, but the work must be conducted on different lines than in any other field in the United States. {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 4] There need be no dearth of means today for the advancement of the work, but the Lord has no pleasure in his people, because pride and selfishness have expelled mercy and the love of God and their fellow men from their hearts. Wrong actions are clothed with a pretense of righteousness, which the Lord calls dissembling, false weights, unjust balance, and fraud. This is the iniquity of the people of God. They have not restored the pledge, nor brought back that which they have taken away. "Truth has fallen in the street; and equity can not enter." {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 5] The deepest humility should be felt by those who have the privileges of enlightenment and education in missionary lines. The Lord God of heaven, by whom all actions are weighed in the golden balances of the sanctuary, looks upon the thousands of colored people, our neighbors, who, in their destitution, are spreading their cases before the Giver of all mercies and blessings. These people are perishing in their sins. As a people they are ignorant; many know nothing of purity and godliness and elevation. But among them are men and women of quick perceptions, excellent talents, and these will be revealed when once the Spirit of God shall turn their attention to the Word. But they need ministry not in the Word alone. Those who would do God's service in this field must go among the people. {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 6] There are those, who, while they profess godliness, are not pure. They have corrupted their ways before God. And when these people meet those who have no disguises for their corruption, they have so little sense of what constitutes a high and holy character that they are in danger of revealing that they are of a class as degraded as their fellow beings of the Southern States. The people of the South do not need those to go among them who have not the love of the truth in their hearts, and who will easily yield to temptation; who, with the light they have, will descend to the low level of the moral corruption of those they are professedly trying to save. This will be the danger of those whose minds are not pure; therefore be sure that men of steadfast principle be sent to work for God in this field. {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 7] In his providence, God is saying, as he has been saying for years past: Here is a field for you to work. Those who are wise in agricultural lines, in tilling the soil, those who can construct simple, plain buildings, may help. They can do work, and at the same time show in their characters the high morality which it is the privilege of this people to attain. Teach them the truth in simple object-lessons. Make everything upon which they lay their hands a lesson in character building. {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 8] The South is calling to God for spiritual and temporal food, but it has been so long neglected that hearts have become as hard as stone. God's people need now to arouse and redeem their sinful neglect and indifference of the past. These obligations now rest heavily upon the churches, and God will graciously pour out his Spirit upon those who will take up their God-given work. - {Advocate, April 1, 1899 par. 8} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 1] May 1, 1899 The Necessary Education. Extracts from a Recent Testimony "There is far less earnest, whole-souled study of the truth as it is in Jesus than there should be. There should be connected with our school, those who are strong-minded and whole- souled Christians, who receive and believe in Christ as the Alpha and Omega. . . . {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 2] "When students refuse to make the Word of God their study, and take as their instructors books written by infidels, Satan is close by, to make his impression on their mind. Every one who allows himself to have respect for infidel authors is in danger. Why?--Because he sees not God, and with all his educators he does not see Jesus Christ as the teacher sent by God. He does not look upon him as the bread sent down from heaven, of which he must eat, and therefore his experience is not composed of that which makes him one with Christ. {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 3] "The Bible is a treasure house of knowledge, and all who make this book their study, sinking the shaft deep into the mine of truth, will exclaim, 'I behold wondrous things out of thy word.' The incarnation of Christ is but dimly appreciated by many students who have studied long in our schools. This subject should be and will be better understood by all who in truth love Truth, and walk in the way of the Lord. The experimental knowledge of this is as essential to sanctify daily as to redeem. {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 4] "Light has been given you in clear lines in regard to the mistakes made in the education of teachers. The education which teachers might gain many regard as non-essential. They do not gain a knowledge of practical life, a knowledge of how to work as well as of how to study. This mistake must not be allowed to influence the youth who attend the school we are trying to establish. {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 5] "Many look upon the study of books as the principal purpose of their scholastic life. They know very little of practical business management, and are therefore one-sided. . . . {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 6] "If the students had developed brain, bone, and muscle harmoniously, they could have studied better. But many students have followed their own idea as to what constitutes education, and, therefore, they have not placed themselves where their determination was to be self-made men and women. Many have failed because they have not reasoned from cause to effect. They are contented to be carried rather than work their own way. And many follow their example. . . . {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 7] "Nothing can elevate man, nothing can make him pure and keep him pure, but believing in and practising the truth. He must eat the flesh, and drink the blood of the Son of God. This is the lesson all should learn. They should see that to be sanctified means more than to have a theoretical knowledge of the truth. They must have living faith. They must do more than denounce wrong in others; they must fight it in themselves. They must be whole-souled Christians, possessing the earnestness and living energy derived from Christ. . . . {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 8] "Many go from our schools with some knowledge, but without that all-round harmonious character that would enable them to be teacher or principal. {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 8} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 9] "The principles of true education, that will fit students to be practical business men, have been very poorly carried out. This class of education is needed in all our missionary enterprises; and if the teachers in our schools did their duty according to the 'It is written,' they would send forth from school men of moral worth, men who would know how to take hold of the work in a new field, and use brain, bone, and muscle,--making a harmonious whole. {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 9} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 10] "Many who have been educated in our schools are heedless. They do a little somewhere else, but they show they have not been educated for practical work. Students should remember that the first interest is to make themselves practical, all-round, useful men and women, who in an emergency can do the work necessary to be done. When students are given this kind of education, it will not be necessary to spend money to transport men thousands of miles to plan schools, meeting-houses, and colleges. Students should be encouraged to combine mental and physical labor. The physical powers should be developed in proportion to the mental faculties. This is essential for an all-round education. They will then be at home in any place. They should be prepared to teach others how to build, how to cultivate the soil. A man may have a brilliant mind, he may be quick to catch ideas; but this is of little value to him and to others if he has no knowledge of practical work, if he does not know how to put his ideas into execution. Such a one is only half educated. {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 10} [Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 11] "A teacher who has an intelligent knowledge of the best, and who can not only teach the theory, but can show by example how things should be done, will never be a drug in the market. Young men should not always be as servants, who must be told what to do, and who, when one job is done, have no perception to look around, and see what more needs to be done. They should look the situation squarely in the face, saying, This will not do. Unless I learn how to work, how to manage difficult problems, how to wrestle with difficult problems, I will be of no practical value. I must and will rise. I will mount from the lowest to the highest round of the ladder. He who manifests this determination will make a trustworthy worker; for his aim is to advance in knowledge and increase in understanding. He can be depended upon as thoughtful and caretaking. . . ." - {Advocate, May 1, 1899 par. 11} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 1] July 1, 1899 Education of the Children. Extracts from Recent Unpublished Testimonies. A decided reform is needed in the lessons given to the children and youth in our schools. Students need lessons which they have not yet received. We are not at liberty to teach that which shall meet the world's standard or the standard of the church, simply because it is the custom to do so. The cross of Christ is to be the theme, revealing the lessons we must learn and practise in this life, that we may represent Christ in character. The lessons given in the Old and New Testaments should be carefully selected and arranged so as to be interesting and attractive to the minds of the children. The lessons which Christ has taught are to be the standard. Jesus came to give the highest class of education in lessons adapted to the comprehension of humanity. The excellence of Christ is to be our study through time and eternity. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 2] Our Sabbath-schools give the youth instruction in regard to the truth, and then as they go to the dayschool, books are placed before them which confuse the mind, and lessons containing falsehoods are given them to learn. These things need close criticism; for if the young are educated from books which contain a perversion of truth, how will the influence of this education be counteracted? The mind will be of the same character as the food upon which it feeds; the harvest of the same nature as the seed sown. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 3] We are living in the closing work of these perilous times, when "truth hath fallen in the street, and equity can not enter;" when "he that departeth from evil maketh himself a prey." The great, grand work of preparing a people to stand in the day of the Lord is to be accomplished. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 4] The truth is light and power, and to present it so that impressions will be made upon hearts should be the work of our schools as well as of our churches, of the teacher as well as of the minister. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 5] We can not in this day of peril accept teachers because they have been in school two, three, four, or five years. The question which should decide whether they are qualified for their work should be, Have they, with all their acquisition of knowledge, searched the Bible, and dug beneath the surface for truth as for hid treasures? or have they seized the chaff in the place of the pure wheat thoroughly winnowed? Are they partakers of the fruit of the tree of life? We can not consent at this period of time to expose our youth to the consequences of learning a mixture of truth with error. The youth who come from school without feeling the importance of making the Word of God their first study, the main study, above every science in educational lines, are not qualified, in these days of peril, to enter upon the work of the teacher. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 6] In all our churches, and wherever there is a company of believers, church schools should be established, and in these schools there should be teachers who have the true missionary spirit; for the children are to be trained to become missionaries. It is essential that teachers be educated to act their important part in instructing children of Sabbath-keepers, not only in the sciences, but in the Scriptures. These schools established in different localities, and conducted by God-fearing men and women, as the case demands, should be built upon the same principles as were the schools of the prophets. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 7] There is an earnest work to be done for the children. Before the overflowing scourge shall come upon all the dwellers upon the earth, the Lord calls upon all who are Israelites indeed to serve him. Gather your children into your houses; gather them in from the classes who are voicing the words of Satan, who are disobeying the commandments of God. Get out of the cities as soon as possible. Establish church schools. Gather in your children, and give them the Word of God as the foundation of all their education. Had the churches in different localities sought counsel of God, they would not need to be thus addressed on this point. {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 8] When the children of Israel were gathered out from among the Egyptians, the Lord said: "For I will pass through the land of Egypt this night, and will smite all the first-born in the land of Egypt, both man and beast; and against all the gods of Egypt will I execute judgment: I am the Lord.". . . Any one of the children of the Hebrews who was found in the Egyptian habitations was destroyed. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 8} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 9] We have a special work to do in educating and training our children, that they may not, either in attending school or in associating with others, be influenced by those of corrupt habits. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 9} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 10] The education that is generally given in the schools of the world is not that which can be accepted as true education. Educators of youth should be Christians, who are themselves under the discipline of God. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 10} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 11] Let us view the case correctly. Children are the heritage of the Lord, and are to be so educated that they may be the younger members of the Lord's family, prepared by proper instruction to serve the Lord in their childhood life. Shall the members of the church give means to advance the cause of Christ among others, and then let their own children carry on the work and service of Satan?. . . . O, for a clearer perception of what we might accomplish if we would learn of Jesus!. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 11} [Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 12] We may bring hundreds and thousands of children to Christ if we will work for them. Let all who read these words be melted and subdued. Let us in our educational work embrace far more of the children and youth than we have done, and there will be a whole army of missionaries raised up to work for God. - {Advocate, July 1, 1899 par. 12} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 1] September 1, 1899 Text-Books. Extracts from Testimonies. "The world acknowledges as teachers those whom God does not indorse as safe educators. The Bible is discarded by these. Infidel authors are recommended as if they were in possession of those sentiments which should be interwoven into the course of study. What do you expect from the sowing of this kind of seed? In the study of these objectionable books, the minds of teachers, as well as students, become corrupted, and the enemy sows his tares. It can not be otherwise. By drinking of the impure fountain, poisonous malaria is introduced into the system. Inexperienced youth taken over this line of study receive, because of their inexperience, impressions which lead their thoughts into channels that are fatal to piety. {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 2] "Thus youth have been sent to our school in Battle Creek to learn from books which, because tolerated in our schools, are thought to be safe. But it is impossible to sanction these books by retaining them as lesson books without reaping the harvest which is sure to come from the sowing of such seed. It is this class of education that has sent students from the schools of the world infidels. {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 3] "The Messenger of God took books from the hands of several teachers, and laid them aside, saying, 'There never has been a time in your lives when a study of these books was for your present good and advancement, or for your future eternal good.' {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 4] "Placing a Bible in the hands of the teachers, he said, 'Your present opportunities are to be earnestly improved. Make the Word of the infinite God your lesson book.' If this had been done as God requires, students lost to the cause of God would now be missionaries." {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 5] "As they search diligently, praying for wisdom, they will learn that there are heights and depths in the Word of God that they have never yet seen. The more they set their hearts to learn, the more they will realize the necessity of sinking the shaft deep into the mines of truth, that they may discover the precious ore." {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 6] "Our youth must have well-conducted schools, where they can gain an all-round education. From Genesis to Revelation the gospel shines forth with no uncertain light. . . . It is of far greater consequence that students study God's Word than that they study Greek and Latin. Yet some may carry the study of these languages with success, especially Greek, and yet not place them above the Word of God. The Word of God is the foundation of all true study, and it is a most deplorable thing that it is so poorly understood, and therefore so little appreciated." {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 7] "You must not let the students suppose that their education is to be loose and haphazard. Let the students, the young especially, study books that are free from infidelity. As fast as possible, let the youth perfect their knowledge of the common branches." {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 8] "In Christ is the fountain of all knowledge. In him our hopes of eternal life are centered. He is the greatest teacher the world has ever known, and if we desire to enlarge the minds of the children and youth, and win them, if possible, to a love of the Bible, we should fasten their minds upon the plain and simple truth, digging out that which has been buried beneath the rubbish of tradition, and letting the jewels shine forth. Encourage them to search into these subjects, and the effort put forth will be an invaluable discipline. The unfolding of God, as represented in Jesus Christ, furnishes a theme that is grand to contemplate, and that will, if studied, sharpen the mind, and elevate and ennoble the faculties. As the human agent learns these lessons in the school of Christ, trying to become, as Christ was, meek and lowly of heart, he will learn the most useful of all lessons,-- that intellect is supreme only as it is sanctified by a living connection with God." {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 8} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 9] "I have some matters which I wish to present before you in regard to education. The teachers in our schools have great respect for authors and books that are current in most of our educational institutions. All heaven has been looking upon our institutions of learning, and asking you, What is the chaff to the wheat? The Lord has given us most precious instructions in his Word, teaching us what characters we must form in this life to prepare us for the future, immortal life. It has been the custom to exalt books and authors that do not present the proper foundation for true education. From what source did these authors obtain their wisdom, a large share of which does not deserve our respect, even if the authors are regarded as being wise men? Have they taken their lessons from the greatest Teacher that the world ever knew? If not, they are decidedly in the fault. Those who are preparing for the heavenly abodes should be recommended to make the Bible their chief book of study. . . . {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 9} [Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 10] "Books should have been prepared to place in the hands of students that would educate them to have a sincere, reverent love for truth and steadfast integrity. The class of studies which are positively essential in the formation of character to give them a preparation for the future life should be kept ever before them." {Advocate, September 1, 1899 par. 10} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 1] October 1, 1899 Church Schools. ［SELECTIONS MADE FROM THE TESTIMONIES BY MISS SARAH E. PECK, AND READ BEFORE THE UNION CONFERENCE CONVENED AT COORANBONG, NEW SOUTH WALES, JULY, 1899.］ Shall We Establish Church Schools? "In all our churches, and wherever there is a company of believers, church schools should be established." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 2] "If people would encourage the church in which they are members, to establish small, humble school buildings in which to do service for God, they would accommodate their own children within their own borders." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 3] "Establish schools for the children where there are churches. Where there are those who assemble to worship God, let there be schools for the children." "We are far behind in what the Lord would have us do in this matter. There are places where our schools should have been in operation years ago. Let these now be started under wise directors, that the children and the youth may be educated in their own churches." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 4] Why Do We Need Church Schools? "The education that is generally given in the schools of the world is not that which can be accepted as true education." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 5] "Can we wonder that children and youth drift into temptation and become educated in wrong lines, where they are continually associating with other neglected children? Can we wonder, neglected as they have been, that their energies become devoted to amusements which do them no good, that their religious aspirations are weakened, and their spiritual life darkened?" {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 6] "And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues." Revelation 18:4. {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 6} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 7] What Should be the Character of Such Schools? "The Lord would have our primary schools, as well as those for older persons, of that character that angels of God can walk through the room, and behold in the order and principles of government, the order and government of heaven." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 7} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 8] "These schools established in different localities . . . should be built upon the same principles as were the schools of the prophets. {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 8} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 9] How Should Church Schools be Supported? "Shall the members of the church give means to advance the cause of Christ among others, and then let their own children carry on the work and service of Satan? What the Lord Jesus expects in all believers is something besides being occupied and active; this activity should be trained in Christ's lines. God requires wholeness of service." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 9} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 10] "The church is asleep and does not realize the magnitude of this matter of educating the children and youth. . . . The church should take in the situation, and by their influence and means seek to bring about the much-desired end. Let a fund be created by generous contributions for the establishment of schools for the advancement of educational work." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 10} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 11] What Shall be Taught in Church Schools? "The Bible must be made the groundwork and subject matter of education." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 11} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 12] "It is the third angel's message that needs attention in our schools." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 12} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 13] "While the Bible should hold the first place in the education of children and youth, the book of nature is next in importance." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 13} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 14] "Our schools should teach the children all kinds of simple labor. Teach them that all their faculties of body and mind were given to them to use, and that all are the Lord's, pledged to his service." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 14} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 15] "Let them employ a Christian teacher, who, as a consecrated missionary, shall educate the children in such a way as to lead them to become missionaries themselves." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 15} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 16] "If teachers were receiving light and wisdom from the Divine Teacher,. . . they would measure the relative importance of the things to be learned in school; the common, essential branches of education would be more thoroughly taught, and the word of God would be honored and esteemed as the bread sent down from heaven. . . . The common branches of education should be fully and prayerfully taught." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 16} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 17] "In itself the beauty of nature leads the soul away from sin and worldly attractions, toward purity, peace, and God. For this reason the cultivation of the soil is good work for the children and the youth." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 17} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 18] "The little ones should be trained to be obedient, upright, and practical." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 18} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 19] "The youth should be taught to look upon physiology as one of the essentials." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 19} [Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 20] What Will be the Effect Upon Young Children of so Constantly Using the Bible in the School Room? "Do not think that the Bible will become tiresome to the children. Under a wise instructor, the Word will become more and more desirable. It will be to them as the bread of life, and will never grow old. There is in it a freshness and beauty which attracts and charms the children and youth. It is like the sun shining upon the earth, giving light and warmth, yet never exhausted. By lessons from Bible history and doctrine, the children can learn that all other books are inferior to this. They can find here a fountain of mercy and love." {Advocate, October 1, 1899 par. 20} [Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 1] November 1, 1899 God's Presence a Reality. Keep self out of sight; let it not come in, to mar the work, though this will be natural. Walk humbly with God. Let us work for the Master with disinterested energy, keeping before us a sense of the constant presence of God. Think of Moses,--what endurance and patience characterized his life. Paul, in his Epistle to the Hebrews, says, "For he endured as seeing Him who is invisible." The character that Paul thus ascribes to Moses does not mean simply passive resistance to evil, but perseverance in the right. He kept the Lord ever before him, and the Lord was ever at his right hand to help him. {Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 1} [Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 2] Moses had a deep sense of the personal presence of God. He was not only looking down through the ages for Christ to be made manifest in the flesh, but he saw Christ in a special manner accompanying the children of Israel in all their travels. God was real to him, ever present in his thoughts. When misunderstood, when called upon to face danger and to bear insult for Christ's sake, he endured without retaliation. Moses believed in God as one whom he needed, and who would help him because of his need. God was to him a present help. {Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 2} [Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 3] Much of the faith which we see is merely nominal; the real, trusting, persevering faith is rare. Moses realized in his own experience the promise that God will be a rewarder of those who diligently seek him. He had respect unto the recompense of the reward. Here is another point in regard to faith which we wish to study: God will reward the man of faith and obedience. If this faith is brought into the life-experience, it will enable every one who fears and loves God to endure trials. Moses was full of confidence in God, because he had appropriating faith. He needed help, and he prayed for it, grasped it by faith, and wove into his experience the belief that God cared for him. He believed that God ruled his life in particular. He saw and acknowledged God in every detail of his life, and felt that he was under the eye of the All-seeing One, who weighs motives, who tries the heart. He looked to God, and trusted him for strength to carry him, uncorrupted, through every form of temptation. He knew that a special work had been assigned to him, and he desired, as far as possible, to make that work thoroughly successful. But he knew that he could not do this without divine aid. . . . The presence of God was sufficient to carry him through the most trying situations. . . . {Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 3} [Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 4] Moses did not merely think of God; he saw him. God was the constant vision before him; he never lost sight of his face. He saw Jesus as his Saviour, and he believed that the Saviour's merits would be imputed to him. This faith was to Moses no guess-work; it was a reality. This is the kind of faith we need,--faith that will endure the test. Oh, how often we yield to temptation, because we do not keep our eye upon Jesus! Our faith is not continuous, because, through self-indulgence, we sin, and then we can not endure, as "seeing him who is invisible." {Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 4} [Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 5] Make Christ your daily, hourly companion, and you will not complain that you have no faith. Contemplate Christ. View his character. Talk of him. The less you exalt self, the more you will see in Jesus to exalt. God has a work for you to do. Keep the Lord ever before you. Reach up higher and still higher for clearer views of the character of Christ. When Moses prayed, "I beseech thee, show me thy glory," the Lord did not rebuke him, but he granted his prayer. God declared to his servant, "I will make all my goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of Jehovah before thee." We keep apart from God, and this is why we do not see the revealings of his power.--Selection from Testimonies. - {Advocate, November 1, 1899 par. 5} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 1] February 1, 1900 Essential Education for Children. ［Extracts from writings of Mrs. E. G. White.］ "Small children should be left as free as lambs to run out of doors, to be free and happy, and should be allowed the most favorable opportunities to lay the foundation for sound constitutions. Parents should be the only teachers of their children until they have reached eight or ten years of age." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 2] "The first lessons are of great importance. It is customary to send very young children to school. They are required to study from books things that tax their young minds, and often they are taught music. . . . This course is not wise. A nervous child should not be overtaxed in any direction, and should not learn music until he is physically well-developed. {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 3] "The mother should be the teacher, and home the school where every child receives his first lessons; and these lessons should include habits of industry." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 4] "It has been the custom to encourage children to attend school when they are mere babies, needing a mother's care. Children of a delicate age are frequently crowded into ill-ventilated school-rooms, to sit upon poorly constructed benches; and the young and tender frames have, through sitting in wrong positions, become deformed." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 5] False incentives. "In our institutions of learning there is to be exerted an influence that will counteract the influence of the world, and give no encouragement to indulgence in appetite, in selfish gratification of the senses, in pride, ambition, love of dress and display, love of praise and flattery, and strife for high rewards and honors as a recompense for good scholarship. All this is to be discouraged in our schools." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 6] Avoid Continual Application to Books. "Children are in great need of proper education, in order that their lives should be of use in the world. But any effort that exalts intellectual culture above moral training is misdirected. Instructing, cultivating, polishing, and refining youth and children should be the main burden with both parents and teachers. Close reasoners and logical thinkers are few, for the reason that false influences have checked the development of the intellect. The supposition of parents and teachers that continual study would strengthen the intellect has proved erroneous; for it has had in many cases the opposite effect." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 7] "In order for children and youth to have health, happiness, vivacity, and well-developed muscle and brain, they should be much in the open air, and have well-regulated employment and amusement. Children and youth who are kept at school, and confined to books, cannot have sound physical constitutions. The exercise of the brain in study without corresponding physical exercise, has a tendency to attract the blood to the brain, and the circulation of the blood through the system becomes unbalanced. The brain has too much blood and the extremities too little. There should be rules regulating their studies to certain hours, and then a portion of their time should be spent in physical labor." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 8] "Mothers, let the little ones play in the open air; let them listen to the songs of the birds, and learn the love of God as expressed in his beautiful works." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 9] Evening Work. "Let the evenings be spent as happily as possible. Let home be a place where cheerfulness, courtesy, and love exist. This will make it attractive to the children. . . . Let parents devote the evenings to their families. Lay off care and perplexity with the labors of the day. . . . As a rule, the labor of the day should not be prolonged into the evening. If all the hours of the day are well improved, the work extended into the evenings is so much extra, and the overtaxed system will suffer from the burden imposed upon it. I have been shown that those who do this, often lose much more than they gain, for their energies are exhausted, and they labor on nervous excitement." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 10] For the Child's Sake. "All unnecessary matters need to be weeded from the course of study, and only such studies placed before the student as will be of real value to him. With these alone he needs to become familiarized that he may secure for himself that life which measures with the life of God. And as he learns of these, his mind will strengthen and expand as did the mind of Christ and John the Baptist. . . . But a mind crowded with a mass of matter it will never be able to use, is a mind dwarfed and enfeebled." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 11] The Essentials. 1. Bible and Nature. "Parents can associate God with all his created works. The only school-room for children from eight to ten years of age should be in the open air amid the opening flowers and nature's beautiful scenery. And their only text-book should be the treasures of nature. These lessons, imprinted upon the minds of young children amid the pleasant, attractive scenes of nature, will not soon be forgotten." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 12] "The Holy Scriptures were the essential study in the schools of the prophets, and they should hold the first place in every educational system. . . . Used as a textbook in our schools, the Bible will do for mind and morals what cannot be done by books of science or philosophy." "While the Bible should hold the first place in the education of children and youth, the book of nature is next in importance." "It is well that physiology is introduced into the common schools as a branch of education. All children should study it. It should be regarded as the basis of all educational effort." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 13] 2. Common Branches. "Children should be educated to read, write, to understand figures, to keep their own accounts when very young." {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 13} [Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 14] 3. Physical Education. "Physical labor will not prevent the cultivation of the intellect. Far from this. The advantages gained by physical labor will so balance the mind that it shall not be overworked." "In connection with the schools should be agricultural and manufacturing establishments. There should be teachers of household labor." "Young girls should have been instructed to manufacture wearing apparel, to cut, make, and mend garments, and thus become educated for the practical duties of life." - {Advocate, February 1, 1900 par. 14} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 1] March 1, 1900 The Relation of Physical and Mental Training. ［Extracts from the writings of Mrs. E. G. White.］ Mental Work Alone Injurious. To Children.--Many children have been ruined for life, and some have died, as the result of the injudicious course of parents and teachers, in forcing the young intellect while neglecting the physical nature. The children were too young to be in a schoolroom. Their minds were taxed with lessons when they should have been left untaxed until the physical strength was sufficient to support mental efforts. Small children should be as free as lambs to run out of doors. They should be allowed the most favorable opportunity to lay the foundation for a sound constitution. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 2] In order for children and youth to have health, happiness, vivacity, and well-developed muscle and brain, they should be much in the open air, and have well-regulated employment and amusement. Children and youth who are kept at school and confined to books, can not have sound physical constitutions. The exercise of the brain in study, without corresponding physical exercise, has a tendency to attract the blood to the brain, and the circulation of the blood through the system becomes unbalanced. The brain has too much blood, and the extremities too little. There should be rules regulating their studies to certain hours, and then a portion of their time should be spent in physical labor. And if their habits of eating, dressing, and sleeping were in accordance with physical law, they could obtain an education without sacrificing physical and mental health. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 3] To Youth.--Youth who are kept in school and confined to close study, can not have sound health. The lesson must be often repeated, and pressed home to the conscience, that education will be of little value if there is no physical strength to use it after it is gained. Students should not be permitted to take so many studies that they will have no time for physical training. The health can not be preserved unless some portion of each day is given to muscular exertion in the open air. Stated hours should be devoted to manual labor of some kind,--anything which will call into action all parts of the body. Equalize the taxation of the mental and physical powers, and the mind of the student will be refreshed. If he is diseased, physical exercise will often help the system to recover its normal condition. When students leave college, they should have better health and a better understanding of the laws of life than when they entered it. The health should be as sacredly guarded as the character. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 4] To Teachers.--The teachers themselves should give proper attention to the laws of health, that they may preserve their own powers in the best possible condition, and by example as well as by precept exert a right influence upon their pupils. The teacher should take time for recreation. He should not take upon himself responsibility outside of his school work, which will so tax him, physically or mentally, that his nervous system will be unbalanced; for in this case he will be unfitted to deal with minds, and can not do justice to himself or to his pupils. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 5] Physical Culture. Our institutions of learning should be provided with every facility for instruction regarding the mechanism of the human system. Students should be taught how to breathe, how to read and speak so that the strain will not come on the throat and lungs, but on the abdominal muscles. Teachers need to educate themselves in this direction. Our students should have thorough training, that they may enter upon active life with an intelligent knowledge of the habitation which God has given them. Teach them that they must be learners as long as they live. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 6] Physical culture is an essential part of all right methods of education. The young need to be taught how to develop their physical powers, how to preserve these powers in the best condition, and how to make them useful in the practical duties of life. Many think that these things are no part of school work; but this is a mistake. The lessons necessary to fit one for practical usefulness should be taught to every child in the home and to every student in the schools. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 7] The place for physical training to begin is in the home, with the little child. Parents should lay the foundation for a healthy, happy life. The work of physical training, begun in the home, should be carried on in the school. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 8] Manual Training. An Aid to Temperance Parents should provide employment for their children. Nothing will be a more sure source of evil than indolence. Physical labor that brings healthful weariness to the muscles, will give an appetite for simple, wholesome food, and the youth who is properly employed will not rise from the table grumbling because he does not see before him a platter of meat and various dainties to tempt his appetite. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 9] Work for Children. Jesus, the Son of God, in laboring with his hands at the carpenter's trade, gave an example to all youth. Let those who scorn to take up the common duties of life remember that Jesus was subject to his parents and contributed his share toward the sustenance of the family. Few luxuries were seen on the table of Joseph and Mary, for they were among the poor and lowly. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 10] It is essential for parents to find useful employment for their children, which will involve the bearing of responsibilities as their age and strength will permit. The children should be given something to do that will not only keep them busy, but interest them. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 11] The approval of God rests with loving assurance upon the children who cheerfully take their part in the duties of domestic life, sharing the burdens of father and mother. They will be rewarded with health of body and peace of mind; and they will enjoy the pleasure of seeing their parents take their share of social enjoyment and healthful recreation, thus prolonging their lives. Children trained to the practical duties of life, will go out from the home to be useful members of society. Their education is far superior to that gained by close confinement in the schoolroom at an early age, when neither the mind nor the body is strong enough to endure the strain. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 12] Kinds of Work. The industrial course should include the keeping of accounts, carpenter's work, and everything that is comprehended in farming. Preparation should also be made for the teaching of blacksmithing, painting, shoemaking, cooking, baking, washing, mending, typewriting, and printing. Every power at our command is to be brought into this training work, that students may go forth equipped for the duties of practical life. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 13] Cottages and buildings essential to the school are to be erected by the students themselves. . . . All these things can not be accomplished at once, but we are to begin to work in faith. {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 13} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 14] If there had been agricultural and manufacturing establishments in connection with our schools, and competent teachers had been employed to educate the youth in the different branches of study and labor, devoting a portion of each day to mental development, and a portion of the day to physical labor, there would now be a more elevated class of youth to come upon the stage of action, to have an influence in moulding society. The youth who would graduate at such institutions would many of them come forth with stability of character. They would have perseverance, fortitude, and courage to surmount obstacles. . . . For young men there should be establishments where they could learn different trades, which would bring into exercise their muscles as well as their mental powers. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 14} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 15] Your means could not be used to better advantage than in providing a workshop with tools for your boys and equal facilities for your girls. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 15} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 16] Students should be prepared to teach others how to build, how to cultivate the soil, and how to care for orchards. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 16} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 17] There must be education in the sciences, and education in plans and methods of working the soil. There is hope in the soil. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 17} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 18] Farmers should not think that agriculture is a business that is not elevated enough for their sons. Agriculture should be advanced by scientific knowledge. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 18} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 19] Let teachers in out schools take their students with them into the gardens and fields, and teach them how to work the soil in the very best manner. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 19} [Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 20] Work in the garden and field will be an agreeable change from the wearisome routine of abstract lessons. - {Advocate, March 1, 1900 par. 20} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 1] April 1, 1900 Help To Be Given Our Schools. ［Extracts from an article by Mrs. E. G. White, Jan. 23, 1900.］ I have not been able to sleep since one o'clock. I am troubled in regard to the debt on Battle Creek College. . . . In the night season I seemed to see several looking over the account books of the Review and Herald. In these books were recorded the interest on the money loaned to the school. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 2] Notwithstanding the light given by God, ten thousand dollars were called for, and double that amount was used in building an addition to the school. The managers of the Review and Herald had much to do in this matter. These things must be considered. The Review and Herald is not required to pay the College debt; for if this were done, calls would be made for other schools to be helped in the same way. But the interest on this debt should be made as low as possible. Interest should not be charged upon interest. Neither should those who have loaned money charge a higher rate of interest than they themselves pay. One institution should have the tenderest and most kindly feelings for the sister institution. The work done in one is as much the Lord's work as the work done in the other. The time has come when the Lord will have all the powers of his people brought into exercise to relieve the situation of our schools. In order to help in this cause, I have proposed giving my book, "The Parables of Jesus." I feel very anxious that the General Conference shall act unselfishly in regard to this book, which is to be published to help the schools. This is a time when the conference should stand before the people in a better light than it has hitherto done. We shall call upon the people to help to the utmost of their ability just now. We shall call upon them to do a work which will be pleasing to God in purchasing the book. We shall ask that every available means be used to help circulate this book. We shall ask that the whole field be supplied with canvassers. We shall call upon our ministers, as they visit the churches, to encourage men and women to go out as canvassers, and to make a decided forward movement in the path of self-denial by giving part of their earnings to help our schools to get out of debt. Surely they can do this much to help the Master. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 3] Individual Responsibility. A general movement is needed, but this must begin with individual movements. Let each member in each family in each church make determined efforts to deny self. Let us have the whole-hearted co-operation of all in our ranks. Let us all move forward willingly and intelligently to do what we can to relieve these of our schools that are struggling under a pressure of debt. Let the officers of each church find out who among the members has been helped by the school; then let the church refund the tuition money. Let those who have had success in canvassing come up to the help of the Lord. As they handle this book, let them in the name of the Lord work in faith. The movement I have suggested will result in reconciliation. It will unify the churches. . . . {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 4] The Promise. The schools must be helped. Let all lift harmoniously, and help as much as they possibly can. Great blessings will come to those who will take hold of this matter just now. Let no discouragement be offered by our ministers, as though it were not a proper thing to do. They should take hold of this work. If they do it aright, cheerfully, hopefully, they will find it a very great blessing. The Lord does not force any man to work, but to those who will place themselves decidedly on his side, he will give a willing mind. He will bless the one who works out the spirit which he works in. God will make the movement for the help of our schools a success if it is made in a free, willing spirit, as to the Lord. Only in this way can be rolled back the reproach that has come upon our schools all over the land. If all will take hold of this work in the spirit of self-sacrifice, for Christ's sake and for the truth's sake, it will not be long before the jubilee song of freedom can be sung throughout our borders. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 5] The Minister's Need. Let our ministers consecrate themselves to God. We need so much, O so much! humble men, who feel it a pleasure to do their very best. A glorious gospel work opens before the converted, faithful minister. He is to help his fellow-men to a better understanding of the Word. The influence exerted by the minister with whom God works is weighty and momentous. The Lord is highly pleased with the minister who works humbly and willingly. Those who are wholly consecrated to God will ever seek wisdom from on high to enable them to bear their heavy responsibilities. They will be patient, forbearing, courteous, knowing that they are Christ's representatives. They will show a deep earnestness and fervor in prayer and in their appeals to individuals and congregations. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 6] There are in the ministry young men who have been receiving wages from the conference, yet whose labors bring nothing in, who are only consumers. I have been instructed that this need not be; it would not be if our young ministers were led by the Spirit of God. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 7] Some of our ministers might better stop and consider. Let them ask themselves how much they have received from the conference, and how much their labors have been blessed in the conversion of souls. If you are not producers as well as consumers, what is the value of your work? How can the cause of God sustain as workers those who are not sanctified by the truth? Begin at the beginning of this year to consecrate yourselves to God. Wait not. Make an entire surrender. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 8] Canvassing. Should not our ministers study this question? Many of our young ministers, if truly converted, would do much good by entering the canvassing field. They would there obtain an experience in faith. Their knowledge of the Scriptures would greatly increase, because as they impart to others the light given them, they would receive more to impart. Let them enter the canvassing fields, and see what they can do in the way of producing. By meeting people and presenting to them our publications, they will gain an experience which they could not gain by simply preaching. As they go from house to house, they can converse with those whom they meet, carrying with them the fragrance of Christ's life. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 9] It is the canvasser's duty to cultivate the talents God has given him, to maintain his connection with God, to help always where he can. He has positive and constant need of the angelic administration; for he has an important work to do, a work that he can not do in his own strength. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 10] In his work the canvasser will be brought in contact with those who are in feeble health, who need the light on health reform, and with those who are dissatisfied with their religious experience, who are longing for something which they have not. To these he is to open the word of truth, rightly interpreting its meaning. "For we are not as many who corrupt the word of God, but as of sincerity, but as of God, in the sight of God speak we in Christ." By doing this work, the converted, consecrated canvasser is sowing the seeds of truth. {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 11] This work must be done without delay; for we have but a short time in which to work. Everything that can be done to reach the people must be done. Speak to them in the way that will win their confidence. Pray for the sick; ask the Lord to restore and heal suffering humanity. He has declared, "These signs shall follow them that believe.". . . {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 12] God has important lessons for his people to learn. Had these lessons been learned before, his cause would not be where it is today. One thing must be done: the truth is not to be withheld from ministers or men in positions of responsibility for fear of incurring their displeasure. There are to be connected with our institutions men who with meekness and in wisdom will declare the whole counsel of God. God's wrath is kindled against those who in carnal security and pride have shown contempt for his management. They are endangering the prosperity of the cause. - {Advocate, April 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 1] May 1, 1900 Duty of Parents to their Children. Establish Schools. There is earnest work to be done for the children. Before the overflowing scourge shall come upon all the dwellers upon the earth, the Lord calls upon all who are Israelites indeed to serve him. {Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 2] Gather your children into your own houses; gather them in from the classes who are voicing the words of Satan, who are disobeying the commandments of God. Get out of the cities as soon as possible. Establish church schools. Gather in your children, and give them the word of God as the foundation of all their education. Had the churches in different localities sought counsel of God, they would not need to be thus addressed on this point. . . . {Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 3] We may bring hundreds and thousands of children to Christ if we will work for them. Let all who read these words be melted and subdued. Let us in our educational work embrace far more of the children and youth than we have done, and there will be a whole army of missionaries raised up to work for God. {Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 4] I say again, establish schools for the children wherever there are churches. Where there are those who assemble to worship God, let there be schools for the children. Work as if you were working for your life, to save children from being drowned in the polluting, corrupting influences of this life. Schools should have been placed in different localities instead of centering so many large buildings in one vicinity. . . . There are places where our schools should have been in operation years ago. Let these now be started under wise directors, that the children and youth may be educated in their own churches.--U.T., "The Need of Church Schools." {Advocate, May 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 1] July 1, 1900 Christian Schools and Their Teachers. ［Extracts from the writings of Mrs. E. G. White, read at the Teachers' Conference.］ "Shall members of the church give means to advance the cause of Christ among others, and then let their own children carry on the work and service of Satan?" {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 2] "Can we wonder that the children and youth drift into temptation, and become educated in wrong lines, when they are continually associating with other neglected children? . . . There is a work to receive the light of truth, and workers must be educated. Schools which will provide for the education of the children must be opened in places where they are so much needed." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 3] Gather the Children. "There is earnest work to be done for the children before the overflowing scourge shall come upon all the dwellers upon the earth. The Lord calls upon all who are Israelites indeed, to serve him. Gather your children into your own houses. Gather them in from the crowd who are voicing the words of Satan, who are disobeying the commandments of God. . . . Gather in your children, and give them the Word of God as the foundation of all their education. Had the churches in different localities sought counsel of God, they would not need to be thus addressed on this point." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 4] "Any one of the children of the Hebrews who was found in the Egyptian habitations was destroyed. . . . We have a special work to do in educating and training our children, that they may not, either in attending school or in associating with others, be influenced by those of corrupt habits." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 5] "Fathers and mothers, make haste! Your children are to be objects of your solicitude. Principles are to be kept before your children that will exert a heavenly influence over life and character. By every means at your command you are to teach them that they are not to pattern after the worldly plan of education, but the truth must be impressed upon their hearts and minds. The truths that Satan has concealed by his hellish shadow, the truths he has misinterpreted and misapplied and disconnected from the Lord of glory, are to be received, opened, and explained, and made to appear in their heavenly beauty, to be seen as truths that shall stand fast forever. They are to be reestablished in the minds of men by the living agents whom God has appointed, and error is to be revealed in its true character by the light of truth." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 6] Converted Teachers. "I would that the teachers in our schools could be of God's selection and appointment. Souls will be lost because of the careless work of professedly Christian teachers, who need to be taught by God day by day, else they are unfit for the position of trust. Teachers are needed who will strive to weed out their inherited and cultivated tendencies to wrong, who will come into line, wearing themselves the yoke of obedience, and thus giving an example to the students. The sense of duty to their God and to their fellow beings with whom they associate, will lead such teachers to become doers of the Word, and to heed counsel as to how they should conduct themselves." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 7] "Every teacher should be under the full control of the Holy Spirit. If the teachers will open their own hearts to receive the Spirit, they will be prepared to co-operate with it in working for their students. Every teacher should know and welcome this Heavenly Guest." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 8] "Special talent should be given to the education of the youth. . . . Educators of youth should be Christians who are themselves under the discipline of God." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 9] Progressive Teachers. "Those teachers who have not a progressive religious experience, who have not learned daily lessons in the school of Christ, that they may be ensamples to the flock, but who accept their wages as the main thing, are not fit for the solemn, awfully solemn, position they occupy." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 10] "The truth is life and power, and to present it so that impressions will be made upon hearts, should be the work of our schools as well as of our churches, of the teacher as well as of the minister." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 11] "We can not in this day of peril accept teachers because they have been in school two, three, four, or five years. The question which should decide whether they are qualified for their work should be, Have they, with all their acquisition of knowledge, searched the Bible, and dug beneath the surface for truth as for hidden treasures? Or have they seized the chaff in the place of the pure wheat thoroughly winnowed? Are they partaking of the fruit of the tree of life?" {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 12] "Many teachers are leading their students over the same track that they themselves have trod. They think this is the only right way. They give students food which will not sustain spiritual life, but which will cause those who partake of it to die. They are fascinated by that which God does not require them to know." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 13] Efficiency Required. "God wants the teachers in our schools to be efficient. Let none feel that having an earnestness in religious matters is all that is essential in order to become educators. While they need no less of piety, they also need a thorough knowledge of the sciences. This will make them not only good, practical Christians, but will enable them to educate the youth, and at the same time they will have heavenly wisdom to lead them to the fountain of living water." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 13} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 14] No Cheap Cast of Mind. "The teachers for our schools should be selected from the very best class. They should be experienced Christians who are balanced in mind, men and women who have learned the lesson of self-control. Then they can educate and do a work of larger importance than even the minister in preaching the Word. They can prepare the soil that the truth may have effect upon human hearts. . . . {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 14} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 15] "No cheap cast of mind should be placed in our church schools. The very best is required in educating and molding the human mind. . . . I dwell upon this, because suitable teachers are much needed, and men and women must be fitted up in the home and in the school to do a work of ministry of which they will not be ashamed." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 15} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 16] No Haphazard Work. "Teachers themselves should be what they wish the students to become. They should possess well-balanced, symmetrical characters. They should be refined in manner, neat in dress, careful in all their habits. and should have that true Christian courtesy that wins confidence and respect." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 16} [Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 17] "No haphazard work must be done in the appointment of teachers. Those who have devoted years to study, and yet have not gained the education essential to fit them to teach others in the lines the Lord has marked out, should not be connected with our schools as educators. They need to be taught the first principles of true, all-round education." {Advocate, July 1, 1900 par. 17} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 1] August 1, 1900 True Education and the Farm. ［Extracts from writings of Mrs. E. G. White.］ The question may be asked, How can he get wisdom that holdeth the plow, and driveth oxen?--By seeking her as silver, and searching for her as for hid treasures. 'For his God doth instruct him to discretion and doth teach him.' {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 2] "He who taught Adam and Eve in Eden how to tend the garden, would instruct men today. There is wisdom for him who holds the plow, and plants and sows the seed. The earth has its concealed treasures, and the Lord would have thousands and tens of thousands working upon the soil who are crowded into the cities to watch for a chance to earn a trifle; in many cases that trifle is not turned into bread, but is put into the till of the publican, to obtain that which destroys the reason of man formed in the image of God. Those who will take their families into the country, place them where they have fewer temptations. The children who are with parents that love and fear God, are in every way much better situated to learn of the Great Teacher, who is the source and fountain of wisdom. They have a much more favorable opportunity to gain a fitness for the kingdom of heaven. Send the children to schools located in the city, where every phase of temptation is waiting to attract and demoralize them, and the work of character building is tenfold harder for both parents and children. {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 3] "The earth is to be made to give forth its strength. Fathers and mothers who possess a piece of land and a comfortable home are kings and queens. {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 4] "Many farmers have failed to secure adequate returns from their lands because they have undertaken the work as though it was a degrading employment; they do not see that there is a blessing in it for themselves and their families. All they can discern is the brand of servitude. Their orchards are neglected, the crops are not put in at the right season, and a mere surface work is done in cultivating the soil. {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 5] "Farmers need far more intelligence in their work. In most cases it is their own fault if they do not see the land yield its harvest. They should be constantly learning how to secure a variety of treasures from the earth. The people should learn as far as possible to depend upon the products that they can obtain from the soil. {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 6] "To develop the capacity of the soil requires thought and intelligence. Not only will it develop muscle, but capability for study, because the action of brain and muscle is equalized. We should so train the youth that they will love to work upon the land, and delight in improving it. . . . {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 7] "Men take you to their orchards, and tell you that the produce does not pay for the work done in them. It is next to impossible to make ends meet, and parents decide that the children shall not be farmers; they have not the hope and courage to educate them to till the soil. {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 8] "What is needed is schools to educate and train the youth so that they will know how to overcome this condition of things. There must be education in the sciences and education in plans and methods of working the soil. There is hope in the soil, but brain and heart and strength must be brought into the work of tilling it. . . . {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 9] "This country needs educated farmers. . . . The occupations requiring sedentary habits are the most dangerous, for they take men away from the open air and sunshine, and train one set of facilities, while other organs are becoming weak from inaction. Men carry on their work, perfect their business, and soon lie down in the grave. {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 10] "Much more favorable is the condition of one whose occupation keeps him in the open air, exercising his muscles, while the brain is equally taxed, and all the organs have the privilege of doing their work. To those who can live outside of the cities and labor in the open air, beholding the works of the great Master Artist, new scenes are continually unfolding. As they make the book of nature their study, a softening, subduing influence comes over them; for they realize that God's care is over all, from the glorious sun in the heavens to the little brown sparrow or the tiniest insect that has life. The Majesty of heaven has pointed us to these things of God's creation as an evidence of his love." {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 11] "Schools should be established where there is as much as possible to be found in nature to delight the senses and give variety to the scenery." {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 12] "We need schools in this country to educate children and youth that they may be masters of labor, and not slaves of labor." {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 13] "A return to simple methods will be appreciated by the children and youth. Work in the garden and field will be an agreeable change from the wearisome routine of abstract lessons, to which their young minds should never be confined." {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 13} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 14] "We feel to the depth of the soul the peril that surrounds the youth in these last days; and shall not those who come to us for an education, and the families that are attracted to our schools, be withdrawn, as far as possible, from these seductive and demoralizing influences ［of the city］?" {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 14} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 15] "The altar and the plow are the experiences for all who seek eternal life." {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 15} [Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 16] "I have been shown that study in agricultural lines should be the A, B, and C of the educational work of our school. . . . The youth are to learn how to work interestedly and intelligently, that wherever they are, they may be respected because they have a knowledge of those arts which are so essential for practical life. In place of being day laborers under an overseer; they are to strive to be masters of their trades, to place themselves where they can command wages as good carpenters, printers, or as educators in agricultural work." - {Advocate, August 1, 1900 par. 16} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 1] October 1, 1900 Books for Our Schools. ［Extracts from the writings of Mrs. E. G. White］ "How many can truthfully answer this question, What is the essential education for this time? Education means much more than many suppose. . . . {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 2] "The youth are in need of educators who shall keep the Word of God ever before them in living principles. If they will keep Bible precepts ever as their text-book, they will have greater influence over the youth; for the teachers will be learners, having a living touch with God. All the time they are inculcating ideas and principles that will lead to a greater knowledge of God, and earnest, growing faith in their behalf in the blood of Jesus, and the power and efficiency of the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ to keep them from falling, because they are constantly seeking the strongholds of a healthful and well-balanced Christian experience, carrying with them qualifications for future usefulness, and intelligence, and piety. The teachers see and feel that they must labor not to dwarf and taint the minds of their associates with a sickly, half-religious service. There is need of separating from our educational institutions an erroneous, polluted literature, so that ideas will not be received as seeds of sin. Let none suppose that education means a study of books that will lead to the reception of ideas of authors that will sow seed and spring up to bear fruit that must be bound up in bundles with the world, separating them from the Source of all wisdom, all efficiency, and all power, leaving them the sport of Satan's arch-deceiving power. A pure education for youth in our schools, undiluted with heathen philosophy, is a positive necessity in literary lines. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 3] "The well-being, the happiness, of the religious life in the families with which they are connected, the prosperity and piety of the church of which they are members, are largely dependent upon the religious education that the youth have received in our schools." {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 4] "Why, then, should not the Scriptures be ennobled and exalted in every school in our land? . . . The Bible should ever have been made the great, grand book of study. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 5] "Should that book which tells us what we must do in order to be saved, be set aside in the corner, and human productions be exalted as the great wisdom in education? . . . The Word of God is to stand as the highest educating book in our world, and is to be treated with reverential awe. It is our guide-book; we shall receive from it the truth. We need to present the Bible as the great lesson book to be placed in the hands of our children and youth, that they may know Christ, whom to know aright is life eternal. It is the book to be studied by those of middle age and those who are aged. The Word contains promises, warnings, encouragement, and assurances of the love of God to all who accept him as their Saviour. Then place the Holy Word in their hands. Encourage them to search the Word, and they will, in so doing, find hidden treasures of inestimable value to them in this present life, and in receiving Christ as the bread of life they have the promise of eternal life. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 6] "What book can begin to compare with the Bible? It is essential for every child, for youth, and for those of mature age to understand; for it is the Word of God, the word to guide all the human family to heaven. Then why does not the word from God contain the chief elements which constitute education? Uninspired authors are placed in the hands of children and youth in our schools as lesson books--books from which they are to be educated. They are kept before the youth, taking up their precious time in studying those things which they can never use. Many books have been introduced in the schools which should never have been placed there. These books do not in any sense voice the words of John, 'Behold the lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.' The whole line of study in our schools should be to prepare a people for the future, immortal life. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 7] "The teachers in our schools have ［great］ respect for authors and books that are current in most of our educational institutions. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 8] Popular Authors. All heaven has been looking upon our institutions of learning, and asking you, What is the chaff to the wheat? The Lord has given us the most precious instructions in his Word, teaching us what characters we must form in this life to prepare us for the future, immortal life. It has been the custom to exalt books and authors that do not present the proper foundation for true education. From what source did these authors obtain their wisdom, a large share of which does not deserve our respect, even if the authors are regarded as being wise men? Have they taken their lessons from the greatest Teacher that the world ever knew? If not, they are decidedly in the fault. Those who are preparing for the heavenly abodes should be recommended to make the Bible their chief book of study. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 9] "These popular authors have not pointed to the students the way that leads to eternal life. 'And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou has sent.' John 17:3. The authors of the books current in our schools are recommended and exalted as learned men: their education is in every way deficient, unless they themselves have been educated in the school of Christ, and by practical knowledge bear witness to the Word of God as the most essential study for children and youth. {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 10] What should Replace Popular Authors? "Books should have been prepared to place in the hands of students, that would educate them to have a sincere, reverent love for truth and steadfast integrity. The class of studies which are positively essential in the formation of character, to give students a preparation for the future life should be kept ever before them." {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 11] "In an assembly where the school question was being discussed, the question was asked, 'Why has not appropriate matter for reading and lesson books been selected and compiled? Why has not the Word of God been extolled above every human production? Have you thought that a Thus saith the Lord would have a deleterious effect on teachers and students?' There was a hush in the assembly, and self-conviction came upon students and teachers. . . . The speaker took from the hands of the teachers those books which they had been making their study, some of which had been written by infidel authors, and contained infidel sentiments, and laid them on the floor. Then he placed the Bible in their hands, saying, 'You have little knowledge of this book. You know not the Scriptures nor the power of God. When you have taken your students through the course of study you have followed in the past, they will have to unlearn much that they have learned, and this they will find a more difficult work. Objectionable things have taken root in their minds, like weeds in a garden, and some will never be able to distinguish between right and wrong. The good and the evil are mingled in their work." . . . {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 12] "The question has been asked, 'Shall we have no study-book but the Bible? 'I answer, 'Take the Bible as a study-book, and see if you are not filled with the love of God. . . . This is the higher education. No learning of human origin can reach these heights, for they reach into eternity and are immortalized. The altar and the plough are the experiences for all who seek eternal life. We know altogether too little of the greatness of the love and compassion of God. Let students put to the stretch the faculties of their minds, that they may comprehend the forty-fifth chapter of Isaiah. Such chapters as this should be placed in form, and brought into our schools as valuable studies." {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 13] "It is high time for Sabbath-keepers to separate their children from worldly associations, and place them under the very best teachers, who will make the Bible the foundation of all study. If authors have the knowledge and temperament to enter some of these open fields as educators, they can by so doing, inscribe the truth on the tablets of the soul." - {Advocate, October 1, 1900 par. 13} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 1] November 1, 1900 Needs in the Cause of Education. ［Extracts from the writings of Mrs. E. G. White］ "Now as never before we need to understand the true science of education. If we fail to understand this, we shall never have a place in the kingdom of God."--Christian Schools. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 2] Now is the Time to work. "It is so easy to drift into worldly plans, methods, and customs, and have no more thought of the time in which we live, or of the great work to be accomplished, than had the people in Noah's day. Our institutions are in danger of traveling over the same ground as did the Jews, conforming to customs, practices, and traditions which God has not given."--Idem. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 3] "Sound an alarm through the length and breadth of the earth. Tell the people that the day of the Lord is near, and hasteth greatly. Let none be left unwarned." {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 4] "The great crisis is just before us. God is now restraining the forces of evil, that the last warning may be given to the world. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 5] "Many more workers ought to be in the field. There should be one hundred where now there is only one." {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 6] "If our churches were awake, they would multiply their resources; they would send men and women to our schools, not to go through a long course of study, but to learn quickly, and go out into the field. Through a vital connection with God, men and women may quickly gain a knowledge of that great text-book, the word of God, and go forth to impart what they have received. Let workers enter the field without going through many preliminaries." {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 7] A Brief Preparation Needed. "Means is needed to give young men a short course of study in our schools, to prepare them for efficient work in the ministry and in different branches of the cause. We are not coming up to our privilege in this matter. All schools among us will soon be closed up."--Testimony No. 31, p. 152. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 8] A Work for Educated Young People to Do. "Those belonging to the higher ranks of society are to be sought out with tender affection and brotherly regard. This class has been too much neglected. It is the Lord's will that men to whom he has entrusted many talents shall hear the truth in a manner different from the way in which they have heard it in the past. Men in business, in positions of trust, men with large inventive faculties and scientific insight, men of genius, are to be among the first to hear the gospel call. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 9] "There are men of the world who have God-given powers of organization, which are needed in the carrying forward of the work for these last days. All are not preachers; but men are needed who can take the management of the institutions where industrial work is carried on, men who in our conferences can act as leaders and educators. God needs men who can look ahead, and see what needs to be done, men who can act as faithful financiers, men who will stand as solid as a rock to principle in the present crisis and in the future perils that may arise. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 10] "We need and have needed talent that it was the Lord's purpose we should have. But so much selfishness has been woven into our institutions that the Lord has not wrought to connect with the work those who should be connected with it, because he has seen that they would not be recognized or appreciated. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 11] "There are conscientious men who have not yet seen the light of truth, who need to be taught. Those who have labored in the temperance cause, and who in their work have had the Lord behind them, should have had far more labor put forth in their behalf. We need to feel our responsibility in this work. Do not go to those in the higher ranks of life, and call them in such a disrespectful manner that they will not listen. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 12] "The teachers, the leading men among the people, must be called. To them the invitation must be given. They must be dealt with personally and earnestly; for if one teacher is won to the truth, he will be able to communicate to many others the light received. More work should have been done for those in high places. Those who give the last message of mercy to a fallen world are not to pass by the ministers. God's servants are to approach them as those who have a deep interest in their welfare, and then plead for them in prayer. If they refuse to accept the invitation, tell the Master about it, and then your duty is done."--Review and Herald, May 8, 1900. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 12} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 13] Children May Become Workers. "God wants every child of tender age to be his child, to be adopted into his family. Young though they may be, the youth may be members of the household of faith, and have a most precious experience. They may have hearts that are tender, and ready to receive impressions that will be lasting. They may have their hearts drawn out in confidence and love for Jesus, and live for the Saviour. Christ will make them little missionaries. The whole current of their thoughts may be changed, so that sin will not appear a thing to be enjoyed, but to be hated and shunned. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 13} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 14] "Small as well as older children will be benefited by this instruction; and in thus simplifying the plan of salvation, the teachers will receive as great blessings as those who are taught. The Holy Spirit of God will impress the lessons upon the receptive minds of the children, that they may grasp the ideas of Bible truth in their simplicity. And the Lord will give an experience to these children in missionary lines; he will suggest to them lines of thought which the teachers themselves did not have. The children who are properly instructed will be witnesses for the truth." {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 14} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 15] "Work as if you were working for your life to save children from being drowned in the polluting, corrupting influences of this life." --Christian Schools. {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 15} [Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 16] "A teacher should be employed who will educate the children in the truths of the word of God, which are so essential for these last days, and which it is so important for them to understand. A great test is coming: it will be upon obedience or disobedience to the commandments of God." --Idem. - {Advocate, November 1, 1900 par. 16} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 1] December 1, 1900 A Testing Time. By Mrs. E. G. White. Calamities, earthquakes, floods, disasters by land and by sea, will increase. God is looking upon the world today as he looked upon it in Noah's time. He is sending his message to people today as he sent it in the days of Noah. There is in this age of the world a repetition of the wickedness of the world before the flood. Many helped Noah build the ark who did not believe the startling message, who did not cleanse themselves from all wrong principles, who did not overcome the temptation to do and say things which were entirely contrary to the mind and will of God. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 1} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 2] Have faith in God. He gave me the idea of giving "Christ's Object Lessons" for the relief of the schools. He is testing his people and institutions in this thing, to see if they will work together, and be of one mind in self-denial and self-sacrifice. Carry forward this work without flinching in the name of the Lord. Let God's plan be vindicated. Let his proposition be fully carried out, and heartily endorsed as the means of uniting the members of the churches in self-sacrificing effort. Thus they will be sanctified, soul, body, and spirit, as vessels unto honor, to whom God can impart his Holy Spirit. By this means they will accomplish the work God designs to have done. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 2} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 3] Stir up every family, every church, to do the very utmost of their power, every one consecrating himself to God, putting the leaven of evil out of his heart, out of the home, and out of the church. Let every family make the most of this the Lord's opportunity. Let self-denial and self-sacrifice be revealed. Let the teachers in the school do as others of God's servants are doing,--cut down their wages. This self-sacrifice will be required of us all. Let all place themselves where they will be sure to receive the answer to their prayers. It is the cause of God which is at stake. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 3} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 4] The preciousness of life is to be appreciated because this life belongs to the Master. As long as we live, we are ever to bear in mind that we are bought with a price. Christ made of himself a whole and complete sacrifice for us, to make it possible for us to receive the gift of everlasting life. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 4} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 5] "Ye are not your own: for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God's." {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 5} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 6] We have enlisted under Christ's banner for life service, and great responsibilities and possibilities are within our reach. There are in the providence of God particular periods when we must arise in response to the call of God, and make use of our time, our intellect, our whole being, body, soul, and spirit, fulfilling to the utmost of our ability the requirements of God. Just now let not the opportunity be lost. Let all work together. Let the children act a part. Let every member of the family do something. Educate, educate. This is an opportunity which God's people can not afford to lose. God calls. Do your best at this time to render to him your offering, to carry out his specified will, and thus make this an occasion for witnessing for him and his truth. In a world of darkness let your light shine forth. Let canvassers do their best in canvassing for the book, "Christ's Object Lessons." Their work will serve a double purpose. They will place in the homes of the people a book containing most precious light, seed sown to bring to souls ready to perish. In receiving this seed into their hearts, they will save their souls through belief of the truth. At the same time means will be gathered for the relief of the schools. Twofold good will thus be accomplished in this work. Let it be done heartily, as unto the Lord. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 6} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 7] My brethren, after you have done all you can do in this work for the schools, by sanctified energy and much prayer, you will see the glory of God. When the trial has been fully made, there will come a blessed result. Those who have sought to do God's will, having laid out every talent to the best advantage, become wise in working for the kingdom of God. They learn lessons of the greatest consequence to them, and they will feel the highest happiness of the rational mind. This is the result that will surely come if you fulfil the purpose of God. Peace and intelligence and grace will be given. It is the design of God that we should all glorify him, regarding his service as the chief end of our existence. The work that God calls you to do he will make a blessing to you. Your heart will be more tender, your thoughts more spiritual, your service more Christlike. "If ye abide in me," Jesus said, "and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you." In considering these things, my spirit rejoices in God. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 7} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 8] I could not sleep past two o'clock this morning. During the night I was in council. I was pleading with some families to avail themselves of God's appointed means, and get away from the cities to save their children, Some were loitering, making no determined efforts. The angels of mercy hurried Lot and his wife and daughters by taking hold of their hands. Had Lot hastened as the Lord desired him to, his wife would not have become a pillar of salt. Lot had too much of a lingering spirit. Let us not be like him. The same voice that warned Lot to leave Sodom bids us, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean." Those who obey this warning will find a refuge. Let every man be wide awake for himself, and try to save his family. Let him gird himself for the work. God will reveal from point to point what to do next. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 8} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 9] Hear the voice of God through the apostle Paul, "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure." Lot trod the plain with unwilling and tardy steps. He had so long associated with evil workers that he could not see his peril until his wife stood on the plain a pillar of salt forever. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 9} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 10] There is to be a decided work done to accomplish God's plan. Make every stroke tell for the Master in the work of canvassing for "Christ's Object Lessons." God desires his people to be vitalized for work as they have never been before, for their good and for the upbuilding of his cause. Ministering angels will be round about. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 10} [Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 11] Let our institutions make every effort to free themselves from debt. Let every family arouse. Let the ministers of our churches and the presidents of our Conferences awaken. Then he will tell you what to do next. {Advocate, December 1, 1900 par. 11} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 1] March 1, 1901 The Relation of True Education to the Farm. ［Extracts from the writings of Mrs. E. G. White.］ No pains should be spared to select places for our schools where the moral atmosphere will be as healthful as possible, for the influence that prevails will leave a deep impress on young and forming characters. For this reason a retired locality is best. The great cities, the centers of business and learning, may seem to present some advantages, but these advantages are outweighed by other considerations.--Christian Schools, p. 81. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 1} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 2] How many children there are in the crowded cities who have not even a spot of green grass to set their feet upon. If they could be educated in the country, amid the beauty, peace, and purity of nature, it would seem to them the spot nearest heaven. In the retired places, where we are farthest from the corrupting maxims, customs, and excitements of the world, and nearest to the heart of nature, Christ makes his presence real to us, and speaks to our souls of his peace and love.--Idem., p 77. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 2} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 3] Serious times are before us, and there is great need for the families to get out of the cities into the country.--Ibid. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 3} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 4] The youth educated in the large cities are surrounded by influences similar to those that prevailed before the flood. The same principles of disregard for God and his law, the same love of pleasure, of selfish gratification, and of pride and vanity, are at work at the present time. The world is given up to pleasure; immorality prevails; the rights of the weak and helpless are disregarded, and the world over, the large cities are fast becoming hotbeds of iniquity.--Special Testimonies, p. 44. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 4} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 5] There is room within earth's vast boundaries for schools to be located, where ground can be cleared, land cultivated, and where a proper education can be given. This work is essentially an all-round education, and one which is favorable to spiritual advancement. Nature's voice is the voice of Jesus Christ, teaching us innumerable lessons of perseverance. The mountains and hills are changing, the earth is waxing old like a garment, but the blessing of God which spreads a table for his people in the wilderness, will never pass away.--Christian Schools, p. 80. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 5} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 6] The children and youth, all classes of students, need the lessons to be derived from this source. In itself, the beauty of nature leads the soul away from sin and worldly attractions, and toward purity, peace, and God. For this reason the cultivation of the soil is good work for children and youth. It brings them into direct contact with nature and nature's God, and that they may have this advantage in connection with our schools, there should be, so far as possible, large flower gardens and extensive lands for cultivation. --Special Testimonies, p. 6. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 6} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 7] A return to simpler methods will be appreciated by the children and youth. Work in the garden and field will be an agreeable change from the wearisome routine of abstract lessons to which their young minds should never be confined.--Idem.,p, 61. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 7} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 8] In the school that is started here in Cooranbong, we look to see real success in agricultural lines, combined with the study of the sciences. We mean this place to be a center from which shall irradiate light, precious advanced knowledge, that shall result in the working of unimproved lands, so that hills and valleys shall blossom as the rose. For both children and men, labor combined with mental taxation will give the right kind of all-round education. The cultivation of the mind will bring tact and fresh incentive to the cultivation of the soil.--Idem., p. 19. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 8} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 9] The school has made an excellent beginning. The students are learning how to plant trees, strawberries, etc.; how they must keep every spangle and fiber of the roots uncramped, in order to give them a chance to grow. Is not this a most precious lesson as to how to treat the human mind, and the body as,--not to cramp any of the organs of the body, but to give them ample room to do their work?--Idem., p. 17. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 9} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 10] The students are learning what plowing means, and that the hoe and the shovel, the rake and the harrow, are all implements of honorable industry. Mistakes will often be made, but error lies close beside truth. Wisdom will be learned by failures, and the energy that will make a beginning, gives hope of success in the end. Hesitation will keep things back, precipitancy will alike retard, but all will serve as lessons, if the human agents will have it so.--Idem., p. 18. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 10} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 11] There will be a new presentation of men as bread-winners, possessing educated, trained ability to work the soil to advantage. Such men will break down the foolish sentiments that have prevailed in regard to manual labor. An influence will go forth, not in loud-voiced oratory, but in real inculcation of ideas. We shall see farmers who are not coarse and rough and slack, careless of their apparel and of the appearance of their homes; but they will bring taste into farm houses. Rooms will be sunny and inviting. We shall not see blackened ceilings, covered with cloth full of dust and dirt. Science, genius, intelligence, will be manifest in the home. The cultivation of the soil will be regarded as elevating and ennobling.--Idem., p. 19. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 11} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 12] We should work the soil cheerfully, hopefully, gratefully, believing that the earth holds in her bosom rich stores for the faithful worker to garner, richer than gold or silver. The niggardliness laid to her charge is false witness. With proper, intelligent cultivation, the earth will yield her treasures for the benefit of man.--Idem., p. 18. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 12} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 13] The cultivation of our land requires the exercise of all the brain power and tact we possess. The lands around us testify to the indolence of man. We hope to arouse to action the dormant senses. We hope to see intelligent farmers who will be rewarded for their earnest labor. The hand and heart must co-operate, bringing new and sensible plans into operation in the cultivation of the soil.--Ibid. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 13} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 14] Men take you to their orchards of oranges and lemons and other fruit, and tell you the produce does not pay for the work done on them. It is next to impossible to make ends meet, and parents decide that the children shall not be farmers. They have not the courage and hope to educate them to till the soil. What is needed is schools to educate and train the youth, so that they will know how to overcome this condition of things. There must be education in the sciences, and education in the plans and methods of working the soil. There is hope in the soil, but brain and heart and strength must be brought into the work of tilling it. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 14} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 15] There is need of much more extensive knowledge in regard to the preparation of the soil. There is not sufficient breadth of view as to what can be realized from the earth. A narrow and unvarying routine is followed with discouraging results. Let the educated ability be employed in devising improved methods of work. This is just what the Lord wants. There is need of intelligent and educated ability to devise the best methods in farming, in building, and in every other department, that the worker may not labor in vain. God, who has made the world for the benefit of man, will provide means from the earth to sustain the diligent worker. The seed placed in thoroughly prepared soil will produce its harvest. God can spread a table for his people in the wilderness. There is much mourning over unproductive soil, when, if men would read the Old Testament Scriptures, they would see that the Lord knew much better than they in regard to the proper treatment of the land. After being worked for several years, and giving her treasures to the possession of men, portions of the land should be allowed to rest, and then the crops should be changed. We might learn much, also, from the Old Testament, in regard to the labor problem.--Special Testimonies, p. 100. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 15} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 16] The earth has its concealed treasures, and the Lord would have thousands and tens of thousands working upon the soil, who are crowded into the cities to watch for a chance to earn a trifle. The earth is to be made to give forth its strength, but without the blessing of God it can do nothing.--Idem., p 104. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 16} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 17] In the beginning, God looked upon all he had made, and pronounced it very good. The curse was brought upon the earth in consequence of sin, but shall this curse be multiplied by increasing sin? Ignorance is doing its baleful work. Slothful servants are increasing the evil by their lazy habits. Many are unwilling to earn their bread by the sweat of their brow, and they refuse to till the soil. But the earth has blessings hidden in her depths for those who have courage and will and perseverance to gather her treasures.-- Ibid. {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 17} [Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 18] God would be glorified if men from other countries who have acquired an intelligent knowledge of agriculture, would come to Australia, and by precept and example teach the people how to cultivate the soil, that it may yield rich treasures. Men are wanted to educate others how to plow, and how to use the implements of agriculture. Who will be missionaries to do this work, to teach proper methods to the youth, and to all who feel willing and humble enough to learn?--Special Testimonies, p. 101. - {Advocate, March 1, 1901 par. 18} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 1] December 1, 1901 Teachers Should be God's Helping Hand. By Mrs. E. G. White. No one is to think that all of his time is to be spent in study. By putting into practice what you study, you can obtain more than by merely studying. When you use your knowledge, you will find that more is given you. Keep the channel open, that you may have the grace and light and love of Christ. Do not disappoint Christ. Though you are teachers, you are to learn of the great Teacher. While as students you are to respect the human instrumentality, through which you receive instruction, you are ever to look beyond this to the divine. Then the truths which come from the lips of the human teacher, will be to you of far greater importance than they otherwise would be. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 1} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 2] Every teacher should gather up all the rays of divine light shining upon his pathway, that he may have the wisdom Daniel had. Walk in the light which is opening before you in this institute. "Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord: his going forth is prepared as the morning." As the light of the sun shines with increasing power from morning till noon, so as you advance in the opening light of God's word, you will receive more light. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 2} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 3] He who takes charge of a school is in need of a living, ever-present Saviour. Teach the simplest principles of the word of God, making the Bible the foundation of education. Those who are seeking to obtain the so-called higher education, do not know what true education is. True higher education is that which is received by sitting at the feet of Jesus. Humble yourselves under the mighty hand of God, and he will lift you up. You need not struggle to lift yourself. Commit your work to him: do it in faithfulness, in sincerity, in truth, in righteousness; and you will find that every day brings its reward, and the light of heaven is shining upon you. His light, his grace, his salvation, are thus revealed. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 3} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 4] We are a very ignorant people. We know so little of Jesus Christ that we can but dimly comprehend what he will do for us. God desires us to learn of him. While you are in this institute, let your boasting be in God, and not in science, not in foreign languages, nor in anything else that is human. First learn whether you can practice Christianity in your own language. There are souls to convert, and you should be able to so bring the simplicity of godliness into your own life that you can use the talent of speech with converting power among those with whom you associate. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 4} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 5] There should be in your hearts a burning desire to be united with Christ, that you may be "laborers" together with God." "Ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." He is working with you as with a building, forming within you a character after the divine similitude. Let your character-building be in accordance with the beautiful pattern revealed to men in the life of Christ. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 5} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 6] In all your work you should do as the husbandman does in producing the fruit of the earth. Apparently he throws away the seed; but, buried in the soil, the seed in dying, germinates. The power of the living God gives it life and vitality, and there is seen "first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear." Study this wonderful process. Oh, there is so much to learn, so much to understand, that it seems as though we can not learn everything during this life; and we can not. But if we now improve our minds to the utmost of our ability, we shall through the eternal ages carry forward the study of God's ways and works, continually reaching higher and still higher. We now need minds that can understand the simplicity of godliness. More than we desire anything else, we should desire to have Jesus Christ abiding in the soul-temple, because he can not abide there without being revealed, and shown forth in fruits and good works. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 6} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 7] Conducting recitations is only the beginning of a teacher's work. The teacher has a heavy responsibility to bear in connection with the students entrusted to his care, and he is to understand that he can not throw off this responsibility. He has the oversight of those in his charge. He is to regard them as those who have been bought with a price. He must watch over this recreant one and over that recreant one; he must talk and pray with them. Thus he may save souls unto Jesus Christ. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 7} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 8] The work of a teacher does not end in the class-room. Because he is an educator, he is not to divorce himself from the church work. Power is to be brought into the church. Teachers are to strive to bring the church to a higher and still higher standard. God requires of teachers more than they give. They are to be working agencies, and not dwarfs. If they fulfill God's requirements, he will give them still more intelligence, until it can be said of them, "Ye are complete in him." If every teacher in this College would come up to the help of God in the church, we should have in Healdsburg one of the most precious churches that could be found anywhere in the world. {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 8} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 9] There is a world to be saved. Such a work is to be done by our people, that often at night I sit up in my bed, wringing my hands in agony, and ask, "O God, will thy people ever understand?" I believe they will when they come to the foot of Christ, and sit at his feet as did Mary, to learn of him. If the teachers will follow the Bible rules and be Bible Christians, they will be God's helping hand. God wants every one of you to be his helping hand; and if you yield yourself to him, he will teach you and work through you, that you may be able to impart to others. Then you will be able to say, "O God, thy gentleness hath made me great." {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 9} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 10] There is a fullness for every teacher to gain. The studies that you receive will either strengthen your faith and confidence in God, and teach you how to work as his helping hand, or else they will leave you in a worse condition than if you had never attended this institute. If you work out the principles that the Lord has given you, he will surely place you on vantage ground, and the mercies and blessings of heaven will come into your life-practice, enabling you to work out the will of God.--Extracts from a talk before church school teachers at Healdsburg, Cal., September, 1901. - {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 10} [Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 11] "There is a work to be done for young men and women that is not yet accomplished. There are much larger numbers of young people who need to have the advantages of our training schools. They need the manual training course, that will teach them how to lead an active, energetic life. All kinds of labor must be connected with our schools. Under wise, judicious, God-fearing directors, the students are to be taught. Every branch of the work is to be conducted in the most thorough and systematic ways that long experience and wisdom can enable us to plan and execute." {Advocate, December 1, 1901 par. 11} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 1] January 1, 1902 Instruction to Teachers - By Mrs. E. G. White. Planted firmly upon the earth, and reaching heavenward to the throne of God, is a ladder of shining brightness. God is above the ladder, and his light is shining along its whole length. This ladder is Christ. Every round that you climb, you are coming step after step into fellowship with the sufferings of Christ, and are becoming fashioned after his divine similitude. The angels of God are constantly ascending and descending this glorious ladder. They will not let you fall, if you keep your eye fixed upon the glory of God that is at the top of the ladder. Some are trying to grasp the highest round of the ladder, without starting at the first round. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 1} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 2] Every teacher should train the voice, so that he can speak intelligibly and read the Scriptures distinctly, giving emphasis where it is necessary and essential. ［EXTRACTS FROM A TALK GIVEN BEFORE THE TEACHERS' INSTITUTE, HEALDSBURG, CAL., SEPTEMBER, 1901.］ The voice is a power, a talent, which few appreciate. Then cultivate your voice, for thus God is to be magnified. Let the voice be mellowed and softened by the Holy Spirit of God. There was pathos in the voice of Jesus. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 2} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 3] Your words are a precious talent. You should learn how to bear testimonies in meeting with a clear and distinct voice, as though you knew that you had an abiding Christ. Learn to pray as though you had confidence that your prayer reached the throne of God. Then you will have an educating power which will go farther than Latin, Greek, or any such knowledge you may gain. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 3} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 4] Teachers, you must have a living faith, or you will be separate from Christ. He does not ask how much favor you have with the world, and how much praise you are receiving from the world; but he does ask you to live so that he can put his seal upon you. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 4} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 5] Teachers, how much praise comes from our lips to the one to whom you should be full of gratitude for this probationary time, during which if you allow Christ to abide in you, you may obtain a fitting in character to live with him? {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 5} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 6] Co-operate with God, and he will co-operate with you. Then you are God's helping hand. Then you can take hold of him, and he will hold your hand. He says, "I am at thy right hand to help thee." As you work for him with only his glory in view, he will teach you. You are to learn all these lessons that you may teach others. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 6} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 7] There are some who love the society of the world, who think it is a great deal better than the society of those who are not considered so elevated and who do not know, as they judge, half so much. Teachers, know enough to follow in the footsteps of Jesus, to wear the yoke of Christ. Then you will become fools for Christ's sake. It is not the so-called wisdom of worldlings that God accounts anything. He says their wisdom is foolishness; but to them the wisdom of God is foolishness. Do you desire to have the wisdom of God? Humble yourselves before God, walk in the way of his commandments, be determined that you will make the most of every educational privilege, gather every ray of divine light, practice the light, bring it into your life and character, and thus show that you have learned of Jesus. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 7} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 8] As soon as our minds harmonize with the mind of God, we are in touch with an intelligence that can communicate to each of us every lesson that will be beneficial in the education of the youth entrusted to us. In telling the children the precious story of the cross, our own souls will be lifted from despondency, gloom, and darkness. In considering the Redeemer's infinite sacrifice, we shall lose all desire for the things of this world. {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 8} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 9] Church school teachers should carry a burden for souls,--not that they themselves can save souls, but as God's helping hand they have the privilege of winning souls to Christ. Teachers, the words that you speak may be very precious. Let there be no folly in your conversation. In the schools you shall undertake to conduct, set a proper example before the children by presenting them to God in prayer every morning. Then look to him for strength every hour, and believe that he is working, and that you are to represent him. When you do this, you gain the affection of the children. It is not such hard work to manage children, thank God. We have a helper, one altogether above ourselves. Oh, I am so thankful that we do not have to depend upon our poor, miserable selves, but we may depend upon the strength which comes from God! {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 9} [Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 10] Teachers, if your life is hid with Christ in God, a helper will stand by your side, and you will be one with Christ, and one with those you are teaching. Never exalt self, for this shows that you are not humbling yourself before God. Exalt him, glorify him, honor him before the world. Say, "I stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. I have left the banner of the powers of darkness, and am wholly on the Lord's side." {Advocate, January 1, 1902 par. 10} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 1] February 1, 1902 A Spiritual Education for Teachers. ［EXTRACTS FROM TALKS BEFORE TEACHERS AT HEALDSBURG, CAL., AUG. 1901.］ - By Mrs. E. G. White. Christ is the greatest teacher, the greatest educator, that the world ever knew. If you come into close relation with him, the atmosphere surrounding your soul will exert an educative influence wherever you are. Unless you have Christ formed within, the hope of glory, all the education that you may obtain in Greek, in Latin, in the languages, or in anything else, will be of no value in securing eternal life. You must bear in mind that Christ co-operates with you when you co-operate with him. Constantly you are to be learning of the great Teacher. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 1} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 2] Teachers, be truly converted to God. Realize that in every school established, the first work is to become acquainted with God and with the principles of heaven, that in your daily work you may prove the truthfulness of the words of Christ to the woman of Samaria: "If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldst have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water," which is as "a well of water springing up into everlasting life." {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 2} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 3] In obtaining an education, there is danger that spirituality will be considered of secondary importance. We often think if we only could reach the world's standard in education, we should have gained something. Those who believe this will prefer the society of the world to the society those who love and fear God. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 3} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 4] Many have imagined that in order to become educated, they should place themselves under worldly influences. According to the worldly idea, in obtaining an education spiritual things are not considered of much value. Those who choose to enter schools where our faith is not recognized are on the losing side. They lose the very things which they should value most,--a knowledge of God and Jesus Christ, and of that life which measures with the life of God. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 4} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 5] All who are engaged in teaching the youth in our schools must have as the foundation of their knowledge the fear of God, for this is the beginning of wisdom. They may have had years of training, and yet not have touched the very beginning, the A B C of spirituality, the A B C of devotion, of self-sacrifice. The science of education is to love God, and to keep his commandments. Study the word of God intelligently. It is the foundation of all education. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 5} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 6] The apostle Paul could meet eloquence with eloquence, logic with logic; he could intelligently enter into all controversies; but was he satisfied with this worldly knowledge? He writes: "And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you save Jesus Christ, and him crucified." {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 6} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 7] Here is a very important lesson. We need to understand our whereabouts. We need to understand that the highest education ever given to mortals develops a spirit of humility; for it reveals how much more there is yet to learn. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 7} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 8] The more you learn, the more you will see the necessity of putting your whole mind and interest into learning for Christ's sake. Why are you learning? Are you acquiring knowledge so as to become intelligent in the truth? If that is your object, be assured that you will hide self in Jesus Christ. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 8} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 9] "And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling." Paul was a very great teacher; yet he felt that without the Spirit of God working with him all the education he might obtain would be of little account. We need to have this same experience; we need to be afraid of ourselves. We need individually to sit at the feet of Jesus, and listen to his words of instruction. Let us empty from the soul-temple all foolishness, pride, folly, and invite Jesus to take possession of heart and soul and character. When we do this, there will be no pride of spirit, for we shall more fully appreciate how much more there is to be learned. "What shall I do, that I may inherit eternal life?" is a life-and-death question,--a question which should be constantly before us. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 9} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 10] What is your object in obtaining an education? Is it to glorify yourself? Is it to say, "See how much learning I have"? Or is it that you may be able to help weak and trembling souls plant their feet upon the platform of eternal truth? Do you long to lift up and encourage others? If you are striving merely for the name of being a teacher, an educator, you might just as well be somewhere else. God invites every one to be his helping hand. He invites you to carry out the principles of heaven, the A B C of true education. If you have never learned them before, commence to study now, and when you have thus learned, you will be fitted to teach others. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 10} [Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 11] If your great aim has been to learn Greek and Latin, and all these things, you need to go back to the beginning, and in love and the fear of God learn the A B C of spirituality. This is the preparation essential if you see the King in his beauty, and behold his matchless charms. The purpose of education is to glorify God. {Advocate, February 1, 1902 par. 11} [Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 1] March 1, 1902 Proper Education of the Children. ［EXTRACT FROM TALK BEFORE TEACHERS, HEALDSBURG, CAL., SEPTEMBER, 1901.］ - By Mrs. E. G. White. It is of the greatest importance that every family in our churches should understand the value of Christian education. The early training of children is a subject which all should carefully study. We need to make the education of our children a business. As fathers and mothers, we should train and discipline ourselves. Then as teachers in the home, we can educate our children. May the Lord help us to understand that their salvation largely depends upon the education given them in childhood. We are to prepare ourselves and our children for the future immortal inheritance. {Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 1} [Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 2] Mothers, it is your privilege to bind your children to your heart with the tenderest and strongest cords of love. During the first few years of the life of Samuel the prophet, his mother carefully taught him to distinguish between good and evil. It was with sorrow and great self-denial that, in fulfillment of her vow to dedicate her son to the service of God, she gave him to Eli, the high priest, to be brought up. But the early training received by Samuel led him to refuse to yield to the evil influences surrounding him in the household of the high priest. {Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 2} [Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 3] Many parents allow children to do as they please, amusing themselves, and choosing their own associates. In the judgment such parents will learn that their children have lost heaven because of the lack of proper home restraint. {Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 3} [Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 4] Parents, teach your children the way of the Lord. In your morning and evening devotions join with them in reading the Bible and singing beautiful songs of praise. Let them learn to repeat God's law. Concerning the commandments, the Israelites were instructed: "And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up." In accordance with this command, Moses directed the Israelites to set to music the words of the law. While the older ones played on instruments, the younger children marched, singing in concert the songs of the commandments of God. In later years they retained in their minds the words of the law which they learned during childhood. {Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 4} [Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 5] If it was essential for Moses to embody the commandments in sacred song, so that the children should learn to sing the law verse by verse as they marched in the wilderness, how necessary it is today to teach our children the word of God. Let us come up to the help of the Lord, instructing our children to keep the commandments of God to the letter. Let us do everything in our power to make music in our homes, that God can come in. Allow not the discordant music of scolding and fretting. Never exhibit passion. Christian parents will put away every objectionable trait of character, daily learning from the great Teacher wisely to train their children bringing them up in the fear and admonition of the Lord. {Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 5} [Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 6] When the church school teacher tries so to train and discipline your children that they will gain eternal life, do not in their presence criticise his actions, even though you may think he is too severe, too straight-laced. You can not afford to sympathize with them when they are disciplined. If you long for them to give their hearts to Jesus, receiving the light and grace and glory of God, take up in the home the long neglected work of co-operating with the teachers' efforts for their salvation. Instead of criticism, how much better it is for children to hear from the lips of their mother, sweet and tender and loving words, commending the work of the teacher. Such words make lasting impressions, and in the school-room their influence is manifested in the respect shown to the teacher. - {Advocate, March 1, 1902 par. 6} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 1] June 1, 1902 A Plea for Schools for the Children ［SELECTED.］ Mrs. E. G. White Our church schools are ordained by God to prepare the children for this great work. Here children are to be instructed in the special truths for this time, and in practical missionary work. They are to enlist in the army of workers to help the sick and the suffering. Children can take part in the medical missionary work, and by their jots and tittles can help to carry it forward. Their investments may be small, but every little helps, and by their efforts many souls will be won to the truth. By them God's message will be made known, and his saving health to all nations. Then let the church carry a burden for the lambs of the flock. Let the children be educated and trained to do service for God, for they are the Lord's heritage. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 1} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 2] Churches where schools are established may well tremble as they see themselves entrusted with moral responsibilities too great for words to express. Shall this work that has been nobly begun fail or languish for want of consecrated workers? Shall selfish projects and ambitions find room in this enterprise? Will the workers permit the love of gain, the love of ease, the lack of piety, to banish Christ from their hearts, and exclude him from the schools? God forbid! The work is already far advanced. In educational lines everything is arranged for an earnest reform, for a truer, more effective education. Will our people accept this holy trust? Will they humble themselves at the cross of Calvary, ready for every sacrifice and every service? {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 2} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 3] The apt mind of a child readily learns lessons of evil in companionship with children who have not been properly trained. Thus many children are corrupted. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 3} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 4] Church schools should be established, and teachers should be secured who will work earnestly for the physical, mental, and spiritual health of the pupils. I urge those in charge of the church school work to obtain the very best teachers to take charge of the schools started. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 4} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 5] I would say to church school teachers, Know that you are worked by the Holy Spirit. Reveal in your life the power of the transforming influence of truth. Teachers should do their utmost to improve their own capabilities, that they may teach their students how to gain true improvement. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 5} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 6] For church school teachers to try to reform the children who have been neglected, without the co-operation of the parents, would make a very disagreeable state of things. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 6} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 7] Altogether too little attention has been given our children and youth. The older members of the church have not looked upon them with tenderness and sympathy, desiring that they might be advanced in the divine life, and the children have therefore failed to develop in the Christian life as they should have done. Some church members who have loved and feared God in the past are allowing their business to be all-absorbing, and are hiding their light under a bushel. They have forgotten to serve God, and are making their business the grave of their religion. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 7} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 8] Shall the youth be left to drift hither and thither, to become discouraged, and to fall into temptations that are everywhere lurking to catch their unwary feet? The work that lies nearest to our church members is to become interested in our youth, with kindness, patience, and tenderness, giving them line upon line, precept upon precept. O where are the fathers and mothers in Israel? There ought to be a large number who, as stewards of the grace of Christ, would feel not merely a casual interest, but a special interest in the young. There ought to be many whose hearts are touched by the pitiable situation in which our youth are placed, who realize that Satan is working by every conceivable device to draw them into his net. God requires the church to arouse from its lethargy, and see what manner of service is demanded in this time of peril. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 8} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 9] The eyes of our brethren and sisters should be anointed with the heavenly eye-salve, that they may discern the necessities of this time. The lambs of the flock must be fed, and the Lord of heaven is looking on to see who is doing the work he desires to have done for the children and youth. The church is asleep, and does not realize the magnitude of this matter. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 9} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 10] Many families, who, for the purpose of educating their children, move to places where our large schools are established, would do better service for the Master by remaining where they are. They should encourage the church of which they are members to establish a church school where the children within their borders could receive an all-round, practical, Christian education. It would be vastly better for their children, for themselves, and for the cause of God, if they would remain in the smaller churches, where their help is needed, instead of going to the larger churches, where, because they are not needed, there is a constant temptation to fall into spiritual inactivity. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 10} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 11] Wherever there are a few Sabbath-keepers, the parents should unite in providing a place for a day school where their children and youth can be instructed. They should employ a Christian teacher, who, as a consecrated missionary, shall educate the children in such a way as to lead them to become missionaries. Let teachers be employed who will give a thorough education in the common branches, the Bible being made the foundation and the life of all study. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 11} [Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 12] We are far behind our duty in this important matter. In many places schools should have been in operation years ago. Let these schools now be started under wise direction, that the children and youth may be educated in their own churches. It is a grievous offense to God that there has been so great neglect in this line, when Providence has so abundantly supplied us with facilities with which to work. {Advocate, June 1, 1902 par. 12} [Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 1] Canvasser - The Atlantic Canvasser December 11, 1890 The Best Manner of Working. By Mrs. E. G. White. If more tact and discretion were used in the presentation of the truth, by ministers in their discourses and by the canvassers in their work, much more would be accomplished than we now see. Because of a neglect in this direction, many have a misconception of our faith and doctrine which they would never have formed if their first impressions had been more favorable. It is our duty to get as close to the people in high places as we can by personal efforts. Such labor will not exclude the poorer and lower classes, but both high and low will have an opportunity to be benefited by the truths of the Bible. If our own words and lives show the refining influence of the truth of God upon the heart, those who become acquainted with us will see that the religion of the Bible never degrades the receiver, and as they accept the truth they will perceive the duties and responsibilities resting upon them in their turn to be representatives of Jesus Christ upon the earth. The truth of God, obeyed from the heart, is constantly elevating, refining, and ennobling the receiver. It is not worldly wisdom, but God-given wisdom that reaches us to present the truth in such a manner that it will reach the higher classes, who will when converted to the truth exert an influence in its favor, and who will help to sustain it with their intrusted talents of influence and means. The duty we owe to our fellowmen places us under obligations to put out our talents, in the light of truth which we have received, as well as the talents of means to the exchangers. By winning souls to Jesus Christ,--souls who are in responsible positions, and whose influence can be a power to reach men and women of the higher classes whom God has seen fit to intrust with large capacity for doing good,--talents will be doubled. The influence of our work, even though it be through but one soul gained, is far-reaching; our talent is out to the exchanger, and is constantly increasing. {Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 1} [Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 2] The workers in the cause should not feel that the only way they can work is to make known all points of doctrine as held by Seventh-Day Adventists, at once, and in every place. Such a course would close the ears of the people at the outset, and frustrate the end sought. God would have his workers be as lambs among wolves, wise as serpents, but harmless as doves. Their own ideas must be laid aside, and they must follow the direction of the Spirit of God. They should not feel that all the truth of God is to be spoken to unbelievers on any and every occasion, but should plan carefully what to say and what to leave unsaid. This is not practicing deception; it is working as Paul worked. He says, "For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more. And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law; to them that are without the law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law. To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some." He did not approach the Jews in a way to stir up their prejudice. He did not run the risk of making them his enemies by telling them the first thing that they must believe on Jesus of Nazareth; but he dwelt on the promises of the Old Testament scriptures, which testified of Christ, of his mission, and of his work. Thus he led them along step by step, showing them the importance of honoring the law of God. He also gave due honor to the ceremonial law, showing that Christ was the one that instituted the whole Jewish economy of sacrificial service. After dwelling upon these things, evincing that he had a clear understanding of them himself, he brought them down to the first advent of Christ, and proved that in the crucified Jesus every specification had been fulfilled. This was the wisdom that Paul exercised. He approached the Gentiles, not by exalting the law at first, but by exalting Christ, and then showing the binding claims of the law. He showed them plainly how the light that was reflected from the cross of Calvary gave significance and glory to the whole Jewish system. Thus he varied his manner of labor, always shaping his message to the circumstances under which he was placed; and, yet, though after patient labor he was successful to a large degree, many would not be convinced. There are some who will not be convinced by any method of presenting the truth. The laborer for God should, nevertheless, study carefully the best method, in order that he may not arouse prejudice or stir up combativeness unnecessarily. Let him give the people evidence that he is a true Christian, conscientious, desiring peace and not strife, and that he has a love for their souls. Thus the confidence of the people will be gained. {Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 2} [Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 3] Christ said to his disciples, "I have many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now." There were many things he did not say to them because their education and ideas were of such a character that his instruction would have confused their minds, and raised questioning and unbelief that it would have been difficult to remove. {Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 3} [Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 4] God's workmen must be many-sided men; that is, they must have breadth of character. They must not be one-sided men, stereotyped in their manner of working, getting into a groove where they are unable to see that their words and manner of labor must vary to suit the class of people they are with, and the circumstances they have to meet. All should be constantly seeking to subdue their own prominent characteristics and educate their weaker powers, so that the mind may be evenly balanced. This is necessary, if they make useful, successful laborers. God would have his servants, old and young, continually improving, learning better how to reach the people. They should not settle down contented, thinking that their ways are perfect, and that others must work just as they work. All our methods and plans should bear the divine mold. (To be continued.) - {Canvasser, December 11, 1890 par. 4} [Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 1] December 18, 1890 The Best Manner of Working. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - (Concluded from last week.) Those who are appointed to open the work in new fields should be careful that their defects are not exalted into virtues, thus retarding the work of God. It is testing truths that we are bringing before the people, and in every effort these truths should be elevated in all their moral beauty before those for whom we labor. The laborer should not throw about the truth the peculiarities of his own character and manners. Let not your own ways be woven into God's work as God's ways. Keep self in the background. Do not let the work of God become common, but preserve its sacred character. Let it stand forth as from God himself. Let it bear no human impress, but the impress of the Divine. Self must be lost sight of in Jesus. Make broad calculations. In your plans, place the work of God as high as its importance demands. {Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 1} [Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 2] Much has been lost by our people by following such narrow plans that the higher classes were not reached. The appearance of the work has impressed the minds of unbelievers as being of very little worth--some stray offshoot of religious theory, entirely beneath their notice. Much has also been lost through lack of wise methods of labor. Every effort should be made to give dignity and character to the work. Special effort should be made to secure the good will of men in responsible positions; and this can be done, not by sacrificing any principle of truth or righteousness, but by simply giving up our own way of approaching the people, and following God's way. {Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 2} [Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 3] It requires much wisdom to reach ministers and men of influence. But why should they be neglected as they have been by our people? These men are responsible to God just in proportion to the capital of talents intrusted to them. Should there not be a deeper study, and much more humble prayer for wisdom, that we may learn how to reach these classes? Where much is given, much will be required. Then should not wisdom and tact be used to gain these souls, who, if truly converted, will, through their educated ability, be polished instruments in the hands of the Lord to reach others? We must have the Lord's help in order to know how to do this work skillfully. {Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 3} [Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 4] God has a work to be done which the workers have not yet fully comprehended. Ministers and worldly-wise men are to be tested by the light of present truth. The third angel's message is to be set forth before the learned ones of this world, judiciously, in its native dignity. There must be most earnest seeking of God, most thorough study; for the mental powers will be taxed to the utmost in laying plans which will place the work of God on a more elevated platform. That is where it should always have stood, but men's little ideas and narrow plans have limited and lowered it. {Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 4} [Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 5] And after most earnest efforts have been made to bring the truth before those whom God has intrusted with large responsibilities, be not discouraged if they reject it. Truth was rejected in the days of Christ. Be sure to maintain the dignity of the work by well-ordered plans and a godly conversation. Never be afraid of elevating the standard too high. The families who engage in this missionary work should come close to hearts. The spirit of Jesus should pervade the souls of the workers; for it is the pleasant, sympathetic words, the manifestation of disinterested love for souls, that will break down the barriers of pride and selfishness, and show to unbelievers that we have the love of Christ, and then the truth will find its way to their hearts. This is our work and the fulfilling of God's plans. All coarseness and roughness must be purged from us. Courtesy, refinement, and Christian politeness must be cherished. Guard against being abrupt and blunt. Do not regard such peculiarities as virtues, for God does not so regard them. But seek in all things not to offend those who are not of our faith. Never make the most objectionable features of our faith stand out prominently, when there is no call for it. Such a course is only an injury to the cause. {Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 5} [Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 6] All should seek to have the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God in the heart,--Christ-like tenderness and love for souls. Those who are sent out to labor together should put away their peculiar notions and set ideas, and seek to labor together, heart and soul, to carry out God's will. They must plan to work in harmony in order to work to advantage. We want more, much more, of the Spirit of Christ, and less, much less, of self and the peculiarities of character which build up a wall to keep us apart from our fellow-men. We can do much to break down these barriers by revealing the graces of Christ in our lives. Jesus has been trusting his goods to the church, age after age. One generation after another for over eighteen hundred years have been gathering up their hereditary trust until the increasing responsibilities have descended to our time. Do we realize our responsibilities? Do we feel that we are stewards of God's grace? Do we believe that the lowliest, humblest service may be consecrated, if it is only exercised in doing, not our own will, but our Master's will, to promote his glory? We want to be clothed, not in our own garments, but in the whole armor of Christ's righteousness. {Canvasser, December 18, 1890 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 1] AU Gleaner - Atlantic Union Gleaner January 8, 1902 The Work in Greater New York. - To the Brethren and Sisters in the churches of Greater New York, which are always to be united as one church in Christ Jesus: {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 2] You have not received that education which it is the will of God that you should have. You have not been depending upon the Bread of Life which came down from heaven. Had you studied the word of God diligently, you would have been convinced that unity, and harmonious action are always to be preserved if one would advance in grace and the knowledge of the truth. Could your understanding have been with an eye single to the glory of God, your own selfish ideas would have been dispelled and your eyes would have been opened to the secrets of the great spiritual agencies in the church. Your drawing apart--one small church from another small church--has grieved the Holy Spirit of God. For years the plan of Heaven has not been met, and time has weakened the influence of the message. The commission to you who have come to a knowledge of the binding claims of the law of God, is that you are now to reach a higher standard than that which has hitherto been reached. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 3] The differences which have existed, have left an unfavorable impression upon the minds of those who attend your meetings. By a carnality in words, the talent of speech has been an injury to the precious cause of present truth. The time has come when all the differences must be put away fully, and thoroughly, and now, without delay, attempt a united, systematic effort for the one great object,--sanctification through Jesus Christ to the obedience of the truth. "Sanctify them through thy truth; thy Word is truth." If this were accomplished, how long would it be till the influence of one would be the influence of all? Zeal, piety, and wisdom would blend in the converted souls through sanctification of the truth, in a combined movement, and the gospel of Christ would be exerting a decided influence in vigorous action, demonstrating the power of God unto salvation, and there would be deep earnestness in the work, more united and vigorous effort--a using of all your energies, a sustaining of one another in the work of enlarging the territory of the kingdom of God in our cities. Decided results would be seen, and prayers and hands would be uplifted to heaven, saying, "Who is sufficient for these things?" {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 4] Agents chosen of God must be selected, and their spheres of labor appointed them, and the workers must be sustained by the prayers and the contributions of the disciples who may remain in their business stations, and thus earn the means necessary to sustain those laboring to work out God's appointed plan. The work of a united, converted church, with prayer and fasting for the Holy Spirit of God to be revealed, will bring the angelic agencies very near. As the disciples "ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them." God will work just as much in our day, if we will individually cooperate with him. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 5] Each should labor to strengthen the faith of the other earnest workers. God does not give to any of us the commission to hinder and discourage others. Any soul who can work interestedly under the supervision of the Great Head for the presentation of Bible truth and the saving of souls ready to perish, should receive our aid and encouragement. We must labor now for the extension of the truth, and as a result many souls will come to a knowledge of the truth in our hitherto unworked cities. The very choicest instrumentalities the church contains should be selected and sent forth, and sustained in extending missionary efforts. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 6] The record of the appointment to special work of Barnabas and Paul continues, "And when they had fasted and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they sent them away." They went to their appointed field of labor. The laborers moved under divine authority. These men must know for themselves the best fields in which to work. Some men can work better when they can be with their families; the church in their own home may need the influence of a God-fearing father to discipline and train his children. God would not have men ruthlessly sent to fields far away from their families. In sending Christian workers from post to post, let the fathers and mothers be consulted before the field is appointed. The home family flock is not to be left distressed for the want of the father's judicious influence. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 7] The Lord says, "Enlarge your borders." The power of the gospel is expansive, Men are to be devoted soul-savers, and should have something to show for their labors. They should be producers as well as consumers. If a tree fails to produce fruit after a trial, something may be wrong with the tree. The cost of working the vineyard must be made as little as possible, because there is a large territory to be worked. As men are employed in different places, they should always be looked after and interviewed in regard to their work, to see what is the result of their labor. Does the worker give full proof of his faithfulness in ministry? If not, it will injure the cause, and also the one employed, to retain him. If the tree bears no fruit, it may be because it needs to be pruned or transplanted. If after proper labor it still has no fruit to bear, let it be removed; let the laborer be dismissed as an unprofitable servant in the work of soul-saving, and encouraged to go into some business by which he can earn means to act his part in sustaining the laborers who can work successfully--persons with tact and wisdom, who in the fear of God will win souls to Christ. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 8] Churches are to be planted. No great centers are to be established, as at Battle Creek; and yet there will be some important churches raised up, and meeting-houses provided in large cities, favorable to accommodating the believers in ［that locality.］ {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 9] There should not be a call to have settled pastors over our churches, but let the life-giving power of the truth impress the individual members to act, leading them to labor interestedly to carry on efficient missionary work in each locality. As the hand of God, the church is to be educated and trained to do effective service. Its members are to be the Lord's devoted Christian workers. The church of today is too one-sided. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 10] The Greater New York Conference. There are large interests in New York City; New York embraces a large field. It would be wise to have New York proper worked as a separate conference. It is a great missionary field. It will require a much larger outlay of means than is now anticipated. If New York is set off as a separate field, if it stands separate from the other territory and interests, we can make a specialty of this field, as a great missionary center, and more will be accomplished. Much confusion will also be avoided. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 11] There is such a thing as workers' getting in one another's way, and losing time in making preparation to do something that ought to be done promptly. The best time to work New York City is now, the present, now; and let the path be made as straight as possible for the work to be done. At the same time let all the workers in New York be interested in every effort in adjoining localities. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 12] Those working the great New York proper must have special plans by which to work that field, and the general working forces should unite in the matter of building up the missionary interests in Greater New York. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 12} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 13] The great New York must stand in a different relation to the General Conference from the surrounding territory and neighboring interests, which are different, and which will have to be considered in a different light as far as missionary work is concerned. New York is a world of itself; and as such should have, in some respects, a different management from that of the surrounding localities. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 13} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 14] God has his appointed agencies for the enlargement of our circle of influence, and for the increasing of the number of workers who will be missionaries indeed,--laborers for the saving of the souls of their fellow men. These should set no boundaries to the sphere of their labors. The Christian church will ever mediate advancements; it will ever be educating workers for further conquests for Christ. It should ever be moving on and on, that the truth may extend to all parts of the globe. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 14} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 15] The Lord would have had New York with all its suburbs and surrounding cities worked many years ago; and now that it is more plainly revealed that the opportune time has come, let our brethren and sisters in all localities, in every church, stand shoulder to shoulder, their hearts drawn out, and their interests connected with the progress of the gospel message. In all the neglected parts of the vineyard hearts should be thrilled with a genuine, living experience; and now that there is a great work started, no one must fold his hands, but all must regard with interest every movement of the church. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 15} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 16] The churches now in different parts of Greater New York are to feel their sacred, God-given responsibilities. The word of the Lord is, for this wide missionary field to be faithfully worked, and every vestige of criticism and fault-finding and separating of brethren is to cease. Their prejudices, their thinking and speaking evil, are to be put away. God will not tolerate any longer the spirit that has been controlling matters in our New York churches. The fields are ready for the harvest. In whatever direction they look, our brethren must do their appointed work, which stretches to a large, unmeasured circumference. Those who would cherish and foster their prejudices, and stand in a negative position, are not to be listened to. The work is to go forward under the direction of God, and those who wish to keep up the spirit of dissension should take themselves out of the way, and let God's work move onward. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 16} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 17] Every church should move in God's order, following his plan of communion and Christian oneness. The whole body of believers is to be one in spirit. They are collectively the church of Jesus Christ. Standing in this widely extended missionary territory, the church should be calling the sinful to look at the Lamb of God who taketh away the sin of the world. This work is to go forward. Those who have taken upon themselves to carry a measuring line that they may measure everybody and say how things shall go, may now be excused from this responsibility. {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 17} [AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 18] The cross of Calvary is to be uplifted, and all who will be engaged in drawing the people to the cross, enlarging the circumference of the circle of believers more and more, will have Christ, the power of salvation. Zeal for the glory of God is to be revealed. Let all understand that we are to get rid of every root of bitterness, and through the Holy Spirit's guidance have a sanctified zeal for the saving of souls who are ready to perish. Mrs. E. G. White. Nov. 25, 1901. - {AU Gleaner, January 8, 1902 par. 18} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 1] May 14, 1902 Child Training. - Our artificial habits deprive us of many privileges and much enjoyment, and unfit us for living as useful lives as we might otherwise live. A life of fashion is a hard, thankless life. How much time and money women sacrifice in order to make a sensation! At the cost of their health they beautify the dress. Thus they lose their self-control, overtax their patience, and encourage pride and vanity in their children. Many parents fail to realize that their every action tells upon the future of their children. Mothers complain of weariness. They say they have so much to do that they can not take time to instruct their children. They have no time to sympathize with them in their little disappointments and trials. I have heard mothers refuse to gratify the innocent desires of their children. They were too hurried to grant their little ones that which would have been to them a great pleasure. The busy fingers and weary eyes were embroidering a garment. But children yearn for sympathy and if they do not obtain it from their parents, they will seek it from other sources, which may prove dangerous to their welfare. {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 2] Many mothers teach their daughters to vie with other girls in outward display. To dress as well as others dress--this is the ambition of their worse than useless lives. As the twig is bent, the tree is inclined. As the children approach manhood and womanhood, their parents deplore their errors. They forget that they have given these youth the lessons which have made them what they are. {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 3] If half the time that the mothers spend in preparing the dress in accordance with the demands of fashion were spent in beautifying the characters of their children, what a change would be seen in families! The inspired apostle writes of women, "Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price." Outward display and needless adorning can bear no comparison with the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit. The desire for outward show proceeds from the pride and vanity of a corrupt heart, and will perish with the user. The inward adorning is as enduring as eternity. {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 4] Many mothers spend much time in beautifying their houses. Cleanliness is next to godliness, and it is well to be clean; but this, like many other good things, can be carried too far, to the neglect of things of greater importance. Many mothers beautify their houses to the neglect of weightier matters, judgment, mercy, and the love of God. {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 5] Not long ago I heard a mother express great anxiety to see perfect arrangement and finish in the building of her home. I regretted that this mother did not bring the same desire for symmetry into the government of her children. In her home she was building and fashioning characters; but she failed to realize the importance of this work, and therefore did not see the mistakes she was making. Passion and self-will ruled in the home. Her children were rough and selfish, uncourteous and uncultured, seeming to have no sense of true politeness. Their character revealed no uniformity. As I looked upon these self-willed, stubborn pieces of humanity, mismatched indeed, symmetry painfully lacking everywhere, I asked myself involuntarily, Why is the mother so blind? Why is the arrangement of her house of so much more consequence in her eyes than the proper training of her children? {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 6] Parents, upon you God has laid the work of educating your children for usefulness. Do not, under any consideration, neglect this work. Do not trust the training of your little ones to any other hands. Take up your life duty bravely and cheerfully, facing your responsibilities candidly. To you has been given the work of bringing your children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. Make the word of God your standard. Do not allow the fashions of the world to prevent you from doing your duty. Take great pains to prepare the soil of the heart for the great Sower to scatter in it the seeds of truth. {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 7] Mothers, make the education of your children the highest aim of life. Their future happiness depends upon the education they receive in their early years. Do not send them away from you to school when they are young. If your habits and dress are as simple as they should be, you will find ample time to make your children happy, and to lead them to obey you. God will help you to teach them how to submit cheerfully and willingly. Take up your duties, inspired by the noble resolve to do your work faithfully and well. Do not become discouraged. In due time you will reap if you faint not. You will see your children growing up into Christian men and Christian women. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, May 14, 1902 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 1] May 21, 1902 The Mission of Mothers. - What an important work is that of mothers! And yet we hear them sighing for missionary work! If they could only go to some foreign country, they would feel that they were doing something worth while. But to take up the daily duties of the home life and carry them forward, seems to them like an exhausting and thankless task. And why?--Because so often the mother's work is not appreciated. She has a thousand cares and burdens of which no one knows. When her husband comes home at night, he frequently brings with him the cares of his business. He forgets that his wife has any care, and if things in the home do not exactly suit him, he speaks impatiently, and sometimes harshly. {AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 2] The mother has perhaps done her very utmost to keep things running smoothly. She has tried to speak kindly to the children, and this has cost her an effort. It has taken much patience to keep the children busy and happy. But she can not speak of what she has done as some great achievement. It seems as if she had done almost nothing. But it is not so. Heavenly angels watch the care-worn mother, noting the burdens she carries day by day. Her name may not have been heard in the world, but it is written in the Lamb's book of life. The mother occupies a position more exalted than that of the king upon his throne. {AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 3] There is a God above, and the light and glory which shine from his throne rest upon the tired mother as she tries to educate her children to resist the influence of evil. {AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 4] The husband should appreciate the work of his wife. When he enters the home in the evening, he should leave his business cares outside. He should enter the home with smiles and pleasant words. If the wife feels that she can lean upon the large affections of her husband, that his arm will sustain her, that his voice will be heard in encouragement, her work will lose half its dread. {AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 5] Christ loves the children. He watches mothers to see if they are forming the characters of their little ones according to the perfect pattern. When he was upon this earth, mothers brought their children to him, thinking that if they were to receive his blessing, they would be more easily trained in the way of God. When these mothers came, the disciples rebuked them; but Christ knew why they had come. He knew that they were expecting a Saviour's blessing, and, drawing the children to him, he said to the disciples, "Suffer little children to come unto me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of God." {AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 6] Parents, take time to establish in your children correct appetites and habits. Take them into the open air, and point them to the beautiful things of nature. Teach them that in each leaf they can trace the wonderful power and love of God. Tell them that God's hand paints the color on every flower. Teach them to look to God for strength. Tell them that he hears their prayers. Teach them to overcome evil with good. Teach them to exert an influence that is elevating and ennobling. Lead them to unite with God, and then they will have strength to resist the strongest temptation. They will then receive the reward of the overcomer. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, May 21, 1902 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 1] August 20, 1902 Called to Victory. - "Comfort ye, comfort ye, my people, saith your God. Speak ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned; for she hath received of the Lord's hand double for all her sins. . . . O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord God will come with strong hand, and his arm shall rule for him; behold, his reward is with him, and his work before him. He shall feed his flock like a shepherd; he shall gather the lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young. . . . Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? There is no searching of his understanding. He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might he increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; they shall walk, and not faint." {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 2] Let those who are engaged in the Master's service study these eloquent words. What is the object of divine compassion?--The uplifting of fallen humanity. For this purpose messengers from the throne of God are sent to this earth. In Second Kings we read how holy angels came on a mission to guard the Lord's chosen servants. The prophet Elisha was in Dothan, and thither the king of Israel ［Syria］ sent horses and chariots and a great host to take him. "And when the servant of the man of God was risen early, and gone forth, behold, an host compassed the city with horses and chariots. And his servant said unto him, Alas, my master! how shall we do? And he answered, Fear not; for they that be with us are more than they that be with them. And Elisha prayed, and said, Lord, I pray thee, open his eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the eyes of the young man, and he saw; and, behold, the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha." {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 3] Angels of God came down in mighty power, not to rule or exact homage, but to minister to those who should be heirs of salvation. They came in mighty power to camp round about the Lord's faithful servants. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 4] Depend on this: If you study the word of God with a sincere desire to gain knowledge, God will fill your soul with light. The mysteries of heaven will become the treasures of your mind. Your work will be approved by God, and your influence will be a savor of life. Never complain. Let not your lips utter perverseness. Do not talk darkness because appearances are against you. We are in a world of sin and crime. As we work for the Master, we shall feel pressure for want of means, but God will hear and answer our petitions. Let your language be, "The Lord God will help me; therefore shall I not be confounded; therefore have I set my face like a flint, and I know that I shall not be ashamed." {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 5] Look on the bright side. If the work is hindered, be sure that it is not your fault, and then rejoice in the Lord, even though the experience through which you are passing may be hard and grievous. Heaven is full of joy. It resounds with the praises of the One who has made such a wonderful sacrifice for the redemption of man. Should not the church on earth be full of praise? Should not Christians publish throughout the world the joy of serving Christ? {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 6] The Lord desires us to be strong in his strength and joyful in his love. Thus we reveal the power of redeeming grace. We may triumph in the keeping power of the Redeemer. Through faith in him we may gain victory after victory over self. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 7] Those who enter heaven must learn on earth the song of heaven, the keynote of which is praise and thanksgiving. Only as they learn this song can they join in singing it with the heavenly choir. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 8] Never let your courage fail. The Christian always has a strong helper in the Lord. When because you are unable to obtain the needed help you come to a pause in your earnest efforts, cast your burden on the Lord. Be content to leave it there, knowing that he is faithful who has promised. The What and How of the Lord's helping we know not; but this we do know: The Lord will never fail those who put their trust in him. When he has fully proved his workers, he will bring them forth refined as gold tried in the fire. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 9] The lessons that God sends will always, if well learned, bring help in due time. "Tribulation worketh patience; and patience, experience; and experience, hope; and hope maketh not ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us." {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 10] Put your trust in God. Pray much, and believe that in his good work the Lord will guide you step by step. Trusting, hoping, believing in the Lord, holding fast the hand of Infinite Power, you will be more than conquerors. In God you will have victory and success. You will see the salvation of the Lord. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 11] Work in faith, and leave the results with God. Pray in earnest faith, and the mystery of God's providence will bring its answer. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 12] "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." At times it may seem that you can not succeed. Hindrances will come. You will be tested and tried. But work and believe, putting faith and life and hope and courage into your work. After you have done what you can, wait for the Lord, declaring his faithfulness, and he will bring his word to pass. Wait not in fretful anxiety, but in undaunted faith and unshaken trust. {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 12} [AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 13] "For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace; the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir-tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree; and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign that shall not be cut off." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, August 20, 1902 par. 13} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 1] June 17, 1903 An Appeal in Behalf of the Australasian Field. - Our heavenly Father has mysteriously linked the members of his family together. While every man has his own burdens to bear, he is not to forget that by helping others, he helps himself. The opening words of Christ's sermon on the mount are an illustration of the principles laid down in his teaching. "Blessed are the poor in spirit," he said; "for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." He came to our world to bless men and women by pointing out the path of self-denial. In his life he showed the power of self-sacrifice. In his work he has given us an example of what our work should be. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 2] Whenever the Lord brings destitute fields to our notice, and gives us opportunity to help, we are never to neglect the opportunity. To respond to the frequent appeals for money, may necessitate much self-sacrifice on our part; but by practicing Christlike self-denial in order to help our fellow men, we give evidence to the world of the power of the truth to transform and sanctify the character and to cleanse the heart from selfishness. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 3] A call now comes to us from Australasia. I am familiar with the needs of the work there. I am closely joined to that field by the most tender associations. By our experience while there, we know what it means to have a great work before us, and to be bound about for lack of means, while at the same time the word of the Lord is coming to us, saying, "Annex new territory; lift up my standard of truth in new fields." In Australia we had not the facilities that we should have had to carry forward the work that the Lord directed us to do. Although some help came to us from America, an abundance of means was expended in the home field, while we were striving, studying, and praying, but bound about, unable to advance for lack of the money which we might have had, but which, instead of being sent to us, was used in America. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 4] In their efforts to carry forward the work on solid lines and to enter new territory, our brethren and sisters in Australasia have made gifts and loans to the utmost of their ability. In times of great stress, the Lord has moved upon men and women both in Australasia and in America to acknowledge their stewardship by advancing means to help in establishing the institutions being build there. Those who have come to the help of the Lord in this way, have been laying up treasure beside the throne of God. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 5] Notwithstanding the dearth of means, much has been accomplished by the laborers in Australasia. Stern battles have been fought. Nothing but the miracle-working power of God has accomplished the work that has been done. We saw his power as we advanced from point to point; and we praise him with heart and soul and voice. O how we appreciated the lovingkindness of our God as he led us on step by step! {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 6] Christ and his angels went before us. From the light given me by God, I know that he is still going before the workers in all parts of the field. He has been with those who have, with great self-sacrifice, built the Wahroonga Sanitarium, and opened up the health work in Sidney. He will reward those who have given freely of their means to establish memorials for him in that field. As I think of the poverty of the people there, and of the missionary work they have tried to do in addition to establishing the publishing house, the school, and the sanitarium, I look upon the whole experience as something remarkable. The work accomplished in Australasia is an object-lesson for all who enter new fields. Let all say, "See what the Lord hath wrought!" {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 7] The fact that something has already been done in Australasia, does not excuse us in America from extending a helping hand to that needy field at the present time. In every city and every suburb there remains a work to be done,--the work of presenting the last message of mercy to the many thousands still in ignorance of God's truth for this time. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 8] Australasia is a divinely appointed center, from which the light of present truth is to radiate to many lands. There comes to us from far-off lands, the cry, "Come over and help us." Some of these unentered, unenlightened fields are not too easily reached, and perhaps not so ready to receive the light, as the fields within our sight; but they must not be neglected. We are to push the triumphs of the cross. Our watchword is to be, Onward, ever onward. Our burden for the "regions beyond" can never be laid down until the whole earth shall be lightened with the glory of the Lord. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 9] How can this great work be accomplished without men and means? We may pray that the Lord of the harvest shall send laborers into the field; we may sit down, and plan to proclaim the third angel's message to every nation, kindred, and tongue; but where are the faithful missionaries who will carry the glad tidings to the people? and how shall these missionaries be sustained? {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 10] God desires people to pray and to plan for the advancement of his work. But, like Cornelius, we are to unite praying with giving. Our prayers and our alms are to come up before God as a memorial. Faith without works is dead; and without a living faith it is impossible to please God. While we pray, we are to give all we possibly can, both of our labor and our means, for the fulfillment of our prayers. If we act out our faith, we shall not be forgotten by God. He marks every deed of love and self-denial. He will open ways whereby we may show our faith by our works. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 11] The Lord desires us to be living channels of light. He has made it our privilege to cooperate with him as partners in his great firm, to act our part in promoting the prosperity of his cause. Let us work determinedly, with heart-willingness, with gladness of soul, in the spirit of humble obedience rendering back to God his own. We can pray with faith for God's power to be united with our efforts when we can come before him saying, "Of thine own we freely give thee." {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 12] Our brethren and sisters may say: "We are being drawn upon continually for means. Will there be no end to these calls?" We hope not, so long as there are in our world souls perishing for the bread of life. Until you have done all that you can to save the lost, we ask you not to become weary of the Lord's repeated calls for means. Many have not yet done that which they might do, that which God will enable them to do if they will consecrate themselves unreservedly to him. {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 12} [AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 13] Brethren and sisters, the work in Australasia demands your help. Will you not give it? To those who have means that they are not putting to use for God, we appeal in Christ's name. May the Lord move upon your hearts by his Holy Spirit, giving you a desire to be his helping hand in returning to him his own. Arouse, and heed the call for help that comes from Australasia. Give all that you can, and the Lord will bless you in giving. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, June 17, 1903 par. 13} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 1] August 19, 1903 Christ the Propitiation for Our Sins. - After Adam and Eve had sinned, they were under bondage to the law. Because of their transgression they were sentenced to suffer death, the penalty of sin. But Christ, the propitiation for our sins, declared: "I will stand in Adam's place. I will take upon myself the penalty of his sin. He shall have another trial. I will secure for him a probation. He shall have the privileges and the opportunities of a free man, and be allowed to exercise his God-given power of choice. I will postpone the day of his arraignment for trial. He shall be bound over to appear at the bar of God in the judgment." {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 2] For thirty-three years the Only Begotten of the Father dwelt among the children of men. He who knew no sin bore the burden of our guilt. During these years he finished the great work he came to accomplish. He became the propitiation for the sins of every one who believes on him. For our sake the Innocent is pronounced guilty, while through his merits the guilty are pronounced innocent. {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 3] Our Only Hope. God's law has lost none of its force. In his sight sin is still a hateful thing. Because we have sinned, we must personally bear the condemnation of the law, unless some one else, one in whom no taint of sin can be found, will bear the condemnation in our behalf. Without a substitute, we have no hope of pardon and salvation. {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 4] Although the sinner can not himself in any way evade the charge of disloyalty to God's law, he may by faith accept Christ as his personal Saviour, his suretyship, and be pardoned. "If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness." "And if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: and he is the propitiation for our sins: and not for our's only, but also for the sins of the whole world." {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 5] Walking in Newness of Life. "What shall we say then? Shall we continue in sin, that grace may abound? God forbid. How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein? Know ye not, that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into his death? Therefore we are buried with him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life. For if we have been planted together in the likeness of his death, we shall be also in the likeness of his resurrection: knowing this, that our old man is crucified with him, that the body of sin might be destroyed, that henceforth we should not serve sin. For he that is dead is freed from sin. {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 6] "Now if we be dead with Christ, we believe that we shall also live with him: knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dieth no more; death hath no more dominion over him. For in that he died, he died unto sin once; but in that he liveth, he liveth unto God. Likewise reckon ye also yourselves to be dead indeed unto sin, but alive unto God through Jesus Christ our Lord. Let not sin therefore reign in your mortal body, that ye should obey it in the lusts thereof. Neither yield ye your members as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin: but yield yourselves unto God, as those that are alive from the dead, and your members as instruments of righteousness unto God. For sin shall not have dominion over you: for ye are not under the law, but under grace. . . . For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord." {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 7] Justified by Faith. Sinners are committed for trial. They must answer to the charge of transgressing God's law. Their only hope is to accept Christ, their Substitute. He has redeemed the fallen race from the curse of the law, having been made sin--a curse--for mankind. Nothing but his grace is sufficient to free the transgressor from bondage. And by the grace of Christ all who are obedient to God's commandments are made free. {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 8] "Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ." "Being justified freely by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus: whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith in his blood, to declare his righteousness for the remission of sins that are past, through the forbearance of God." "Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, August 19, 1903 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 1] August 26, 1903 "In All Points Tempted Like As We Are." - In Hebrews we read: "God, who at sundry times and in divers manners spake in times past unto the fathers by the prophets, hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worlds; who being the brightness of his glory, and the express image of his person, and upholding all things by the word of his power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high." {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 2] To save the fallen race, Christ laid aside his royal robe and kingly crown, clothed his divinity with humanity, and came to this earth. Without leaving heaven and taking the nature of man, he could not pay the ransom for our salvation; therefore he left his high command in the heavenly courts, and assumed the weaknesses of humanity, sacrificing all in our behalf. He came to this earth, and stood at the head of humanity, to work out for you and for me a faultless character by obedience to God's law. He "was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 3] The second Adam was a free moral agent, held responsible for his conduct. Surrounded by intensely subtle and misleading influences, he was much less favorably situated than was the first Adam to lead a sinless life. Yet in the midst of sinners he resisted every temptation to sin, and maintained his innocency. He was ever sinless. {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 4] Not only did Satan seek to tempt Christ to yield to appetite, but he appealed to his ambition. Notwithstanding the enemy's determined efforts, Christ did not manifest a grasping spirit to gain possession of the kingdoms of this world. He did not worship Satan in order to gain worldly wealth. By this he taught a lesson of steadfastness to principle. Integrity should never be yielded for any earthly advantage. Power and riches obtained at the expense of principle will prove a terrible curse. {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 5] The temptations that Christ withstood were as much stronger than ours as his nobility and majesty are greater than ours. Having been tempted so strongly on every point, he is able to succor every one whom Satan is now tempting. And today it is the privilege of men and women to gain the victory over temptation through the merits of the crucified and risen Saviour, who is familiar with every trial of humanity. {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 6] In giving Christ, God gave all the facilities of heaven. His pledges of help are made to every troubled soul. None need fear defeat if they walk obediently and gratefully before him with all humility. Christ has gained the victory over the enemy; and in every conflict with the powers of darkness we have his assurance, "All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth." The Lord God of heaven "hath put all things under" Christ's "feet, and gave him to be the head over all things to the church, which is his body, the fulness of him that filleth all in all." {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 7] "Seeing then that we have a great High Priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an High Priest which can not be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly ［resolutely］ unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need." Mrs. E. G. White. {AU Gleaner, August 26, 1903 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 1] - September 9, 1903 A Letter to a Church-Elder. Dear Brother: This is a very critical time for the church of which you are a member. You have been placed in a position where you can do much good. In fulfilling your duties as an elder of the church, be true to God in the person of the erring ones in his church. Fail not, my brother, to heed the admonition of the Spirit of God to bring into your heart the kindness, the tenderness, the love that Christ ever manifested. Cherish not a cold, unsympathetic spirit. Let your words be carefully chosen. Speak and act in such a way that you will have an influence for good over the church-members. {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 2] God desires you to avoid all harshness. Cover yourself with the robe of Christ's righteousness. By speaking the truth in love, you can bring a blessing to many hearts. Allow not a condemnatory spirit to prompt your words. May the Lord soften and subdue your heart, that your words shall be a blessing to the entire church. {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 3] Watch and pray. If there are those who do not manifest the Spirit of Christ, let not this provoke criticism and retaliation on your part. Enter not into controversy. Tell your brethren that the Lord is working to set things in order; that you can not do this work, but that the Lord will accomplish his purpose. {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 4] My brother, it is your duty to labor with those who make mistakes, and try to help them; but never should you do this in a spirit of self-righteousness. Go to the foot of Calvary's cross, and there learn lessons of meekness and forbearance. The Lord is ever ready to give to his servants the wisdom they require in order to discharge their duties faithfully. His grace is sufficient to keep them victorious over the trials and perplexities that daily come to them. May the Lord help every church-elder to do his work with unswerving fidelity. {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 5] We are in this world to be a help and a blessing to one another, uniting with Christ in the effort to restore the image of God in man. In order to do this work, we must learn of Jesus. "Take my yoke upon you," he says, "and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls." In this promise there are no "ifs." Those who have experience in wearing Christ's yoke of restraint and obedience know that it means to have rest and peace in him. In obedience there is joy and consolation. Holy angels hover round about the obedient to keep them in paths of peace. {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 6] The life of the true believer reveals an indwelling Saviour. The follower of Jesus is Christlike in spirit, in temper. He possesses Christ's meekness and humility. His faith works by love and purifies the soul. His whole life is a testimony to the world to the power of the grace of Christ. The pure doctrines of the gospel never degrade the receiver, never make him coarse or rough or uncourteous. The gospel refines, ennobles, and elevates, sanctifying the judgment and influencing the whole life. In true believers of the gospel, Christ is revealed as an abiding presence. {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 7] Our churches are in need of a spiritual revival. Now is the time for the work of repentance and confession of sin to extend deeper. Now is the time for God's people to allow the Holy Spirit to make clean and thorough work, in order that all selfishness, all wrong, may be uprooted from their hearts. May the Lord help you and the whole church, is my prayer. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, September 9, 1903 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 1] September 16, 1903 A Wise Use of our Talents. - In the parable of the talents, the servant to whom were entrusted five talents traded upon them wisely, and in the day of reckoning was able to return double this number to the Master. The one also who received two talents, doubled these. But the man who received only one talent, hid it in a napkin, and buried it in the earth. When the master returned and reckoned with his servants, the sentence pronounced upon this slothful servant was, "Take therefore the talent from him, and give it unto him which hath ten talents." {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 2] To every man and to every woman God has given a work for him. He has not given to all the same work. Some have a greater number of talents than others have. God's children are to use their talents according to their several ability. Those who have five talents should faithfully put them out to the exchangers. To those who have two talents the Lord says, "Trade upon your talents, using and improving them to my glory." {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 3] The One Talent. Those who have received only one talent (and to each is entrusted at least one), should resolve by God's grace to use it wisely. Instead of burying it, say: "Though I have but one talent, I must make the most of it. I will be faithful in the little things; for the Word declares, 'He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.' I will use to the very best advantage that which is given me. I will not waste one jot of my powers in indulging appetite or in gratifying pride of appearance. In my family I will strive to be a faithful parent, teaching my children to be honest and truthful, kind and patient, and training them for the future, immortal life. By God's help, I myself will try to be all that I desire my children to be; for in speaking of his disciples, Christ said, 'For their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified.'" {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 4] My brother, my sister, if you have buried in the earth the one talent entrusted to you, I beseech you to improve it before God inquires, "What have you done with the talent that I gave you?" Thank him that he has manifested his great love to you by entrusting you with even one talent. By word and act show that you appreciate this gift, and that you regard it as a treasure of greater value than anything else you possess. Put your talent out to the exchangers. {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 5] The Talent of Speech. The power of speech is a precious possession, given us by the Master to be used in blessing our fellow beings. In using this talent aright, we honor him. But we dishonor him by using the gift of speech to tell of our discouragements and to magnify our trials. We need stronger faith, more perfect trust. How changed would be our experience if the time we spend in repining were spent in beholding Jesus, and in telling others of his love! Then our words would be profitable. Then we should offer to God thanksgiving instead of complaint. Then we should have no inclination to talk about our trials, so filled would our minds be with the thought that we are receiving abundant blessings. {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 6] The Talent of Means. Often the talent of means is laid away, hidden and unused. Money lying idle in banks is regarded by the Lord as a buried talent. God desires his followers to use the talent of means in his service. We should do our part in helping to carry forward the different lines of his work in all parts of the earth. A great work is to be done in the cities. Camp-meetings are to be held in many places. Those who have means may multiply their talent by using it to help support laborers in proclaiming the message of truth for this time. When through this instrumentality some one is led to accept the truth, our talent is doubled. And when this convert brings others into the truth, there is still further increase of talents. Those who double their talents in the work of saving souls, bring joy to the angels and call forth songs of praise from the heavenly choir. {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 7] The Reward of Faithfulness. To him who uses aright his one talent, as well as to the wise steward of many talents, the Master will say, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." The well-doer is not rewarded in proportion to the number of his entrusted talents, but in proportion to his faithfulness in using wisely that which he has, and the unselfishness of the motive that prompts his efforts. {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 8] Dear reader, God desires to use you in his service. There is a place for you to fill in this world. For no other purpose does he entrust men and women with talents. If you are faithful in filling the place he desires you to fill, he will work in your behalf, and you will see of the salvation of God. Mrs. E. G. White. {AU Gleaner, September 16, 1903 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 1] September 23, 1903 Faith and Courage. - Our greatest need is faith in God. When we look on the dark side, we lose our hold on the Lord of Israel. As the heart is opened to fears and conjectures, the path of progress is hedged up by unbelief. Let us never feel that God has forsaken his work. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 2] There must be less talking unbelief, less imagining that this one and that one is hedging up the way. Go forward in faith; trust the Lord to prepare the way for his work. Then you will find rest in Christ. As you cultivate faith, and place yourselves in right relation to God, and by earnest prayer brace yourselves to do your duty, you will be worked by the Holy Spirit. The many problems that are now mysterious, you may solve for yourselves by continued trust in God. You need not be painfully indefinite because you are living under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. You may walk and work in confidence. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 3] We must have less faith in what we can do, and more faith in what the Lord can do for us, if we will have clean hands and pure hearts. You are not engaged in your own work; you are doing the work of God. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 4] More love is needed, more frankness, less suspicion, less evil-thinking. We need to be less ready to blame and accuse. It is this that is so offensive to God. The heart needs to be softened and subdued by love. The strengthless condition of our people results from the fact that their hearts are not right with God. Alienation from him is the cause of the burdened condition of our institutions. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 5] Trust in God. Do not worry. By looking at appearances, and complaining when difficulty and pressure come, you reveal a sickly, enfeebled faith. By your words and your works show that your faith is invincible. The Lord is rich in resources. He owns the world. Look to him who has light, and power, and efficiency. He will bless every one who is seeking to communicate light and love. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 6] The Lord desires all to understand that their prosperity is hid with him in Christ; that it is dependent on their humility and meekness, their whole-hearted obedience and devotion. When they shall learn the lesson of the great Teacher, to die to self, to put no confidence in man, nor to make flesh their arm, then, as they call upon him, the Lord will be to them a present help in every time of need. He will guide them in judgment. He will be at their right hand to give them counsel. He will say to them, "This is the way; walk ye in it." {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 7] Let the brethren in responsible positions talk faith and courage to the workers. Cast your net on the right side of the ship, the side of faith. As long as probation continues, show what can be done by a consecrated, living church. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 8] Need of Prayer. We do not understand as we should the great conflict going on between invisible agencies, the controversy between loyal and disloyal angels. Over every man good and evil angels strive. This is no make-believe conflict. It is not mimic battles in which we are engaged. We have to meet most powerful adversaries, and it rests with us to determine which shall win. We are to find our strength where the early disciples found theirs. "These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplication." "And suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting." "And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost." Acts 1:14; 2:2, 4. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 9] There is no excuse for defection or despondency, because all the promises of heavenly grace are for those who hunger and thirst after righteousness. The intensity of desire represented by hungering and thirsting is a pledge that the coveted supply will be given. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 10] Just as soon as we realize our inability to do God's work, and submit to be guided by his wisdom, the Lord can work with us. If we will empty the soul of self, he will supply all our necessities. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 11] Place your mind and will where the Holy Spirit can reach them; for he will not work through another man's mind and conscience to reach yours. With earnest prayer for wisdom, make the word of God your study. Take counsel of sanctified reason, surrendered wholly to God. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 12] Look upon Jesus in simplicity and faith. Gaze upon Jesus until the spirit faints under the excess of light. We do not half pray. We do not half believe. "Ask, and it shall be given you." Luke 11:9. Pray, believe, strengthen one another. Pray as you never before prayed that the Lord will lay his hand upon you, that you may be able to comprehend the length and breadth and depth and height, and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that you may be filled with all the fulness of God. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 12} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 13] Object of Trial. The fact that we are called upon to endure trial, proves that the Lord Jesus sees in us something very precious, which he desires to develop. If he saw in us nothing whereby he might glorify his name, he would not spend time in refining us. We do not take special pains in pruning brambles. Christ does not cast worthless stones into his furnace. It is valuable ore that he tests. {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 13} [AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 14] The blacksmith puts the iron and steel into the fire that he may know what manner of metal they are. The Lord allows his chosen ones to be placed in the furnace of affliction, in order that he may see what temper they are of, and whether he can mold and fashion them for his work. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, September 23, 1903 par. 14} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 1] - January 6, 1904 Elements of Success. For a healthy young man, stern, severe exercise is strengthening to the whole system. And it is an essential preparation for the difficult work of the physician. Without such exercise the mind can not be kept in working order. It becomes inactive, unable to put forth the sharp, quick action that will give scope to its powers. Unless he changes, the youth with such a mind will never, never become what God designed he should be. He has established so many resting places that his mind has become like a stagnant pool. The atmosphere surrounding him is charged with moral miasma. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 2] Study the Lord's plan in regard to Adam. He was created pure, holy, and healthy; and he was given something to do. He was placed in the garden of Eden "to dress and to keep it." He was not to be idle; he must work. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 3] God ordained that the beings he created should work. Upon this their happiness depends. Healthy young men and women have no need of cricket, ball-playing, or any kind of amusement just for the gratification of self to pass away the time. There are useful things to be done by every one of God's created intelligences. Some one needs from you something that will help him. No one in the Lord's great domain of creation was made to be a drone. Our happiness increases and our powers develop as we engage in useful employment. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 4] Action gives power. Entire harmony pervades the universe of God. All the heavenly beings are in constant activity, and the Lord Jesus, in his life-work, has given an example for every one. He went about "doing good." God has established the law of obedient action. Silent but ceaseless, the objects of his creation do their appointed work. The ocean is in constant motion. The springing grass, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, does its errand, clothing the fields with beauty. The leaves are stirred to motion, and yet no hand is seen to touch them. The sun, moon, and stars are useful and glorious in fulfilling their mission. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 5] At all times the machinery of the body continues its work. Day by day the heart throbs, doing its regular, appointed task, unceasingly forcing its crimson current to all parts of the body. Action, action is seen pervading the whole living machinery. And man, his mind and body created in God's own similitude, must be active in order to fill his appointed place. He is not to be idle. Idleness is sin. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 6] The young man who is seeking a preparation for usefulness needs to lay the foundation himself by acquiring through hard, diligent labor, the means for prosecuting his designs. If the young men around him have allowed their parents to carry the burden of their education, let him say, I will never do that. I will, by using my physical and mental powers combined, make of myself all that it is possible. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 7] No man is properly prepared to enter upon a medical course until he has learned to earn his bread by the sweat of his brow. When he can do this, he becomes self-reliant. If a youth has physical strength that he has not put to account in useful toil, it is a mistake for parents to give him money to use freely in taking a ministerial or a medical course. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 8] No man is excusable for being without financial ability. Of many a man it may be said, he is kind, amiable, generous, a good man and a Christian, but he is not qualified to manage his own business. So far as the proper outlay of means is concerned, he is a mere child. He has not been educated by his parents to understand and practice the principles of self-support. Such a man is not fitted to become a minister or a physician. The churches everywhere are suffering through the neglect of parents to train their children to bear hard, stern responsibilities. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 9] Let your motives and your aspirations be pure. In every business transaction be rigidly honest. However you may be tempted, never deceive or prevaricate. At times a natural impulse may tempt you to vary from the straightforward path of honesty, but do not yield to this impulse. If in any matter you make a statement as to what you will do, and afterward find that you have favored others to your own loss, do not vary one hair's breadth from principle. Carry out your agreement. By seeking to change your plans, you would show that you could not be depended on. And if you should draw back in small transactions, you would draw back in larger ones. Under such circumstances, some are tempted to deceive, saying, I was not understood. My words have been taken to mean more than I intended. But they meant just what they said, but lost the good impulse, and then wanted to draw back from their agreement, lest it prove a loss to them. {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 10] Let the youth set up well-defined landmarks, by which they may be governed in emergencies. When a crisis comes that demands active, well-governed physical powers and a clear, strong, practical mind; where difficult work is to be done, where every stroke must tell, where perplexities will arise which can be met only by wisdom from on high, then the youth who have learned to overcome difficulties by earnest labor can respond to the call for workers, saying, "Here am I; send me." Isaiah 6:8. Let the hearts of young men and young women be as clear as crystal. Let not their thoughts be trivial, but sanctified by virtue and holiness. If their thoughts are made pure by the sanctification of the Spirit, their lives will be elevated and ennobled. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, January 6, 1904 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 1] August 3, 1904 "I Will Guide Thee." - Nashville, Tenn., June 4, 1904. There were many things to be considered in choosing a location for our sanitarium in Washington, and for our training school for Christian workers. We knew that everything must be in accordance with the light given; and we praise the Lord for guiding us to Takoma Park. {AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 2] We fully believe that the Lord has gone before us in the purchase of land, and we shall do all in our power to carry out his will in the establishment of his work in this place. We shall need young people of the very best talent, in our work in Washington. We shall need workers who will bring no cloud upon the precious truth we are proclaiming. And we shall need means to erect the buildings that will be necessary for the carrying forward of our work. {AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 3] We know that we are where the Lord would have us, and we greatly desire that the work shall be established at once, and in accordance with his will. The message must be proclaimed in Washington, and must go forth from that place to the other cities of the South. {AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 4] God himself originated the plan for the advancement of his work, and he has provided his people with a surplus of means, that when he calls for help, they may respond, saying "Lord, thy pound--not my pound--hath gained other pounds." {AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 5] The Lord calls upon his people in every State in America to come up to his help in the establishment of his work in Washington. Those who have this work in hand are to show no lack of interest in it. And our people are to remember that for the present the work in Washington is to be our first interest. There are many kinds of work to be carried forward in different places; but our first interest just now is our work at the capital of our nation. {AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 6] We are to center our minds for the present on the work that needs to be done at Washington. Daily our petitions are to ascend to heaven for the success of this work, that it may move forward rapidly. The Lord of hosts gave special direction that the publishing work done in Battle Creek should be transferred to Washington. The directions were so plain that we could see that there must be no delay. And since we have moved forward in obedience to this word, we have had evidence that the Lord has prepared the way at every step for the establishment of important interests at Washington. Thus far he has helped us in a way that leaves no room for any one to doubt or question. Ellen G. White. {AU Gleaner, August 3, 1904 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 1] September 7, 1904 The New England Sanitarium. - Melrose, Mass., August 21, 1904. Ever since the removal of the New England Sanitarium to Melrose, I have had a desire to see the new location, and to tell those connected with the institution of the important influence which its work may exert to benefit the people of Boston. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 2] I have now been at the Melrose sanitarium for a week, and I find it to be one of the most favorably located sanitariums that I have ever seen. The spacious lawns, the noble trees, the beauty of the scenery all around, answer to the representations given me what our sanitariums ought to be. Everything is attractive to the eye and refreshing to the mind. Here I see the very pictures that I have been shown in vision,--patients lying out in the sunshine in wheel-chairs and on cots. I see before me the sights that the Lord has helped me to present before our people in print. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 3] Our sanitariums should be attractive places, and the surroundings of this sanitarium correspond more closely than anything else I have seen to the representations that have been given me by the Lord. Several sanitariums in favorable locations have been presented before me; but the strikingly attractive beauty of this place leads me to recognize it as the most favorable sanitarium site that I have ever looked upon. And here is to be done the very work that the Lord has specified must be done in our medical institutions,--a work resembling the ministry of Christ, the greatest Medical Missionary that our world has ever known, a noble, helpful, sympathetic work. The manifestation of the cheerfulness and hope and grace of Christ is the highest ministry of truth and the most effective. I have been instructed that our institutions for the relief of suffering humanity are to be working agencies for the healing of both soul and body. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 4] During my stay here, I have had an opportunity to see a great deal of the surroundings of the sanitarium. The forty acres belonging to the institution are in the midst of the Middlesex Fells, a State reservation of three thousand five hundred acres. We have driven slowly through the park in every direction, looking with delight at the lake and the trees, and inhaling the health-giving fragrance of the pines. It is delightful to ride through the forest. There are many beautiful drives, and much lovely scenery. I enjoy looking at the many different kinds of trees in the forest, but most of all I enjoy looking at the noble pines. There are medicinal properties in the fragrance of these trees. "Life, life," my husband used to say when riding among the pines. "Breathe deep, Ellen; fill your lungs with the fragrant, life-giving atmosphere." {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 5] It is impossible for me to find words to describe the beauty of this place. Just in front of the sanitarium there is a beautiful lake, called Spot Pond. This lake is one of the water supplies of the city of Boston, and it is most carefully guarded from contamination. No bathing or boating is allowed on it. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 6] What of the buildings? They are well built, and fairly convenient. In one of the cottages, the doors and window casings are made of heavy black walnut, and many of the washstands, bureaus, chairs, and bedsteads are also of black walnut. There was about six thousand dollars' worth of furniture in the buildings when they were purchased. The buildings, with the forty acres of land, cost thirty-nine thousand dollars. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 7] This property has come to us in the providence of God, and we should be thankful and grateful, realizing that the Lord has been working in behalf of his people, so that they shall have courage to press forward in his work. Let those who are connected with this sanitarium remember that the Lord is to be praised. He has worked on human minds to keep this place from passing into the hands of those who could not appreciate its advantages. In this institution a work is to be done that will bring health to soul and body. And the praise of God is to be in the hearts and minds of the workers. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 8] Additional facilities should be provided for the care of the patients. Many from Boston and from other places will come here to be away from the din and bustle of the city. Other buildings will be needed. Rooms must be provided for the rich, who are accustomed to many conveniences. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 9] Boston has been pointed out to me as a place that must be faithfully worked. The light must shine in the outskirts and in the inmost parts. This sanitarium is one of the greatest facilities that can be employed to reach Boston with the truth. This city and its suburbs must hear the last message of mercy to be given to our world. Tent meetings must be held in many places. The workers must put to the very best use the abilities that God has given them. The gifts of grace will increase by wise use. But there must be no self-exaltation. No precise lines are to be laid down. Let the Holy Spirit direct the workers. They are to keep looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. The work for this great city will be signalized by the revelation of the Holy Spirit, if all will walk humbly with God. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 10] The worker for God is not left without a pattern. He is given an example which, if followed, will make him a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. He is bidden to glorify God by carrying out unselfish aims and purposes. The Lord understands man's nature, and he holds up before him the laws of the kingdom of heaven, which he is to honor and obey. He places the Bible in his hands, as the guide-book that will show him what is truth, and what he must do in order to inherit eternal life. This book draws the attention from temporal interests to spiritual realities. It tells man, fallen and sinful though he is, how he can become a prince and a king in the heavenly courts, an heir of God and a joint heir with Christ. {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 11] God sees how strong man's inclination is to accumulate earthly treasure, and in the highways and byways of life his voice is heard, saying, "What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?" "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also." {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 12] God's messengers are commissioned to take up the very work that Christ did while on this earth. They are to give themselves to every line of ministry that he carried on. With earnestness and sincerity they are to tell men of the unsearchable riches and the immortal treasures of heaven. They are to be filled with the Holy Spirit. They are to repeat heaven's offers of peace and pardon. They are to point to the gates of the city of God, saying, "Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 12} [AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 13] The Lord is ready and waiting to help the workers in every sanitarium to do the work that needs to be done. He expects every one to work for him according to his several ability. Man's activity is not to be repressed, but sanctified and rightly directed. Let the workers in our sanitariums take heed to their character-building. Let them not think that God values them according to their position. Let them remember that they must unite with God, carrying on their work with humility, and learning each day the meekness and lowliness of Christ. It is this that brings true greatness. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, September 7, 1904 par. 13} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 1] October 5, 1904 Self-Denial Boxes. - Sister E. G. White, in speaking to the General Conference Committee at College View Nebraska, Sept. 20, 1904, said: {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 2] "As I have considered the poverty and needs of the Southern field I have been greatly distressed. I have earnestly desired that some method might be devised by which the work for the colored people could be sustained. One night as I was praying for this needy field, a scene was presented to me, which I will describe. {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 3] "I saw a company of men working, and asked what they were doing. One of them replied, 'We are making little boxes to be placed in the home of every family that is willing to practice self-denial, and to send of their means to help the work among the colored people of the South. Such boxes will be a constant reminder of the needs of this destitute race, and the giving of money that is saved by economy and self-denial will be an excellent education for all members of the family.' {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 4] "I have written concerning these boxes and the self-denial they will encourage, and I now ask if you will not respect the light that God has given to his people. These boxes should be used more than they have been. And let no one ever by pen or voice hinder their circulation. {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 5] "Let every mother teach her children lessons in self-denial. O, how much money we waste on useless articles in the house, on ruffles and fancy dress, and on candies and other articles we do not need! Parents, teach your children that it is wrong to use God's money in self-gratification. Tell them of the poor colored people, and their needs, and encourage them to save their pennies wherever possible to be used in missionary work. They will gain rich experiences through the practice of self-denial, and such lessons will often keep them from acquiring habits of intemperance. {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 6] "Let the work of these self-denial boxes be carried on more than it has yet been. And do not become weary of their use. We also ask you to give of your clothing such articles as you do not need. {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 7] "The Saviour commended the widow who cast her mite into the temple. Others had put in of their abundance, but she had given of her living, all that she had. {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 8] "The Lord calls upon every one to whom he has entrusted means, to give for the support of his work. And he will greatly bless those who follow his example of self-denial." {AU Gleaner, October 5, 1904 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 1] December 14, 1904 The Church and its Mission. - If all, both old and young, would do their duty, there would be no dearth in the treasury. If all would pay a faithful tithe, and devote to the Lord the first-fruits of their mercies, there would be a full supply of funds for his work. {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 2] But the law of God is not respected or obeyed, and this has brought a pressure of want. All the good that man enjoys comes because of the mercy of God. He is the great and bountiful Giver of good. His love is manifest to all in the abundant provision which he has made for man. He has given us probationary time in which to form characters that will fit us for the courts above. And it is not because he needs anything that he asks us to reserve part of our possessions for him. {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 3] The Lord created every tree in Eden, pleasant to the eyes and good for food, and he bade Adam and Eve freely enjoy his bounties. But he made one exception. Of the tree of knowledge of good and evil they were not to eat. This tree God reserved as a constant reminder of his ownership of all. Thus he gave them an opportunity to demonstrate their faith and trust in him and their perfect obedience to his requirements. So it is with God's claims upon us. He places his treasures in the hand of humanity, but requires that one-tenth shall be faithfully laid aside for his work. He teaches us the lesson that he requires this portion to be placed in his treasury. It is to be rendered to him as his own; it is sacred, and is to be used for sacred purposes, for the support of those who carry the message of salvation to all parts of the world. He reserves this portion, that means may be flowing into his treasure-house, and that the light of truth may be carried to those who are nigh and those afar off. By faithfully obeying this requirement, we prove that we realize that all belongs to God. And has not the Lord a right to demand this much of us? Did he not give us his only begotten Son because he loved us and desired to save us from death? And shall not our gratitude offerings flow into the Lord's treasury, to be drawn therefrom to advance his kingdom in the earth? God is the owner of all our goods, and shall not gratitude to him prompt us to make free-will offerings and thank offerings, thus acknowledging his ownership of soul, body, spirit, and property? {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 4] Had God's plan been followed, means would now be flowing into his treasury; and funds to enable ministers to enter new fields, and workers to unite with ministers to lift up the standard of truth in the dark places of the earth, would be abundant. {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 5] It is a heaven-appointed plan that men should return to the Lord his own; and this is so plainly stated that men and women have no excuse for misunderstanding or evading the duties and responsibility God has laid upon them. Those who claim that they can not see this to be their duty, reveal to the heavenly universe, to the church, and to the world, that they do not want to see this plainly stated requirement. They think that if they followed the Lord's plan, they would detract from their own possessions. In the covetousness of their selfish souls, they desire to have the whole capital, both principal and interest, that they may use it for their own benefit. {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 6] God lays his hand upon all man's possessions, saying, "I am the owner of the universe, and these goods are mine." "The tithe you have withheld I reserved for the support of my servants in their work of opening the Scriptures to those who are in the regions of darkness, who do not understand my law. In using my reserve fund to gratify your own desires, you have robbed souls of the light which I made provision they should receive. You have had opportunity to show loyalty to me, but you have not done so--you have robbed me; for you have stolen my reserve fund." "Ye are cursed with a curse." {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 7] Let the neglected tithes be now brought in. Let the new year open upon you as men honest in their deal with God. Let those who have withheld their tithes, send them in before the year 1904 shall close, that they may be right with God, and never, never again run any risk of being cursed by God. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, December 14, 1904 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 1] February 1, 1905 Let Us "Arise and Build." - "'Elmshaven,' Sanitarium, Cal., Jan. 17, 1905. "Elder A. E. Place, "Dear Brother: I have recently learned in regard to the burning of a portion of the Melrose sanitarium. At first I felt almost overcome, but later I learned that only a part of the main building had been destroyed. I want you to see, my brother, that the Lord is good. Do not mourn over the loss, so long as the best part of the main building is saved. Thank the Lord that considerable of the furniture is saved, and above all, that no one was killed or hurt. {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 2] "Can you not do something to arouse our people in the East to arise and rebuild the sanitarium? I feel a deep anxiety that Boston shall hear the word of the Lord and the reasons of our faith . . . . Let us regard the fire that has destroyed a part of the sanitarium as a blessing in disguise. The Lord is in this cutting away the objectionable portion of the building. It was a fire-trap, and made but a poor representation. After considering the matter, I said, 'Amen, and amen. Refined and purified by fire.' {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 3] "Our people in the East are to do their part in helping to rebuild the destroyed portion of the building. May the Lord impress the hearts of those who have money to come up to his help, and assist in the erection of a building that will be wholesome and safe and convenient. Work to that point. {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 4] "I must close now for I am very weary. I ask you to do all in your power to help Dr. Nicola in the erection of the buildings that are essential for the accommodation of patients. "Ellen G. White." {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 1] - February 1, 1905 New England Sanitarium. "'Elmshaven,' Sanitarium, Cal., Jan. 17, 1905. "Dear Brother and Sister Nicola: I have just read your letter giving the particulars of your loss by fire. We are sorry that you should lose one penny, but the part of the building that burned was objectionable in many ways. When I first saw it, I said to some one, 'If that part of the building could be taken away and a suitable addition put on, it would be a great blessing. This will have to be done in order for the institution to make a right representation.' {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 2] "I first read of the fire three days ago. That night I lay awake for hours. All the news we had regarding the matter was a short paragraph in one of our papers, and from reading it I feared that the whole building had been destroyed. A day or two later I received a fuller account which told us that only the old portions of the building had been burned. {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 3] "'The Lord is good; praise his holy name,' I said over and over again. He has mercifully saved every life, and has taken away an objectionable part of the building. I am glad that it has come about in this way. Had a proposition been made to tear that part of the building down, some would have regarded it as a great waste. Now you can have a suitable addition put on the building. It is an unfavorable time of the year to take up this work, but begin to rebuild as soon as you can. Be continually making preparations to this point. If much snow falls, I suppose you will have to wait. If I could help you financially, I certainly would; but I can not. I have had to borrow money recently myself. We must do our best. There is so much to do, and such a lack of means, that it almost looks as if we had to make bricks without straw. I will pray the Lord to open the way for you to rebuild in a way that will correspond with the rest of the buildings. I pray that God will bless all that you do, and that it may be well done. "Ellen G. White." {AU Gleaner, February 1, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 1] February 15, 1905 Patient Continuance. - "Do not become weary in well-doing. In carrying forward the work of selling 'Christ's Object Lessons,' you will receive a most precious blessing." {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 2] "When, in ordinary business, pioneer work is done, and preparation is made for future development, there is frequently a financial loss. And as our schools introduce manual training, they, too, may at first incur loss. But let us remember the blessing that physical exercise brings to the students. Many students have died while endeavoring to acquire an education, because they confined themselves too closely to mental effort. {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 3] "We must not be narrow in our plans. In industrial training there are unseen advantages, which can not be measured or estimated. Let no one begrudge the effort necessary to carry forward successfully the plan that for years has been urged upon us as of primary importance. {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 4] "I appeal to our people in behalf of all our colleges and training-schools. If the brethren and sisters in each union conference will labor with perseverance and faith, they will be able to free their school from debt, and also to provide the necessary facilities for successful manual training. {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 5] "It is the duty of the managers and teachers in our colleges and schools to take an active part in the continued effort to sell 'Object Lessons.' Let them take the burden of this work upon their hearts. Not only are they to cooperate with the conference offices in carrying the work forward; they are to lead out in it, training the students to engage successfully in it." {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 6] IN A LETTER DATED MAY 18, 1903, APPEARS THE FOLLOWING, WHICH IS JUST AS TRUE TODAY AS WHEN WRITTEN: {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 7] "Our brethren and sisters are just as surely in the service of the Lord when selling this book as when bearing testimony for him in meeting. They receive the refreshing grace of God; for they are carrying out his purpose, and he bestows on them his commendation. Their minds are freed from the malaria of selfishness and complaint and discouragement." - {AU Gleaner, February 15, 1905 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 1] March 8, 1905 The Distribution of Literature. - In the days of the great Reformation, when the princes assembled at the Diet of Spires, in 1529, it seemed that the hope of the world was about to be crushed out. To this assembly was presented the emperor's decree restricting religious liberty, and prohibiting all further dissemination of the reformed doctrines. Would the princes representing the States of Germany accept the decree, and consent that the blessed light of the gospel should be shut out from the multitudes that were still in darkness? Mighty issues for the world depended upon the action of a few heroes of faith. Those who had accepted the truths of the Reformation met together, and their unanimous decision was, "Let us reject the decree. In matters of conscience the majority has no power." And they drew up their protest, and submitted it to the assembled States. {AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 2] The banner of truth which these reformers held aloft, God has in this last conflict committed to our hands. Those whom he has blessed with the knowledge of his word are held responsible for this great gift. {AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 3] Those reformers whose protest has given us the name of Protestants, felt that God had called them to give the light of the gospel to the world, and in doing this they were ready to sacrifice their possessions, their liberty, and their own lives. Are we, in this the last conflict of the great controversy, as faithful to our trust as were the early reformers to theirs? In face of persecution and death, the truth was spread far and near. The word of God was carried to the people; and all classes, high and low, rich and poor, learned and ignorant, eagerly studied it for themselves; and those who received the light became in their turn messengers to impart it. In those days the truth was brought home to the people through the press. Luther's pen was a power, and his writings, scattered broadcast, stirred the world. {AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 4] The same agencies are at our command, with facilities multiplied a hundredfold. Bibles, publications in many languages, setting forth the truth for this time, are at our hand, and can be swiftly carried to every part of the world. We are to give the last warning message of God to men, and what should be our earnestness in studying the Bible, and our zeal in spreading the light! Let every soul who has received the divine illumination seek to impart it. Let the workers go from house to house, opening the Bible to the people, circulating the publications, telling others of the light that has blessed their own souls. The preaching of the word will have power in reaching a class who would not receive the truth through reading; but the ministers are few, and where the living preacher can not come, the published truth can reach. Personal effort will accomplish far more than could be accomplished without it. {AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 5] The truth must be proclaimed in the dark places of the earth. Obstacles must be met and surmounted. A great work is to be done, and those who know the truth should make mighty intercessions for help now. The love of Christ must be diffused in their own hearts. The Spirit of Christ must be poured out upon them, and they must be making ready to stand in the judgment. While they are consecrating themselves to God, a convincing power will attend their efforts to present the truth to others. We must sleep no longer on Satan's enchanted ground, but call into requisition all our resources, avail ourselves of every facility with which Providence has furnished us. The last warning is to be proclaimed "before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings," and the promise is given, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, March 8, 1905 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 1] March 29, 1905 Retrenchment. - My brethren and sisters, do you plead for retrenchment in evangelical work? Read the closing verses of Matthew's Gospel, which contain the seal of the worker's commission. "Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." {AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 2] This commission can not be fulfilled unless workers are educated and sent forth and sustained. {AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 3] God's people are to sit together in heavenly places in Christ. So long as there are souls to save, their interest in the work of soul-saving is to know no abating. If we expect to feel in our lives the moisture and dew of heaven, we must improve every opportunity to strengthen every line of work that will extend the knowledge of God in our world. "Neither pray I for these alone, Christ said, "but for them also which shall believe on me through their word." The truth for this time must be carried to those who have never heard it. Not all can go as missionaries to foreign lands, but all can do the work waiting for them in their own neighborhood. All can give of their means for the carrying forward of foreign missionary work. All can be partakers of the divine nature. {AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 4] There is not a Christian in the world but that is the fruit of Christ's death. And he gave himself, not only for those now united with him, but for all human beings. {AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 5] There are schools and meeting-houses to be built, and sanitariums to be established. There are new fields to be entered, and we must have your help. Shall we ignore the commission given us, and thus forfeit the promise accompanying the commission? Shall the people of God become careless and indifferent, and refuse to lay by of their means for the advancement of his work? Can they do this without severing their connection with him? They may think thus to economize, but it is a fearful economy that places them where they are separated from Christ. {AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 6] Let God's people pay a faithful tithe, and let them also, from parents to children, lay aside for the Lord the money that is so often spent for self-gratification. Practice self-denial in the home, and then, when calls for help are made, you will have something to give. Let those who are poor give what they can. However small the offering may be, the Lord will recognize the self-sacrifice, and will bless the giver. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, March 29, 1905 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 1] July 5, 1905 Ye are my Witnesses. - Sabbath after Sabbath many of you hear the voice of the living preacher, but how many feel the need of bringing the truth into your practical life? How many realize that light is given you that you may reflect it upon others? There is great need that the people should be educated that they may do the part of the work that has been appointed unto them to do; but the education of church-members has been neglected. If the minister would instruct his people, he might have an army to help him in diffusing the light when a crisis comes to the work. Each member of the church should do the work for which he is best adapted, and the work could be so arranged that everything would move off harmoniously, and the prosperity of a working church would be manifested in the vital interest which would spring up among those who put their energies into the cause of Christ. {AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 2] When souls are first converted to the truth, they should be instructed as to what Christ expects from them in loving, whole-hearted service,--that he invites them to be laborers in his moral vineyard. However trembling may be their efforts, however imperfect their work, they should be patiently and lovingly borne with; for if they are meek and lowly in heart, the Lord can turn what appears to be defeat into signal victory. Every soul born of the Spirit of God is to grow up into Christ, the living head. Under apprenticeship to Christ, those who profess his name are to become apt scholars, learning how to cooperate with heavenly intelligencies in drawing souls to Christ. To every one the Lord has given his work. {AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 3] But instead of doing the work the Lord has appointed to be done through human agencies, many are idling away the precious moments of probation. Satan has come in to preoccupy the field, and he has filled the hands of those who should have been laborers together with God, with work that causes him to exult, because the cause of Christ is left to languish by those who profess to be the followers of Jesus. The instruction of Paul to the Ephesians is applicable to us, and we should heed the exhortation. He says: "I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with long-suffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace." "But unto every one of you is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ." "And he gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ." {AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 4] From the inspired words which we have quoted, we can see that many workers are needed in the cause of God, in order that the saints may be perfected. The reason of the weakness of the church is made manifest, for these workers are lacking. No man has entered into the work of educating the members as to the duties devolving personally upon them. Men should be trained for the work of training others, that order may be found in the church, and that each one may do for the Master according to his God-given ability. It is not a matter to be deplored that those who accept the truth are differently organized and endowed; for there is work for every one, and if the people of God reach to the measure of the fulness of Christ, there must be earnest work for the individual members of the body of Christ, "that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive, but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, even Christ, from whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, July 5, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 1] July 12, 1905 Ye are my Witnesses - Much of the talent and ability of the church is left undeveloped, and is therefore lost to the work of God; but for all the ability that is not utilized in the cause, the church and the world are made to suffer. It is necessary that there should be a work of education carried on among the members of the church, that they may find their work, and may stand at their post of duty. Many ministers among us have been ambitious to preach acceptable sermons, but the work that would have most benefited the people has been left undone. The work of education must be accomplished, that every jot and tittle of ability may be brought into service for Christ. As each member of the church acts his part, according to the ability God has given him, he will increase in aptitude, and by practice will become a strong, reliable worker for the Lord. {AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 2] The efficiency that the Lord designs to see in his people has been sadly lacking in the church. How can we account for this? Have those who profess the name of Christ been truly converted? Have they consecrated to God their reason, their knowledge, their affections, their thoughts? Have they employed their talents of means and ability in the service of the Master? or have they devoted all their energies of mind and body to the building up of worldly enterprises? Jesus says to those who would be his disciples, "If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me." "For whosoever will save his life shall lose it; but whosoever will lose his life for my sake, the same shall save it." He who is a child of God henceforth should look upon himself as a part of the cross of Christ, a link in the chain let down to save the world, one with Christ in his plan of mercy, going forth with him to seek and to save the lost. He is ever to realize that he has consecrated himself to God, and that in character he is to reveal Christ to the world. The self-denial, the self-sacrifice, the sympathy, the love that was manifested in the life of Christ, is to reappear in the life of the worker for God. Those who are laborers together with God will feel the need of wrestling in prayer for the endowment of the Holy Spirit. They will manifest the most tender solicitude for the erring, will make most earnest appeals to those who are out of Christ, and will bear much fruit to the glory of God, and will be known as the disciples of Christ. {AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 3] Those who consecrate their all to God will not be left unmolested by the enemy of souls. Satan will come to them with his specious temptations, designing to allure them from their loyalty to God. He will present to them his bribe, as he did to Christ in the wilderness of temptation, saying, "All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me." But what should be the answer of the Christian to all the temptations of the evil one? He should say, "I will not lend my influence in any way to the advancement of anything save the cause of Christ. I am not my own; I have been bought with a price. I am not to live to please myself; for I have been purchased, ransomed by the blood of Christ. It is not possible for me to give to Christ more than that which belongs to him; for every moment of my life belongs to him. I am his possession, a servant employed to do the will of my Master." This is the only position it is safe for us to occupy; and if the individual members of the church felt in this way, what a power would the church exert to draw and win souls to Christ. It is this half-hearted work, the effort to serve God and the devil at the same time, that leaves the church so destitute of the Spirit of God. Were the members of the church consecrated to God, were they in the unity of the Spirit, in the bond of peace, were they organized for the purpose of imparting to others an influence of good, the church would be indeed the light of the world. Should the individual members seek to represent Christ to the world in character and life, thousands would be attracted to the Saviour, who now have reason to criticize the words and works of those who profess the name of Christ. "For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us." {AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 4] Each one of us is to stand where we shall be under the transforming influence of the grace of Christ, and then in our association one with another, we shall be able to impart and to receive the light of the Sun of Righteousness; for each member will be in harmony with Christ and with every other member, striving to attain to perfection of life and character through faith in him. Then shall we know how to sympathize with our brethren, to manifest forbearing love, and the very least will be united through vital connection with Christ to the working agencies that God has ordained for the dissemination of light and truth. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, July 12, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 1] - July 19, 1905 Ye are my Witnesses I have been deeply pained in seeing how little has been done to set the churches in order. Those who take delight in sermonizing, appoint sermon to succeed sermon in a series of meetings, and do not discern the character of work that should be done in order to strengthen the things that remain. The work that must be done is a work that will place every man in a position where he shall be able to do all in his power for the advancement of the kingdom of heaven. The Lord has given to the lay members as well as to the ministers their gift of reason and intelligence, their share of qualification for his work; and for the use of these talents, each one is responsible. God requires of all wholehearted devotion to his work. "I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God." {AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 2] There are souls in our churches, who though humble in their endowments and acquirements, are still imbued with the Spirit of the Master, and they are ready to sacrifice life itself should it be required of them. These men can not be placed upon a salary, but they can be educated so that they can do work for the Master in their limited way. It is the duty of the ministers to see that such men are utilized; for while the Lord has a work for men to do in the sacred desk, this is not the whole of his work. When the church is in need of personal labor, then it is the minister's most essential duty to help the souls for whom he is to watch, as one who must give an account. The minister of the gospel should be an educator, that he may impress upon those for whom he labors, their responsibility to labor for others. He should prayerfully and lovingly help every member of the church to find his place in the work of God, that there may be laborers in the fields that are already white for the harvest. {AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 3] The Lord has said, "Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest that he will send forth laborers into his harvest." On every hand, fields of usefulness are opening up; but a burden of perplexity rests upon those who should appoint laborers to go to the various stations of usefulness; for they look in vain for men and women fitted for these responsibilities of the work. Is it not time that the members of the church were becoming educated to engage in missionary labor, that when a call is made for men and women to go forth into the harvest-field, there may be those who can respond to the call? saying, "We have given ourselves to Christ without reserve. We have educated ourselves and our households to habits of simplicity in dress and living. We are accustomed to self-denial, and realize that we belong to the Lord. We have no other desire than to do his will, and live not to please ourselves, but to win souls for the Master. We are ready to move to distant lands, and lift up the standard of Christ, and in simplicity and humility live out the truth." {AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 4] "Jesus left his home in heaven, and came to this dark world to reach to the very depth of human woe, that he might save those who were ready to perish. This is the love he has shown to fallen man. But is the disciple above his Master, the servant greater than his Lord? If I am indeed a laborer together with God, shall I not be called upon to make some sacrifice for his cause? Will it be too great a sacrifice for any of Christ's followers to make to take the little possession entrusted to their care, and go to the dark places of the earth, where the people have never so much as heard of the truth, and in meekness and lowliness of heart, there make known to men what the Lord has done for the sons of men? {AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 5] Those who have come together in church capacity can do one hundredfold more than they are now doing to let their light shine forth in the world. They are to come out from the world and to be separate, and to touch not the unclean, but to set their affections on things that are above. They are to live, not to please themselves, but to follow the example of Him who died for their redemption. They are cheerfully to bear the cross, fulfilling their mission to this world by shining as lights in the world, holding forth the word of God, and reckoning, as did Paul, that all they are called upon to suffer is but "light affliction which is but for a moment," that "worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal." Mrs. E. G. White. {AU Gleaner, July 19, 1905 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 1] September 6, 1905 Home Influence. - The salvation of children depends very much upon the course pursued by the parents. Children must be restrained, and their passions subdued, or God will surely destroy them in the day of his fierce anger; and the parents who have not controlled them will not be blameless. It is because the home training is defective that the youth are so unwilling to submit to proper authority. I am a mother. I know whereof I speak when I say that youth and children are not only safer but happier under wholesome restraint than when following their own inclinations. Parents, your sons and daughters are not properly guarded. They should never be permitted to go and come when they please, without your knowledge and consent. The unbounded freedom granted to children at this age has proved the ruin of thousands. How many are allowed to be in the streets at night; and parents are content to be ignorant of the associates of their children. Should a limb be broken or fractured, parents will try every means that love or wisdom can suggest to restore the afflicted member to soundness. This is right, it is their duty; but the Lord requires that still greater tact, patience, and persevering effort be employed to remedy blemishes of the soul. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 2] Mothers are accountable in a great degree for the health and lives of their children, and should become intelligent in regard to the laws upon which life and health depend. Parents should teach their children by example that health is to be regarded as the chiefest earthly blessing; that all pleasures and indulgences which will interfere with health are to be sacrificed. If the children are taught self-denial and self-control, they will be far happier than if they are allowed to indulge their desires for pleasure and extravagance in dress. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 3] The world may clamor for our time and affections, fashion may invite our patronage, but the words of the apostle should be enough to lead Christian mothers from the indulgence in pride in dress and demoralizing amusements: "Know ye not that the friendship of the world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the enemy of God." {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 4] Christian mothers should take their position on the platform of truth and righteousness; and when urged to unite with the world in patronizing fashions which are health-destroying and demoralizing, they should answer, "We are doing a great work, and can not be diverted from it. We are seeking to develop in our children sound, worthy, and beautiful characters, that they may bless the world with their influence, and may have immortal beauty and glory in the world to come. If children had such an example from their parents, it would have a saving influence upon their lives. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 5] Children imitate their parents; hence great care should be taken to give them correct morals. Parents who are kind and polite at home, while at the same time they are firm and decided will see the same traits manifested in their children. If they are upright, honest, and honorable, their children will be quite likely to resemble them in these particulars. If they reverence and worship God, their children trained in the same way, will not forget to serve him also. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 6] It is often the case that parents are not careful to surround their children with right influences. In choosing a home, they think more of their worldly interests than of the moral and social atmosphere, and the children form associations that are unfavorable to the development of piety and the formation of right character. Then parents allow the world to engross their time, strength, and thought; an apathy steals over the soul. The children are contaminated by evil communications, and the tenderness of soul they once felt dies away and is forgotten. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 7] Parents who denounce the Canaanites for offering their children to Moloch, what are you doing? You are making a most costly offering to mammon; and then when your children grow up unloved and unlovely in character, when they show decided impiety, and a tendency to infidelity, you blame the faith you profess because it was unable to save them. You are reaping that which you have sown,--the result of your selfish love of the world and neglect of the means of grace. You moved your families into places of temptation, and the ark of God, your glory and defense, you did not consider essential; and the Lord has not worked a miracle to deliver your children from temptation. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 8] You who love God, take Jesus with you wherever you go; and, like the patriarchs of old, erect an altar to the Lord wherever you pitch your tent. If ever there was a time when every house should be a house of prayer, it is now; and yet in this time of fearful peril, some who profess to be Christians have no family altar. I know of nothing that causes me so great sadness as a prayerless home. The children show the result of this great neglect, for the fear of God is not before them. Parents should make a hedge about their children by prayer; they should pray with full faith that God will abide with them, and that holy angels will guard them and their children from Satan's cruel power. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 9] There are homes where these principles are carried out,--homes where God is worshiped, and truest love reigns. From these homes, morning and evening, prayer ascends to God as sweet incense, and his mercies and blessings descend upon the suppliants like the evening dew. {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 10] God has promised to give wisdom to those who ask in faith, and he will do just as he said he would. He is pleased with the faith that takes him at his word. Today he is just as ready to listen to the petitions of his people as he ever was. "Behold, the Lord's hand is not shortened, that it can not save; neither his ear heavy, that it can not hear." And if Christian parents seek him earnestly, he will fill their mouths with arguments, and for his name's sake, will work mightily in their behalf in the conversion of their children. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, September 6, 1905 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 1] January 17, 1906 How the Growth of the Gospel Seed is Hindered. - The Saviour said again: "Hear ye therefore the parable of the sower. When any one heareth the word of the kingdom, and understandeth it not, then cometh the wicked one, and catcheth away that which was sown in his heart. This is he which received seed by the wayside. But he that received seed into stony places, the same is he that heareth the word, and anon with joy receiveth it; yet hath he not root in himself, but dureth for a while: for when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the word, by and by he is offended. He also that received seed among the thorns is he that heareth the word; and the care of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he becometh unfruitful." {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 2] Those who do not follow true Christian principles, whose natural and cultivated tendencies to wrong have not been changed by the grace of God, have no root in themselves; and therefore they lose the interest which they once felt in the truth. They return to their sinful practices. They may continue to make a profession of Christianity, but they do not go on from grace to grace. For a time they are neither cold nor hot, but they finally become hardened to all good impressions. They grow careless, worldly, inattentive. They hear the truth but do not receive it. Of this class Christ says: "Every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand: and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell; and great was the fall of it." {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 3] Of Chorazin and Bethsaida, cities in which so many of Christ's mighty works were done, which were exalted to heaven by being honored with his presence, the Saviour declared: "Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell: for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee." {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 4] Those who have been favored with great light and many opportunities, but who have not accepted the light nor improved the opportunities, who have not followed correct principles in dealing with their brethren or with unbelievers, will receive punishment in accordance with their sin. They will meet with some sad surprises in the last great day, when every case shall be brought up in review before God. In their record they will see that which will fill them with shame, but nothing can be changed. All is beyond recall. {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 5] Christ has made every provision for the sanctification of his church. He has made abundant provision for every soul to have such grace and strength that he will be more than a conqueror in the warfare against sin. The Saviour is wounded afresh and put to open shame when his people pay no heed to his word. He came to this world and lived a sinless life, that in his power his people might also lead lives of sinlessness. He desires them by practicing the principles of truth to show to the world that God's grace has power to sanctify the heart. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1906 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 1] December 19, 1906 How shall we Observe the Holidays? - Sanitarium, Cal., Dec. 6, 1906. "For we know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich." {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 2] Shall we follow Christ as our pattern? In his life of self-sacrifice was seen not one jot or tittle of selfishness. He who had been rich in the heavenly courts, left all his wealth and power, and came to this world, clothed in the humble garb of humanity. For our sake he became poor, that we through his poverty might be made rich. Like him, his followers are by lives of self-denial to be a blessing to the world. If in the lives of all God's people the character of Christ were revealed, we should see thousands more converted to the truth. {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 3] If men would only remember that every favor they receive is a gift from God, would they not do very much more than they are now doing to relieve his work of the embarrassment of poverty? Would they not act a noble part in rendering to the Lord that which is his own? {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 4] Wealth hoarded will become a curse. Often the Lord can not preserve and bless the possessions of men, because the owners feel little or no obligation to assist in the great work of proclaiming the truth in new fields. Their substance, generously divided with their brethren who are laboring with meager facilities in destitute fields, would bring in return rich blessings from God. {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 5] No charity is complete unless it reveals an appreciation of the gospel. Those who now, in this time of emergency, selfishly hold on to their means, will soon suffer the loss of all they have. Those who are truly converted, and who have more than sufficient for their immediate necessities, will freely impart of their abundance to help those who are poorer than they. {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 6] All should feel an intense interest in the advancement of the third angel's message. The work of proclaiming this message has already grown to large proportions; but it is to advance still more rapidly. We need many more laborers, and God's loyal people, filled with a spirit of self-denial, should now give cheerfully and liberally, in order that facilities may be provided for the entering of new territory. In many places the work has been retarded because of the scarcity of means. The rebuke of God will rest upon those who do not come up to his help against the mighty powers of darkness. {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 7] Shall we not, as a people, refrain from following the custom of the world in unnecessary indulgence during the coming holiday season? O how much might be accomplished in needy mission fields with the money that is squandered in various ways at this season of the year by those who profess to be Christians! {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 8] Will not the Seventh-day Adventists in every place first consecrate themselves to the Lord, and then do their very best, according to their circumstances, to advance his work, by gifts and offerings? Will they show that they appreciate the blessings of the Lord, and that they are grateful for his mercy? Will they not now consider their obligations to God, at a time when the world especially seeks for pleasure, and expends large sums of money for gifts to those who are not needy? {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 9] I have said to my family and my friends, I desire that no one shall make me a birthday or Christmas gift, unless it be with permission to pass it on into the Lord's treasury, to be appropriated in the establishment of missions. {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 10] I will greatly praise the name of the Lord if his people, at this time, by the exercise of benevolence, will increase the facilities for successful work in many needy fields. I long to see among Seventh-day Adventists an increase of faith and courage, and more praise and thanksgiving to God, so that where in the past there has been a withholding of means, there shall from henceforth be seen the evidences of a grateful heart,--the faithful bestowal of gifts and offerings, to supply the needs of many destitute fields. Ellen G. White. - {AU Gleaner, December 19, 1906 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 1] September 25, 1907 The Support of God's Work. With the passing of another year, we have come to the time when a general call is being made for an offering to be taken up in all our churches, Sabbath, October 5, for the support of our colored work in the Southern States. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 2] One of the most important branches of this work is the establishment and maintenance of mission schools. The great need for this educational work has often been plainly pointed out. There are few more in need of the elevating influence of the truths of God's word, than are the majority of the colored people in the South. They must be taught to read the Scriptures for themselves, and to understand what they read. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 3] We can not pass by lightly, as a matter of minor importance, our duty toward the negro race. God has made man his brother's keeper, and will hold him responsible for this great trust. He has taken man into union with himself, and has planned that men shall labor in harmony with him. He has provided the system of beneficence, that man, whom he has made in his image, may be self-denying in character, like him whose infinite nature is love. He has appointed man as his almoner, to distribute the blessings he has given him. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 4] "Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich." God has done for our good all that a kind heavenly Father could do. He appeals to humanity whether he has failed in a single instance to do all that he could do for the highest interests of man. "Judge, I pray you, between me and my vineyard. What could I have done more to my vineyard, that I have not done in it?" {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 5] We can show our appreciation of God's merciful dealing with us in no better way than by giving liberally for the support of his cause in the earth. In the system of beneficence enjoined upon the Jews, they were required to bring to the Lord either the first-fruits of all his gifts, whether in the increase of their flocks and herds, or in the produce of their fields, orchards, or vineyards; or they were to redeem it by substituting an equivalent. How changed the order of things in our day! The Lord's requirements and claims, if they receive any attention, are often left till the last. Yet our work needs tenfold more means than was needed by the Jews. The great commission given to the apostles was to go throughout the world and preach the gospel. This shows the extension of the work, and the increased responsibility resting upon the followers of Christ in our day. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 6] God is not dependent upon man for the support of his cause. He could have sent means direct from heaven to supply his treasury, if his providence had seen that this was best for man. He might have devised means whereby angels would have been sent to publish the truth to the world, without the agency of man. He might have written the truth upon the heavens, and let that declare his requirements to the world in living characters. God is not dependent upon any man's gold or silver. He says, "Every beast of the forest is mine, and the cattle upon a thousand hills." "If I were hungry, I would not tell thee; for the world is mine, and the fulness thereof." Whatever necessity there is for our agency in the advancement of the cause of God, he has purposely arranged for our good. He has honored us by making us coworkers with him. He has ordained that there should be a necessity for the cooperation of men, that they may keep in exercise their benevolence. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 7] What I have said in the past should be repeated. The colored people deserve more from the hands of the white people than they have received. There are thousands who have minds capable of cultivation and uplifting. With proper labor, many who have been looked upon as hopeless will become educators of their race. Let our people arouse, and redeem the past. The obligation to work for the colored people rests heavily upon us. Shall we not try to repair, as far as lies in our power, the injury that in the past has been done these people? Shall not the number of missionaries in the South be multiplied? This field lies at our very doors, and in it there is a great work to be done for the Master. This work must be done now, while the angels continue to hold the four winds. There is no time to lose. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 8] The Lord calls upon his people to make offerings of self-denial. Let us give up something that we intended to purchase for personal comfort and pleasure. Let us teach our children to deny self, and become the Lord's helping hands in dispensing his blessings. If there was ever a time when sacrifices should be made, it is now. Those who have money should understand that now is the time to use it for God. Let us send in our offerings with thanksgiving, and with prayer that the Lord will bless the gifts, and multiply them as he did the food given to the five thousand. If we use the very best facilities we have, the power of God will enable us to reach the multitudes that are starving for the bread of life. Mrs. E. G. White. {AU Gleaner, September 25, 1907 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 1] November 4, 1908 An Appeal to Ministers and Church Officers. Dear Brethren: As I read the reports of labor published in the Review and our other denominational periodicals from week to week, my heart is rejoiced over the progress of the third angel's message in the home field and abroad. Our workers are having many remarkable experiences. The Lord is going before them, preparing the way, and the cause of present truth is making rapid advancement. This should be a source of profound gratitude to God. As we contrast the present prosperity of the work with the early years of poverty passed through by the pioneers of this cause, when our numbers were but few and our resources were limited, we can but exclaim, "What hath God wrought!" {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 2] And yet there remains much to be done. In the past we have not been so diligent as we ought to have been in seeking to save the lost. Precious opportunities have been allowed to pass by unimproved. This has delayed the coming of our King. Had the people of God constantly preserved a living connection with him from the beginning of the great advent movement, had they obeyed his word and advanced in all his opening providences, they would today be in the heavenly Canaan. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 3] We have done only a small part of the evangelical work that God desires us to do among our neighbors and friends. In every city of our land there are those who know not the truth. And out in the broad world beyond the seas there are many new fields in which we must plow the ground and sow the seed. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 4] A few faithful missionaries are even now planting the standard of truth in fields far away. Publications are multiplying in many languages. These silent messengers are enlightening thousands. But as a people we come far short of moving forward as fast as the providence of God opens the way. Our General gives the command, "Go forward." Thousands are thirsting for living truth. The Macedonian cry is coming to us from every direction, "Come over and help us." We look about us, and inquire, "Who will go?" O that every follower of Jesus might respond: "Send me. I long to do something for my Master." {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 5] Time and again I have had presented before me a vision of people across the broad ocean, standing in perplexity, and pale with anxiety, earnestly inquiring, "What is truth?" They say: "We want the bread of life. Our churches are backslidden from God. We want to find the old paths. We want to come back to the simplicity of gospel religion." My tears flow as I see this picture rising vividly before me. The voice from heaven pleads, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature." While so great a work remains to be done, shall not we, as Christ's followers, arouse to a sense of our God-given responsibility, and be active in doing our part? {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 6] Plans for Enlarging Our Laboring Forces. The strength of an army is measured largely by the efficiency of the men in the ranks. A wise general instructs his officers to train every soldier for active service. He seeks to develop the highest efficiency possible on the part of all. If he were to depend upon his officers alone, he could never expect to conduct a successful campaign. He counts on loyal, untiring service from every man in his army. The responsibility rests largely upon the men in the ranks. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 7] And so it is in the army of Prince Emmanuel. Our General, who has never lost a battle, expects willing service from every one who has enlisted under his banner. In the closing controversy now waging between the forces for good and the hosts of evil, he expects all, laymen as well as ministers, to take part. All who have enlisted as soldiers of his, are to render faithful service as minutemen, with a keen sense of the responsibility resting upon them individually. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 8] Those who have the spiritual oversight of the church should devise ways and means by which an opportunity may be given to every member of the church to act some part in God's work. This has not always been done in the past. Plans have not been fully carried out whereby the talent of all might be employed in active service. There are but few who realize how much has been lost because of this. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 9] The leaders in God's cause, as wise generals, are to lay plans for advance moves all along the line. In their planning, they are to give special study to the work that can be done by the laity for their friends and neighbors. The work of God in this earth can never be finished until the men and women comprising our church-membership, rally to the work, and unite their efforts with those of ministers and church officers. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 10] The salvation of sinners requires earnest, personal labor. We are to bear to them the word of life, not to wait for them to come to us. O that I could speak words to men and women that would arouse them to diligent action! The moments now granted us to work are few. We are standing upon the very borders of the eternal world. We have no time to lose. Every moment is golden, and altogether too precious to be devoted merely to self-serving. Who will seek God earnestly, and from him draw strength and grace to be his faithful workers in the missionary field? {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 11] In every church there is talent, which, with the right kind of labor, might be developed to become a great help in this work. There should be a well-organized plan for the employment of workers to go into all our churches, large and small, to instruct the members how to labor for the upbuilding of the church, and also for unbelievers. It is training, education, that is needed. Let all set their hearts and minds to become intelligent in regard to the work for this time, qualifying themselves to do that for which they are best adapted. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 12] That which is needed now for the upbuilding of our churches is the nice work of wise laborers to discern and develop talent in the church,--talent that can be educated for the Master's service. Those who shall labor in visiting the churches should give the brethren and sisters instruction in practical methods of doing missionary work. Let there be a class for the training of the youth as well. Young men and women should be educated to become workers at home, in their own neighborhoods, and in the church. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 12} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 13] All this work of training should be accompanied with earnest seeking of the Lord for his Holy Spirit. Let this be urged home upon those who are willing to give themselves to the Master's service. Our conduct is watched by the world; every act is scrutinized and commented upon. There must be diligent cultivation of the Christian graces, that those who profess the truth may be able to say no evil of them truthfully. In all their intercourse with unbelievers they are exerting an influence for good or for evil. They are either a savor of life unto life, or of death unto death. God calls for greater piety, for holiness of life and purity of conduct, in accordance with the elevating, sanctifying truths which we profess. The lives of the workers for Christ should be such that unbelievers, seeing their godly walk and circumspect conversation, may be charmed with the faith that produces such results. {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 13} [AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 14] The end is near, stealing upon us stealthily, imperceptibly, like the noiseless approach of a thief in the night. May the Lord grant that we shall no longer sleep as do others, but that we shall watch and be sober. The truth is soon to triumph gloriously, and all who now choose to be laborers together with God will triumph with it. The time is short; the night soon cometh when no man can work. Let those who are rejoicing in the light of present truth, now make haste to impart the truth to others. The Lord is inquiring, "Whom shall I send?" Those who wish to sacrifice for the truth's sake, are now to respond, "Here am I, Lord; send me." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, November 4, 1908 par. 14} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 1] January 27, 1909 True Education. "The entrance of thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple,"--to those who are not self-sufficient, but who are willing to learn. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 2] What was the work of the God-given messenger to our world? The only begotten Son of God clothed his divinity with humanity, and came to our world as a teacher, an instructor, to reveal truth in contrast with error. Truth, saving truth, never languished on his tongue, never suffered in his hands, but was made to stand out plainly and clearly defined amid the prevailing moral darkness. For this work he left the heavenly courts. He said of himself, "For this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth." Truth came from his lips with freshness and power, as a new revelation. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 3] Christ was the way, the truth, and the life. He who came forth from God to our world gave instruction on every subject about which it is essential that man should know in order to find the pathway to heaven. To him truth was an ever-present, self-evident reality; he uttered no suggestions, advanced no sentiments, notions, or opinions, but presented only solid, saving truth. His life, given for this sinful world, was full of earnestness and momentous results; for his work was to save perishing souls. He came forth to be the true Light, shining amid the moral darkness of superstition and error, and was announced by a voice from heaven proclaiming. "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased." And at his transfiguration this voice from heaven was again heard, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased; hear ye him." Christ brought to our world a certain knowledge of God, and to all who received and obeyed his word, he gave power to become the sons of God. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 4] Everything not comprehended in truth is the guesswork of man. Professedly high and learned men may be fools in the sight of God. The high and learned statements of their doctrines, however they may please and humor the senses, and though they may have been handed down from age to age, and rocked in the cradle of popular faith, are a delusion and a falsehood if not found in the inspired lessons of Christ. He is the source of all wisdom; for he placed himself directly on a level with the eternal God. In his humanity the glory of heavenly illumination fell directly upon him, and from him to the world. While Christ stood forth distinctly in his human personality, and appealed in striking but simple language to humanity, he was in such perfect oneness with God that his voice came with authority, as the voice of God from the center of glory. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 5] In the record John was charged by the Holy Spirit to present, he says of Christ, "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by him; and without him was not anything made that was made." This is the most precious unfolding of definite truth, flashing its divine light and glory upon all who will receive it. What more important knowledge can be received than that given in the Book which teaches of the fall of man and the consequences of that sin which opened the flood-gates of woe upon our world; which teaches of the advent of Christ as a helpless babe, born in a stable and cradled in a manger. The history of Christ is to be searched, comparing scripture with scripture, that we may learn the answer to the all-important question, What are the terms of salvation? As intelligent agents, invested with personal attributes and responsibilities, we can know in regard to our future eternal destiny. The scripture record given by John, at the dictation of the Holy Spirit, contains no terms that can not be easily comprehended, and that will not bear the most searching and critical investigation. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 6] Christ was a teacher sent from God, and his words did not contain a particle of chaff or a semblance of that which is non-essential. But the force of much human instruction is comprised of assertion, not of truth. The teachers of the present day can use the educated ability of previous teachers, yet with all the weighty importance that may be attached to the words of the greatest authors, there is a conscious inability to trace them back to the first great principle, to the Source of unerring wisdom. There is a painful uncertainty, a constant searching for assurances that can be found only in God. The trumpet of human greatness may be sounded, but it is with an uncertain sound; it is not reliable, and the salvation of human souls can not be ventured upon it. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 7] Christ taught with authority. The sermon on the mount is a wonderful production, yet so simple that a child can study it without being misled. The mount of beatitudes is an emblem of the high elevation on which Christ ever stood. He spoke with an authority that was exclusively his own. Every sentence he uttered came from God. He was the Word and the Wisdom of God, and he ever presented truth with the authority of God. "The words that I speak unto you," he said, "they are spirit, and they are life." {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 8] Jesus brought into his teaching none of the science of men. His teaching was full of grand, ennobling, saving truth, to which man's highest ambitions and proudest inventions can bear no comparison. The great plan of the redemption of a fallen race was brought out in the life of Christ in human flesh. This scheme of restoring the moral image of God in man-debased humanity entered into every purpose of the life and character of Christ. His majesty could not mingle with human science, which will disconnect from the great Source of all wisdom. The topic of human science never escaped his hallowed lips. By believing in and doing the words of God, he was severing the human family from Satan's chariot-car. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 9] The first great lesson in true education is to know and understand the will of God. Take the knowledge of God with you through every day of life. Let it absorb the mind and the whole being. God gave Solomon wisdom, but this God-given wisdom was perverted when he turned from God to obtain wisdom from other sources. We need the wisdom of Solomon after we have learned the wisdom of One greater than Solomon. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 10] For men to learn science through men's interpretation, is to obtain a false education; but to learn of God and Jesus Christ is to learn the science of the Bible. The confusion in education has come in because the wisdom and knowledge of God have not been honored and exalted by the religious world. The pure in heart see God in every providence, in every phase of true education. They vibrate to the first approach of light which radiates from the throne of God. Communications from heaven are made to those who will catch the first gleams of spiritual knowledge. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 10} [AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 11] The students in our schools are to consider the knowledge of God as above everything else. Searching the Scriptures alone will bring the knowledge of the true God and Jesus Christ whom he has sent. "The preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is the power of God. For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent." "Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men." "But of him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption: that, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord." Mrs. E. G. White. {AU Gleaner, January 27, 1909 par. 11} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 1] June 9, 1909 The Holy Spirit an Aid to Bible Study. The Holy Spirit has been given as an aid in the study of God's word. Jesus promised, "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." Those who are under the training of the Holy Spirit, will be able to teach the Word intelligently. When the Bible is made the book of study, with earnest supplication for the Spirit's guidance, and a full surrender of the heart to be sanctified through the truth, it will accomplish all that God has promised. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 2] The results of such study will be well-balanced minds. The understanding will be quickened; the sensibilities will be aroused; the conscience will become sensitive; the sympathies and sentiments will be purified; a better moral atmosphere will be created; and a new power to resist temptation will be imparted. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 3] The knowledge of God is not to be gained without mental effort, without prayer for wisdom. We should search, diligently search, for its hidden treasures, and seek wisdom from heaven that we may be able to distinguish between human inventions and the divine commands. The Holy Spirit will aid the seeker for great and precious truths which relate to the plan of redemption. A casual reading of the Scriptures is not enough. We must search, and this implies a doing of all that the word implies. As the miner eagerly explores the earth to discover its veins of gold, so we are to explore the word of God for the hidden treasures that Satan has so long sought to hide from man. The Lord says, "If any man willeth to do his will, he shall know of the doctrine." {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 4] The great error of the Romish church is found in the fact that the Bible is interpreted in the light of the opinions of the "fathers." These opinions are regarded as infallible, and the dignitaries of the church assume that it is their prerogative to make others believe as they do. Those who do not agree with them are pronounced heretics. But the word of God is not thus to be interpreted. It is to stand on its own eternal merits, to be read as the word of God, which declares his will to the people. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 5] The blessed Bible gives us a knowledge of the great plan of salvation, and shows us how every individual may have eternal life. Who is the author of the Book?--Jesus Christ. He is the True Witness, and he says to his own, "I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand." The Bible shows us the way to Christ, and in Christ eternal life is revealed. Jesus said to the Jews, and to those who gathered about him in multitudes, "Search the Scriptures." The Jews had the Scriptures which testified of Christ, but they were not able to discern Christ in the Scriptures. The truths of the Old Testament they had so mingled with human opinions that its teachings were mystified, and the will of God to man covered up. Christ's sermon on the mount virtually contradicted the doctrines of the self-righteous scribes and Pharisees. They had so misrepresented God that he was looked upon as a stern judge, incapable of compassion, mercy, or love. They presented to the people endless maxims and traditions that had no "Thus saith the Lord" for their authority. Though they professed to know and to worship the true and living God, they wholly misrepresented him and his character as revealed in his Son. Christ labored constantly to sweep away those misrepresentations, that the confidence of men in the love of God might be restored. He taught man to address the supreme Ruler by the new name "Our Father." This name represents our true relation to him, and when spoken sincerely by human lips, it is music in the ears of God. Christ leads us to the throne of God by a new and living way. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 6] Men need not the dim light of tradition and custom to make the Scriptures comprehensible. It is just as sensible to suppose that the sun, shining in the heavens at noonday, needs the glimmerings of the torch-lights of earth to increase its glory. In the Bible every duty is made plain, every lesson is comprehensible. The gift of Christ and the illumination of the Holy Spirit reveal to us the Father. The Word is able to make men and women and youth wise unto salvation. "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God; and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." No other book is so potent to elevate the thoughts, to give vigor to the faculties, as the broad, ennobling truths of the Bible. If God's word were studied as it should be, men would have a breadth of mind, a nobility of character, and a stability of purpose that is rarely seen in these times. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 7] Little benefit is to be derived from a hasty reading of the Scriptures. One may read the whole Bible through, and yet fail to see its beauty or to comprehend its depth of meaning. One passage studied until its significance is clear to the mind, and its relation to the plan of salvation evident, is of more value than the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in view and no positive instruction gained. Keep your Bible with you. As you have opportunity, read it; fix the texts in your memory. Even while you are walking in the street, you may read a passage and meditate upon it, thus fixing it on the mind. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 8] Never should the Bible be studied without prayer. Before opening its pages, we should ask for the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit, and it will be given. When Nathaniel came to Jesus, the Saviour exclaimed, "Behold an Israelite indeed, in whom is no guile." Nathaniel said, "Whence knowest thou me?" Jesus answered, "Before that Philip called thee, when thou wast under the fig-tree, I saw thee." And Jesus will see us also in the secret place of prayer, if we will seek him for light, that we may know what is truth. Angels from the world of light will be with those who in humility of heart seek for divine guidance. {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 9] The Holy Spirit exalts and glorifies the Saviour. It is his office to present Christ, the purity of his righteousness, and the great salvation that we have through him. Jesus says, "He shall receive of mine, and shall show it unto you." The spirit of truth is the only effectual teacher of divine truth. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, June 9, 1909 par. 9} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 1] June 16, 1909 The Ministers and Physical Work. Useful physical labor is a part of the gospel. The great Teacher, when enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, gave directions that every youth should learn a trade. Thus the people would be enabled to earn their own bread. And knowing how hard it was to obtain money, they would not spend their means foolishly. {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 2] Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles, learned the trade of a tent-maker. There were higher and lower branches of tent-making. Paul had learned the highest branches, and he could also work at the common branches when circumstances demanded. Tent-making did not bring returns so quickly as some other lines of business, and some times it was only by the strictest economy that Paul could supply his necessities. {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 3] Why did Paul thus connect mechanical labor with the preaching of the gospel? Was not the laborer worthy of his hire? Why did he not labor all his time in preaching? Why waste time and strength in making tents? But Paul did not regard the time spent in making tents lost by any means. As he worked with Aquila, he kept in touch with the great Teacher. He gave Aquila needed instruction in spiritual things, and he also educated the believers in unity. While working at his trade he gave an example in diligence and thoroughness. He was diligent in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord. He and Aquila and Priscilla had more than one prayer-and praise-meeting with those associated with them in tent-making. This was a testimony to the value of the truth they were presenting. {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 4] Paul was an educator. He preached the gospel with his voice, and by diligent labor he preached it with his hands. He educated others in the same way that he had been educated by one regarded as the wisest of human teachers. As Paul worked quickly and skilfully with his hands, he related to his fellow workers the specifications Christ had given to Moses in regard to the building of the tabernacle, as found in the twenty-fourth, twenty-fifth, twenty-sixth, and twenty-seventh chapters of Exodus. He repeated chapter after chapter to them, for his own and their benefit. He taught that supreme honor is to be given to God. He told them that the skill, genius, and wisdom brought into the work of building the tabernacle, were given by God to be used for his glory. He repeated the communications from God to Moses found in Exodus 35:20, 35, and 36:1-7. {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 5] After leaving Philippi, Paul went to Thessalonica, on the seacost. The history of his work there is recorded in the first and second chapters of first Thessalonians. He labored in the gospel and worked also with his hands. "We were gentle among you," he writes, "even as a nurse cherisheth her children; so being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. For ye remember, brethren, our labor and travail: for laboring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God." He declares that if a man will not work, neither shall he eat, and by his own example he illustrates his teaching. He says, "Neither did we eat any man's bread for naught; but wrought with labor and travail day and night, that we might not be chargeable to any of you." {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 6] "And it came to pass, that while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus." Here he remained three years and six months, "disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God." Here he toiled at his craft also. He writes to the Corinthians, "For I think that God hath set forth us the apostles last, as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men. We are fools for Christ's sake, but ye are wise in Christ; we are weak, but ye are strong; ye are honorable, but we are despised. Even unto this present hour we both hunger and thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain dwelling-place; and labor, working with our own hands, being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it; being defamed, we entreat; we are made as the filth of the world, and are the off-scouring of all things unto this day. I write not these things to shame you, but as my beloved sons I warn you. For though you have ten thousand instructors in Christ, yet ye have not many fathers, for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel. {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 7] Lifting up his toil-worn hands, Paul makes this appeal, "Ye yourselves know that these hands have ministered unto my necessity, and to them that were with me." Those hands speak to us with remarkable impressiveness. {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 8] Why did Paul, an apostle of the highest rank, spend on mechanical labor time which to all appearances might have been put to better account? Why did he not devote his time and strength to the preaching of the word? By laboring with his hands Paul was preaching the word. Thus he set an example which spoke against the sentiment then gaining influence, that the preaching of the gospel excused the minister from mechanical and physical labor. Paul knew that there were many that loved ease and indulgence much better than useful labor. He knew that if ministers neglected physical work, they would become enfeebled. He desired to teach young ministers that by working with their hands, they would become sturdy; their muscles and sinews would be strengthened. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, June 16, 1909 par. 8} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 1] June 23, 1909 The Ministers and Physical Work (Concluded.) The gospel of Christ is an educator. It teaches us not to pamper and indulge self and waste the means that should be employed to extend the triumphs of the cross of Christ. There are ministers now dead whose lives would have been prolonged had they not yielded to the temptation to indulge appetite. When they should have eaten abstemiously, they were tempted to eat largely of rich food, though they knew that what they were eating could not be assimilated by the system, but would only be an extra burden to be gotten rid of in some way. The unnecessary food taken into the system poisoned the blood, and produced evils that resulted in disease. {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 2] The apostle states plainly that if a man does not work, if he does not use his physical powers, neither should he eat. The healthful and equal exercise of all the powers of the being is required to keep the living machinery in the best condition. He who would have a system unclogged by feebleness and disease must use every part of the system harmoniously. The muscles are not to be allowed to become weak through inaction, while the brain carries too large a share of the work. Each part of the human structure is to bear its burden. {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 3] Paul recognized physical work as composing a part of the education he was to give. He realized that his teaching would lack vitality if he did not keep all parts of the human machinery equally exercised. His labor to support himself and others should have been commended, rather than regarded as belittling to his position as a minister of the gospel. {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 4] The Greeks on the seacoasts were sharp traders. They had educated themselves to sharp practices in deal, and had come to believe that gain was godliness, and that ability to acquire gain, whether by fair means or foul, was a reason why they should be honored. Paul was acquainted with their practices, and he would not give them a chance to say that he and his fellow laborers preached in order to be supported by the gospel. Although it was perfectly right for him to be supported in this way, for the laborer is worthy of his hire, yet he saw that if he was, the influence upon his fellow laborers and those to whom he preached would not be the best. Paul feared that if he lived by preaching the gospel, he might be suspected of selfish motives in doing his work. He must show that he was willing to engage in any useful labor. He would not give an excuse to demerit the work of the gospel by imputing motives of selfishness to those who preached the word. He would not give the sharp Grecians any occasion to hurt the influence of God's servants. {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 5] Paul reasoned how could he teach the commandments, which required him to love God with heart, and soul, and strength, and mind, and his neighbor as himself, if he gave any one reason to think that he loved himself more than his neighbor or his God: that he followed the practices of the Grecians, trading sharply upon his office for the sake of gain, instead of following the principles of the gospel. How could he lead the people to Christ if he took all he possibly could from them? Paul decided that he would not give these keen, critical, unscrupulous money-traders occasion to suppose that God's servants were working as sharply and following as dishonest methods as they were. {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 6] The apostles talked and prayed over the matter, and decided that they would preach the gospel as it should be preached, in disinterested love for the souls perishing for want of knowledge. Paul said that he would work at tent-making, and that he would teach his fellow laborers to work with their hands, so that in an emergency they could support themselves. But some of his ministering brethren presented the inconsistency of such a course, saying that by so doing they would cheapen their influence as teachers of the gospel. The tenth chapter of second Corinthians records the difficulties Paul had to contend with and his vindication of his course. "Now I Paul, myself, beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ, who in presence am base among you"--because he humbled himself to do mechanical work--"but being absent am bold toward you." He was about to speak decidedly. "Do ye look on things after the outward appearance? If any man trust to himself that he is Christ's, let him of himself think this again, that as he is Christ's, even so are we Christ's. For though I should boast somewhat more of our authority, which the Lord hath given us for edification, and not for your destruction, I should not be ashamed." God had placed special honor upon Paul, and had called him to do a special work. He had given him visions. He had given him his credentials, and had laid upon him the most weighty responsibilities. {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 7] "That I may not seem as if I would terrify you by letters. For his letters, say they, are weighty and powerful; but his bodily presence is weak, and his speech contemptible. Let such an one think this, that, such as we are in word by letters when we are absent, such will we be also in deed when we are present. For we dare not make ourselves of the number, or compare ourselves with some that commend themselves: but they measuring themselves, by themselves, and comparing themselves among themselves, are not wise." Paul could see evils coming into the church, and he declared, "I am jealous over you with godly jealousy; for I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ. But I fear, lest by any means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his subtilty, so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AU Gleaner, June 23, 1909 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 1] June 8, 1910 An Appeal to Our Brethren in the Atlantic Union Conference It is important that we all realize that there is a great work to be done quickly, the work of giving to the world the message of present truth. Instruction has been given me by the Lord that the work for the cities should now be carried forward with increasing earnestness. Instruction regarding this work has been before our people for many years, and yet this work is largely left undone. {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 2] In Portland, Maine, where the Advent message was given in 1844 in the power of the Spirit of God, a good work is going forward. The camp-meeting there was an intensely interesting one. There were large congregations, and the best class of people were in attendance. {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 3] The city of Portland was greatly moved by the proclamation of the message in the early days; a great work was accomplished, and the glory of the Lord was revealed in a remarkable manner. Now, the third angel's message is to go forth again with power; the city is to be supplied with laborers. New, strong workers must come in to do wise, thorough work. Let no forbiddings be raised to hinder the work that should be done in this place. Portland has been specially noticed by the Lord God of Israel. Should we not have there a house of worship that is worthy of the notice of the people? {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 4] In Rochester and Buffalo, N. Y., and in other places our brethren need encouragement and help to pay for suitable meeting houses. Wake up, brethren. The work of lifting the banner of truth must now go forward with new power. The Lord has shown me that the efforts of many laborers must now turn eastward, and be a help in the Eastern, unworked fields. Wide-awake, strong, healthy workmen are to break up new ground. This will bring encouragement to the hearts of those who have sacrificed in the past until means and health have been given to the cause. Let the vigor of healthful, devoted labor be brought into these cities where the first and second angels' messages went with power, and where many of our faithful workers have fallen at their posts of duty. {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 5] The principles of health reform are to be promulgated as a part of the work in these cities. The voice of the third angel's message is to be heard with power. Let the teachings of health reform be brought into every effort made to get the light of truth before the people. Let workers be selected who are qualified to teach wisely in clear, simple lines. Let us not wait before beginning this work until all the way is made clear. Faith says, Move forward. Christ says, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Go on, step by step, departing not from the spirit of sanctification through the truth which the presence of the Spirit of God and obedience to the truth will give. Let none who have accepted this blessed faith and hope be found lacking in the spirit of self-sacrifice as they engage in the sacred work of preaching to the people, the truth in its simplicity. {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 6] I am instructed to say, Lower not the standard set for the minister of Christ in the life and labors of the Son of God. Cherish a Christlike simplicity. Study the requirements of the word of God. Buckle on the armor of warfare, remembering that the reward will be given to every humble believer who labors in faith and love. {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 7] All should be interested in doing their utmost, not boastingly, but with earnestness and a fervent spirit. Teach the people to sense their accountability to God. Ellen G. White. - {AU Gleaner, June 8, 1910 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 1] January 17, 1912 Unpublished Testimony ［THE FOLLOWING TESTIMONY WAS READ AT ONE OF THE SPECIAL MEETINGS BY ELDER THOMPSON, AND MADE SUCH A DEEP IMPRESSION ON THE CONGREGATION THAT WE GIVE IT TO THE GLEANER FAMILY C.H.E.］ {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 2] "God calls for an entire surrender. You cannot receive the Holy Spirit until you break every yoke of bondage, everything that binds you to your objectionable traits of character. These are the great hindrances to your wearing Christ's yoke and learning of him. The abiding rest--who has it? That rest is found when all self-justification, all reasoning from a selfish standpoint is put away. Acquaintance with Christ makes you want to abide in him, and to have him abide in you. Entire self-surrender is required. {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 3] "In my dream last night a sentinel stood at the door of an important building, and said to every one who came for entrance, Have you received the Holy Ghost? A measuring line was in his hand, and only very, very few were admitted into the building. Your size as a human being is nothing; your size as the full stature of a man in Christ Jesus, according to the knowledge you have had, will give you an appointment to sit with Christ at the marriage supper of the Lamb, and you will never know the extent of the great advantages given you in the banquet prepared for you. {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 4] "You may be tall and well proportioned in self, but none such can enter here. None can be admitted who are grown-up children, with all the habits and customs, the disposition, the characteristics which pertain to children. You have nurtured your suspicions, your criticisms, your bad temper, your dignity, and you cannot be permitted to spoil the feast. All who enter through the door have on the wedding garment, woven in the looms of heaven. Your leaven of distrust, your want of confidence, your power of accusing, closes against you the door of admittance. Within this door, nothing can enter that can possibly mar the happiness of the dwellers here by marring their perfect trust in one another. Those who have educated themselves to pick flaws in the characters of others, have thus revealed a deformity of character which has made families unhappy, which has turned souls from the truth to choose fables. You can not join the happy family in the heavenly courts; for God has wiped all tears from their eyes. You can never see the King in beauty, if you are not yourself a representative of the loveliness of Christ's character." - {AU Gleaner, January 17, 1912 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 1] March 17, 1915 A Letter from Elder W. C. White DURING THE LAST WEEK MOTHER HAS BEEN SITTING UP THREE OR FOUR HOURS EACH DAY. THE DOCTORS SAY THAT SHE IS HOLDING UP REMARKABLY, CONSIDERING HER AGE. {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 1} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 2] Last Wednesday (March 3) she said to Brother Crisler, "I need the prayers of all God's people." To her nurse she said, "Jesus is my blessed Redeemer, and I love him with my whole being." {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 2} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 3] Today, in talking with Brother Crisler, she said: "My courage is grounded in my Saviour. I want that peace that abounds in Christ Jesus. My work is nearly ended. Looking over the past, I do not feel the least mite of despondency or discouragement. I feel so grateful that the Lord has withheld me from despair and discouragement, and that I can still hold the banner. I am very grateful that this is so. I know him whom I love, and in whom my soul trusteth." {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 3} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 4] Speaking of death, she said, "I feel, the sooner the better; all the time that is how I feel--the sooner the better. I have not a discouraging thought, nor sadness. I have hoped I should be able once more to speak to the people; but that is the Lord's business, not mine. I have light and faith and hope and courage and joy in the Lord, and that is enough. The Lord understands what I can endure, and he has given me grace to bear up under the discouragements that I have sometimes had to bear, and I feel thankful for this. I have nothing of which to complain; I thank the Lord for all his goodness, all his mercy, all his love." {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 4} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 5] Pointing to and handling some of her books, she continued: "I appreciate these books as I never did before. They are truth, and they are righteousness, and they are an everlasting testimony that God is true. {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 5} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 6] "Let the Lord take his way and do his work with me, so that I am refined and purified; and that is all I desire. I know my work is done; it is of no use to say anything else. I shall rejoice, when my time comes, that I am permitted to lie down to rest in peace. I have no desire that my life shall be prolonged." {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 6} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 7] Following a prayer by Brother Crisler, she prayed: "Heavenly Father, I come to thee, weak, like a broken reed, yet by the Holy Spirit's vindication of righteousness and truth that shall prevail. I thank thee, Lord, I thank thee, and I will not draw away from anything that thou wouldst give me to bear. Let thy light, let thy joy and grace, be upon me in my last hours, that I may glorify thee, is my great desire; and this is all that I shall ask of thee. Amen." {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 7} [AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 8] Following the prayer: "I did not know how it would be in the last, the very last, on account of the affliction. But I find that I can lean my whole weight on the promises of God; and I do not at all doubt or question his wisdom in any way. He has provided for me to be carried through; and I shall rejoice just as long as I have tongue and voice." W. C. White. {AU Gleaner, March 17, 1915 par. 8} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 1] AUCR - (Australasian) Union Conference Record April 1, 1898 The Great Need of the Holy Spirit.-- Part I. - Monday, May 30, 1898. "Just prior to His leaving His disciples for the heavenly courts, Jesus encouraged them with the promise of the Holy Spirit." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 1} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 2] "This promised blessing, if claimed by faith, would bring all other blessings in its train, and it is to be given liberally to the people of God." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 2} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 3] "Through the cunning devices of the enemy, the minds of God's people seem to be incapable of comprehending and appropriating the promises of God." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 3} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 4] "The power of God awaits their demand and reception." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 4} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 5] "He who is endowed with the Holy Spirit has great capacities of heart and intellect, with strength of will and purpose that is unconquerable." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 5} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 6] "How little men can do in the work of saving souls, and yet how much through Christ if they are imbued with His Spirit." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 6} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 7] "The Holy Spirit must be the living agency to convince of sin." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 7} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 8] "The Spirit of God working in the heart, co-operates with the working of God through His human instrumentalities."--Special Testimonies. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 8} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 9] "We should pray as earnestly for the descent of the Holy Spirit as the disciples prayed on the day of Pentecost. If they needed it at that time, we need it more today." {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 9} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 10] "Without the Spirit and power of God, it will be in vain that we labour to present the truth." Testimony No, 31, p. 153. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 10} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 11] God has determined to leave nothing undone to recover man from the toils of the enemy. After Christ's ascension, the Holy Spirit was given to man to assist all who would co-operate with Him in the reshaping and remodelling of the human character. The Holy Spirit's part of the work has been defined by our Saviour. He says, "He will convince the world of sin, of righteousness, and of judgment." The Holy Spirit is the convicter, and sanctifier as well. As none can repent of their sins until they are convicted, the necessity of uniting the Spirit with us in our labour to reach the fallen is apparent. All of our human abilities will be exercised in vain unless we are united to the heavenly intelligences. It is through the lack of a knowledge of the vitalizing truth, and the corrupting influence of error, that men are fallen so low, sunk in the depths of sinful degradation. Angels and men are to work in harmony to teach the truth of God to those who are unlearned therein, that they may be set free from the bonds of sin. It is the truth alone that makes men free. This liberty, this freedom through the knowledge of the truth, is to be proclaimed to every creature. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 11} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 12] Jesus Christ, God Himself, and the angels of heaven are interested in this grand and holy work. Man has been given the exalted privilege of revealing the Divine Character by unselfishly engaging in the effort to rescue man from the pit of ruin into which he has been plunged. Every human being who will submit to be enlightened by the Holy Spirit is to be used for the accomplishment of this divinely conceived purpose. Christ is the head of His church, and it will glorify Him the more to have every portion of that church engaged in the work for the salvation of souls. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 12} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 13] But the human workers need to leave more room for the Holy Spirit to work, that the labourers may be bound together, and move forward in the strength of a united body of soldiers. Let all remember that we are "a spectacle unto the world, to angels, and to men." Therefore they should enquire with meekness and fear, What is my path of duty? Entire consecration in the service of God will reveal the moulding influence of the Holy Spirit at every step along the way. When apparent impossibilities arise in your path, present the ever-ready, complete efficiency of the Holy Spirit before your unbelieving heart, that it may shame away your over-cautious spirit. When your faith is weak, your efforts feeble, talk of the great Comforter, the Strength of heaven. When you are inclined to doubt that God is working, by His Holy Spirit, through human agents, remember that God has used the church, and is using it to the glory of His own name. If men will not obstruct the way, God will move upon the minds of many more to engage in active service for Him. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 13} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 14] The Great General is not only leading a few generals; but the Captain of the Lord's host is leading the armies of both heaven and earth to battle; and they are marching on to the glorious victory. Every soldier is to put on the whole armour of God, and fight courageously, realizing that he is battling in full view of the invisible universe. If they will obey orders, the Lord's army will find themselves influenced by the Holy Spirit to work the works of God. The battle-field is glorified with the light shining from the cross of Calvary. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 14} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 15] The promise of the gift of the Holy Spirit is not comprehended as it should be; the privileges to be enjoyed through its acceptance are not appreciated as they might be. God desires that His church should lay hold by faith upon His promises, and ask for the power of the Holy Spirit to help them in every place. He assures us that He is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those that ask Him, than parents are to give good gifts unto their children. Since it is possible for every one to have the heavenly unction, "ye need not that any man teach you," and there is no excuse for shunning responsibilities; no duty should be unwelcome, no obligation evaded. Christ Himself is the renewing power, working in and through every soldier by the agency of the Holy Spirit. The efficiency of the Spirit of God will make effective the labours of all who are willing to submit to His guidance. {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 15} [AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 16] God is moving upon every mind that is open to receive the impressions of His Holy Spirit. He is sending out messengers that they may give the warnings in every locality. God is testing the devotion of His churches, and their willingness to render obedience to the Spirit's guidance. Knowledge is to be increased. The messengers of heaven are to be seen running to and fro, seeking in every way possible to warn the people of the coming judgments, and presenting the glad tidings of salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ. The standard of righteousness is to be exalted. The Spirit of God is moving upon men's hearts, and those who respond to its influence will become lights in the world. Everywhere they are seen going forth to communicate to others the light they have received, as they did after the descent of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost. And as they let their light shine they receive more and more of the Spirit's power. The earth is lighted with the glory of God. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, April 1, 1898 par. 16} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 1] October 15, 1898 A Stirring Appeal. - Extracts from Very Recent Testimonies from Mrs. E. G. White. I must make an appeal to our brethren, in our great necessity, for means to carry forward the work in these new fields. We have held our first camp-meeting in Queensland, and the healthful influence of this meeting on the community exceeds that of any camp-meeting that has been held. This meeting has been in session one week. Every evening there has been a full tent, often many standing as a wall outside. Some of the best people of the place attended the meetings, many of them coming from localities miles away. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 1} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 2] Brethren and sisters, we must take into consideration the fact that we are on missionary soil as labourers together with God. Just as soon as the standard is linked in one locality, and it is safe to leave the converts new to the faith, we must plan to enter another new field. And we find that it is as has been represented to me in the visions of the night. The words of Christ to His disciples were: "My meat is to do the will of Him that sent Me, and to finish His work. Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal, that he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together." {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 2} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 3] There is no release in this warfare. The work is to be done, and while the angels hold the four winds, we are to work with all our capabilities. We must bear our message without any delay. We must give evidence to the universe of Heaven, and to men in this degenerate age, that our religion is a faith and a power of which Christ is the Author and His word the divine oracle. Human souls are hanging in the balance. They will be subjects for the kingdom of God, or slaves to the despotism of Satan. All are to have the privilege of laying hold of the hope set before them in the gospel, and how can they hear without a preacher? The human family is in need of a moral renovation and a preparation of character. There are souls ready to perish because of the theoretical errors that are prevailing, and which are calculated to counteract the gospel message. Who will now fully consecrate themselves to become labourers together with God? {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 3} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 4] . . . . Let all awake to their God-given responsibilities. Let none suppose that they can live a life of selfishness, and then, having served their own selfish interests, enter into the joy of their Lord. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 4} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 5] What gifts God has given to His people! How abundant are the gifts given to us in Christ! In Him God poured upon the world a profusion of gifts and graces; therefore, it is not because Christ has not bestowed His gifts that His church is so destitute of the treasures of heaven that would make her rich in resources. Why is it that the light of truth does not rapidly extend to all the morally destitute places of the world? It is because God's stewards are not giving their tithes and offerings. Christ has given to us abundantly. He has given Himself, the highest, richest, gift that could be given. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 5} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 6] How Much Owest Thou? "How much owest thou unto my Lord?" If we enquire, we shall ［not］ find this a hard problem to solve. Every specification is given in every dispensation. God lays His hand upon all our possessions, saying: "I am the rightful owner of the whole universe; these are My goods. Consecrate to Me the tithes and offerings. Bring in these specified goods as a token of your loyalty, as an acknowledgement of My intrusted goods, and your submission to My sovereignty, and you will be free to retain your portion. My blessing shall increase your substance, and you will have abundance." {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 6} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 7] All around us, souls are perishing in their sins. But how few are really burdened over the matter. The world is perishing in its misery; but this hardly moves even those who claim to believe the highest and most far-reaching truth ever given to mortals. There is a lack of that love which led Christ to leave His heavenly home, and take man's nature, that humanity might touch humanity and draw humanity to Divinity. There is a stupor, a paralysis, upon the people of God, which keeps them from understanding what is needed for this time. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 7} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 8] God's people are on trial before the heavenly universe; but the scantiness of their gifts and offerings, and the feebleness of their efforts in God's service, marks them as unfaithful stewards. If what they are doing were the best they could do, condemnation would not come upon them; but with their resources they could do much more. The world knows, and they know, that they have to a great degree lost the spirit of self-denial and cross-bearing. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 8} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 9] I appeal to our brethren to awake, to consecrate themselves to God, and to seek wisdom from Him. I appeal to the officers of our conferences to make earnest efforts in our churches, to arouse them to give of their means for sustaining foreign missions. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 9} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 10] The last years of probation are passing into eternity. The great day of the Lord is soon to come upon us. We should now use every ability we possess to arouse our people. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 10} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 11] Christ has brought us into church capacity that He may engage and engross all our capabilities in devoted service for the salvation of others. Anything short of this is opposition to the work. There are only two places in the universe where we can deposit our treasures--in God's storehouse or in Satan's; and all that is not devoted to God's service is counted on Satan's side, and goes to strengthen his cause. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 11} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 12] If God's people had the love of Christ in the heart; if every church member was thoroughly imbued with the spirit of self-sacrifice; if all manifested thorough earnestness, there would be no lack of funds for home and foreign missions; our resources would be multiplied; a thousand doors of usefulness would be opened, and we should be invited to enter. Had the purpose of God been carried out by His people in giving the message of mercy to the world, Christ would have come to the earth, and the saints would ere this have received their welcome into the city of God. {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 12} [AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 13] We should now feel the responsibility of labouring with intense earnestness to impart to others the light we have received. We cannot be too much in earnest. Even those who have felt much have not felt enough. They must still feel more deeply. The heart of God is moved. Souls are very precious in His sight. It was for this world that Christ wept in agony; for this world He was crucified. He desires to see those who have had great light flashing that light upon the pathway of their fellow-men. One soul is of more value to heaven than a whole world of property, houses, lands, or money. - {AUCR, October 15, 1898 par. 13} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 1] July 12, 1899 The Higher Education. - (Address by Mrs. E. G. White) July 10, 10 a.m. I desire that we shall know the very path we are to travel, the very grace we are to receive, in order that we may obtain our life insurance policy in the kingdom of God. "Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue: whereby given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue, and to virtue knowledge, and to knowledge temperance, and to temperance patience, and to patience godliness and to godliness brotherly kindness, and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins." {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 2] How many there are that forget. They forget that they were baptized, to rise out of the water to live in the likeness of Christ's resurrection. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 3] "Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things ye shall never fall." Every one of us can make our election sure or we can make it a failure. "If ye do these things ye shall never fall." If we live on the plan of addition, God will work for us on the plan of multiplication." {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 4] The one who appreciates the Word of eternal life will be a most diligent worker. He is to work out his own salvation with fear and trembling. Why the fear? you say. Why the trembling? Lest he shall in some way make crooked paths for his feet. He is to place himself in such a position that he can keep his eyes fixed on Jesus. He is to behold Him and His character. Those who do this live on the plan of addition, not the plan of subtraction. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 5] "Add to your faith." You have faith in Jesus Christ as your Saviour. All should have faith in Him as a Saviour. We are to work in accordance with that faith. We show our faith by working, by keeping our eyes fixed on the mark of the prize of our high calling in Christ Jesus. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 6] He who beholds Jesus, realizing what He is to us and what we are to Him, will be diligent. He will live on the plan of addition, adding to his faith virtue, and to virtue knowledge, and to knowledge temperance, and to temperance patience, and to patience godliness, and to godliness brotherly kindness, and to brotherly kindness charity. This is a process of growth. He who co-operates with Christ will not be found tomorrow where he is today. Every day he will follow on to know the Lord, that he may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. Of those who live in this way it will be written at last, "Ye are complete in Him." {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 7] We are to work not merely for our own souls, but for the souls of all with whom we are connected. Parents are to keep before them the point to which they should work--the perfection of the characters of their children. They are to strive earnestly to perfect the characters of their children, because the future immortal life will show the result of the work they have done. Those parents who educate their children aright, weeding out every unruly trait, are fitting them to become missionaries for Christ in truth, in righteousness, in holiness. He who in his childhood does service for God, adding to his faith virtue, and to virtue knowledge, and to knowledge temperance, and to temperance patience, and to patience godliness and to godliness brotherly kindness, and to brotherly kindness charity, is fitting himself to hear the words, "Child, come up higher; enter the higher school." Do you think we shall not learn anything there? We have not the slightest idea of what will then be opened before us. With Christ we shall walk before the living waters. He will open before us the beauty and glory of nature. He will show us what He is to us and what we are to Him. There are lessons we do not know now that we shall know hereafter. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 8] The education that is to be given in our families is this. The child that lives the life of Christ, studies the character of Christ, the child who is prayed with and prayed for, will be prepared to enter the higher grade. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 9] Can we suppose that parents who have neglected or indulged their children, letting them, because it is easier, follow their own way, stand on the same footing as parents who have followed the will and way of God? Churches have been troubled by the defective characters of parents and the defective characters of their children. What have they been bringing to the foundation? Only wood, hay, and stubble. They may be saved and their children may be saved, because they have at last awakened to their defects; but will they be regarded in the same light as are those whose lives have been devoted to the service of Christ? As one star differeth from another star in glory, so it will be with the saints in light. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 10] It means everything to us to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling. God works in us, to will and to do of His good pleasure. If we let Him work He will work. Our reward in heaven above depends on our daily walk and conversation here below. We can be Christians here. And to be a Christian it is not necessary that we live in depression, mourning because we cannot have our own way. If we are Christians indeed Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. This brings a light into the chambers of the mind and the soul-temple which nothing can put out. We need religion in the soul. We need to carry out the principles of true godliness. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 11] True education embraces not merely a training of the intellect, but is a symmetrical development of all the powers--physical, mental, and moral. It is the inculcation of those ideas which will impress the mind and heart with the knowledge of God the Creator and Jesus Christ the Redeemer. It should ever be kept before the students in our schools that higher education is an experimental knowledge of the plan of salvation, and that knowledge is secured by earnestly and diligently searching the Scriptures. Such an education will renew the mind and transform the character, restoring the image of God in the soul. This is the education which will strengthen and fortify the mind against the deceptive whisperings of the adversary of souls, and enable us to understand the voice of God. It will fit the learner to become a co-worker with Jesus Christ, dispelling the moral darkness and bringing light and knowledge into the world. It is the simplicity of godliness--our passport from the preparatory school of earth to the higher school above. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 12] Higher education is found in the words spoken by our Lord and Saviour, the Great Teacher sent by God. Having stood in the councils of God, the elements of truth from the least to the greatest were always familiar to his mind. All the treasures of heaven were included in the gospel, and were given to him to bestow upon the fallen race, that every soul might receive the help needed to break the chain which bound him a slave to sin, and to become free in Christ Jesus. He spoke with the power and authority of a divine oracle, and with a knowledge that he was unfolding truth of the highest magnitude--even the words of eternal life. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 13] God's appointments and grants in our behalf are without limit. The throne of grace is itself the highest attraction, because occupied by One who permits us to call Him Father. But the Lord Jehovah did not deem the principle of salvation complete while invested only with His own love. By His own appointment He has placed at His altar an Advocate clothed in His nature. As our Intercessor, his office work is to introduce us to God as His sons and daughters. Christ intercedes in behalf of those who receive Him. To them He gives power, by virtue of His own merits, to become members of the royal family--children of the heavenly King. And the Father demonstrates His infinite love for Christ, who paid our ransom by His blood, by receiving and welcoming Christ's friends as His friends. He is satisfied with the atonement made. He is glorified by the incarnation, the life, death and mediation of His Son. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 14] This is the science of salvation, the science of true godliness, the true science of all education which the student can take with him into the higher grade--the courts above. That which heaven deems important in all education is that kind of knowledge which has been revealed from eternity, and which enters into the purposes of God, expressing His mind and revealing His glory. To obtain this education is the study of the angels of God and of all the heavenly intelligences. The themes which should absorb our attention in this life, and which will demand study throughout the eternal ages, are so momentous that they not only supersede the discoveries of man, but engross the undivided attention of the only begotten Son of God. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 15] This education can be gained only from a study of God's Word. It will ennoble and expand the intellect, and strengthen the spiritual powers. It will enlarge the narrow confines of human scholarship, and present before the mind a far deeper knowledge to be obtained through a vital connection with God. It will bring every student who is a doer of the Word into a broader field of thought, and will secure to him a wealth of learning which is imperishable. Without this knowledge it is certain that man will lose eternal life; but, possessing it, he will be fitted to become a companion of the saints in light. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 16] Centuries ago, when enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, Christ, through Moses, instructed the Israelites how they were to teach their children, Moses received, direct from God, the lessons he was to give to the people. "And these words which I command thee this day shall be in thine heart, and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and thou shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down and when thou risest up. . . . Keep, therefore, and do them, for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes and say, 'Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.'" {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 17] . . . And the Lord said unto Moses, "Write thou these words; for after the tenor of these words have I made a covenant with thee and with Israel." . . . And He wrote upon the tables the words of the covenant. In giving this remarkable instruction to Moses, God taught that His chosen people should be the repository of truth for the whole world. There can be no higher education than this; none more pure or none more precious for all mankind. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 18] If our youth obtain that knowledge they will be able to gain all the rest that is essential; but, if not, all the knowledge they may acquire from the world will not place them in the ranks of the Lord. They may gather all the knowledge that books can give and yet be ignorant of the first principles of that righteousness which could give them a character approved of God. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 19] Christ is the greatest Teacher, the greatest Benefactor upon whom the world will ever look. He is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He is the Light of the world, ascending the firmament of truth and shining in clear, distinct rays. Should He withdraw His beams the world would be shrouded in eternal darkness. He contemplated the situation of the world. He saw that eternal interests were involved in the choice man should make--an immortal crown for the overcomer, unhappiness and eternal ruin for those who should neglect the higher education--the science of salvation. He rejoiced in the anticipation of doing for His followers more than they could ask or think. He came to our world to mould character and give mental power. His mission to earth was to shed abroad the bright beams of true education, that our pursuits and aims in this life might not be misapplied and lost; for we may carry with us all the treasure of knowledge which gives us a fitness for the life that measures with the life of God. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 19} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 20] All who learn the science of salvation must be submissive students in the school of Christ, that the soul-temple may be the abiding place of the Most High. If we would learn of Christ we must be emptied of every proud possession, that He may imprint His image upon the soul. It was because of a close connection with the living God that Daniel received true education, and knowledge, and understanding and wisdom. By abiding in Christ, by doing His will, by simple faith in His word, even the unlearned may have this knowledge. To these humble, trusting ones the Lord Jesus reveals that all knowledge not perverted by the wisdom and sayings of men leads heavenward. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 20} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 21] The teachings of Christ were of an entirely practical nature. By the use of parables He brought the eternal future to view. Some were afraid of His searching truths; others who listened to His teachings came to Him privately and sought an explanation. This was the desire that Christ wished to arouse, that He might give them more definite instruction. None will come in vain to Christ to inquire for a clearer knowledge of truth, for He has declared, "If any will do the will of God he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God or whether I speak of Myself." Those who have yielded their will to God are receiving a training in Christ's school to do all the justice possible to His divinity. Those who study His word, with hearts opened to receive the impressions made by the Holy Spirit, will not complain that they cannot see clearly the meaning of His word. He will unfold to them the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, and these mysteries will be understood by the heart that longs to know the truth. A heavenly light will shine into the soul-temple, and be revealed unto others as the bright shining of a lamp on a dark path. When the mind is not clear it is the privilege of all to go to the Great Teacher and ask Him who uttered those mysterious truths to enlighten the understanding. In Christ's name our petitions ascend to the Father. He intercedes in our behalf, and the Father lays open all the treasures of His wisdom and grace for our appropriation, to enjoy and to communicate to others. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 21} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 22] The message of deliverance is granted to all. We are to wear Christ's yoke and bear His burden. What is redemption? It is that process by which the soul is trained for heaven, and it requires something higher, something more divine than the mere knowledge of books. This training means a knowledge of Christ; it means emancipation from ideas, from habits and practices that have been gained in the school of the Prince of Darkness. The soul must be delivered from habits and practices which are opposed to loyalty to God. In this life we are to learn submission to the Divine will, or we shall not be able to enter into the kingdom of heaven. True religion enables a man to overcome stubbornness, pride, selfishness, worldly ambition, questioning, and unbelief. There is grace and strength in Christ to enable us to rise above the alluring, infatuating temptations of Satan and lead us to the Cross of Calvary, that we may become active, devoted, loyal workers for the cause of truth. {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 22} [AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 23] The truths contained in the Scriptures are grand, elevating, uplifting, ennobling. If the lost image of God is restored during probationary time these truths must be cherished. They are graced with such simplicity that they could not have originated in any human mind. A Sower from a higher world went forth to sow the seeds of truth. Only this higher phase of education is able to prepare students for the higher life--the highest grade in the highest school, where, with Christ and God as teachers, we shall throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity learn how best to magnify and glorify God's name. - {AUCR, July 12, 1899 par. 23} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 1] July 21, 1899 Our Sanitarium and Its Work. - (Mrs. E. G. White.) My husband and I took an interest in the Sanitarium in Battle Creek from the time it was first started. It was very hard work to get right ideas fixed in the minds of the workers in regard to what the Sanitarium should be. We had to go over the ground again and again and again, teaching them line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. We had to draw back in some lines, and encourage advance in others. We had to work against every objection that could be raised, in order to get the institution established. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 2] The work of the Sanitarium was started in New South Wales in a dwelling house. We did not know how the rent for this was to be paid. I took one room, and Brother Baker took two, and with this help the rent was paid. The work has been continued in this house ever since. Those in charge of the Sanitarium have done the very best they could under the circumstances. We have been hoping and praying that help would come. We have been trying in every way to get out of the premises now occupied, and get a piece of land away from the noise and confusion of the city. The smoke from the chimneys makes it impossible for the atmosphere in a city to be pure. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 3] From the light I have received, I know that if ever there was a country where a Sanitarium was needed it is New South Wales, and I may say also, Victoria. There is indeed a great necessity for such an institution. The people say, "But we have our hospitals." Some may go to the hospitals and get benefit from the treatment, but it would mean death for others to go there. We should have a Sanitarium under our own regulations, that the truth of God on health reform may be given to the world. Those connected with such an institution, who are being educated as nurses, should be trained to go forth from the institution as solid as a rock upon the principles of health reform and other points of the truth. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 4] Why should we have a Sanitarium? -- Because a class of patients will come to it who know nothing of the principles we teach. They may, perhaps, have heard something, and as they become acquainted with the workers, if these workers are what they should be, they will carry an influence with them when they leave that will have a right impression on the minds of those with whom they come in contact. This should be our aim. Each worker in the Sanitarium can exert a favorable or unfavorable influence upon the patients. If, by their deportment and conversation, their patience and kindness, they exert a right influence, the patients will see that they practice the truth they profess. These patients will carry a good impression away with them. Thus the truth can be given to a class which it would be impossible to reach in any other way. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 5] The Lord God of Israel would not have given directions to have everything according to the pattern shown in the mount if He had not meant us to work according to those directions. That is, in whatever institutions we establish, in whatever we do, our work should be a fitting representation of the most elevated ennobling principles that have ever been given to man. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 6] The Lord has instructed me that we can have a Sanitarium here if everyone will do as I was reading this morning in the eighth and ninth chapters of Second Corinthians. "Moreover, brethren, we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedonia; how that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded unto the riches of their liberality." What was their trial?--After the death of Stephen, the Christians were driven from Jerusalem and scattered to different places, and some of them came to Macedonia. How many of us have been brought into such straits? They had to flee from their homes. It had been prophesied that there would be a famine in Jerusalem. This famine had come, and now the ones who had been driven from Jerusalem must have help. "Their deep poverty abounded unto the riches of their liberality; for to their power I bear record, yea, and beyond their power they were willing of themselves." Some who had no money gave part of their wearing apparel. Some divided the store of food they had, living poorly, that those who were suffering in Jerusalem might be fed. "Praying us with much entreaty that we would receive the gift." Because of their poverty the apostle tried to restrain them, but they prayed him to receive the gift. They did not know how to get their gift to Jerusalem, but Paul and Barnabas were going there, and they rejoiced to think they could send their gift by them. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 7] "And this they did, not as we hoped." They gave beyond the expectation of the apostles, who had looked for only a small amount. They brought so much that the apostles had to be entreated to receive the gift. They did not weigh the matter, wondering whether there would be anything left for them. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 8] "This they did, not as we hoped, but first gave their own selves to the Lord, and unto us by the will of God." How did they do this?--When the wants of those in Jerusalem were made known in the church, they went down on their knees and told the Lord that they would consecrate themselves to Him, and asked Him to make them willing to do all they could. Those in Jerusalem had nothing; they had something, and they would divide. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 9] "And unto us by the will of God." How did they know it was the will of God?--Because they had first made the surrender. They had made the sacrifice of themselves. They were willing to make any sacrifice to relieve the afflicted ones. "Insomuch,"--the apostle addresses the church at Corinth, "that we desired Titus, that as he had begun, so he would also finish in you the same grace also. Therefore, as ye abound in everything, in faith, in utterance, and knowledge, and in all diligence, and in your love to us, see that ye abound in this grace also. I speak not by commandment, but by occasion of the forwardness of others, and to prove the sincerity of your love." {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 10] I speak this to you who are here before me. Let us see what we can do. We need to consecrate ourselves to God. "For ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though He was rich, yet for our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be rich?--Rich in what?--In possessing the eternal riches, a life which measures with the life of God. What suffering, what anguish, Christ endured to gain this for us! Who can describe it! {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 11] We need to feel the influence of the willing Spirit of God. We are to give ourselves to the Lord. We belong to Him because we have been bought with a price. Those connected with institutions which have been established, should feel it their privilege and duty to help the institutions God would have established where there is nothing to give character to the work. There can be an imparting which will bring blessing. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 12] The pattern given in the mount was a perfect pattern, and God says to us, "Whatever ye do for Me let it be perfect." But this does not mean that our buildings must be embellished. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 13] "And herein I give my advice," Paul continues, "for this is expedient for you who have begun before, not only to do, but also to be forward a year ago." How many years have we occupied that dwelling-house as a Sanitarium?--About three years. It was engaged for two years, and we hoped that by the time the two years were over we would have a building of our own. But meeting-houses had to be built and we do not regret building one that has been built. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 14] "Now, therefore, perform the doing of it; that as there was a readiness to will, so there may be a performance also out of that which ye have. For if there be first a willing mind, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not. For I mean not that other men be eased, and ye burdened; but by an equality, that now at this time your abundance may be a supply for their want, that their abundance also may be a supply for your want, that there may be equality. As it is written, He that had gathered much had nothing over, and he that had gathered little had no lack." Why? Because the Lord made the little go as far as the great. By the blessing of God the smallest offering may become a most precious gift. The Lord blesses our gifts in accordance with the self-denial, the self-sacrifice manifested. And when we deny ourselves for the benefit of others, we shall find that others will deny themselves to help us. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 15] I will not stop to read the rest of these chapters, but I want you to read them for yourselves. I want you to see the blessing that comes to those who do the very work at the very time and in the very crisis that God would have done. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 16] When our people are imbued with the spirit of liberality that prompted the church in Macedonia, they will be led to say,--We will arise and build, because we are losing time. We have been losing time ever since we went into the dwelling house in Summer Hill. Not losing time in one sense. In one sense the best that could be done has been done. But we have been losing time because we have not been able to do what we might have done if our brethren living where institutions have been established had said, "We have made a beginning. We will now bind about our wants and help those who have nothing." {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 17] This might have been done, but it has not been, and the burden now falls upon us in this country. Two things now demand our means and attention--the Sanitarium and the meeting house at Newcastle. Which, you say, shall receive the first attention? I hardly want to say. The necessity for both buildings is great. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 18] I wish to say, as I wrote to the brethren in America, God will bless you as you take hold of this work and help to the best of your ability. We can deny ourselves. But we must take hold of one thing at a time, and make it a success. Then we shall be prepared to take hold of the next thing. Every health reform institution that is established is to be conducted in accordance with its name. It is to be a health reform institution, not a health deform institution. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 19] I give Dr. Caro a word of praise and commendation, because he has not become discouraged at not being able to carry out what he wanted, and what those connected with him wanted. He saw so many lines to which the means must be given, and he kept thinking, "Our time will come." And has it not come? There are then a few months before the lease is up. Shall we not do something before that time? {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 19} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 20] I desire that everyone of us shall feel that this is the very work we are to have an interest in. Let everyone do something, when, if it is necessary to put up a building in some other locality, we shall work to the very best of our ability to help. But one thing must be done at a time. If the Sanitarium is established, let everything in it be appropriate to the name. God will help us; then let us have it so. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 20} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 21] No extravagance must be seen in our institutions. We cannot locate in a place where land is expensive, where we would have to put up an extensive building to correspond with the place. We must put up a building which will answer our purpose. Time is short, and in the name of the Lord I say that we should take these things to heart. Everyone of us should feel that he must do something, and to do it without delay. God will help us if we will come up to His help. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 21} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 22] Do you not want to have a place where, if you are sick, you can have good treatment, where you can be under the care of physicians who are attended by the angels of God? I know that God has put a burden upon Dr. Caro, and if he is allowed to carry a great many more burdens with it, he will break down. We want him to carry a burden which none of you can carry. We want him to be free and happy, able to welcome the patients, rich or poor; not because of the extravagant display in the building, but because of its neatness and order, and because of the presence of facilities which are essential in any Sanitarium. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 22} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 23] God has just as surely put His Spirit upon Dr. Caro as He has upon Dr. Kellogg. He is with him as he takes up the cases of his patients. Our doctors have burdens to bear. Their responsibilities are terrible. I have seen Dr. Kellogg fall on his knees in an agony of distress when an operation was to be performed which meant life or death. One false movement of the instrument would cost the patient's life. Once, in a critical operation, I saw a hand laid upon his hand. That hand moved his hand, and the patient's life was saved. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 23} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 24] The Lord will preside in our institutions here, but the living principles of truth must be kept pure, uncontaminated by anything that would mar their lustre. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 24} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 25] The medical work has been represented as the right hand of the body of truth. This hand is to be constantly active, constantly at work; and God will strengthen it. But it is to remain a hand; it is not to be made the body. I desire that this point shall be understood. The living truth of God is to be made known in our medical institutions. This does not mean that the doctor or any of the workers are to introduce the truth to everyone. That is not the way to do. The truth can be presented without doing this. The nurses and workers are not to go to the patients saying, We believe in the Third Angel's Message. That is not their work, unless the patients desire to hear; unless their objections have been removed, and their hearts softened. Act so that the patients will see that Seventh-day Adventists are a people who have common sense. Act so that they will feel that the institution is a restful place. Bible truth is to be presented, but special points of the truth are not to be brought out before all the patients. If they ask you questions, give them the reasons of your faith. In this way light will shine forth. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 25} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 26] Patients may be asked to attend our meeting, and there they will hear the truth, knowing at the same time that it is not pressed upon them. Then when they leave the Sanitarium, and hear people saying, I do not want to go there to be made a Seventh day Adventist, they will tell them that the workers at the Sanitarium press the truth upon no one. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 26} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 27] We need a Sanitarium. We desire that every soul here shall be interested in this work, because God is interested in it, and we should be interested in what God is interested in. We want to see this institution as God sees it. He sees a class reached by its work who can be reached in no other way. Thus many will gain a knowledge they never had before. This is the work the Lord desires to have done. Then let it be hindered no longer. God help us to take hold of it. No one man is to do the whole work. Let us all help to the best of our ability. {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 27} [AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 28] Everything is to be done according to right principles. May the Lord inspire us with His Spirit, and help us to give ourselves to Him. Nothing that we have is our own. All is the Lord's, and we are to do His work. God will put His Spirit upon those who will do something, and do it now. - {AUCR, July 21, 1899 par. 28} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 1] July 26, 1899 The Avondale Health Retreat. - (Mrs. E. G. White.) Thursday, July 20, 1899. I want to say that I am very thankful that the movement to erect a health retreat here has been made. My heart has been deeply pained as I have seen parents here who did not know what to do when their children were sick. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 2] This institution is to be a place where an education will be given in right principles of health reform, so that those who receive help in it will go forth with an understanding of how to take care of themselves, and thus prevent sickness, and also how to treat sickness if it should come upon them. They should be taught by example how to take care of themselves in regard to diet. Men and women need an intelligent knowledge of how to care for the sick wherever they are, and how to give rest from suffering. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 3] In the night season I was looking at a building. "What is this?" I asked. "The building in which you shall take care of the sick and suffering." "But," I said, "I did not know that we had such a building." "No," was the answer," but you must have it." This building presented was very nearly like the building now being erected here. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 4] The building is so placed that it will get all the sunshine possible, not only in the sleeping rooms, but in the rooms where the patients sit. The sun is God's doctor, which brings health and strength, purifying and giving color to the blood, and we must have it. It was objected that the building would be askew with the road. "Askew let it be," I said; "that building must be where it will get the sunshine, in whatever position it is." The building is just right as it now is. It will get the sunshine, and I am well pleased with it. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 5] When in the night season the building was standing before me, I said, "We have no money; how can we put up such a building?" I was asked, "Where are you going to put your wearied, worried, worn-out ministers? Are you going to let them go wherever they can find a place?" I said, "We are going to take care of them." The answer was, "You need a building fully as large as this in which to take care of them, and you need another building in which the very sick can be accommodated." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 6] This is the work that must be done, but we must move carefully, so that we shall not incur a heavy debt. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 7] I never have seen such carelessness in regard to the health as I have seen in this community. We need to educate, educate, educate. If human beings are worth all that has been paid for them, should they not be uplifted? For us the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity. This He did that humanity might touch humanity, and divinity lay hold of divinity; and thus the help that the sick and suffering need be brought to them. As we follow Christ in doing this work, we shall awaken an interest in the God we love and serve. We shall find that this is the successful way to save soul and body. Medical missionary work is the entering wedge to the work of saving souls. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 8] You will remember the poor paralytic who was brought to Christ. This man had heard that the Saviour was healing the sick, but he did not know how to get to Him. His friends decided to take him to Christ, but when they reached the house where He was teaching, there was so great a crowd that they could not get even to the door. Christ saw them bringing that man to Him. He saw them leaving their home, and His heart went with them at every step. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 9] As the sick man's friends stood round the house where Christ was speaking, unable to get in, some one suggested that they take off part of the roof, and let him down at Christ's feet. The priests had told this man that his sins were the cause of his sickness, and they could give him no hope that there was any way in which he could be saved from sin. With this burden of sin upon him, the paralytic was let down before Christ. The Saviour knew just where to commence His work for the sufferer. He knew that he was longing for help, and He said, "Son, thy sins be forgiven thee." Hope sprang up in the man's heart. But the wrath of the priests was roused, and they said, "Who can forgive sins but God alone." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 10] "When Jesus perceived their thoughts, He, answering, said unto them, What reason ye in your hearts! Whether is it easier to say, Thy sins be forgiven Thee; or to say, Rise up and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of Man hath power on earth to forgive sins. (He said unto the sick of the palsy), I say unto Thee, Arise, and take up thy couch, and go into thine house. And immediately he rose up before them, and took up that whereon he lay, and departed to his own house, glorifying God. And they were all amazed, and they glorified God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen strange things today." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 11] I am glad we have a health retreat here. It is not ready for use yet, but it soon will be. We are going to move out by faith. We have already moved out by faith in putting this building on the ground. God knows all about it. I would ask you all, instead of investing your means in something you can do without, help us in furnishing our health retreat. We desire that everyone shall become interested in this institution, where an education is to be given in the science of healing. Every student in the school is to understand that he is to be economical in everything, in dress, in time, that he may have something to divide with the suffering poor. If those to whom the Lord has entrusted means use their money to glorify themselves instead of helping suffering humanity, they dishonor their Maker. God has entrusted men with His goods, His capital, and they are to use this capital aright, for it is the Lord's money. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 12] This institution is to be a blessing to the afflicted and suffering. There are souls to be saved. Christ left His home in glory in order to do this work. He came as a man. Unless He had come thus, He could not have reached the suffering ones. Satan had the field, and he was doing all he could to keep men and women in affliction. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 13] Christ is touched with the feelings of our infirmities. Why was He poor? Why did He not come to our world with outward display, with splendor and power? Because He wanted to bring to every human being the test that all must bear. Humanity must be touched with the sufferings of humanity, that men and women might learn how to show tenderness, kindness, and pity, and thus a Christ-likeness of character be developed in humanity. In this way they were to be fitted to be missionaries. This is the work that is to be done everywhere. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 14] God declares, that in the last day there will be only two parties, one on the right hand and one on the left. To those on the left hand He says, "I was an hungered, and ye gave Me no meat; I was thirsty, and ye gave Me no drink; I was a stranger, and ye took Me not in; naked, and ye clothed Me not; sick, and in prison, and ye visited Me not." They have no part with Him; for they know nothing about Him. They could not enjoy life in His kingdom and He says to them, "Depart from Me." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 15] They are surprised. They did not think that they had done anything particularly wrong. "Lord when saw we Thee an hungered," they ask, "or athirst, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto Thee?" Christ answers, "Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these ye did it not to Me." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 16] To those on the right hand Christ says, "Come ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world; for I was an hungered, and ye gave Me meat; I was thirsty, and ye gave Me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took Me in; naked, and ye clothed Me; I was sick, and ye visited Me; I was in prison, and ye came unto Me." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 17] These also are surprised. They did not think that they had done anything worthy of commendation. "Lord, when saw we Thee an hungered, and fed Thee?" they ask, "or thirsty, and gave Thee drink? When saw we Thee a stranger, and took Thee in or naked, and clothed Thee? Or when saw we Thee sick, or in prison, and came unto Thee?' Then the King shall answer and say unto them, "Verily I say unto you, inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 18] They are co-workers with Christ. They believed and lived the words--"Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God's." This responsibility rests upon every one of us. The students in this school are daily to strive to form characters for the future immortal life. God is testing us, to see whether we will prove ourselves worthy to enter in through the gates into the city. Why are we here? It seems strange to everybody that we should be located in the woods. But we do not want our students to be near the city. We know that even though we bring them into the country, we cannot escape from all evil. We have a public-house here, and not long ago a man left this public-house drunk. As he was crossing a bridge he fell from his horse and was killed. Thus through intemperance Satan works to destroy. But in the country the youth are less exposed to temptation. They are away from the sights and the sounds of the city. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 19] We desire to take the students away from the foul atmosphere of the city. Not that Satan is not here. He is here, but we are trying to do all we can to place the students in the very best circumstances, in order that they may fasten their eyes on Christ. In the country they are not near the temptation of horse-racing and cricket matches. Once in Sydney I saw a great multitude on one of the streets. Hundreds and hundreds, and I might say thousands, were gathered together. "What is the matter?" I asked, "It is because of the cricket match," was the answer. And while men were playing the game of cricket, and others were watching the game, Satan was playing the game of life for their souls. Therefore we decided to locate our school where the students would not see cricket matches or horse races. We are just where God wants us to be, and many conversions have taken place in this school. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 19} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 20] The work of education must begin in the home. It must be carried on in the schoolroom. Parents and teachers must unite in doing all they can in order to place the youth on vantage ground. Children have hereditary tendencies to wrong, which must be overcome. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 20} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 21] Christ came to restore the moral image of God in man, and if parents and teachers will do all in their power, with prayer, working to bring their children into a right position, God will bless them. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 21} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 22] Missionary work is to be done on this ground; for this is missionary soil. Efforts are to be made to save body and soul. In order that the soul may be saved, attention must be given in sympathy to the sufferings of the body. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 22} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 23] In the Word of God is found the education of God. This Word tells what Christ will do in behalf of everyone who will co-operate with Him. This book should be our lesson book, for it contains the higher education. Christ prayed, "And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent." Do we not all wish to know how to gain life eternal? It is gained by knowing God and Jesus Christ. We are to make our teaching in regard to this as plain and clear as possible, and then students will fall in love with it. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 23} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 24] This morning I was reading the nineteenth Psalm and the Psalms following, and I thought, What beautiful lessons these Psalms teach. "The heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament showeth His handywork." What is the matter with us? We have lost sight of God. The world has lost the knowledge of God. Our work is to bring this knowledge within the reach of all we possibly can. Our message is. "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 24} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 25] The history of Joseph and Daniel contain lessons which all should learn. How full their lives are of patience, of noble, sanctified independence. What better instruction could be given to the youth than this. How was it with Daniel. God gave him knowledge and understanding in all visions and dreams. He strengthened Daniel's mind, increasing his power and his ability: and the record states, "As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom; and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams. And in all matters of wisdom and understanding, that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 25} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 26] Let us place ourselves where we may gain the very best knowledge in regard to our accountability to God and to the souls for whom we must give an account. As we help these souls to reach a higher standard, God will help us. "Dare to be a Daniel, dare to stand alone, dare to have a purpose true, and dare to make it known." This is what the youth should be taught to do. We need to catch the inspiration of God's Spirit, and then work with all the power He has given us to co-operate with Him in restoring the moral image of God in man. When we have done this, we shall feel indeed that we have not lived in vain. - {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 26} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 1] July 26, 1899 Church Schools. Shall We Establish Church Schools. 1. "In all our churches, and wherever there is a company of believers, church schools should be established." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 2] 2. "If people would encourage the church in which they are members, to establish small, humble school buildings in which to do service for God, they would accommodate their own children within their own borders." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 3] 3. "In this country (Australia) many parents are compelled to send their children to school. Therefore, in localities where there is a church, a school should be established, if there are no more than six children to attend." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 4] 4. "Establish schools for the children where there are churches. Where there are those who assemble to worship God, let there be schools for the children." "We are far behind in what the Lord would have us do in this matter. There are places where our schools should have been in operation years ago. Let these now be started under wise directors, that the children and youth may be educated in their own churches." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 5] Why Do We Need Church Schools? 5. "The education that is generally given in the schools of the world is not that which can be accepted as true education." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 6] 6. "Can we wonder that children and youth drift into temptation and become educated in wrong lines where they are continually associating with other neglected children? Can we wonder, neglected as they have been, that their energies become devoted to amusements which do them no good, that their religious aspirations are weakened, and their spiritual life darkened?" {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 7] 7. "There is earnest work to be done for the children. 'Before the overflowing scourge shall come upon all the dwellers upon the earth, the Lord calls upon all who are Israelites indeed to serve Him. Gather your children into your own houses; gather them in from the classes who are voicing the words of Satan, who are disobeying the commandments of God. Strike the blood upon your door-posts, and go not out until the morning. For the Lord will pass through to smite the Egyptians; and when He seeth the blood upon the lintel, and on the two side posts, the Lord will pass over the door, and will not suffer the destroyer to come in unto your houses to smite you. And ye shall observe this thing for an ordinance to thee and to thy sons for ever," {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 8] 8. "And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues."-- Revelation 18:4. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 9] What Should be the Character of such Schools? 9. "The Lord would have our primary schools, as well as those for older persons, of that character that angels of God can walk through the room, and behold in the order and principles of government, the order and government of heaven." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 10] 10. "These schools established in different localities . . . . should be built upon the same principles as were the schools of the prophets." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 11] How Should Church Schools be Supported? 11. "Let the church carry a burden for the lambs of the flock in its locality, and see how many can be educated and trained to do service for God." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 12] 12. "Shall the members of the church give means to advance the cause of Christ among others, and then let their own children carry on the work and service of Satan? What the Lord Jesus expects in all believers is something besides being occupied and active; this activity should be trained in Christ's lines. God requires wholeness of service." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 13] 13. "The church is asleep and does not realize the magnitude of this matter of educating the children and youth. . . . The church should take in the situation, and by their influence and means seek to bring about the much-desired end. Let a fund be created by generous contributions for the establishment of schools for the advancement of educational work."--(S.T., p. 200.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 14] What Shall be Taught in Church Schools? 14. "The Bible must be made the groundwork and subject matter of education." "When teachers become connected with the Great Teacher, we shall see the golden mixture of heaven in every line of study, binding all together, and enabling each one to do its work in revealing the character and purpose of God. Much is lost by the students because there is brought into their lessons studies that have an influence merely to make them ambitious to master them, while the truth is overshadowed and buried out of sight." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 15] 15. "It is the Third Angel's Message that needs attention in our schools. . . . . . The urgent necessities that are making themselves felt in this time demand a constant education in the Word of God. . . . . . Students need lessons which they have not yet received. We are not at liberty to teach that which shall meet the world's standard ［or］ the standard of the church, simply because it is the custom to do so. {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 16] 16. "While the Bible should hold the first place in the education of children and youth, the book of nature is next in importance."--(S.T., p. 58.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 17] 17. "Our schools should teach the children all kinds of simple labor. Teach them that all their faculties of body and mind were given to them to use, and that all are the Lord's, pledged to His service." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 18] 18. "Let them employ a Christian teacher, who, as a consecrated missionary, shall educate the children in such a way as to lead them to become missionaries themselves." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 19] 19. "If teachers were receiving light and wisdom from the Divine Teacher, . . . . . they would measure the relative importance of the things to be learned in school; the common, essential branches of education would be more thoroughly taught, and the Word of God would be honored and esteemed as the bread sent down from heaven."--(S.T., p. 165.) "The common branches of education should be fully and prayerfully taught." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 19} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 20] 20. "In itself the beauty of nature leads the soul away from sin and worldly attractions, toward purity, peace, and God. For this reason the cultivation of the soil is good work for the children and the youth."--(S.T., p. 60.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 20} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 21] 21. "The little ones should be trained to be obedient, upright, and practical."--(S.T., p. 70.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 21} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 22] 22. "The youth should be taught to look upon physiology as one of the essential studies." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 22} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 23] 23. "God has, in the natural world, placed in the hands of the children of men the key to unlock the treasure house of His Word. . . . Then let the children become acquainted with nature and nature's laws. . . The little children should come especially close to nature. . . . Let them become familiar with its beautiful, varied, and delicate forms. Teach them to see the wisdom and love of God and His created works; and as their hearts swell with joy and grateful love, let them join the birds in their songs of praise. Educate the children and youth . . . to imitate the attractive graces of nature in their character-building."--(S.T., p. 61, 62.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 23} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 24] What Will be the Effect Upon Young Children of so Constantly Using the Bible in the Schoolroom? 24. "O, for a clearer perception of what we might accomplish if we would learn of Jesus. The springs of heavenly peace and joy, unsealed in the soul of the teacher by the magic words of inspiration, will become a mighty river of influence, to bless all who connect with him. Do not think that the Bible will become a tiresome book to the children. Under a wise instructor, the Word will become more and more desirable. It will be to them as the bread of life, and will never grow old. There is in it a freshness and beauty which attracts and charms the children and youth. It is like the sun shining upon the earth, giving light and warmth, yet never exhausted. By lessons from Bible history and doctrine, the children can learn that all other books are inferior to this. They can find here a fountain of mercy and love." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 24} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 25] What Kind of Teachers shall be Employed in Our Church Schools? 25. "If the instructors themselves have a religious experience, they will be able to communicate to the students that knowledge of the love of God which they have received. These lessons can be given by those only who are themselves truly converted." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 25} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 26] 26. "The youth are in need of educators who shall keep the Word of God ever before them in living principles."--(S.T., p. 238.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 26} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 27] 27. "Special talent should be given to the education of the youth." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 27} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 28] 28. "Every teacher should be under the full control of the Holy Spirit." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 28} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 29] 29. "In these schools should be teachers who have the true missionary spirit; for the children are to be trained to become missionaries." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 29} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 30] 30. "The great aim of the teacher should be the perfection of Christian character in himself and in his students." "No one should have a part in the training of youth who will be satisfied with a lower standard."--(S.T., p. 50, 51.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 30} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 31] Qualifications of Teachers. 31. "Again and again has the educator of youth carried into the school-room the shadow of darkness which has been gathering upon his soul. He has been overtaxed, and is nervous; or dyspepsia has colored everything a gloomy hue. He enters the school-room with quivering nerve and irritated stomach. Nothing seems to be done to please him; he thinks that his scholars are bent upon showing him disrespect, and his sharp criticisms and censures are given on the right hand and the left. . . . No one who will become impatient and irritated should be an educator."--(C.E., p. 26, 154.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 31} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 32] 32. "The teacher may understand many things in regard to the physical universe; he may know all about the structure of animal life, the discoveries of natural science, the inventions of mechanical art; but he cannot be called educated, he is not fitted for his work as an instructor of youth, unless he has in his own soul a knowledge of God and of Christ. He cannot be a true educator until he is himself a learner in the school of Christ, receiving an education from the Divine Instructor."--(S.T., p. 49.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 32} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 33] 33. "Let none feel that, having an earnestness in religious matters, is all that is essential in order to become educators. While they need no less of piety, they also need a thorough knowledge of the sciences."--(C.E., 51.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 33} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 34] 34. "The principles and habits of the teacher should be considered of greater importance than even his literary qualifications."--(C.E., p. 8.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 34} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 35] 35. "One may have sufficient education and knowledge in science to instruct; but has it been ascertained that he has tact and wisdom to deal with human minds?" {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 35} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 36] 36."The cause of God needs teachers who have high moral qualities, and can be trusted with the education of others--men who are sound in the faith, and have tact and patience; who walk with God, and abstain from the very appearance of evil; who stand so closely connected with God, that they can be channels of light--in short, Christian gentlemen."--(C.E., p. 213.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 36} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 37] 37. "We cannot in this day of peril, accept teachers because they have been in school two, three, four or five years. The question which should decide whether they are qualified for their work should be--have they, with all their acquisition of knowledge, searched and dug beneath the surface for truth, as for hidden treasures? Are they partakers of the fruit of the tree of life?" {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 37} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 38] How Should the Work be Regarded? 38. "This is the noblest missionary work that any man or woman can undertake." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 38} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 39] 39. "The smaller children should not be neglected. This work is fully as essential as the work for the older pupils." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 39} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 40] What will be the Results of such Schools? 40. "We may bring hundreds and thousands of children to Christ if we will only work for them." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 40} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 41] 41. "Church schools will be the means of lifting the standard of truth in the places where they are established." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 41} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 42] 42. "Children who are properly instructed will be witnesses for the truth." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 42} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 43] 43. "The promises spoken by the Great Teacher will captivate the senses and animate the soul of the child with a spiritual power that is Divine. There will grow in the fruitful mind a familiarity with Divine things, which will be a barricade against the temptations of the enemy." {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 43} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 44] 44. "In the last days, children's voices will be heard proclaiming the message. As Christ in the temple solved the mysteries which priests and rulers had not discerned, so in the closing work of this earth, children in their simplicity will speak words which will be an astonishment to men who now talk of 'higher education.'" {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 44} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 45] Are We Prepared for a Church School? 45. "I told the brethren that from the light given me of God, they were not prepared to have a school established among them. The spirit they cherished would communicate itself to others, and leaven all the influence for good that would be exerted by the school." (M.S. regarding the establishment of schools.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 45} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 46] 46. "Parents and teachers should work for the accomplishment of this object--the development of all the powers, and the formation of a right character; but when parents realize their responsibilities, there will be far less for the teachers to do in the training of their children."--(S.T., p. 42.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 46} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 47] 47. "Then, wherever a school is established, there should be warm hearts to take a lively interest in our youth. Fathers and mothers are needed with warm sympathy, and with kindly admonitions, and all the pleasantness possible should be brought into the religious exercises."--(C.E., p. 47.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 47} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 48] 48. "Parents must come to view this matter in a different light. They must feel it their duty to co-operate with the teacher, to encourage wise discipline, and to pray much for the one who is teaching their children. You will not help the children by fretting, censuring, or discouraging them; neither will you act a good part to help them to rebel, and to be disobedient and unkind and unlovable, because of the spirit you develop."--(C.E., p. 155.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 48} [AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 49] 49. "When a company of believers is raised up, careful provision should be made for the permanence and stability of the work. A house of worship will be needed, and a school where Bible instruction may be given to the people. The workers should not leave their field of labor without building a church and providing a school-room and a teacher. . . All this has been presented before me as a panoramic view. I saw workmen building humble houses of worship. Those newly come to the faith were helping with willing hands, and those who had means were assisting with their means. A school-room was prepared for the children. Teachers were selected to go to this place. The number in the school was not large, but it was a happy beginning. I heard the songs of children and of parents. Except the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it. Except the Lord keep the city, the watchman watcheth but in vain. . . . The establishment of churches, the erection of meeting houses and school buildings was extended from city to city, and the tithe was increasing to carry forward the work. There was a class, not only in one place, but in many places, and the Lord was working to increase His forces. Something was being established that would publish the truth. The work is to be done, not only in Australia, but in the cities of America as well."--(M.S.) {AUCR, July 26, 1899 par. 49} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 1] July 28, 1899 An Appeal For Help. - (Mrs. E. G. White.) - Talk at the Meeting Where Money Was Raised for the Sanitarium. - When I read in the General Conference Bulletin that twenty thousand dollars had been donated to Australia, and that large donations had been made to the General Conference to help in other places, a feeling of sadness came over me. I felt that if this donation came to our people in this way, it would deprive them of a blessing, according to the eighth and ninth chapters of 2 Corinthians, so that rich supplies of grace might flow in upon God's people, because of their self-denial and self-sacrifice. Christ says: "He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." You have read your Bibles, and you know of the cross the Saviour bore when He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and clothed His divinity with humanity. He did not come to take his position among the wealthy, where He could have all the luxuries and conveniences of life. For our sakes He became poor, that we, through His poverty, might become rich. He is our example. We can deny ourselves, and we can do a great deal more of this than we have any idea of. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 2] Just as soon as we place ourselves where we realize that all that we have and are is the Lord's, it will be easy to give. When we accepted Jesus Christ, we accepted not only the advantages that we are entitled to by the Word of God, but the suffering and humiliation also; and all the spiritual and temporal advantages which have come from Christ. He bridged the gulf between heaven and earth, and thus made finite man of value in God's sight. Through Christ, our Mediator and Intercessor, the human race has been placed on vantage ground. Whatever our capabilities, whatever our poverty or riches, we are to show that we realize that we are accountable to God and dependent on Him. By our liberality and self-denial we are to strive to co-operate with Him. As labourers together with God we have pledged ourselves to co-operate with Him in the advancement of His work. This is our stewardship. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 3] The work of God is to be carried on by us as a people. We know how it started. My husband said: "Wife, let us take only sixteen shillings a week. We shall live very plainly and dress very plainly, and take the means that otherwise would come to us, and invest it in the publishing work." The publishing house was then a plain, square building, twenty-four by thirty-six. Some narrow-minded men, who wanted the money for themselves, said, "This is altogether too large a building." They brought such heavy pressure to bear regarding this question that a meeting was called. I was asked to go and explain why, if the Lord was coming so soon, the publishing work should need such a large building. I said: "You that have ears, I want you to hear. It is because the Lord is coming that we want a building as large as this is; and more than that, it will grow larger as the work progresses. The Lord has a work to do in the world. The message must go to all parts of the earth. It is because we believe this that we have started this work. We are going to deny ourselves." {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 4] My husband and I decided to take lower wages. Others pledged themselves to do this also, and the money thus saved was used in starting the work. Some of our brethren donated quite liberally, because they believed what we said. In after years, when prosperity attended the work, and these brethren had grown old, and become poor, we took their cases into account, and helped them all we could. My husband was a man full of sympathy for the needy and the suffering. "Brother ----- put his means into the work when it was in need of help, and now we must help him," he would say. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 5] There are cases where people will give, as those did when the apostles were unwilling to receive it, so liberal was the gift. There have been cases where my husband has said: "I cannot take your means." I believe Christ will make us willing to do just as the Israelites did when they were building the tabernacle in the wilderness. The tabernacle was to be built, and the Lord was very particular about the building, as He is about anything connected with His service. In Egypt the Israelites had been accustomed to see splendour and grandeur connected with anything kingly; and God knew they would not be impressed unless there was some outward display. He let them have this, and gave men of His appointment skill and tact to do the work. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 6] We want God to take hold of this work. But to say we will not receive any loans, with or without interest, would not be wise. There may be those who could loan us money, while they would not feel able to make a gift. Newly come to the faith, they might hardly feel that they could give the money. We need a Sanitarium, and we must have it. I have not had much to do with this institution, but I feel that it is my Sanitarium as much as it is yours, because my prayers and interest are in it. It is a necessity that we have a Sanitarium; but I cannot go so far as to say that there will be no debt upon it. For years I have been hiring money from America. Nevertheless, from those who can make donations we shall be very thankful to receive donations. There are many who can give. But to say to our brethren, "You must make a donation, because we will not take a loan, with or without interest," would be unwise. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 7] One brother said to me not long ago: "You are in a heavy pressure for means. I will loan you sixty pounds for one year without interest." We were under heavy pressure in order to put up the Health Retreat, and I knew this means would help us. I felt as though it was a God-send, and I was very grateful for it. I believe the Lord stirred up our brother's mind to loan this money, and I felt very thankful. I help as long as I have any means to help with. As for laying up money, I do not do it; and I do not expect to do it. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 8] The Sanitarium, in Summer Hill, as it is now, does not properly represent the grand and ennobling work we have to do for the Master. In the Sanitarium we shall erect, there should be no extravagant display. We must locate where we shall not feel that we have to keep up a grand appearance in order to make a right impression. We must begin, as has been stated, with a building that will accommodate one hundred patients, and then as the Lord gives prosperity, we must enlarge, if His Spirit leads in that direction. But we must make sure that we are treading on safe ground, and then God will help us. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 9] Our work is to educate men and women to understand their responsibility to God, to understand that everything they have comes from Him through Jesus Christ. "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your Spirit, which are God's." Each one of us should stand where we realize our responsibility and accountability to the God of heaven. When we realize this, Divine blessing will rest upon us. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 10] God declares: "Behold, I will send My messenger, and he shall prepare the way before Me; and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to His temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in; behold He shall come, saith the Lord of Hosts." The Lord comes to His temple to find those who are sincere. He measures the worshippers. He knows those who are true-hearted and self-sacrificing. "Who may abide the day of His coming; and who shall stand when He appeareth?" Who will stand in the day of investigation. This does not mean the time when the books are opened. It is a preparatory work. "For He is like a refiner's fire and like fuller's soap." To those who have felt unconcerned, the Spirit comes as a reprover, and shows them that they need to do something to cleanse the temple. He investigates the temple and the worshippers thereof. "He shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver; and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto God an offering in righteousness." It will be as it was in the days of old, when the people were bringing their gifts for the building of the tabernacle. Their offerings were accepted, and they brought so much that the word went forth, "Bring no more; there is enough." Even though an offering may be small, the Lord will receive it as wholly acceptable; and He can make it go a long way. "Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former years." {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 11] "I am the Lord; I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed. Even from the days of your fathers ye are gone away from Mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return unto Me, and I will return unto you, saith the Lord of Hosts. But ye said, Wherein shall we return? Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed Me. But ye say, Wherein have we robbed Thee? In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse; for ye have robbed Me, even this whole nation." {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 12] Today men are robbing God. For the costly, massive structures they are rearing, they will have to give an account. The means thus used is needed to send the Gospel to the dark places of the earth. The owners are accountable to God for the misuses of the means God has given them. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 13] "Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in Mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of Hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of Hosts. And all nations shall call you blessed; for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of Hosts." {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 14] God speaks to the class who are always complaining. "Your words have been stout against Me, saith the Lord. Yet ye say: What have we spoken so much against Thee? Ye have said, it is vain to serve God; and what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance, and that we have walked mournfully before the Lord of Hosts?" Who asked them to walk mournfully? God wants us to walk in the light of the Sun of Righteousness. He wants His people to reflect the light of heaven. He wants us to lift up our heads and rejoice, because our redemption draweth nigh. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 15] "And now we call the proud happy; yea, they that work wickedness are set up; yea, they that tempt God are even delivered." Thus the murmurers talk. But a different class is brought to view. "Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another; and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name. And they shall be Mine, saith the Lord of Hosts, in that day when I make up My jewels. And I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him. Then shall ye return, and discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God, and him that serveth Him not." {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 16] When God's people show that they realize their accountability to Him, and their dependence on Him, by carrying forward His work, the Lord blesses them. We are to do the very best we can. We must have a Sanitarium, and we must have it out of the city, in a convenient location, where there is plenty of water, because we use water in the place of drugs. The Sanitarium is to be located in a restful place, where trams are not passing all the time. It should be away from the smoke of the chimneys of a city, where the atmosphere is as pure as can be found. We can be in touch with Sydney, and yet be out of Sydney. Christ prayed for His people. "I pray not that thou shouldst take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldst keep them from the evil." We are not to leave the world, but we are to avoid all the evil possible. The Lord God of Israel is going to help us in this matter, and we are going to seek Him with heart and soul. We are going to plead that God will let His Holy Spirit rest upon us. He will hearken to the testimony of faith, and I believe we shall see the salvation of God. I believe He will furnish good counsellors, men who can think in right lines, and He will work with them. I have no confidence in the smartest men that ever lived unless they are under the control of God. They may have natural capabilities and talents, but unless they are guided by the Holy Spirit, they will be controlled by some one else. God has given us talents, and He wants us to place ourselves under His working power. And just as sure as we do this, He will give us power to work. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 17] Brother Wessels is a little diffident in taking hold in a new place, but though he is in a new country he has not a new God. He has the same God that he had in Africa, and he can put himself under His teaching here. Christ says, "Come unto Me all ye that labor and are heavy laden and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you and learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls." Let us lay hold in order that we can lift. Let us behold the grace and glory in the face of Jesus Christ. The Lord God of Israel wants to work with every man who will be worked, and I believe that Brother Wessels is a man who wants to be worked. Christ says, "My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." I have always found it so. Christ's yoke is easy because He bears the heavy end. His burden is light because He lifts with us. He says, "Learn of Me, and ye shall find rest." We need this rest. We need to find it by living experience, and then go right to work, as though we knew that the God of Israel was at our right hand to help us. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 18] By self-sacrifice the work was started in America, and now the Lord has seen fit to send us here to commence the work. Even in my old age I have come. The Lord has given me strength, and I call upon you today to help us. I have been sick, but you have been praying for me, and He has heard your prayers. I did not think that I could have talked as I did yesterday. The Lord God of Israel is the hope of His people. He has said. "Build a Sanitarium," and a Sanitarium we are going to build. He is going to help us to do this. We are going to call upon all to take hold and do what they can. The Lord's blessing will rest upon the work if we only have a willing mind. God has always helped us, and He will continue to help us. I praise His holy name. - {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 1] July 28, 1899 The School and Its Work. - ［Mrs. E. G. White.］ Talk, Sabbath Afternoon, July 22. God designs that this place shall be a centre, an object lesson. Our School is not to pattern after any school that has been established in America, or after any school that has been established in this country. We are looking to the Sun of Righteousness, trying to catch every beam of light that we can. Why? Because we want that light in our school. Why have we gone to such an expense in putting up buildings here if we are not to be separate from the world. We are to stand in Christ, learning of Him, the greatest Teacher the world has ever known. His word is to be the foundation of all the education given. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 2] Our greatest need is converted families, parents and children who are under obedience to God. From the light given me by God, I know that if the students in this school will learn of Jesus Christ, teachers can be sent from here to take charge of schools for smaller children; teachers who have learned the greatest of all lessons, who understand the Word of the Lord; teachers who will help the children to obtain a knowledge of the Scriptures. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 3] From this centre we are to send forth missionaries. Here they are to be educated and trained, and sent to the islands of the sea and other countries. The Lord wants us to be preparing for missionary work. But if, while here, the students show no aptitude for missionary work, and are weak in moral power, they are not fitted to go to other countries. They are to be tested and proved here, that it may be seen what their adaptability is, and whether they have a right hold from above. If they have a firm hold on Christ, they will have a right hold on all with whom they come in contact. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 4] In this place students are to be prepared to enter the work of God in different places. Why were workers sent to this country? Were there no fields to be worked in America? There was much work to be done there; but God designed that here an institution should be established, from which workers should go forth to the islands of the sea. Persons of other languages are to be brought here and taught the English language. These will go back to their different countries to educate others. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 5] This work will take money. Then let none of us go into any extravagance, for we cannot afford it. We must bind about our wants, because the Master tells us to. We must be laborers together with Him who left the royal courts, and for our sakes became poor that we through His poverty might be made rich. He says to us, "Follow Me." I have been instructed that we need to wake up and cut off every needless expense. Come right down to self-denial and self-sacrifice, that the work of God may be advanced, and places entered where people know nothing about the truth. The souls of those in darkness are just as precious as our souls, and they are to be won to God. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 6] We are to work in these lines. This is why light was given me that there should be a centre here, that we should have a school where men and women can be prepared to go as missionaries to different countries. One missionary is not to stay in the same place for years. He is to work as a laborer together with God, and when he has served for a time, let him leave that field. He is better prepared to tell those in the home field what is needed in the field he has left, and to educate workers for that field. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 7] We are to have at this school an office of publication. A printing press is to be established here; not one so fully equipped perhaps as the one in Melbourne. An education in printing is to be given here to those who shall come from the Islands and other places. They are to learn to print in their own languages, and to translate from the English into these languages. Then they are prepared to give valuable help. At the same time they can give instruction in the Island languages to those who are fitting themselves to go to the Islands. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 8] These things can be done, and they can be done right on this ground. God designs that they shall be done. The Lord wanted us to realize that we are under responsibility to reach the very highest standard in spirituality and usefulness. There is a world to be warned. This field has been presented to me in every case as a world by itself. We cannot always send to Battle Creek for our publications, or even to the Echo office; for we cannot get them soon enough. We must have a printing press here, where pamphlets and leaflets can be printed, and more especially that students may be educated in the art of printing. If there were two or three presses it would be none too many. I am talking of what I know. We need to wake up. The Third Angel's Message is to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 9] In this school workers are to be educated to enter families after a camp meeting is over, and give Bible-readings. As these workers learn the meekness and lowliness of Christ, they can enter families and give a right impression. It is the after-work of camp-meetings, the house to house work, that gathers sheaves for the Master. It is then that opposing ministers come in with their objections; and workers need to be on the ground to meet these objections; for the truth is new to the people, and they must be taught line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. In this work there is need of a great deal of prayer. There must be a taking hold of God. The people in the darkness of error can be reached only through God. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 10] Students are to be trained for this work. But if those here show foolishness, if they are not solid and sound when here on the ground, where the influence tends to press them right ahead, what good will it be to send them into new fields to work for unbelievers. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 11] God designs that every soul shall be tested, tried, and proved, to see if he is prepared to join the heavenly family, to see if he can endure temptation, so that he will not do Satan's work. There is a great and grand work to be done. Some who are here may feel that they must go to China or other places to proclaim the message. These should first place themselves in the position of learners, and thus be tested and tried. God wants us above everything else to have a right hold on Him. Every teacher and student is to be linked together, and be determined to press the battle to the gates, refusing to allow the enemy to come on to this ground. This is holy ground. God's Spirit moves upon persons to come here, to make something of them. Those who have no appreciation of this work might better be one thousand miles away than to be in the school. We want students who will be subordinate to rule, who will learn in the school of Christ, who can be prepared for the higher school, so that God can say to them, Come up higher, I have lessons to teach you. In My higher school you shall learn throughout all eternity. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 12] God wants to do something for each one of us. This work is an individual work, a personal work. Students, do not depend on your teachers to form your character. For Christ's sake make your characters individually. Take hold of God, and do not think that you have to be always with your teachers in order to be solid workers. We are to represent God to the world, to show what the truth has done for us right on this ground. We want to see the moving of the Holy Spirit. You will remember that the Spirit so worked in the schools of the prophets that when Saul, when hunting for David, came in connection with one of these schools, the Spirit came upon him, and he prophesied. But we need something more lasting than Saul had. Take hold of God. You have little enough time in which to form characters fit for the future immortal life. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 13] To those who tie up their money in worldly enterprises, I would say, We want that money, that we may set the work of God in operation in places where the people are still in darkness. The towns from here to Queensland are to be worked, and yet there are regions beyond. There are those who, when the Spirit of God comes upon them, can go to Western Australia, where a great work is to be done. Get hold of God, and God will get hold of you. Reach the people through Christ; you cannot reach them through yourself. Reach them through the Spirit of God. God calls upon us to put on the armour. We do not want Saul's armour, but the whole armour of God. Then we can go forth to the work with hearts full of Christ-like tenderness, compassion, and love. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 14] ［A question was asked regarding the connection of the health foods business and the school.］ {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 15] The light given me is that it will not be very long before we shall have to give up using any animal food. Even milk will have to be discarded. Disease is accumulating rapidly. The curse of God is upon the earth, because man has cursed it. The habits and practices of men have brought the earth into such a condition that some other food than animal food must be substituted for the human family. We do not need flesh food at all. God can give us something else. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 16] When we were talking about this land, it was said, "Nothing can be raised here." "Nevertheless," I said, "the Lord can spread a table in the wilderness." Under His direction food will go a long way. When we place ourselves in right relation to Him, He will help us, and the food we eat in obedience to Him will satisfy us. We can subsist on very much less than we think we can, if God's blessing is on the food; and if it is for His glory, He can multiply it. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 17] We need to understand that God is in the health reform movement. When we put Christ in it, it is right for us to grasp every probability and possibility. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 18] The health food business is to be connected with our school, and we should make provision for it. We are erecting buildings for the care of the sick, and food will be required for the patients. Wherever an interest is awakened, the people are to be taught the principles of health reform. If this line of work is brought in, it will be the entering wedge for the work of presenting truth. The health food business should be established here. It should be one of the industries connected with the school. God has instructed me that parents can find work in this industry, and send their children to school. But everything that is done should be done with the greatest simplicity. There is to be no extravagance in anything. Solid work is to be done, because unless the work is done solidly, a slipshod experience is the result. We need solid, well-developed workers in every line. The work must be solid. Just as soon as the helpers in this line of work are controlled by the Holy Spirit, the Lord will give them tact and intelligence in the manufacturing of foods, just as He gave the workers on the tabernacle understanding and ability. He will enable them to do the right kind of work in building up the tabernacle of the body. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 19] I would say to you--In all the work here keep out criticism and accusing. This will naturally creep in, but it is to be overcome. Get your hearts filled with the Spirit of God, and then you can be placed in positions of trust. Each one of us should seek to excel in the grace of Christ. I would warn you now against the spirit of criticism, that you may guard against it. Let us put the enemy out of the camp, and let each one of us try to do his best. First let us give ourselves to the Lord; then we can make our offerings to Him, and He will say, ye are laborers together with Me. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 19} [AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 1] July 28, 1899 Union Conference Proceedings Sister White: I feel very thankful that we have got the Word, and I have read this over and over again: "Put on therefore as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, long-suffering." Now, what kind of a people would we be if we were to do that always? "Forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And, above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness." Now, I thought if all this company here would just carry out these words that are here, why, we should be ready for translation; we certainly would be ready for the work of God to go forward in the world. And now here is something that I want you to consider: "And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which ye also are called in one body; and be ye thankful." What an influence you could carry if everyone would carry out these principles. But there is something more. "Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks unto God and the Father by Him." Well, now, is not that very precious; I think it is very precious. Then we read in Ephesians, "And be not drunk with wine wherein is excess." Here is something you can be filled with; it will restore the moral image of God in man: "But be filled with the Spirit." Then we can be, that is a possibility. Then let us let it; let us let the Spirit of God dwell in our hearts, and give no place for the devil. Here it says again: "Speaking to yourselves in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody in your hearts." Do not you think that we should do this, and if we should sing more to the glory of God, and if we should be cheerful and not appear as if we were a band of mourners going to the cemetery; do you not think that if we lifted up our heads and rejoiced because our redemption draweth nigh there would be altogether a different atmosphere surrounding our souls? Now, I felt very thankful indeed that Brother Haskell came just at the time of the first term of our school, and we had a blessed school. Every soul that came to the school for that term was converted. The Bible was opened, and there seemed to be a treasure house that Brother Haskell could draw from and present it to the people, and it was of the greatest value to us. I thank the Lord to see this congregation here, a large company. I feel sorry we cannot have the labours of Brother Haskell here and have them in America, but we cannot have both, and the Lord will give us the strength if it is his duty to go there. I am very thankful to meet Brother Irwin. It has seemed like having a little piece of America here, and here we can speak and pray together, although I was ill for a week and could not get out. I thought I would have to take time to recover, but the Spirit of the Lord strengthened me and blessed me. Now I thank God I have the pleasure of saying these few words, and the Lord will bless every one of us that wants to be blessed. {AUCR, July 28, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 1] July 31, 1899 The Avondale School Farm. - (Mrs. E. G. White.) - Read by her at the Avondale Church, Sabbath Afternoon, July 22. I have words of counsel for our brethren regarding the disposition and use of the lands near our school and church. I have been learning of the great Teacher. Many particulars regarding the work at Cooranbong have not been opened before me until recently, and not until now have I felt at liberty to speak of them. And even now I do not feel free to reveal all things, because our people are not yet prepared to understand all that will be developed at Avondale in the providence of God. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 2] At the beginning of the Sabbath I fell asleep, and some things were clearly presented before me. There were persons selecting allotments of land on which they proposed to build houses and establish their homes. But one stood in our midst who said, You are making a great mistake, which you will have cause to regret. This land is not to be occupied with buildings, except to provide the facilities essential for the teachers and students of the school. This land about the school is to be reserved as the school farm. It is to become a living parable to the students. The students are not to regard the school land as a common thing, but are to look upon it as a lesson book which the Lord would have them study. Its lessons will impart knowledge in the spiritual culture of the soul. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 3] If you should settle this land near the school with private houses, and then be driven to select for cultivation other land at a distance from the school, it would be a great mistake, and one always to be regretted. All the land near the building is to be considered the school farm, where the youth can be educated under well qualified superintendents. The youth that shall attend our school need all the land near by. They are to plant it with ornamental trees and fruit trees, and to cultivate garden produce. The school farm is to be regarded as a lesson book in nature, from which the teachers may draw their object lessons. Our students are to be taught that Christ, who created the world and all things that are therein, is the life and light of every living thing. The life of every child and youth who is willing to grasp the opportunities for receiving a proper education will be made thankful and happy while at school by the things which his eyes shall rest upon. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 4] The Work Before Us. We need more teachers and more talent, to educate the students in various lines, that there may go forth from this place many persons willing and able to carry the knowledge which they have received to many others. Orphan boys and girls are to find a home here. Buildings should be erected for a hospital; boats should be provided to accommodate the school; and we should have wise, energetic, and active men to act as superintendents of the several enterprises, men who will use their whole and undivided talents in teaching the students how to work. A competent farm manager should be employed, that before the winter school shall open again the grounds around our school buildings may become a school farm. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 5] Lads are to come in from different localities, and nearly all will take the industrial course. This course should include the keeping of accounts, carpenter's work, and everything that is comprehended in farming. Preparation should also be made for the teaching of blacksmithing, painting, shoemaking, cooking, baking, washing, mending, typewriting, and printing. Every power at our command is to be brought into this training work, that students may go forth equipped for the duties of practical life. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 6] Cottages and buildings essential to the school-work are to be erected by the students themselves. These buildings should not be crowded close together, or located near the school buildings proper. In the management of this work, small companies should be formed who should be taught to carry a full sense of their responsibility. All these things cannot be accomplished at once, but we are to begin to work in faith. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 7] The Land to be Reserved. The Lord would have the grounds about the school dedicated to Him as His own school room. We are located where there is plenty of land, and the grounds near the church should not be occupied with private houses. Those who believe the truth for this time are not all transformed in character. They are not all proper object lessons, for they do not represent the character of Christ. There are many who would be pleased to get close to the church and the school who will not be helps, but hindrances. They feel that they should be helped and favoured. They do not appreciate the character and the situation of the work in which we are engaged. They do not understand how that all which has been done at Avondale has been accomplished with the hardest labour, and the use of money given with sacrifice, or which must be paid back again to those from whom it was borrowed. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 8] Among those who will desire to settle at Avondale, there will be some who are filled with importance and anxiety about their own reputation. They are sensitive and cautious. These need to be converted, for they are far from standing where they can receive the blessing of the Lord. Satan tempts them to ask favours which will only injure them if granted, and thus they bring anxiety to their brethren. The living principles of the Word of God need to be brought into the lives of many who now find no room for these principles. Those who are learning in the school of Christ will count every favour from God as too good for them. They will realize that they do not deserve all the good things which they receive, and they will count themselves happy. Their faces will express peace and rest in the Lord, for they have the Word of God that He cares for them. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 9] "Thus saith the Lord, the heaven is My throne, and the earth is My footstool; where is the house that ye build unto Me? and where is the place of My rest? for all those things hath Mine hand made, and all those things have been, saith the Lord: but to this man will I look, even to him that is of a poor and a contrite spirit, and that trembleth at My word." During the last days of 1898 we had many experiences to teach us what these words mean. My heart was greatly burdened, and matters were opened before me then in regard to the evils to arise from disposing of the land near the school to be occupied with dwelling houses. We seemed to be in a counsel meeting, and there stood one in our midst who was expected to help us out of our difficulties. The words which he spoke were plain and decided: "This land, by the appointment of God, is for the benefit of the school." You have had evidences of the working of human nature, and what it will reveal under temptation. The more families that you settle around the school buildings, the more difficulties you throw in the way of teachers and students. The natural selfishness of the children of men is ready to spring into life if everything is not convenient for them. This land about the school is to be the school farm, and this farm is to occupy much more space that we have thought it would. Work in connection with study is to be done here according to the counsels given. Avondale is to be a philanthropic centre. God's people in Australasia are to be moved upon by the Spirit of the Lord to give sympathy and means to support and encourage many charitable and benevolent enterprises, which shall teach the poor, the helpless, and the ignorant how to help themselves. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 10] A Panorama. On several occasions the light has come to me that Avondale is to be used as the Lord's farm. In a special sense there is to be connected with this farm land that shall be highly cultivated. Spread out before me there was land planted with every kind of fruit trees that will bear fruit in this locality, also vegetable gardens, where seeds were sown and cultivated. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 11] If the managers of this farm and the teachers in the school will receive the Holy Spirit to work with them, they will have wisdom in their management, and God will bless their labours. The planting and the sowing, the gathering of the harvest, and the care of the trees, are to be wonderful lessons for all the students. The invisible links which connect the sowing and the reaping are to be studied, and the goodness of God is to be pointed out and appreciated. It is the Lord that gives the virtue and the power to the soil and to the seed. Were it not for His divine agency, combined with human tact and ability, the seed sown would be useless. There is an unseen power constantly at work as man's servant, to feed and to clothe him. The parable of the seed as studied in the daily experience of teacher and student is to reveal that God is at work in nature, and it is to make plain the things of the kingdom of heaven. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 12] God and Nature. Next to the Bible, nature is to be our great lesson book. But there is no virtue in deifying nature, for this is exalting the thing made above the great Master Artist who designed the work, and who keeps it every hour operating according to His appointment. As we plant the seed, and cultivate the plant, we are to remember that God created the seed, and He gives it to the earth. By His divine power He cares for that seed. It is by His appointment that the seed in dying gives its life to the blade, which contains in itself other seeds to be treasured and again put into the earth to yield their harvest. We may also study how the co-operation of man acts a part. The human agent has his part to act, his work to do. This is one of the lessons which nature teachers, and we shall see in it a solemn, a beautiful work. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 12} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 13] There is much talk about the Lord in nature, as if God were bound by the laws of nature to be nature's servant. In this men do not know what they are talking about. Do they suppose that nature has a self-existing power without the continual agency of Jehovah? Many theories would lead minds to suppose that nature was a self-sustaining agency apart from Deity, having its own inherent power with which to work. The Lord does not exert His laws to supersede the laws of nature. He does His work through the laws and the properties of His instruments, and nature obeys a "Thus saith the Lord." {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 13} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 14] "The God of nature is perpetually at work. His infinite power works unseen, but manifestations appear in the effects which the work produces. The same God who guides the planets works in the fruit orchard and in the vegetable garden. He never made a thorn, a thistle, or a tare. These are Satan's work, the result of degeneration, introduced by him among the precious things. It is through God's immediate agency that every bud bursts into blossom. When He was in the world, in the form of humanity, Christ said, "My Father worketh hitherto, and I work." So, when the students employ their time and strength in agricultural work, in heaven it is said of them, "Ye are labourers together with God." {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 14} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 15] Let the lands near the school and the church be retained. Those who come to settle in Cooranbong can, if they choose, find for themselves homes near by, or on portions of, the Avondale Estate. But the light given to me is that all that section of land from the school orchard to the Maitland road, and extending on both-sides of the road from the meeting house to the school, should become a farm and a park, beautified with fragrant flowers and ornamental trees. There should be fruit orchards and every kind of produce cultivated that is adapted to this soil, that this place may become an object lesson to those living close by and afar off. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 15} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 16] Then let everything not essential to the work of the school be kept at a distance, and thus prevent any disturbance of the sacredness of the place through the proximity of families and buildings. Let the school stand alone. There must not be this one and that one claiming personal property near it. It will be better for private families, however devoted they may be in the service of the Lord, to be located at some distance from the school buildings. The school is the Lord's property, and the grounds about it are His farm, where the great Sower can make His garden a lesson book. The results of the labours will be seen, "first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear." The land will yield its treasures, bringing the joyousness of an abundant harvest, and the produce gathered through the blessing of God is to be used as nature's lesson book from which spiritual lessons can be made plain, and applied to the necessities of the soul. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 16} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 17] An Object Lesson. There are great things before us which we see must be done, and as fast as we obtain the means with which to work, we shall go forward. There needs to be patient, painstaking effort made for the encouragement and uplifting of the surrounding communities, and for their education in industrial and sanitary lines. The school and everything connected with it should be object lessons, teaching the ways of improvement, and appealing to the people for reform, so that taste, industry, and refinement, may take the place of coarseness, uncleanness, disorder, ignorance, and sin. Even the poorest can improve their surroundings by early rising and putting forth diligent, painstaking effort. By our lives and example we can help others to discern that which is repulsive in their characters, or about their premises, and with Christian courtesy we may encourage improvement. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 17} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 18] The question will often arise, What can be done where poverty prevails, and is to be contented with at every step? Under these circumstances how can we impress minds with correct ideas of improvement? Certainly the work is difficult, and unless the teachers, the thinking men, and the men who have means, will exercise their talents, and will lift just as Christ would lift were He in their places, an important work will be left undone. The necessary reformation will never be made unless men and women are helped by a power outside of themselves. Those who have entrusted talents and capabilities must use these gifts to bless their fellow men, labouring to place them upon a footing where they can help themselves. It is thus that the education gained at our schools must be put to the very best use. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 18} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 19] God's entrusted talents are not to be hid under a bed or under a bushel. "Ye are the light of the world," Christ said. As you see families living in hovels, with scant furniture and clothing, without tools, without books or anything indicative of refinement about their homes, will you become interested in them, and endeavour to teach them how to put to the very best use their vital forces, that there may be improvement, and that their work may move forward? It is by diligent labour, by putting to the wisest use every capability, by learning to waste no time, that they will become successful in improving their premises and cultivating their land. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 19} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 20] Physical effort, moral power, and intellectual achievements are to be united in our effort to regenerate and reform. We are to seek to gain knowledge both in temporal and spiritual lines, that we may diffuse it to others. We are to seek to live out the Gospel in all its bearings, that its temporal and spiritual blessings may be felt all around us. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 20} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 21] Missionary Effort The Highest Training. The Lord will surely bless all who seek to bless others. The school is to be so conducted that teachers and students will be continually increasing in power through the faithful use of the talents given them. By faithfully putting to a practical use that which they have learned, they will constantly increase in wisdom and knowledge. We are to learn from the Book of books the principles upon which we are to live and labour. By consecrating all our God-given abilities to Him who has the first right to them, we may make precious everything that is worthy of our attention. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 21} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 22] When entered upon with this spirit, the missionary work becomes an elevating and uplifting work, both to the labourer and to the person helped. Let everyone who claims to be a child of the Heavenly King seek constantly to represent the principles of the kingdom of God. Let each remember that in word, in spirit, and in works, he is to be loyal and true to all the precepts and commandments of the Lord. We are to be faithful, trustworthy subjects of the kingdom of Christ, that those who are worldly wise may have a true representation of the riches, the goodness, the mercy, the tenderness, and the courtesy of the manners of the citizens of the kingdom of God. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 22} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 23] The students who will get the most good out of life are those who will live the Word of God in their connections and dealings with their fellow-men. Those who receive to give will feel the greatest satisfaction in this life. The members of the human family who live for themselves are always in want, for they are never satisfied. There is no Christianity in shutting up our sympathies to our own selfish hearts. We are to bring the brightness and the blessing into the lives of others, thus doing a good and holy work. The Lord has ordained channels through which He lets flow His goodness, mercy, and truth; and we are to be co-workers with Jesus Christ in communicating to others practical wisdom and benevolence. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 23} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 24] If the Avondale school becomes what the Lord is seeking to make it, the missionary effort of teachers and students will bear fruit. Both in the school and outside there will be willing subjects brought to allegiance to God. The rebellion which took place in heaven under the power of a lie, and the deception which led Adam and Eve to disobey, opened the floodgates of woe upon our world, and all who believe in Christ may become sons and daughters of God, and labourers together with Him, that restoration may take place through the truth. The truth, peculiar in its working power, is adapted to the minds and hearts of the wandering sheep. Through its influence they may be brought back to the fold. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 24} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 25] Whatever may be the position or possessions of any individual who has the knowledge of the truth, the Word of God teaches him that all that he has he holds in trust. It is lent him to test his character. His worldly business in all its lines, his talents, his income, his opportunities, are all to be accounted for to Him to whom he belongs by creation and redemption. When he uses every precious talent in carrying forward God's great work of education, when he strives to obtain the very best knowledge of how to be useful, how to labour for the salvation of souls ready to perish, God's blessing will surely attend his efforts. God bestows His gifts upon us that we may minister to others, and thus become like Him. Those who receive His gifts that they may impart to others, become like Jesus Christ. It is in helping and uplifting others that we become ennobled and purified. This is the work that causes glory to flow back to God. We must become intelligent upon these points. Our souls must be purified of selfishness, for God desires to use His people as representatives of the heavenly kingdom. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 25} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 26] Our school must be conducted under the supervision of God. There is a work to be done for young men and young women that is not yet accomplished. There are much larger numbers of young people who need to have the advantages of our school. They need the manual training course, that will teach them how to lead an active, energetic life. All kinds of labour must be connected with our school. Under wise, judicious, God-fearing directors, the students are to be taught. Every branch of the work is to be conducted on the most thorough and systematic lines that long experience and wisdom can plan and execute. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 26} [AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 27] Let the teachers in our school wake up, and impart knowledge they have in agricultural lines, and in the industries that it is essential for the students to understand. Seek in every line of labour to reach the very best results. Let the science of the Word of God be brought into the work, that the students may understand correct principles, and may reach the highest possible standard. Exert your God given abilities and bring all your energies into the development of the Lord's farm. Study and labour, that the best results and the greatest returns may come from the seed sowing, that there may be an abundant supply of food both temporal and spiritual, for the larger number of students that shall be gathered in to attend the school. {AUCR, July 31, 1899 par. 27} [AUCR, September 1, 1899, Art A, par. 1] September 1, 1899 True Education. - "Teachers and students are constantly at work weaving the net of their eternal destiny. Every time the shuttle passes, it draws after it a thread which is fastened to right principles and holy actions, or the opposite. Students may have fastened to their threads that which is not profitable for their future life."--Unpublished Testimony. {AUCR, September 1, 1899, Art A, par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1899, Art B, par. 1] September 1, 1899 A Call for Labourers. - "With God go over the ocean. Without Him, not over the threshold." "The great crisis is just before us. God is now restraining the forces of evil that the last warning may be given to the world. Now is the time to work. Many workers ought to be in the field. There should be one hundred where now there is only one. Many who have not been ordained or licensed may work in their own neighbourhood and in the regions about them." {AUCR, September 1, 1899, Art B, par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1899 par. 2] "We need as workers men and women who are imbued with the Spirit of Christ, who realize that they are united in church capacity, that they may use their influence and moral powers to save those who are without God and without hope in the world. We call upon every church member in the name of Christ to deny self, take up the cross, and follow Jesus. . . Christ supplies the efficiency, and man becomes a power for good. In Christ's name and strength we may do what we will."--Extracts from a recent testimony, "An Appeal for Missions," by Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, September 1, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 1] December 1, 1899 The Minister and Physical Work. - Useful physical labour is a part of the Gospel. The great Teacher, when enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, gave direction that every youth should learn a trade. Thus, the people would be enabled to earn their own bread. And knowing how hard it was to obtain money, they would not spend their means foolishly. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 1} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 2] Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles, learned the trade of a tent-maker. There were higher and lower branches of tent-making. Paul had learned the higher branches, and he could also work at the common branches when circumstances demanded. Tent-making did not bring returns as quickly as some other lines of business, and at times it was only by the strictest economy that Paul could supply his necessities. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 2} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 3] Why did Paul connect mechanical labour with the preaching of the Gospel? Was not the labourer worthy of his hire? Why did he not spend all his time in preaching? Why waste time and strength in making tents? But Paul did not regard the time spent in making tents lost by any means. While working at his trade he gave an example in diligence and thoroughness. He was "diligent in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 3} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 4] Paul was an educator. He preached the Gospel with his voice, and by intelligent labour, he preached it with his hands. He taught others in the same way that he had been educated by one who was regarded as the wisest of human teachers. As Paul worked skillfully and rapidly with his hands, he related to his fellow-workers the specifications which Christ had given to Moses in regard to the building of the tabernacle, as recorded in Exodus, chapters 24-27. For his own encouragement, and for their benefit, he repeated to them many portions of the Holy Scriptures. He taught that supreme honour is to be given to God. He told them that the skill, genius, and wisdom brought into the work of building the tabernacle, were given by God, to be used for His glory. He repeated the communications from God to Moses found in Exodus 35:20-35, and chap. 36:1-7. He taught that in this the Most High was instructing men as to the manner in which the necessary work in our world should be done. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 4} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 5] After leaving Philippi, Paul went to Thessalonica, on the sea coast. The history of his work there is recorded in the first and second chapters of 1st Thessalonians. He laboured in the Gospel and worked also with his hands. "We were gentle among you," he writes, "even as a nurse cherisheth her children. So being affectionately desirous of you, we were willing to have imparted unto you, not the Gospel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. For ye remember, brethren, our labour and travail; for labouring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we preached unto you the Gospel of God." He declares that if a man will not work, neither shall he eat, and by his own example he illustrates his teaching. He says: "Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail day and night, that we might not be chargeable to any of you." {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 5} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 6] "And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus." Here he remained three years and six months, "disputing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God." Here, also, he toiled at his craft. He writes to the Corinthians, "Even unto this present hour we both hunger, and thirst, and are naked, and are buffeted, and have no certain dwelling place; and labour, working with our own hands, being reviled, we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it; being defamed, we entreat: we are made as the filth of the world, and are the offscouring of all things unto this day." 1 Corinthians 4:9-15. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 6} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 7] Lifting up his toil-worn hands, Paul makes his appeal, "Ye yourselves know how that these hands have ministered unto my necessity, and to them that were with me." Those hands speak to us with remarkable impressiveness. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 7} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 8] Why did Paul, an apostle of the highest rank, spend on mechanical labour time which to all appearances might have been put to better account? Why did he not devote his time and strength to preaching the Word? By labouring with his hands Paul was preaching the word. Thus he set an example which spoke against the sentiment then gaining influence, that the preaching of the Gospel excused the minister from mechanical and physical labour. Paul knew that there were many who loved ease and indulgence much better than useful labour. He knew that if ministers neglected physical work, they would become enfeebled. He desired to teach young ministers that by working with their hands, they would become sturdy; their muscles and sinews would be strengthened. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 8} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 9] The Gospel of Christ is an educator. It teaches us not to pamper and indulge self and waste the means that should be employed to extend the triumphs of the cross of Christ. There are ministers now dead, whose lives would have been prolonged had they followed the example of Paul in uniting physical labour with the ministry of the Word. Many have yielded to the temptation to indulge appetite. When they should have eaten abstemiously, they were tempted to eat largely of rich foods, though they knew that what they were eating could not be assimilated by the system, but would only be an extra burden to their digestive organs. The unnecessary food taken into the system poisoned the blood, and produced evils that resulted in disease. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 9} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 10] The apostle states plainly that if a man does not work, if he does not use his physical powers, neither should he eat. The healthful and equal exercises of all the powers of the being is required to keep the living machinery in the best condition. He who would have a system that is vigorous and not enfeebled by disease, must use every part of the system harmoniously. The muscles are not to be allowed to become weak through inaction, while the brain carries too large a share of the work. Each part of the human structure is to bear its burden. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 10} [AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 11] Paul recognized physical work as composing a part of the education he was to give. He realized that his teaching would lack vitality if he did not keep all parts of the human machinery equally exercised. His labour to support himself and others should have been commended, rather than regarded as belittling to his position as a minister of the Gospel. E. G. White. {AUCR, December 1, 1899 par. 11} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 1] January 1, 1900 An Appeal. - To our brethren and sisters throughout Australasia:-- {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 2] The records of our work for 1899 are almost completed. Our work for the new year will soon begin. The work of our Conferences and institutions has advanced rapidly, and the field of operations is still broadening. This is a time for all to inquire, "What can I do to advance the cause of present truth?" {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 3] I appeal to all who believe the truth, to all who can assist us in any line. Give us your help to advance the work just now. We need workers, and we need money; for there is a close relation between money and missions. You know something of what has already been accomplished in the different lines of our work. We have moved out by faith and have made large advancement, because we saw what needed to be done, what God was calling upon us to do, and we dared not hesitate. But we have not done the half of that which should be done. We are not yet on vantage-ground. There is a great work before us. All about us are souls longing for light and truth, and how are they to be reached? {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 4] God works through heavenly instrumentalities that those who know the truth may be brought in connection with souls who need light and knowledge. Read the tenth chapter of Acts. The God of Heaven beheld the devotion and piety of Cornelius. He witnessed his prayers and his almsgiving, and marked the power of his influence. He desired to give him light in regard to Christ's mission and to connect him with His work. The Lord sent His angel to signify this to Cornelius, and to place him in connection with the Apostle Peter. The angel told Cornelius just where Peter lived, and assured him, "He shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do." Then an angel was sent to Peter to remove his doubt as to the propriety of working for the Gentiles. "What God has cleansed, that call not thou common." While Peter was pondering in regard to the mysterious revelation that had been given him, the Spirit said unto him, "Behold, three men seek thee. Arise, therefore, and go with them, doubting nothing; for I have sent them." {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 5] What a history is this to show that Heaven is in close connection with our world. On the ladder that Jacob saw, angels of God are ascending and descending. God is above the ladder, and beams of light and glory are shining the whole length from heaven to earth. This line of communication is still open. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 6] And what was the outcome of God's dealing with Cornelius? Read the precious history, and learn, and praise God; for its lesson is for us. Finding Cornelius and his friends gathered to hear the word of God, "Peter opened his mouth, and said, of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons; but in every nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him. The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, speaking peace by Jesus Christ. (He is Lord of all); that word, I say, ye know: . . . how God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power; who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him. And ye are witnesses of all things which He did." And God "commanded us to preach unto the people, and testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the judge of quick and dead. To Him give all the prophets witness, that through His name whosoever believeth in Him shall receive remission of sins." {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 7] As Peter spoke these things, the Holy Spirit fell upon the assembly, and they were baptised in the name of the Lord. Thus in Caesarea a company of Christian believers was established to hold up the light of truth. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 8] This is the work to be done today. We have a message to give to the people, "The bread of God is He which cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world." Christ declares, "I am the bread of life: he that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth in Me shall never thirst. All that the Father giveth Me shall come to Me; and he that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out." {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 9] My brethren and sisters in Australasia, there is in every city and every suburb a work to be done in presenting the last message of mercy to a fallen world. And while we are trying to work these destitute fields, the cry comes from far-off lands, "Come over and help us." These are not so easily reached, and perhaps not so ready for the harvest as the fields within our sight, but they must not be neglected. We want to push the triumphs of the Cross. Our watchword is to be, Onward, ever onward. Our burden for the "regions beyond" can never be laid down until the whole earth shall be lightened with the glory of the Lord. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 10] But what can we do? We sit down and consider, we pray, and plan how to begin the work in the places all around us. Where are the faithful missionaries who will carry it forward? And how shall they be sustained? {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 11] Above all, how shall missionaries be trained? How shall workers be prepared to enter the opening fields? Here is now our greatest burden. Therefore, our special anxiety is for our school in Avondale. We must here provide suitable facilities for educating workers in different lines. We see young men possessing qualifications that, if they can be rightly educated, will enable them to become labourers together with God. We must give them the opportunity. Some are placing students in our school, and are assisting them in defraying their expenses, that they may become workers in some part of the Lord's vineyard. Much more should be done in this line, and special efforts should be made in behalf of those whom our workers shall send from the islands to be trained as missionaries. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 11} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 12] In the future, more than in the past, our school must be an active missionary agency, as the Lord has specified. Men and women of different nationalities must be brought in. There will be no "color line" here. All may come who can be educated for any line of missionary work. Workers we must have, and in twenty-fold greater numbers, to supply the need in both the home and the foreign field. Therefore, the Avondale School must not be restricted in its facilities. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 12} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 13] We must open to our students the Book of all books, the living oracles of God. Here true wisdom is to be found. In all matters that pertain to our present duty to God, and to our future, eternal interests, we may here receive divine instruction. And we are to learn from nature. We thank the Lord that we are located just where we are. The land we are cultivating as the school farm is testifying to all that false witness has been borne against it. We are making this land an educating book for the students. From it they are to learn the meaning of the words, "We are labourers together with God; ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 13} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 14] There are other interests in Avondale closely associated with our school. Indeed, they are really a part of our educational work, and they also require help. The healthfood business is in need of means and of the active co-operation of our people, that it may accomplish the work it ought to do. Its purpose is to supply the people with food which will take the place of flesh-meat, and also milk and butter, which, on account of the diseases of cattle, are becoming more and more objectionable. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 14} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 15] Our Health Retreat, which is ready for use, has a debt on the building already erected, and we need means to properly furnish it for the reception of patients. And not only these enterprises in Avondale, but the Helping Hand Mission in Melbourne and the Christchurch Health Home, need financial assistance. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 15} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 16] I have freely used my own means to meet some of the many necessities of the work. Of all that has come into my hands, which I can call my own, I have withheld nothing. It is all the Lord's, and is freely spent in His service. And when we have come to a crisis, after using all we had in hand, I have borrowed money, to the amount of several hundred pounds, at a low rate of interest. We have also received several hundred pounds from our people without interest. When the necessity arises, I feel no hesitation about receiving these loans, either with or without interest. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 16} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 17] Some may ask, Are you not afraid that you will be unable to meet these obligations? No, I am not afraid. Money is a talent which the Lord desires to have put to use in His service. I see the necessities of the work, and I am determined to do all in my power, that the last merciful message of warning to our world may not be hindered. One soul is of such value that in comparison with it, the whole world sinks into insignificance. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 17} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 18] Now we call upon all who will, to help us in the work. Of what use is it to lay up worldly treasure? Read the words of the apostle James, "Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your misery which shall come upon you. Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are moth-eaten. Your gold and silver is cankered; and the rust of them shall be a witness against you, and shall eat your flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days." We certainly do not want to be of the class who have heaped together treasure for the last days, to eat our flesh as it were fire. In that fearful time all men will understand their misuse of God's money. Those who have squandered His gifts will see how their means has been buried up in banks and stocks and mines and other enterprises where it could be of no benefit to the cause of God. They will see how their money might have been used to advance the cause of God and win souls for Him, and how through their misapplication of God's talent they have suffered eternal loss. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 18} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 19] In all financial dealings with our fellow-men we feel under obligation to observe strict integrity. We must be faithful in paying all that we owe. But, my brethren, are you dealing honestly with God? Do you consider that all the means you possess and your own selves also belong to Him? How are you meeting His claims? {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 19} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 20] Do you profess to be looking for the soon coming of Christ in the clouds of Heaven? Do you profess to believe that the last warning is now being given to the world? Do you pray that God's kingdom may come, and His will be done on earth as it is in Heaven? The sincerity of your profession of faith and of your prayers will be shown by your works. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 20} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 21] We want your prayers for the advancement of the work. We need them. But we ask that with you as with Cornelius, prayer and giving may be united. Let your prayers and your alms come up for a memorial before God. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 21} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 22] You ask God to bring souls into the truth; then do you labour with all your God-given ability in harmony with your prayers? Do you bring every trait of your character into subordination to God, to be used according to the laws of His own kingdom, that you may be labourers together with Him? Are you, with faith and diligence and wideawake earnestness, working to advance God's kingdom in the world? Bear in mind that faith without works is dead, and that without faith it is impossible to please God. While we pray, we are to give all that is possible, both of our labour and our means, for the fulfilment of our prayers. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 22} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 23] When we pray for God to make the missionary work successful, we are not to bind up our means in worldly enterprises, and let the work for which we pray become a failure. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 23} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 24] If we act out our faith, we shall not be forgotten by God. He marks every deed of love and self-denial. He will open ways whereby we may show our faith by our works. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 24} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 25] Let us carefully consider the solemn, prophetic warnings, let us receive the encouragement of God's rich promises. Let us work determinedly, with heart willingness, with gladness of soul, in the spirit of humble obedience rendering back to God His own. We can pray with faith for God's power to unite with our efforts when we can come before Him saying, "Of thine own we freely give thee." {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 25} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 26] When the heart is made a temple for the indwelling of the Holy Spirit, no man will imperil his own temporal or spiritual prosperity by robbing God's treasury, withholding the means that should be at hand for His work. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 26} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 27] The Lord desires us to be living channels of light. He has made it our privilege to co-operate with Him as partners in His great firm, to act our part in promoting the prosperity of His cause. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 27} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 28] We have been doing all in our power to advance the work, and we have rejoiced to see it go forward. Its demands are now beyond our ability to supply. We are in debt, and yet there is special need of pushing the work just now. We are not discouraged at the outlook. The word of God strengthens and sustains us. But we must have financial help to do that which is essential to be done. We appeal to you, our brethren and sisters in Australasia, to come to our assistance. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 28} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 29] The fields are white for the harvest. Shall we not have means for gathering in the precious grain? Will those who know the truth see what they can do to help us just now? Will everyone cut off all needless expenditures. See what you can do in self-denial. Dispense with all that is not positively necessary. Come up to the measure of your God-given duty. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 29} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 30] Our brethren may say: We are being drawn upon continually for means. Will there be no end of these calls? We hope not, so long as there are in our world souls perishing for the bread of life. Until all has been done that you can do to save the lost, we ask you not to become weary of our repeated calls. Many have not yet done that which they might do, that which God will enable them to do if they will consecrate themselves unreservedly to Him. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 30} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 31] Our General, who never makes a mistake, says to us, Advance. Enter new territory. Lift up the standard, establish memorials in every place. Let it be known that God has a people upon the earth who have not forgotten that He has a law, binding upon all human intelligences. In all the churches, there are souls who know not that the seventh and not the first day of the week is the Sabbath, and that it is to be observed because God Himself has given the command. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 31} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 32] Brethren and sisters, this work demands your help. Will you give it? To those who have means which they are not putting to use for God we appeal in Christ's name. Let no talent be hidden in the earth. Undo your napkin, and put your treasure into active service for God. {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 32} [AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 33] "Be not deceived; God is not mocked; for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. For he that soweth to his flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting. And let us not be weary in well doing; for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not. As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them which are of the household of faith." Dec. 17, 1899. E. G. White. - {AUCR, January 1, 1900 par. 33} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 1] June 1, 1900 The Love of God. How Manifested. - Sabbath, P.M., June 2. - True love is not merely a sentiment or an emotion. It is a living principle, a principle that is manifest in action. True love, wherever it exists, will control the life. Thus it is with the love of God. "God is love;" and in all His works, in all His dealings with mankind, His character is revealed. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 2] God manifested His love in the work of creation. When the earth was created, it was holy and beautiful. God pronounced it "very good." Every flower, every shrub, every tree, answered the purpose of its Creator. Everything upon which the eye rested was lovely, and filled the mind with thoughts of the love of God. Every sound was music, in perfect harmony with the voice of God. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 3] The things of nature, upon which we look today, give us but a faint conception of Eden's beauty and glory; yet the natural world, with unmistakable voice, proclaims the love of God. Even now "the earth is full of the goodness of the Lord." It still reveals the working of the great Master-Artist. It declares that One omnipotent in power, great in goodness and mercy, has created all things. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 4] The green fields, the lofty trees, the glad sunshine, the clouds, the dew, the solemn silence of the night, the glory of the starry heavens, and the moon in its beauty, all bear witness to His wonder-working power. Not a drop of rain falls, not a ray of light is shed upon our unthankful world, but it testifies to God's long forbearance and His great love. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 5] Through tempting man to sin, Satan hoped to counteract the tide of divine love flowing to the human race; but, instead of this, his work resulted in calling forth new and deeper manifestations of God's mercy and His goodness. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 6] In redemption God has revealed His love in sacrifice, a sacrifice so broad and deep and high that it is immeasurable. "God so loved the world, that He gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 7] When Adam's sin plunged the race into hopeless misery, God might have cut Himself loose from fallen beings. He might have treated them as sinners deserve to be treated. He might have commanded the angels of heaven to pour out upon our world the vials of His wrath. He might have removed this dark blot from His universe. But He did not do this. Instead of banishing them from His presence, He came still nearer to the fallen race. He gave His Son to become bone of our bone, and flesh of our flesh. "The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth." Christ by His human relationship to men drew them close to God. He clothed His divine nature with the garb of humanity, and demonstrated before the heavenly universe, before the unfallen worlds, how much God loves the children of men. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 8] The gift of God to man is beyond computation. Nothing was withheld. God would not permit it to be said that He could have done more, or revealed to humanity a greater measure of love. In the gift of Christ He gave all heaven. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 9] The Highest, who was with the Father before the world was, submitted to humiliation that He might uplift humanity. Prophecy withdraws the veil, that we may behold the throne of heaven, that we may see upon that throne, high and lifted up, One who in human form came to our world to suffer, to be lacerated with stripes, and bruised for our iniquities. "The chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed." Before the heavenly universe the Lord of Glory suffered in human form that sin might be pardoned, and sinners redeemed. He died that the love of God, as a mighty helper, might flow to all suffering human beings. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 10] Through yielding to sin, man placed his will under the control of Satan. He became a helpless captive in the tempter's power. God sent His Son into our world to break the power of Satan, and to emancipate the will of man. He sent Him to proclaim liberty to the captives, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free. By pouring the whole treasury of heaven into this world, by giving us in Christ all heaven, God has purchased the will, the affections, the mind, the soul, of every human being. When man places himself under the control of God, the will becomes firm and strong to do right, the heart is cleansed from selfishness and filled with Christ-like love. The mind yields to the authority of the law of love, and every thought is brought into captivity to the obedience of Christ. The powers, hitherto "members of unrighteousness," and "servants of sin," are consecrated to the service of the God of love. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 11] That this redemption might be ours, God withheld not even the sacrifice of Himself. He gave Himself in His Son. The Father suffered with Christ in all His humiliation and agony. He suffered as He saw the Son of His love despised and rejected by those whom He came to elevate, ennoble, and save. He saw Him hanging upon the cross, mocked and jeered by the passers-by, and He hid as it were His face from Him. He saw Christ bearing the sin of the world, and dying in the sinner's stead. The human heart knows the love of a parent for his child. We know what a mother's love will do and suffer for her beloved one. But never can the heart of man fathom the depths of God's self-sacrifice. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 11} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 12] O, the cross, the cross! It is set up that we may know the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. Only the cross can measure the length and breadth, the depth and height, of infinite love, the greatness of the Father's sacrifice for lost humanity. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 12} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 13] And the Lord Jehovah did not deem the plan of salvation complete while invested only with His own love. By His appointment He has placed at His altar an Advocate clothed with our nature. As our Intercessor, Christ's office-work is to introduce us to God as His sons and daughters. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 13} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 14] Christ has pledged Himself to be our substitute and surety, and He neglects no one. There is an inexhaustible fund of perfect obedience accruing from His obedience. In heaven His merits, His self-denial and self-sacrifice, are treasured as incense to be offered up with the prayers of His people. As the sinner's sincere, humble prayers ascend to the throne of God, Christ mingles with them the merits of His own life of perfect obedience. Our prayers are made fragrant by this incense. Christ has pledged Himself to intercede in our behalf, and the Father always hears His Son. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 14} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 15] This is the mystery of godliness. That Christ should take human nature, and by a life of humiliation elevate man in the scale of moral worth with God; that He should carry His adopted nature to the throne of God, and there present His children to the Father, to have conferred upon them an honour exceeding that conferred upon the angels,--this is the marvel of the heavenly universe, the mystery into which angels desire to look. This is love that melts the sinner's heart. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 15} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 16] And God has manifested His love in ministry. In Him all unselfish ministry has its origin. Our Father in heaven is constantly engaged in upholding the things which He has created. Every leaf grows, every flower blooms, every fruit develops, by the power of God. In Him "we live, and move, and have our being." Each heart-beat, each breath, is the inspiration of Him who breathed into the nostrils of Adam the breath of life,--the inspiration of the ever-present God, the great I AM. The great and infinite God lives not unto Himself, but for the benefit and blessing of every being and every object of His creation. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 16} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 17] Satan's principle is self-serving. This principle he attributed to God, misrepresenting His character to the world. And he led man to accept the principle of selfishness. He caused him to believe that in serving himself he would find happiness. By the Son of God this principle was to be demonstrated as false. By Him the Father was to be rightly represented. The ideal of true ministry God committed to His Son, and bade Him work it out in humanity. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 17} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 18] That His people might not be misled by the selfishness which dwells in the natural heart, and which strengthens by self-serving, Christ Himself set an example of true service. His whole life on earth was spent in ministering to others. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 18} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 19] In all the afflictions of humanity He was afflicted. He saw the work of Satan revealed in all their woe, and He made every case of need and sorrow His own. With a power that never quailed, He cast out the evil spirits that possessed both mind and body. The power of love was in all His healing, and of the suffering multitudes that were brought to Him, it was said, "He healed them all." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 19} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 20] The Saviour saw a still greater need than bodily suffering. He saw symptoms of a deeper illness. The sufferings of the body excited His pity, but He was moved to still greater pity by the need of the soul. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 20} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 21] With a love that never faltered, Christ spoke to men the words of eternal life. The word of God, which the teachers of Israel had obscured with their traditions and man-made commandments, Christ opened to the people in its purity and divine beauty. Men marvelled at His teaching, and said, "Never man spake like this man." To the weary and sin-burdened He said, "Come unto me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." He invited them, "Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 21} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 22] Before men and angels, by His life of obedience and ministry, Christ represented the character of God. "God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 22} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 23] In His work on earth, Christ lifts the veil that conceals the invisible world from our view, and reveals the power that is constantly exercised for our good. The same ministry which He performed on earth was continued after His ascension to heaven. Through His representative, the Holy Spirit, God in Christ still ministers to the children of men. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 23} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 24] Before He ascended to heaven, Christ gave His disciples the promise, "I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another comforter, that He may abide with you forever: even the Spirit of truth: whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him. But ye know Him: for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you orphans: I will come to you." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 24} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 25] To those who in faith claimed this promise it was speedily fulfilled. After Christ's ascension the disciples were gathered together of one accord in one place. Ten days they spent in heart-searching and self-examination, each taking his own case in hand; for it had to be an individual work. As the disciples made humble supplication to God, their differences were swept away. They became of one mind. Then the way was prepared for the Holy Spirit to enter the cleansed, consecrated soul-temples. Every heart was filled with the Spirit, whose influence came with copiousness and power, as if it had been held in restraint for ages. What was the result? Thousands were converted in a day. The sword of the Spirit seemed new-edged with power, piercing to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow. The idolatry that had been mingled with the worship of the people was overthrown. New territory was added to the church of God. Places that had been barren and desolate sounded forth His praise. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 25} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 26] The church became a vitalizing power. Believers, themselves re-converted, were a living power for God and for His kingdom. A new song was put into their mouth, even praise to our God. Every one converted saw in his brethren and sisters the faces of angels. One interest prevailed, one subject of emulation swallowed up all others,--to be like Christ, to do the works of Christ. The earnest zeal felt was expressed in kindly helpfulness, in kindly looks, and brotherly love. All strove to see who could do the most for the enlargement of Christ's kingdom. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 26} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 27] This ministry is the great need of the church today. And in Christ's promise we are included. To us is offered the great and measureless gift of the Holy Spirit. It is not because of any restriction on the part of God that the riches of His grace do not flow earthward to men. If all were willing to receive, all would become filled with the Spirit. When God's people will believe, when they will turn their attention to that which is true, and living, and real, the Holy Spirit, in strong, heavenly currents, will be poured upon the church. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 27} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 28] All the principalities and powers of the heavenly world are enlisted in the work of ministering for fallen man. Angels are actively engaged in executing God's plans to bring man back from rebellion to reconciliation with God. With intense earnestness they are co-operating with God to bring to man moral efficiency, that in Christ he may be more than conqueror. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 28} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 29] Invisible armies of light and power attend the meek and lowly ones who believe and claim the promises of God. Cherubim and seraphim, and angels that excel in strength,--"ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands,"--stand at His right hand, "all ministering spirits sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 29} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 30] God has manifested His love to men by making them partners with Himself in the work of salvation. All to whom the heavenly inspiration has come are put in trust with the Gospel. "We are labourers together with God," called to represent Him as ambassadors of love. We are to co-operate with the work of the delegates of heaven. And to us is committed a work which even the angels cannot do. Man must be the channel to communicate with man. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 30} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 31] Through the ministration of angels God sends light to His people, and through His people the light is to be given to the world. Man is to be connected with his fellow-men, and as God's instrumentality work in their behalf. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 31} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 32] To us, in a sense that angels cannot know, it is given to unite with God in His travail for the salvation of humanity. To us it is given to swell the tide of His joy, and to bring honour and praise to His exalted name. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 32} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 33] In creation and in redemption, by gift and sacrifice and service, God has manifested His love to us. And He invites us to show our love for Him. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 33} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 34] He says, "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth Me." He desires us to appreciate the great plan of redemption, to realize our high privilege as the people of God, and to walk before Him in obedience, with grateful thanksgiving. He desires us to serve Him in newness of life, with gladness every day. He longs to see gratitude welling up in our hearts because we have access to the mercy-seat, the throne of grace, because our names are written in the Lamb's book of life, because we may cast all our care on Him who cares for us. He bids us rejoice because we are the heritage of the Lord, because the righteousness of Christ is the white robe of His saints, because we have the blessed hope of the soon-coming of our Saviour. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 34} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 35] To praise God in fulness and sincerity of heart is as much a duty as is prayer. We are to show to all the heavenly intelligences that we appreciate the wonderful love of God for fallen humanity, and that we are expecting larger and yet larger blessings from His infinite fulness. Far more than we do, we need to speak of the precious chapters in our experience. After a special outpouring of the Holy Spirit, our joy in the Lord and our efficiency in His service will be greatly increased by recounting His goodness and His wonderful works in behalf of His children. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 35} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 36] Such a testimony will have an influence upon others. No more effective means can we employ for winning souls to Christ. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 36} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 37] And our love is to be shown, not only in words, but in deeds, in personal ministry and sacrifice. Christ says, "Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven: but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven." In His prayer to His father He said of His disciples, "As thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world." In the commission which He gave to His disciples He included all who should believe in Him to the end of time. "Go ye into all the world," He said, "and preach the Gospel to every creature." "Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 37} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 38] And by the Holy Spirit, through the apostle Peter, we are admonished, "As every man hath received the gift, even so minister the same one to another, as good stewards of the manifold grace of God." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 38} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 39] Thus it is that God desires to fulfil for us His purpose of grace. By the power of His love, through obedience, fallen man, a worm of the dust, is to be transformed, fitted to be a member of the heavenly family, a companion, through eternal ages, of God and Christ and the holy angels. Heaven will triumph; for the vacancies made by the fall of Satan and his host will be filled by the redeemed of the Lord. E. G. White. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 39} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 1] June 1, 1900 The Medical Missionary Work and the Gospel Ministry. - Reading for Sunday, P.M., June 3. - In preparing a people for the Lord's second coming a great work is to be done through the promulgation of health principles. We are to relieve suffering by the use of the natural agencies that God has provided. We should teach the people how to prevent sickness by obedience to the laws of life, and while we work for the healing of the body we should seize every opportunity to work for the healing of the soul. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 2] This was Christ's method. He worked to restore both the physical and moral image of God in man. Both physical and moral health is to be communicated from the mighty Healer. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 3] The medical missionary work God has set in operation as a practical illustration of the Gospel. He has signified that this work shall be closely united with the ministry of the Word. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 4] Every physician, nurse, and medical missionary may through faith in Christ, have in his possession a cure of the highest value,--a remedy for the sin-sick soul. Countless are the opportunities of the physician and his helpers for warning the impenitent, cheering the disconsolate and hopeless, and prescribing for the health of mind and body. Thus they are acting their part in the great work of making ready a people prepared for the Lord. Many who, through their care and teaching, regain health, will be led to accept the special truths for this time. And in their turn they will aid in spreading the light. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 5] Every duty that calls for reform involves repentance, faith, and obedience. It means the uplifting of the soul to a newer and nobler life. Thus every true reform has its place in the work of the third angel's message. It demands our attention and support. Especially should prominence be given to temperance reform. We should call attention to this work, and make it a living issue. We should present to the people the principles of true temperance, and call for signers to the temperance pledge. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 6] In other churches there are Christians who are standing in defence of the principles of temperance. We should seek to come near to these workers, and make a way for them to stand shoulder to shoulder with us. We should call upon great good men to aid us in our Christian Endeavour work. They should be invited to second our efforts in seeking to save that which is lost. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 7] But in coming in contact with those not of our faith, none should feel that they must conceal the peculiar characteristics which sanctification through the truth gives them. Those who unite with the work of God are to co-operate with God as His appointed instrumentalities; they are to give all their power and efficiency to magnifying the work of His commandment-keeping people. Those who, in their human wisdom, try to conceal the peculiar characteristics that distinguish God's people from the world, will lose their spiritual life, and will no longer be upheld by His power. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 8] Never let the idea be entertained that it is essential to make an appearance of being wealthy. Let none suppose that expensive buildings, dress, or furniture, is needed to give character to the work. We are to give character to the work not by display, but by being ourselves living stones in God's building. All the beauty of art cannot bear comparison with the beauty of temper and character that is to be revealed in those who have to do with sacred things. It is the atmosphere of grace which surrounds the soul of the believer, the Holy Spirit working upon mind and heart, that makes him a savour of life unto life, and enables God to bless his work. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 9] The Lord requires that those who are engaged in His service shall keep their minds ever directed to Him. We are to put to the stretch every faculty in order to bring saving truth to the attention of perishing human beings. This work must be carried on in connection with the ministry to the sick. Then the work will stand before the world in the strength which God designed it to have. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 10] Many who appear wholly indifferent to religious things are in heart longing for rest and peace. Although they may have sunken to the very depths of sin there is a possibility of saving them. Many can be reached only through acts of disinterested kindness. Their physical wants must first be cared for. They must be fed, cleansed, and decently clothed. As they see the evidence of our unselfish love, it will be easier for them to believe in the love of Christ. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 11] This is a work which concerns all our churches. It is not to be done by expensive institutions. We are not called to centre all our interest and all our means in working in the slums of great cities. The last message of warning must be given to the whole world, and ministry to the poor and neglected is but one part of the great work. This we are to do individually, working for individuals as God gives us opportunity. He who created all cares for all. Those who have fallen the lowest are not beyond the reach of His love and pity. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 11} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 12] God delights to take apparently hopeless material, those through whom Satan has worked, and make them subjects of His grace. He rejoices to deliver them from the wrath which is to fall upon the disobedient. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 12} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 13] John Bunyan was redeemed from profanity and reveling; John Newton from slave-dealing, to proclaim an uplifted Saviour. A Bunyan and a Newton may be redeemed from among men today. There are those who have had very meagre opportunities, who have walked in ways of error because they knew no better way, to whom beams of light will come. Many will come from the grossest error and sin, and will take the place of those who have had privileges and opportunities but have not prized them. They will be accounted the chosen of God, elect, precious; and when Christ shall come into His Kingdom they will stand next His throne. E. G. White. - {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 13} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 1] June 1, 1900 A Perfect Ministry. Its Purpose. - Reading for Monday, June 4. - After Christ's ascension to heaven and the descent of the Holy Spirit, His disciples called to mind His lessons which they had before been unable to comprehend. The words of Christ found an entrance into their hearts, and they awoke as from a deep sleep. They knew for a certainty that they had been in daily communion with the Majesty of heaven. Scene after scene of His wonderful life passed before them. As they meditated upon His words and deeds, they felt that these could never be recorded as they really were. No human language could express their beauty. The disciples must in their lives bear witness to the loveliness of Christ's character. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 2] And this they did. The Saviour by His spirit was abiding in their hearts, and His love, and light, and power shone out through them. Men, beholding, marvelled, and they took knowledge of them that they had been with Jesus. And as the disciples witnessed to the mission of Christ, they bore witness also of the Father; for Christ had said, "He that hath seen me hath seen the Father." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 3] This is the work of God's people today. God designs to manifest through them the principles of His kingdom. Through them the attributes of God are to be unfolded, and the truths of His word, in all their glory and excellence, will be made to appear more vivid. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 4] The great final crisis is just before us, when the destiny of every human being will be forever decided. A great work is to be done in setting before men the saving truths of the Gospel. To present these truths is the work of the third angel's message. The Lord designs that the presentation of this message shall be the highest, greatest work carried on in our world at this time. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 5] All the light of the past, which shines unto the present and reaches forth into the future, as revealed in the word of God, is for every soul who will receive it. But the glory of this light, which is the very glory of the character of Christ, can never be expressed in words. Human language is inadequate to reveal it. It must be made manifest in the life. It is to be manifest in the individual Christian, in the family, in the church, in the ministry of the word, and in every institution established by God's people. All these the Lord designs shall be symbols of what can be done for the world. They are to be types of the saving power of the truths of the Gospel. They are agencies in the fulfilment of God's great purpose for the human race. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 6] Ministry in the Home. As workers for God, our work is to begin with those nearest. It is to begin in our own home. There is no more important missionary field than this. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 7] God designs that the families of earth shall be a symbol of the family of heaven. Christian homes, established and conducted in accordance with His plan, are among His most effective agencies for the formation of Christian character. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 8] In the home the foundation is laid for the prosperity of the church. The influences that rule in the home life are carried into the church life. Church duties are to begin in the house. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 9] Christ died to save the children, and he is ready to do a great work for them if parents will co-operate with Him by training and educating them according to His instruction. While parents should be firm in requiring respect and obedience, they should make the religion of Christ attractive by their cheerfulness, their Christian courtesy, their tender, compassionate sympathy. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 10] Christ was once a little child. For His sake honour the children. Look upon them as a sacred charge, not to be petted and idolized but to be taught to live pure, noble lives. They are God's property. He loves them, and He calls upon you to co-operate with Him in teaching them to form perfect characters. The Lord requires perfection from His redeemed family. He expects from us the perfection which Christ revealed in His humanity. Fathers and mothers especially need to understand the best methods of training children that they may co-operate with God. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 11] Submission and surrender to Christ are the most effective lessons that children and youth can learn. The rules which should regulate the lives of parents and children flow from a heart of infinite love, and God's rich blessing will rest upon those parents who administer His law in their homes, and it will rest upon those children by whom this law is obeyed. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 11} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 12] Children should be taught that they are a part of the home firm. They are fed, and clothed, and loved, and cared for, and they should respond to their many mercies by bearing their share of the family burdens, and bringing into the home all the happiness possible. By the law of mutual dependence they are to be taught dependence upon the great Head of the Church. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 12} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 13] And God calls upon fathers and mothers to become intelligent in regard to the laws which govern physical life. Children must be taught to make a right use of the things of this life, and to avoid the use of everything that would injure the powers of mind or body. They should be taught that every organ of the body and every faculty of the mind is the gift of a good and wise God, and is to be used to His Glory. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 13} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 14] In the home the Saviour is to be uplifted, thought of, talked of. When He dwells in the heart, family worship will not be a form of dry, set phrases. The heart will be imbued with love for Jesus. This love will be expressed in prayer and praise. Words of discouragement and hopelessness will not be spoken. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 14} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 15] Let the members of every family bear in mind that they are closely allied to heaven. The Lord has a special interest in the families of His children here below. Angels offer the smoke of the fragrant incense for the praying saints. Then in every family let prayer ascend to heaven both at morning and at the cool sunset hour, in our behalf presenting before God the Saviour's merits. Morning and evening the heavenly universe takes notice of every praying household. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 15} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 16] Let parents teach their little ones the truth as it is in Jesus. The children in their simplicity will repeat to their associates that which they have learned. In Christ's day the children sang in the temple courts, "Hosanna to the Son of David. Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord." So in these days children's voices will be raised in giving the last warning to a perishing world. By them God's message will be made known, and His saving health to all nations. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 16} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 17] The children can take a part in medical missionary work. They can do many things to help the sick and suffering, and by their offerings they can aid in carrying forward the work. By the efforts of children and youth many souls will be won to the truth. And the children themselves will be forming characters after Christ's similitude, in preparation to dwell forever in His presence. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 17} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 18] The Ministry of the Word. The third angel's message is to be given with power. In the Revelation John says, "I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. . . . And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 18} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 19] The whole of the Gospel is embraced in the third angel's message, and in all our work the truth is to be presented as it is in Jesus. In the preaching of the word the first and most important thing is to melt and subdue the soul by presenting the Lord Jesus Christ as the sin-pardoning Saviour. We are to keep before the people the cross of Calvary. We should teach them that Christ's death was caused by the transgression of the law of God; that Christ died to give men an opportunity of becoming loyal subjects of His kingdom. Never should a sermon be preached, or Bible instruction in any line be given, without pointing the hearers to the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 19} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 20] But we should be careful not to lessen the force of the warning which God has given for this time. We are in danger of giving the message in so indefinite a manner that it does not impress the people. So many other interests are brought in, that the very message which should be proclaimed with power becomes tame and voiceless. While the churches profess to believe in Christ, they are violating the law which Christ Himself proclaimed from Sinai. The Lord bids us, "Lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins." The trumpet is to give a certain sound. Lift up the standard, the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. Make this the important theme. Then by your strong arguments wall it in, and make it of still greater force. Dwell more on the Revelation. Read, explain, and enforce its teaching. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 20} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 21] Our warfare is aggressive. Tremendous issues are before us, yea, and right upon us. Our prayers should ascend to God that the four angels may be commissioned to hold the four winds, that they may not blow to injure or destroy until the last warning has been given to the world. Then let us work in harmony with our prayers. Let nothing lessen the force of the truth for this time. The third angel's message must do its work of separating from the churches a people who will take their stand on the platform of eternal truth. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 21} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 22] Our message is a life and death message, and we must let it appear as it is, the great power of God. We are to present it in all its telling force. Then the Lord will make it effectual. It is our privilege to expect large things, even the demonstration of the Spirit of God. This is the power that will convict and convert the soul. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 22} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 23] Personal Effort. Public effort alone will not suffice for the work that is to be done. By personal, house to-house labor, we should seek to reach the people where they are. Laborers for God should visit the families of the church, coming close to their hearts as one touched with the feeling of their infirmities. Give each one some work to do for others. Show them that as receivers of the grace of God all are under obligation to work for Him. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 23} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 24] All should be taught how to work. Especially should those who are newly come to the faith be educated to become labourers together with God. If this duty is neglected, the work of the minister is incomplete. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 24} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 25] But God does not want His people to hang their weight upon the ministers. As a steward of the grace of God, every church member should feel an individual responsibility to have life and root in himself. All who are ordained unto the life of Christ are ordained to work for the salvation of their fellow-men. He who loves God supremely and his neighbor as himself, cannot rest content with doing nothing. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 25} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 26] Did the professed believers in the truth live the truth, they would today all be missionaries. Some would be working in the islands of the sea, some in the different countries of the world. Some would be serving Christ as home missionaries. Not all are called upon to go abroad. Some may be successful in business lines, and in this work they may represent Christ. They may show to the world that business may be conducted on righteous principles, in strict fidelity to the truth. There may be Christian lawyers, Christian physicians, Christian merchants. Christ may be represented in all lawful callings. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 26} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 27] Though you are not called to public labour for Christ, you may still do a most precious work by giving of your means to sustain His work. The following incident has a good suggestion for those who cannot go in person to foreign missionary fields:-- {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 27} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 28] An American business man who was an earnest Christian, being in conversation with a fellow-believer, remarked that he himself worked for Christ twenty-four hours of the day. "In all my business relations," he said," I try to represent my Master. I am working for Christ all day. And at night, while I sleep, I have a man working for Him in China." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 28} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 29] In explanation he added, "In my youth I determined to go as a missionary to the heathen. But on the death of my father I had to take up his business in order to provide for the family. Now, instead of going myself, I support a missionary. In such a town of such a province in China, my worker is stationed, and so, even while I sleep, I am, through my representative, still working for Christ." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 29} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 30] Are there no Seventh-Day Adventists who will do likewise? If you cannot yourself go as a missionary to foreign fields, select some earnest, promising youth, and educate him for the work. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 30} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 31] Upon our churches rests a solemn responsibility in this line. The youth who wish to become workers for God should be given an opportunity to obtain a knowledge of Bible truth. Many workers are needed in home missions as well as in foreign fields. They are needed as Bible workers, as canvassers, nurses, teachers in church schools, and in many other lines. Will you not aid them in gaining a preparation for the work? Through the teacher your money has prepared for the field, souls may be saved from ruin, to shine as stars in the Redeemer's crown. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 31} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 32] In the Highways and Hedges. The command of Christ to His people is, "Go out in to the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled." {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 32} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 33] The call to the Gospel feast is first to be given "in the highways."--to those who have an active part in the world's work, to the teachers and leaders of the people. Those who bear heavy responsibilities in public life, who act as ministers, lawyers, and judges, should be given a clear, distinct message. "What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 33} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 34] We talk and write much of the neglected poor; should not some attention be given also to the neglected rich? Thousands of rich men are starving for spiritual food. Many in official life feel their need of something which they have not. Few among them go to church; for they receive no benefit. The teaching they hear does not touch the soul. Are we to make no personal effort in their behalf? {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 34} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 35] Some will ask, "Can we not reach them with publications?" No; there are many who cannot be reached in this way. It is personal effort that they need. Are they to perish without any special warning? It was not so in ancient times. God's servants were sent to tell those in high places that they could find peace and rest only in the Lord Jesus Christ. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 35} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 36] From the light given me I know that a plain, "Thus saith the Lord" should now be spoken to men who have influence and authority in the world. If they will repent and be converted. God will use them in His cause. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 36} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 37] We have a work to do for the ministers of other churches. Our ministers should seek to come near to them. Pray for and with these men for whom Christ is interceding. A solemn responsibility is theirs. As Christ's messengers we should manifest a deep, earnest interest in these shepherds of the flock. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 37} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 38] God calls for earnest, humble workers who will carry the truth to the higher classes. Are there not among us those who will take the burden of this work, and will qualify themselves to labour successfully for these classes? {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 38} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 39] God will bless the workers who faithfully do this work. The righteousness of Christ will go before them, and the glory of the Lord will be their rereward. The greatest men of the earth are not beyond the power of a wonder-working God. He will convert men who occupy responsible places, men of intellect and influence, if those who are workers together with Him will be men of opportunity, doing their duty bravely and faithfully. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 39} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 40] Christs instructs His messengers to go also to those in the byways and hedges, to the poor and lowly of the earth. Many of these do not understand what they must do to be saved. Many are sunken in sin. Many are in distress. Disease of every type afflicts them, both in body and in soul. They long to find a solace for their troubles, and Satan tempts them to seek it in lusts and pleasures that lead to ruin and death. They are spending their money for that which is not bread, and their labour for that which satisfieth not. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 40} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 41] The Lord will do wondrous things for the truth's sake, and that His name may be glorified. When God's people give themselves to Him, and work in His lines, they will see of His salvation. The truth will be magnified. It will go forth as a lamp that burneth. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 41} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 42] In obedience to the commands of God, we shall receive the best of everything. His richest blessings will be received when heart and mind and soul are consecrated to His service. Only thus can our service for Him be complete,--a perfect ministry. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 42} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 43] This is an individual work. The labourer together with God must live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. Let us individually draw nigh to the mount, that we may understand what the Lord commands, and then obey. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 43} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 44] The purpose which God seeks to accomplish through His people today is the same that He desired to accomplish through Israel when He brought them forth out of Egypt. By beholding the goodness, the mercy, the justice, and the love of God revealed in the Church, the world is to have a representation of His character. And when the law of God is thus exemplified in the life, even the world will recognize the superiority of those who love and serve God above every other people on the face of the earth. The Lord has His eye upon every one of His people, He has His plans concerning each. It is His purpose that those who practice His holy precepts shall be a distinguished people. To the people of God today, as well as to ancient Israel, belong the words written by Moses through the Spirit of inspiration in Deuteronomy 7:6, and 4:5-8. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 44} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 45] Even these words fail of reaching the greatness and the glory of God's purpose to be accomplished through His people. Not to this world only, but to the universe are we to make manifest the principles of His kingdom. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 45} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 46] The apostle Paul, writing by the Holy Spirit says: "Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ: and to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ: to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be (made) known by the church the manifold wisdom of God." Ephesians 3:8-10. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 46} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 47] All to be Channels. God's people are to be channels for the outworking of the highest influence in the universe. In Zechariah's vision the two olive trees which stand before God are represented as emptying the golden oil out of themselves through golden tubes into the bowl of the sanctuary. From this the lamps of the sanctuary are fed, that they may give a continuous bright and shining light. So from the anointed ones that stand in God's presence the fulness of divine light, and love, and power, is imparted to His people, that they may impart to others life and joy and refreshing. They are to become channels through which divine and human instrumentalities co-operate in communicating to the world the tide of God's love. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 47} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 48] When the grace of God reigns in the heart, there is purity, freedom from sin. The glory, the completeness, the fulness of the Gospel plan is fulfilled in the life. When self is submerged in Christ, true love springs forth spontaneously. The impulse to help and bless others springs constantly from within. Toil for others' good is not regarded as drudgery. It is a cheerful work, done with a glad heart. Sympathy with Christ, participation in His joy, sweetens all toil. It braces the will. It nerves the spirit for whatever may befall. The soul is surrounded with an atmosphere of faith and courage and Christ-like love, an atmosphere invigorating to the spiritual life of all who inhale it. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 48} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 49] As the light of Christ is received into the soul, the spirit is softened. The gentleness of Christ is expressed in the life. The personal influence of the humble, consecrated soul, like the fragrance of a flower, extends far beyond himself. There is something about him that does not consist in display. It is a spiritual power which he receives from the two anointed ones that stand before the Lord of the whole earth. The Holy Spirit, coming from God to the instrumentality He employs, flows forth into other lives, making others labourers together with God. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 49} [AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 50] Did this spiritual power pervade the lives of all who profess to be Christians, what a work might be accomplished! Thousands who now reject the message of salvation would accept Christ if they could see reflected in His followers the beauty of His character. E. G. White. {AUCR, June 1, 1900 par. 50} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 1] July 1, 1900 The Lost Piece of Silver. - "What woman having ten pieces of silver, if she lose one piece, doth not light a candle, and sweep the house; and seek diligently till she find it?" {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 2] In the East the houses of the poor usually consisted of but one room, often windowless and dark. The room was rarely swept, and a piece of money falling on the floor would be speedily covered by the dust and rubbish. In order that it might be found, even in the daytime, a candle must be lighted, and the house must be swept diligently. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 3] The wife's marriage portion usually consisted of pieces of money, which she carefully preserved as her most cherished possession, to be transmitted to her own daughters. The loss of one of these pieces would be regarded as a serious calamity, and its recovery would cause great rejoicing, in which the neighboring women would readily share. "When she hath found it," Christ said, "she calleth her friends and her neighbors together, saying, Rejoice with me; for I have found the piece which I had lost. Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth." {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 4] The lost coin represents those who are lost in trespasses and sins, but who have no sense of their condition. They are estranged from God, but they know it not. Their souls are in peril, but they are unconscious and unconcerned. In this parable Christ teaches that even those who are indifferent to the claims of God, are the objects of His pitying love. They are to be sought for, that they may be brought back to God. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 5] The piece of silver was lost in the house. It was close at hand, yet it could be recovered only by diligent search. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 6] This parable has a lesson for families. In the household there is often great carelessness concerning the souls of its members. Among their number may be one who is estranged from God; but how little anxiety is felt lest, in the family relationship, there be lost one of God's entrusted gifts. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 7] The coin, though lying among the dust and rubbish, is a piece of silver still. Its owner seeks it because it is of value. So every soul, however degraded by sin, is in God's sight accounted precious. As the coin bears the image and superscription of the reigning power, so man at his creation bore the image and superscription of God; and though now marred and dim through the influence of sin, traces of this inscription remain upon every soul. God desires to recover that soul, and to retrace upon it His own image in righteousness and holiness. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 8] The woman in the parable searches diligently for her lost coin. She lights the candle and sweeps the house. She removes everything that might obstruct her search. Though only one piece is lost, she will not cease her efforts until that piece is found. So in the family, if one member is lost to God, every means should be used for his recovery. On the part of all the others, let here be diligent, careful self-examination. Let the life-practice be investigated. See it there is not some mistake, some error in management, by which that soul is confirmed in impenitence. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 9] If there is in the family one child who is unconscious of his sinful state, parents should not rest. Let the candle be lighted. Search the word of God, and by its light let everything in the home be diligently examined, to see why this child is lost. Let parents search their own hearts, examine their habits and practices. Children are the heritage of the Lord, and we are answerable to Him for our management of His property. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 10] There are fathers and mothers who long to labor in some foreign mission field; there are many who are active in Christian work outside the home, while their own children are strangers to Christ and His love. The work of winning their children for Christ many parents trust to the minister or the Sabbath-school teacher; but in doing this they are neglecting their own highest privilege and most sacred responsibility. What human heart can feel for the children a love deeper or more tender than that of the father or the mother? Who is so well acquainted with their needs and their dangers? Who is so well fitted to point the children to Christ as their sin-pardoning Saviour? This is the work to which God has appointed them. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 11] With their own hearts warm with the love of Christ, let parents speak to their children of His love. Let them work and pray for these souls for whom Christ has died. {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 11} [AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 12] The lesson of persevering faith and labor Christ himself has taught us. In the parable of the lost sheep He has presented to our imagination no picture of a sorrowful shepherd returning without the sheep. The shepherd's search ceases not until the lost is brought back to the fold. The woman whose coin is lost searches till she finds it. These parables do not speak of failure but of success and joy in the recovery of the lost. Here is the divine guarantee that not one lost soul is overlooked, not one is left unsuccored. With all our efforts in seeking for the lost, Christ will co-operate. Then with love and faith and prayer, let parents work for their households, until with joy they can come to God saying, "Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, July 1, 1900 par. 12} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 1] August 1, 1900 "I Will Sing and Give Praise." - Let us be guarded. Let us refuse to allow the criticisms of anyone to imprint objections on our minds. Let criticisers live by their trade of criticism. They cannot speak in favour of the very best of blessings without attaching a criticism to cast a shadow of reproach. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 2] Let us educate ourselves to praise that which is good when others criticise. Murmurers will always pick flaws, but let us not be saddened by the accusing element. Let us not consider it a virtue to make and suggest difficulties, which one mind and another will bring in to harass and perplex. Keep the atmosphere of the soul clear by dwelling upon the bright sunshine of heaven, which is always shining to make the soul happy. Let us bring all the pleasantness possible into our lives. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 3] When others begin to question and criticise, let us be determined, either by silence or by turning the conversation into another channel, to cut off the words which would not be spoken in wisdom. We are to continue to wait upon the Lord by humble prayer and supplication, making every effort to keep the door of our lips, so that we shall not utter one foolish word savouring of unbelief. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 4] We are to talk faith, practising the very things we have asked the Lord to give us grace to do. Thus we work out our own salvation, trying to help and save those in trouble by faithful words and kind deeds. It is God which worketh in us, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. The finite and the Infinite are to unite in accomplishing the work that needs to be done. God has pledged Himself to supply us with strength, cheerfulness, pleasantness, and joyfulness in our Saviour. Abiding in Him, the word that would cast a shadow over others is left unsaid. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 5] Let us remember that every one has some dark spot in his experience. Let us do all we can to bring cheerfulness and hope into the lives of others. What a blessing this will be to them! In turn they will speak words of good cheer to others, to bring sunshine into their hearts. As we do this work, we shall be in a position to realize that the Lord hears our prayers, because we work in harmony with them, fulfilling all the duty we owe to God and to ourselves. We shall go about our work in a thankful, prayerful frame of mind. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 6] By faith we may claim the promise, "Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find." Yes, we shall find the answers to our prayers; for God will "do exceeding abundantly" above our highest expectation. What precious witness we shall then bear for God! What an honour we shall be to the truth of His word! We shall be able to say, "I waited patiently for the Lord, and He inclined unto me and heard my cry. He brought me up also out of an horrible pit, out of the miry clay, and set my feet upon a rock, and established my goings. And He hath put a new song in my mouth, even praise unto our God: many shall see it and fear, and shall trust in the Lord. Blessed is that man that maketh the Lord his trust, and respecteth not the proud, nor such as turn aside to lies." {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 7] Doleful, discouraging words will do no good. When Christ abides in us, we shall not even repeat the false statements we hear. We shall not retaliate or bring railing accusation against any, because this would wound our souls deeply, and make us forget our resting place of confidence and peace in Christ. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 8] The enemy stirs up persons whose hearts are not stayed upon God, who are admitting into their hearts unpleasant and disagreeable things to ponder over, and then pass along the unsavoury dish as a repast for other minds and hearts. This is feeding upon Satan's garbage, and makes the soul impoverished. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 9] When Christ was assailed in this way, his melodious voice was heard in beautiful songs, "Many, O Lord, my God, are Thy wonderful works which Thou has done, and Thy thoughts which are to usward. They cannot be reckoned up in order unto Thee: if I would declare and speak of them, they are more than can be numbered. I delight to do Thy will, O my God; yea, Thy law is within my heart. I have preached righteousness in the great congregation; lo, I have not refrained my lips, O Lord, Thou knowest. I have not hid Thy righteousness within my heart; I have declared Thy faithfulness and Thy salvation; I have not concealed Thy lovingkindness and Thy truth from the great congregation. Withhold not Thou Thy tender mercies from me, O Lord; let Thy lovingkindness and Thy truth continually preserve me." {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 10] When unadvised words were spoken, our Lord Jesus in His childhood and youth and manhood, often corrected the evil speaker, for the passionate speech, for the unbelieving speech, for the accusing speech, with the spirited, sweet melody of song. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, August 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 1] September 1, 1900 Our Canvassing Work. - We are permitted to use the following article, taken from unpublished manuscript recently written: -- {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 2] I am awakened to the necessities of the canvassing work. In this work there is need of strong, well-educated, experienced men. It is not a work that every man can do intelligently; and in order to succeed, workers must have proper instruction and training. The Lord desires men to engage in this work who are capable of educating others; and those who have gained an experience in the work have a special duty to do in this line. An interest in the canvassing work should be awakened in promising, consecrated youth, leading them to take up the work, and to conduct it as it should be conducted. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 3] The ministers have their appointed work. The importance of the ministry is to be understood and appreciated. The preaching of the word is one of the means by which the Lord has ordained that his warning message shall be given to the people; but He has other means also. He uses the power of the press in printing papers and books containing the messages of truth. These are essential in the work of carrying forward the gospel. With these he enlightens and confirms men and women, thus strengthening the gospel ministry in every way. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 4] By the work of the canvasser the silent messengers of truth are placed in the homes of the people. The canvassing work, properly conducted, is missionary work of the highest order. We cannot too highly estimate the work of bringing before the people those books which are necessary to their spiritual education and enlightenment. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 5] Those who thus present to the people the claims of God's law will meet with opposition; but while we are not to despise the transgressors of God's law, neither are we to fear them, because they are arrayed against the truth of God. Putting our trust in God, we are to go forward in faith, nothing doubting. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 6] We are not to sit still in indifference. We are to work diligently while the day lasts, for the night cometh wherein no man can work. We are to advance in humble dependence upon God, believing His word, and committing ourselves without reserve to His guidance. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 7] Let canvassing evangelists give themselves, without reserve, to be worked by the Holy Spirit. Let them, by persevering prayer, take hold of the power which comes from God, trusting in Him by living faith. His great and effectual influence will be with every true, faithful worker. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 8] He who takes up the work of canvassing as he should, must be both an educator and a student. While he tries to teach others, he must learn to do the work of an evangelist. If he meets with trials and temptations, let him profit by them, learning to lean more decidedly upon God. He should feel his dependence every moment. No complaint should be cherished in his heart, or uttered by his lips. The angels of God are with him both in the time of encouragement and in the time of discouragement. When he is successful, he should take no glory to himself. He should acknowledge the goodness of the Lord, praising Him with sincerity of heart. {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 9] A great and good work may be done by evangelistic canvassing. The Lord has given men tact and capabilities; and those who use these entrusted talents to His glory, weaving Bible principles into the work, will be given success. As God blesses the minister and the evangelist in their earnest efforts to place the truth before the people, so He will bless the faithful canvassers. Angels will prepare the way before them. They are to work and pray, putting their trust in Him who will never fail. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, September 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 1] October 1, 1900 Farewell SISTER WHITE THEN SPOKE WORDS OF HOPE AND GOOD CHEER WHICH WILL NOT SOON BE FORGOTTEN BY THOSE WHO HEARD THEM. SHE SAID:-- {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 2] "Yesterday when I spoke to the congregation, all the time I felt my heart welling up with gratitude to God. Now we have but little time, and I want to say that I do not go to America because I feel driven to go on account of the burdens I have been carrying here. I feel that God has assisted me in the work here. I leave all the churches and the brethren and sisters with the most pleasant feelings. It means very much to me to know that our hearts are united, that we are one in the body of Jesus Christ, one in faith, one in hope. {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 3] "Do you talk of the work now flagging or being bound up? I expect you will press the battle to the gate. I expect you will each act your part and close up the ranks, that you may realize that the power of God has come upon you. You can pray for us, and we will pray for you. {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 4] "I expect angels of God will go with us on our journey. I never like the sea. I never want to be on the sea; but when the Lord seems to make it my duty, I can go on the sea and trust Him every moment, and that is how I go at this time. I have not a tear to shed. I am only changing my work under the same General, and I go to another part of the field where they are calling earnestly for our help: {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 5] "I did not want to come here when I came, but they were determined that we should come, and they sent us to stay two years. It will be nine years when we return to them. We praise God as we see the work that has been accomplished. O, I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice, and we want to keep all the tokens of His love and hang them in memory's hall. We want to see advancement step by step, and how God has helped us out of our difficulties, and how He has given us His power and His spirit. {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 6] "Do you say that you will be weakened by our separation? Close up the ranks, brethren, and every one look to Jesus Christ. He is your wisdom, your life, your strength, the Bread of Life. To eat of that bread is eternal life to you. You must disappoint all who say, 'Now when Mr. and Mrs. White leave it will be a closure.' Closure of what? It will be a closure of the ranks. Every one must stand shoulder to shoulder, and you will advance from strength to greater strength. By beholding Jesus you will be changed from glory to glory, and from character to character, advancing all the time. {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 7] "I thank you for this token of your kind regard and remembrance. I shall esteem it highly. I shall bear in mind those I have met here, and our prayers will ascend that the blessing of the Holy Spirit shall be upon these believers who live in my heart that they may advance from character to character, till in the heavenly courts it shall be said of them, 'Ye are complete in Him.' {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 8] "I have not strength to take you all by the hand to say, Farewell, but my heart is with you and I will say Farewell in the name of the Lord." {AUCR, October 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 1] November 1, 1900 A Letter from Sister White. - Steamer Moana, Sept. 6, 1900. Dear Friends in Australasia:-- If everything is favourable we shall arrive in Samoa about seven o'clock Friday morning. We have had a very smooth sea. It has been a little rough, but not bad. The Lord has been watching over us all the way. He has been preparing the way for us. If the future stages of our journey are to be as prosperous as the past, I shall be so glad, for I do not want to be all worn out when the journey is completed. {AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 2] We feel deeply our need of God and our need of wisdom. We believe; and the faith that works by love purifies the soul. I do not wish to devote time to writing of the objectionable part of our journey. We have no time for that. God is good. He is full of loving kindness and tender mercy, and I praise Him because He is good. My heart is drawn out after God. He is of tender kindness alway. Now let us be like Jesus, and it will save us much trouble. Let everything be done in order and harmony, and this can only be where self is hid with Christ in God. This fact must be established, that every faculty is to be cultivated and brought into most earnest exercise, and then we shall increase our talents by using them. May God help His people to learn of Him meekness and lowliness of heart. {AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 3] My heart is with you in Australia. As I looked into the memorial you gave me (the autograph album) I felt to thank you with much pleasure. It is a beautiful reminder of my friends, and it came so unexpectedly. I appreciate it more than anything else they could have given me. It is so beautifully gotten up, there is such a variety, and it exhibits so much skill and taste and beauty. I have not looked through mine yet and have still considerable before me. May the Lord bless those who have had a chance to give expression to their feelings, and I know there are many dear souls who would have said something but they lacked opportunity. The matter is so arranged that many have expressed themselves as whole churches. I cannot express to you how much this memorial has been appreciated. I thank all who have so freely bound up their hearts with my heart. I receive your words of appreciation of our labours with a heart filled with tenderness and love. May the Lord abundantly bless you all. I love you all in Christ Jesus. Let nothing come between us to separate our hearts; but may they blend in sweet harmony and Christian fellowship. {AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 4] We are all of good courage in the Lord. Ella commenced to have a school for her twin brothers, other children joined, and now there is quite a school. Brother Leonard Paap takes the older children, and Ella the younger ones. I think this movement will work out well and it will leave a good impression on minds. Those in the second cabin have singing quite often, and this will leave an impression on minds. One of the officers asked them to sing "Abide with me," and said it was his favourite hymn. {AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 5] Two of the passengers leave the boat at Samoa. The lady saw Desire of Ages, and expressed her admiration for the book so I made her a present of it, and also gave her the little book Christian Education. She said when she took it up she could not lay it down, and she never saw words in print so enlightening and so beneficial. Her husband has been reading Desire of Ages, and he says it is a wonderful book, and both seem very thankful for the books. They expected to leave Samoa to go to other islands. We mean to sow beside all waters. Some fruit may come of the seed sown. I prayed that the Lord would open the way that I might find some one interested in Desire of Ages. This opportunity soon came and it will keep me in touch with these island workers. {AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 6] May the blessing of the Lord rest upon you all, and draw all our hearts together in the closest bonds of unity and love in Christ Jesus. This is my daily prayer. E. G. White. - {AUCR, November 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 1] December 1, 1900 The Sydney Sanitarium. - Dear Brethren in Australia:--I address a letter to you this morning. I have an earnest desire that the work in Australia shall move solidly, and that in the erection of a Sanitarium every one who has ability and who is consecrated to God shall reveal the fact by doing all in his power. Time has passed into eternity that should have been improved by our people. If hindrances had not been placed in the way, the Sanitarium would have been erected long ago, and would now be doing its work. Now, though only a portion of the means has come in, we venture to go forward with this work. The plan of the building drawn up by Brother M. G. Kellogg has been accepted, and the time has come for us to arise and build. All who can should now feel it a privilege not only to do something, but to do all that they can for our Sanitarium. Let every believer in Australia act a part in the erection of this building so long delayed for want of means. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 1} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 2] Let no one at this time say, "We will hold our means in reserve that we may do what will need to be done in our own vicinity." You may not be prepared to erect buildings, be they ever so humble, while we in this locality are prepared to arise and build. Indeed, we must do this. The owners of the present Sanitarium building have kindly extended our time of occupation to accommodate our real necessities; but the building must soon be vacated, and we must have a place in which to carry on the work now in progress. Then let each without delay first make their donations, and then loan their money without requiring interest. Let the mind and purpose of God be seen in the faith and good works, the self-denial and self-sacrifice of God's believing people. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 2} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 3] The present time is presenting opportunities for doing God service. Let nothing stand in your way. Make use of the present to do liberally. God calls upon each to do his best in giving donations; for unless this is done the profits which should be spent in providing facilities and putting the institution into running order, will be consumed in the payment of interest money. Then will not my brethren to whom these words shall come make their donations as large as possible, that there may be no delay? There are some who cannot give sums of money. These can make their donations in time, by working extra hours. And let them work these hours faithfully as in the sight of all the heavenly universe. Others can help the cause by reducing their price of labour; and thus each day small sums will be sent in by the different workmen. Brethren, let us practise self-denial at this special time, which calls for all, old and young, to help. There must be no failure to meet the demand, that the building may advance. Let those who engage in the work remember that they are to render to God their powers each day. Lay your business before God, and have faith to believe that He will create openings. God will accept your willing service. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 3} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 4] My brethren, the Lord has need of your co-operation now. Do not disappoint Him, but be forward in bringing your gifts and offerings. There are many channels through which help may come. Prayer, special prayer is needed, and living faith must be revealed. God will strengthen the workers far beyond their expectations. God, the living God, is the source of our power. He is the source of all our facilities and blessings. He wants you now to set His own goods flowing into His service. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 4} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 5] God wants us to bring our lives into closer relationship to Him, who owns all we possess, and who sustains us by His power. All we have is Christ's. By our reception of the truth we are linked to God in Jesus Christ--linked up with God to meet our opportunities with the very life principles which make this union a possibility, the principles of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Men and women who believe the truth are to awake and face their responsibilities, and show themselves willing and ready to co-operate with God. The money and houses and lands which He has given them in trust, they can trade upon and bring into active service. There is a work to be done in the world in the blessing of humanity by giving them an opportunity to prepare for the future eternal life. Each day bears with it responsibilities. Each day brings its opportunities, and these must be discerned by the workmen and made use of without delay. Personal agencies are required to make men laborers together with God to exalt the power of truth in a world of darkness and ignorance and sin. Then let us put forth consecrated efforts, feeling that we are working under the influence of heavenly agencies. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 5} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 6] As you labor to erect this building, keep before the mind, by pleasant and instructive words, the responsibility laid upon you to use your God-given talents, that you may obtain a full reward when the Master shall reckon with His servants. Let this be an educating school which shall advance every laborer in a knowledge of how to work unselfishly, in a fuller understanding of the blessings of the principles by which the work is done. By faithful, cheerful, self-denying service, increase the talents that have been entrusted to you. Then in all your future life experience you will work with increased knowledge and skill. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 6} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 7] There are lessons to be learned in regard to business tact. When men live close to God they will see the need of working in just the right lines. They will bring the reality of spiritual things into their work and into the church. In every religious and temporal transaction man may make his influence felt in the right direction. A great deal of energy of character is expended in worldly business transactions. This energy of character put to use in God's cause, advances the worker. Its influence tells for all time to the very best account. Energized by the belief that they are co-operating with unseen agencies, men will put every moment to use; and there will be no waste as far as spiritual results are concerned. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 7} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 8] All heaven approves of active, well-spent energy. All our powers and talents are God's gifts, and they are to be consecrated to Him understandingly. Then men will exert an influence with their God-given tact and skill. God is honored by them. It is these faithful workers, who do all things with an eye single to the glory of God, who will take the leading part in the best and highest interests of Christ's kingdom. The day of final reckoning will reveal that thousands more, by improving their God-given talents, might have increased their knowledge in temporal and religious lines. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 8} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 9] This use of our talents applies to all phases of the work, from the leading workers to those who are under their orders. Those who feel that they have but little influence may increase this gift, by applying to their own daily conduct the rule, "Not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." Apply this rule in your work for the Sanitarium. Use every jot of influence you have. Then you will have great satisfaction as you apply the rule to spiritual things. Trade diligently on that which you have, and you will increase your facilities and influence. Having well laid out your entrusted little, your desire and holy determination to increase by imparting will increase. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 9} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 10] Every man and woman may become a worker of sharp discernment, conscious of the possession of sacred gifts. Yet we must be guarded lest we place the good work accomplished to the credit of our own smartness and capability, and lose sight of the words of Christ, "Without me ye can do nothing." It is the privilege of all to rejoice in God for the influence they possess, and to give God thanks for the increased bestowment of the gift. Let songs of joy ascend because of the accomplishment of the work. And angels of God will be present to administer that peace and grace and love and energy that should characterize the work. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 10} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 11] Let the churches awaken, and take a solemn view of the opportunities now presented before them, and exert a decided influence for God. They are to use their facilities for the glory of God. "Sell that ye have, and give alms," God says. "Lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven." Has not the time come for those who have houses and lands to sell and give alms? Will they not do this? That land which is benefiting no one, dispose of it, and help to create an institution which will stand as a memorial for God. Sanctified ambition is called for. Let the means now bound up in houses and lands do the work for which God has given it. Let every person who has named the name of Christ avoid the first thread of selfishness in the use of their talents; for God has given these talents for the working of His vineyard. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 11} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 12] Be careful lest you spoil the figure of the web. Avoid every unworthy or even questionable method of trading upon the Lord's goods. There is a platform where all can work unselfishly,--a platform so wide that none need hinder his fellow-worker. Then beware lest you tear down the work which your brother is doing that you may appropriate credit to yourself. God calls for undivided hearts, for generous, noble, elevated principles that will stand the test and proving of God. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 12} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 13] Look at these matters seriously, my brethren, and inquire, am I doing my whole duty in the work of advancing the cause of God? or have I bound up my talents in a napkin, and thus hid the treasure which the Lord would have me put to use in saving souls? Let there be no slothful servants. Let all wake up to do something, and to do it now, and the blessing of the Lord will surely follow. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 13} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 14] There are those among us who have a surplus of means, but they think they need it to sustain themselves. Let matters be arranged that these persons shall have interest on their money as long as they shall live, and let them donate the principal to the cause and work of God. Thus they will return to the Lord that which is His own. Carefulness should be manifested in this respect. Christians should not be negligent to place in the Lord's treasury the means which should carry forward His work while time shall last. His entrusted goods should reach the highest accumulation, for the kingdom of God is to be extended, and the interests of His kingdom increased by a wise disposition of His means to make known the unsearchable riches of Christ. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 14} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 15] Again, there is work to be done by those who have money in banks. These should place their money in the trust of God's servants, and the money should be loaned without interest to carry forward the work of God in the world. The last great message, the gospel of mercy, is to press its way to every nation and kindred and tongue and people. Let the stewards of means wake up, and put into circulation the means that is now doing no good in the cause of God. Advance work must be done in the vineyard of the Lord. Opportunities are constantly arising for opening the work in new fields and carrying forward aggressive warfare in places where there are souls to be saved while probation lasts, in places where men and women will be influenced to come to a knowledge of the truth. Let all who believe the truth for this time work out their own salvation with fear and trembling; "for it is God which worketh in you, to will and to do of His good pleasure." There is no time to be lost. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 15} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 16] I plead for this object of our interest,--the Sanitarium. Send in your offerings without delay. We do not want a heavy debt on our institution. With a Christlike spirit, in earnest, courteous terms, ask those who have means to give to the cause of God in this emergency. Deny self. Take up your cross, and follow Jesus. Let your work of self-denial bear witness to the influence of the truth in human hearts. You who have donations to make, make them now. Read the eighth and ninth chapters of second Corinthians, and follow the example of the Macedonian church. Loan your money, and make a donation of the interest, and you will receive a blessing. {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 16} [AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 17] May Christ awaken in your hearts a response to this appeal. May the grace of God come into every heart, and prepare you to do the work that needs to be done. Mrs. E. G. White. Summer Hill, N. S. W. August 29, 1900. - {AUCR, December 1, 1900 par. 17} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 1] January 1, 1901 The Work for This Time. - We are standing on the threshold of great and solemn events. Prophecies are fulfilling. Strange, eventful history is being recorded in the books of heaven. Everything in our world is in agitation. Events are changing to bring about the day of God, which hasteth greatly. Already nation is rising against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. But there is not now a general engagement. As yet the four winds are held until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads. Then the powers of earth will marshall their forces for the last great battle. {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 2] Satan is busily laying his plans for the last mighty conflict, when all will take sides. After the gospel has been proclaimed in the world for nearly two thousand years, Satan still presents to men and women the same scene that he presented to Christ. In a wonderful manner he causes the kingdoms of the world in their glory to pass before them. These he promises to all who will fall down and worship him. Thus he seeks to bring men under his dominion. Satan is working to the utmost to make himself as God, and to destroy all who oppose his power. And today the world is bowing before him. His power is received as the power of God. The prophecy of the Revelation is being fulfilled, that "all the world wondered after the beast." {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 3] But the cloud of judicial wrath hangs over it, containing the elements that destroyed Sodom. John saw this multitude. This demon-worship was revealed to him, and it seemed as if the whole world were standing on the brink of perdition. But as he looked with intense interest, he beheld the company of God's commandment keeping people. They had upon their foreheads the seal of the living God, and he exclaimed, "Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and have the faith of Jesus." {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 4] When the storm of God's wrath breaks upon the world, it will be a terrible revelation for souls to find that their house is being swept away, because it is built upon the sand. Let the warning be given them before it is too late. We should now feel the responsibility of laboring with intense earnestness to impart to others the light which God has given for this time. We cannot be too much in earnest. {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 4} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 5] The heart of God is moved. Souls are very precious in His sight. It was for this world that Christ wept in agony, for this world He was crucified. God gave His only begotten Son to save sinners, and He desires us to love others as He has loved us. He desires to see those who have had great light, flashing that light upon the pathway of their fellow-men. Now is the time for the last warning to be given to the world. There is a special power in the presentation of the truth at the present time, but how long will it continue?--Only a little while. If ever there was a crisis, it is now. {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 5} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 6] All are now deciding their eternal destiny. Men need to be aroused to realize the solemnity of the time, the nearness of the day when human probation will be ended. Decided efforts should be made to bring the message for this time prominently before the people. The third angel is to go forth with great power. Let none ignore this work, or treat it as of little importance. God's people are not to cease their labors till they encircle the world. The truth is to be proclaimed to all mankind. All must have an opportunity to see the light. {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 6} [AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 7] No line of truth that has made the Seventh-Day Adventist people what they are, is to be weakened. We have the old land-marks of truth, experience, and duty, and we are to stand firmly in defence of our principles in full view of the world. It is essential that men be raised to open the living oracles of God to all nations, tongues, and peoples. Men of all ranks and capacities, with the various gifts, are to stand in their God-given armor, to co-operate harmoniously for a common result. They are to unite in the work of bringing the truth to all nations and peoples, each worker fulfilling his own special appointment. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, January 1, 1901 par. 7} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 1] March 1, 1901 Work in San Francisco. - It would be difficult to describe my feelings as I stood before the San Francisco Church, Sabbath November 10, and looked over the large congregation. My mind went back to the time, twenty-four years ago, when my husband and I were planning for the building of a house of worship in San Francisco. Some, when they saw the plan, said, "It is too large. The house will never be filled." At the same time we were erecting the first building of the Pacific Press and the meeting-house in Oakland. How great was the anxiety felt, and how earnest the prayers offered to God that He would open the way for the advancement of these enterprises! {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 2] At that time I dreamed that I saw two bee hives, one in San Francisco and one in Oakland. In the hive in Oakland the bees were diligently at work. Then I looked at the hive in San Francisco, and saw very little being done. The hive in Oakland seemed to be far the more promising. After a time my attention was again called to the hive in San Francisco, and I saw that an entire change had taken place. Great activity was seen among the bees. They were earnestly at work. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 3] When I related this dream, it was interpreted to mean that in San Francisco there was a great work to be done. There were among us at that time only a few men to whom we could look for large financial assistance. Believers were few in number, and we needed much courage and much faith to brace us for work. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 4] We prayed much in regard to the necessities of the cause and the meaning of the dream, and resolved to venture out in accordance with the light given. My husband and I decided to sell our property in Battle Creek, that we might use the proceeds in this work. We wrote to our brethren, "Sell everything we have in Battle Creek, and send us the money at once." This was done, and we helped to build the churches in Oakland and San Francisco. And the Lord revealed to us that although at first the work in San Francisco would move slowly, yet it would make steady advancement, and San Francisco would become a great centre. The Lord would inspire men by His Holy Spirit to carry forward the work with faith and courage and perseverance. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 4} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 5] Before leaving Australia, I dreamed that I was standing before a large congregation in San Francisco; that the Lord gave me a message to bear, and freedom in bearing this message. The people had ears to hear, and hearts to understand. When we entered the San Francisco church Sabbath morning we found it crowded to its utmost capacity. As I stood before the people, I thought of the dream and the instruction which had been given me so many years ago, and I was much encouraged. Looking at the people assembled, I felt that I could indeed say, The Lord has fulfilled His word. After I had finished speaking, all who wished to give themselves to the Lord in solemn consecration were invited to come forward. To this invitation two hundred persons responded. This was a time of precious refreshing. We knew the angels of God were with us. The room was pervaded with the atmosphere of heaven. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 5} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 6] Among those who came forward were some who were entering the Lord's service for the first time, and some who had been attending our meetings and had become interested in the Advent message. May they decide to place themselves wholly on the Lord's side. May they have the courage to receive and live the truth. I felt from my heart that we could say to them, "Come thou with us, and we will do thee good; for the Lord hath spoken good concerning Israel. . . . It shall be if thou go with us, yea, it shall be, that what goodness the Lord shall do unto us, the same will we do unto thee." {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 6} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 7] We were much pleased by the spirit shown by those assembled. They freely acknowledged the goodness and mercy of God, offering Him praise and thanksgiving. The Lord is glorified when His people praise Him. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 7} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 8] At the close of the meeting many pressed forward to take my hand and welcome me back to America. I was very glad to meet them. From Elder J. O. Corliss, who is pastor of the San Francisco Church, we learn that there are many lines of Christian effort being carried forward by our brethren and sisters in San Francisco. These include visiting the sick and destitute, finding homes for orphans, and work for the unemployed; nursing the sick, and teaching the love of Christ from house to house; the distribution of literature; and the conducting of classes for healthful living and the care of the sick. A school for the children is conducted in the basement of the meeting-house. In another part of the city a workingmen's home and medical mission is maintained. On Market Street, near the City Hall, there is a bath establishment, operated as a branch of the St. Helena Sanitarium. In the same locality is a depot of the Health Food Company, where health foods are not only sold, but instruction is given as to reforms in diet. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 8} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 9] Nearer the centre of the city, our people conduct a Vegetarian Cafe, which is open six days in the week, and is entirely closed on the Sabbath. Here about five hundred meals are served daily, and no flesh-meats are used. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 9} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 10] Dr. and Mrs. Dr. Lamb are doing much medical work for the poor in connection with their regular practice; and Dr. Buchannan is doing much free work at the Workingmen's Home. At the Medical and Dental schools in the city, there are about twenty of our young people in attendance. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 10} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 11] We earnestly hope that the steps taken in the future in the work in San Francisco will still be steps of progress. The work that has been done there is but a beginning. San Francisco is a world in itself, and the Lord's work there is to broaden and deepen. Souls are to be sought for. The word of the Lord is to be declared, line upon line, precept upon precept, that His name may be glorified. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 11} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 12] God will use consecrated ability in His service. As His servants impart to others that which they receive, He will intrust them with more to impart. And as they are enabled through His grace to accomplish good, they will ascribe all the glory to Him who is the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last. Thus divinity and humanity work together. Men become labourers together with God, working out their own salvation with fear and trembling, realizing always that it is God who works in them to will and to do of His good pleasure. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 12} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 13] There is a great work to be done in San Francisco and Oakland. The Lord will use humble men in these great cities. He can work with those who will labour in His fear. He will give evidence of His power to sincere workers and to sincere inquirers after truth, those who desire not only to know but to do His will. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 13} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 14] There are men and women whom the Lord, through peculiar circumstances, will bring to the front in His work. These will be men and women who have consecrated themselves to Him. As they walk before Him in faith and trust, He will lead them to places of usefulness and honour. To those who rely upon Him He is a present help in every time of need. Those who honour His name He will qualify for important and perilous service. They may not have time to obtain all the education they desire, but the great Teacher understands. What He calls for is the willing devotion of heart and mind. When this is given Him, He will fit the givers for His service, in spite of apparent difficulties and obstacles. In His name and in His strength they will go forth to conquer. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 14} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 15] God is testing the motives and principles of men and women. Strong faith and much prayer will bring heavenly angels to our side. By patient continuance in well-doing, we become channels of light. {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 15} [AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 16] Those who are willing to be emptied of self will be fitted for the Lord's work. There is work for all who will deny self and lift the cross. Through the help of the Holy Spirit they will gain the victories which God desires them to gain. Wisdom and strength will reward energy and perseverance. These are God's gifts to the diligent, humble worker. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, March 1, 1901 par. 16} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 1] April 1, 1901 An Important Letter. - Dear Brethren and Sisters in Australia,-- I write to arouse our church members to take a decided interest in the sale of Christ's Object Lessons, that our school may be freed from debt. Let the publishing house do what it can to defray the cost of printing the book, and let the people take hold with vigor and earnestness of the work of selling it. I am sorry that this work has been delayed. May the Lord help you to do it now, is my prayer. Cherish steady, persevering faith, faith that takes hold of the arm of infinite power. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 2] We hope that you will all give Brother Burden and his family a hearty welcome to Australia. We saw in Brother and Sister Burden talents that would be of the greatest value to the work in Australia. For a time I was inclined to halt between two opinions, not knowing whether to keep Brother Burden here or to send him to the Sydney Sanitarium. But I decided that it would not be just to you to keep him here, so we urged him to go. We need Brother and Sister Burden here; they could have done a good work here; but we know that you need solid, trustworthy helpers in Australia, and so we sent them to you. In doing this, we acted in accordance with the light given me by God. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 3] We have the most lively interest in the work of Australia, and we earnestly desire to see it advancing along its different lines. And especially do we desire to see the successful establishment of the Sydney Sanitarium. This work has been long delayed, and should now be pushed forward with vigor. The Lord has repeatedly given instruction regarding the importance of this institution, and the necessity for its establishment. He desires the Sanitarium to be built that he may co-operate with His instrumentalities in relieving the sufferings of humanity. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 4] In the work in the Sanitarium, physicians, matron, and nurses are to co-operate with God in restoring the sick to health. In doing this, they co-operate with Him in restoring His image in the soul. Let us not limit the Holy One of Israel. Is not Christ officiating for us in the sanctuary above, at the right hand of God? Is He not making intercession for those who are suffering physically and those who are suffering spiritually? He invites them to come to Him who was dead, but is alive forevermore. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 4} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 5] God desires suffering human beings to be taught how to avoid sickness by the practice of correct habits of eating, drinking, and dressing. Many are suffering under the oppressive power of sinful practices who might be restored to health by an intelligent observation of the laws of life and health, by co-operating with Him who died that they might have eternal life. This is the knowledge that men and women need. They need to be taught how to study the divine laws given by Christ for the good of all mankind. This is the work that is to be done in our Sanitarium in Australia. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 5} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 6] God's instrumentalities should seek to follow in the foot-steps of the divine Healer. Those who come to the Sanitarium should be taught how to take care of the body, remembering the words, "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." Yes; we are God's property, and the path of obedience to Nature's laws is the direct path to heaven. He who is converted from errors in eating, drinking, and dressing, is being prepared to hear and receive the truth into a good and willing heart. Many, by practising the laws of Nature and by receiving the renovating grace of God into the soul, obtain a new lease of physical and spiritual life. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. Let Wisdom's voice be heard; for her ways are ways of pleasantness and all her paths are peace. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 6} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 7] I feel a special burden for the Sanitarium in Sydney. Let our brethren and sisters study carefully and prayerfully the present situation. There is need for them to do all they can to advance the work on the Sanitarium. They must depend largely upon themselves; for the brethren and sisters in America have been drawn upon heavily, and just now they are straining every nerve to relieve the embarrassed institutions in Scandinavia. We are doing our utmost to relieve the emergencies in Norway, Denmark, and Australia. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 7} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 8] The inhabitants of the heavenly universe are looking with intense interest upon God's enterprises in different parts of the world. Let our people in Australia awake and rally to the help of the Sydney Sanitarium. Let them do all in their power to set this institution in operation as soon as possible. God says, "Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?" Take this word as a message from heaven, to which you are to pay profound attention, that you may understand the heavenly mandate, and be prepared to answer, "Here am I; send me." {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 8} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 9] It is the glory of the gospel that it is founded upon the principle of restoring in the fallen race the divine image, by a constant manifestation of benevolence. This work began in the heavenly courts. There God decided to give human beings an unmistakable evidence of the love with which He regarded them. He "so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 9} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 10] The Godhead was stirred with pity for the race, and the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit gave themselves to the working out of the plan of redemption. In order to fully carry out this plan, it was decided that Christ, the only begotten Son of God, should give Himself an offering for sin. What line can measure the depth of this love? {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 10} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 11] God would make it impossible for man to say that He could have done more. With Christ He gave all the resources of heaven, that nothing might be wanting in the plan for man's uplifting. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 11} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 12] Here is love--the contemplation of which should fill the soul with inexpressible gratitude! {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 12} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 13] While we were yet sinners, the Son of God died for us. Laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothing His divinity with humanity, He stooped to our estate to rescue us from the thraldom of sin. For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. He came to this earth to take His position at the head of humanity. In our behalf He bore the stroke of divine justice. Because He was just, He became the justifier of all who believe in Him. He assumed human nature that for the transgressor He might suffer the penalty of transgression. He took the place of the sinner, and died that we might live, making His soul an offering for sin. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 13} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 14] Oh, what love, what matchless love! The contemplation of this love will cleanse the soul from all selfishness. It will lead the disciple to deny self, take up the cross, and follow the Redeemer. The establishment of churches and sanitariums is only a further manifestation of the love of God, and in this work all God's people should have a part. Christ formed His church here below for the express purpose of showing forth through the members the grace of God. Throughout the world His people are to raise memorials of His Sabbath,--the sign between Him and them that He is the one who sanctifies them. Thus they are to show that they have returned to their loyalty, and stand firmly for the principles of His law. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 14} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 15] Sanitariums are to be so established and conducted that they will be educational in character. They are to show forth to the world the benevolence of heaven, and though Christ's visible presence is not discerned in the building, yet the workers may claim the promise, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." He has assured us that to those who love and fear Him, He will give power to continue the work He began on this earth. He went about doing good, teaching the ignorant, and healing the sick. And His work never stopped with an exhibition of His power to heal physical disease. He made each work of healing an occasion of implanting in the heart the divine principles of His love and benevolence. Thus His followers are to work. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 15} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 16] The inhabitants of the heavenly universe are appointed to go forth to come into close touch with human instrumentalities who act as God's helping hand. In the performance of this mission of love, angels mingle with the fallen race, ministering to those who shall be heirs of salvation. Divine and human agencies unite in the work of restoring the image of God in man. All who partake of the divine nature are appointed of God to unite with the angels in carrying forward with untiring zeal the plan of redemption. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 16} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 17] Shall we not as a people awaken to our responsibility? Shall we not manifest our love for God and our fellow-men by giving of our means to carry forward the work for this time, while the way is still open for work to be done? {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 17} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 18] The principles of Christ's love demand action. When this appeal shall come to you, let no one show his lack of faith by objecting to send the money raised to the place where it is most needed. Let no one raise an unbelieving hand to say that money shall not be sent to the Sydney Sanitarium. Do not conspire to quench the spark of benevolence; rather unite to fan it to a strong, steady flame. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 18} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 19] All the money is the Lord's, and we now call upon our people in Australia to unite in carrying to a successful completion the work on the Sydney Sanitarium. The light given me is that this work can and must be done. Let not the work on the Sanitarium be hindered for lack of means. Let not this institution stand unfinished, as a reproach to our churches. Let those to whom the Lord has given the talent of means help to accomplish this work. Carry the work through in the name of the Lord. Let all our people arise and see what they can do. Let them show that the Spirit of God is moving them to action. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 19} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 20] I also call upon those who can to help in lifting the burden of debt from our institutions in Scandinavia. Several, without special invitation, have said that they had gifts for these institutions. From the light I have received from the Lord, I know that we can raise these institutions from the pit of financial embarrassment. Let there be in the hearts of our people a revival of the love shown on Calvary for fallen humanity. Behold the King of glory giving His life for a sinful world. Calvary speaks in language more forcible than any I can use. "I gave my life for thee; what hast thou given for me?" {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 20} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 21] As you consider the situation, return to the Lord His own in gifts and offerings. The love of Christ demands your offerings. He whose heart is filled with the love of Jesus will behold in every fellow-being a memorial of the love expressed by Christ for the human race. This love will cause their gratitude to flow forth in words and deeds of mercy and benevolence. Receiving and giving, they work in harmony with Christ's example. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 21} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 22] The love expressed on Calvary should be revived, strengthened, and diffused among our churches. Shall we not do all we can to give power to the principles which Christ brought to this world? Shall we not strive to establish and give efficiency to the benevolent enterprises which are now called for without delay? Christ's believing people are to perpetuate His love. This love is to draw them together round the cross. It is to divest them of all selfishness, and bind them to God and to one another. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 22} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 23] Meet around the cross of Calvary in self-sacrifice and self-denial. As you stand before the cross, and see the royal Prince of heaven dying for you, can you seal your heart, saying, "No; I have nothing to give"? God will bless you as you do your best. As you approach the throne of grace, as you find yourself bound to this throne by the golden chain let down from heaven to earth to draw men from the pit of sin, your heart will go out in love for your brethren and sisters who are without God and without hope in the world. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 23} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 24] God help us to feel that now, just now, is our time and opportunity to work for the Master. As we see the love that has been shown for us, shall not our love be awakened and enlarged, so that nothing will seem too much for us to do for God? Let us do something and do it now. Let us arouse from our apathy, and catching the inspiration of God's love, work as never before for the Master. Mrs. E. G. White. St. Helena, Cal., U.S.A., January 21, 1901. - {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 24} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 1] April 1, 1901 Canvassing--A Branch of God's Work. - The canvassing work, properly carried on, is missionary work of the highest order, and is as good and successful a work as can be done in placing before the people the important truths for this time. The importance of the work of the ministry is unmistakable; but there are many who, though hungry for the bread of life, have not the privilege of hearing the truth from the lips of God's delegated preachers. For this reason it is essential that the publications containing these important matters be placed before the people, that the truth given us of God may go where the living preacher cannot go. In this way the attention of many will be called to the important events which are to occur in the closing scenes of this world's history. God has ordained the canvassing work as a means of presenting before the people the light which is contained in these books, and canvassers should have impressed upon them the fact that the work of bringing before the world as fast as possible the books which are necessary for their spiritual education and enlightenment is the very work the Lord would have them to do at this time. We cannot too highly estimate this work; for were it not for the work of the canvasser, many would never hear the truth. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 2] It is true that some who buy the books will lay them on the shelf or place them on the parlor table and seldom look at them. Still God has a care for His truth, and the time will come when these books will be sought for and read. Sickness or misfortune may enter the home, and through the truth contained in the books God sends peace and hope and rest. His love will be revealed to their souls, and they will understand the preciousness of the forgiveness of their sins. Thus the Lord co-operates with self-denying human workers. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 3] There are others who, because of prejudice, will never know the truth unless it is brought to their doors and left in their homes. The canvasser may find these souls, and minister to them according to his God-given ability. He can do a line of work, of house-to-house labor, more successfully than any others. He can become acquainted with the people; he can pray with them, and can understand their true necessities. There is much responsibility resting upon the canvasser. He should go to his work prepared to explain the Scriptures, and nothing should be said or done to bind his hands. If he puts his trust in the Lord as he travels from place to place, the angels of God will be round about him, giving him words to speak which will bring light and hope and courage to many souls. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 4] Let the canvasser remember that he has an opportunity to sow beside all waters. Let him remember, as he sells the books which give a knowledge of the truth, that he is doing the work of God, and that every talent is to be used to the glory of His name. God will be with every one who seeks to understand the truth, that he may set it before others in clear lines. God has spoken plainly and clearly, and we are to make no delay in giving instruction to those who need it, that they may be brought to the knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus. {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 4} [AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 5] God calls upon us to lift up the standard. As God's standard-bearers we are ever to show our colors, revealing in our lives that we are keeping the commandments of God. Then let canvassers go forth with the Word of the Lord, remembering that those who obey the commandments and teach others to obey them will be rewarded by seeing souls converted, and one soul truly converted will in turn bring others to Christ. Thus the work will advance into new territory. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, April 1, 1901 par. 5} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 1] May 1, 1901 Exalted Character of the Canvassing Work. - Canvassing for our literature is a missionary work, and should be carried on from a missionary standpoint. Those selected as canvassers should be men and women who feel the burden of service, whose object is not to get gain, but to do the very work that needs to be done to enlighten the world. All our service is to be done to the glory of God, to give the light of truth to those who are in darkness. Selfish principles, love of gain, dignity, or position, should not be once named among us. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 2] Canvassers need daily to be converted to God, that their words and deeds shall be a savor of life unto life, that they may exert a saving influence upon those with whom they come in contact. The reason why many have failed in the canvassing work is because they were not Christians; they did not know the spirit of conversion. They had a theory as to how the work should be done, but they did not feel their dependence upon God. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 3] Canvassers, remember that in the books which you are handling you are presenting, not the cup containing the wine of Babylon, doctrines of error dealt to the kings of the earth, but the cup full of the preciousness of the truths of redemption. Will you drink it? Your minds can be brought into captivity to the will of Christ, and He can put His own superscription upon you. By beholding you will become changed from glory to glory, from character to character. God wants you to come to the front, speaking the words He will give you. He wants you to show that you place an estimate upon humanity, humanity that has been purchased by the precious blood of the Saviour. When you fall upon the rock and are broken, you will experience the power of Christ, and others will recognize the power of the truth upon your hearts. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 4] To those who are attending school in order that they may learn how to do the work of God more perfectly, I would say, Remember that it is only by a daily consecration to God that you can become soul-winners. There have been those who were unable to go to school because they were too poor to pay their way. But when they became sons and daughters of God, they took hold of the work where they were, laboring for those around them. Though destitute of the knowledge obtained in school, they consecrated themselves to God, and God worked through them. As did the disciples when called from their nets to follow Christ, so they learned precious lessons from the Saviour. They linked themselves up with the great Teacher, and the knowledge they gained from the Scriptures qualified them to speak to others of Christ. Thus they became truly wise, because they were not too wise in their own estimation to receive instruction from above. The renewing power of the Holy Spirit gave them practical, saving energy. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 4} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 5] The knowledge of the most learned man, if he has not learned in Christ's school, is foolishness as far as leading poor, bewildered souls to Christ is concerned. God can work with those only who will accept the invitation, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 5} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 6] Among many of our canvassers there has been a departure from right principles. Because of a desire to reap worldly advantage, their minds have been drawn away from the real purpose and spirit of the work. Let none think that display and show will make right impressions upon the minds of the people. These things will not secure the best or most permanent results. Our work is to direct minds to the solemn truths for this time. When our own hearts are imbued with the spirit of truth which is contained in the book we are selling, and when in humility we call the attention of the people to these truths, real success will attend our efforts; for the Holy Spirit which convinces of sin, of righteousness, and of judgment, will be present to impress hearts. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 6} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 7] Our books should be handled by consecrated workers, whom the Holy Spirit can use as His instrumentalities. Christ is our sufficiency, and we want to present the truth in humble simplicity, letting it bear its own savor of life unto life. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 7} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 8] Humble, fervent prayer would do more in behalf of the circulation of our books than all the expensive pictures in the world. If the workers will turn their attention to that which is true and living and real; if they will pray for, believe for, and trust in the Holy Spirit, it will be poured upon them in strong, heavenly currents, and right and lasting impressions will be made upon the human heart. Then pray and work, and work and pray, and the Lord will work with you. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 8} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 9] Every canvasser has positive and constant need of the angelic ministration; for he has an important work to do, a work that he cannot do in his own strength. Those who are born again, who are willing to be guided by the Holy Spirit, doing in Christ's way that which they can do, those who will work as if they could see the heavenly universe watching them, will be accompanied and instructed by holy angels, who will go before them to the dwellings of the people preparing the way for them. Such help is far above all the advantages which illustrations are supposed to give. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 9} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 10] When men realize the times in which we are living, they will work as in the sight of heaven. The canvasser will handle those books that bring light and strength to the soul. He will drink in the spirit of these books, and put his whole soul into the work of presenting them to the people. His strength, his courage, his success will depend upon how fully the truth presented in the books is woven into his own experience and developed in his character. When his own life is thus molded he can go forward representing to others the sacred truth he is handling in the books for which he is finding a place in homes. Imbued with the Spirit of God he will gain a deep, rich experience, and heavenly angels will give him success in the work. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 10} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 11] To our canvassers, to all to whom God has given talents they might co-operate with Him, I would say, Pray, oh pray for a deeper experience. Go forth with your hearts softened and subdued by a study of the precious truths which God has given us for this time. Drink deeply of the water of salvation, that it may be in your hearts as a living spring flowing forth to refresh souls ready to perish. God will then give wisdom to enable you to impart aright. He will make you channels for communicating His blessings. He will help you to reveal His attributes by imparting to others the wisdom and understanding which He has imparted to you. {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 11} [AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 12] May the Lord open your minds to comprehend this subject in its length and breadth, and may you realize your duty to represent the character of Christ by your patient courage and steadfast integrity. If you will take with you into the canvassing field principles of righteousness, you will be respected, and many will believe the truth which you advocate, because your daily life will be as a bright light which gives light to all that are in the house. Even your enemies, as much as they may war against your doctrines, will respect you; and your simple words will have a power that will carry conviction to hearts. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, May 1, 1901 par. 12} [AUCR, September 1, 1901 par. 1] September 1, 1901 Canvassing in New Fields. - The lost sheep of God's fold are scattered in every place, and the work that should be done for them is being neglected. From the light given me, I know that where there is one canvasser in the field, there should be one hundred. Canvassers should be encouraged to take hold of this work, not to canvass for story books, but to bring before the world the books containing truth so essential for this time. {AUCR, September 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1901 par. 2] The time has come when a large work should be done by the canvassers. The world is asleep, and as watchmen they are to ring the warning bell to awake the sleepers to a sense of their danger. The churches know not the time of their visitation. How can they best learn the truth?--Through the efforts of the canvasser. Thus the reading matter is brought to those who otherwise would never hear the truth. Those who go forth in the name of the Lord are His messengers to give to the multitudes who are in darkness and error the glad tidings of salvation through Christ in obeying the law of God. All who consecrate themselves to God to work as canvassers are assisting to give the last message of warning to the world. {AUCR, September 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, September 1, 1901 par. 3] I have been instructed that even where the people hear the truth from the living preacher, the canvasser should carry on his work; for though much wearing labor is put forth by the minister in speaking to the people, much of the truth is not retained in their minds. The printed page is therefore essential, not only in the work of awakening minds to the realization of the importance of the truth for this time, but that hearts may be rooted and grounded in the truth, and established against darkness and deceptive error. Papers and books containing the messages of truth are the Lord's means of thus keeping the truth continually before the minds of the people. These publications will do a far greater work than can be accomplished by the ministry of the word alone. Through the work of the canvasser, the silent messengers of truth that are placed in the homes of the people, enlightening and confirming men and women, will strengthen the gospel ministry in every way; for the Holy Spirit will impress minds as they read the books, just as he impresses the minds of those who listen to the preaching of the word by God's delegated ministers, and the same ministry of angels attends the books which contain the truth as attends the work of the minister who is educating the people as to the truth. Thus the faithful, consecrated canvasser will lay up treasure beside the throne of God. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, September 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, October 1, 1901 par. 1] October 1, 1901 Canvassing for "Christ's Object Lessons." - There are, in the divine providence, particular periods when we must arise in response to the call of God, and make use of our means, our time, our intellect, our whole being, body, soul, and spirit, in fulfilling His requirements to the utmost of our ability. The present is such a time as this. The cause of God is at stake. His institutions are in peril, and, because of the terrible burden of debt under which they are struggling, the work is hindered on every side. Just now, in our great necessity, God has made a way through the difficulty, and invites us to co-operate with Him in accomplishing His purpose. It is His plan that the book, Christ's Object Lessons, be given for the relief of our schools, and He calls upon all who love the truth to do their part in placing this book before the world. In this He is testing His people and His institutions, to see if they will work together and be of one mind in self-denial and self-sacrifice. {AUCR, October 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1901 par. 2] We must become men and women of God's opportunity, for great responsibilities and possibilities are within the reach of all who have enlisted under Christ's banner for life service. It is the design of God that we should all glorify Him by using every capability as His, regarding His service as the chief end of our existence. He desires us to work to the utmost of our knowledge and power to carry out the purpose for which he has given us life. A decided work is to be done just now to accomplish God's plan. Just now every stroke should tell for the Master in the work of selling Christ's Object Lessons. God desires His people to be vitalized for the work as they have never been before, both for their own good and for the upbuilding of His cause. The work that He calls them to do He will make a blessing to them. Their hearts will be more tender, their thoughts more spiritual, their service more Christlike; for ministering angels will be round about them. Those who do not feel the necessity of doing this work promptly, thoroughly, and earnestly, but who express unbelief and criticism, will lose the peace and joy that come from carrying out the purposes of God. {AUCR, October 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, October 1, 1901 par. 3] Let all think soberly; for it is a solemn thing to live. Our lives are not our own; we are kept by the power of God, and Jesus desires to live His life in us, perfecting our characters. The present is an opportunity which God's people cannot afford to lose. God calls us to action, that our educational institutions may be freed from debt. Let God's plan be worked out after His own order. Let the very most be made of this, the Lord's opportunity. Let the ministers of our churches and the presidents of our conferences awaken. Let every church arouse and do to the very utmost of its power. Let every family and every individual consecrate themselves to God, putting the leaven of evil out of their hearts, out of their homes, and out of the church. Let children act a part. Let all work together. Just now let not the opportunity be lost. Let us do our best at this time to render to God our offerings, to carry out His specified will, and thus make this an occasion for witnessing for Him and His truth in a world of darkness. Let all make this an opportunity to place themselves where they will be sure to receive the answer to their prayers; for Christ says, "If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, October 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 1] November 1, 1901 The Sale of "Christ's Object Lessons." - Much painstaking effort will be required of those who have the burden of canvassing for Christ's Object Lessons; for instruction must be given that a sense of the importance of the work may be kept before the workers, and that all may cherish the spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice that is exemplified in the life of our Redeemer. Christ made sacrifices at every step,--sacrifices that none of His followers can ever make, because they have never occupied the position that He occupied. He was the most exalted being in the heavenly courts; but He laid aside all His glory, and came to this earth to suffer for sinners. {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 1} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 2] In all the self-denial and self-sacrifice required of us in this work, amid all the unpleasant things that occur, we are ever to consider that we are yoked up with Christ, partakers with Him of His spirit of kindness, forbearance, self-denial, and self-sacrifice. This spirit will open the way before us, and give us success in the work, because Christ is our recommendation to the people. If we meet with hardships in our work, let us look to Him who is the author and finisher of our faith. Then we shall not fail nor be discouraged. We shall endure hardness as good soldiers of Jesus Christ. {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 2} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 3] When there is a continual reliance upon God, a continual practice of self-denial, workers will not be easily repulsed; for they will remember that in every place there are souls for whom the Lord has need, and for whom the devil is seeking, that he may bind them up in his slavery of sin, of disregard for the law of God. The Lord Jesus, standing by the side of the canvassers, is the chief worker; the Holy Spirit, working with them, makes impressions just where they are needed. {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 3} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 4] In the Scriptures we read, "Not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." Every branch of God's work is worthy of diligence, but nothing could be more deserving than this work at this time. None should labor with the expectation of receiving his reward in this life, but with his eyes fixed steadfastly upon the prize at the end of the race. Men and women are wanted now who are as true to duty as the needle to the pole,--men and women who will work without having their way smoothed and every obstacle removed. If we seek the Lord and become converted; if of our own choice we become free and joyous in God; if with gladsome consent of the heart we respond to His gracious call, wearing the yoke of Christ which is one of obedience and service,--our difficulties will be removed, our murmurings will be stilled, and many of the questions that may arise will be solved. {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 4} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 5] I am so glad that so much harmonious action has been shown in striving to carry out this purpose of God, and to make the most of His providences. But let none become weary in well doing, for in due season we shall reap if we faint not. My brethren, let us have faith in God, and after we have by sanctified energy and much prayer done all that we can do in this work for our schools, we shall see the glory of God. When the trial has been fully made, there will be a blessed result. {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 5} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 6] In doing this work a four-fold blessing will be realized,--a blessing to our schools, to the world, to the church, and to ourselves. While means will be gathered for the relief of the schools we shall sow the seeds of truth in many souls who will receive it and be saved by it. The self-sacrificing efforts put forth by the members of our churches will prove a means of uniting them that they may be sanctified, body, soul, and spirit, as vessels unto honor, prepared to receive the Holy Spirit which God will impart. Those who will seek to do God's will, laying out every talent to the best advantage, will become wise in working for the kingdom of God. They will learn lessons of the greatest consequence to them, and they will feel the highest happiness of a rational mind. Peace and grace and power of intellect will be given to them. {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 6} [AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 7] These are the results that will surely come if we fulfill the purpose of God. Then let us all be faithful in this work. Let us do our best in placing this book before the people. Let us carry forward this work without flinching in the name of the Lord. Let His plan be vindicated, and when this work has been accomplished, God will indicate to us what to do next. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, November 1, 1901 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 1] June 1, 1902 Our Duty. - Reading for Tuesday, June 17. - In the invitation to the gospel supper, the Lord Jesus has specified the work to be done--the work that the churches in every locality, north, south, east, and west, should do. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 2] The churches need to have their eyes anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, that they may see the many opportunities all about them to minister for God. Repeatedly God has called upon His people to go out into the highways and hedges, and compel men to come in, that His house may be full; yet even within the shadow of our own doors are families in which we have not shown sufficient interest to lead them to think that we cared for their souls. It is this work lying nearest us that the Lord now calls upon the church to undertake. We are not to stand, saying, "Who is my neighbor?" We are to remember that our neighbor is the one who most needs our sympathy and help. Our neighbor is every soul who is wounded and bruised by the adversary. Our neighbor is every one who is the property of God. In Christ the distinctions made by the Jews as to who was their neighbor are swept away. There are no territorial lines, no artificial distinctions, no caste, no aristocracy. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 3] Think it not lowering to your dignity to minister to suffering humanity. Look not with indifference and contempt upon those who have laid the temple of the soul in ruins. These are objects of divine compassion. He who created all cares for all. Even those who have fallen the lowest are not beyond the reach of His love and pity. If we are truly His disciples, we shall manifest the same spirit. The love that is inspired by our love for Jesus will see in every soul, rich or poor, a value that cannot be measured by human estimate. Let your life reveal a love that is higher than you can possibly express in words. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 4] Often the hearts of men will harden under rebuke, but they cannot withstand the love expressed toward them in Christ. We should bid the sinner not to feel himself an outcast from God. Bid the sinner look to Christ, who alone can heal the soul leprous with sin. Reveal to the desperate, discouraged sufferer that he is a prisoner of hope. Let your message be, "Behold the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world." {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 5] I have been instructed that the medical missionary work will discover in the very depths of degradation, men who, though they have given themselves up to intemperate, dissolute habits, will respond to the right kind of labor. But they need to be recognized and encouraged. Firm, patient, earnest effort will be required in order to lift them up. They cannot restore themselves. They may hear Christ's call, but their ears are too dull to take in its meaning; their eyes are too blind to see anything good in store for them. They are dead in trespasses and sins. Yet even these are not to be excluded from the gospel feast. They are to receive the invitation, "Come." Though they may feel unworthy, the Lord says, "Compel them to come in." Listen to no excuse. By love and kindness lay right hold of them. "Ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference; and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire." Jude 20-23. Press home upon the conscience the terrible results of the transgression of God's law. Show that it is not God who causes pain and suffering, but that man through his own ignorance and sin has brought this condition upon himself. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 6] This work, properly conducted, will save many a poor sinner who has been neglected by the churches. Many not of our faith are longing for the very help that Christians are in duty bound to give. If God's people would show a genuine interest in their neighbors, many would be reached by the special truths for this time. Nothing will or ever can give character to the work like helping the people just where they are. Thousands might today be rejoicing in the message, if those who claim to love God and keep His commandments would work as Christ worked. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 6} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 7] When the medical missionary work thus wins men and women to a saving knowledge of Christ and His truth, money and earnest labor may safely be invested in it; for it is a work that will endure. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 8] Every church member should feel it his special duty to labor for those living in his neighborhood. Study how you can best help those who take no interest in religious things. As you visit your friends and neighbors, show an interest in their spiritual as well as in their temporal welfare. Present Christ as a sin-pardoning Saviour. Invite your neighbors to your home, and read with them from the precious Bible and from books that explain its truths. This, united with simple songs and fervent prayers, will touch their hearts. Let church members educate themselves to do this work. This is just as essential as to save the benighted souls in foreign countries. While some feel the burden of souls afar off, let the many who are at home feel the burden of precious souls around them, and work just as diligently for their salvation. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 8} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 9] We are to be channels of light to the world, imparting to others the light we receive from the great Light-bearer. The words and works of all men are to be tried. Let us not be backward now. That which is to be done in warning the world must be done without delay. Let not the canvassing work be left to languish. Let the books containing the light on present truth be placed before as many as possible. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 9} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 10] The presidents of our conferences and others in responsible positions have a duty to do in this matter, that the different branches of our work may receive equal attention. Canvassers are to be educated and trained to do the work required in selling the books upon present truth which the people need. There is need of men of deep Christian experience, men of well-balanced minds, strong, well educated men to engage in this work. The Lord desires those to take hold of the canvassing work who are capable of educating others, who can awaken in promising young men and women an interest in this line, leading them to take up the book-work and handle it successfully. Some have the talent, education, and experience which would enable them to educate the youth for the canvassing work in such a way that much more would be accomplished than is now being done. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 10} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 11] Those who have gained an experience in this work have a special duty to perform in teaching others. Educate, educate, educate young men and women to sell the books which the Lord by His Holy Spirit has stirred His servants to write. God desires us to be faithful in educating those who accept the truth, that they may believe to a purpose, and work intelligently in the Lord's way. Let inexperienced persons be connected with experienced workers, that they may learn how to work. Let them seek God most earnestly. These may do a good work in canvassing if they will obey the words, "Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine." 1 Timothy 4:16. Those who give evidence that they are truly converted, and who take up the canvassing work, will see that it is the best preparation for other lines of missionary labor. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 11} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 12] There is no higher work than evangelistic canvassing; for it involves the performance of the highest moral duties. Those who engage in this work need always to be under the control of the Spirit of God. There must be no exalting of self. What have any of us that we did not receive from Christ? We must love as brethren, revealing our love by helping one another. We must be pitiful and courteous. We must press together, drawing in even cords. Only those who live the prayer of Christ, working it out in practical life, will stand the test that is to come upon all the world. Those who exalt self place themselves in Satan's power, preparing to receive his deceptions. The word of the Lord to His people is that we lift the standard higher and still higher. If we obey His voice, He will work with us, and our efforts will be crowned with success. In our work we shall receive rich blessing from on high, and shall lay up treasure beside the throne of God. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 12} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 13] A great and important work is before us. The enemy of souls realizes this, and he is using every means in his power to lead the canvasser to take up some other line of work. This order of things should be changed. God calls the canvassers back to their work. He calls for volunteers who will put all their energies and enlightenment into the work, helping wherever there is opportunity. The Master calls for every one to do the part given him according to his ability. Who will respond to the call? Who will go forth to labor in wisdom and grace and the love of Christ for those nigh and afar off? Who will sacrifice ease and pleasure, and enter the places of error, superstition, and darkness, working earnestly and perseveringly, speaking the truth in simplicity, praying in faith, doing house-to-house labor? Who at this time will go forth without the camp, imbued with the power of the Holy Spirit, bearing reproach for Christ's sake, opening the Scriptures to the people, and calling them to repentance? {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 13} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 14] God has His workmen in every age. The call of the hour is answered by the coming of the man. Thus when the divine voice cries, "Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?" the response will come, "Here am I; send me." Isaiah 6:8. Let all who labor effectually in the canvassing field feel in their hearts that they are doing the work of the Lord in ministering to souls who know not the truth for this time. They are sounding the note of warning in the highways and byways to prepare a people for the great day of the Lord, which is so soon to break upon the world. We have no time to lose. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 14} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 15] We must encourage this work. Who will go forth now with our publications? The Lord imparts a fitness for the work to every man and woman who will co-operate with divine power. All the requisite talent, courage, perseverance, faith, and tact will come as they put the armor on. A great work is to be done in our world, and human agencies will surely respond to the demand. The world must hear the warning. When the call comes, "Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?" send back the answer clear and distinct, "Here am I; send me". {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 15} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 16] God's people have a mighty work before them, a work that must continually rise to greater prominence. Our efforts in missionary lines must become far more extensive. A more decided work than has been done must be done prior to the second appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ. God's people are not to cease their labors until they shall encircle the world. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 16} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 17] The vineyard includes the whole world, and every part of it is to be worked. There are places which are now a moral wilderness, and these are to become as the garden of the Lord. The waste places of the earth are to be cultivated, that they may bud and blossom as the rose. New territories are to be worked by men inspired by the Holy Ghost. New churches must be established, new congregations organized. At this time there should be representatives of present truth in every city, and in the remote parts of the earth. The whole earth is to be illuminated with the glory of God's truth. The light is to shine to all lands and to all peoples. And it is from those who have received the light that it is to shine forth. The day-star has arisen upon us, and we are to flash its light upon the pathway of those in darkness. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 17} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 18] Certain countries have advantages that mark them as centres of education and influence. In the English-speaking nations and the Protestant nations of Europe it is comparatively easy to find access to the people, and there are many advantages for establishing institutions and carrying forward our work. In some other lands, such as India and China, the workers must go through a long course of education before the people can understand them, or they the people. And at every step there are great difficulties to be encountered in the work. In America, Australia, England, and some other European countries, many of these impediments do not exist. America has many institutions to give character to the work. Similar facilities should be furnished for England, Australia, Germany, and Scandinavia, and other continental countries as the work advances. In these countries the Lord has able workmen, laborers of experience. These can lead out in the establishment of institutions, the training of workers, and the carrying forward of the work in its different lines. God designs that they shall be furnished with means and facilities. The institutions established would give character to the work in these countries, and would give opportunity for the training of workers for the darker heathen nations. In this way the efficiency of our experienced workers would be multiplied a hundredfold. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 18} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 19] There is a great work to be done in England. The light radiating from London should beam forth in clear distinct rays to regions beyond. God has wrought in England, but this English-speaking world has been terribly neglected. England has needed many more laborers and much more means. London has been scarcely touched. My heart is deeply moved as the situation in that great city is presented before me. It pains me to think that greater facilities are not provided for the work throughout Europe. I have sore heartache as I think of the work in Switzerland, Germany, Norway, and Sweden. Where there are one or two men struggling to carry forward the different branches of the cause, there should be hundreds at work. In the city of London alone no fewer than one hundred men should be engaged. The Lord marks the neglect of His work, and there will be a heavy account to settle by and by. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 19} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 20] If the workers in America will impart to others of their great mercies, they will see prosperity in England. They will sympathize with the workers who are struggling with difficulties there, and will have the heart to say, not only in word, but in action, "All ye are brethren," Matthew 23:8. They will see a great work done in London, all through the cities of England, and throughout the different European countries. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 20} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 21] God calls upon us to push the triumphs of the cross in Australia, New fields are opening. For want of workers and money the work has been hindered; but it must be hindered no longer. Of all countries, Australia most resembles America. All classes of people are there. And the warning message has not been presented and rejected. There are thousands of honest souls praying for light. God's watchmen are to stand on the walls of Zion, and to give the warning, "The morning cometh, and also the night,"--the night wherein no man can work. While the angels are holding the four winds, the message is to enter every field in Australia as fast as possible. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 21} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 22] The strengthening of the work in these English-speaking countries will give our laborers a hundredfold more influence than they have had to plant the standard of truth in many lands. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 22} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 23] While we are trying to work these destitute fields, the cry comes from far-off countries, "Come over and help us." These are not so easily reached, and not so ready for the harvest, as are the fields more nearly within our sight; but they must not be neglected. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 23} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 24] Our brethren have not discerned that in helping to advance the work in foreign fields, they would be helping the work at home. That which is given to start the work in one field, will result in strengthening the work in other places. As the laborers are freed from embarrassment, their efforts can be extended; as souls are brought to the truth, and churches are established, there will be increasing financial strength. Soon these churches will be able not only to carry on the work in their own borders, but to impart to other fields. Thus the burden resting on the home churches will be shared. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 24} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 25] The home-missionary work will be farther advanced in every way when a more liberal, self-denying, self-sacrificing spirit is manifested for the prosperity of foreign missions; for the prosperity of the home work depends largely, under God, upon the reflex influence of the evangelical work done in countries afar off. It is in working actively to supply the necessities of the cause of God that we bring our souls in touch with the Source of all power. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 25} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 26] An American business man, who was an earnest Christian, in conversation with a fellow-worker, remarked that he himself worked for Christ twenty-four hours of the day. "In all my business relations," he said, "I try to represent my Master. As I have opportunity, I try to win others to Him. All day I am working for Christ. And at night, while I sleep, I have a man working for Him in China." {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 26} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 27] Why should not the members of a church, or of several small churches, unite to sustain a missionary in foreign fields? If they will deny themselves of selfish indulgences, dispense with needless and hurtful things, they can do this. Brethren and sisters, will you not help in this work? I beseech you to do something for Christ, and to do it now. Through the teacher whom your money shall sustain in the field, souls may be saved from ruin, to shine as stars in the Redeemer's crown. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 27} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 28] Let us rejoice that the work which God can approve has been done in these fields. In the name of the Lord, let us lift up our voices in praise and thanksgiving for the results of the work abroad. {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 28} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 29] And still our General, who never makes a mistake, says to us, "Advance. Enter new territory. Lift up the standard in every land. 'Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.'" {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 29} [AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 30] Our watchword is to be, Onward, ever onward. The angels of God will go before us to prepare the way. Our burden for the "regions beyond" can never be laid down until the whole earth shall be lightened with the glory of the Lord. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, June 1, 1902 par. 30} [AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 1] June 15, 1902 To the Brethren in Australia. - Strengthen your souls in the Lord. I plead with God to reveal His wonder-working power to you. I am sure that He will be with you, leading and guiding you step by step. We are certainly living in perilous times, and we need to keep our minds stayed upon God every moment. He who knows the power that the enemy has over those who do not trust fully in the Lord Jesus, says, "Come unto Me. I am thy refuge, thy hiding place. I will preserve thee from trouble, I will compass thee about with songs of deliverance." He knows the depths of darkness into which Satan would cast the soul. He is the exceeding brightness of the Father's glory, and He invites us to follow Him, saying, "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." {AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 2] "We are laborers together with God." Lay hold of His work with clean hands, a pure heart, and holy, consecrated endeavor. Press forward to gain the triumphs of the cross of Christ. Are you not striving for a crown of immortality, for a life that measures with the life of God? O put your whole heart into the work! Let nothing cause your zeal to flag. Amid trials and perplexities, hear His voice saying to you, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me." True humility never hinders the Lord's servants from undertaking the most arduous and responsible service if the Lord requires it of them. {AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 3] Patient continuance in well-doing,--this is to be our motto. We are to put forth persevering effort, advancing step by step until the race is run, the victory gained. Paul writes, "This one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus." {AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 4] God's work will be carried on, though we may not always see how. His word in our hearts will give us confidence and assurance and hope. He is the Ruler of the world. The trials that come to the members of His church are sent for their purification and their advancement. In times of darkness, let us not despond. Let us comfort our hearts by remembering that if we walk and work with God, in humility and sincerity, He will be our joy and peace and hope, and will give us precious victories. Let us consecrate ourselves to Him. Let us regard Him with holy reverence, and commit the keeping of our souls to His care. {AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 5] Christ's presence and His word, "Lo, I am with you alway," is our wisdom and our righteousness. It is the living Presence that makes the living Word. The kingdom comes to us not in word only, but in power. It is unwavering faith in Christ's presence that gives us power. Press forward unitedly to the help of the Lord, all of one heart and one mind. Depend not on human wisdom. Look beyond human beings to the One appointed by God to carry our griefs and sorrows. Taking God at His word, move forward with steadfast, persevering faith. You will see of His salvation. Mrs. E. G. White. St. Helena, California, March 19, 1902. - {AUCR, June 15, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 1] July 1, 1902 Canvassers as Gospel Evangelists. - The work of God is to go into all the world vindicating the claims of Christ, and writing His name on hearts. As laborers together with Him, we must never get above the simplicity of His work; for, unless we walk humbly with God; the Holy Spirit cannot attend our efforts. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 2] The canvassing work is an important field of labor, and will do much toward carrying the gospel to all the dark corners of the world. The intelligent, God-fearing, truth-loving canvasser should be respected, for he occupies a position equal to that of the gospel minister. Many of our young ministers and those who are fitting for the ministry would, if truly converted, do much good by entering the canvassing field. They would there obtain an experience in faith. Their knowledge of the Scriptures would greatly increase, because as they endeavored to impart to others the light given them, they would receive more to impart. By meeting people and presenting to them our publications, they would gain an experience which they could not gain by simply preaching. As they went from house to house, they could converse with those with whom they met, carrying with them the fragrance of Christ's life. The most precious ministry that can be done is by ministers working in the canvassing field. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 3] All our ministers should feel free to carry books with them, to dispose of wherever they go. Wherever a minister goes, he can leave a book in the family where he stays, either selling it or giving it to them. Much of this work was done in the early history of the message. Ministers acted as canvassers and colporteurs, using the means they obtained from the sale of books to help in the advancement of the work in places where help was needed. These can speak intelligently regarding this method of work; for they have had an experience in this line. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 4] Let none hold the impression that it belittles a minister of the gospel to canvass; for by doing this work, he is doing the very work as did the apostle Paul who says, "Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews; and how I kept back nothing that was profitable to you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, testifying both to the Jew and also to the Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ." The eloquent Paul to whom God manifested Himself in a wonderful manner, went from house to house with all humility of mind, and with many tears and temptations. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 5] All who want an opportunity for true ministry, and who will give themselves unreservedly to God, will find in the canvassing work opportunities to speak upon many things pertaining to the future immortal life. The experience thus gained will be of the greatest value to those who are fitting themselves for the work of the ministry. It is the accompaniment of the Holy Spirit of God that prepares workers, both men and women, to become pastors to the flock of God. As they cherish the thought that Christ is their companion, a holy awe, a sacred joy will be felt by them amid all their trying experiences and all their tests. They will learn how to pray as they work. They will become educated in patience, kindness, affability, and helpfulness, wherever they may be. They will practice true Christian courtesy, bearing in mind that Christ, their companion, will not approve of harsh, unkind words or feelings. Their words will be purified. The power of speech will be regarded as a precious talent, lent them to do a high and holy work. The human agent will learn how to represent the divine companion with whom he is associated. To that unseen holy One he will show respect and reverence because he is wearing His yoke, and learning His pure, holy ways, Those who have faith in this divine attendant will develop. They will be gifted with a power to clothe the message of truth with a sacred beauty. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 6] There are some who are adapted to the work of a colporter, and who can accomplish more in this line than by preaching. If the Spirit of Christ dwells in their own hearts, they will find opportunity to present His word to others, and to direct minds to the special truths for this time. Men suited to this work undertake it; but some injudicious minister flatters them that their gifts should be employed in the desk, instead of in the work of the colporter. Thus they are influenced to get a license to preach, and the very ones who might have been trained to make good missionaries to visit families at their homes, to talk and pray with them, are turned away from a work for which they are fitted to make poor ministers, and the field where so much labor is needed, and where so much good might be accomplished for the cause, is neglected. The canvassers in the field, if consecrated to God, will learn every day by practice how to reach the souls for whom Christ has died. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 6} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 7] May the Lord help every one to improve to the utmost the talents committed to His trust. May He help them to study the Bible as they should, that its practical teachings may have a practical bearing upon their lives. Whatever your work may be, dear brethren and sisters, do it for the Master, and do your best. Do not overlook present, golden opportunities and let your life prove a failure, while you sit idly dreaming of ease and success in a work for which God has never fitted you. Do the work that is nearest you. Do it, even though it may be amid the perils and hardships of the missionary field, and when tempted to complain of hardship and self-sacrifice, look at Christ and behold the sacrifice that He has made that the light of the gospel might shine into benighted minds. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 7} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 8] The preaching of the Word is a means by which the Lord has ordained His warning message to be given to the world. In the Scriptures the faithful teacher is represented as a shepherd of the flock of God. He is to be respected and his work appreciated. Genuine medical missionary work is bound up with the ministry, and the canvassing work is to be a part both of the medical missionary work and of the ministry. To those who are engaged in this work I would say, As you visit the people, tell them you are a gospel evangelist, and that you love the Lord. Do not seek a home in a hotel, but stay at a private house, and become acquainted with the family. Christ sowed the seeds of truth wherever He was, and as His followers you can witness for the Master doing a most precious work in fireside labor. In thus coming close to the people you will often find those who are sick and discouraged. If you are pressing close to the side of Christ, wearing His yoke, you will daily learn of Him how to carry messages of peace and comfort to the sorrowing and disappointed, the sad and broken-hearted. You can point the discouraged ones to the Word of God, and take the sick to the Lord in prayer. As you pray, speak to Christ as you would to a trusted, much-loved friend. Maintain a sweet, free, pleasant dignity, as a child of God. This will be recognized. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 8} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 9] Canvassers should be able to give those with whom they stay instruction in regard to the way to treat the suffering. They should be educated in regard to the simple methods of hygienic treatment. Thus they may work as medical missionaries, ministering to the souls and bodies of the suffering. Now, just now, this work should be going forward in all parts of the country, that many might be blessed by the prayers and instruction of God's servants. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 9} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 10] We need to realize the importance of the canvassing work as one great means of finding out those who are in peril, and bringing them back to Christ. The truth must go forward. The church militant is not the church triumphant. Canvassers should never be prohibited from speaking of the love of Christ, from telling their first experience in their service for the Master. They should be perfectly free to speak or to pray with those who are awakened. The simple story of Christ's love for man will open doors for them, even to the homes of unbelievers. Of all the gifts which God has given to man, none is more precious than the gift of speech, if it is sanctified by the Holy Spirit. It is with the tongue that we convince and persuade: with it we offer prayer and praise to God, and with it we convey rich thoughts of the Redeemer's love. Those who are fitted to enlighten minds will often have opportunity to read from the Bible or from books which teach the truth, and thus bring the evidence to enlighten souls. When canvassers discover those who are interestedly searching for truth, they should hold Bible readings with them. These Bible readings are just what the people need. God will use in His service those who thus show a deep interest in perishing souls. Through them He will impart light to those who are ready to receive instruction. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 10} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 11] Some have a zeal which is not according to knowledge. Such should not attempt this work; they should not try to converse with those whom they meet; for they would be unable to enlighten them. Because of the lack of wisdom on the part of some, because they have been so much inclined to act the minister and theologian, restrictions have almost had to be enforced upon our canvassers. When the Lord's voice calls, "Whom shall we send? and who will go for us?" the divine Spirit puts it into hearts to respond, "Here am I; send me." But bear in mind that the live coal from the altar must first touch your lips. Then the words you speak will be wise and holy words. Then you will have wisdom to know what to say and what to leave unsaid. You will not try to reveal your smartness as theologians. You will be careful not to arouse a combative spirit or excite prejudice, by introducing indiscriminately all the points of our faith. You will find enough to talk about that will not excite opposition, but that will open the heart to desire a deeper knowledge of God's Word. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 11} [AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 12] The Lord desires you to be soul-winners; therefore, while you should not force doctrinal points upon the people, you should "be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear." Why fear?--Fear lest your words should savor of self-importance, lest unadvised words be spoken, lest the words and manner should not be after Christ's likeness. Connect firmly with Christ, and present the truth as it is in Him. Hearts cannot fail to be touched by the story of the atonement. As you learn the meekness and lowliness of Christ, you will know what you should say to the people; for the Holy Spirit will tell you what words you ought to speak. Those who realize the necessity of keeping the heart under the control of the Holy Spirit, will be enabled to sow seed that will spring up into eternal life. This is the work of the gospel evangelist. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, July 1, 1902 par. 12} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 1] July 15, 1902 Ministerial Work. - In all lines of ministerial work there is need of greater earnestness. Time is passing, and work that should be far advanced is almost at a standstill. Ministers are not to spend their time hovering over the churches, laboring for those who have already accepted the truth. They are to go forth to proclaim the message to those who have not heard it. They must sow the seeds of truth in fields that have not yet been sown. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 2] Work is to be done in various ways. Humble men, willing to make sacrifices, to work as Christ worked, are needed. Church members are to be taught to work in the Lord's home vineyard. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 3] It is not enough to live merely a quiet, prayerful life. Meditation alone will not answer the need of the world. We are not to be mere subjectives of religion. Vigilant waiting is to be combined with vigilant working. We are to be living, wide-awake, energetic, fervent Christians, filled with zeal to give to others the blessings of the truth. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 4] God's servants are to be "not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." The lamp of the soul is to be kept trimmed and burning. People need the truth, and by earnest, faithful effort it is to be communicated to them. Everything that can be done to save sinners should be done without delay. Souls are to be sought for, prayed for, labored for. Earnest appeals are to be made. Fervent prayers are to be offered. Our tame, spiritless petitions need to be changed to petitions of intense earnestness. God's Word declares, "The effectual, fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much." {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 5] Wake up, my brethren, into spiritual activity. Daily reveal a determined purpose to be good and to do good. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 6] Young ministers should not be encouraged to preach to the churches. This is not their work. They are to go forth without the camp, taking up the work in places where the truth has not yet been proclaimed. Let them go in the humility and meekness of Christ, obtaining strength from the Source of all strength. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 6} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 7] To every young man who desires to enter the ministry, Paul's words to Timothy are spoken: "Take heed to thyself and to the doctrine." Thyself needs the first attention. First give yourself to the Lord for sanctification to His service. A godly example will tell more for the truth than the greatest eloquence unaccompanied by a well-ordered life. Trim the lamp of the soul, and replenish it with the oil of the Spirit. Seek from Christ that grace, that clearness of comprehension, which will enable you to do successful work. Learn from Him what it means to labor for those for whom He gave His life. The most talented worker can do little unless Christ is formed within, the hope and strength of the life. The tree itself must be good in order to produce good fruit. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 7} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 8] Let the young men and young women who are preparing for service read and study the third chapter of Colossians, and the first chapter of second Peter, and also the following Scriptures:-- {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 8} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 9] "The Word of God is quick and powerful, and sharper than any twoedged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in His sight. But all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of Him with whom we have to do. Seeing then that we have a great High Priest that is passed into the heaven, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need." "In all things it behoved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted." {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 9} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 10] Young men, deal faithfully with your own souls. Seek the Lord most earnestly for grace and strength. Study the words of the Saviour: "I have given them Thy Word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world." Worldly ambition, worldly plans, worldly principles, are not to be brought into the life of the Christian. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 10} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 11] Christ said, "For their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from evil." "Sanctify them through Thy truth; They Word is truth." "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word." {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 11} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 12] Will you not remember that this prayer includes you? Will you not strive to answer it? Will you not give yourselves to the Lord? Willingness of heart and earnestness of purpose to carry out the principles of holiness will place you in such a relation to God that you will give full proof of your ministry. You will see the fruit of your labor. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 12} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 13] The heart must be brought into conformity to the will of God. As is the health of the heart, so is the religious experience and the fruit seen in the life. Unless the heart is cleansed from all defilement, evil will appear in the life. No one can in truth fulfill the requirements of God's law unless this law is written on his heart. He only who makes righteousness a part of his life is prepared rightly to estimate the truth. The truth is no truth to the one who merely makes a profession, who is not sanctified by its power, upon whose heart its image is not stamped. Such a one keeps the truth in the outer court. His love for Christ is superficial, exercising little controlling power over his reason. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 13} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 14] When young and old give careful, prayerful thought to the preparation required in order to do true service for God, a decided reformation will be seen. In the place of drinking in iniquity, the heart will be filled to overflowing with the love of Christ. The whole being will be enlisted in God's service. The affections will be set on things above. We shall respond heartily to the words of life, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 14} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 15] The Reward of Earnest Endeavor. Each worker, while preserving his individuality, is to labor in harmony with every other worker. Each is to be united with his fellow-workers in bonds of Christian fellowship, and all are to be united with the Lord. The aim of every one is to be the advancement of the cause of truth. Each is to seek earnestly for the impartation of the Holy Spirit. Each is to look to Jesus, believing that he will receive the blessings he needs in order to be a help and strength to the whole work. Each may receive light from the Source of light. "Wait on the Lord; be of good courage and He shall strengthen thine heart; wait, I say, on the Lord." {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 15} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 16] All are to do their best according to their several ability. All are to keep looking to their Leader, studying the lessons He has given in His guidance of His people from the beginning. The experience of Abraham, of Moses, of Daniel, contains lessons of great value to us at this time. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 16} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 17] Those whom God chooses as His workers are not always talented in the estimation of the world. Sometimes He selects unlearned men. These have a special work. They reach a class to whom no one else could obtain access. Opening the heart to the truth, they are made wise in and through Christ. Their lives inhale and exhale the fragrance of godliness. Their words are thoughtfully considered before they are spoken. In every act they follow the example of their Leader. They strive to promote the well-being of their fellow-men. They take relief and happiness to the needy and distressed. They realize the necessity of ever remaining under Christ's training, that they may work in harmony with God's will. They study how they can best follow the Saviour's example of cross-bearing and self-denial. They are God's witnesses, revealing His compassion and love, and ascribing all the glory to Him whom they love and serve. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 17} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 18] Constantly they are learning of the great Teacher, and constantly they reach higher degrees of perfection, yet all the time feeling a sense of their weakness and insufficiency. They are drawn upward by the strong, loving admiration they have for Christ. They practise His virtues, for their life is assimilated to His. Ever they move onward and upward, a blessing to the world and an honor to their Redeemer. Christ says of them, "Blessed are the meek; for they shall inherit the earth." {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 18} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 19] Such workers are to be encouraged. Their work is done, not to be seen of men, but to glorify God. And it will bear His inspection. The Lord brings these workers into connection with those of more marked ability, to fill up the gaps they leave. He is well pleased when they are appreciated; for they are links in His chain of service. And it is God's desire that every human instrumentality engaged in work for Him shall be recognized, however small may be the work he does. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 19} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 20] Men who are self-important, who are filled with the thought of their own superior abilities, overlook these humble, contrite workers; but not for one moment does God lose sight of them. He marks all that they do to help those in need of help. In the heavenly courts, when the redeemed are gathered home, they will stand nearest the Son of God. They will shine brightly in the courts of the Lord, honored by Him because they have felt it an honor to minister to those for whom He gave His life. They will be rewarded with the same commendation as those who, from outward appearances, exerted a wider influence. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 20} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 21] "We are laborers together with God." Lay hold of His work with clean hands, a pure heart, and holy, consecrated endeavor. Press forward to gain the triumphs of the cross. Are you not striving for a crown of immortality, for a life that measures with the life of God? O put your whole heart into the work! Let nothing cause your zeal to flag. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 21} [AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 22] Let us press forward unitedly to the help of the Lord, all of one heart and of one mind. Let us not depend on human wisdom. Let us not lean on man. Look beyond human beings to the One appointed by God to bear our griefs and carry our sorrows and supply our necessities. Taking God at His word, move forward with steadfast, unfaltering faith. Christ's presence and His word, "Lo, I am with you always,"--this is our wisdom and righteousness. It is the living Presence that makes the living Word. The kingdom comes to us, not in word only, but in power. It is unwavering faith in Christ's presence that gives power. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, July 15, 1902 par. 22} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 1] August 1, 1902 A Call to Service. - "Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together." {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 2] True indeed are these words. Everywhere there are hearts crying out for the living God. The Lord has His representatives in all the churches. These persons have not had the special testing truths for the last days presented to them under circumstances that brought conviction to the heart and mind; therefore they have not, by rejecting light, severed their connection with God. There are those that have faithfully walked in all the light that has shone upon their pathway. They hunger to know more of the ways and works of God. All over the world men and women are looking wistfully to heaven. Prayers and tears and inquiries go up from souls longing for light, for grace, for the Holy Spirit. Many are on the very verge of the kingdom, waiting to be gathered in. These demand the service of those to whom God has entrusted His truth. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 3] And those also who are dead in trespasses and sins demand our service. The man who is wholly absorbed in his counting room, the man who finds pleasure at the gaming table, the man who loves to indulge perverted appetite, the frequenter of the theatre and ball-room, put eternity out of their reckoning. The whole burden of their life is, What shall we eat? what shall we drink? and wherewithal shall we be clothed? They are not in the procession that is moving heavenward. They are led by the great apostate, and with him will be destroyed. All around us are souls perishing in their sins. Every year thousands upon thousands are dying without God and without hope of eternal life. The plagues and judgments of God are in the land, and souls are going to ruin because the light of truth has not been flashed upon their pathway. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 4] The heart of God is moved. Souls are very precious in His sight. It was for this world that Christ wept in agony; for this world He was crucified. God gave His only begotten Son to save sinners, and He desires us to love others as He has loved us. He desires those who have a knowledge of the truth to impart this knowledge to their fellow-men. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 5] Now is the time for the last warning to be given. There is a special power in the presentation of the truth at the present time; but how long will it continue?--Only a little while. If ever there was a crisis, it is now. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 6] What shall we say, what can we say, to arouse those who know the truth, both ministers and lay members, to a sense of their responsibility? How can they be led to feel the burden of imparting to others the truth God has imparted to them? O that they were awake to the purposes of God and to their individual responsibility! Then would they use every gift, every talent, in the work of giving to the world the truth for this time. The number of laborers would greatly increase, and the work would grow in influence and extent. God's people would be light-bearers, shining amid the darkness of this degenerate age. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 6} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 7] God has given all something to do. Those who are willing to work in self-denial and self-sacrifice will find their place. But those who seek only a safe and easy place need to be converted. Until their hearts are renewed, their purposes changed, God has no use for them in His work. By an unreserved consecration we are to prepare ourselves for His service. Our ministers are not to hover over the churches, regarding the churches in some particular place as their special care. And our churches should not feel jealous and neglected if they do not receive ministerial labor. They should themselves take up the burden, and labor most earnestly for souls. Believers are to have root in themselves, striking firm root in Christ, that they may bear fruit to His glory. As one man, they are to strive to attain one object,--the saving of souls. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 7} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 8] All who know the truth should impart this knowledge to others. We need now to train men, and set them at work, giving them every facility for the impartation of truth. There is at this time a great dearth of laborers. Scores of men and women might be set at work. This need should have been foreseen. Our faith is not proportionate to the light God has given us. When our hearts are emptied of all selfishness, and cleansed by the Spirit of Christ, we shall be vessels meet for the Master's use. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 8} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 9] God is waiting for men and women to awake to a sense of their responsibilities. He is waiting for them to link themselves with Him. Let them mark the signals for advance, and no longer be laggards in working out the will of the Lord. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 9} [AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 10] Do we realize how large a number in the world are watching our movements? From quarters where we least expect, will come voices urging us forward in the work of giving to the world the last message of mercy. Ministers and people, wake up! Be quick to recognize and seize every opportunity and advantage offered in the turning of the wheel of providence. God and Christ and the heavenly angels are working with intense activity to hold in check the fierceness of Satan's wrath, that God's plans may not be thwarted. God lives and reigns. He is conducting the affairs of the universe. Let His soldiers move forward to victory. Let there be perfect unity in their ranks. Let them press the battle to the gates. As a mighty Conqueror, the Lord will work for them. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, August 1, 1902 par. 10} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 1] August 15, 1902 The Work of Soul Saving. I. The one work more precious than any other is the work of soul-saving. The same intensity of desire for the saving of souls that marked the life of the Saviour marks the life of His true followers. The Christian has no desire to live for self. He delights to consecrate all he has and is to the Master's service. He is moved with an inexpressible desire to win souls to Christ. Those who have nothing of this desire might better be concerned for their own salvation. Let them pray for the spirit of service. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 2] To secure your present and future good, Christ gave Himself as a sacrifice. Will you draw back from making a covenant with God by sacrifice? Christ died on the cross to save the world from perishing in sin. He asks your co-operation in His work of soul-saving. You are to be His helping hand, to do in the world the work that needs to be done to place the truth before as many as possible. "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 3] Refuse to admit the worldly interests that strive for supremacy in your life. Regard yourself as pledged to Christ's service for time and for eternity. Enter into no business that will make you indifferent to His claims. Say to those who seek to draw you from His work, "I am not my own; Jesus has bought me. I belong to Him. Every particle of my influence is to be used to magnify the principles of His law. God is mine, and I am His, united to Him by a perpetual covenant of service. I must devote myself wholly to the service of the Lord God of hosts. He has put it out of my power to give Him anything that is not already His. Every part of my being, every talent, every faculty belongs to Him. If I had more than one life, I would give it to Him; for it would be His. My children belong to God. From their birth I must do all in my power to train them for Him, that in their lives He may be glorified." {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 4] I have a message for our people. They must awake, spread their tents, and enlarge their borders. Men and women must act an earnest part in saving souls. The present state of things must be changed. Our church members must awake to the situation and begin work where they are. Everywhere are souls who know not the truth. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 5] We are living in solemn times. The world is to be warned. Workers are needed. The truth is to be taken to men of the world, that they may see the duty the Lord has placed on them. Those belonging to the class called monied men, have been neglected. God says, "Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled." {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 6] The Lord calls for self-sacrificing workers, those who will labor quietly and unobtrusively, living so close to the Lord that they continually receive grace to impart. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 6} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 7] Let not church members wait for a verbal command to enter God's service. They know their duty. Let them do it in humility and quietness. There are hundreds who should be at work, who need to be encouraged to make a beginning. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 7} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 8] You are to hold every new-found power as a precious trust, for use in God's service. Remember that it is your sins that made the cross necessary. When you accepted Christ as your personal Saviour, you pledged yourself to unite with Him in bearing the cross. You are to unite with Him in carrying out the great plan of redemption. For life and for death you are bound up with the Saviour. You are part of His great scheme of mercy and love. Your knowledge and wisdom will increase as you seek to grasp the great science of salvation. Before the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds and before fallen human beings you are to live the life of Christ, that unbelievers may be constrained to acknowledge, "He has been with Christ, and has learned of Him." The purity of your language and the unselfishness of your actions are to bear witness to the power of Christ's grace. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 8} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 9] II. Those who receive the truth must communicate it to others. As they take up this work in earnestness and sincerity, asking the Lord to give them tact and skill, hearts will be reached by their efforts. The transforming power of Christ's grace molds the one who yields himself to the Saviour. Imbued with the spirit of the Redeemer, he is ready to deny self, ready to take up the cross, ready to make any sacrifice in the service of the Master. No longer can he be indifferent to the souls perishing around him. He is lifted above self-serving. He has been created anew in Christ Jesus, and self-serving has no part in his life. He realizes that every part of his being belongs to Christ, who has redeemed him from the slavery of sin; that every moment of his future has been bought with the precious life-blood of God's only begotten Son. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 9} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 10] God opens ways whereby such ones can work for Him. Let them look ever to Him, that they may know what He wants them to do. Let them do what they can; even though it be little, it may result in great good. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 10} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 11] How many have a sufficient understanding of the plan of redemption to appreciate the value of human beings? How many have so deep an appreciation of the sacrifice made on Calvary that they are willing to make every other interest subordinate to the work of saving souls? Why is it that those who have been purchased by the blood of Christ have not a deeper sense of their obligation to serve their Redeemer? {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 11} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 12] How can I best glorify Him whose I am by creation and by redemption? This is to be the question we are to ask ourselves. With anxious solicitude the one who is truly converted seeks to rescue those who are still in Satan's power. He refuses to do anything that would hinder him in this work. If he has children, he realizes that his work must begin in his own family. His children are exceedingly precious to him. Remembering that they are the younger members of the Lord's family, he strives with all his power to place them where they will stand on the Lord's side. He has pledged himself to serve, honor, and obey Christ, and he puts forth patient, untiring effort so to train his children that they will never be hostile to the Saviour. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 12} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 13] On fathers and mothers God has placed the responsibility of saving their children from the power of the enemy. This is their work,--a work that they should on no account neglect. Those who have a living connection with Christ will labor for their children. They will not rest until they see them safe in the fold. They will make this the burden of their life. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 13} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 14] Parents, why do you neglect the work waiting for you in the little church in your own family? The home is your first field of missionary effort. The most important work you can do is to place your children on the Lord's side. When they err, deal with them tenderly, yet firmly. Let them unite with you in opposing the evil by which Satan seeks to destroy the souls and bodies of human beings. As you take them with you into the service of the Lord, what a victory you gain! Share with them the secret of the cross, the secret that to you means sanctification, redemption, and eternal victory. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 14} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 15] If the families around you are opposed to the truth, strive to lead them to yield to the claims of Christ. Work patiently, wisely, considerately, winning your way by the tender ministry of love. Present the truth in such a way that it will be seen in all its beauty, exerting an influence that cannot be resisted. Thus the walls of prejudice will be broken down. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 15} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 16] If this work were faithfully done, if fathers and mothers worked for the members of their own families, and then for those around them, uplifting Christ by a godly life, thousands of souls would be saved. When God's people are truly converted, when they realize the obligation resting on them to labor for those within their reach, when they leave no means untried to rescue sinners from the power of the enemy, the reproach will be removed from our churches. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 16} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 17] The Lord has presented before me the work that must be done in our cities. The believers in these cities can work for God in the neighborhood of their homes. They are to work quietly and in humility, carrying with them wherever they go the atmosphere of heaven. If they keep self out of sight, pointing always to Christ, the power of their influence will be felt on the side of truth. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 17} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 18] As the human agent gives himself unreservedly to the work of the Lord, he gains an experience that enables him to work more and more successfully for his Master. The influence that drew him to Christ helps him to draw others to Christ. He may never have laid on him the work of a public speaker, but he is none the less a minister for God; and his work testifies that he is born of God. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 18} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 19] Why do not believers feel a deeper, more earnest concern for those who are out of Christ? Why do not two or three meet together and plead with God for the salvation of some special one, and then for still another? In our churches let companies be formed for service. In the Lord's work there are to be no idlers. Let different ones unite in labor as fishers of men. Let them seek to gather souls from the corruption of the world into the saving purity of Christ's love. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 19} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 20] The formation of small companies as a basis of Christian effort is a plan that has been presented before me by One who can not err. If there is a large number in the church, let the members be formed into small companies, to work not only for the church members, but for unbelievers also. If in one place there are only two or three who know the truth, let them form themselves into a band of workers. Let them keep their bond of union unbroken, pressing together in love and unity, encouraging one another to advance, each gaining encouragement and strength from the assistance of the others. Let them reveal Christlike forbearance and patience, speaking no hasty words, using the talent of speech to build up one another in the most holy faith. Let them labor in Christlike love for those outside the fold, forgetting self in the endeavor to help others. As they work and pray in Christ's name, their numbers will increase; for the Saviour says, "If two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask in My name, it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven." {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 20} [AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 21] Let us never forget that we are not our own, that we have been bought with a price. Our powers are to be regarded as sacred trusts, to be used to the glory of God and for the good of our fellow-men. With earnest, unwearying fidelity, we are to seek to save the lost. The Lord has put it out of our power to give Him anything that does not already belong to Him. He gave His life for us. We are His, bought with an infinite price. His sacrifice on Calvary has made it possible for us to live a new, transformed life. For life and for death we are bound up with His mercy and His love. We are included in His great plan for the saving of souls. We are to be laborers together with Him, drawing others within the circle of His love. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, August 15, 1902 par. 21} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 1] September 15, 1902 Doing God's Will. Those who submit to the solemn rite of baptism pledge themselves, before the heavenly universe, to come out from the world. They have taken their position under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel, to be laborers together with God, and, as such, to make known His will to those who are perishing in sin. They are to search the Scriptures diligently, feeling that it is of the highest importance for them to understand what saith the Lord. Having learned His will, they are to do it heartily, remembering that the truth is the seed they must sow in order to reap a harvest for God. But many of those who claim to believe the truth are not striving as they should for perfection of character. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 1} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 2] Christ says, "Behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 2} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 3] In these words our work is plainly outlined. Those who represent Christ must obey God's commandments; for Christ obeyed them. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 3} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 4] In order to keep God's commandments, we must have an intelligent knowledge of the Scriptures. We can not obey God until we know what His commands are. It was that we might understand His will that God gave us the Bible. By a study of its teachings, we learn to deny self and to conform our lives to its requirements. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 4} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 5] My brethren and sisters, you are without excuse if you fail to obtain a clear understanding of God's will. "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul." God has kept back nothing that is necessary for the enlightenment of His children. No one can plead an excuse for transgression that he was left in ignorance, that the way to heaven was not clearly marked out. We have not been left to serve God in a vague, uncertain way. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 5} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 6] How can you educate your children in the things of God unless you first know for yourselves what is right and what is wrong; unless you realize that obedience means eternal life, and disobedience eternal death? Make it your life-work to gain an understanding of the will of God. Thus only can you train your children aright. Bring your every word and action into harmony with the Word of God, irrespective of the opinions and practices of those who refuse to obey Him. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 6} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 7] Had the inhabitants of the old world kept God's law they would have continued to enjoy His favor. But they disobeyed, and their wickedness became unbearable to Him. The words of Jude vividly portray the condition of the world at that time: "These are spots in your feasts of charity:. . . clouds they are without water, carried about of winds, trees whose fruit withereth, twice dead, plucked up by the roots; raging waves of the sea, foaming out their own shame, wandering stars, to whom is revealed the blackness of darkness forever." {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 7} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 8] God determined to purify the world by a flood; but in mercy and love He gave the antediluvians a probation of one hundred and twenty years. During this time, while the ark was in building, the voices of Noah, Enoch ［Methuselah］, and many others were heard in warning and entreaty. And every blow struck on the ark was a warning message. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 8} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 9] Today the past is repeating. God is sending men plain warnings. The recent earthquakes show how quickly the ungodly will perish when the judgments of God fall upon the earth. Already in flood and flame, His judgments are falling upon evil doers. All who refuse to repent will perish. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 9} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 10] Those parents who know the truth, but who do not fulfill the obligations resting upon them, must soon meet the result of their neglect. Those who do not perform the duties God gives them, because it is not convenient to be so particular, so different from the world, are training their children to become more and more like the world, and to perish in disobedience. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 10} [AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 11] Parents, be loyal to God. Represent Him in the home life. Look upon the training of your children as a sacred work, entrusted to you by the Most High. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, September 15, 1902 par. 11} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 1] January 15, 1903 A Testimony to Students. (Talk at the Opening of the Fernando School, October 1, 1902.) I am indeed glad to see so many here this morning. Students, will you remember that the prosperity of the school depends in a large degree on your endeavors. Will you remember that you are to help to make the school a success. Your teachers will find their task difficult as they try to understand for themselves and to help you to understand what the Word of God means and what its requirements comprehend. Will you resolve not to make the work of your teachers harder by your perversity. I plead with you as Christ's purchased possession to help your teachers and your fellow-students by being so closely connected with God that into this school heavenly angels can enter and abide. Let everyone see what he can do to bring into the school sunshine and sweetness. Let everyone manifest that conformity to God's will that brings His rich blessing. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 1} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 2] Students, you are here to fit yourselves to enter the higher school. You are here to obtain a knowledge of God, to learn how to obey His commandments. Obedience is our life in this world, and it will be our life in the world to come. And remember that a knowledge of God and of Christ is the sum of all science. God teaches us to count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord. To know God and Christ--this is eternal life. Incorporated with the life, this knowledge fits us for heaven. And all other knowledge, however high and broad, unless charged with it, is valueless in God's sight. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 2} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 3] You remember the experience of Daniel. He received wisdom and understanding because he placed himself in right relation with God. God has intelligence for you, just as He had for Daniel. He has knowledge for you that is far above all human knowledge. If you stand where Daniel stood, you will gain a progressive education, and a progressive education means a progressive sanctification. Such an education will prepare you to inherit the kingdom that from the foundation of the world has been prepared for God's faithful ones. As you strive to obtain a knowledge of God, He will commune with you as He communed with Daniel and his companions, and will give you power that will prevail. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 3} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 4] Your teachers will do all that they can to help you. They will try to show you what you must do to inherit eternal life. They will try to show you how to become conversant with the living principles of truth, that you may stand before God and men on vantage ground. Will you co-operate with your teachers? Will you strive earnestly to become useful men and women? Christ is waiting to help you, and He is an all-powerful Helper. When God gave Him to our world, He gave all heaven. He placed in His hands every power, every facility of heaven, to give to those who receive Him. Christ came to our world to give us an example of what we may become, to show us that we may live a perfect life. He says to us, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 4} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 5] What are you here for? Is it to obtain an education that will help you to stand by the side of Christ in unselfish service? This is the highest education that you can possibly obtain. The Word of God declares, "Ye are laborers together with God." "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure." As you stand firm for God, filled with courage and perseverance, constantly revealing self-denial, angels from heaven will come into this school. They will keep guard over you. Your health will be precious in God's sight, because you keep His commandments. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 5} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 6] Do not let self-assertion mingle with your work. Remember the lesson that Christ gave to His disciples when they were contending as to who among them should be the greatest. Placing a little child in the midst of them, He said, "Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven." {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 6} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 7] In your school work, do not spend time in learning that which will be of little use to you in your after life. Instead of trying to gain a knowledge of foreign languages, strive first to speak the English language correctly. Be sure to learn how to keep accounts. Gain a knowledge of those lines of study that will help you to be useful wherever you are. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 7} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 8] Remember constantly your need of a union with Christ. United with Him, you will bring into your work the fragrance of His character, and your well-ordered life will be a blessing to your teachers and your fellow-students. The sanctifying presence of God will be with you as you seek to do His will with a sincere desire to glorify Him. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 8} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 9] Among these students there are those who have come here to prepare themselves for missionary work. May the Lord help you, and bless your efforts. The number of our missionaries is not half large enough. The fields are white, ready to harvest, but the laborers are few. God is waiting to endow you with power from on high, that you may go forth to work for Him. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 9} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 10] I want to speak a few more words to you about helping one another. Not all are able to grasp ideas quickly. If you see that a fellow-student has difficulty in understanding his lessons, explain them to him. Be patient and persevering, and by-and-bye his hesitancy and dullness will disappear. He will gain courage and strength to endure trial. And in the effort to help him, you, too, will be helped. God will give you power to advance in your studies. He will co-operate with you in your efforts to help your fellow-students, and in heaven the words will be spoken of you, "Well done, good and faithful servant." {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 10} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 11] Let two or three students meet together, and ask God to help them to be missionaries in this school, a blessing and a help to their fellow-students. The lives of such ones will exert a powerful influence for good on those who scoff at religion. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 11} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 12] Let your faith be pure and strong and stedfast. Bring all the pleasantness you can into the school. Let gratitude to God fill your hearts. Remember the words, "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." When you rise in the morning, kneel at your bedside and ask God to give you strength to fulfill the duties of the day and to meet its temptations. Ask Him to help you to bring into your work Christ's sweetness of character. Ask Him to help you to speak words that will draw those around you nearer to Christ. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 12} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 13] Live in this world to some purpose. If you waste the life God has given you, when Christ comes to gather His children home you will have no place in the mansions that He is preparing for those that love Him. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 13} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 14] God wants you to receive the wisdom that He has for you. He wants you to be Bible students and Bible believers, living in obedience to the words, "Thou shall love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." Then He can bestow on you the power of His truth. Then He can mould and fashion you after the divine similitude. Living in conformity to Christ's will, you will be changed into His likeness. You will grow up into Him, and at last the pearly gates of the holy city will for you swing back on their glittering hinges, and you will enter to hear the words, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." In your hands will be placed a golden harp, and touching its strings, you will join with the redeemed host in filling all heaven with songs of praise to God and His Son. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 14} [AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 15] Students, do your best. This is all that God asks of you. He who has given His life for you will aid you in your efforts to win eternal life. God wants you to have a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. Obey Him, and in this school His salvation will be revealed. I want to meet you all around the throne of God. Learn here the lessons God desires to teach you, and you will join in the song of triumph in the heavenly courts. {AUCR, January 15, 1903 par. 15} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 1] April 15, 1903 To the Members of the Churches of Australia and New Zealand. Dear Brethren and Sisters,-I speak to you with my pen because I cannot reach you with my voice across the broad Pacific Ocean. Remember that though you may have excellent qualifications, if the love of God is not the prevailing sentiment in your hearts, you cannot be laborers together with Him; for He is love. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 1} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 2] The Lord desires me to call your attention to the thirteenth chapter of first Corinthians. Read this chapter every day, and from it obtain comfort and strength. Learn from it the value that God places on sanctified, heaven-born love, and let the lesson that it teaches come home to your hearts. Learn that Christ-like love is of heavenly birth, and that without it all other qualifications are worthless. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 2} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 3] "If I speak with the tongues of men, and of angels, but have not love," Paul declares, "I am become sounding brass or a clanging cymbal. And if I have the gift of prophecy, and know all mysteries and all knowledge; and if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, I am nothing. And if I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and if I give my body to be burned, but have not love, it profiteth me nothing." {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 3} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 4] How beautiful the earth was when it came from the Creator's hand! God presented before the universe a world in which even His all-seeing eye could find no spot or stain, no defect or crookedness. Each part of His creation occupied the place assigned it, and answered the purpose for which it was created. Like the parts of some great machine, part fitted to part, and all was in perfect harmony. Peace and holy joy filled the earth. There was no confusion, no clashing. There was no disease to afflict man or beast, and the vegetable kingdom was without taint of corruption. God looked upon the work of His hands, wrought out by Christ, and pronounced it "very good." He looked upon a perfect world, in which there was no trace of sin, no imperfection. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 4} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 5] But a change came. Satan tempted Adam, and he fell. He who in heaven had become disloyal and had been cast out, made lying reports of God to the beings He had created, and they listened to his reports and believed his lie. And sin entered the world, and death by sin. The consequences of our first parents' disloyalty we now have to meet as we work for God, and until the close of this earth's history our labors will become more and more trying. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 5} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 6] I entreat the members of our churches not to make the work more trying than it necessarily is by watching one another for a word or an act upon which to comment unfavorably. Let them, if a report is brought to them about some one, make it a rule to do just as Christ has said should be done in such cases. Let them follow the counsel of the great Teacher, who gave His life for the life of the world. His directions are plain. "If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee, leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift." "Tell him his fault between thee and him alone." Without delay make every effort to heal the wrong that exists. Do not, by speaking unwise words, give the enemy opportunity to arouse suspicion and evil surmising in the mind of your brother. Be determined to do all in your power to make the wrong right. Do not tell to a third person the story of the difficulty. Go directly to the one who has erred, and" tell him his fault between thee and him alone." Go to him, not to condemn, but to ask for reconciliation, because Christ has told you to love one another as He has loved you. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 6} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 7] Our gifts, our prayers, are not acceptable to God while we leave this duty undone, and let the poison of envy and evil-surmising take possession of our souls, to destroy our union and happiness. O how much unhappiness would be saved, and how many evil thoughts would be quenched, if believers would take up the work that Christ has said must be done to prevent evil-speaking. We pray, "Forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive those that trespass against us." Do we do our part to answer this prayer? We are to make every effort in our power to remove every stumbling-block from before the feet of our brother. But too often our prayers are hindered by our pride of heart, by our refusal to confess faults and to remove wrong impressions. Let us remember that our prayers are not acceptable to God while we suffer a fellow-worker to misapprehend us. If we are not to blame for the misunderstanding that exists, we can perhaps make an explanation that will remove the misunderstanding. If we are to blame, if we have left a wrong impression on a brother's mind, we are certainly under obligation to do all in our power to remove this impression. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 7} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 8] In the churches in Australia and New Zealand there have been many unwise, talkative ones, who through much talking have separated very friends. The churches need to be purged of this element; for where the unruly tongue finds room to do its unholy work, the joy of the Lord can not abide. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 8} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 9] Let the suspicious ones, who think and speak evil of their brethren, remember that they are doing the devil's drudgery. Let each member of the church work with earnest determination, and with prayer for help, to cure the diseased member, the tongue. Let every one feel that it is his duty and privilege to pass over little differences and mistakes without comment. Do not magnify the small mistakes made by some one, but think of the good that is in him. Each time these mistakes are thought of and talked about, they grow larger. A mountain is made out of a mole-hill. Ill-feeling and a lack of confidence is the result. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 9} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 10] To many these words are applicable: "Why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye, and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother's eye." {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 10} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 11] So great is the intemperance in speech that much instruction has been given on this subject by the greatest Teacher the world has ever seen. He has given special directions for the discipline of the tongue. Study and obey these directions. Check the unwholesome words that if spoken would create differences and alienation. Speak words that will cement hearts, not estrange them,-words that will heal, not wound. When difficulties arise among church-members, let them be cleared away before the Sabbath comes. This should be regarded as a Christian duty by every church-member. "Let the peace of God rule in your hearts, and be ye thankful." Are you troubled and perplexed? Sweep away the rubbish that has been accumulating before the door of the heart, and open the door, inviting Jesus to come in and abide as an honored Guest. Bring peace and comfort into your own hearts and the hearts of others. This is most blessed missionary work. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 11} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 12] The Lord has instructed me to say to every church in Australia and New Zealand, Work for perfection. Do nothing that will cause disaffection to spring up in hearts. Do not work for the fallen foe. Strive to overcome your inclination to find fault and condemn. Give no place to him whose delight it is to accuse the brethren. Remember, my beloved brethren and sisters, that you are pleasing and helping Satan by every word you utter that discounts your brother. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 12} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 13] I greatly desire that you shall follow the directions which Christ has laid down. As you do this, He will certainly help you to adjust the difficulties that exist. He will help you not to make dissension by magnifying little mistakes. The light that the Lord has given me is that He will greatly bless His people if they will not think or speak evil of one another, but go directly to the one they think is in the wrong, and in a kind, compassionate manner point out his mistake. May the Lord help those who have learned to criticise, to learn to think no evil, and to speak only good words, words of comfort and healing. Then they will rejoice; for they will have evidence that they are laborers together with God. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 13} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 14] Christ loved the church, "and gave Himself for it; that He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the Word, that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy, and without blemish." {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 14} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 15] My brethren and sisters, I beseech you to give diligent heed to these words, because the day of the Lord is right upon us. You have no time to lose. Do not neglect the Word of God to you. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 15} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 16] "We, then, as workers together with Him, beseech you that ye receive not the grace of God in vain. (For He saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succored thee.)" {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 16} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 17] Will you not, as servants of the most high God, give heed to these words? Will you not respond to God's mercy and compassion and love toward you by loving one another as Christ has loved you? {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 17} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 18] "Behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation. Giving no offense in anything, that the ministry be not blamed." Remember that when you speak words that disparage one another, the ministry is blamed. The lack of power in the church is charged to the ministry, when often it is directly chargeable to the members, because they do not mix faith with their hearing of the Word. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 18} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 19] The ministers are to be men of faith, men who give expression to the pure love of God. And the members are to give no offense in anything, "that the ministry be not blamed." No unkind dealing or harsh words are to find a place in their experience. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 19} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 20] "In all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fastings." We should be preparing for these things; for they will come. Those who share in Christ's glory must share in His sufferings. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 20} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 21] "By pureness, by knowledge, by long-suffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report; as deceivers, and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet always rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, yet possessing all things." {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 21} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 22] Read these words carefully, and ask yourselves if you have not been leaving undone much that God expects you to do, much that you should do as those who have the light of truth. Will you not be thoroughly converted, that you may shine brightly for the Lord amidst the moral darkness of the world? {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 22} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 23] May the Lord lead every minister and every lay-member to turn to Him with full purpose of heart, and make diligent work for repentance. Thus only can they obtain the sanctification of the Spirit. How true are the words of Paul: "Ye are not straitened in us, but ye are straitened in your bowels." Many complain of others because their own hearts are not in unity with the Spirit of God. When self is crucified, Christ will take possession of the soul-temple. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 23} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 24] "Now for a recompense in the same (I speak as unto my children), Be ye also enlarged." It is narrow, contracted spiritual devising that causes dearth of soul. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 24} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 25] "Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers; for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial? and what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty." {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 25} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 26] "Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh, and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God." Let every one humble his heart before God, and make a surrender of body, soul, and spirit to Him, that He may give His people His rich grace abundantly. Let the heart be closed against all sin and selfishness. Let us follow the example of Christ. If we fail of doing this, we shall fail of receiving a welcome into the city of God. He who continues to be a transgressor of the law of God, even though he break but one precept, can have no place in the royal family. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 26} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 27] I entreat those who have given so much time to talking of the faults of others, to cease this cruel work, and obey the words, "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life." The divine directory, God's holy Word, is in our hands. Amidst the toil of business and the unceasing activity of daily life, this Word is to be our guide. This Word is appreciated by him who is striving to overcome. It is to him a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night. {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 27} [AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 28] Let the Lord's people set a perfect example, honoring Christ in every place, in every difficulty following His directions. Then at last a crown of life will be given them, and they will be received into the family of the redeemed. Mrs. E. G. White. "Elmshaven," Sanitarium, California, January 25, 1903. - {AUCR, April 15, 1903 par. 28} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 1] November 15, 1903 Words of Counsel. - My Dear Brethren and Sisters in Australia,-- {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 1} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 2] I read with the deepest interest the letters that come to me from you. My prayers often ascend to God in your behalf. I pray that you may be "steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord." We are living amidst the closing scenes of this world's history, and to us comes the warning, "Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong." {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 2} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 3] By our unity we are to bear strong, indisputable evidence that Christ came to this world to save sinners. Satan works with all his ingenuity to prevent human beings from bearing this evidence. He wants them to develop an unsanctified individuality, so that they shall not love one another. Too often professing Christians yield to him, and then the merest trifle causes a difference to spring up amongst them. Men and women professing godliness build walls of separation between them and their fellow-workers, because not all think in exactly the same way, or follow exactly the same methods. Those who stand apart, refusing to harmonize, dishonor God before the world. Christ prayed for unity. It is His will that His followers shall labor together in Christian fellowship. Shall it be thus, or shall we grieve Him by disunion and lack of harmony? {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 3} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 4] Let us respond to Christ's invitation, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." To respond to this invitation, we must let go all self-importance, all feeling of superiority, and bow in submission to the will of God. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 4} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 5] "And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me." {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 5} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 6] What a wonderful change would be seen in our world if all would obey Christ's words. He has united His interests with those of humanity, that men and women may receive from Him power to do His will. Those who through His grace become partakers of the divine nature, receive the rich blessings that in the councils of heaven it was declared should be bestowed on those who believe in Christ as a personal Saviour. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 6} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 7] "If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered, and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned." {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 7} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 8] Why do not these words make men afraid to sin against God? There are many today who, though professing Christians, are not one with Christ. They are drifting hither and thither. May God pity them. Unless help from above reaches them, they will be lost, eternally lost. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 8} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 9] The members of our churches need to be converted, that they may understand what the love of Jesus means,--the love that He revealed in His life of meekness and lowliness. Profession without practice is of no value. Position can not gain for us salvation. Nebuchadnezzar was the ruler of the greatest of earth's kingdoms, but his greatness did not give him acceptance with God. In a moment his power was taken from him. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 9} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 10] "If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit." Fruit-bearing, then, is the condition of discipleship. What is the fruit that is to be borne?--Purity of character, unselfish deeds, Christlike words. Those who do not bear this fruit, those whose lives do not reveal the tenderness of Christ, are not accepted as representatives of God. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 10} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 11] In order for us to bear the fruit that glorifies God, our hearts must be filled with the love of Christ. We must learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. Then we shall not strive for self-exaltation. Those who retain their own unchristlike peculiarities are not sanctified through oneness with the Saviour. Self is so prominent that Christ is not seen. When men see more clearly the completeness of Christ's sacrifice and condescension, they will better understand what is comprehended by oneness with Him. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 11} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 12] A Christian is one whose heart is controlled by the Holy Spirit. The love of God pervades his soul. He desires to live, not to get glory for himself, not to serve himself, but to serve and glorify the One who gave His life for him. He may have business to attend to, but it is not unlawful business. And his business life is not separate from his religious life. His business is a part of his service to God. He worships God as verily when attending to this business as when offering prayer. Daniel and his fellows had important duties to perform in connection with the government of Babylon, but they were none the less in the service of God. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 12} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 13] All have not the same office. God's workers are given different duties to perform. Some are entrusted with the spiritual interests of His cause. Others are given lowlier duties. But all are in the service of the Lord, and His blessing rests upon every one who puts forth faithful effort. {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 13} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 14] My dear fellow-workers, whatever your hands find to do, do it with your might. Make your work pleasant with songs of praise. If you would have a clean record in the books of heaven, never fret nor scold. Let your daily prayer be, "Lord, help me to do my best. Teach me how to do better work. Give me energy and cheerfulness. Help me to bring into my service the loving ministry of the Saviour." {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 14} [AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 15] Look upon every duty, however humble, as sacred, because it is part of God's service. Do not allow anything to make you forgetful of God. Bring Christ into all that you do. Then your lives will be filled with brightness and thanksgiving. We need a deeper faith. To each one of us God has assigned a certain task. Let us do our best, moving forward cheerfully in the service of the Lord, with our hearts filled with His joy. Mrs. E.G. White. - {AUCR, November 15, 1903 par. 15} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 1] January 15, 1904 Fellowship With Christ. - "I appoint unto you a kingdom, as My Father hath appointed unto Me; that ye may eat and drink at My table in My kingdom, and sit on thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel." {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 2] What a wonderful promise this is! We are to be sharers with Christ in the kingdom that He receives from His Father. This is a spiritual kingdom, in which those who are the most active in serving others are the greatest. {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 2} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 3] "Eat and drink at My table,"--that is, be admitted to close communion with Me, as those who are placed in a position of honor near the king. Christ's faithful ones are to minister, under His authority, the affairs of His spiritual kingdom. "Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed Me, in the regeneration, when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for My name's sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall, inherit everlasting life. But many that are first shall be last; and the last shall be first." {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 3} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 4] Until men co-operate with Christ, they are represented as being idle, so far as His business is concerned. They are doing nothing to promote the interests of the kingdom of God. Could the scenes of the judgment pass before them, they would see that they entertain erroneous ideas regarding that which the Lord values. Many who in this world are first, many who are looked upon as above others, will one day see that God estimates men according to their compassion, love, and self-denial. Those who help and bless their fellow-men, trying always to lift them up, are precious in God's sight; for they follow the example of Him who went about doing good. {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 4} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 5] It is such ones who will sit nearest to Christ on His throne. Here they gave others the preference, denying self. He who reads the heart, sees their excellence of character; and when He gathers His chosen ones into His kingdom, they will be given positions of honor; for they are worthy. {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 5} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 6] Christ knows how His faithful ones relieve the suffering of the needy, and He is pleased when they apply to Him for help that they may help others. God will hear their prayers, and will strengthen them in their good work. {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 6} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 7] The Nearness of the End. Troublous times are right upon us. The signs of the times reveal that the day of the Lord is soon to come. The daily papers are full of indications of a terrible conflict in the near future. Strikes are common. Thefts and murders are committed on every hand. Men possessed by demons are killing men and women and little children. The taking of human life is a matter of daily occurrence. All these things testify that the end of all things is at hand. The powers of earth are stirred with an intensity from beneath; and the Lord sends to His people the warning, "Heaven and earth shall pass away; but My word shall not pass away. And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come on you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all that dwell on the face of the whole earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man." {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 7} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 8] "As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be..... Watch ye therefore; for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come." {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 8} [AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 9] The world is not being warned as it should be. Thousands are perishing in their sins, and the last message of mercy to a fallen world is to be proclaimed. But how little is being done! Genuine benevolence will lead those who have been entrusted with the Lord's money to place this money where it will advance His work. Souls are perishing, and hundreds of workers are now needed. Men will be moved by the Holy Spirit to leave their ordinary employment; and enter fields that have never heard the last message of mercy. Many will be endued with power from on high. They will work wisely, not expending means lavishly, but studying how souls can be brought to a knowledge of the truth. They will work for the love of Christ, and success will crown their efforts. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, January 15, 1904 par. 9} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 1] February 1, 1904 Christ Our Efficiency. - This world is our school,--a school of discipline and training. We are placed here to form characters like the character of Christ, and to acquire the habits and the language of the higher life. Influences opposed to good abound on every hand. The developments of sin are becoming so full, so deep, so abhorrent to God, that soon He will arise in majesty to shake terribly the earth. So artful are the plans of the enemy, so specious the complications which he brings about, that those who are weak in the faith do not discern his deceptions. They fall into the snares prepared by Satan, who works through human instrumentalities to deceive if possible the very elect. Those only who are closely connected with God will be able to discern the falsehoods and the intrigues of the enemy. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 2] There are in this world only two classes, those who serve God, and those who stand under the black banner of the prince of darkness. Those who enter the gates of the city of God must, in this world, live in union with Christ. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 2} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 3] The principles of God's government,--the only principles that will endure from everlasting to everlasting,--are to be followed by those who are seeking for entrance into the kingdom of heaven. The line of demarcation between those who serve God and those who serve Him not, is to be kept clear and distinct. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 3} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 4] Let us allow God to control our minds. Let us not say or do anything that will turn a fellow-being from the right way. I feel very sad as I think of how few there are who show that they have tasted the deep blessedness of communion with a risen, ascended Saviour. Men of the world are striving for the supremacy. God's followers are to keep Christ ever in view, inquiring at every step, "Is this the way of the Lord?" A holy desire to live the life of Christ is to fill their hearts. In Him dwells all the fulness of the Godhead. In Him are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 4} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 5] O that our people could realize what advantages would be theirs if they would look constantly to Jesus. "We all, with open face, beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord." He is our Alpha and our Omega. Pressing close to Him, and holding communion with Him, we become like Him. Through the transforming power of the Spirit of Christ, we are changed in heart and life. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 5} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 6] Truth will triumph. The Lord God of Israel will bear away the victory. But I see such need of the deep working of grace on minds, such need of the sanctification of body, soul, and spirit, that I plead with the Lord to fill His workers with a realization that without Him they can do nothing. The Lord Jesus Christ is our efficiency, our all and in all. Let there be no lifting up of self unto vanity; for of ourselves we are unable to do any good thing. Let us give ourselves to God in unreserved surrender, learning daily from the One who, though the Majesty of heaven, walked this earth in meekness and lowliness. In His strength we are constantly to reach forward to gain the prize of our high calling in Christ, urging our way through difficulties, keeping our eyes fixed on our Leader, never losing a sense of our need of the higher life. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 6} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 7] Walk humbly with God; not having your own righteousness, but the righteousness which is of Christ, which He imputes to every trusting, believing soul. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 7} [AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 8] One thing is certain: We must be constantly reaching forward to the excellence to which God wishes us to attain. We must not fail or become discouraged. Perplexities will arise that will try the souls of God's workers. Expecting trials, let us keep ourselves braced by prayer and trust. And we are not to hunt for something to make us sorry. Christ's promise is, If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father's commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." Mrs. E. G. White. December 1, 1903. {AUCR, February 1, 1904 par. 8} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 1] February 15, 1904 The Work Before Us. - Our great need is to know that we are wearing Christ's yoke. His service brings rest to the soul. Are we, in the fullest sense of the word, heeding the invitation, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." By accepting this invitation, you commit your soul to God as unto a faithful Creator. {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 2] Our heavenly Father knows how weak we are. He understands our necessities and our capacities. He has not left us to be guided or controlled by the will of any human being. We are to obey the word, "It is written." {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 2} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 3] Remember that however great the wisdom man may appear to have, if Christ does not abide in his soul, if he is not controlled by the principles of the Word of God, he will guide your feet into false paths. However great the capabilities and talents entrusted to man, unless he is breathed upon by the Lord Jesus, unless the life-giving current of Christ's love circulates through his soul, unless he receives nourishment from Christ as the branches of the vine receive sap from the parent stock, he is not to be trusted as a safe guide in spiritual things. If man misuses his wisdom, as did the one once a covering cherub in the heavenly courts, and places his judgment as supreme, be afraid of him, and turn from him to the living God. {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 3} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 4] Let every one study the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. What is the great work before us?--The proclamation of the gospel, with its life-saving principles, to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people. Let no one remain in idleness because he can not do the same class of work that the most experienced servants of God are doing. Because you cannot be in the highest place, will you do nothing? Because you can not trade upon pounds, will you refuse to trade upon one pound? Because you have not five talents, will you put your one talent in a napkin, and hide it in the earth? Because you cannot work for the multitude, will you refuse to work for individuals? Do the smaller duties waiting for you. Thus you will help those who are bearing heavy responsibilities. Use your talents, be they ever so few. God has certainly given you a work to do for Him. In all that you do, keep the Lord Jesus before you. Do all to the glory of His name. You belong to God, and you are to do His work. Your life is sustained by the Giver of life. Your every capability, therefore, is to be put to use in His service. By using your talents wisely and faithfully, you are gaining power to do better work, to bear heavier responsibilities. {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 4} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 5] Whatever you accomplish, be it little or much, leave it with God, remembering that it is not for man to measure the worth or the reward of his own efforts or the efforts of his fellow-men. The Lord Jesus will give you the wages that are your due. Your reward will be proportioned to the spirit in which your work was done. Purity of motive, an earnest desire to glorify God, will bring to the earnest worker the same reward that is given to the one who accomplishes more. The principles by which the worker is governed determine the reward. {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 5} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 6] It is not alone by men in high places of responsibility in the ministry, not alone by men holding positions on boards or committees, not alone by the managers of our sanitariums and publishing houses, that the work is to be done which will cause the earth to be filled with the knowledge of the Lord as the waters cover the sea. This work can be accomplished only by the whole church acting their part under the guidance and in the power of God. Mrs. E. G. White. Dec. 1, 1903. - {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 6} [AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 7] God's people would put on joy and gladness as a garment if they would only receive that which He is waiting to give them,--that which would make them strong to help those in need of help. Our people need the breath of spiritual life breathed into them, that they may arouse to spiritual action. Many have lost their vital energy, and are sluggish, dead as it were. Let those who have been receiving the grace of Christ help these souls to rouse to action. Let us keep in the current of life that comes from Christ, that we may impart to others. Healthy, happy action is what is needed in the church today. E. G. W. {AUCR, February 15, 1904 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 1] June 1, 1904 The Reception of the Holy Spirit. Reading for Sabbath, June 4. Christ's commission, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature," is spoken to every one of His followers. All who are ordained unto the life of Christ are ordained to work for the salvation of their fellow-men. Their hearts will throb in unison with the heart of Christ. The same longing of soul that He felt will be manifest in them. Not all can fill the same place in the work, but there is a place and a work for all. All upon whom God's blessing has been bestowed are to respond by actual service; every gift is to be employed for the advancement of His kingdom and the glory of His name. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 2] In every part of the world a message is to be proclaimed in the power of the Spirit. Not with tame, lifeless utterance is it to be given, but with clear, decided, stirring tones. Hundreds are waiting for the warning to escape for their lives and lay hold on the hope set before them in the gospel. The world needs to see in Christians an evidence of the power of Christianity. There should be many more at work in the Lord's service, clothed with holy zeal, filled with a power proportionate to the importance of the message they proclaim. Not merely in a few places, but throughout the world, messengers of mercy are needed. From every country is heard the cry, "Come over and help us." Rich and poor are calling for light. Thousands of men and women are standing on the brink of perdition. Do you see them, many of them lost, eternally lost, while professing Christians sleep the sleep of indifference? {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 2} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 3] God does not ask us to do in our own strength the work before us. He has provided divine assistance for all the emergencies to which our human resources are unequal. He gives the Holy Spirit to help in every strait, to strengthen our hope and assurance, to illuminate our minds and purify our hearts. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 3} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 4] Just before His crucifixion, the Saviour said to His disciples, "I will not leave you comfortless...... I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you forever. When he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will show you things to come. He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 4} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 5] Christ has promised to guide, comfort, and sustain His people. He declares, "I will be with you in your work of persuading men and women to be My disciples." The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit have pledged themselves to aid you in your unselfish efforts to turn men from unrighteousness to righteousness, from darkness to the light of truth. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 5} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 6] It is the privilege of every soul to be a living channel through which God can communicate to the world the treasures of His grace, the unsearchable riches of Christ. There is nothing that Christ desires so much as agents who will represent to the world His Spirit and character. There is nothing that the world needs so much as the manifestation through humanity of the Saviour's love. All heaven is waiting for channels through which can be poured the holy oil to be a joy and blessing to human hearts. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 6} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 7] Christ has made provision that His church shall be a transformed body, illumined with the Light of the world, possessing the glory of Immanuel. It is His purpose that every Christian shall be surrounded with a spiritual atmosphere of light and peace. There is no limit to the usefulness of the one who, putting self aside, makes room for the working of the Holy Spirit upon his heart, and lives a life wholly consecrated to God. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 7} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 8] The indwelling of the Spirit will be shown by the outflowing of heavenly love. The divine fulness will flow through the consecrated human agent, to be given forth to others. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 8} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 9] What was the result of the outpouring of the Spirit on the day of Pentecost?--The glad tidings of a risen Saviour were carried to the uttermost parts of the inhabited world. The hearts of the disciples were surcharged with a benevolence so full, so deep, so far-reaching, that it impelled them to go to the ends of the earth, testifying, God forbid that we should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ. As they proclaimed the truth as it is in Jesus, hearts yielded to the power of the message. The church beheld converts flocking to her from all directions. Believers were reconverted. Sinners united with Christians in seeking the pearl of great price. Those who had been the bitterest opponents of the gospel became its champions. The prophecy was fulfilled, The weak shall be "as David," and the house of David "as the angel of the Lord." Every Christian saw in his brother the divine similitude of love and benevolence. One interest prevailed. One subject of emulation swallowed up all others. The only ambition of the believers was to reveal the likeness of Christ's character, and to labor for the enlargement of His kingdom. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 9} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 10] "With great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus; and great grace was upon them." Under their labors there were added to the church chosen men, who, receiving the word of life, consecrated their lives to the work of giving to others the hope that had filled their hearts with peace and joy. Hundreds proclaimed the message, "The kingdom of God is at hand." They could not be restrained or intimidated by threatenings. The Lord spoke through them, and wherever they went, the sick were healed, and the poor had the gospel preached unto them. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 10} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 11] So mightily can God work when men give themselves up to the control of His Spirit. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 11} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 12] To us today, as verily as to the first disciples, the promise of the Spirit belongs. God will today endow men and women with power from above, as He endowed those who on the day of Pentecost heard the message of salvation. At this very hour His Spirit and His grace are for all who need them and who will take Him at His word. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 12} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 13] Notice that it was after the disciples had come into perfect unity, when they were no longer striving for the highest place, that the Spirit was poured out. They were of one accord. All differences had been put away. And the testimony borne of them after the Spirit had been given is the same. Mark the word: "The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul." The Spirit of Him who died that sinners might live animated the entire company of believers. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 13} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 14] The disciples did not ask for a blessing for themselves. They were weighted with the burden of souls. The gospel was to be carried to the ends of the earth, and they claimed the endowment of power that Christ had promised. Then it was that the Holy Spirit was poured out, and thousands were converted in a day. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 14} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 15] So it may be now. Let Christians put away all dissension, and give themselves to God for the saving of the lost. Let them ask in faith for the promised blessing, and it will come. The outpouring of the Spirit in the days of the apostles was the "former rain," and glorious was the result. But the latter rain will be more abundant. What is the promise to those living in these last days?--"Turn you to the stronghold, ye prisoners of hope: even today do I declare that I will render double unto thee. . . . Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain, to every one grass in the field." {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 15} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 16] The Angel of the covenant is empowering His servants to be His witnesses to carry the truth to all parts of the world. He has sent forth His angels with their message. But as if these angels did not speed on their way fast enough to satisfy His heart of yearning love, He gives to John personally a message to be given to all. "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." He has opened a fountain of Judah and Jerusalem, and every member of His church is to show his loyalty by inviting the thirsty to drink of the waters of life. A chain of living witnesses is to carry the invitation to the world. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 16} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 17] Ye people of the living God, study the promises of His Word, and think how your lack of faith, of spirituality, of divine power, is hindering the coming of the kingdom of God. If you were to go forth to do Christ's work, angels of heaven would go before you, preparing hearts to receive the gospel. Are you individually workers together with God? If not, why not? When do you mean to do your heaven-appointed work? {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 17} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 18] It is the privilege of every Christian, not only to look for, but to hasten the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. Were all who profess His name bearing fruit to His glory, how quickly the whole world would be sown with the seed of the gospel. Quickly the last great harvest would be ripened, and Christ would come to gather the precious grain. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 18} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 19] My brethren and sisters, plead for the Holy Spirit. God stands back of every promise He has made. With your Bibles in your hands say, "I have done as Thou hast said. I present Thy promise, 'Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.'" {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 19} [AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 20] The rainbow about the throne is an assurance that God is true, that in Him is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. We have sinned against Him, and are undeserving of His favor; yet He Himself has put into our lips that most wonderful of pleas, "Do not abhor us, for Thy name's sake; do not disgrace the throne of Thy glory; remember, break not Thy covenant with us." He has pledged Himself to give heed to our cry, when we come to Him confessing our unworthiness and sin. The honor of His throne is staked for the fulfilment of His Word to us. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, June 1, 1904 par. 20} [AUCR, August 15, 1904 par. 1] August 15, 1904 Encouraging Assurances. - When you give yourself wholly to the Lord, great changes will be wrought in you. You will have such a love for the truth, that wherever you go you will bear witness to the Lord's power. He will give you a genuine testimony to bear. He will pour out upon you His grace and power, and you will enter a new and living way. Christ's righteousness will go before you, and the glory of the Lord will be your rearward. Your words and works will be ratified in heaven. As you work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, God will work in you to will and to do of His good pleasure. Power to overcome will be given you. When the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord will lift up a standard against him. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, August 15, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 1] September 1, 1904 A Remarkable Experience. - My Dear Sister,-- Today I received and read your very cheering letter. For the good news which it contained I praise our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Your description of the work being done in Los Angeles agrees with the representations that God has given me. The delay in beginning this work has been very painful to me; but if the work is now carried on in earnest faith, if the truth as it is in Jesus is magnified, if wise personal efforts are made, many souls will be brought from darkness to light. What a work might have been done many years ago! But I thank the Lord for the favorable beginning that has now been made. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 2] In the visions of the night I was bearing a message to our churches, pointing out the work that as believers we should at once take up. I related some things that were presented to me in Nashville, just after I had returned from Huntsville. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 2} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 3] A school for colored people is being carried on in Huntsville, but I was greatly pained while there to see the poverty-stricken condition of the institution. I knew from previous presentations, that this was displeasing to God, and that the school was not accomplishing that which He designed it to accomplish. I resolved to bear a plain, clear-cut testimony to our people, telling them that the money spent in the adornment of dress is a misappropriation of God's money, lent us to use in the advancement of His work. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 3} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 4] Here are our ministers and physicians and missionaries. They labor hard and earnestly, but often they are greatly hindered in their work because the treasury is empty, and they cannot have the facilities necessary for the greatest success of their labors. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 4} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 5] To us has been entrusted the work of proclaiming the last message of mercy to be given to our world,--the message that is to prepare a people to stand in the day of God. Do we realize our accountability? Are we acting our part in the proclamation of this message? {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 5} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 6] When I see our people spending money for needless trimmings, needless furnishings, I think of Jesus. He might have come to this world adorned with the glory of His kingly power. But He chose a life of self-denial and sacrifice. He came to this world in the garb of humanity. Those who follow in His footsteps will remember that every dollar they can spare is needed in the work that God has said shall be done in this world. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 6} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 7] When our sisters are buying and making up their own and their children's garments, let them think of the work in the Lord's vineyard that is still waiting to be done. It is right to buy good material, and to have it carefully made. This is economy. But rich trimmings are not needed, and to indulge in them, is to spend for self-gratification money that should be put into God's cause. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 7} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 8] My sisters, remember that Christ clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this world to uplift fallen human beings, that they might stand on vantage ground, thus escaping the corruption that is in the world through lust. He gave His all to the work He came to do, and His word to us is, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me," "So shall he be My disciple." {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 8} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 9] Remember, too, the words of the apostle: "Whose adorning, let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price." {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 9} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 10] Let us take heed to God's words of warning, lest at any time we let them slip, and our hearts become evil hearts of unbelief. Just as soon as those who know the truth put away their unbelief, and practice the self-denial enjoined in the Word of God, the message will go with power. The Lord will hear our prayers for the conversion of souls. God's people will let their light shine forth, and unbelievers, seeing their good works, will glorify our Heavenly Father. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 10} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 11] I call upon every church member to remember that we who are working in Washington are in need of your stretching your hands toward heaven, and pleading with the Lord to put His spirit upon every worker, imbuing them with His rich grace. Here is Elder Daniells bearing heavy responsibilities, and putting to the tax every power of mind and body to advance the work. He needs each day the healing, reviving power of the Holy Spirit. It is your prayers we need, as well as your gifts. Both are essential, but your prayers are of the greatest importance. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 11} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 12] Do not let us forget God, but, like Joshua, who was placed at the head of a migrating nation, and was burdened with heavy responsibilities, resolve to serve God and Him alone. "As for me and my house," he declared, "we will serve the Lord." {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 12} [AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 13] We sincerely hope that in Southern California the work will make decided advancement. And I praise the Lord that those who have been carrying on sanitarium work in Los Angeles will soon be able to move into more comfortable quarters. E. G. White. Takoma Park, Washington, D. C., July 22, 1904. {AUCR, September 1, 1904 par. 13} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 1] November 1, 1904 From Grace to Grace. - We are living amid the perils of the last days, and we are to cleanse ourselves from all defilement, and put on the robe of Christ's righteousness. The work of God is to be steadily carried forward. We are to bring ourselves, body, soul, and spirit into subjection to Christ. Unless we do this, the health of both body and soul will be endangered. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 1} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 2] God desires His workers to gain daily an understanding of how to reason logically from cause to effect, arriving at wise, safe conclusions. He desires them to add to the strength of the memory. We cannot afford to make mistakes. As little children we are to sit at the feet of Christ, learning of Him how to work successfully. We are to ask God for sound judgment, and for light to impart to others. There is need of knowledge that is the fruit of experience. We should not allow a day to pass without gaining an increase of knowledge in temporal and spiritual things. We are to plant no stakes that we are not willing to take up and plant farther on, nearer the heights we hope to ascend. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 2} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 3] The highest education is to be found in training the mind to advance day by day. The close of each day should find us a day's march nearer the overcomer's reward. Day by day our understanding is to ripen. Day by day we are to work out conclusions that will bring a rich reward in this life, and in the life to come. Looking daily to Jesus, instead of to what we ourselves have done, we shall make decided advancement in temporal as well as spiritual knowledge. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 3} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 4] The end of all things is at hand. What we have done must not be allowed to place the period to our work. The Captain of our salvation says, "Advance. The night cometh, in which no man can work." Constantly we are to increase in usefulness. Our lives are always to be under the power of Christ. Our lamps are to be kept burning brightly. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 4} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 5] Prayer is a heaven-ordained means of success. Appeals, petitions, entreaties, between man and man, move men, and act as a part in controlling the affairs of nations. But prayer moves heaven. That power alone that comes in answer to prayer will make men wise in the wisdom of heaven, and enable them to work in the unity of the Spirit, joined together by the bonds of peace. Prayer, faith, confidence in God, bring a divine power that sets human calculations at their real worth, --nothingness. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 5} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 6] In all ages God has given human beings divine revelations, that thus He may fulfill His purpose of unfolding gradually to the mind the doctrines of grace. His manner of imparting the truth is illustrated by the words, "His going forth is prepared as the morning." He who places himself where God can enlighten him, advances, as it were, from the partial obscurity of dawn to the full radiance of noonday. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 6} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 7] "Ye are." says Christ, "the light of the world." As the sun goes forth upon its errand of mercy and love, as the golden beams of the day flood the canopy of heaven, and beautify forest and mountain, awakening the world by dispelling the darkness of night, so the followers of Christ should go forth upon their mission of love. Gathering divine rays of light from the great Light of the world, they should let them shine forth in good works upon those who are in the darkness of error. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 7} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 8] Do you realise that you are the light of the world? Do you, in your words and deportment at home, leave a bright track heavenward? What is it to be the light of the world?--It is to have God for your guide, to have the companionship of holy angels, and to reflect to others the light that shines upon you from above; but if you fail to exercise Christian courtesy, forbearance, and love in your families, God and holy angels are grieved away, and instead of being the light of the world, you are bodies of darkness. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 8} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 9] It is possible through the grace of Christ, to have control over yourselves at all times. If a dear friend, one whose good opinion you greatly desired, should come into your home, you would not be found fretting and scolding; but you would control your words and actions, and would seek in every way so to conduct yourselves as to gain his respect and confidence. Shall we take more care in the presence of a comparative stranger, than in the presence of those who are dear to us by the ties of nature; or in the presence of Jesus and the heavenly angels? {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 9} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 10] It is not the will of God that we should be gloomy or impatient, nor that we should be light and trifling. It is Satan's studied plan to push persons from one extreme to the other. As children of the light, God would have us cultivate a cheerful, happy spirit, that we may show forth the praises of Him who hath called us out of darkness into His marvellous light. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 10} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 11] Go into a cellar, and you may well talk of darkness, and say, "I cannot see; I cannot see," But come up into the upper chamber, where the light shines, and you need not be in darkness. Come where Christ is, and you will have light. Talk unbelief; and you will have unbelief; but talk faith, and you will have faith. According to the seed sown will be the harvest. If you talk of heaven and the eternal reward, you will become lighter and lighter in the Lord, and your faith will grow because it is exercised. {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 11} [AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 12] Fasten your eyes upon Jesus, and by beholding you will become assimilated to His image. Do not allow your thoughts to dwell continually upon things of the earth, but place them upon things that are heavenly, and then, wherever you are, you will be a light to the world. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, November 1, 1904 par. 12} [AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 1] March 15, 1905 The End of All Things is at Hand. - The men of the world are rushing on to their ruin. Their schemes and confederacies are many. New devices will continually be brought in to make of no effect the counsel of God. Men are heaping up treasures of gold and silver to be consumed by the fires of the last day. The things of this world are soon to perish. This is not discerned by those who have not been divinely enlightened, who have not kept pace with the work of God. Consecrated men and women must go forth to sound the warning in the highways and by-ways. {AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 2] The Lord has sent His people much instruction, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. Little heed is given to the Bible, but the Lord has given a lesser light to lead men and women to the greater light. O, how much good might be accomplished if the books containing this light were read with a determination to carry out the principles they contain. There would be a thousandfold greater vigilance, a thousandfold more self-denial and resolute effort, and many more would now be rejoicing in present truth. {AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 3] Canvasser Evangelists are Needed To hunt and fish for souls. Canvassers can reach a class that can be reached in no other way. From family to family they carry the message of truth. Thus they come into close touch with the people and find many opportunities to speak of the Saviour. Let them sing and pray with those who become interested in the truths they present. Let them speak to families the words of life. They may expect success, for canvassers who go forth in the spirit of the Master have the companionship of heavenly angels. {AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 4] O, that thousands more of our people had a realization of the time in which we are living, and of the work to be done in field service, in house to house labor. There are many who know not the truth. They need to hear the call to come to Jesus. The sorrowing are to be cheered, the mourners comforted. The poor are to have the gospel preached to them. I urge my brothers and sisters not to engage in work that will hinder them from proclaiming the gospel of Christ. You are God's spokesmen. You are to speak the truth in love to perishing souls. Christ says, "Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled," Luke 14:23. Do not these words plainly outline the work of the canvasser? With Christ in his heart, he is to go forth into the highways and byways of life, giving the invitation to the marriage supper. Men of wealth and influence will come if they are invited. Some will refuse, but, thank God, not all. {AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 5] The Lord Calls For many more to engage in the canvassing work in the year opening before us. For Christ's sake, my brethren and sisters, make the most of the hours of this new year to place the light of present truth before those now in darkness. Jesus is calling for many missionaries, for men and women who will consecrate themselves to God, willing to spend and to be spent in His service. O, can we not remember there is a world to labor for? Shall we not move forward step by step, letting God use us as His helping hand? As we do this, the love of Christ will touch and transform us, making us willing for His sake to do and dare. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, March 15, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 1] April 15, 1905 Acceptable Service. - There are many urgent calls for means to open new fields. These calls must be answered; and those in the fields that have already been entered must make diligent efforts to carry forward the work entrusted to them. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 2] Wholehearted service is required in dealing with minds. Let us remember this. Often we are tempted to criticise a man standing in a high position of responsibility because he does not do as we think he ought to do. But the one who has so many responsibilities to carry needs not the criticism of his fellow workers; he needs their encouragement, their forbearance, their patience, and their prayers. He needs the abiding presence of Christ; for it is not always that he has wise, unprejudiced men to counsel with. In the confusion of many cares and many calls for help, he may make mistakes. Amongst the scores of appeals that come for help, your case may seem to be neglected. At such times remember the heavy burdens that are laid upon the one whom you think has failed to do his duty. Remember that it may be impossible for him to grant your request. Perhaps it would be a great mistake to grant it. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 3] We are all brethren and sisters. If Christ is by your side, filling you with His Spirit, you will appreciate the situation of the men who are loaded down with so many burdens, and will pray for them. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 4] If our church members will walk humbly with God, with contrite hearts, they will control their own feelings, and will not permit Satan to lead them to cherish thoughts and to speak words that will wound and bruise their own souls and the souls of others. They will not hurt the influence of those whom they ought to respect. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 5] But too often place is given to evil surmising and evil thinking. Under the influence of the suspicions that Satan has planted in the heart, very unjust things are said and done. Good and worthy actions seem to be tainted with evil. Men forget that sometimes their best intentions have been misunderstood, and that sometimes they have been as guilty as those they criticise, without discerning their danger. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 6] Let us be kind and pitiful and courteous. Let us not give undue prominence to our feelings. It is because our feelings are allowed to occupy the first place that there are so many unhappy differences among believers. Thus Christ is greatly dishonored. Let us, then, treat one another with true courtesy and respect. Should you think that your brother has made a mistake, and needs to be corrected, follow the directions given by Christ. Tell him his fault between him and thee alone. If he hears you, you have gained your brother, and have hidden a multitude of sins. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 6} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 7] Oh, we need so much the power of the Holy Spirit. We are not in heaven; we are in the midst of the turmoil and din and strife of this earth. Let us then put on Christ, and love as brethren. You may be full of energy and running over with zeal, but remember that this is of no avail unless your zeal and energy are tempered with the meekness and lowliness of Christ. Unless you learn in His school, you will make many mistakes. He invites us, as churches and individuals, to take His yoke upon us and learn of Him. The promise is, "Ye shall find rest unto your souls." {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 7} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 8] God has a variety of workers, and He treats all impartially. He desires us to change the past order of things. He desires us to cease our evil thinking and evil speaking, and to put away our hasty words. We are to part forever with our cruel thoughts and feelings, and love as brethren. We are no longer to act like unmanageable, undisciplined children. "As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation." Give up now and forever all wrong habits. Take yourself to task. Discipline yourself. Lift the cross and deny self. Control yourself. Then there will be an opportunity for Christ to let His mind be in you. Your words will be sweet and pure. You will give no place to the enemy by giving way to evil thinking and evil speaking,--his most successful means of keeping the church in a weak, unconverted state. {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 8} [AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 9] Practical Christianity we must have, or we cannot enter heaven. Hearing and preaching the gospel is not enough. We must wear the yoke of Christ. We must learn of Him to be meek and lowly. We must be doers of the Word. "If ye know these things," Christ declares, "happy are ye if ye do them." "Be ye doers of the Word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, April 15, 1905 par. 9} [AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 1] May 15, 1905 Open Doors for Service. In the service of God there is work of many kinds to be performed. In the service of the temple there were hewers of wood, as well as priests of various orders bearing the various degrees of responsibility. Our church members are to arise and shine because their light has come, and the glory of the Lord has risen upon them. Let those who know the truth arouse out of sleep, and make every effort to reach the people where they are. The work of the Lord must no longer be neglected by us, and made secondary to worldly interests. We have no time to be idle or discouraged. The gospel is to be proclaimed to all the world. The publications containing the light of present truth are to go forth to all places. {AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 2] Canvassing Campaigns Are to be organized for the sale of our literature, that the world may be enlightened as to what is just before us. . . . Let our lay members take up this line of service. By lending or selling books, by distributing papers and holding Bible readings, our lay members could do much in their own neighborhoods. Filled with love for souls they could proclaim the message of present truth with such power that many would be converted. Let us remember that it is as important to carry the message to those in the home field who have not heard the truth as it is to go as missionaries to foreign countries. {AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 3] There is Abundant Work For all who know the truth. Approach the people in a persuasive, kindly manner, with hearts filled with cheerfulness and Christlike love. The Saviour is ever near, with grace and power to enable you to present the gospel of salvation, which will bring souls out of darkness and unbelief into His marvellous light. Reach out after those who are ready to perish and call their attention to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. {AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 4] I wish that all our people could see the many doors that are to open before them. Beside all waters we are to sow the seed of truth. O, how my soul is drawn out for sinners that they may be won for Christ! If those who have received the truth would exercise a living faith in Christ, if they would realize that they are to be His workers, wholly consecrated to His service, what a work might be done! {AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 5] When God's People Surrender Themselves unreservedly to Christ, they will use every power of mind and body to His name's glory, and His work will make rapid advancement. {AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 6] A thousand times more work for God might be accomplished if all His children would fully consecrate themselves to Him, using their talents aright. If they would improve every opportunity for doing good, doors for service would be opened before them. They would be called to bear greater responsibilities. Let all ask of God, and they will receive wisdom to carry on His work under the ministration of the Holy Spirit! As they receive God's blessing, they will rejoice in work. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, May 15, 1905 par. 6} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 1] September 1, 1905 Our Words, No. 1 Our Words, No. 1. - The right use of the power of speech has to do with every line of Christian work; it enters into the home life, and into all our intercourse with one another. We should accustom ourselves to speak in pleasant tones, to use pure, correct language, and words that are kind and courteous. Sweet, kindly words are as dew and gentle showers to the soul. The Scripture says of Christ that grace was poured into His lips that He might know "how to speak a word in season to him that is weary." And the Lord bids us, "Let your speech be always with grace," "that it may minister grace unto the hearers." {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 2] In seeking to correct or reform others, we should be very careful of our words. They will be either a savor of life unto life or of death unto death. In giving reproof or counsel, many indulge in sharp, severe speech, uttering words that are not adapted to heal the wounded soul. By these ill-advised expressions, the spirit is chafed, and often the erring ones are stirred to rebellion. All who would advocate the principles of truth need to receive the heavenly oil of love. Under all circumstances, reproof should be spoken in love. Then our words will reform, but not exasperate. Christ by His Holy Spirit will supply the force and the power. This is His work. {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 3] Corrupt Speech. Not one word is to be spoken unadvisedly. No evil speaking, no frivolous talk, no fretful repining or impure suggestions, will escape the lips of him who is following Christ. The apostle Paul, writing by the Holy Spirit, says, "Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth." A corrupt communication does not mean only words that are vile. It means any expression contrary to holy principles and pure, undefiled religion. It includes impure hints and covert insinuations of evil. Unless instantly resisted, these lead to great sin. {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 4] Upon every family, upon every individual Christian, is laid the duty of barring the way against corrupt speech. When in the company of those who indulge in foolish talk, it is our duty to change the subject of conversation if possible. By the help of God we should quietly drop words or introduce a subject that will turn the conversation in profitable channels. {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 5] It is the work of parents to train their children to proper habits of speech. The very best school for this culture is the home life. From the earliest years, the children should be taught to speak respectfully and lovingly to their parents and to one another. They should be taught that only words of gentleness, truth, and purity must pass their lips. Let the parents themselves be daily learners in the school of Christ. Then by precept and example they can teach their children the use of sound speech that can not be condemned. This is one of the greatest and most responsible of their duties. {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 6] As followers of Christ, we should make our words such as to be a help and an encouragement to one another in the Christian life. Far more than we do, we need to speak of the precious chapters in our experience. We should speak of the mercy and loving-kindness of God, of the matchless depths of the Saviour's love. Our words should be words of praise and thanksgiving. If the mind and heart are full of the love of God, this will be revealed in the conversation. It will not be a difficult matter to impart that which enters into our spiritual life. Great thoughts, noble aspirations, clear perceptions of truth, unselfish purposes, yearnings for piety and holiness, will bear fruit in words that reveal the character of the heart treasure. When Christ is thus revealed in our speech, we shall have power in winning souls to Him. {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 6} [AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 7] The chief requisite of language is that it be pure and kind and true,--"the outward expression of an inward grace." God says, "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things." And if such are the thoughts, such will be the expression. E. G. W. {AUCR, September 1, 1905 par. 7} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 1] September 15, 1905 Our Words, No. 2. - All are to a great extent under the influence of their own words. They act out the sentiments expressed in their words. Thus the government of the tongue is closely bound up with personal religion. Many by their own words are led to believe that a wrong course is right. Thoughts are expressed in words, and the words react upon the thoughts, and produce other words. The influence is felt, not only upon one's self, but upon others. The Lord God alone can undo the mischievous result of unwise words. Often an opinion or decision, having been once expressed, will be acted upon, though it may lead to an entirely wrong course. The iron will changes not, because it would be too humiliating to acknowledge one's self in error. The words hastily spoken, to give vent to strong feelings, produce their evil results in hurting, wounding, and bruising souls for whom Christ died. Satan is pleased, God is dishonored, and many souls are ruined by hastily-spoken words. {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 2] Speak gently. Speak words of kindness and uplifting, for this is the fruit borne on the Christian tree. Overcome all harshness. Rash speeches do much harm to the souls of those who utter them and to the souls of those who hear. Eternity alone will reveal how greatly those who made these speeches needed to humble their hearts and make confession to God. {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 3] Gossip reveals a lack of true culture and refinement, and of true goodness of heart; it unfits one both for the society of the truly cultured and refined in this world, and for association with the holy ones of heaven. {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 4] We think with horror of the cannibal who feasts on the still warm and trembling flesh of his victim; but are the results of even this practice more terrible than are the agony and ruin caused by misrepresenting motive, blackening reputation, dissecting character? {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 5] "Death and life are in the power of the tongue." {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 6] In the Scriptures, backbiters are classed with the haters of God, "with inventors of evil things," with those who are without natural affection, implacable, unmerciful, "full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, malignity." It is "the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death." He whom God accounts a citizen of Zion is he that "speaketh the truth in his heart;" "that backbiteth not with his tongue," "nor taketh up a reproach against his neighbor." {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 6} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 7] God's Word condemns also the use of meaningless phrases and expletives that border on profanity. It condemns the deceptive compliments, the evasions of truth, the exaggerations, the misrepresentations in trade, that are corrupt in society and in the business world. "Let your speech be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay; and whatsoever is more than these is of the evil one." {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 7} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 8] "As a madman casteth firebrands, arrows, and death, so is the man that deceiveth his neighbor, and saith, Am I not in sport?" {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 8} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 9] Closely allied to gossip is the covert insinuation, the sly innuendo, by which the unclean in heart seek to insinuate the evil they dare not openly express. Every approach to these practices the youth should be taught to shun as we would shun the leprosy. {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 9} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 10] In the use of language there is perhaps no error that old and young; are more likely to pass over lightly in themselves than hasty, impatient speech. They think it a sufficient excuse to plead, "I was off my guard, and did not really mean what I said." But God's Word does not treat it lightly. The Scripture says, "Seest thou a man that is hasty in his words? there is more hope of a fool than of him." "He that hath no rule over his own spirit is like a city that is broken down, and without walls." {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 10} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 11] In one moment, by the hasty, passionate, careless tongue, may be wrought evil that a whole lifetime's repentance cannot undo. O, the hearts that are broken, the friends estranged, the lives wrecked, by the harsh, hasty words of those who might have brought help and healing. "There is that speaketh like the piercings of a sword; but the tongue of the wise is health." {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 11} [AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 12] "Who is the wise man and endued with knowledge among you? Let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom," My brethren and sisters, how are you employing the gift of speech? Have you learned so to control the tongue that it shall ever obey the dictates of an enlightened conscience and holy affections? Is your conversation free from levity, pride, malice, deceit, and impurity? Are you without guile before God? Words exert a telling power. Satan will, if possible, keep the tongue active in his service. Of ourselves we cannot control the unruly member. Divine grace is our only hope. Wherever there is purity of heart and nobleness of character, it will be revealed in purity and nobleness of action and speech. "He that loveth pureness of heart, for the grace of his lips the king shall be his friends." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, September 15, 1905 par. 12} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 1] October 15, 1905 Faith and Works. - Faith and works are the two oars with which we are to make our way in the Christian life. The Lord calls upon all who think they know what faith is, to be sure that they are not pulling with only one oar, and their little bark going round and round, making no progress at all. Faith without intelligent works is dead. Faith in the healing power of God will not save unless it is combined with good works. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 2] Many are made sick by the indulgence of their appetite. They eat what suits their perverted taste, thus weakening the digestive organs, and injuring their power to assimilate the food required to sustain life. The stomach is often made to do at one meal the work of two or three meals. So many varieties are introduced into the stomach that fermentation is the result. This condition brings on acute disease, and death frequently follows. Sin indeed lies at the door, which is the mouth. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 3] Let all heed the instruction which has been given on this subject. Let them strive to bring appetite under the control of reason. Mothers and fathers, God calls upon you to abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul. When you do for yourselves what as faithful servants of God you should do, you will be prepared to lead your children step by step in safe, healthful paths, and in ways of righteousness. Wake up to your responsibilities! {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 4] When speaking to persons on the subject of health, they often say, "We know a great deal better than we do." They do not realize that they are accountable for every ray of light in regard to their physical well-being, and that their every habit bears the inspection of God. He made the human body. We are His property, bought with a price--and what a price! {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 5] Every organ, every fibre of our being, is to be sacredly guarded from every harmful practice, if we would not be among the number that Christ represents as walking in the same dishonorable path as did the inhabitants of the world before the flood. Those in this class will be appointed to destruction, because they have persisted in carrying lawful habits to extremes, and have created and indulged habits and that have no foundation in nature, and that become warring lusts. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 6] Our habits of eating and drinking show whether we are of the world or among the number that the Lord by His mighty cleaver of truth has separated from the world. These are His peculiar people, zealous of good works. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 6} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 7] The mass of the inhabitants of this world are destroying for themselves the true basis of the highest earthly interest. They are destroying their power of self-control, and making themselves incapable of appreciating eternal realities. Willingly ignorant of their own structure, they lead their children in the same path of selfish indulgence, causing them to suffer the penalty of the transgression of nature's laws. They go to distant countries to seek a better climate, but their stomachs will create for them a malarious atmosphere wherever they may locate. Thus they bring upon themselves sufferings that no one can alleviate. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 7} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 8] God calls upon us to stand upon the broad platform of temperance in eating, drinking, and dressing. Parents, will you not awaken to your God-given responsibilities? Study the principles of health reform, and teach your children that the path of self-denial is the only path of safety. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 8} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 9] Obedience to the laws of life must be made a matter of personal duty. We must answer to God for our habits and practices. The question for us to answer is not, "What will the world say?" but, "How shall I, claiming to be a Christian, treat the habitation God has given to me? Shall I work for my highest temporal and spiritual good by keeping my body as a temple for the indwelling of the Holy Spirit? or shall I sacrifice myself to the world's ideas and practices?" {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 9} [AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 10] It is our duty to study the laws that govern our being, and to conform to them. Ignorance in these things is sin. We cannot do as we please with our bodies; for they are God's property. "Ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, October 15, 1905 par. 10} [AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 1] December 1, 1905 Work for Lay-members. - Those who have long known the truth need to seek the Lord most earnestly, that their hearts may be filled with a determination to work for their neighbors. My brethren and sisters, visit those who live near you, and by sympathy and kindness seek to reach their hearts. Be sure to work in a way that will remove prejudice instead of creating it. And remember that those who know the truth for this time, and yet confine their efforts to their own churches, refusing to work for their unconverted neighbors, will be called to account for unfulfilled duties. {AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 1} [AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 2] Lend your neighbors some of our smaller books. If their interest is awakened, take some of the larger books. Show them "Christ's Object Lessons," tell them its history, and ask them if they do not want a copy. If they already have it, ask them if they do not want to read other books of a similar nature. If possible, secure an opportunity to teach them the truth. Beside all waters the workers are to sow the seeds of truth, not knowing which shall prosper, this or that, but ever walking in humility and trust beside the One who has declared, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end." {AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 2} [AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 3] Let every one who has eaten of the bread which came down from heaven labor in all simplicity to teach others what they must do to be saved. Little missionary work is done, and what is the result? The truths that Christ gave are not taught. God's people are not growing in grace. Many are in an unpleasant, complaining frame of mind. Those who are not doing their duty, who are not helping others to see the importance of the truths for this time, must feel dissatisfied with themselves. Satan takes advantage of this feature in their experience, and leads them to criticise and find fault. If they were busily engaged in seeking to know and do the will of God, they would feel such a burden for perishing souls, such an unrest of mind, that they could not be restrained from fulfilling the commission, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature," "teaching them all things whatsoever I have commanded." {AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 3} [AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 4] Even while engaged in their daily employment, God's people can seek to lead others to Christ. And while doing this, they will have the precious assurance that the Saviour is close beside them. They need not think they are left to their own feeble efforts. Christ will give them words to speak that will refresh and encourage and strengthen poor struggling souls who are in darkness. Their own faith will be strengthened, as they realize that the Redeemer's promise is being fulfilled. Not only are they a blessing to others, but the work that they do for Christ brings a blessing to themselves. {AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 4} [AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 5] There are many who can and should do the work of which I have spoken. My brother, my sister, what are you doing for Christ? Are you seeking to be a blessing to others? Are your lips uttering words of kindness, sympathy, and love? Are you putting forth earnest efforts to win others to the Saviour? {AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 5} [AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 6] Fathers and mothers, be on guard. Let your conversation in the home be pleasant and encouraging. Always speak kindly, as if in the presence of Christ. Let there be no fault-finding, no accusing. Words of this kind wound and bruise the soul. It is natural for human beings to speak sharp words. Those who yield to this inclination open the door for the mistakes and errors of others. Their failings are dwelt upon, their deficiencies noted, and words are spoken that cause a lack of confidence in one who is doing his best to fulfill his duty as a laborer together with God. Often the seeds of distrust are sown because one thinks that he ought to have been favored, but was not. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, December 1, 1905 par. 6} [AUCR, October 1, 1906, Art A, par. 1] October 1, 1906 Devotional Meeting. September 14. "Be Guarded." {AUCR, October 1, 1906, Art A, par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1906, Art A, par. 2] "It becomes our people to guard every word spoken or written. Let every church and every individual now watch unto prayer. As difficulties present themselves, Satan becomes a willing helper. Let the weapon used by us be that used by Christ--'It is written.' Let us be solemn and earnest and true and tender of spirit. The truth lived out in daily life is the only thing that will convince unbelievers that there is a reality in the profession made by believers. Let us dig deep now, and plead for the power of the Holy Ghost to break the bondage of Satan from the soul. Seek the Lord; confess your sins; let the Holy Spirit soften and subdue the heart." {AUCR, October 1, 1906, Art A, par. 2} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1] October 1, 1906 Devotional Meeting. September 15. "I am instructed to lift before our people the high standard to which they are to attain. The law of heaven, by which the universe is governed, must be brought into our every-day experience in this world. So long as we are in this world of sin, we must engage in constant spiritual warfare. My brethren in the Lord, I am instructed to say that you must raise the standard of piety still higher. Encourage the people to study their Bibles. Let the Bible be read freely in the family and in the pulpit. To ministers and people I would say, Give yourselves no rest till you find the truth as revealed to holy men of old. We are in this world to bring into action the principles of heaven. Into the heavenly courts there can enter no taint of sin. The character of holiness to which we must attain, Christ has revealed. {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 2] "I address my brethren and sisters in Australia who are living in this solemn period of the world's history. We need much prayer. The Word of God is to be our guide, our proof by which we are to vindicate our faith. As a people we are to be sanctified to God daily. Constantly we are to be on the watch over self. The whole being is to be consecrated to God's service. What is the lack of many?--A lack of sanctification of spirit. Talk faith, live the truth. We need to present the truth as the sin-destroyer." - {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 2} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1] October 1, 1906 Devotional Meeting. September 16 "It is our privilege to be preparing for translation. Why do we not so prepare our hearts that we will receive the promise? My brethren and sisters, yield your whole body and soul to the Lord. Rest in the arms of your compassionate Saviour. Let no one hear from your lips words of complaining or of judging. The Lord has not placed you on the judgment-seat. You have a battle to fight, and you can make it much more severe by turning away from Christ. Seducers, with a scientific problem, are to be guarded against more carefully than any other peril that we may meet. The effort of seducers has been to undermine confidence in the truth of God. Unless we are on our guard, the enemy, disguised as an angel of light, will lead us astray. It is when Satan appears as an angel of light that he takes souls in his snare. Many Scriptures will be misapplied by these teachers so that they will be used as a robe of righteousness to cover dangerous theories. As the people of Ephesus lost their first love, they increased in a knowledge of scientific theories originated by the father of lies. The Saviour warns us all to repentance so that we may stand right with God." {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1] October 1, 1906 Devotional Meeting. September 17 "The Lord requires every man to be at his post of duty doing the work that requires to be done. The spirit that brought about the first great rebellion in heaven is at work today. Our watchmen must be wide awake to give the trumpet a certain sound. {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 2] "None are too high to fall. Sin originated with Satan, who was next to Christ. Lucifer became the destroyer of those whom heaven had committed to his guardianship. Satan has a church in our world today. In his church are all the disaffected ones and the disloyal. All who harbor pride, ambition, vain-glory, or selfishness, will be found wanting when weighed in the balance of the Lord. We cannot of ourselves perfect a true moral character, but we can accept the righteousness of Christ. 'He that saith he abideth in Him ought himself also so to walk, even as He walked.'" - {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 2} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1] October 1, 1906 Devotional Meeting. September 23 "The time has come for decided efforts to be made in our cities. Read Luke 21. This is the message for this time, and it is written to this generation of the end. We must let nothing interpose between us and the work God has given us to do. Special efforts must be made to bring the truth before those in the cities. {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 1} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 2] "Let no time be lost in picking others to pieces. All contention is to cease. We are to love as brethren. Let us go up into the mount with God, that we may come back with the reflection of the glory of God upon us. The only place we can obtain it is in the mount with God. There is a work to be done in studying the Word of the Lord as revealed in His law. There has been much casual reading, but how much real study? Christ lived among men and preached the very precepts of that law in the world. {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 2} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 3] "The work will soon be cut short in righteousness. We must become more persistent and more devout in our efforts to carry it forward to completion. The time has come that we must not only be active, but we must concentrate that activity so as to make it tell. If we spent more time in the mount with God our work would be more effectual. {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 3} [AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 4] "There must come more convincing power into our preaching. The sword of the spirit must be edged anew and sent forth with power. Shall we put ourselves to it like men with all the realities of eternity before them? We want the Holy Ghost power to go forward and complete God's work in the earth." {AUCR, October 1, 1906 par. 4} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 1] February 25, 1907 To Every Man His Work. - We are laborers together with God. We must have spiritual workers; not only workers who labor in the pulpit for the churches, but those who will do personal work among the people. Too much time is devoted to the churches in preaching. This is not attended with the best results. The work of the Lord's ambassadors is to organize a company of workers to hunt for the souls who need help; but hours are spent in preaching that had better be devoted to personal, house-to-house labor. In the spirit of Christ, with a heart all aglow with His love, seek to win those in the family. Give faithful admonitions and instructions from the Word of God. There is appropriate and applicable scripture that needs to be presented, and to be presented in the love of Christ and in love for the souls for whom Christ has died. "All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness: that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." But many souls have had no personal labor. Words of kindly instruction in the application of scriptures have not been spoken to them. {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 2] When a church is visited by wise and experienced workmen, let these men find out if there is not something for them to do for that church that will be a blessing to families. Converse with them in regard to their spiritual advancement. Show them that they are under obligation to work as those who have received the grace of God. The missionary spirit must be kept awake; and in order for this spirit to live, the members of the church must be laborers together with God. It is time that unselfish, consecrated workmen should enter into families who have already accepted the truth, and yet have not worked for its advancement. It is time that our preaching brethren should minister not only in the congregation, but in families. Come close to your brethren; seek for them, help them; come close to the hearts as one touched with the feelings of their infirmities. Thus we may achieve victories that our small faith has not grasped. The members of these families should be given some labor to perform for the good of souls. Mutual love and confidence will give them moral force to be laborers together with God. {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 3] Pastors and churches are remiss in ministering, in educating faithfully the members of the church. If they are not acquainted with their duty in this respect, they need a teacher to instruct them. "Let a man so account of us, as of the ministers of Christ, and stewards of the mysteries of God. Moreover it is required in stewards, that a man be found faithful." "Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods. But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin to smite his fellowservants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him this portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth." {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 4] A steward identifies himself with his master. His master's interests become his. He has accepted the responsibilities of a steward, and he must act in the master's stead, doing as the master would do if he were presiding over his own goods. The position is one of dignity, in that his master trusts him. If a steward in any wise acts selfishly, and turns the advantages gained in trading with his lord's goods to his own advantage, he has perverted the trust reposed in him. The master can no longer look upon him as a servant to be trusted, one on whom he can depend. {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 5] Every Christian is a steward of God, entrusted with His goods. Ministers and laymen have a work committed to them as individuals. All who are connected by faith with our Lord Jesus Christ have a ministry to perform. Those who do not take their position on the Lord's side, ought to without delay; for they will have to give an account of themselves to God. Christ paid the ransom for them as verily as for every professed Christian. If they despise the gift, the question will be asked, "Who hath bewitched you, that ye should not obey the truth, before whose eyes Jesus Christ hath been evidently set forth, crucified among you?" {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 6] Whether you are believers or unbelievers, you are the Lord's property, bought with a price. You may ignore your relationship with God as His children. Whose children, then, are you?--Children of the devil, and his deeds you are content to do. But all the influence you might have exercised by using your talent in behalf of truth and by co-operating with God, all the improvement your talents would have made if put into actual service through the provision made for you to co-operate with God, will be charged to your account. You stubbornly held yourself on Satan's side, giving your influence to the great apostate: and all the good you might have done through the atoning sacrifice, but did not do, will be charged against you when you are weighed in the balances and found wanting. You have a work to do. A special stewardship was entrusted to you, but you would not accept the trust. Christ crucified was presented to you. The Spirit of God pleaded with you. By being lifted up on the cross, Christ sought to draw you to Himself. But your stubborn will would not yield to His invitations. His appeals were resisted. You are stewards, notwithstanding: but unfaithful, dishonorable stewards, burying your talents in the world, serving Satan in the place of serving the Lord. Impenitent sinner, what excuse will you give to God for all your wasted opportunities? {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 7] Ministers of Jesus Christ, are you faithful in setting before families by personal effort their accountability to seek and to save that which is lost? Do you enter into this work, educating young men by taking them with you, and teaching them how to work? "It is required in stewards, that a man be found faithful." He may not be an eloquent speaker, but he can present the truth in the clearest simplicity. He can work intelligently, doing his best according to his ability: and if he is faithful, God will give him wisdom, and increase his talents. {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 8] To some are entrusted larger responsibilities than to others. But if you have only one talent, you may increase it by use, to two. Then by working humbly, trustingly you may add to the two, two more. Thus the work in your charge may be continually growing. But there are a large number of idle stewards. They are to be found among those who bear credentials as ministers. But they do not minister, carrying the burden of souls. Dishonest, idle shepherds, they do not have travail for the souls that are perishing all around them. {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 9] Let every church-member carefully consider his responsibilities, and look himself in the face. Become acquainted with yourself. Urge home upon your own heart that you are not to seek to make yourself a specialty, for effect, for praise, but a specialty in seeking first the kingdom of God and His righteousness. Inquire seriously, Am I faithful? First be a most faithful steward over yourself. Search your own heart, and often compare it with the great mirror of the Word of God, until, tried and searched of God, you will be approved of Him, not having your own righteousness, but the righteousness of Jesus Christ. Strengthened by His might in the inner man, you will be accepted as a vessel unto honor. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, February 25, 1907 par. 9} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 1] March 11, 1907 To Our Church-members in Australasia. - Dear Brethren and Sisters.-- In the night season I was speaking to assemblies of our people in Australasia. I now wish to say to you with my pen that which, if it were possible, I would gladly say with my voice. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 2] The Lord calls your attention to His Word. "To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." The truth will triumph gloriously. Let the churches begin to do the work that the Lord has given them,--the work of opening the Scriptures to those who are in darkness. My brethren and sisters, there are souls in your neighborhood, who, if they were judiciously labored for, would be converted. Efforts must be made for those who do not understand the Word. Let those who profess to believe the truth become partakers of the divine nature, and then they will see that the fields are ripe for the work that all can do whose souls are prepared by living the Word. I entreat you to begin to work for those who are unconverted. Let the beams of light shining upon your own pathway shine upon the pathway of others. Think of how much truth you can give them by presenting a plain "Thus saith the Lord." {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 3] "Ye sent unto John," Christ said, "and he bare witness unto the truth. But I receive not testimony from man: but these things I say, that ye might be saved. He was a burning and a shining light: and ye were willing for a season to rejoice in his light. But I have greater witness than that of John: for the works which the Father hath given Me to finish, the same works that I do, bear witness of Me, that the Father hath sent Me. And the Father Himself, which hath sent Me, hath borne witness of Me. Ye have neither heard His voice at any time, nor seen His shape. And ye have not His word abiding in you: for whom He hath sent, Him ye believe not. Search the Scriptures: for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me. And ye will not come unto Me, that ye might have life." {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 4] There are many in our churches to whom these words are applicable, "Ye will not come unto Me, that ye might have life." I am charged to present this chapter, the fifth of John, to our churches. Unless those who have had such great light, shall awake from their sleep, and keep their lamps burning, they will slumber until they will at last find that their lamps are without oil. Now, now, without delay, let our people improve the opportunity to arise and shine. Let them take the Bible, and on their knees before God confess their sins of neglect. Let every other consideration become secondary. Earthly, common business is of little consequence compared with eternal interests. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 5] Awake, ye sleeping virgins, and trim your lamps. With the Bible in your hands, go to your neighbors with the message of present truth. In the spirit of deep repentance confess your past neglect in the assembly of God's people, as they meet to worship God. Then the Lord will pardon your transgressions and forgive your sin. If you feel that you have not the ability nor the knowledge that are needed in order to present the truth to others, read your neglected Bible, and seek for an understanding of the truth as it is in Jesus. Many have not developed a Christlike character in the daily life and conversation. They have not lived for the Lord Jesus and for Him alone, daily gaining a fitness to unite with those who have overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. There are many church-members who have not cherished love and respect for one another. Let the members of our churches in Australasia now obtain oil for their vessels with their lamps,--the holy oil of experience gained by developing Christlike traits of character. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 6] Before it is forever too late, study the Scriptures with prayer. Let all church-members cease to speak the language of condemnation, and begin to work intelligently to obtain the pearl of great price,--the meekness and lowliness of Him who took humanity upon Himself that human beings might be partakers of the divine nature. Let there be heard no unkind comments about others. Let each one remember that his own case needs to be cured by a practice of the precepts found in the Word of God. Let no soul exalt himself or herself. Let not one word be spoken to disparage others. Seek instead to speak words that will bring courage and hope to those who are perishing out of Christ. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 7] Let fathers and mothers seek together for the truths found in the Word of God. Let them clothe their speech with the language of a converted soul, and then, with great earnestness and love, encircle their children with the influence of truly sanctified hearts. The Scriptures are to be to them the bread of life, and their great lesson book. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 8] May the Lord help you to understand His Word. If you will heed and practise this Word, you will become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Let our ministers and teachers seek knowledge from the one true source. Let them seek the Lord with much prayer, earnestly searching His Word to find the hidden treasure. Now, just now, is the golden opportunity to understand the truths of the Word, and let this opportunity be improved by all. Let the book of Daniel be read, and its instruction heeded. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 9] "Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand. . . . Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days. But go thou (Daniel) thy way till the end be: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days." {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 9} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 10] Daniel is today standing in his lot, and we are to give him place to speak to the people. Our message is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. "At that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever." {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 10} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 11] These words present the work that we are to do in these last days. We are not one-half awake. We have not the power that is essential to the doing of the work that must be done. We must come into life, come into union. Now, just now, we must stand in that position where repentance and pardon shall be the striking features of our work. There must be no quarrelling. It is too late to engage with Satan in his work of blinding eyes. It is too late to give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 11} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 12] I am instructed to say that when the Holy Spirit gives tongue and utterance, we shall see a work done similar to that done on the day of Pentecost. The representatives of Christ will work intelligently. There will not be found one man here and another there seeking to tear down and destroy. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 12} [AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 13] "Before the decree bring forth, before the day pass as the chaff, before the fierce anger of the Lord come upon you, before the day of the Lord's anger come upon you, seek ye the Lord, all ye meek of the earth, which have wrought His judgment; seek righteousness, seek meekness: it may be ye shall be hid in the day of the Lord's anger." Ellen G. White. Sanitarium, California, January 17, 1907. {AUCR, March 11, 1907 par. 13} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 1] March 18, 1907 Counsel from the Lord. - Elder O. A. Olsen and his Fellow-Workers: My Dear Brethren,-- We feel an intense interest in the work in Australia. I give thanks to our Heavenly Father for the encouraging news received from that field in the last mail, especially the good report concerning the building up of the office of publication at Warburton. The removal of this work from Melbourne was in accordance with the will of the Lord. Now let the work grow, and let there be the strongest union possible among the workers, heart cemented to heart. In order that this union may exist, let your hearts be joined together in Christ Jesus. A great love for Christ will keep brother in union with his brother. All will be filled with a helpful desire to be laborers together with God. We need less of self and more of Christ. Faith, living faith in Christ, is to be a growing principle, filling us with determination to obey the Word. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 2] I saw One standing in the midst of you, saying with clear voice and deep fervor:-- {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 3] "Press together, press together. Love Christ with all the heart, with all the soul, with all your strength, with all your mind; and your neighbor as yourself. This do, and ye shall live." {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 4] "A new commandment I give unto you," Christ said to His disciples, "that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another." The disciples did not then understand the love that Christ had for them, but after they had witnessed the scenes of His humiliation and death, they understood more fully the depths of His marvelous love. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 5] What shameful humiliation the Redeemer suffered. Priests and rulers, scoffing at Him and mocking Him as He hung on the cross, said, "He saved others; Himself He cannot save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him: for He said, I am the Son of God." {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 6] Those who spoke these sneering words did not remember that the Old Testament Scriptures foretold that this would take place. In the fifty-third chapter of Isaiah the prophet says: "Who hath believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the Lord revealed? For He shall grow up before Him as a tender plant, and as a root out of a dry ground: He hath no form nor comeliness; and when we shall see Him, there is no beauty that we should desire Him. He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from Him; He was despised, and we esteemed Him not. Surely He hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem Him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. But He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed." {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 7] Brethren, the angels of God are in our world, and Satanic agencies are here also. I am permitted to see the inclination of certain ones to follow their own strong traits of character. If they refuse to yoke up with others who have had a long experience in the work, they will become blinded by self-confidence, not discerning between the false and the true. It is not safe that such ones should stand in the position of leaders, to follow their own judgment and plans. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 8] It is those who accept the warnings and cautions given them, who will walk in safe paths. Let not men yield to the burning desire to become great leaders, or to desire independently to devise and lay plans for themselves and for the work of God. It is easy for the enemy to work through some who, having themselves need of counsel at every step, undertake the guardianship of souls without having learned the lowliness of Christ. These need counsel from the One who says, "Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light." {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 9] In every church bear the message that man is not to exalt his own judgment. Meekness and lowliness of heart will lead men to desire counsel at every step. And the Lord will say, "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me." It is our privilege to learn of Jesus. But when men, full of self-confidence, think that it is their place to give counsel, instead of desiring to be counselled by their experienced brethren, they will listen to voices that will lead them in strange paths. "My sheep," saith Christ, "hear My voice, and follow Me; but a stranger will they not follow." Would that every minister realized the solemn responsibility resting upon him to carry the work forward without blemish. The instruction given me is, "Speak the words of Christ, 'Take My yoke upon you, and follow Me.'" {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 9} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 10] I have a warning for our churches in Australia. If Elder McCullagh had followed the cautions and warnings that God gave him, if he had followed the way of the Lord, and had not gone for advice and counsel to those who were strong in their own way, but not in the way of God, linking up with them, he would today be with us. Many times the Lord abundantly blessed him; many times did the Lord give him evidence as to the right path for his feet to follow; but he thought that he ought to be the head man, and he walked where Christ did not lead. He took a course contrary to the light given him by God, and today the result stands revealed. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 10} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 11] The Lord desires His workers to counsel together, not to move independently. Those who are set as ministers and guides to the people should pray much when they meet together. This will give wonderful help and courage, binding heart to heart and soul to soul, leading every man to unity and peace and strength in his endeavors. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 11} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 12] Christ taught His disciples that they needed to press out into fields where nothing had been done. At one time they urged Him to eat, saying: "Master, eat. But He said unto them, I have meat to eat that ye know not of. Therefore said the disciples one to another, Hath any man brought Him aught to eat? Jesus saith unto them, My meat is to do the will of Him that sent me, and to finish His work. Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest. Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto eternal life; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together....I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor; other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors." {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 12} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 13] There is stern, earnest work to be done. The pioneers in our work put forth untiring effort. Let all now take hold and act as if they were preparing for a great harvest. Let them do all in their power to enlighten blind eyes. Let them go forth to work with the Bible in their hands, and may the Lord give them a true, peaceable spirit. I beseech our church members not to lose precious time in confusing and hindering the work of the Lord. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 13} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 14] Read the fifth chapter of John. The whole chapter is full of instruction that we all need. "Then answered Jesus and said unto them, ... The Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father do; for what things soever He doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and showeth Him all things that Himself doeth; and He will show Him greater works than these, that ye may marvel." {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 14} [AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 15] "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth My word, and believeth on Him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life." Ellen G. White. Sanitarium, California, January 17, 1907. {AUCR, March 18, 1907 par. 15} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 1] March 25, 1907 Words of Counsel. - I wish to say that all over the fields, there is not among the laborers that humiliation of soul, that sanctification of the Spirit of God, that there should be. Of what use is it for us to say that we have the grace of Christ unless this grace is revealed in the daily life, in the thoughts, the words, and the actions? {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 2] Our only hope is to remember that we are little children--God's little children. "Behold, the nations are as a drop of a bucket, and are counted as the small dust of the balance." We are inclined to exalt self. But God wants no self-exaltation in His work. He wants us to labor in simplicity and humility, as His little children, learning daily of Him. We must bring His Word into the practical life. We talk the truth, we preach the truth, but we do not live the truth. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 3] The light given me is that we are to study more than we do the instruction given to Moses by God after He had proclaimed the law from Sinai. The ten commandments were spoken by God Himself, and were then written on tables of stone, to be preserved till the judgment should take place. After the giving of the law, God gave Moses specifications regarding the law. These specifications are plain and explicit. No one need make a mistake. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 4] In the day of judgment we shall be asked whether we have lived in harmony with these specifications. It is because we do not carry out these specifications in all our dealings, in our institutions, our families, and in our individual lives, at all times, and in all places, that we do not make greater advancement. It is by the directions that God has given that we shall be judged at the last day. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 5] Have we studied these specifications? I heard them one night some weeks ago. It seemed as if they were being given to Israel, and there was the same solemnity that there was when they were given. I thought, This is given to me that I may tell our people that we must study these specifications. When the directions that God has given are followed, our institutions will be pure and clean, free from all selfishness and covetousness. The tenderness of Christ will come in. His love will fill our hearts. A sense of God's goodness will make us weep, and sing, and praise God. Then we shall be living channels of light, prepared to do His will. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 6] We do not make enough of Deuteronomy and Exodus. These books record the dealings of God with Israel. God took the Israelites from slavery, and led them through the wilderness to the promised land. They had almost reached the end of their journey. Spies were sent over the Jordan to view the land, and bring back a report. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 7] God had shown his people what He would be to them, and what He would do for them. He had destroyed their enemies before them. Nevertheless, when the spies returned from their search, they came with hearts filled with unbelief. They enlarged upon the difficulties and dangers before the Israelites should they undertake the conquest of Canaan. They saw that the cities were walled and very great, and the people who dwelt there were strong, and it would be impossible to conquer them. "And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night." They gave way to cruel, wicked unbelief, and cried, and murmured, and found fault. They accused not only Moses, but God Himself, of deception, in promising them a land which they were not able to possess, and they went so far as to appoint a captain to lead them back to the land of their suffering and bondage from which they had been delivered by the strong arm of Omnipotence. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 8] In their rebellion the people exclaimed, "Would God we had died in the wilderness." Their prayer was granted. God declared that for forty years Israel was to wander in the wilderness, and that there, all who had left Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, would die. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 9] Moses also had his trial. God chose him to deliver Israel. He had been trained as a general, and he thought that it was by force that he was to deliver the people. One day, seeing an Egyptian smiting an Israelite, he killed the Egyptian. Then he fled to Arabia, and for forty years he kept sheep. There his pride and self-sufficiency were swept away. He became patient, reverent, humble, "very meek, above all the men which were upon the face of the earth." {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 9} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 10] We need to learn the lesson of humility and meekness. And we need to learn to help one another all that we possibly can. When we see one whose soul is in peril, let us be very careful that we do not drive him farther from Christ. Let us speak and act as God's little children, not as men who would kill. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 10} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 11] Do not cherish self-sufficiency. Walk humbly before God. "Behold, the fear of the Lord, that is wisdom, and to depart from evil is understanding." "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 11} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 12] It is because of the experiences through which I passed last night that I am led to say these things. It means everything to us whether we are sanctified to God, body, soul, and spirit; whether we are channels through which He can communicate His life and light. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 12} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 13] When, after Moses' time of trial and preparation was over, he was once more told to go and deliver Israel, he was self-distrustful, slow of speech, timid. "Who am I," he said, "that I should go unto Pharaoh, and that I should bring forth the children of Israel out of Egypt?" He pleaded as an excuse a lack of ready speech. He had been the general of the armies of ［Egypt］, and he certainly knew how to speak. But he was afraid that he would bring self into his work. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 13} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 14] We cannot guard too carefully against self-exaltation. We are to stand where we know that God is speaking to us. Only in this position are we safe. The Lord wants us to stand where we are sanctified and purified, wholly consecrated to His service. Unless we stand in this position we cannot offer Him acceptable service. We need to realize more fully than we do the preciousness of human souls. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 14} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 15] God wants us to learn what it means to be temples of the Lord. When we learn this, His saving grace will come to us, and the terrible dissension that is doing so much to weaken our efforts, will no longer be seen among us. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 15} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 16] Think of these words; pray over them. Come to the Lord as little children. Plead with Him for His salvation. If we receive His salvation into our hearts, His power will be with us, and success will crown our efforts. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 16} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 17] O, there is so much for us to learn. We must make advancement. God has a controversy with us. Many of us have left our first love. We have grown cold and indifferent. Let us not act in such a way that God will have to manifest the wrath that he is loath to manifest. He restrains Himself. The omnipotent One places Himself under the control of Omnipotence. God watches over His weak, erring, tempted children for their good. The punishment He sends them is for their good. He wants them to be saved, and that is why He sends His judgments. He desires them to learn to exercise the compassion that those who are saved must exercise. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 17} [AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 18] Let us co-operate with God. The Word says: "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure." "Ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." He wants you to co-operate with Him in cleansing the heart of all evil. He says that if we obey Him, He will make us a holy nation, a royal priesthood, and will give us the victory over our enemies. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, March 25, 1907 par. 18} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 1] April 29, 1907 A Timely Message. - To the Members of the Australasian Churches:-- I am charged with a message to our churches in Australasia: Without thorough purification of the life, without meekness and humbleness of mind, the professing followers of Christ can not honor Him before the world. If the graces of Christ are not revealed in their lives, they can never be admitted to the heavenly mansions He has gone to prepare for those who love Him and keep His commandments. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 2] There are among our church members many who, while professing to walk in the ways of the Lord, are bringing into their profession the ways and habits of unconverted self, and these are spoiling their characters. So much that is frivolous is brought into the home and church life, that the Spirit of Christ is grieved. There are entire families among us who, unless they arouse from their sleepy indifference, will be lost, for they are not converted daily; they do not understand the divine science of true godliness, and therefore they are not vessels that the Master can use. They have allowed Satan to have the guidance and control of their words and actions, and they do not realize how much harm they have done to souls by their self-exaltation. They have hurt the heart of Christ by hurting those who are the purchase of His blood. I am bidden to say to those unconverted professors, Dig deep, and lay your foundation solidly upon the rock Christ Jesus. It is not enough for us to talk of the higher life. Our daily course of action is to be an interpretation to others of what the higher life means. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 3] Unless painstaking efforts are made, every new revival will bring into the church, converts whose conversion is a spurious one, who have a form of godliness without the power. Earnest educational work needs to be done for these souls, that they may know what it means to be a Christian; for unless the foundation is laid in faith and practice of the truth, storm and tempest, beating upon the house, will cause it to fall. The character of such is like a bowing wall and a tottering fence. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 4] I am impressed to urge upon our church members the need of building for Christ Jesus. The form of godliness without a true reformation is like a house built on a sandy foundation. Build upon Jesus Christ; He is the one sure foundation. "Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ." His strength of character is sufficient for you. In Christ, the Word of God gives you the right of way to spiritual blessing; but it is a way of self-denial and self-sacrifice; it is a way of self-control and self-discipline. The character of Christ may become your character; His spirit, your spirit. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 5] Our ministering brethren need to arouse to their duty of impressing this truth on the minds of the people, and to urge them to make sure work for eternity. The future eternal life of each individual depends, not on words, not on profession, but on earnest works. We need to make decided efforts in order to keep the heart with all diligence, while looking to Jesus as the Author and Finisher of our faith. We need to watch over an unruly tongue; we need to watch for opportunities to do good as Jesus did. Ministers of the gospel, preach Christ. Bring His heavenly grace into your lives and thoughts. Be truthful, and ever keep under the discipline of the Word of God. We must be saved in God's appointed way. We must lean upon His counsel, and unite in His works. A penitent heart is always sensitive. Teach every individual who claims to be the child of God, that a well built character will always be after the divine pattern. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 6] "I will worship toward Thy holy temple, and praise Thy name for Thy lovingkindness and for Thy truth; for Thou hast magnified Thy word above all Thy name. In the day when I cried Thou answeredst me, and strengthenedst me with strength in my soul. All the kings of the earth shall praise Thee, O Lord, when they hear the words of Thy mouth. Yea, they shall sing in the ways of the Lord. Though the Lord be high, yet hath He respect unto the lowly: but the proud He knoweth afar off. Though I walk in the midst of trouble, Thou wilt revive me: Thou shalt stretch forth Thine hands against the wrath of mine enemies, and Thy right hand shall save me. The Lord will perfect that which concerneth me: Thy mercy, O Lord, endureth for ever: forsake not the works of Thine own hands." {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 7] I am bidden to say that all who wash their robes and make them white in the blood of the Lamb, will have severe trials to meet. In trial we are to stand firm, seeking to honor the One who gave His precious life to redeem us. In our work we shall have to encounter a strong under-current of resistance. Genuine conversion, a renewed heart, will keep us sweet under trial, and will teach us to reveal divine grace in our lives. Those who in the day of final reckoning receive from the lips of Christ the words of welcome to the city of God, will be those who have stayed converted under trying circumstances. With prayer and watchfulness we are individually to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 8] I have been referred by the Spirit of God to the many encouragements given to us in the Psalms. If more of our ministers were filled with soul-longings for God, His people would take hold of these encouragements, and thanksgiving and praise would flow from human lips. Encouragement and hope would come to many souls who are now weary and discouraged. If our people would realize the possibilities that lie in increased faith and prayer, there would be a decided change in our churches. Those who are now downcast and worried, would be lifted up from their discouragements, and would rejoice in the Lord. Brethren and sisters, let us show that we have a living hope, that our service is a living service. Ellen G. White. Sanitarium, California, March 5, 1907. {AUCR, April 29, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 1] May 6, 1907 Are You Light-bearers? - The disciples of Christ are required to represent their Lord to the world. They have been set as torch-bearers on the road to heaven. The light is not given to any soul to be put under a bushel, or under the bed; but to be put on a candlestick, that it may give light to all that are in the house. If we are neglecting any duty, or shrinking from any responsibility, or avoiding any position of trust for which the Lord has qualified and called us, we are not letting our light so shine that men, seeing our good works, may glorify the Father which is in heaven. We should every one be active and enterprising in trading with the talents which God has given to us. We must work in faith. We must not allow doubts to cloud the mind. We must not allow our attention to be drawn from Jesus to our surroundings. {AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 2] The lower lights must be kept burning. Jesus is the great light which lights up every man that comes into the world. All heaven is interested in the conflict that is going on in this world between truth and error, light and darkness. The great Source of all light is constantly shining, and those who will catch His rays, and will reflect them upon others, will be light-bearers in this darkened world. We are not pleasing God when we permit our minds to dwell upon our imperfections, mourning constantly over our condition, with our eyes directed continually upon our mistakes and errors. Come to Jesus; He is the light of the world. Take hold of His strength by faith and make peace with Him. Shall you talk of your weakness?--No; no: for that pleases the enemy. Dwell upon the great help that has been provided for you in Jesus, your Redeemer. {AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 3] Christ said to His disciples, "Ye are the light of the world." As the sun goes forth in the heavens to fill the world with brightness, so must the followers of Christ shed the light of truth upon those who are groping in the darkness of error and superstition. But Christ's followers have no light of themselves. It is the light of heaven that falls upon them, which is to be reflected by them to the world. Jesus speaks through clay. Let men beware how they slight or reject the words of His representatives, for in so doing they are rejecting Christ. {AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 4] A great responsibility rests upon the professed followers of Jesus. If they present to the world self instead of Christ, they will have a fearful account to render at the day of final reckoning. But none need thus to fail. Our compassionate Redeemer has provided for us the help we need. He is waiting to kindle in every heart that will receive His words such love as He alone can inspire. He will impute His own righteousness to the sincere penitent, and will fit him to become a witness for Christ. {AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 5] Those who have experienced the new birth have but entered upon the Christian life. To such are addressed the words of the apostle, "As ye have received the Lord Jesus Christ so walk ye in Him." In the storm of opposition, the whirlwind of strife that we are called to meet, it is sometimes hard to maintain the patience and gentleness of Christ, hard to meet the railing accusation with words of Scripture truth. But such must be the Christian's course. God has promised grace for every trial. By patient endurance we may become strong, by failure we may learn success, and through apparent defeat we may conquer. {AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 6] Let not those be discouraged who are sorely tried and tempted, and who feel that they have not the strength to cope single-handed with the power of evil. God asks you to become co-laborers with Him. You need not wait for great opportunities nor ask for extraordinary talents. Use the ability that you now have. Do not weary yourself with anxiety about the success of your efforts, but quietly, faithfully, do what you can, leaving the result with God. Though surrounded by the darkness of unbelief, you may let your daily life be a light to the world, a living testimony to the power of divine grace. The influence of that testimony will widen and deepen, so long as you are connected with the God of wisdom and power. Be assured that your memorial is written above, and in the day of God some at least among the redeemed will call you blessed. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, May 6, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 1] October 7, 1907 Words to Church Members. - Dear Brethren and Sisters,-- Scene after scene has been opened before me, and I long to present to the people the instruction that has been given to me for them. The words were spoken: A great work in spiritual lines is to be done for the Lord's people without delay, else the enemy will deceive souls to their ruin. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 2] Every church member needs to feel the converting power of God upon heart and mind; then spiritual development will be experienced. Christ has for every true believer grace sufficient to make him a son of God. Angels are working in behalf of God's people, that Satan may not gain the victory over them. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 3] It is Christian sanctification that is wanting in the so-called Christian world. Love for Christ, expressed in word and deed, will bind His followers together in bonds of perfect union. And in a special sense the love of God will be bestowed upon those who are one with Christ and the Father. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 4] The richest blessings will rest upon the humble worker. He who comes to the Lord in simple trust, will learn how to uplift the Saviour before men. Practical Christianity is the revealing in word and action the will of God. How is the world to know on whose side we stand unless we make it known? "By their fruits," Christ said, "ye shall know them." "He that is not with Me is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 5] The Lord is in earnest with His people. They are to have a more sacred sense of their accountability before God to teach the truth. The time has come when we should make decided reformations in our homes, when every family that has heard the message of truth should practice in their lives every principle of the truth. The wonderful mercy and grace and power of God has made it possible for the members of every family to become the sons and daughters of God. "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 6] It was a costly sacrifice that the Lord of heaven made. Divine benevolence was stirred to its unfathomable depths; it was impossible for God to give more. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Why is our gratitude so limited? It is only as a ripple on the surface compared with the great tide of love that flows to us from the Father. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 7] "And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God". {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 8] "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel, and with the house of Judah: not according to the covenant that I made with their fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt; which My covenant they brake, although I was an husband unto them, saith the Lord: but this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; after those days, saith the Lord, I will put My law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be My people." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 9] Those who have by baptism given to God a pledge of their faith in Christ, and their death to the old life of sin, have entered into covenant relation with God. The three powers of the Godhead, the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, are pledged to be their strength and their efficiency in their new life in Christ Jesus. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 9} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 10] "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory. Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which is idolatry: for which things' sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience: in the which ye also walked sometime, when ye lived in them. But now ye also put off all these; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communication out of your mouth. Lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds; and have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him: where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free: but Christ is all, and in all. Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any, even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 10} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 11] "And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 11} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 12] Study the whole of this chapter of Colossians carefully and prayerfully. Bear in mind that they are addressed who have been buried by baptism in the name of the Father and the Son and the Holy Ghost. If you will ever remember that you are dead to worldly interests and attractions, and have risen to seek those things which are above, these heavenly powers are pledged to give you power to walk with Him in newness of life. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 12} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 13] In the eighth and ninth verses are presented the fruits that must not appear in the lives of those who have entered into this covenant relation with God. These are the fruits of the unregenerate heart; and they must not appear; for "ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God." The fruits of righteousness appear when the soul lives to fulfil his solemn vow to God. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 13} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 14] It is the duty of every believer to fulfil faithfully his baptismal vows. If earnest perseverance and diligence are needed in order to attain success in temporal matters, how much more important that we make earnest efforts to obtain the heavenly treasure! {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 14} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 15] There is far too little of self-denial and self-sacrifice among those who claim church fellowship; far too little confession of sin. Church members need to be reconverted, and sanctified in soul, body, and spirit, if they would increase in faith, and grow in grace. But an unsanctified course of action has so long been followed that the church should now be alarmed. The power of the Holy Spirit, so much needed on the human heart, is not felt. Many who profess to receive and believe the Word of God are deceived; they are not practising the truth. They are not following on to know the Lord, that they may know that His going forth is prepared as the morning. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 15} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 16] I am made sad when I see how much of the Lord's money is spent for dress and selfish indulgence,--money that God designed should be spent in saving souls who are perishing in ignorance of the truth and of God. Those who are thus tempted to extravagance and selfish indulgence should consider the words of Christ, "Except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven." "Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many will say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name? and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from Me, ye that work iniquity. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 16} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 17] "Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house, and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. And every one that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 17} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 18] We have such a limited faith. Many of our church members need to be reconverted. They need to cultivate faith in God. Fervent prayer, offered in humility of heart, will be heard and answered. The desire expressed for a sanctified and purified heart, a refined and noble character, will bring the aid of the Holy Spirit to the petitioner. "If two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask," Christ says, "it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them." "Ask, and it shall be given you." "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 18} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 19] I am instructed to say to those who profess to be Christians, but who are not doing the works of Christ: you are yet in the gall of bitterness, and in the bonds of iniquity, as verily as are the children of the wicked one. You are doing his works as verily as are they. God bids you now to come to repentance. Let your hearts be broken before God; confess your sins and be converted. Let there be humility of heart in seeking the Lord, and sincerity of purpose in carrying out His works. Angels of God will rejoice when ministers and people take up this work of repentance before God. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 19} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 20] Some who profess to be converted have never yet felt the converting power of the Spirit of God. Oh, that a reformation might be worked in heart and mind and life, and that every church member might become one with Christ as He is one with the Father. Christ is knocking at the doors of your hearts for entrance. He says, "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me." Yet many who hear Him knock, shut closer the door of the heart, and the voice of Christ pleads in vain. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 20} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 21] "I Jesus have sent Mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely. For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book. . . . He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 21} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 22] We see from these words the necessity of sacredly cherishing every ray of light that the Lord Jesus sends to His church on the earth. The efficiency of any church depends upon its entire consecration. The church is not to conform to any one man's mind or judgment or will, or depart in the slightest particular from the teachings of the Word. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 22} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 23] At this period of time a special work is to be done for the individual members of the church. With the Bible in your hands, you are to search the Scriptures with an earnest determination to know the words of Christ. "Search the Scriptures," the Saviour said, "for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." "To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 23} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 24] No man is left in uncertainty in his Christian experience and in his labors. The eye of God is upon every child of His who seeks to serve Him with humility of heart. There is a "well done" for every follower of Christ who witnesses for God before a world lying in wickedness. Every day we seek with sincere heart to follow the directions of the Word of God, and to become a laborer together with Him in the salvation of souls, there is written for us in the book of heaven the words, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant." {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 24} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 25] The professing follower of Christ is to overcome every selfish trait of character. By well-doing he is to form a correct pattern, and testify in his life to the character of Christ and to God's unselfish love to the human race. In words of mercy and love and sympathy, by showing kindness on the right hand and on the left, he is to repeat the works of Christ. Christ came to the earth to give to men the pattern of the perfect character that all must obtain who would be welcomed to the future heavenly world. He found His pleasure in unwearied works for the good of men; His object in coming to our world was to leave an example of what the human character must become in order to be fitted for the society of heaven. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 25} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 26] The Holy Spirit leaves no member of the church to develop a character that is without comeliness. He claims for every man and woman the privilege of becoming a child of light, an influence for righteousness, an example of a Christlike life. This is God's way of helping the church. Satan is working in every way to thwart the purpose of God, and God desires that His professing people shall make no mistakes, but that every move may be a right move. The Head of the church on earth requires the members of the church to surrender their will to the will of God, in willing obedience. God has united the agencies of the church on earth with the church in heaven. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 26} [AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 27] The subject of missions is to be under divine supervision. God's church on earth is to be the bearer of light to the world. "Ye are the light of the world," He says. "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Ellen G. White. {AUCR, October 7, 1907 par. 27} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 1] October 14, 1907 A Call to Service. - To the Lay-Members in Every Church: Dear Brethren and Sisters,-- After His resurrection from the dead, Jesus "appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat," and said unto them, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe; In My name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 2] Matthew's record of the great commission is: "And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 3] There is no limit to the missionary work to be done in fulfilling this commission, and yet because of a lack of faith on the part of God's people, the work has often come almost to a standstill. The lack of any record of work accomplished in some lands testifies to the fact that many of those who have claimed to believe the truth have not revealed their faith by their works. If God's people had possessed the true missionary spirit, the lands lying in darkness would ere this have been enlightened by their self-sacrificing labors. Our publications would have been multiplied, and this literature circulated, and the message of truth would have gone forth with no uncertain sound. This message which God bids us carry to all parts of the world, is His last message of mercy to a perishing race. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 4] The prayer that David offered for a preparation of heart in order to do acceptable service for God, should be the prayer of every believer today. He said: "Create in me a clean heart, O God; and renew a right spirit within me. Cast me not away from Thy presence; and take not Thy Holy Spirit from me. Restore unto me the joy of Thy salvation; and uphold me with Thy free Spirit. Then will I teach transgressors Thy ways; and sinners shall be converted unto Thee. Deliver me from blood-guiltiness, O God, Thou God of my salvation; and my tongue shall sing aloud of Thy righteousness. O Lord, open Thou my lips; and my mouth shall show forth Thy praise. For Thou desirest not sacrifice: else would I give it: Thou delightest not in burnt offering. The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit: a broken and a contrite heart, O God, Thou will not despise. . . . Then shalt Thou be pleased with the sacrifices of righteousness, with burnt offering, and whole burnt offering: then shall they offer bullocks upon Thine altar." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 5] There are many large cities still unworked. In every church in our land, believers should engage in earnest seasons of prayer for the guidance of the Holy Spirit, that they may be directed to the best places to plant the seeds of truth. I have been shown that angels of heaven are waiting for the co-operation of human instrumentalities in the work of bringing this precious truth before the notice of the world. Will not our churches arouse and seek the Lord in their homes, and then take up whatever line of work they see needs to be done? The Lord Jesus knows the needs of His children, and He will qualify them to do the work He appoints them to do. His professing people need to study the Word, study how they can best introduce the truth in places where it has not yet been carried. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 6] God's Word plainly declares that He has given to every man his work. Each should study carefully and prayerfully to know what that work is. All heaven is interested in the work of saving souls, and the angels of God will go before every worker who will take up the work of giving the knowledge of His Word to the world. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 7] Christ is to be our example in all things. The record we have of His labors for men is to teach us our duty toward our fellow-beings. Of His labors for those outside his own city, we read: "And leaving Nazareth, He came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast, in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, The land of Zabulon, and the land of Naphthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 8] "From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 9] "And Jesus, walking by the Sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets and followed Him." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 9} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 10] Christ gave to these disciples the education they needed for their work of ministry. The Jewish schools were no place for them to learn of Christ. Taking them directly from their fishing boats, the Master united them with Him in His work. When the great Teacher addressed the multitudes, the disciples were close beside Him learning the lessons that He taught to the crowds. Then after the public effort was made, the Saviour took them aside with Him, and explained more definitely the nature of the truths He was seeking to impart. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 10} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 11] A similar work will be done for us in giving the last message to the world. Angels of God will go with us, Christ will be our chief Teacher, and right ways will be opened before us. Never are we to lose sight of our commission, "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." In order to follow this divine instruction, there needs to be thorough consecration to God. The heart of the worker must seek wisdom from God; he must make God his dependence, and improve every advantage given him. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 11} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 12] How thankful we should be for the encouragement that is given us to bring all our perplexities and difficulties to One who is abundantly able to remove them; to seek counsel of One who is mighty in counsel. "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. A double minded man is unstable in all his ways." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 12} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 13] God calls upon His people now to consecrate all their powers to His service. He would have every household become a home-church. When those who profess to believe His truth become truly converted, they will have words to speak to all; and their zeal for His cause will make them Christlike in purpose and action: true zeal is always tempered with meekness and lowliness of heart. The work of God has no need of the manifestation of an overbearing and dictatorial spirit. He has placed no man in the position to dictate the course of a fellow-worker. None are to place themselves under the guidance of human beings; for God has not ordained this. He bids us look to One and depend upon One who understands our needs, and is able to supply them from His abundant fullness. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 13} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 14] "My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: and He is the propitiation for our sins: and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected: hereby know we that we are in Him." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 14} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 15] "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure. . . . Little children, let no man deceive you: he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous." {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 15} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 16] As laborers together with God, we should never neglect the precious privilege of prayer. The promise is given us, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened." Let us present our petition for grace and counsel, and plead that light be given us, that we may understand the Word. Let us pray for wisdom, that we may know how to communicate that Word for the encouragement of others. Let us often study the seventeenth chapter of John, wherein is recorded the wonderful prayer of Christ to His Heavenly Father. Here we can learn how to pray and to bring ourselves into right relation to God. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 16} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 17] The signs that foretell the second coming of Christ are fast fulfilling. Shall the people be left in ignorance of the great event before them, and have to meet the awful day unprepared? God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son that whosoever would receive Him might not perish, but have everlasting life. Heaven has made a complete offering for the salvation of the world. Shall those who profess to love God and keep His commandments be indifferent to the souls of men?--No; no; they cannot be. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 17} [AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 18] With untiring zeal, those who have received the light of present truth should go forth to give this light to those who sit in darkness. With consecrated efforts, by self-denial and self-sacrifice, they are to labor in the strength of the God of Israel. This message is to be carried to foreign lands; it is to be given to the cities and towns of our own country. The weary and heavy-laden are longing for the message of truth that will give them rest and peace in Christ. Who will carry the message to those who have never heard it? Who will seek the joy and glory of God by drawing sinners to the feet of Him Who gave His life a sacrifice for every soul? Who will lift up the Saviour before men as "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world"? Ellen G. White. Sanitarium, Cal., June 20, 1907. {AUCR, October 14, 1907 par. 18} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 1] December 30, 1907 Admonitions to Workers. - To Ministering Brethren: There is great and increasing need that those who minister in word and doctrine should be learners in the school of Christ. The influence of the one who preaches the Word should be an influence that will lead souls to seek eternal life. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 1} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 2] In these last days many influences will arise to draw the worker from standing firmly for a "Thus saith the Lord." Men who themselves have departed from the faith, will seek to draw the workers into controversy, and by this method attempt to present heresies that will lead souls astray. My brethren, do not be enticed by such influences. Engage in no debate. Take no heed to the persuasions and challenges of those who would draw you from your legitimate work. You have no time to voice their sentiments or to repeat their words. Time is golden; truth is precious. We are to carry forward the work of God in the same spirit of simplicity that has marked our efforts for the past fifty years. But while our work is to be done in simplicity and meekness, we are to stand firmly for the principles of the faith. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 2} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 3] The Saviour has given the promise of His presence to all who labor in the spirit of true service. "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth," He says; "go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy, Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." As you present the Word to your hearers, claim this promise of Christ's presence. There is no day, no hour of the day, when He will not be near you by His Holy Spirit. He is in every meeting that is held in His name. His promise is given for as long as time shall last. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 3} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 4] Be careful messengers. Do not be anxious to hear and accept new theories; for often they are such as should never be presented before any congregation. Speak no boastful, self-exalting words. Let the Word of God come forth from lips that are sanctified by the truth. Every minister is to preach the truth as it is in Jesus. He should be assured of that which he affirms, and should handle the Word of God under the direction of the Holy Spirit of God. Walk and work carefully before God, my brethren, that no soul may be led into deception by your example. It had been better for you never to have been born, than that you should lead one soul astray. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 4} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 5] Those who profess to be servants of God need to make diligent work for the obtaining of that life where sin and sickness and sorrow can not enter. They are to be instant in season and out of season. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 5} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 6] God is calling for reformers who will speak strong, uplifting words from our pulpits. It is when men speak their own words in their own strength, instead of preaching the Word of God in the power of the Spirit, that they are hurt and offended when their words are not received with enthusiasm. It is then that they are tempted to speak words that will arouse a spirit of bitterness and opposition in their hearts. My brethren, be advised. Such words are not to come from the lips of Christ's ambassadors. Sanctified lips will speak words that reform, but do not exasperate. The truth is to be presented in the meekness and love of Christ. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 6} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 7] I heard the words spoken: "Prepare to meet thy God." If you will learn of Jesus, you will possess a power that will take hold of hearts. You will speak words that will be a savor of life unto life. Shake off the worldly spirit that would take possession of our people. Pray, O pray; and believe that the fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much. {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 7} [AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 8] If the minister's lips are touched with a live coal from off the altar, he will lift up Jesus as the sinner's only hope. When the heart of the speaker is sanctified through the truth, his words will be living realities to himself and others. Those who hear him will know that he has been with God, and has drawn near to Him in effectual, fervent prayer. The Holy Spirit has fallen upon him, his soul has felt the vital, heavenly fire, and he will be able to compare spiritual things with spiritual. Power will be given him to tear down the strongholds of Satan. Hearts will be broken by his presentation of the love of God, and many will inquire, "What must I do to be saved?" Mrs. E. G. White. October 21, 1907. - {AUCR, December 30, 1907 par. 8} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 1] January 6, 1908 Instruction to Workers - To Ministers and Teachers: Those who teach the Word need not feel that they must search up some new and intricate subject to present to the churches. The most profitable subjects that can be presented are those that Christ dwelt upon when teaching his disciples, and the multitudes that daily followed Him. His lessons seemed always new and interesting. The common people heard Him gladly. {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 1} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 2] When our ministers seek to present something that is new and strange to the common people, they are not following the custom of Christ. Sometimes the things they endeavor to present they do not themselves understand, and they lead minds away from the path of truth and righteousness. Self, self! When will self die! and when shall we learn what it means to follow in the footsteps of Jesus! {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 2} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 3] Let us as ministers and teachers study the sermons of Christ, and by prayerful effort learn to comprehend the very spirit of these discourses. They are to be presented so that the common people can understand them. Let us study over and over again the fourteenth to the seventeenth chapters of John. The last sermons of Christ, and His last prayer for His disciples, contain precious instruction, the treasures of which, study as we may, we can never exhaust. {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 3} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 4] The work to be done in our churches should begin with our leaders. When they humble their souls before God, when they confess their sins and become truly converted, their lives will reveal the transformation within. Selfishness will be emptied from their hearts, self-confidence will die, the disposition to dominate and control will disappear. {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 4} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 5] "Thus saith the Lord; Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from the Lord. For he shall be like the heath in the desert, and shall not see when good cometh." {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 5} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 6] This is a representation of the man who does not humble his heart before the Lord, and give up his will to the will of God. This man has lost his discernment, and can not be trusted; and because he has rejected the warnings of God, he has greatly hindered the work of the Lord. He shall "inhabit the parched places of the wilderness, in a salt land and not inhabited." {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 6} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 7] Another class is represented in the next words of the prophet: "Blessed is the man who trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope the Lord is. He shall be as a tree planted by the waters, that spreadeth out her roots by the river, and shall not see when heat cometh, but her leaf shall be green; and shall not be careful in the year of drought, neither shall cease from yielding fruit." {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 7} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 8] The prophet continues: "O Lord, the hope of Israel, all that forsake Thee shall be ashamed, and they that depart from me shall be written in the earth, because they have forsaken the Lord, the fountain of living waters. Heal me, O Lord, and I shall be healed; save me, and I shall be saved: for Thou art my praise. {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 8} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 9] "Behold, they say unto me, Where is the word of the Lord? let it come now. As for me, I have not hastened from being a pastor to follow Thee: neither have I desired the woeful day; Thou knowest: that which came out of my lips was right before Thee. Be not a terror unto me: Thou art my hope in the day of evil. Let them be confounded that persecute me, and let me not be confounded: let them be dismayed, but let not me be dismayed: bring upon them the day of evil, and destroy them with double destruction." {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 9} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 10] We need to understand these Old Testament figures and representations. Let us give them earnest consideration. We are slow to realize that these things foretold by the Lord's servants have been fulfilled, and are being fulfilled in our present history. {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 10} [AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 11] God has provided divine assistance for all the emergencies to which our human resources are unequal. He gives the Holy Spirit to help in every strait, to strengthen our hope and assurance, to illuminate our minds and purify our hearts. He means that sufficient facilities shall be provided for the working out of His plans. My ministering brethren, I bid you seek counsel from God. Seek Him with the whole heart, and "whatsoever He saith unto you, do." Mrs. E. G. White. October 22, 1907. - {AUCR, January 6, 1908 par. 11} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 1] September 21, 1908 Extracts from Private Communications A grand work is to be done by our people for the W.C.T.U. The Lord has in that association many precious souls, who will accept the truth and become one with our labourers. These workers will be a great help to us in temperance lines. And the education our people have had in Bible truth and in a knowledge of the requirements of the law of Jehovah, they will impart to those who come in among us. Thus a union of sympathy will be created where in the past prejudice has existed. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 1} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 2] We need the help that these women can give us; they need the help we can give them in a knowledge of the gospel Sabbath. By holding ourselves aloof from the workers in the W.C.T.U., our people have lost much; and the members of the W.C.T.U. have also been on losing ground. If every possible effort is now made to reach these people, prejudice will be removed, and souls will be reached whom our people have thought would never accept this present truth. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 2} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 3] Every possible ray of light that we can shed upon the W.C.T.U. should be given. If we had 100 soundly converted workers from this body, the cause of present truth would be greatly helped. Many of our own labourers would be taught wherein they might come up on higher ground, and our sisters would learn how they might exert a wider and more uplifting influence than they have in the past. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 3} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 4] We need the temperance question revived among our own people. It would be a good thing if at our camp-meetings we should invite the members of the W.C.T.U. to take part in our exercises. This will help them to become acquainted with the reasons of our faith, and will open the way for us to unite with them in the temperance work. If we will do this we will come to see that the temperance question means more than many of us have supposed; and we in turn can teach these workers many things. They will hear the truth, and many will be converted to the faith. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 4} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 5] In his labours, my husband, whenever he had opportunity, invited the workers in the temperance cause to his meetings and gave them an opportunity to speak. And when invitations were given us to attend their gatherings, we always responded. I have had some opportunity to see the great advantage to be gained by connecting with the W.C.T.U. workers, and I have been much surprised as I have seen the indifference of many of our leaders to this organization. I call upon my brethren to awake. . . . We cannot do a better work than to unite, so far as we can do without compromise, with the W.C.T.U. workers. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 5} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 6] Years ago we regarded the spread of temperance principles as one of our most important duties. It should be so today. Our schools and sanitariums are to reveal the power of the grace of Christ to transform the life. They should be important factors in the temperance cause.--To J. A. Burden, September 2, 1907. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 6} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 7] I am being aroused anew on this subject. We have a work to do along this line besides that of speaking in public. We must present our principles in pamphlets and in our papers. We must use every possible means of arousing our people to their duty to get in connection with those who know not the truth. The success we have had in missionary work has been fully proportionate to the self-denying, self-sacrificing efforts we have made. The Lord alone knows how much we might have accomplished if as a people we had humbled ourselves before Him and proclaimed the temperance truths in clear, straight lines. A large work of seed-sowing is yet to be done.--To Dr. Lillis Wood-Starr, September 5, 1907. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 7} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 8] TO MRS. S. M. I. HENRY, SISTER WHITE WROTE June 21, 1899, AND RECOPIED AUGUST 15, 1907:-- {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 8} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 9] I hope, my sister, that you will have an influence in the W.C.T.U. association to draw many precious souls to the standard of truth. The Lord is drawing many to an examination of the truth, and you need not fail nor be discouraged. Sow beside all waters. These are good waters in which you can sow the seeds of truth. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 9} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 10] IN A COMMUNICATION RECEIVED FROM SISTER WHITE BY THE LAST AMERICAN MAIL, SHE SAYS:-- {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 10} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 11] Great good will result from bringing the books "Ministry of Healing" and "Christ's Object Lessons" to the attention of the leaders of the W.C.T.U. We should invite these workers to our meetings and give them an opportunity to become acquainted with our people. Place these precious books in their hands, and tell them the story of their gift to the cause, and its results. Explain how, by the sale of "Ministry of Healing," patients may be brought to the sanitarium for healing who could never get there unaided: and how through this means assistance will be rendered in the establishment of sanitariums in places where they are greatly needed. If our sanitariums are wisely managed by men and women who have the fear of God before them, they will be the means of bringing us in connection with the workers in the W.C.T.U., and these workers will not be slow to see the advantage of the medical branch of our work. As a result of their contact with our medical work, some of them will learn truths that they need to know for the perfection of Christian character. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 11} [AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 12] The book "Ministry of Healing" may do the same work for our sanitariums and health institutions that "Christ's Object Lessons" has done for our schools. This book contains the wisdom of the Great Physician. {AUCR, September 21, 1908 par. 12} [AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 1] November 23, 1908 Labourers Together with God. "For we are labourers together with God: ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." 1 Corinthians 3:9. {AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 1} [AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 2] When we follow plans of the Lord's devising, we are "labourers together with God." Whatever our position--whether presidents of conferences, ministers, teachers, students, or lay members--we are held accountable by the Lord for making the most of our opportunities to enlighten those in need of present truth. And one of the principal agencies He has ordained for our use, is the printed page. {AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 2} [AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 3] My brethren and sisters, let us not become weary in well-doing. During His earthly ministry, Christ travelled on foot from place to place, wearied as He ofttimes was, His human nature taxed to the uttermost, yet He was ever ready to heal all who came unto Him, and to teach them the way of life eternal. Though often physically exhausted, he left not His work. There was a world to be saved. He made every sacrifice possible in order that light and truth might shine forth. {AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 3} [AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 4] The Lord God of Israel desires us to link up in holy union with Himself, and exercise living faith that works by love, and purifies the soul. He desires that we shall be a working corps of labourers, endowed with adaptability for His service; and unto such He promises power to win a glorious victory for Him. {AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 4} [AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 5] Had the Lord's plan been followed, His name would have been glorified, and many spiritual victories would have been won. E. G. White. Sanitarium, California, July 10, 1908. - {AUCR, November 23, 1908 par. 5} [AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 1] April 19, 1909 Teach Your Daughters How to Cook. Do not neglect to teach your children how to cook. In so doing you impart to them principles which they must have in their religious education. There is religion in good cooking, and I question the religion of that class who are too ignorant and too careless to learn to cook. In giving your children lessons in physiology, and teaching them how to cook with simplicity and yet with skill, you are laying the foundation for the most useful branches of education. {AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 1} [AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 2] That which we eat cannot be converted into good blood unless it is of a proper quality, simple, and nutritious. The stomach can never convert sour bread into sweet. Food poorly prepared is not nutritious, and cannot make good blood. Those things which fret and derange the stomach will have a benumbing influence upon the finer feelings of the heart. {AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 2} [AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 3] Poor cookery is slowly wearing away the life energies of thousands. We see sallow complexions and groaning dyspeptics wherever we go. {AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 3} [AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 4] Skill is required to make good light bread. Cakes and scones are often yellow with saleratus. They are thus rendered totally unfit for food. Saleratus in any form should not be introduced into the stomach, for the effects are bad. It eats the coatings of the stomach, causes inflammation, and frequently poisons the entire system. But some plead, "I cannot make good bread or gems unless I use soda or saleratus." You surely can if you become a student and will learn. Is not the health of your family of sufficient value to inspire you with ambition to learn how to cook, and how to eat? {AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 4} [AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 5] Mothers, instead of seeking to give your daughters a musical education, instruct them in these useful branches, which have the closest connection with life and health. Teach them all the mysteries of cooking. Show them that this is a part of their education, and essential for them in order to become Christians. Unless the food is prepared in a wholesome, palatable manner, it cannot be converted into good blood, to build up the wasting tissues. Your daughters may love music, and this may be all right: it may add to the happiness of the family; but the knowledge of music, without the knowledge of cookery, is not worth much. When your daughters have families of their own, an understanding of music and fancy work will not provide for the table a well-cooked dinner, prepared with nicety, so that they will not blush to place it before their most esteemed friends. Mothers, yours is a sacred work. May God help you to take it up with His glory in view, and work earnestly and lovingly for the present and future good of your children, having an eye single to the glory of God. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, April 19, 1909 par. 5} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 1] September 6, 1909 Home Training. God has given to every man and woman talents to be used to His name's glory. All have not the same gifts; all are not called to do the same work; but to each God has given the ability to do the work appointed him. There are some who think that unless they are directly connected with public religious work, they are not doing the will of God; but this is a mistake. Every one has a work to do for the Master. Just as verily as the minister has his appointed work, the mother has hers. By educating their children to love God, and fear to offend Him, parents can just as surely serve God as can the minister in the pulpit. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 1} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 2] It is a wonderful work to make home pleasant, and all that it ought to be. If the heart is given to God, the humblest talents will make the home-life all that God would have it. In the home a bright light will shine forth as the result of whole-hearted service to God. The mother is to bring her children to Jesus for His blessing. She is to cherish the words of Christ and teach them to her children. From their baby-hood she is to discipline them to self-restraint and self-denial, to habits of neatness and order. The mother can bring her children up so that they will come with open, tender hearts to hear the words of God's servants. The Lord has need of mothers who in every line of the home-life will improve their God-given talents, and fit their children for the family of heaven. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 2} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 3] The Lord is served as much, yes, more, by the faithful home worker as by the one who preaches the Word. Fathers and mothers should realize that they are the educators of their children. Children are the heritage of the Lord; and they should be trained and disciplined to form characters that the Lord can approve. When this work is carried on judiciously and with faithfulness and prayer, angels of God will guard the family, and the most commonplace life will be made sacred. All heaven recognized Abraham's faithfulness in this respect, and He who blesses the habitation of the righteous said, I know Abraham. He is the priest of his household, and patriarch in his home. He will command his children and his household after him, to keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 3} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 4] Symmetry of character is to be restored in men and women, and God calls upon parents with all their capabilities to co-operate with Him in this work of restoration. Uncleanness in the home is a great mistake; for it is educating in its effects, and casts its influence abroad. Even in babyhood a right direction should be given to the habits of children. Teach them to keep their bodies clean by bathing in the morning and at night. Show them that uncleanness, whether in body or dress, is offensive to God. Constant vigilance must be exercised, that these habits may become second nature to the youth. There must be no lax methods in the home; for the children will never outgrow what they have become familiar with in their childhood. If they have been trained to habits of neatness and order, untidiness and slackness will be offensive to them; and impurity will be despised, at it should be. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 4} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 5] The Lord commanded the children of Israel to wash their clothes, and put away all impurity from their encampment, lest in passing by He should see their uncleanness. God is passing by our homes today, and He sees the unsanitary conditions and lax methods of families. Should we not reform, and that without delay? Parents, God has made you His agents, that you may instil right principles into the minds of your children. You have in trust the Lord's little ones, and that God who was so particular that the children of Israel should grow up with habits of cleanliness will not sanction any impurity in the home today. And in training your children in habits of cleanliness, you teach them spiritual lessons. They see that God would have them clean in heart as well as in body, and will be led to understand pure principles, which God designs should prompt every act of our lives. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 5} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 6] Oh, that all would understand that these apparently small duties are not to be neglected! Children are peculiarly susceptible to impressions; and the lessons which they receive in the early years, they will carry with them through life. All the learning they may acquire will never undo the evil resulting from lax discipline in childhood. One neglect, often repeated, forms habit. One wrong act prepares the way for another. That act, repeated, forms habit. Bad habits are more easily formed than good ones, and are given up with more difficulty. It takes far less time and pains to spoil the disposition of a child than it does to imprint upon the tablets of the soul principles and habits of righteousness. It is only by constantly watching and counterworking the wrong that we can hope to make the disposition right. The Lord will be with you, mothers, as you try to form right habits in your children. But you must begin the training process early, or your future work will be very difficult. Teach them line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. Bear in mind that your children belong to God, and are to become His sons and daughters. He designs that the families on earth shall be samples of the family in heaven. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 6} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 7] Children should be clad in plain garments without ruffles or ornaments. The time spent in needless sewing, God would have devoted to educating them or in devotional exercises. That garment you are sewing on, that extra dish you plan to prepare, let it be neglected rather than the education of your children. The labour due to your child during the first years of his life will admit of no neglect. No time in his life should the rule be forgotten, Line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. Parents, the Lord knows what kind of work you are doing in the formation of the characters of your children. Will you consider the responsibilities resting upon you as their natural guardians? {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 7} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 8] Over-indulgence always proves an injury to children. It is the veriest cruelty to allow wrong habits to be formed, to give the lines of control into the hands of the child, and let him rule. Children are not to be taught that everything in the house is their plaything, to do with as they please. Instruction in this line should be given even to the smallest children. God designs that the perversities natural to childhood shall be rooted out before they become habit. In the discipline of your children, do not release them from that which you have required them to do. Do not allow yourself to be so absorbed in other things as to become careless. And do not become weary in your guardianship, because your children forget, and do that which you have forbidden. If you lose your temper, you forfeit that which no mother or father can afford to lose--the respect of your children. Never scold, nor permit scolding, in the home. Never give your child a passionate blow, unless you wish him to learn to quarrel and fight. As parents, you stand in the place of God to your children, and you are to be on guard. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 8} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 9] Parents, never act from impulse. Never correct your child when you are angry; for if you do this, you will mould him after your own image--impulsive, passionate, and unreasonable. You can be firm without violent threatenings or scoldings. I have seen a mother snatch from the hand of her child something that was giving it special pleasure. The child did not know the reason for this, and naturally felt abused. Then followed a quarrel between parent and child, and a sharp chastisement ended the scene as far as outward appearances were concerned. But that battle left on the tender mind an impression that could not be easily effaced. I said to the mother: "You have wronged your child deeply; you have hurt his soul, and lost his confidence. How this will be restored I know not." This mother acted unwisely. She did not reason from cause to effect. Her harsh, injudicious management stirred up the worst passions in the heart of her child, and on every similar occasion these passions are aroused and strengthened. This is the worst policy that can be used in family government; advanced age and maturity of strength warring against a helpless, ignorant little child confirms rebellion in the heart. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 9} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 10] But, you ask, Shall I never punish my child? Whipping may be essential when every other resort fails; but before you cause your child pain, you will, if you are a Christian father or mother, let your erring little one see that you love him. You will manifest real sorrow because you are compelled to cause him suffering. You will bow before God with your child, and with a heart full of sorrow ask the Lord to forgive. You will pray that Satan may not have control of his mind. You will present before the sympathizing Redeemer His own words, "Suffer the little children, and forbid them not, to come unto Me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven." That prayer will bring angels to your side, and your child's heart will be broken in penitence. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 10} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 11] It is a very nice work to deal with human minds. All children cannot be treated in the same way; for that restraint which must be kept on one would crush out the life of another. Study the minds and characters of your children. During the first years of their lives is the time to work and watch and pray and encourage every good inclination. This work must go on without interruption. You may be urged to attend mothers' meetings and sewing-circles, that you may do missionary work; but unless there is a faithful, understanding instructor to be left with your children, it is your duty to reply, "The Lord has committed to me another work, which I can in no wise neglect." You cannot overwork in any line without becoming disqualified for the work of training your little ones, and making them what God would have them be. As Christ's co-worker, you must bring them to Him and ask for grace to discipline and train them for the kingdom of heaven. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 11} [AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 12] Both parents and children should be under the government of God. They are to be ruled by Him. By combining the influences of authority and affection, parents can rule in their homes after the order God has given in His Word. There should be no ruling by impulse, no parental oppression; but at the same time no disobedience is to be overlooked. We are not to reach the standard of worldlings, but the standard which God Himself has erected. We are diligently to inquire, What hath God said? God's holy Word is to be our rule, and from this we must never turn aside. No waywardness must be permitted on the part of the children, no disregard of obligations on the part of the parents. Our motto must be, "As for me and my house, we will serve the Lord." Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, September 6, 1909 par. 12} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 1] March 21, 1910 The Work Before Us The important truth that is presented before the people by the living preacher, should be published in as compact a form as possible, and circulated widely. Thus the truth which was placed before a limited number, may find access to many minds. But let no extravagant expressions be used; do not present the most startling points of truth before the people are prepared to receive them; for all this would give occasion for the enemies of truth to misconstrue and misrepresent it. Those who have become interested are compelled to meet sophistry and misrepresentation from popular ministers, and they know not how to answer these things. Satan is wide-awake; he never gives himself a vacation, but is on the track of every soul who is convicted of the truth. Therefore let the reasons of our faith, which have been presented to the people in clear lines, be furnished them in printed form, so that they can read what the minister has said, and give it to their friends. Let these publications be widely scattered. Truth has been strangely perverted, all evil influences are at work, and we must work with persevering, determined effort, for "we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places." Then "quit you like men, be strong." {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 1} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 2] After the five thousand had been fed, there were twelve baskets of food gathered up; the one basketful had increased to twelve. So when our means are wholly inadequate for the needs of the work, let none of the Lord's workers become discouraged at the situation. To depend upon what we can see is not faith. Faith depends upon God's promises. It is "the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." The precious things of God, if appreciated and imparted, will be more abundantly bestowed. The Lord is not pleased with our unbelief. If those upon whom rests the management of the great interests of the cause speak uncertainly, unbelievingly, the Lord is grieved, for they are robbing themselves of the rich treasures of His grace. When one refuses to move unless he can walk by sight, his faith amounts to nothing. If we were placed in a position similar to that of the disciples, with the great multitude and the five little barley loaves, would it be hard for us to believe, hard to trust in God? {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 2} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 3] The Lord expects His agents to do their best. The fragments are to be gathered up; all needless expenditures for selfish gratification are to be cut off. Let self-denial and the cross become a portion of our individual experience. The Lord Jesus would have us study His Word faithfully. The unbelieving will not be quick to discern the movings of Providence, but we should cultivate faith, and use every talent that can be employed in dispensing to others the bread of life. We can never be better employed than in imparting the light received. By every whole-hearted, earnest sacrifice we make for the Master's service, our talents will be increased. But we are to be only the instruments for the Holy Spirit's working. Thus the grace of God will work in us to form new habits, to overcome powerful propensities, and to deny old inclinations. {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 3} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 4] Unbelief regards the precious light, the precious evidences which God gives, as a matter of no special importance. This is why the Lord can do nothing for those who have not faith; the Holy Spirit would be treated by them as a common thing. Thus unbelief will bind about the work of God. {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 4} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 5] Oh, there is too much arguing on the side of unbelief! When a worker loses his faith, he needs to take a vacation, have little or nothing to do, until the Lord shall work in his behalf, and imbue him with the Holy Spirit. He needs to have his perceptive faculties sharpened that he may discern the works and ways of God. He has received an education of an objectionable character, and he needs reshaping. The light of heaven must shine upon him. {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 5} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 6] Christ says to His disciples, "Cast the net on the right of the ship, and ye shall find." We must work on the faith side. The proper enlargement of the work is an impossibility unless we dare to press our way against forbidding circumstances. Those who fear to risk something will never attain an experience of the greatness, value, and security of the unfailing resources of heaven. {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 6} [AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 7] The Lord has thrown open before us the door of heavenly commerce. We are to trade on our Lord's goods. He Himself is our security if we walk and work by faith. The humblest believer may trade upon the entrusted capital; he may employ all his powers to the glory of God; and the one talent, thus consecrated to the Master's use, will increase unto precious treasures. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, March 21, 1910 par. 7} [AUCR, February 20, 1911 par. 1] February 20, 1911 The Healing of the Sick to Accompany Evangelical Work In all our large cities the message for this time is to be proclaimed under the influence and leading of the Holy Spirit. {AUCR, February 20, 1911 par. 1} [AUCR, February 20, 1911 par. 2] The power of this influence accompanied the labours of Christ and His apostles. They united prayer and the healing of the sick with the work of teaching soul-saving truths; and their labours were confirmed by the marked evidences of inspiration in their words and deeds. By teaching and by practice the message spoke with convincing power to the world. We need to come into close connection with Him who walked the earth as the divine Healer. He came not to destroy men's lives, but to save them; and He calls upon all ministers of the gospel to walk in His footsteps. The healing of the sick is to accompany our evangelical work. {AUCR, February 20, 1911 par. 2} [AUCR, February 20, 1911 par. 3] When the Saviour sent the disciples out to preach the Word, He "gave them power . . . to cure diseases." They were "to preach the kingdom of God, and to heal the sick." This was the two-fold command given them. To our ministers the same command is given. They are to offer prayer for the afflicted, that the Lord God of Israel may take these cases under His oversight. If His workers will co-operate with Him, if they will sense the sacredness of the work that Christ did, and the work He would have them do, their ministry will be marked by a sacredness that will give evidence of its heavenly inspiration. Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, February 20, 1911 par. 3} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 1] April 15, 1912 A Spiritual Awakening (Reading for Sabbath, April 27) In a special sense Seventh-day Adventists have been set in the world as watchmen and light-bearers. To them has been entrusted the last warning for a perishing world. On them is shining wonderful light from the Word of God. They have been given a work of most solemn import,--the proclamation of the first, second, and third angel's messages. There is no other work of so great importance. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 1} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 2] Great is the need that all who have a knowledge of the truth for this time should labour earnestly for the salvation of souls. All around us are people who are unwarned of the nearness of the end, places in which no effort has been made to bring men and women to the light of the truth. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 2} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 3] Thousands are living in ignorance of the solemn events that are just in the future. Many are passing off the stage of action unprepared to meet the decisions of the judgment. And time is rapidly passing into eternity. To those who know the truth these facts should appeal strongly, arousing their zeal and leading them to engage with earnestness in proclaiming the message of warning to the world. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 3} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 4] The message of the third angel is a world-wide message. It is to go to foreign lands; it is to be preached in the home field. Into cities and towns and villages, into the highways and hedges, the light of truth is to be carried. In all these places there are those whose minds are receptive, and whose hearts are ready to respond to the appeals of the Spirit of God. These will welcome the truth if they have opportunity to hear. God is waiting for His people to bear to them the message of Him who died--the just for the unjust. He desires to work through men and women who, losing sight of self in Christ, are content to say, "God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ." {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 4} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 5] Wonderfully has the Lord wrought for the advancement of the cause of truth. By constant manifestations of His interest and power, and by the pleadings of His Spirit, He is calling for the co-operation of the church in finishing His work in the earth. But His people do not respond as they should to His call. By indifference and selfishness they are placing limitations to the advancement of the message. Content with the degree of light and blessing they have received, many act as if there were no need for further effort. Thus the years pass by, bringing to them no gain in spiritually, and no blessing to those who through their efforts might be won to Christ. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 5} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 6] "These things saith the faithful and true witness, ... I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see." {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 6} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 7] The Laodicean message has its application in conditions that exist in the church of God today. Many of God's people have strengthened themselves in their own way, followed the impulses of their own minds, and have grown indifferent to the admonitions of the Lord. Many who were once firm believers in the truth have become careless in regard to their spiritual welfare, and are yielding without opposition to Satan's well-laid plots. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 7} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 8] As the people of God approach the perils of the last days, Satan holds earnest consultation with his angels as to the most successful plans of overthrowing their faith. He sees that the popular churches are lulled to sleep by his deceptive power. By pleasing sophistry and lying wonders he can continue to hold them under his control. Therefore he directs his angels to lay their snares especially for those who are looking for the second advent of Christ, and endeavouring to keep all the commandments of Jesus. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 8} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 9] Says the deceiver: "We must exert all our wisdom and subtlety to deceive and ensnare those who honour the true Sabbath. We can separate many from Christ by worldliness, lust, and pride. They may think themselves safe because they believe the truth, but indulgence of appetite and the lower passions, which confuse judgment and destroy discrimination, will cause them to fall. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 9} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 10] "Through those who have a form of godliness, but know not the power, we may gain many. Those who are lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God will be our most effective helpers. Those of this class who are apt and intelligent will draw others into their snares. Many will not fear their influence, because they profess the same faith. We will lead them to conclude that the requirements of God are less strict than they once believed, and that by conforming to the world they will exert a greater influence with worldlings. Thus they will separate from Christ. Then they will have no strength to resist our power; and ere long they will be ready to ridicule their former zeal and devotion. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 10} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 11] "We must cause distraction and division. We must destroy their anxiety for their own souls, and lead them to criticize, to judge and accuse and condemn one another, and to cherish selfishness and enmity. For these sins God banished us from His presence, and all who follow our example will meet a similar fate. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 11} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 12] "Go, make the possessors of lands and money drunk with the cares of this life. Present the world before them in its most attractive light, that they may lay up their treasure here, and fix their affections on earthly things. We must do our utmost to prevent those who labour in God's cause from obtaining means to use against us. Keep the money in our own ranks. The more means they obtain, the more they will injure our kingdom by taking from us our subjects. Make them care more for money than for the building up of Christ's kingdom and the spread of the truths we hate, and we need not fear their influence; for we know that every selfish, covetous person will fall under our power, and will be separated finally from God's people." {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 12} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 13] So subtle and untiring are the efforts of the enemy of souls, that God's people need to be very watchful, and to labour earnestly and unceasingly to counterwork evil in the church and in the world. Satan and his agencies are laying out special lines of labour for those who are controlled by his power. Deceptions of every kind and degree are arising, so that if possible he would deceive the very elect. With the same subtle power that he plotted for the rebellion of holy beings in heaven before the fall, Satan is working today to operate through human beings for the fulfilment of his purposes of evil. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 13} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 14] There are being laid and presented commercial plans which, if accepted, will lead to the deception and confusion of the church. These plans are presented as something that will prove a great blessing to the work; but in them is a deception that threatens to ensnare souls. Even now many are in danger. There are few who realize the evil that is working; yet these plans are surely the temptations of the enemy, and will prove ruinous to the spiritual experience of those who accept and follow them. Their purpose is to divert the minds of men and women from present and essential duties. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 14} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 15] The desire to obtain money is a snare of Satan, and one that is most popular in these last days. The selfishness which the desire for gain begets, removes the favour of God from the church, and deadens spirituality. To live for self is to perish. Covetousness, the desire for benefit for self's sake, cuts the soul off from life. It is the spirit of Satan to get, to draw to self. It is the spirit of Christ to give, to sacrifice self for the good of others. Wherefore He says "Take heed, and beware of covetousness; for a man's life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth." {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 15} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 16] God has made men channels through which His gifts are to flow to sustain the work that He would have carried in the world. He has given them property to be wisely used, not selfishly hoarded, or extravagantly expended. He has entrusted them with means with which to support His servants in their labours as missionaries, and to sustain the institutions He has established among us. Those who rejoice in the pure light of truth should feel an intense desire to send this truth everywhere. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 16} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 17] I am instructed to write to our churches, laying before them the importance of consecrated individual effort. The burden of giving to the world the truth for this time is not to rest upon a few men and women. Upon every church member in every place rests the responsibility of acting a part in the closing work of this earth's history. Believers everywhere are to pray earnestly and work diligently for the advancement of the third angel's message in the earth. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 17} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 18] We are living in the time of the end, when the judgments of God are in the land. Signs on every hand show that the agencies of evil are strengthening. Lucifer and his servants are working with unceasing activity. In this time of peril the people who keep the Sabbath of the fourth commandment are to be awake to the situation, prepared to resist the attacks of the enemy. While wickedness abounds on every hand, God's people are to be fully controlled by the Holy Spirit. Greater solemnity and earnestness should be brought into the work. All light and trifling words should be left unspoken. Believers should speak and act as a people who realize the solemn meaning of the events taking place. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 18} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 19] Precious light, clear evidence regarding the testing truths for this time, is to go forth from those to whom the Lord has given a knowledge of the third angel's message. Every church should awake to its responsibilities, and work wisely in co-operation with heavenly agencies, for the extension of Christ's kingdom in the earth. There is no time to lose. Let them pray constantly for increased talents and greater ability with which to serve. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 19} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 20] My brethren and sisters, draw near to God, and work intelligently for the advancement of His cause. Use with faithfulness the talents entrusted to you. The truths of the divine Word are best appreciated by those who are walking in the path of obedience to every known duty. Through His providences, and through the agency of divine instrumentality God will open ways before His people that they may ever be gaining a deeper knowledge of His will, and increased usefulness in His cause. All who study His Word with a sincere desire to know His will, will receive the higher education. To those who are meek and lowly in heart, and who are willing to be taught of God, He will reveal more and more fully the mysteries of redemption. The Lord is keeping before His people a definite, individual work to be done in receiving the truth, and practicing its principles. I ask you to study the eighteenth chapter of Matthew, that you may understand the spirit that must take possession of every follower of Christ. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 20} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 21] If men and women would consecrate themselves to the work of the Master, every hand would be engaged in service. Every one would be standing at his post of duty, working with heart and soul as a missionary of the cross of Christ. The spirit of the Redeemer would abide in the hearts of the labourers, and works of righteousness would be wrought. The workers would carry with them into their service the prayers and sympathy of an awakened church. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 21} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 22] My brethren and sisters, study your plans. Grasp every opportunity of speaking of the truth to your neighbours and associates, or of reading something to them from books that contain present truth. Show that you regard as of first importance the salvation of the souls for whom Christ has made so great a sacrifice. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 22} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 23] In working for perishing souls, you have the companionship of angels. Thousands upon thousands, and ten thousand times ten thousand angels are waiting to co-operate with members of our churches in communicating the light that God has graciously given, that a people may be prepared for the coming of Christ. "Now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation." Let every family seek the Lord in earnest prayer for help to do the work of God. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 23} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 24] Who among this people will be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and seek to walk in holy zeal before the Lord? The Lord bids us, Cry aloud. My brethren and sisters, lift up your voices to warn the people of the solemn events of the future. Bring forth the evidence that the coming of the Lord is near. God will impress hearts with the importance of the message if the workers will labour in dependence on Him. The lives of those who are true to the faith will carry a power of conviction that nothing else can; God works through these lives to carry out His eternal purpose. {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 24} [AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 25] If our people realized how soon the inhabitants of the world are to be arraigned before the judgment seat of God, to answer for the deeds done in the body, how earnestly they would work together with God to present the truth! How untiringly they would labour to advance God's cause in the world, proclaiming in word and deed, "The end of all things is at hand!" My brethren and sisters, arouse your sleeping energies to take hold of the work that is waiting to be done. Let your testimony bear with it the incense of correct representation. To many the truths of the third angel's message have become a dry theory. The message comes, Wake up the watchmen. "O Jerusalem that bringest good tidings: lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up; be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, behold your God." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, April 15, 1912 par. 25} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 1] September 30, 1912 A Solemn Testimony ［IN CONNECTION WITH ONE OF OUR INSTITUTIONS, A FOURTH OF JULY CELEBRATION WAS HELD IN WHICH THOSE FROM THE INSTITUTION PARTICIPATED IN AMUSEMENTS OF A WORLDLY CHARACTER. THE NIGHT FOLLOWING, NOT KNOWING WHAT HAD OCCURRED, SISTER WHITE WAS SHOWN THAT WHICH IS PRESENTED HERE. WHILE ADDRESSED TO THE INSTITUTION IN QUESTION, MAY THE SOLEMN IMPORT OF THESE WORDS DEEPLY IMPRESS AND ADMONISH ALL WHO SEE THEM.］ My Brethren and Sisters: Last night after I had retired to rest a strange depression came over me, and for a long time I was unable to sleep. Then I seemed to be talking with companies of our people--to a little group here and a little group there, and a little group somewhere else. I was saying to them, You do not need to plan for unholy amusements. When your life is hid with Christ in God, you will find in Him all the enchantment you need. Words like this had been spoken to me. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 1} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 2] As I passed from one group to another, I experienced disappointment after disappointment. There was revealed in each company a desire for foolish pleasure. Men and women, acting like children, seemed to have forgotten their responsibility to glorify God. I saw the foolish actions, and heard the foolish words that were spoken, and I saw how the Spirit of God was grieved and the Lord dishonoured. While God and angels were working by every possible means for the upbuilding of the kingdom of righteousness in the earth, those who should have been standing as Heaven's representatives were taking a low level and dishonouring their Redeemer's name. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 2} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 3] I said to some, You should bear in mind that as God's professed people you are called to reach a high standard. The Lord cannot be glorified by such a course as you are now pursuing. He bids us to glorify Him in our body and in our spirits, which are His. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 3} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 4] I do not know with what words to describe these scenes, or what character to give them; but I know that in participating in them you are lessening your influence for righteousness: you are displeasing the Lord; you are setting an example that none can safely follow. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 4} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 5] I was cited to the words of inspiration with which Paul voiced his hope for those who had been won to the gospel in Thessalonica. "We pray always for you," he declares, "that our God would count you worthy of this calling, and fulfil all the good pleasure of His goodness, and the work of faith with power: that the name of our Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you and ye in Him, according to the grace of our God and the Lord Jesus Christ." The example of these converts to the faith would tell more for the glory of God than all the preaching of Paul and his fellow-labourers. And so the consistent course of believers in this age will do more to magnify the power of truth than all the sermons of our ministers. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 5} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 6] At the camp-meeting that has just closed, truths were presented and instruction given, which, if appropriated and rightly used would work transformation in the church, and change the atmosphere in the home, aiding parents in giving the right mould to the characters of the children and youth. It would change the relations of many of the workers in our institutions, enabling them to bear testimony for the truth in consistent, devoted lives. The impressions made by the camp-meeting were good. I feel sad that any could come from that meeting to take part in scenes that could not fail to remove the impressions of the Spirit from the mind. My heart is burdened as I think of such experiences being repeated after such good instruction had been given. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 6} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 7] All sanitarium workers and parents and ministers should realize their responsibility to God to be themselves patterns of what they desire the youth to become. "For their sakes I sanctify Myself," Christ declared, "that they also might be sanctified through the truth." So those to whom the youth should look for direction and a godly example should sanctify themselves. Paul directed Timothy, "Be thou an example to the believers." This is instruction to the workers in every institution. If they are learning of Christ daily, they will never forget how potent for good is the influence of a right example. But if they are seeking only to amuse and please themselves, they set for themselves and for those within their range a low standard. Such a course can only end eventually in the yielding up of their faith. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 7} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 8] How can gospel believers act in such a way as to encourage those with whom they associate in frivolity and pleasure-loving, and spend their time in acting out the foolishness of the sinner? Do they not know that angels of God are standing by, making a record of their words and actions? I saw angels of God writing, and I looked to see what they had written. I read these words: None of these things will give you spiritual strength, but will lessen your influence for righteousness. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 8} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 9] I was directed to the words of Paul to Timothy: "Be thou partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God; who hath saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began. . . . Hold fast the form of sound words, which thou hast heard of me, in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus. That good thing which was committed unto thee to keep by the Holy Ghost which dwelleth in us." {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 9} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 10] "Be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also. Thou therefore endure hardness as a good soldier of Jesus Christ. No man that warreth entangleth himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please Him who hath chosen him to be a soldier. And if a man strive for the masteries, yet is he not crowned, except he strive lawfully. The husbandman that laboureth must be first partaker of the fruits. Consider what I say; and the Lord give thee understanding in all things." {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 10} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 11] I was given words of warning and appeals to parents and ministers. Turning from one to another, I told them of their need of being converted daily, of the great importance of having the Spirit of God resting upon them. I said, My brethren and sisters, we have not time to spend in glorifying the enemy of all righteousness: individually we are to strive for the mastery over all foolishness: we are to strengthen our souls by training our minds to dwell upon the sound, sensible truths of the Word of God, that when the enemy seeks to take possession of the mind, and to lead us into sin, we shall have strength to act like Christians. If we will let the Spirit of God make its impression on our minds, and will yield our lives to His control, we shall not dishonour God before the world. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 11} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 12] I asked the youth and those more advanced in years what impressions such scenes were likely to make on the minds of unbelievers; what influence would this folly have upon those to whom it was their privilege to minister the things of eternal life? {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 12} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 13] As I spoke with great earnestness, pointing them to their privileges as sons and daughters of God, some were overcome with a sense of their wrongdoing. And as the conviction of the Spirit of God came upon them, they fell on their knees and prayed for forgiveness. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 13} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 14] When I awoke I supposed these things presented to me related to something that would transpire in the future; and I thought I would wait before saying anything to my brethren. I had not heard of anything that was going on the day before; but I felt discouraged and disappointed. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 14} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 15] The gatherings together in our institutions should never be of such a nature as to give the stamp of pleasure-loving and worldliness. There is enough of foolishness in the world. It should be the endeavour of the workers, not to encourage a delight in these things in those who come to our institutions, but to learn how to fill the mind with the things of God. Our ministers need to work during the vacation time to strengthen and steady the minds of the youth. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 15} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 16] "This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God; having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof." This class will be developed among us as a people as well as in the world. Great then is the need that we stand in that position where every jot of our powers may be used to magnify God and His truth. {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 16} [AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 17] "Speak thou the things that becometh sound doctrine," the apostle enjoins, "that the aged men be sober, grave, temperate, sound in faith, in charity, in patience. The aged women likewise, that they be in behaviour as becometh holiness, not false accusers, not given to much wine, teachers of good things; that they may teach the young women to be sober, to love their husbands, to love their children, to be discreet, chaste, keepers at home, good, obedient to their own husbands, that the Word of God be not blasphemed. Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded, in all things showing thyself a pattern of good works; in doctrine showing uncorruptness, gravity, sincerity, sound speech, that cannot be condemned; that he that is of the contrary part may be ashamed, having no evil thing to say of you." Mrs. E. G. White. - {AUCR, September 30, 1912 par. 17} [AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 1] March 17, 1913 Soul Winning by Correspondence The great lack of men to go from place to place and preach the Word may be in a great degree supplied by tracts and papers and by intelligent correspondence. {AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 1} [AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 2] If all would realize the necessity of doing to the utmost of their ability in the work of God, having a deep love for souls, feeling the burden of the work upon them, we should see hundreds engaged as active workers who hitherto have been dull and uninterested, accomplishing nothing. They have felt that there was nothing of importance in this tract and missionary work,--nothing worthy of their special interest. Yet it is a fact that the circulation of our papers is doing even a greater work than the living preacher can do. All can do something. Some can do more than others, but all should become intelligent as to how they can work most successfully and methodically in spreading the light of truth by scattering our publications. We meet with young and old who profess to be children of God, yet who have not grown an inch for years. A Christian indeed will grow in knowledge of the truth; and as he is sanctified through the truth, he will become more and more like Jesus, and more desirous to save souls, the purchase of His blood. {AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 2} [AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 3] Those who are co-labourers with God will have no disposition to engage in the various expedients for amusement; they will not be seeking after happiness and enjoyment. In taking up their work in the fear of God, and doing service for the Master, they will secure the most substantial happiness. Connected with Jesus Christ, they will be wise unto salvation. They will be fruit-bearing trees. They will develop a blameless life, a beauteous character. The great work of redemption will be their first consideration. Eating and drinking and dressing, houses and lands, will be secondary matters. The peace of God will force off the withered or gnarled branches of selfishness, vanity, pride, and indolence. It is faith and practice that make up the Christian's life. We do not meet the standard of Christianity by merely professing Christ and having our names upon the church book. We should be individual workers for Christ. By personal effort we can show that we are connected with Him. {AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 3} [AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 4] All cannot go abroad, but all can do something at home. We should as Christians have an abiding sense that our time, our strength, our ability, have been purchased with an infinite price. We are not our own, to use our moments in gratifying our fancy and our pride. As children of the light, we should diffuse light to others. It should be our study how we may best glorify God,--how we can work to save and bless souls for whom Christ died. In working to bless others, we shall be gathering strength and courage to our own souls, and shall receive the approval of God. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, March 17, 1913 par. 4} [AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 1] November 17, 1913 Holidays Unto God Part I Would it not be well for us to observe holidays unto God, when we could revive in our minds the memory of His dealing with us? Would it not be well to consider His past blessings, to remember the impressive warnings that have come home to our souls, so that we shall not forget God? {AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 1} [AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 2] The world has many holidays, and men become engrossed with games, with horse races, with gambling, smoking, and drunkenness. They show plainly under what banner they are standing. They make it evident that they do not stand under the banner of the Prince of Life, but that the prince of darkness rules and controls them. {AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 2} [AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 3] Shall not the people of God more frequently have holy convocations in which to thank God for His rich blessings? Shall we not find time in which to praise Christ for His rest, peace, and joy; and make manifest by daily thanksgiving that we appreciate the great sacrifice made in our behalf, that we may be partakers of the divine nature? Shall we not speak of the prospective rest in the paradise of God, and tell of the honour and glory in store for the servants of Jehovah? "My people shall dwell in a peaceable habitation, and in sure dwellings, and in quiet resting places." We are homeward bound, seeking a better country, even a heavenly. {AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 3} [AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 4] Excitement and Enthusiasm The world is full of excitement. Men act as though they had gone mad over low, cheap, unsatisfying things. How excited have I seen them over the result of a cricket match! I have seen the streets in Sydney densely crowded for blocks, and on inquiring what was the occasion of the excitement, was told that it was because some expert player of cricket had won the game. I felt disgusted. Why are not the chosen of God more enthusiastic? They are striving for an immortal crown, striving for a home where there will be no need of the light of the sun or moon, or of lighted candle; for the Lord God giveth them light, and they shall reign for ever and ever. They will have a life that measures with the life of God; but the candle of the wicked shall be put out in ignominious darkness, and then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. {AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 4} [AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 5] The Holy Watcher in our Schools Why should we not expect the holy Watcher to come into our schools? Our youth are there to receive an education so that they may do all in their power to acquire a knowledge of the most high God, and to make Him known as the only true God. They are there to learn how to present Christ as a sin-pardoning Saviour. They are there to gather up precious rays of light, in order that they may diffuse light again. They are there to show forth the loving-kindness of the Lord, to speak of His glory, to sound forth the praises of Him who hath called us out of darkness into His marvellous light. {AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 5} [AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 6] Those who are faithful will be clothed with white robes, will have palms of victory in their hands, and will stand in the heavenly courts. John says, "I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb." Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, November 17, 1913 par. 6} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 1] November 24, 1913 Holidays unto God Part II Festivals of Rejoicing Shall we not keep holy festivals unto God? Shall we not show that we have some enthusiasm in His service? With the grand, ennobling theme of salvation before us, shall we be as cold as statues of marble? If men can become so excited over a match game of cricket, or a horse race, or over foolish things that bring no good to anyone, shall we be unmoved when the plan of salvation is unfolded before us? Let the school and the church henceforth have festivals of rejoicing unto the Lord. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 1} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 2] I do not recommend pleasure parties where young people assemble together for mere amusement, to engage in cheap, nonsensical talk, and where loud, boisterous laughter is to be heard. I do not recommend this kind of gathering, where there is a letting down of dignity, and the scene is one of weakness and folly. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 2} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 3] Satan's Fascinations Many times young men for whom heavenly intelligences have been waiting in order to number them as missionaries for God, are drawn into the gatherings for amusement, and are carried away with Satan's fascinations. Instead of being afraid to continue their association with girls whose depth of mind is easily measured, whose character is of a cheap order, they become enamoured of them, and enter into an engagement. Satan knows that if these young men enter into an engagement with cheap-minded, pleasure-loving, worldly-minded, irreligious young women, they will bind themselves to stumbling-blocks. Their usefulness will be largely crippled, if not utterly destroyed. Even if the young men themselves succeed in making an unreserved surrender to God, yet they will find that they are greatly crippled by being bound to an untrained, undisciplined, unchristlike wife who is dead to God, dead to piety, and dead to true holiness. Their lives will prove unsatisfying and unhappy. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 3} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 4] Gatherings for amusement confuse faith, and make the motive mixed and uncertain. The Lord accepts no divided heart. He wants the whole man. He made all there is of man. He offered a complete sacrifice to redeem the body and soul of man. That which He requires of those whom He has created and redeemed, is summed up in these words, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. . . . Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself." God will accept nothing less than this. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 4} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 5] Firmness in Resisting Temptation If the students who attend our colleges would be firm, and maintain integrity, if they would not associate with those who walk in the paths of sin, nor be charmed by their society, like Daniel they would enjoy the favour of God. If they would discard unprofitable amusements and indulgence of appetite, their minds would be clear for the pursuit of knowledge. They would thus gain a moral power that would enable them to remain unmoved when assailed by temptation. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 5} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 6] It is a continual struggle to be always on the alert to resist evil; but it pays to obtain one victory after another over self and the powers of darkness. And if the youth are proved and tested, as was Daniel, what honour can they reflect to God by their firm adherence to the right! {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 6} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 7] How to Spend Holidays Recreation is needful to those who are engaged in physical labour, and is still more essential for those whose labour is principally mental. It is not essential to our salvation, nor for the glory of God, to keep the mind labouring constantly and excessively, even upon religious themes. There are amusements, such as dancing, card-playing, chess, checkers, etc., which we cannot approve, because heaven condemns them. These amusements open the door for great evil. They are not beneficial in their tendency, but have an exciting influence, producing in some minds a passion for those plays which leads to gambling and dissipation. All such plays should be condemned by Christians, and something perfectly harmless should be substituted in their place. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 7} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 8] I saw that our holidays should not be spent in patterning after the world, yet they should not be passed by unnoticed, for this will bring dissatisfaction to our children. On these days when there is danger that our children will be exposed to evil influences, and become corrupted by the pleasures and excitement of the world, let the parents study to get up something to take the place of more dangerous amusements. Give your children to understand that you have their good and happiness in view. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 8} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 9] Let several families living in a city or village unite, and leave the occupations which have taxed them physically and mentally, and take an excursion into the country, to the side of a fine lake, or to a nice grove, where the scenery of nature is beautiful. They should provide themselves with plain, hygienic food, the very best fruits and grains, and spread their table under the shade of some tree, or under the canopy of heaven. The ride, the exercise, and the scenery, will quicken the appetite, and they can enjoy a repast which kings might envy. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 9} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 10] On such occasions, parents and children should feel free from care, labour, and perplexity. Parents should become children with their children, making everything as pleasant for them as possible. Let the whole day be given to recreation. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 10} [AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 11] Exercise in the open air for those whose employment has been within doors and sedentary, will be beneficial to health. All who can, should feel it a duty to pursue this course. Nothing will be lost, but much gained. They can return to their occupations with new life and new courage to engage in their labour with zeal, and they are better prepared to resist disease. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, November 24, 1913 par. 11} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 1] January 5, 1914 Thoughts for the New Year Although in one sense the first day of the new year is no more to God than any other day, yet He often puts into the hearts of His children at that time a desire to begin the new year with new resolves,--perhaps with plans to carry out some worthy enterprise,--and with purposes to depart from the wrongs of the old year and to live the new year with new determinations. {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 1} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 2] In God's plan for His ancient people, He gave the command, "On the first day of the first month shalt thou set up the tabernacle." We have no tabernacle to set up as had the children of Israel, but we have a work of building to do, the importance of which all need to understand. Let us remember that character is not the result of accident, but day by day it is forming for good or for evil. Great importance attaches to this work of character building; for it is far-reaching in its results. We are builders for time and for eternity. Few realize the power of habit. Examine your own heart and life in the light of God's Word, and ask yourself, "What has my record been for the year that is just closing? What advancement have I made in the Christian life? What victories have I gained? And what have I done to help others, and to lead them to Christ?" {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 2} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 3] God has not placed you in the world to lead an aimless life. He designs that you should be useful, and reach a high standard of moral excellence. To each one some work is given. During the old year have you performed your appointed tasks with cheerfulness and fidelity, having an eye single to the glory of God? Opportunities and privileges have been granted you; what use have you made of these gifts entrusted to you by our Heavenly Father? Have you made yourself a blessing to those around you? Have you done what you could to make them happy and win them to Christ? {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 3} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 4] All this is a part of your appointed work. God also requires each of us to subdue self, not giving the rein to self-indulgence or appetite, and to form characters that will stand the test of the judgment and go with us into the future life. {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 4} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 5] Shall the close of the year find you further advanced than you are today? Will you put away evil habits? Will you be considerate of others, faithful to do the work of a Christian? If you will carry the principles of right-doing into all the affairs of life, you will find that it will promote health of body, peace of mind, and prosperity of soul. You will have a strength, dignity, and sweetness of character that will have a transforming influence upon others. {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 5} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 6] We are now entering upon a new year, and may it prove a beginning of years to us. If in the old year we have made failures, let us commence the new by rectifying these errors as far as we can. If the old year has borne into eternity a spotted record of opportunities neglected and privileges slighted, let us see that that of the new year is free from these blemishes. Its days are all before us; let us begin now to make the history of each as it passes, such as we shall not tremble to meet in the judgment. Let us fill each one full of loving, helpful work for others. Let us develop all our powers, and make of ourselves all that God designed that we should. {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 6} [AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 7] In the keeping of God's commandments there is great reward. A reward awaits the overcomer in the great day, when he shall hear from the lips of our Lord, "Well done, good and faithful servant"; and there is also a present reward in the peace and happiness that flow from the conscience at rest, from the sweet assurance that we enjoy the favour of God. "All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies." To all who walk in His ways the new year will be crowded with goodness and blessing. Mrs. E. G. White. {AUCR, January 5, 1914 par. 7} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 1] BEcho - Bible Echo and Signs of the Times February 1, 1886 The Swiss Conference and the European Council. - The Swiss Conference was held at Basle, Sept. 10-14, and was followed by the European Council, which continued until the 28th. The Conference was quite generally attended by our Swiss brethren, and by representatives from Germany, France, Italy, and Roumania. The Council was attended by laborers from England, Ireland, Wales, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Germany, France, Italy, and Roumania. The meetings increased in interest from the first. The congregation was divided into three parts, those speaking German, French, and English, each company occupying a different part of the hall. Two interpreters followed the speaker. If the sermon or testimony was given in English, it was translated into French and German. If given in French, it was translated into German and English, and into French and English if given in German. This way of speaking was rather embarrassing at first; but this soon wore away, and it has been far less taxing to me than my usual manner of continuous speaking, and has given more time for meditation on what has been said. {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 1} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 2] The Lord especially blessed in speaking Sunday afternoon. All listened with the deepest interest, and at the close of the discourse an invitation was given for all who desired to be Christians, and all who felt that they had not a living connection with God, to come forward, and we would unite our prayers with theirs for the pardon of sin, and for grace to resist temptation. This was a new experience for many of our brethren in Europe, but they did not hesitate. It seemed that the entire congregation were on their feet, and the best they could do was to be seated, and all seek the Lord together. Here was an entire congregation manifesting their determination to put sin away, and to engage most earnestly in the work of seeking God. In every company there are two classes, the self-complacent and the self-abhorring. To the first class the gospel has no charms except as they can construe detached portions to flatter their vanity. They love those peculiar features of lofty morality which they think they possess. But many of those who view Jesus in the perfection of his character see their own imperfections in such a light that they are almost in despair. Such was the case here; but the Lord was present to instruct and reprove, to comfort and bless as the several cases required. Earnest prayer was then offered, not for a happy flight of feeling, but for a true sense of our sinfulness, and of our hopelessness without the atoning sacrifice. Never did Jesus seem dearer than on this occasion. There was weeping throughout the congregation. The promise was grasped, "Him that cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out." If the vail could have been withdrawn, we should have seen angels of God standing to minister to the humble, penitent ones. After prayer, one hundred testimonies were borne. Many of these showed a real, genuine experience in the things of God. {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 2} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 3] The Holy Spirit operates the same the world over. When it is received into the heart, the whole character is changed. "If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new." Old habits and customs, and national pride and prejudice are broken down. "The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance." When these are abiding in the soul, there will be unity of thought and action. {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 3} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 4] Monday afternoon I spoke upon the necessity of laboring for unity and cultivating Christian courtesy, "endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace." The effect of truth upon the heart is to cleanse it from every defilement. It will not increase self love, but will lead the receiver to humble his heart, and to ascribe nothing to self, but all to God. He ceases to esteem himself more highly than his brethren. His former sensitiveness to reproach, neglect, or contempt disappears, and he is not so easily irritated; he becomes gentle and condescending, and exemplifies the simplicity of Christ who was meek and lowly of heart. His own nation and personal friends are no longer the boundary lines of his love. He loves Jesus with all his heart, and all who are trying to be the children of God he loves as himself. There is an entire change in his life. Whereas he once lived for himself, he now lives for God's glory, and holds up the cross of Christ as his banner, to be adored by all. {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 4} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 5] A baptism followed the discourse. Fourteen went forward in the ordinance. This was the first time the baptistery connected with the new meeting hall had been used, and it is to be hoped that many others may follow these dear souls. God grant that none of these may ever forget their baptismal vows; but may they take heed to the words of the apostle: "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with him in glory." Will those who have recently taken the cross of Christ, both here and in all our missions throughout the world continue to climb the ladder of progress? Will they grow in grace and in the knowledge of the truth? Will they live upon the plan of addition, so that God can work for them upon the plan of multiplication in bestowing his grace and salvation? It remains for each to answer these questions for himself. {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 5} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 6] I felt urged by the spirit of God throughout the meetings to impress upon all the importance of cultivating love and unity. I tried to present the danger of building up separate interests between nationalities. We are all bound together in the great web of humanity, and all that we do has a relation to others. There is a great work before us, and our hearts must be open to receive God's light and love that we may reflect it to others. There is a light in truth and a power in example, which will reach the indifferent and the unconverted. In the days of the apostles the Holy Spirit was the efficient agent in reaching hearts, and it would be so now if there was that exercise of living faith now that there was then. True piety and earnest zeal are greatly lacking. There is too much half-hearted religion. Many are superficial. They confess their sins without realizing the hatefulness of sin in God's sight, and without repenting with brokenness of heart. This is renouncing the world, but not forsaking it. The truth, the sacred, sanctifying truth, does not abide in the heart. {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 6} [BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 7] The end of all things is at hand. Our time to work is short, and there is a world to be warned. We feel the need of having more thorough missionary work done. The calls are urgent for more laborers, but where are the light-bearers to the world? God has sent the truth to our doors, but are we doing all in our power to send it to the dark corners of the world? Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, February 1, 1886 par. 7} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 1] August 1, 1886 The Spread of the Truth in Italy. - IN A PRIVATE LETTER FROM SISTER wHITE, SHE WRITES OF HER LABORS, AND THOSE OF HER SON, W.C. WHITE, IN ITALY. WE TAKE THE LIBERTY TO PUBLISH A PORTION OF IT, KNOWING IT WILL BE OF INTEREST TO ALL OUR READERS:-- {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 1} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 2] We returned a few days since from a tour in Italy, and our homeward route was through Geneva and Lausanne. In the latter place, the efforts of Bro. Bourdeau in French, and brethren Ertzenberger and Conradi in German, have brought about twenty from the Methodist and Baptist churches to receive the truth. It requires far greater effort to interest people here in the truth than it does in America. There are "heaps" of teachers in this country, who, when the truth is introduced, band together, and labor to keep the people from hearing it. They will get together the best talent they can procure, and as many as ten of these will unite in holding a protracted meeting. After bringing the people together, they will warn them against us, and breathe out threatenings against the Seventh-day Adventists. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 2} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 3] About the only way we can get hold of the people, is to hold Bible readings, and the interest commences with one, then two or three, and these after getting interested, call in others. In this way the interest is gradually worked up, slowly though it may be, yet in Lausanne great good has been accomplished besides inducing some to obey the truth. It has been a good school for some of our young ［laborers］ who thought they could go out single-handed and alone, and draw the people to them. We labored earnestly to correct some of the wrong impressions that had been entertained by some, regarding methods of labor, and are much gratified to see the improvement that has been made. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 3} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 4] We held meetings in three different villages in the Waldensian Valleys with good interest. A brother who had been laboring in Naples, met us by appointment in Torre Pellice, and was much encouraged by the meetings. He said he had received much light, and would from that time labor in a different manner. The Italians are very excitable. Their method of labor is to bring every power to bear suddenly, and in an excited manner to exclaim, "Is this so? What will you do? Will you obey? Say yes or no!" Some of these are really capable men and intelligent in the Scriptures, but do not know what it is to bring religion into their homes. We have tried to set before these the great love of Jesus, his meekness, his lowliness, his self-denial, and thus bring them into the workshop of God, where they may have the rough edges taken off, and be polished into precious stones for the temple of God. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 4} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 5] Italian men have little regard for the women. In that country one may see a woman driving or leading a cow team, and a great strong man riding in the wagon. From this you may gather some idea of the degradation of Italian women. All the heaviest work is borne by them, which causes them to fade early, while the men retain their freshness and vigor. In winter, because they cannot afford a fire to warm their houses, these people remove into their stables. Every crack and crevice of these is stuffed with straw to keep out the cold, and there with cows, donkeys, (if able to own them), sheep, goats, and hens, the natives of Torre Pellice and adjoining valleys spend their winters. Some of these people have intelligent countenances, and financially considered, are well off; but they know of no better way. The say that the heat from cattle is as good as a stove. They only pity Americans when told that they do not live in stables during winter. They think that Americans must suffer much from the cold in consequence. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 5} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 6] To help these people, our laborers must go to these stables in which they live, and share their hospitalities among the cattle. At such times, the repast consists of black bread, made from smutty wheat ground up without cleansing, with a little milk, or a vile substitute for cheese. In these stables there will congregate from fifty to seventy-five persons, who seat themselves on the earth floor littered with leaves or musty straw which has been gathered for their family beds, and for the cattle. Here they sit and listen to the word of God, with ears, eyes, and mouth all open. The atmosphere of the stables is not very pleasant to an American, although the Italian laborers do not mind it much. After the people become interested, a hall is hired, and Elder A.C. Bourdeau speaks to them there. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 6} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 7] Bro. Gynette, an Italian, does what he can to assist in the work. He attends meetings far up in the mountains, which are reached only by traversing narrow defiles, and precipitous paths on the edges of precipices. To one unacquainted with these paths, they are positively dangerous, especially when the fog, so common in those parts, settles down densely upon everything. Bro. Gynette goes night after night over these roads walking seven miles to reach the place of meeting, and returning the same night. W. C. W. accompanied him on one occasion to Angrogna, seven miles. M. K. White, A. C. Bourdeau and I rode in a carriage a part of the way; but when we could proceed no farther, turned our course homeward. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 7} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 8] On our way we tarried at a small village to obtain information in regard to the place where so many thousands of Protestants perished at the hands of their Catholic persecutors, by being thrown from the precipice to the rocks below. A venerable Vaudois informed us that the village was once very prosperous; but when Milan and Turin, after a long struggle, reluctantly bowed their necks to the Roman yoke and yielded their liberty of conscience, many in the adjacent country would not take the step, and were persecuted, and driven from their homes in consequence. At that time this village was partly depopulated. God provided a home for the persecuted refugees amid the clefts of the rocks in the neighboring mountains. As we drew near the hills, thirty miles west of Turin, there suddenly opened before us a narrow portal in the mountain side, which proved to be the entrance to the Waldensian Valleys. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 8} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 9] This entrance to the mountains is guarded by a low hill thrown up in the form of earth works before an army. But even with this defence the Waldenses were not safe. The Catholic authorities scented their prey, and came upon them like blood-hounds, burning their buildings, and murdering their inmates. Here from an eminence, where stands a Vaudois temple we had a view that was grand and awe-inspiring. The mountains tower thousands of feet above the valley, and to their sides, rising terrace above terrace, may be seen the houses looking like nests clinging to the eternal rocks. Here, thought I, was the homes of the persecuted; here among God's mountains was their stronghold and fortress; here the word of God was honored and the Creator revered. And now the truth for these last days is being echoed here from valley to hilltop. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 9} [BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 10] But we were soon obliged to leave this interesting place, and descend to the valley. The roads are nearly impassable for carriages, but we managed to traverse the zigzag course in safety. Upon meeting W.C. White again, he said that fifty attended the meeting in the stable, and all seemed deeply interested. He said that those who had Bibles searched them carefully to learn the truth for themselves. This is a good work, but performed under difficulties. God has precious souls in those mountains, however, and this is the only way we know of, at present, to reach them. If we only had the means to devote to the work there, that our brethren could bestow, the truth might be pushed forward vigorously among those people. What we will do we do not know. Letters come in from different parts begging for help. God is doing a great work in France, Prussia, and India. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 1, 1886 par. 10} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 1] December 1, 1886 "Thou Shalt Love Thy Neighbor." - By Mrs. E. G. White. - "It is more blessed to give than to receive." We are in a world where hearts need human sympathy; and God has given us benevolence, that we may realize this need, and be kind and charitable to all with whom we come in contact. We often see a charitable disposition manifested by men and women who have never given their hearts to Christ, and it is a sad sight indeed when his professed followers lack this great essential of Christianity. They do not copy the Pattern; and it is impossible for them to reflect the image of Jesus in their lives and deportment. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 1} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 2] Love is one of the fruits of true piety. Those who truly carry out the principles of the law of God in their daily lives will realize that suffering humanity has claims upon them. They will not only love God supremely, but their neighbor as themselves. Jesus illustrated this principle in the parable which he told to a certain lawyer who "stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?" Jesus answered him by asking another question: "What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself. And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right. This do, and thou shalt live." {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 2} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 3] "This do," said Jesus, not merely believe, but do, "and thou shalt live." It is carrying out the principles of God's law and not merely a professed faith in its binding claims, that makes the Christian. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 3} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 4] But the lawyer, "willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor?" Jesus illustrates the spirit of cheerful benevolence which should be exercised toward all,--friends, neighbors, and strangers,--in the story that follows: "A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead." A priest and a Levite who came that way, and saw his need of help, passed by on the other side. Notwithstanding their exalted professions of piety, their hearts were not stirred with pitying tenderness for the sufferer. A Samaritan, who made no such lofty pretensions to righteousness, came to the place. He saw in the unfortunate stranger a human being in distress, and his compassion was excited. He immediately "went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him." And on the morrow he left the wounded man in the care of his host, with the assurance that on his return he would pay all charges. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 4} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 5] Christ asks, "Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that showed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go and do thou likewise." Here is a lesson on the duties of man with reference to his fellow-man. Those who neglect to carry out the principles illustrated by this lesson, are not commandment-keepers, though they may pretend to revere the law of God. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 5} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 6] Human sympathy, sanctified by the spirit of Jesus, is an element that can be productive of great good. Those who cultivate benevolence are not only doing good to others, but they are benefiting themselves by opening their hearts to the benign influences of sympathy and love. Every ray of light shed upon others will be reflected upon our own hearts. Every kind and sympathizing word spoken to the sorrowful, every act to relieve the oppressed, and every gift to supply the necessities of the destitute, given or done with an eye single to God's glory, will result in blessings to the giver. Those who are thus working are obeying a law of Heaven, and will receive the approval of God. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 6} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 7] In the parable, Christ exalts the Samaritan above the priest and the Levite, who were great sticklers for the letter of the law in the ten commandments. The one obeyed the spirit of these commandments, while the other was content to express an exalted faith in them. But the apostle tells us that "faith without works is dead." {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 7} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 8] When the advocates of the law of God plant their feet firmly on its principles, showing that they are loyal, not merely in name, but at heart also, carrying out in their lives the spirit of the law of God, and exercising true benevolence to man, then will they have moral power to move the world. But it is impossible for those who profess allegiance to God to correctly represent the principles of his law, while slighting the injunction to love our neighbor as ourselves. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 8} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 9] We are under obligation, not only to secure heaven ourselves, but to show others the way, and, through our care and disinterested love, to lead toward Christ those who come within the sphere of our influence. We are accountable, to a great degree, for the souls of those around us. Our words and deeds are constantly telling for or against the truth of God; and we are under personal obligation to exert an influence in its favor. The most eloquent sermon that can be preached upon the law of ten commandments is to do them. Obedience should be made a personal duty. Negligence here is flagrant sin. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 9} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 10] Let the world see that we are not selfishly narrowed up to our own exclusive interests and our religious joys, but that we desire them to share our blessings and privileges, through the sanctifying influence of the truth; let them see that the religion which we profess does not close up or freeze up the avenues to the soul, making us unsympathizing and exacting; let all who profess to have found Christ, minister, as he did, to the needs of man, cherishing a spirit of wise benevolence; and we shall then see many souls following the light that shines from our precept and example. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 10} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 11] We should cultivate an amiable disposition, and subject ourselves to the control of conscience. The truth of God makes better men and women of those who receive it in the love of it. It works like leaven till the entire being is brought into conformity to its principles. It opens the heart that has been frozen by avarice; it opens the hand that has been closed to human suffering; and kindness and charity are seen as its fruits. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 11} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 12] Let us not bring a reproach upon the Christian religion by manifesting jealousy and intolerance toward others. No one has ever been reclaimed from a wrong position by censure or reproach; but many have thus been driven away from God, with their hearts steeled against conviction. A tender spirit, a gentle, winning deportment, may save the erring, and hide a multitude of sins. We are required of God to exercise that charity that suffereth long and is kind. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 12} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 13] The religion of Christ does not require us to lose our identity of character, but merely to adapt ourselves, in some measure, to the feelings and ways of others. Many people may be brought together in a unity of religious faith, whose opinions, habits, and tastes in temporal matters are not in harmony. But with the love of Christ glowing in their bosoms, looking forward to the same heaven as their eternal home, they may have the sweetest and most intelligent communion together, and a unity the most wonderful. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 13} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 14] None should feel at liberty to preserve a cold and chilling reserve and iron dignity,--a spirit that repels those who are brought within its influence. This spirit is contagious; it creates an atmosphere that withers good impulses and good resolves; under its influence persons become constrained, and the natural current of human sympathy, cordiality, and love is choked. The gloom and chill of this unsocial atmosphere is reflected in the countenance; and not only is the spiritual health affected by this unnatural depression, but the physical health is affected also. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 14} [BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 15] There are scarcely two whose experiences are alike in every particular. The trials of one may not be the trials of another; and our hearts should ever be open to kindly sympathy, and aglow with the divine love that Jesus manifested for all his brethren. {BEcho, December 1, 1886 par. 15} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 1] January 1, 1887 The Love of God. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - "God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 1} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 2] "God is love." His matchless love for fallen man, expressed in the gift of his beloved Son, amazed the holy angels. Christ was the heir of all things, by whom also the worlds were made. He was the brightness of the Father's glory, and the "express image of his person." He upheld "all things by the word of his power." In himself he possessed divine excellence and greatness; for it pleased the Father that in him all fullness should dwell. And Christ "thought it not robbery to be equal with God." Yet he "made himself of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men. And being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross." {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 2} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 3] The Son of God volunteered to die in the sinner's stead, thus making it possible for man, by a life of obedience, to escape the penalty of the divine law, which he had transgressed. The death of Christ did not slay the law, lessen its holy claims, nor detract from its sacred dignity; on the contrary, the death of God's beloved Son on the cross justified the claims of the divine law, and proclaimed the justice of his Father in punishing the transgressor, in that he consented to suffer the penalty in his own person, to save fallen man from its curse. He thus magnified the law, and made it honorable, and gave evidence of its changeless character. From his own lips is heard the words: "Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets. I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill." {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 3} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 4] In becoming man's substitute, and bearing the curse which should have fallen upon him, Christ pledged himself in behalf of the race to maintain the sacred claims and the exalted honor of his Father's law. The Father has given the world into the hands of his Son, that through his mediatorial work he may completely vindicate the holiness and the binding claims of every precept of the divine law. This is the work of Christ, to convince men of sin, which is the transgression of the law, and through his mediation to bring them back to the path of obedience. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 4} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 5] The plan of redemption, embracing the good news of salvation through Christ, was first preached to Adam. It was to him the star of hope, lighting up the dark and dreaded future. Adam saw that the promised Redeemer was the only means by which he could have life. The plan of saving sinners has been the same in every generation. The patriarchs, prophets, and all the holy men of old, looked forward to a coming Saviour, in whom they showed their faith by sacrificial offerings. The blood of animals had shadowed forth the sinless offering made on Calvary; but at the crucifixion type met antitype, and the typical system was done away by the great antitypical offering. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 5} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 6] Christ is the center of the great plan of redemption, a plan which is a unit, and covers all dispensations. He is the "Lamb slain from the foundation of the world." He is the Redeemer of the fallen sons and daughters of Adam in all the ages of human probation. "Neither is there salvation in any other; for there is none other name under heaven given among men whereby we must be saved." {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 6} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 7] The gospel was preached to Adam, Noah, Abraham, and Moses, and was to them good news; for their faith embraced a coming Saviour. A more clear and glorious light now shines upon the Christian world; for that which was faith to the patriarchs and prophets who lived before Christ, is assurance to us, as we see that Christ has come just in the manner that inspired men of old had foretold that he would come. It is just as essential that we have faith in a Redeemer who has come and died our sacrifice, as it was for the holy men of old to believe in a Redeemer to come, whom they represented by their typical sacrifices, but no more so. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 7} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 8] In order to fully realize the value of redemption, it is necessary to understand what it cost. In consequence of limited views of the sufferings of Christ, many place a low estimate on the great work of atonement. They think that Christ suffered only a small portion of the penalty of the law of God. They know that the wrath of God was felt by his dear Son; but they suppose that through all his painful sufferings he had the evidence of his Father's love and acceptance, and that the portals of the tomb before him were illuminated with bright hope. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 8} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 9] There are many whose hearts are no more deeply stirred by the humiliation and death of Christ than by the death of the martyrs of Jesus. Many have suffered death by slow tortures, and some by crucifixion. In what does the death of God's dear Son differ from these? It is true that he died upon the cross a most cruel death; yet others for his sake have suffered equally, so far as bodily torture is concerned. Why, then, was the suffering of Christ more dreadful than that of other persons who have yielded their lives for his sake? Had his suffering consisted in bodily pain alone, then his death was no more painful than that of some of the martyrs; but bodily pain was only a small part of the agony of the beloved Son of God as he hung upon the cross. The sins of the world were upon him, and also the sense of his Father's wrath against the sinner, as he suffered the penalty of the law. It was these that crushed his divine soul. It was the hiding of his Father's face, a feeling that his own dear Father had forsaken him as he drank the cup which the sinner so richly merited, that brought despair to his soul. The separation that sin makes between God and man was fully realized and keenly felt by the innocent, suffering Man of Calvary. He was oppressed by the powers of darkness, and had not one ray of light to brighten the future. His mental agony on this account was so great that man can have but a faint conception of it. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 9} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 10] In his last conflict, Jesus felt the power of Satan, who declared himself superior in strength to the Son of God. He suggested that God had disowned his Son, that he was no longer in the divine favor, but was now in the hands of his great enemy. Christ yielded not to the torturing foe, even in his bitterest anguish. Legions of evil angels were all about him; yet the holy angels were bidden not to break their ranks, and engage in conflict with the taunting, railing adversary, nor were they permitted to minister to the anguished spirit of the divine sufferer. It was in this terrible hour of darkness, the face of his Father hidden, legions of evil angels enshrouding him, the sins of the world upon him, that from his pale lips were wrenched the words, "My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?" {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 10} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 11] When the atonement is viewed correctly, when we realize the great price that has been paid to rescue sinful man from eternal death, the salvation of souls will be felt to be of infinite value. In comparison with the worth of everlasting life, everything else sinks into insignificance. But how have the counsels of our loving Saviour been despised. In many cases the heart's devotions are given to the world, and selfish interests have closed the door against the Son of God. Hollow hypocrisy and pride, selfishness and love of gain, envy, malice, and passion, have so filled the heart that Christ can have no room. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 11} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 12] We should take larger, broader, and deeper views of the life, sufferings, and death of the Son of God. He was eternally rich; yet for our sakes he became poor, that we through his poverty might be made rich. He was clothed with light and glory, surrounded with hosts of heavenly angels waiting to execute his commands; yet he put on our nature, and came to sojourn among sinful men. {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 12} [BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 13] "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." Here is love that no language can express, the love of the Father and the Son, which should thrill our souls, and fill them with gratitude, and love, and joy. "Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doeth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure." The followers of Christ should learn here to reflect in some degree the divine love that has been manifested toward them, and by and by they may unite with the redeemed host in ascribing "Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever." - {BEcho, January 1, 1887 par. 13} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 1] February 1, 1887 Protestantism and Catholicism Uniting. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - Romanism is now regarded by Protestants with far greater favor than in former years. There is an increasing indifference concerning the doctrines that separate the reformed churches from the papal hierarchy; the opinion is gaining ground that, after all, we do not differ so widely upon vital points as has been supposed, and that a little concession on our part will bring us into a better understanding with Rome. The time was when Protestants placed a high value upon the liberty of conscience which has been so dearly purchased. They taught their children to abhor popery, and held that to remain at peace with Rome would be disloyalty to God. But how widely different are the sentiments now expressed. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 1} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 2] The defenders of popery declare that she has been maligned; and the Protestant world is inclined to accept the statement. Many urge that it is unjust to judge the Romish Church of today by the abominations and absurdities that marked her reign during the centuries of ignorance and darkness. They excuse her horrible cruelty as the result of the barbarism of the times, and plead that civilization has changed her sentiments. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 2} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 3] Have these persons forgotten the claim of infallibility, for eight hundred years put forth by this haughty power? So far from relinquishing this claim, the church in the nineteenth century has affirmed it with greater positiveness than ever before. As Rome asserts that she has never erred, and never can err, how can she renounce the principles which governed her course in past ages? {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 3} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 4] Romanism as a system is no more in harmony with the gospel of Christ now than at any former period in her history. The Protestant churches are in great darkness, or they would discern the signs of the times. The Roman Church is far-reaching in her plans and modes of operation. She is employing every device to extend her influence and increase her power in preparation for a fierce and determined conflict to regain control of the world, to re-establish persecution, and to undo all that Protestantism has done. Catholicism is gaining ground in our country upon every side. Look at the number of her churches and chapels. Look at her colleges and seminaries, so widely patronized by Protestants. These things should awaken the anxiety of all who prize the pure principles of the gospel. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 4} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 5] Protestants have tampered with and patronized popery; they have made compromises and concessions which papists themselves are surprised to see, and fail to understand. Men are closing their eyes to the real character of Romanism, and the dangers to be apprehended from her supremacy. The people need to be aroused to resist the advances of this most dangerous foe to civil and religious liberty. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 5} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 6] In the days of Rome's supremacy there were instruments of torture to compel assent to her doctrines. There was the stake for those who would not concede to her claims. There were massacres on a scale that will never be known to mortals, Dignitaries of the church studied, under Satan their master, to invent means to cause the greatest possible torture, and not end the life of their victim. The internal process was repeated to the utmost limit of human endurance, until nature gave up the struggle, and the sufferer hailed death as a sweet release. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 6} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 7] Such was the fate of Rome's opponents. For her adherents she had the discipline of the scourge, of famishing hunger, of bodily austerities in every conceivable, heart-sickening form. To secure the favor of Heaven, penitents violated the laws of God by violating the laws of nature. They were taught to sunder every tie which he has formed to bless and gladden man's earthly sojourn. The churchyard contains millions of victims who spent their lives in vain endeavors to subdue their natural affections, to repress, as offensive to God, every thought and feeling of sympathy with their fellow-creatures. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 7} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 8] The Romish Church now presents a fair front to the world, covering with apologies her record of horrible cruelties. She has clothed herself in Christlike garments; but she is unchanged. Every principle of popery that existed in ages past exists today. The doctrines devised in the darkest ages are still held. Let none deceive themselves. The popery that Protestants are now so ready to embrace and honor is the same that ruled the world in the days of the Reformation, when men of God stood up at the peril of their lives to expose her iniquity. She possesses the same pride and arrogant assumption that lorded it over kings and princes, and claimed the prerogatives of God. Her spirit is no less cruel and despotic now than when she crushed out human liberty, and slew the saints of the Most High. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 8} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 9] Popery is just what prophecy declared that she would be,--the apostasy of the latter times. It is a part of her policy to assume the character which will best accomplish her purpose; but beneath the variable appearance of the chameleon, she conceals the invariable venom of the serpent. "We are not bound to keep faith and promises to heretics," she declares. Shall this power, whose record for a thousand years is written in the blood of the saints, be now acknowledged as a part of the church of Christ? {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 9} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 10] It is not without reason that the claim has been put forth that Catholicism is now almost like Protestantism. There has been a change; but the change is in Protestants, not in Romanists. Catholicism indeed resembles the Protestantism that now exists; but it is far removed from Protestantism as it was in the days of Cranmer, Ridley, Knox, and other reformers. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 10} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 11] As the Protestant churches have been seeking the favor of the world, false charity has blinded their eyes. They do not see but that it is right to believe good of all evil; and as the inevitable result, they will finally believe evil of all good. Instead of standing in defense of the faith once delivered to the saints, they are now, as it were, apologizing to Rome for their uncharitable opinion of her, begging pardon for their bigotry. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 11} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 12] A large class, even of those who look upon Romanism with no favor, apprehend little danger from her power and influence. Many urge that the intellectual and moral darkness prevailing during the Middle Ages favored the spread of her dogmas, superstitions, and oppression, and that the greater intelligence of modern times, the general diffusion of knowledge, and the increasing liberality in matters of religion, forbid a revival of intolerance and tyranny. The very thought that such a state of things will exist in this enlightened age is ridiculed. It is true that great light, intellectual, moral, and religious, is shining upon this generation. In the open pages of God's holy word, light from heaven has been shed upon the world. But it should be remembered that the greater the light bestowed, the greater the darkness of those who pervert or reject it. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 12} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 13] A prayerful study of the Bible would show Protestants the real character of the papacy, and would cause them to abhor and to shun it; but men are so wise in their own conceit that they feel no need of humbly seeking God that they may be led into the truth. Although priding themselves on their enlightenment, they are ignorant both of the Scriptures and of the power of God. They must have some means of quieting their consciences, and they seek that which is least spiritual and humiliating. What they desire is a method of forgetting God which shall pass as a method of remembering him. The papacy is well adapted to meet the wants of all these. It is prepared for two classes of mankind, embracing nearly the whole world,--those who would be saved by their merits, and those who would be saved in their sins. Here is the secret of its power. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 13} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 14] A day of great intellectual darkness has been shown to be favorable to the success of popery. It will yet be demonstrated that a day of great intellectual light is equally favorable for its success. In past ages, when men were without God's word, and without the knowledge of the truth, their eyes were blindfolded, and thousands were ensnared, not seeing the net spread for their feet. In this generation there are many whose eyes become dazzled by the glare of human speculations, "science falsely so called;" they discern not the net, and walk into it as readily as if blindfolded. God designed that man's intellectual powers should be held as a gift from his Maker, and employed in the service of truth and righteousness; but when they are idolized, and laid upon the shrine of Satan to be employed in the service of a false religion, then intelligence can accomplish greater harm than ignorance. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 14} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 15] In the movement now in progress in America to secure for the institutions and usages of the church the support of the State, Protestants are following in the steps of papists. Nay, more, they are opening the door for popery to regain in Protestant America the supremacy which she has lost in the Old World. And that which gives greater significance to this movement is the fact that the principal object contemplated is the enforcement of Sunday observance,--a custom which originated with Rome, and which she claims as the sign of her authority. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 15} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 16] The spirit of the papacy,--the spirit of conformity to worldly customs, the veneration for human traditions above the commands of God,--is permeating the Protestant churches, and leading them on to do the same work of Sunday exaltation which the papacy has done before them. Would the reader understand the agencies to be employed in the soon-coming contest? He has but to trace the record of the means which Rome employed for the same object in ages past. Would he know how papists and Protestants united will deal with those who reject their dogmas? Let him see the spirit which Rome manifested toward the Sabbath and its defenders. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 16} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 17] The records of the past clearly reveal the enmity of Rome toward the true Sabbath, and the means which she employs to honor the institution of her creating. The word of God teaches that these scenes are to be repeated as papists and Protestants shall unite for the exaltation of the Sunday. For nearly forty years Sabbath reformers have presented this testimony to the world. In the events now taking place is seen a rapid advance toward the fulfillment of the prediction. There is the same claim of divine authority for Sunday-keeping, and the same lack of scriptural evidence, as in the days of papal supremacy. The assertion that God's judgments are visited upon men for their violation of the Sunday-Sabbath, will be repeated. Already it is beginning to be urged. {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 17} [BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 18] Marvelous in her shrewdness and cunning is the Romish Church. And the Christian world will learn what Romanism really is, when it is too late to escape the snare. - {BEcho, February 1, 1887 par. 18} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 1] March 1, 1887 Temperance in the Family. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - Our accountability extends as far as our influence reaches, and that is constantly affecting others, either for good or for evil. In a pre-eminent degree is this true of parents. Fathers and mothers who gratify inclination and appetite at the expense of health, not only work against their own physical health and moral advancement, but leave to their children their perverted appetite and enfeebled moral power. Liquor drinkers and tobacco devotees transmit to their offspring their own insatiable craving, their irritable nerves, and their inflamed, corrupted blood. The licentious hand down as an inheritance to their children their own weakness and wickedness, with a host of vile and loathsome diseases the result of their transgressions. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 1} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 2] The violation of God's law lies at the foundation of all the misery that flesh is heir to. It is intemperance, transgression of the laws of life and health, that has shortened the years of men, and made these few years full of sorrow and pain. In consequence of sinful habits, the world has become a vast lazarhouse. And while Satan exults at the success of his devices, society is demoralized, the church is cursed, and God is dishonored. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 2} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 3] The effect of stimulants and narcotics is to lessen physical strength; and whatever affects the body will affect the mind also. A stimulant may for a time arouse the energies and produce mental and physical activity; but when the exhilarating influence is gone, both mind and body will be in a worse condition than before. Intoxicating liquors and tobacco have proved a terrible curse to our race, not only weakening the body and confusing the mind, but debasing the morals. As reason is set aside, and loses the reins of control, the animal passions bear sway. And the more freely these poisons are used, the more sensual and brutish will become the nature and disposition of man. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 3} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 4] The efforts of temperance workers are not sufficiently far-reaching to banish the curse of intemperance from society. The principles of true temperance extend to our tables, to the quality and quantity of the food that we eat. Parents who indulge appetite by eating to excess, even of wholesome food, place a needless tax upon the system. Such parents transmit their own perverted appetites to their offspring, who have far less moral power than had the parents, and they will be disposed to self-indulgence and gluttony. Habits once formed are hard to overcome; and many times, parents, instead of seeking to cure the evil which they have wrought, by their own example educate their children to indulge appetite regardless of reason. Many children die before reaching maturity; while many are ruined for time and for eternity by tempers and appetites inherited in consequence of the sinful indulgences of the parents. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 4} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 5] It should be the constant effort of every mother to conform her habits to the will and law of God, that she may preserve her children from the health-and-life-destroying vices of the present day. Her thoughts and feelings have a powerful influence upon her child. If she allows her mind to dwell upon her own feelings, if she indulges in selfishness, if she is peevish and exacting, the disposition of her child will testify to the fact. Thus many have received, as a birthright, almost unconquerable tendencies to evil. Our great enemy understands this matter much better than do many parents. He will bring his temptations to bear upon the mother, knowing that through her he can affect the child. The mother's only hope is in God. She may go to him for strength and grace, and she will not seek in vain. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 5} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 6] It is a deplorable fact that there is a wide-spread neglect of those precepts of the Bible which have a bearing upon life and health. Many make the subject a matter of jest. They claim that the Lord does not concern himself with such minor matters as our eating and drinking. But if the Lord had had no care for these things, he would not have revealed himself as he did to the wife of Manoah, giving her definite instructions respecting her habits of life, and twice enjoining upon her to beware lest she disregard them. Is not this sufficient evidence that the Lord is not indifferent in regard to these matters, and does not look upon them as unimportant? {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 6} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 7] About the time of Christ's first advent, the angel Gabriel was sent from the heavenly courts with a message to Zacharias similar to that given to Manoah. The aged priest was told that his wife should bear a son, whose name should be called John. "And," said the angel, "thou shalt have joy and gladness, and many shall rejoice at his birth. For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost." {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 7} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 8] Thus according to the directions of the angel, this child of promise was to be brought up with strictly temperate habits. An important work of reform was to be committed to him, to prepare the way for Christ. Intemperance in every form existed among the people. Indulgence in wine and luxurious food was lessening physical strength, and debasing the morals to such an extent that the most revolting crimes did not appear sinful. The voice of John was to sound forth from the wilderness in stern rebuke of the sinful indulgences of the people, and his own abstemious habits were also to be a reproof of the excesses of his time. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 8} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 9] Reform should begin with the mother; her responsibility is great. Mothers should without delay place themselves in right relations to their Creator, that by his assisting grace they may build around their children a bulwark against dissipation and intemperance. If they would but follow such a course, if the instructions which God has given were faithfully obeyed, intemperance would cease to exist, and they might see their children, like the youthful Daniel, reach a high standard in moral and intellectual attainments; they would be firm and decided for the right, and would become a blessing to society and an honor to their Creator. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 9} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 10] Fashionable vices are debilitating and debasing the race. Had parents for years past studied the Scriptures more, and the magazines of fashion less, had they realized that their course might determine the destiny of hundreds, and perhaps of thousands, what a different state of society might now exist. We are responsible for the good we might have done, but failed to perform because by our own act we have placed ourselves in a condition of mental and physical inefficiency. The cause of reform is suffering for want of men and women of integrity and moral worth. They are needed to advocate by precept and example the principles of self-denial which will be a safeguard to our youth. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 10} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 11] Can we look upon the unbelief, intemperance, and crime that seem to be deluging the earth, without feeling our souls stirred to the very depths? Infidelity is rearing its proud head. "The fool hath said in his heart, There is no God." The cry of fathers and mothers, and of nations that have forsaken God and been forsaken by him, will ere long rend the heavens. What can hinder the crime, what stay the woe, that is upon all nations? This evil might have been prevented, had previous generations been trained to obey, love, and reverence God. Let us now do what we can as individuals to bring about these changes. Explicit instructions have been given in the word of God. Let these principles be carried out by the mother, with the co-operation and support of the father, and let children be trained from infancy to habits of self-control. Let them be taught that it is not the object of life to indulge sensual appetite, but to honor God and do good to their fellow-men. {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 11} [BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 12] Fathers and mothers, labor earnestly and faithfully, relying on God for grace and wisdom. Be firm and yet mild. In all your commands aim to secure the highest good of your children, and then see that these commands are obeyed. Your energy and decision must be unwavering, yet ever in subjection to the Spirit of Christ. Then indeed may we hope to see "our sons as plants grown up in their youth, and our daughters as corner-stones, polished after the similitude of a palace." - {BEcho, March 1, 1887 par. 12} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 1] June 1, 1887 The Character Acceptable to God. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - "Who can understand his errors? Cleanse thou me from secret faults. Keep thy servant also from presumptuous sins; let them not have dominion over me. Then shall I be upright, and I shall be innocent from the great transgression. Let the words of my mouth, and the meditation of my heart, be acceptable in thy sight, O Lord, my strength and my redeemer." {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 1} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 2] No man can gain eternal life without holiness; hence the question of deepest interest with each of us should be, "Am I meeting the requirements of God? Am I doing his will? Am I forming a character that he can approve?" And where shall we find the will of God expressed, except in the moral law, that law which has been given to us as the standard of righteousness, to reveal to us the defects in our moral character; that law which Paul declares to be holy, just, and good? Of this law the psalmist says: "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul; the testimony of the Lord is sure, making wise the simple. The statutes of the Lord are right, rejoicing the heart; the commandment of the Lord is pure, enlightening the eyes. The fear of the Lord is clean, enduring forever; the judgments of the Lord are true and righteous altogether." {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 2} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 3] "The fear of the Lord is clean." It uproots evil from the soul, and leads to holy watchfulness and diligence. The commandments of the Lord are exceeding broad; their principles extends to our words, our actions, and our most secret thoughts, and we should examine our lives in the light of the divine law. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 3} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 4] The more closely the Scriptures are studied, the more clearly will men understand their true character. This book tells us in what various forms the malignant passions of the human heart break forth on various occasions. Ahab, the wicked king of Israel, hated Micaiah, because, said he, "he doth not prophesy good concerning me, but evil." And thousands dislike the Bible for the same reason. The Lord is a witness to all our works; he is acquainted with our motives and purposes. His word "is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart." It reproves sin, and denounces judgments against the sinner. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 4} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 5] Men who love sin are very willing to claim that they find contradictions in the Scriptures, the word that condemns their practices. These men often pretend to great liberality. They profess to be open to conviction, when they are completely encased in prejudice, and will not receive plain evidence. They see no beauty in the character of God, and will not accept the truths plainly revealed in his word. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 5} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 6] Some are deluded, deceived in themselves. They imagined themselves dressed in the garments of Christ's righteousness, while their hearts are in no way inclined to yield obedience to his requirements. Jesus referred to this class when he said: "Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven." He calls attention to that great day when all shall be judged, not according to their profession, but according to their works: "Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name, and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works? And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you; depart from me, ye that work iniquity." {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 6} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 7] "Ye shall know them by their fruits," said the Saviour. "Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit." To be a Christian is to possess and cherish the various graces of the soul, and the adornments of character recommended and enforced by Christ. A cold assent to the truth is not enough; we must go farther. Storm and tempest will not move the souls that are grounded on Christ, the eternal Rock. But it is the doers of his word, and not the hearers only, who will stand secure in the evil time. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 7} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 8] Faith in Christ is something more than belief in him as the world's Redeemer; it accepts him as our Redeemer, our Saviour. Our will is to be governed by his will. We are to purify the affections, and regulate the temper, and shape the life, after the model given us in the life and character of Christ. This is an intelligent confession of Christ. This is a faith that is shown by works, and it is the only genuine, saving faith. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 8} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 9] Religion is not designed merely to prepare us for admission into heaven; one object is to fit us for the proper discharge of the duties of daily life. It will make us better in all the relations of life, whether at home or as members of society; for it requires faithfulness in the discharge of every duty. If our wills are strong, it will lead us to see that they are not overbearing, self-serving wills. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 9} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 10] The cross of Christ is not designed to make us uncomfortable, but happy and contented. Confiding in Jesus, at peace with him, we shall find the truest rest and joy. But a selfish, self-sufficient, self-serving disposition will make a man thoroughly unhappy. We may reasonably be suspicious of those who are always complaining that they are not treated well. There are some who are always looking out for slights. In the family they seize upon some unfortunate word that has been spoken, and take offense at it; they are sure it was designed to hurt and disparage them. They meet a friend or acquaintance who is so occupied with other matters that he does not have time to visit as they desire, and they take this as a personal affront. But the unrestful, unhappy spirit was in them, waiting for an excuse to manifest itself. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 10} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 11] These persons often flatter themselves that they are superior to others; that they have talent and education, and should be respected accordingly. In many cases a power of will is manifested that if exercised in a right direction would make the life good and useful. But whatever their gifts and graces, while their hearts are destitute of the principle of unselfish love, they are at best like a beautiful flower possessing no fragrance. The fragrant flower, though simple and unpretending, is much to be preferred. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 11} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 12] Christian love is not fitful. If we have this divine love, it will kill selfishness out of the heart. It does not say, "I will love my brethren if they love me; but I will not love those who do not love me;" for "charity suffereth long, and is kind." {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 12} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 13] On the part of some there is a desire to be thought highest. This feeling must be put away. The heart must be meek and lowly, not ambitious and aspiring. If we would follow Christ, we must cast "down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God," and bring into "captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ." Outward forms of worship, or activity in religious work, cannot be substituted for inward piety, and a conformity of the will to the will of Christ. This is a subject that requires careful and prayerful meditation. In no other way can we honor our Redeemer, and render to him the service that is his due. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 13} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 14] Christianity is an active principle. It subdues evil tempers and propensities. It requires us to exercise the same spirit that Christ possessed, and to do as he would have done under our circumstances; for a life of piety is simply a self-denying following of Christ, obeying his requirements even against our natural inclinations. The heart, while reaching up to God in its ardent desires, hungering and thirsting for righteousness, must be actuated by a pure benevolence, and enlarged and elevated by a true and holy principle. The senses will thus become so refined, a reverence for divine things will be so inwrought into the whole being, that the heart will love that which God loves, and eternal and heavenly truths will be appreciated. {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 14} [BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 15] The Lord understands our secret faults. It is impossible to deceive him, or to hide our ways from him; for an accurate account is kept of the conduct of every person, in his relations both to God and his fellow-men. Every act of our lives is before him, and will be brought into judgment. We are each of us building a structure which will be subjected to the scrutiny of the Judge of the whole earth. This structure which is going up daily, is our individual character; and every act--yes, every thought and word of our lives--is a stone in the building. If day by day we are carefully building into our lives noble, upright deeds, pure thoughts, and kind words, we shall not be ashamed when the structure is criticised by the Lord Jehovah; for it will be as a fair temple which will stand fast forever. Basel, Switzerland. - {BEcho, June 1, 1887 par. 15} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 1] July 1, 1887 Noah's Time and Ours. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - "God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." "The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence. And God looked upon the earth, and, behold, it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth. And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh is come before me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and, behold, I will destroy them with the earth." {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 1} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 2] This is inspired testimony respecting the state of society in the days of Noah,--an accurate description of the generation that perished in the waters of the flood. "God saw that the wickedness of man was great," and that the "earth was filled with violence." The fear of God had well-nigh died out of the hearts of the children of men. Lawlessness was rife, and almost every conceivable sin was practiced. The wickedness of men was open and daring, and the cries of the oppressed reached to heaven. Justice was trampled in the dust. The strong not only disregarded the rights of the weak, but forced them to commit deeds of violence and crime. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 2} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 3] The wickedness of man was great; but this was not all. "Every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." The purposes and desires of the heart were corrupt from day to day. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 3} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 4] Many flatter themselves that in this enlightened age men are superior in knowledge and talent to those who lived before the flood; but those who think this do not rightly estimate the physical and mental strength of that long-lived race. In those early ages, growth was slow and firm. Men did not, as at the present time, flash into maturity early, and quickly exhaust their vital forces. Their minds were of a high order, and were strong and clear. Had these men, with their rare powers to conceive and execute, devoted themselves to the service of God, they would have made their Creator's name a praise in the earth, and would have answered the purpose for which he gave them being. But they failed to do this. "All flesh had corrupted his way on the earth." There were many giants, men of great stature and strength, renowned for wisdom, skillful in devising the most cunning and wonderful work; but in proportion to their skill and mental ability was their great guilt because of unbridled iniquity. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 4} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 5] These antediluvians had received many and rich gifts from God; but they used the bounties granted them by Divine Providence to minister to their own selfish desires, and turned them into a curse by fixing their thoughts and affections upon the gifts instead of the Giver. They had goodly trees of great variety and almost without limit; but of these they made temples, where they reveled in scenes of pleasure and wickedness. Gold, silver, and precious stones were in abundance; but they used these also to gratify the desires of their own proud hearts. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 5} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 6] These sinful men could not deny the existence of God; but they would have been glad to know that there was no God to witness their deeds and call them to account. They delighted to put him out of their minds. The children were not taught to fear and reverence their Maker. They grew up unrestrained in their desires, and destitute of principle or conscience. Their minds were absorbed in devising means to rival one another in pleasure and vice; and they neither looked nor cared for a heaven beyond this world. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 6} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 7] Yet the whole world was not corrupt. There were a few faithful witnesses for God. Methuselah, Enoch, Noah, and many others labored to keep alive on the earth the knowledge of the true God, and to stay the tide of moral evil. God declared that his Spirit should not always strive with guilty men, but that their probation should be a hundred and twenty years; if they did not then cease to pollute with their sins the world and its rich treasures, he would blot them from his creation; and these faithful ministers of righteousness gave the warning message. But the light was not heeded, and the preaching of Noah and his co-laborers impressed hearts less and less. Many, even of the worshipers of God, had not sufficient moral power to stand against the corrupting influences of the age, and were beguiled into sin by the bewitching allurements that were constantly before them. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 7} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 8] But at length the patience of God was exhausted. By their obstinate resistance to the reproofs of conscience and the warnings of God's messengers, that generation filled up the measure of their iniquity, and became ripe for destruction. Because mankind had perverted his gifts, God would deface and destroy the things with which he delighted to bless them; he would sweep away the beasts of the field, and the rich vegetation which furnished such an abundant supply of food, and transform the fair earth into one vast scene of desolation and ruin. And guilty man should utterly perish in the overthrow of the world upon which he had set his affections. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 8} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 9] Is not this picture of the antediluvian world reproduced in our time? Man has not grown more pure and holy since the days of Noah. His heart has not changed; it is still "deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked." The intense worldliness of that generation is exceeded by that of the generation now living. Money is lavishly spent for costly houses, fine horses and carriages, and other expensive articles of luxury and display, while the poor suffer for food and clothing. The fear of God is banished from the hearts of the children of men, and his law is treated with indifference and neglect. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 9} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 10] Said Christ: "As in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came and took them all away, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." God did not condemn the antediluvians for eating and drinking; he had given them the fruits of the earth in great abundance to supply their physical wants. Their sin consisted in taking these gifts without gratitude to the Giver, and debasing themselves by indulging appetite without restraint. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 10} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 11] It was lawful for them to marry. Marriage was in God's order; it was one of the first institutions which he established. He gave special directions concerning this ordinance, clothing it with sanctity and beauty; but these directions had been forgotten, and marriage had been perverted to minister to passion. The godly mingled with the depraved, and became like them in spirit and in deeds. "The sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose." {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 11} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 12] A similar state of things exists now in relation to marriage. Marriages are formed between the godly and the ungodly, because inclination governs in the selection of husband or wife. The parties do not ask counsel of God, nor have his glory in view. Christianity ought to have a controlling, sanctifying influence upon the marriage relation; but husband and wife are not united by Christian principle; uncontrolled passion lies at the foundation of many of the marriages that are contracted at the present time. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 12} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 13] In Noah's day there were men who laughed to scorn his words of warning. They said that nature was governed by fixed laws which made a flood impossible, and that if there were any truth in what he said, the great men, the wise and prudent, would understand the matter. There was total disbelief in Noah's testimony in regard to the coming judgments; but this unbelief did not prevent or hinder the gathering storm. At the appointed time, "the fountains of the great deep were broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened," and the earth was washed of its corruption. Only those who found shelter in the ark were saved. {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 13} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 14] Reader, another storm is coming. The earth will again be swept by the desolating wrath of God, and again sin and sinners will be destroyed. Do you feel that it is an event of little importance? Then read some of the utterances of the prophets in reference to the day of God: "Behold, the day cometh that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch." "Alas for the day! for the day of the Lord is at hand, and as a destruction from the Almighty shall it come." "The great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteth greatly, even the voice of the day of the Lord. The mighty man shall cry there bitterly. That day is a day of wrath, a day of trouble and distress, a day of wasteness and desolation, a day of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds and thick darkness." {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 14} [BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 15] But though this is a day of trouble and distress to the wicked, the righteous will be able to say, "Lo, this is our God;" "we have waited for him, we will be glad and rejoice in his salvation." The truth will be their shield and buckler. God will be their refuge, and under his wings shall they trust. Says the psalmist: "Because thou hast made the Lord, who is my refuge, even the Most High, thy habitation, there shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling. For He shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways." - {BEcho, July 1, 1887 par. 15} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 1] August 1, 1887 The Saviour Glorified. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - Christ had sojourned in the world for thirty-three years; he had endured its scorn, insult, and mockery; he had been rejected and crucified. Now, when about to ascend to his throne of glory, as he reviews the ingratitude of the people he came to save, will he not withdraw his sympathy and love from them? Will not his affections be centered on that world where he is appreciated, and where sinless angels adore him, and wait to do his bidding? --No; his promise to those loved ones whom he leaves on earth is, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Before his conflict, he had prayed the Father that they might not be taken out of the world, but should be kept from the evil which is in the world. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 1} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 2] Jesus led the way to the vicinity of Bethany. He then paused, and they all gathered about him. Beams of light seemed to radiate from his countenance, as he looked with deep love upon his disciples. He upbraided them not for their faults and failures; but words of unutterable tenderness were the last which fell upon their ears from the lips of their Lord. With hands outstretched in blessing them, and as if in assurance of his protecting care, he slowly ascended from among them, drawn heavenward by a power stronger than any earthly attraction. As he passed upward, the awe-struck disciples looked with straining eyes for the last glimpse of their ascending Lord. A cloud of glory received him out of their sight, and at the same moment there floated down to their charmed senses the sweetest and most joyous music from the angel choir. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 2} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 3] While their gaze was still riveted upward, voices addressed them which sounded like the music which had just charmed them. They turned, and saw two beings in the form of men; yet their heavenly character was immediately discerned by the disciples, whom they addressed in comforting accents, saying: "Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven." These angels were of the company that had been waiting in a shining cloud to escort Jesus to his throne; and in sympathy and love for those whom the Saviour had left, they came to remove all uncertainty from their minds, and to give them the assurance that he would come to earth again. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 3} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 4] All heaven waited to welcome the Saviour to the celestial courts. As he ascended, he led the way, and the multitude of captives whom he had raised from the dead at the time when he came forth from the tomb, followed him. The heavenly host, with songs of joy and triumph, escort him upward. At the portals of the city of God an innumerable company of angels await his coming. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 4} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 5] As they approach the gates of the city, the angels escorting the Majesty of heaven, in triumphant tones address the company at the portals: "Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be ye lifted up, ye everlasting doors, and the King of Glory shall come in!" The waiting angels at the gates of the city inquire in rapturous strains, "Who is this King of Glory?" The escorting angels joyously reply in songs of triumph: "The Lord, strong and mighty! The Lord, mighty in battle! Lift up your heads, O ye gates, even lift them up, ye everlasting doors, and the King of Glory shall come in!" Again the waiting angels ask, "Who is this King of Glory!" And the escorting angels respond in melodious strains, "The Lord of hosts! he is the King of Glory!" Then the portals of the city of God are widely opened, and the heavenly train pass in, amid a burst of angelic music. All the heavenly host surround their majestic Commander, as he takes his position upon the throne of the Father. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 5} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 6] With the deepest adoration and joy, the hosts of angels bow before him, while the glad shout rings through the courts of heaven: "Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing!" Songs of triumph mingle with music from angelic harps, till heaven seems to overflow with delightful harmony and inconceivable joy and praise. The Son of God has triumphed over the prince of darkness, and conquered death and the grave. Heaven rings with voices in lofty strains proclaiming: "Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever!" {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 6} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 7] He is seated by the side of his Father on his throne. The Saviour presents the captives he has rescued from the bonds of death at the price of his own life. His hands place immortal crowns upon their brows; for they are the representatives and samples of those who shall be redeemed by the blood of Christ, from all nations, tongues, and people, and come forth from the dead, when he shall call the just from their graves at his second coming. Then shall they see the marks of Calvary in the glorified body of the Son of God. Their greatest joy will be found in the presence of Him who sitteth on the throne; and the enraptured saints will exclaim, My Beloved is mine and I am his! He is the chief among ten thousand, and altogether lovely! {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 7} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 8] The disciples returned to Jerusalem, not mourning, but full of joy. When last they looked upon their Lord, his countenance shone with heavenly brightness, and he smiled lovingly upon them. Those hands that had so often been stretched forth in the act of blessing the sick and the afflicted, and in rebuking demons,--those hands which had been bruised by the cruel nails,-- were mercifully extended, as though in the disciples they embraced the whole world, and called down a blessing upon all the followers of Christ. Beams of light seemed to emanate from those dear hands, and to fall upon the watching, waiting ones. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 8} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 9] The most precious fact to the disciples in the ascension of Jesus was that he went from them into heaven in the tangible form of their divine Teacher. The very same Jesus who had walked, and talked, and prayed with them; who had broken bread with them; who had been with them in their boats on the lake; who had sought retirement with them in the groves; and who had that very day toiled with them up the steep ascent of Olivet,--had ascended to heaven in the form of humanity. And the heavenly messengers had assured them that the very same Jesus whom they had seen go up into heaven should come again in like manner as he had ascended. This assurance has ever been, and will be till the close of time, the hope and joy of all true lovers of Christ. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 9} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 10] The disciples rejoiced, not that they were deprived of their Master and Teacher, for this was to them a cause for personal mourning rather than joy; but Jesus had assured them that he would send the Comforter, as an equivalent for his visible presence. He had said: "If ye loved me, ye would rejoice because I said, I go unto the Father." They rejoiced because Jesus had wrought out salvation for man; he had answered the claims of the law, and had become a perfect offering for man; he had ascended to heaven to carry forward the work of atonement begun on earth. He was man's Advocate, his Intercessor with the Father. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 10} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 11] When the disciples returned to Jerusalem alone, people looked at them, expecting to see in their faces expressions of sorrow, confusion, and defeat; but they saw there gladness and triumph. They did not wail over disappointed hopes, but were continually in the temple praising and blessing God. The priests and rulers were at a loss to understand this mystery. After the discouraging events connected with the trial, condemnation, and ignominious death of their Master, the disciples were supposed to be defeated and ashamed; but they now came forth with buoyant spirits, and countenances beaming with a joy not born of earth. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 11} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 12] They told the wonderful story of Christ's glorious resurrection and ascension to heaven, and many believed their testimony. The disciples had no longer a vague distrust of the future; they knew that Jesus was in heaven; that his sympathies were unchanged; that he was identifying himself with suffering humanity, receiving the prayers of his people; that he was pleading with God the merits of his own precious blood, showing his wounded hands and feet, as a reminder of the price he had paid for his redeemed. They knew that he would come again, escorted by the heavenly host, and they looked upon this event, not as a dreaded calamity, but as an occasion for great joy and longing anticipation. They knew that he would stand again upon the Mount of Olives, while the Hebrew hallelujahs should mingle with Gentile hosannas, and myriads of voices should unite in the glad acclamation: "Crown him Lord of all!" They knew that he had ascended to heaven to prepare mansions for his obedient children, and that he would return and take them unto himself. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 12} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 13] With joy the disciples related to their brethren the news of their Lord's ascension. They now felt that they had a Friend at the throne of God, and were eager to prefer their requests to the Father in the name of Jesus. They gathered together in solemn awe and bowed in prayer, repeating to each other the assurance of the Saviour: "Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you. Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name; ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full." During the ten days following the ascension, they, with one accord, devoted the time to prayer and praise, waiting for the descent of the Holy Ghost. They extended the hand of faith higher and higher, with the mighty argument, "It is Christ that died, yea, rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us." {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 13} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 14] He who considered it not robbery to be equal with God, once trod the earth, bearing our suffering and sorrowing nature, and tempted in all points like as we are; and now he appears in the presence of God as our great High Priest, ready to accept the repentance and to answer the prayers of his people, and, through the merits of his own righteousness, to present them to the Father. He raises his wounded hands to God, and claims their blood-bought pardon. I have graven them on the palms of my hands, he pleads. Those memorial wounds of my humiliation and anguish secure to my church the best gifts of Omnipotence. {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 14} [BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 15] What a source of joy to the disciples, to know that they had such a friend in heaven to plead in their behalf! Through the visible ascension of Christ, all their views and contemplations of heaven were changed. Now heaven was connected with the thought of Jesus, whom they had loved and reverenced above all others, with whom they had conversed and journeyed, whom they had handled, even in his resurrected body, who had spoken hope and comfort to their hearts, and who, while the words were upon his lips, had been taken up before their eyes, the tones of his voice coming back to them as the cloudy chariot of angels received him: "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Basel, Switzerland. - {BEcho, August 1, 1887 par. 15} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 1] January 1, 1888 "Praise Ye The Lord." - By Mrs. E. G. White. - "Let everything that hath breath praise the Lord." Psalms 150:6. {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 1} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 2] Have any of us duly considered how much we have to be thankful for? Do we remember that the mercies of the Lord are new every morning, and that his faithfulness faileth not? Do we acknowledge our dependence upon him, and express gratitude for all his favors? On the contrary, we too often forget that "every good and perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights." {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 2} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 3] How often those who are in health forget the wonderful mercies that are continued to them day by day, year after year. They render no tribute of praise to God for all his benefits. But when sickness comes, God is remembered. The strong desire for recovery leads to earnest prayer; and this is right. God is our refuge in sickness as in health. But many do not leave their cases with him; they encourage weakness and disease by worrying about themselves. If they would cease repining, and rise above depression and gloom, their recovery would be more sure. They should remember with gratitude how long they enjoyed the blessing of health; and should this precious boon be restored to them, they should not forget that they are under renewed obligations to their Creator. When the ten lepers were healed, only one returned to find Jesus and give him glory. Let us not be like the unthinking nine, whose hearts were untouched by the mercy of God. {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 3} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 4] Many who profess to be Christians are too much like the heath in the desert, and cannot "see when good cometh." They allow their anxiety for their children to overshadow their lives, so that they almost despise the love of God that has been extended to themselves. They say, "If my children are not saved, I do not care to be." In this they dishonor God. They should prize the gift of eternal life, and praise the Lord for pardoning mercy. But they should not neglect to plead for their children, at the same time doing their duty by them in every respect. If one is brought to the fold of Christ, they should praise Him who holds in his hand the hearts of the children of men, and "turneth them whithersoever he will;" and then present another child in the arms of faith. {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 4} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 5] God is love. He has a care for the creatures he has formed. "Like as a father pitieth his children, so the Lord pitieth them that fear him" John exclaims, "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." What a precious privilege is this, that we may be sons and daughters of the Most High, heirs of God and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ. Then let us not mourn and grieve because in this life we are not free from trials, disappointments, and afflictions. Let us not complain at inconvenience and suffering. If in the providence of God we are called upon to endure trials, let us accept the cross, and drink the bitter cup, remembering that it is a Father's hand that holds it to our lips. Let us trust him in the darkness as well as in the day. Can we not believe that he will give us everything that is for our good? "He that spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things?" Even in the night of affliction, how can we refuse to lift heart and voice in grateful praise, when we remember the love to us expressed by the cross of Calvary? {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 5} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 6] Meditate on the beneficence of God, dear reader; you will find it most profitable to recount your blessings. Let the language of your heart be, "God had been very good to me. He delights in mercy; therefore I may trust in him. His love, his patience, his long-suffering, have followed me all the days of my life. I will believe and watch and pray; and unworthy and helpless as I am, exposed to disappointment and sorrow, and the temptations of a wily foe whom I cannot resist in my own strength, Jesus will be my helper, and will fight my battles for me. He loves me. He has given the fullest evidence of his love in dying for me. He will withhold no real blessing." {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 6} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 7] What a theme for meditation is the sacrifice that Jesus made for lost sinners! "He was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon him, and with his stripes we are healed." How shall we estimate the blessings thus brought within our reach? Could Jesus have suffered more? Could he have purchased for us richer blessings? Should it not melt the hardest heart, when we remember that for our sakes he left the happiness and glory of heaven, and suffered poverty and shame, cruel affliction and a terrible death? Had he not, by his death and resurrection, opened for us the door of hope, we should have known nothing but the horrors of darkness and the miseries of despair. In our present state, favored and blessed as we are, we cannot realize from what depths we have been rescued. We cannot measure how much deeper our afflictions would have been, how much greater our woes, had not Jesus encircled us with his human arm of sympathy and love, and lifted us up. {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 7} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 8] We may rejoice in hope. Our advocate is in the heavenly sanctuary, pleading in our behalf. Through his merits we may have pardon and peace. He died that he might wash away our sins, clothe us with his righteousness, and fit us for the society of heaven, where we may dwell in light forever. Dear brother, dear sister, when Satan would fill your mind with despondency, gloom, and doubt, resist his suggestions. Tell him of the blood of Jesus, that cleanses from all sin. You cannot save yourself from the tempter's power, but he trembles and flees when the merits of that precious blood are urged. Then will you not gratefully accept the blessings Jesus bestows? Will you not take the cup of salvation that he presents, and call on the name of the Lord? Do not show distrust of Him who has called you out of darkness into his marvelous light. Do not for a moment pain the heart of the pitying Saviour by your unbelief. He watches with the most intense interest your progress in the heavenly way; he sees your earnest efforts; he notes your declensions and your recoveries, your hopes and your fears, your conflicts and your victories. {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 8} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 9] Shall all our devotional exercises consist in asking and receiving? Shall we be always thinking of our wants, and never of the benefits we receive? Shall we be recipients of his mercies, and never express our gratitude to God, never praise him for what he has done for us? We do not pray any too much, but we are too sparing of giving thanks. If the loving-kindness of God called forth from our hearts more thanksgiving and praise, we should have far more power in prayer. We should abound more and more in the love of God, and have more bestowed to praise him for. You who complain that God does not hear your prayers, change the present order, and mingle praise with your petitions. When you consider his goodness and mercies, you will find that he will consider your wants. {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 9} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 10] Pray, pray earnestly and without ceasing, but do not forget to praise. It becomes every child of God to vindicate his character. You can magnify the Lord; you can show the power of sustaining grace. There are multitudes who do not appreciate the great love of God nor the divine compassion of Jesus. Thousands even regard with disdain the matchless grace shown in the plan of redemption. And all who are partakers in this great salvation are not clear in this matter. They do not cultivate grateful hearts. But the theme of redemption is one that the angels desire to look into; it will be the science and the song of the ransomed throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. It is not worthy of careful thought and study now? Shall we not praise God with heart and soul and voice for his "wonderful works to the children of men"? {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 10} [BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 11] Our God, the Creator of the heavens and the earth, declares, "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth me." All heaven unite in praising God. Let us learn the song of the angels now, that we may sing it when we join their shining ranks. Let us say with the psalmist, "While I live I will praise the Lord; I will sing praises unto my God while I have any being." "Let the people praise thee, O God; let all the people praise thee." {BEcho, January 1, 1888 par. 11} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 1] September 1, 1888 The Unity of the Church. - By Mrs. E. G. White. - Just before his crucifixion, Christ prayed for his disciples that they might be one, even as he was one with the Father. His words are, "That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me." This most touching and wonderful prayer reaches down the ages, even to our day; for he said, "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word." How earnestly should the professed followers of Christ seek to answer this prayer in their lives. Christ is leading out a people to stand in perfect unity on the broad platform of eternal truth. He gave himself to the world that he might "purify unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works." This refining process is designed to purge the church from the spirit of discord and contention and from all unrighteousness, that they may build up the cause of God and concentrate their energies on the great work before them,--that of saving souls. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 1} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 2] Our profession is an exalted one. As Christians, we profess to obey all of God's commandments, and to look for the coming of our Redeemer. This involves a solemn message of warning; and we should show by our words and works that we recognize the great responsibility laid upon us. Our light should shine so clearly that others can see that we glorify the Father in our daily lives. If we are joint-heirs with Jesus Christ, when he shall appear in power and great glory we shall be like him. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 2} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 3] A mere profession of Christ is not enough to prepare one to stand the test of the Judgment. True conversion is a radical change. The very drift of the mind and bent of the heart should be turned, and the life should become new in Christ. There should be a perfect trust in God, a childlike dependence on his promises, and an entire consecration of self to his will, remembering that the observance of mere external forms will never meet the great want of the human soul. We are Christ's representatives on the earth, and none of us can occupy a neutral position. We are active agents for God or for the enemy. We either gather with Christ or scatter abroad. "Beloved, now are we the sons of God," says the apostle. We should keep in mind this holy relationship, and do nothing to bring dishonor upon our Father's cause. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 3} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 4] The people of God, with various temperaments and organizations, are brought together in church capacity. The truth of God, received into the heart, will do its work of refining, elevating, and sanctifying the life, and overcoming the peculiar views and prejudices of each. All should labor to come as near to one another as possible. All who love God and keep his commandments in truth, will have influence with unbelievers, and will win souls to Christ, to swell the glad songs of triumph and victory before the great white throne. Selfishness will be overcome, and overflowing love for Christ will be manifested in the burden they feel to save souls for whom he died. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 4} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 5] We should feel an individual responsibility as members of the visible church and workers in the vineyard of the Lord. The advancement of the church is often retarded by the wrong course of its members. Uniting with the church, although an important and necessary step, does not of itself make one a Christian. If we would secure a title to heaven, our hearts must be in unison with Christ and his people. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 5} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 6] As all the different members of the human system unite to form the body, and each performs its office in obedience to the intelligence that governs the whole, so the members of the church of Christ should be united in one symmetrical whole. If the world sees a perfect harmony existing in the church, it will be a powerful evidence to them in favor of the Christian religion. Dissensions, unhappy differences, and petty church trials dishonor our Redeemer. All these may be avoided, if self is surrendered to God, and the voice of the church is obeyed. Unbelief suggests that individual independence increases our importance, that it is weak to yield to the verdict of the church our ideas of what is right and proper; but to cherish such views and feelings will bring anarchy into the church and confusion to ourselves. Christ has delegated to his church the right of decision in the words, "Whosesoever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them; and whosesoever sins ye retain, they are retained unto them." God has made his church a channel of light, and through it he communicates his purpose and his will; and individual judgment should yield to the authority of the church. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 6} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 7] Those, too, who hold responsible positions should have the support and confidence of their brethren. They may have faults in common with other people, and may err in their decisions; but notwithstanding this, the church of Christ on earth has given them an authority that cannot be lightly esteemed. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 7} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 8] If it seems hard to yield, remember that for our sakes God surrendered his dearly beloved Son to the agonies of crucifixion. When so great a sacrifice has been made to save men, to reconcile them to God, and to bring them into unity with one another, what sacrifice is too great in order to secure and preserve that unity? There is nothing too precious for us to give to Jesus. Nor will this course result in our personal loss. Every effort we make for Christ will be rewarded; every sacrifice that we make, every duty that we perform in his name, will minister to our own happiness. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 8} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 9] Church relationship is not a light matter. Every believer should be whole-hearted in his attachment to the church of God. Its prosperity should be his first interest. Unless he feels under sacred obligations to make his connection with the people of God a blessing to the church rather than to himself, the church can do far better without him. But none need stay out because their talents are small or their opportunities limited. It is in the power of all to do something for the cause of God. They can illustrate in their lives and characters the teachings of Christ, being at peace with one another and moving in perfect harmony. They can, too, by a little self-denial, help to bear the financial burdens of the church. They should not feel at liberty to receive the benefits and share the privileges of the church relationship without doing this. And if as faithful stewards we return to God the talents of means he has intrusted to us, he will give more into our hands. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 9} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 10] Christ saw that unity and Christian fellowship were necessary to the success of his cause, therefore he enjoined upon his disciples to cultivate these qualities. And the history of Christianity from that time to this proves conclusively that in union only is there strength. {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 10} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 11] The apostles felt the necessity of strict unity, and labored earnestly to this end. Paul exhorted his Corinthian brethren: "Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that ye all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you; but that ye be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment." {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 11} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 12] To his Philippian brethren he wrote: "If there be therefore any consolation in Christ, if any comfort of love, if any fellowship of the Spirit, fulfill ye my joy, that ye be likeminded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind. Let nothing be done through strife or vain-glory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others." {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 12} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 13] To the Romans he wrote: "Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be likeminded one toward another according to Christ Jesus, that ye may with one mind and one mouth glorify God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. Wherefore receive ye one another, as Christ also received us, to the glory of God." "Be of the same mind one toward another. Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate. Be not wise in your own conceits." {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 13} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 14] Peter wrote to the churches scattered abroad: "Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another; love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous; not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing, but contrariwise, blessing; knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing." {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 14} [BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 15] And Paul, in his Epistle to the Corinthians, says: "Finally, brethren, farewell. Be perfect, be of good comfort; be of one mind, live in peace; and the God of love and peace shall be with you." {BEcho, September 1, 1888 par. 15} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 1] January 15, 1889 Christ Our Life. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Marvel not at this; for the hour is coming in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation." John 5:28, 29. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 1} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 2] This statement was called out by a remark previously made with reference to the salvation of the soul. Jesus was presenting before his hearers, the Pharisees and Sadducees, the great principles of true religion; for they had become corrupt through sin, and were ignorant both of the Scriptures and the power of God. He would impress upon his hearers that all who will finally be heirs of the kingdom of heaven must be satisfied with nothing short of a conversion, a moral change, which is equal to a new creation. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 2} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 3] The scribes and Pharisees listened in amazement to such words as these: "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on Him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation, but is passed from death unto life." The conversion of the soul is, as it were, a resurrection from the dead. It is like a re-creation to those, who, through the transforming power of the grace of God, have passed from death unto life. Those who listened to the Saviour's words did not believe them. They said in their hearts, This is an impossibility. Jesus discerned their incredulity, and added: "Verily, verily, I say unto you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and they that hear shall live." {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 3} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 4] Now we want to keep in mind these two great facts: the change that takes place at conversion, and that which takes place at the resurrection of the dead. There are but two classes brought to view in the text. They are not divided into many grades, one composed of very great sinners, another of persons not so guilty, and still others of persons a little less guilty; but the two classes stand distinct. They are those who have accepted Christ, and those who have not. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 4} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 5] There is no way to reach the city of God but by the cross of Calvary. As we lift this cross, which is covered with shame and reproach in the eyes of men, we may know that Christ will help us; and we need divine aid. The sinner has lived in sin; he must die to sin, and live a new life of holiness to God. Paul wrote to the Colossians: "Ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God." The apostle here refers to the death to sin, the death of the carnal mind, and not to the death of the body. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 5} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 6] Let me emphasize the importance of making Christ our hope and refuge every day of our lives. It is a pleasing fable that is presented to us in this age, that if we only believe in Christ, that is all that is required; works have nothing to do with our acceptance with God. Many trample the law of God under their feet, cherishing in their hearts the delusive thought that it is not binding on them. This is not the truth. In the resurrection all will come forth, they that have done good and they that have done evil, and the fate of each will be decided according as his works have been. All good works spring from genuine faith, and the fruits in the works show the character of the faith. Hence it is by our works that we shall be judged. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 6} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 7] We each have a work to do in character-building. As we advance in this work, Satan stands ready to oppose us, and there are crosses to take up, and obstacles to be overcome; but our efforts may be a success. When we take hold on the merits of Christ, we shall overcome. He has made it possible for every one to gain eternal life. Many, looking forward to the solemn realities of the future, tremble in their hearts as they question. How will it be with me in the Judgment? To what fate shall I awaken, when all that are in their graves shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live? This is a question for us to decide each for himself. All stand on an equal footing. We are all free moral agents; we may accept God's terms--keep his commandments and believe on Christ--and live; or we may disbelieve, pursue our own course, and perish. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 7} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 8] The distance from earth to heaven may seem very great, for sin has fixed a great gulf; it has separated man from God, and has brought woe and misery upon the human race. But Christ throws himself into the gap. He it is that opens communication between man and God. He is the ladder that Jacob saw in his vision, the base resting on the earth, and the top reaching into the highest heaven. When he bowed upon Jordan's bank, the heavens opened before him, and a voice was heard, saying, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. Hear ye him." The Spirit of God, like a dove of burnished gold, descending, rested upon the divine Mediator, and communication between heaven and earth, broken off because of sin, was resumed, and heaven opened before the transgressor. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 8} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 9] The God of the universe has given our cases in the Judgment into the hands of his Son, one who is acquainted with our infirmities, and knows that we are but dust. He has taken our nature upon him, and has himself felt the force of our temptations; he has borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows. When man rebelled, Christ became his surety and substitute. He undertook the combat with the powers of darkness; and when through death he destroyed him that had the power of death, the highest honors were bestowed upon him. He ascended up on high, he led captivity captive, and sat down at the right hand of God; --the very Jesus who had borne the curse of sin for us. And there was given him a name that is above every name, that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow. To him God has delegated his power; he has the keys of death and the grave. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 9} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 10] And they that are in their graves shall hear his voice, and shall come forth. Jesus shall come, and the angels of God with him; and the glory of his appearing shall flash on human eyes as the vivid lightning or as a consuming fire. He will descend with a shout and with the voice of a great trumpet, and those that hear that vivifying voice will spring rejoicing from the grave. And they will recognize the voice that awakens them to immortal life as that of Him who said, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." It is the voice of Him who stood with tear-dimmed eyes at the grave of Lazarus, and who wept over Jerusalem, saying, "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not." The last thing that the dying saint recognized as he fell under the power of the destroyer was the pangs of death; but as he springs from his dusty bed he exclaims, "O death, where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory?" It is then that Christ is admired of all them that believe. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 10} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 11] Now we have opportunity to prepare for the solemn scenes before us. We may be converted to God, and have a change of character; but when Christ shall come there will be no time for this. The change then will be with our bodies. "This corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality." A new year is opening before us, and what shall its record be? You look back upon the past year, and you see many things that you would be glad to have different, that you wish had been better. How will it be with the new year that is just opening? Shall we not at its commencement present ourselves to God, an acceptable offering, to work, to suffer, and to endure according to his will? Shall we not, every one of us, live a life of faith in the Son of God? We cannot afford to live a single day in sin; for "the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord." Then let us so live that when he comes he may crown us with glory, honor, immortality, and eternal life. {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 11} [BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 12] More than eighteen hundred years have elapsed since He who spake as never man spake, and could utter only truth, declared: "The hour is coming in the which all that are in the graves shall hear His voice, and shall come forth." The trump of God has not yet sounded; that voice so full of power has not yet penetrated the sepulchers; that hour so full of promise to the people of God has not yet arrived; but it must come, it is not far in the future. Some of us will doubtless be living when the voice that is heard everywhere, even to ocean depths and the sunless caverns of earth, shall be heard, echoing from sea to sea, from valleys and from mountains, calling to life the sleeping dead. There will be a reappearance of every human being that has gone into the grave. The aged who sank under the hand of death with the burden of years upon them, manhood in its prime, youth in the early bloom of life, and the little child,--all shall awake, and shake off the fetters of the tomb. But not all shall awake to everlasting life. "Whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire." "Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection; on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years." {BEcho, January 15, 1889 par. 12} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 1] February 15, 1889 "Ye Cannot Serve God and Mammon." - Mrs. E. G. White. "No servant can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon." {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 1} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 2] There is no union or sympathy between God and mammon. The tendency of the one is exactly opposite to that of the other. While the world is master of the thoughts, principles, and actions, the Lord cannot be honored. The current of the world sets in against the soul with such force that it is borne along with the tide of its interests and infatuations. Satan, the angel of evil, the arch-enemy of truth, the father of lies, having successfully carried out his plan of ruining a holy race, follows up his advantage, and strives by every means to hinder the salvation of man and his re-instatement in the favor of God. He keeps the mind preoccupied with the plans and ambitions of the world; and heaven and Christ are crowded out of the thoughts and affections. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 2} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 3] Satan presents the same temptations today that he presented to Adam, and to Jesus, the second Adam, who overcame him and made it possible for man to overcome. The indulgence of perverted appetite and passion has held sway over the world since Adam's transgression. It was impossible for man to overcome in his own strength, with his enfeebled moral powers. He might exercise all the capabilities of his nature, and yet, without divine aid, he could only be conquered; but help has been laid upon One who is mighty to save. Man's efforts and Christ's power will bring him off a conqueror. The moral image of God will be restored in the characters of those who serve him. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 3} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 4] The next temptation that assailed Christ was on lust for power. The world is filled with this desire, and the resulting strife shows the spirit of the ambition of this world. How many have been swept to ruin in this torrent of pride! Satan presents all the kingdoms of the world, in all their pomp and majesty, to the Son of God; but he repels the tempter with, "It is written." The word of God marks out the course of his children, and rather than disobey his commandments, Christ resigned the treasures of the world. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 4} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 5] How many today see the force and beauty of the truth; but they cannot serve God and mammon, and they hold to the world. The truth requires the sacrifice of the world's honor, their position in business, their daily bread; and they falter and fail. They do not consider the promises of God to those who seek first the kingdom of heaven. They raise the excuse, "I cannot be different from those around me. What will people say?" "Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey?" We must not study how to serve ourselves, but how to do the will of God. Christ left his glory, and clothed his divinity with humanity. He was a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. For our sakes he became poor, that we through his poverty might be made rich. And yet, after this great manifestation of love on the part of Heaven, we are reluctant to yield our meager treasures, so soon to pass away. The majority of the world sell their souls for a little worldly gain, when Christ has presented to us eternal riches. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 5} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 6] Did not Jesus entreat, "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal"? {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 6} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 7] Oh, how uncertain are the treasures of earth! A man may be worth his thousands today, and tomorrow failures will sweep them all away. Yet the eye is clouded by ambition, avarice, and gain without godliness. The people do not see that they are putting their treasure into a bag with holes. It is cankered and moth-eaten. There is no progress heavenward. The gross attractions of earth hold their affections. The soul starves and becomes dwarfed for want of spiritual food, the fresh manna from heaven. The world has come in between the soul and God. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 7} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 8] The duty we owe to God is revealed in his word in unmistakable clearness. Here the obligation of man is declared so explicitly that the day of Judgment will reveal no excuse for not serving God. God's great moral standard of righteousness is to be met. His law requires your heart's supreme affection for your Maker. It requires you to do unto others as you would have them do to you. "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth," is a positive declaration; but "Lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven," is equally positive. Laying up treasure in heaven points out the duty of an unselfish use of our means. We are stewards of God's possessions; they are not ours to use for the gratification of corrupt desires, for selfish indulgences. All Heaven is watching with interest to see what use we are making of God's intrusted talents. If we lay up treasure in heaven, we shall use the Lord's goods to advance his cause, to save souls, and to bless humanity, and all that is so used the Lord will place to our account in the bank that never fails. When the heart loves God supremely, property is no hindrance to advancement in the Christian warfare, because the consecrated man will discern the best investments to make, and will use his wealth to bless the children of God. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 8} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 9] The constant employment of the capabilities to amass wealth on earth binds the man to earth. He becomes a slave to mammon. When wealth increases, the idolatrous heart becomes forgetful of God, and grows self-secure and satisfied. Religious duties are neglected. There is an impatience manifested under restraint, and the man becomes self-sufficient. All spiritual things are clouded, for the mind's eye is directed earthward. The worldly tendencies, both by nature and practice, have become more fully developed, and the spiritual faculties are paralyzed. Having eyes, men see not; having ears, they hear not. The gross, earthly mind cannot see the pure, sublime truths of the gospel, but views everything from a worldling's standpoint. The world comes in between the soul and heaven. His eyes are blinded by the "god of this world," so that he cannot discern or appreciate the value of eternal things. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 9} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 10] In order to serve God, we must find time for calm reflection and serious thought. Spiritual things are spiritually discerned; but when the eye is evil, the whole body is full of darkness. "Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Father, but is of the world. And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof; but he that doeth the will of God abideth forever." {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 10} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 11] Oh, let us contemplate the amazing sacrifice that has been made for us! Let us try to appreciate the labor and energy Heaven is expending to reclaim the lost, and bring them back to the Father's house. Motives stronger, and agencies more powerful, could never be brought into operation,--the enjoyment of heaven, the exceeding rewards for right-doing, the society of angels, the communion and love of God and his Son, the elevation and extension of all our powers throughout eternal ages; and it hath not "entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love him." Are these not mighty incentives and encouragements to urge us to give our heart's loving service to our Creator and Redeemer? {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 11} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 12] And on the other hand the judgments of God pronounced against sin, the inevitable retribution, the degradation of our characters, and the final destruction, are presented in his word to warn us against the service of Satan. {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 12} [BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 13] Shall we not regard the great mercy of God? Let us place ourselves in right relation to Him who has loved us with amazing love, and avail ourselves of the great privilege of becoming instruments in his hands, that we may co-operate with the ministering angels and be co-laborers with God and Christ. - {BEcho, February 15, 1889 par. 13} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 1] April 1, 1889 Praise the Lord. - Mrs. E. G. White. Those who love God and his truth should be the happiest people in the world. There is a glorious hope set before them; for "he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting" in the kingdom of God. And here, as in the eternal world, the work of righteousness is peace; and holiness is happiness, because holiness is a part of heaven. Nor is this all. All around us we see reasons for praising God, evidences of his love for us in his created works. How strange it is that so many look with indifference on these tokens of his regard for their happiness. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 1} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 2] It is evident that the Author of nature is the Author of the Bible. God is a lover of the beautiful, and he has given unmistakable evidences of his love for man, in the beauties of the material world. He has garnished the heavens with matchless and wonderful splendor. He has clothed the earth with a carpet of velvet green, and given to the flowers their beautiful and varied tints. And what are we doing with the gifts that God has so richly bestowed upon us? Do we overlook the most precious things in nature, or do we closely investigate these treasures in various ways, that we may take in all the depth of his love in providing them for our comfort and delight? Do the glories of earth, and sea, and sky, kindle in our hearts grateful, happy thoughts of God? Do we read in the lofty trees, in the waving grass, in the flowers of the field, the lesson that is taught there,--that God loves us? {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 2} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 3] I listen to the happy songsters caroling forth their hymns of praise to God above, and joy kindles in my own heart. I look upon the lofty trees, and contemplate the loving Heavenly Father who has planted them for us, and my heart is drawn out in praise and thanksgiving. We see God in his created works; nature teaches us of his character and majesty. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 3} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 4] The glorious things of nature seem to have been designed for the purpose of illustrating Bible truth, and in contemplating them the mind should be instinctively drawn to the Giver of every good and perfect gift. Said Jesus, "Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you that even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these." And shall we be inconsiderate of the flowers of God? Shall we regard with indifference these tokens of his wonderful love toward fallen man? In contemplating the works of his hand, we are to look beyond to the royal gifts that await the faithful and obedient child of heaven. The apostle declares, "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things that God hath prepared for them that love him." {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 4} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 5] Oh, what value we may see every day in the unspeakable gifts of God! Shall we not rid the heart of the base thing that has taken possession of it which makes us incapable of appreciating the matchless love of our Heavenly Father? Shall we not now tune our hearts to praise God from whom all blessings flow? Let us stop every breath of complaint, and shape our words into songs of joy and thankfulness for his beautiful gifts in the world of nature, and for the priceless gift of his dear Son to save a perishing world. If we would be among those who will praise God in the world to come, we must begin to praise him here, and now. We must tune our hearts to the music of heaven, which is praise to God and to the Lamb forever and ever. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 5} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 6] Jesus says, "If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father's commandments, and abide in his love. These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." If Christians would open their hearts to the joy that Christ is willing to give them, they would represent the religion of the Bible much better than they now do. We are to be in the world, but we are not to be of it. We are to cultivate gratitude and love and praise in our hearts, that through his promises, richer than precious pearls, we may discern the purposes of God toward us. As the flowers gather for themselves the hidden properties of earth and air, and develop into things of beauty to delight our senses, so Christians are privileged to gather from the garden of God's promises, faith and hope, peace, joy, and support. They are to give out again to others a life fragrant with good works. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 6} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 7] In the promises, God withdraws the veil from heaven, and bids us look into the glory prepared for those who love him. Why do we so constantly take our gaze away from these things of unsurpassed loveliness in the inheritance of the saints in light, and fix our eyes upon the things that are dark and forbidding? Why do we gather the clouds of unbelief about our souls, and enshroud ourselves in an atmosphere that is only discouraging, and will be death to our spirituality? God would have us learn lessons from the water-lily that opens its pure white blossoms upon the bosom of the lake. The flower reposes in spotless loveliness while all around it, in the water, may be unseemly and obnoxious things. The lily strikes its roots deeper and still deeper into the rich soil far beneath the surface of the lake, and, refusing everything that would taint and pollute its purity, draws to itself only those properties that will aid its development into a spotless and beautiful flower. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 7} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 8] Shall we not learn a lesson from this? Although we are in a world teeming with moral corruption, we have no need to gather to our souls the disgusting pollutions of earth. We may refuse the evil. We may choose the good. We may gather to our souls the precious, the pure, the heavenly; we may put into our character-building solid timber, that will make a fit temple for the indwelling of the Holy Spirit. On the other hand, we may gather to our souls evil suggestions, and doubts, and impurities. We may communicate with the prince of darkness, and refuse the Prince of light. We may put unworthy, unsound timbers into our character-building; and our thoughts, our words, our influence, will lead others into darkness. Our words and works will not be a savor of life unto life, but of death unto death. While we claim to be Christians, if we do not gather with Christ we shall be agents of Satan, to beguile souls away into the paths of destruction. God forbid that this should be the case. Let your life, dear reader, be a continual testimony that you belong to Christ. Represent your Lord in kindness, in forbearance, in long-suffering, in patience, in thinking no evil, in cheerfulness, in fulness of joy. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 8} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 9] In the work of overcoming sinful habits, special grace will be given to all that sincerely desire it. We may come to the divine Helper, who is able to succor those who are in the midst of temptation and evil. The loving-kindness of God is not all reserved for the future, eternal reward, but it is abundant for the present needs of his people. All the changes of life, all the hard places in the way to heaven, will be blessed by the grace that is sufficient for every trial. We have assuring promises of protection and help. The everlasting arms will be beneath us to encourage, sustain, and uphold. Poverty or wealth, sickness or health, simplicity or wisdom,--all are provided for in the promises of his grace. There is light for the intellect, love for the heart, and vigor for every faculty. If we will not lay hold on the blessings God has provided for us, if we will only grasp hold of the thorns and the thistles, to wound and bruise ourselves, we have no right to complain of God's dealing with us. {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 9} [BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 10] "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with him in glory." Praise God, brethren and sisters. Praise him with heart, and soul, and voice, and thus you will be learning to sing the songs of heaven. - {BEcho, April 1, 1889 par. 10} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 1] October 1, 1889 God's Estimate of Character. - Mrs. E. G. White. "For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord: I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts; and I will be to them a God, and they shall be to me a people." {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 1} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 2] When the law of God is written in the heart, it will be shown in a pure and holy life. The commandments of God are no dead letter. They are spirit and life, bringing the imagination and even the thoughts into subjection to the will of Christ. The heart in which they are written will be kept with all diligence; for out of it are the issues of life. All who love Jesus and keep the commandments will seek to avoid the very appearance of evil; not because they are constrained thus to do, but because they are copying a pure model, and feel averse to everything contrary to the law written in their hearts. They will not feel self-sufficient, but their trust will be in God, who alone is able to keep them from sin and impurity. The atmosphere surrounding them is pure; they will not corrupt their own souls or the souls of others. It is their pleasure to deal justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly before God. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 2} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 3] The danger that lies before those living in these last days, is the absence of pure religion, the absence of heart holiness. The converting power of God has not wrought in transforming their characters. They profess to believe sacred truths, as did the Jewish nation; but failing to practice the truth, they are ignorant both of the Scriptures and the power of God. The power and influence of God's law are around about, but not within, the soul, renewing it in true holiness. Therefore the Lord sends his appeals to them to urge upon them the practice of what is right. The appeals of his Spirit are neglected and rejected. The barriers are broken down, and the soul is weak, and for want of moral force to overcome, is polluted and debased. They are binding themselves in bundles as fagots, ready to be consumed at the last day. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 3} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 4] The Jewish priests were required to be in person all that was symmetrical and well proportioned, that they might reflect a great truth: "Be ye clean that bear the vessels of the Lord." The Lord required not only a well-proportioned mind and symmetrical body of the Jews who ministered in holy office, but he required also pure and uncorrupted minds. And he requires no less of us, in this dispensation, in the ministry of the gospel. His called and chosen are to show forth the praises of Him who hath called them out of darkness into his marvellous light. The same Bible that contains the privileges of God's people and his promises to them, contains also the sacred duties and the solemn obligations he requires of the shepherd who has charge of the flock of God, so that the people can see by comparing the living preacher with the divine picture whether he has credentials from heaven in likeness of character to him who is the Chief Shepherd. God designs that the teacher of the Bible should in his character and home life be a specimen of the principles of the truth which he is teaching to his fellow-men. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 4} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 5] What a man is, has a greater influence than what he says. The quiet, consistent, godly life is a living epistle, known and read of all men. A man may speak and write like an angel, but in his practices resemble a fallen fiend. God will have the believers of the truth zealous to maintain good works. As they occupy high positions, they will be tested by a higher standard. They will be sifted, defects and vices will be searched out; for if such exist, they will be developed in words and deportment. True character is not something shaped from without, or put on, but it is something radiating from within. If true goodness, purity, meekness, lowliness, and equity are dwelling in the heart, that fact will be reflected in the character; and such a character is full of power. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 5} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 6] The officers who were sent to take Jesus reported that never man spake like this man. But the reason of this was, that never man lived like this man; for if he had not so lived, he could not so have spoken. His words bore with them a convincing power, because they came from a heart pure, holy, burdened with love and sympathy, beneficence and truth. How rejoiced are those who hate God's law, to find spot and stain of character in one who stands in defense of that law! They are only too glad to cast a reproach upon all the loyal and true, because of the faults and impure practices of a few. There is eloquence in the quiet and consistent life of a pure, true, unadulterated Christian. We shall have temptations as long as we are in this world. But instead of injuring us, they will only be turned to our advantage, if resisted. The bounds are placed where Satan cannot pass. He may prepare the furnace that consumes the dross; but instead of injuring, it can only bring forth the gold of character purer than before the trial. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 6} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 7] God would not permit Balaam to curse Israel; but Satan compassed their overthrow. Balak, by the advice of Balaam, laid the snare. Israel would have resisted their enemies in battle bravely, and come off conquerors; but when they were invited to idolatrous feasts, and indulgence in wine had clouded their minds, they did not resist temptation. And the sin of the Hebrews brought destruction upon them, as warfare with the nations and the enchantments of Balaam could not do. Their covering and protection were removed from them. They became separated from God, and he turned to be their enemy. The anger of the Lord was kindled against Israel, and his judgments fell upon them. The plague immediately broke out, and those who were most guilty were its victims. They realized that "the wages of sin is death." {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 7} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 8] The very same Satan is now working to the same end, to weaken and destroy the people of God as they are on the borders of the heavenly Canaan. He knows his time is short, and with his subtle temptations he will work with tremendous power to ensnare them upon their weak points of character. Those who have dishonored their minds and affections by placing them where God's Word forbids, will not scruple to dishonor God by various species of idolatry, and they will be left to their vile affections. It is necessary to guard the thoughts, to fence the soul about with the injunctions of God's holy Word, and to guard constantly against being betrayed into sin. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 8} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 9] There is to be a people fitted up for translation to heaven, whom Enoch represents. They are looking and waiting for the coming of the Lord. The work of preparation for this event will go on with all who will co-operate with Jesus in his efforts in their behalf. He gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. God has made every provision that we may become intelligent Christians, filled with a knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding. A theoretical knowledge of the truth is essential, but such a knowledge of even the greatest truth will not save us; our knowledge must be practical. God's people must not only know his will, but they must practice it also. Many will be purged out from the number of those who know the truth, because they are not sanctified by it. The truth must be brought into their hearts, sanctifying them, and cleansing from all earthliness and sensuality in the most private life. Every secret act is as if we were in the presence of God and holy angels, as all things are open before God, and from him nothing can be hid. {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 9} [BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 10] It is only through Christ that his people can resist temptation, and become men and women of high and holy purpose, of noble integrity, who will not be swayed from truth, right, and justice. The Christian must be much in prayer. Prayer takes hold upon Omnipotence, and gains us the victory. It was thus that Enoch walked with God. And those who thus make Christ their daily companion and familiar friend will feel that the powers of an unseen world are all around them, and by looking unto Jesus they will become assimilated to his image. - {BEcho, October 1, 1889 par. 10} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 1] January 1, 1892 From America to Australia. - Visit to Honolulu. - Mrs. E. G. White. November 12, we went on board the steamship Alameda, at San Francisco, California, for our long voyage across the Pacific Ocean. The last parting words were spoken, and at 4 o'clock our good ship left the dock, and steamed out of Golden Gate against a strong headwind. The restless sea rocked and tossed us about, quite to the discomfort of the passengers; but after the first day we had very pleasant, smooth sailing; the captain said that he could hardly remember having had so pleasant a voyage. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 2] Our vessel, though comparatively small, and not so elegant as many of the Atlantic boats, was thoroughly comfortable, convenient, and safe. The officers were kind and gentlemanly. We had about eighty cabin passengers, and forty in the steerage. Among the former were eight ministers, several of whom were returning home from the great Methodist Conference in Washington. Religious services were held twice each Sunday, in the social hall, and occasionally on deck for the steerage passengers. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 3] One week from California we reached the Sandwich Islands. The scene presented from the steamer as we approached Honolulu was very beautiful. The mountains rising at a little distance from the water's edge, and clothed with the rich green of the tropics, and the city in its setting of palms and other tropical trees, appeared especially attractive after gazing for seven days on the boundless expanse of waters. We were met at the wharf by friends living in the city. Men, women, and children greeted us so heartily that we could not but feel at home among them. We were glad to welcome these dear friends, and to meet again Bro. Starr and his wife, who had been about five weeks on the island, laboring among the people, and speaking in the churches, by invitation, with good effect. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 4] The business part of the town is very indifferent, but the residences are fine. They have broad verandas, and are surrounded with green lawns, which are beautified with all kinds of tropical trees and flowers. We saw beautiful avenues of royal palms; trees and vines, shrubs and hedges, brilliant with flowers; cocoa palms laden with the brown, heavy-looking fruit; bread-fruit and mango trees, fields of pineapples, and patches of taro, the staple food of the natives; with many other trees and plants that I cannot name. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 5] For six miles back of the city the road gradually ascends a mountain valley, to the "Pali," or precipice, a point of interest, both for its historical association, and for the fine landscape view which is obtained from it. Standing on the rocky edge of the precipice, we look down 1,200 feet, while on either side the bare, rocky summits tower to a height of 3,000 feet. Below is a rich green plain, dotted with rice and sugar plantations, and hills around which the brown road winds in and out; beyond all is the broad blue sea, the white surf breaking along the shore. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 6] It was near the head of this valley, about the close of the eighteenth century, that the last native chief of the island made a stand with his forces against Kamehameha I., who was trying to bring all the islands under one government. The chief's forces were defeated, and, fleeing up the valley, many were driven over the precipice, and dashed in pieces on the rocks at its base. It is said that the bones of these unfortunate warriors are still to be found scattered on the plain. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 7] Our steamer was not to leave Honolulu till past midnight; and at the earnest desire of our friends I consented to speak in the evening. The hall of the Young Men's Christian Association was secured for the purpose. I spoke from 1 John 3:1-4, dwelling upon the great love of God to man, as expressed in the gift of Jesus that we might become children of God. The Spirit of the Lord was present. At the close of the meeting we were gratified to make the acquaintance of some of the leading members of the Young Men's Christian Association. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 8] Samoa and Auckland. On Friday, Nov. 27, we reached the Samoan Islands, after a pleasant voyage of seven days from Honolulu. We had expected extremely hot weather in passing through the tropics, but in this we were happily disappointed. Only a few days were uncomfortably warm. On Tuesday, Nov. 24, when we crossed the equator, the air was so cool that we found our wraps needful on deck. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 9] Our steamer cast anchor off Apia, which is situated on the island of Upolo, and is the principal town of the Samoan Group. The harbor or bay of Apia is a beautiful expanse of water, shut in by coral reefs, over which the surf is constantly breaking. The island is clothed in the richest and most luxuriant verdure. The mountains rise almost from the water's edge; cocoa palms grow all along the shore and far up the mountain sides, which are clothed in green to the very summits. The town of Apia consists of two rows of small white buildings on either side of a narrow street that winds along the shore. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 10] Through an opening in the reef that encloses the harbor, vessels pass in and out; another reef lying nearer the shore prevents them from reaching the dock; but passengers are taken on shore in boats. Before us is a reminder of the terrible storms that sometimes visit this lovely spot. On the reef between us and the shore lies the hull of a German vessel that was wrecked in the hurricane of March, 1889, when seven men-of-war and fifteen merchant vessels were either stranded or wholly destroyed. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 11] Before our steamer comes to anchor, we see boats and the canoes of the natives coming out to meet us; and soon we are surrounded with them. The natives are physically well developed, and are said to have the finest physique of any of the South Sea peoples. They are of a light brown color. Most of them are destitute of clothing except a cloth or mat about the loins; many are elaborately tattooed. Some wear broad-brimmed straw hats, some turbans, while many have the hair dressed with lime, giving them the appearance of wearing a white cap. The canoes were laden with pineapples, bananas, oranges of a bright green color but of excellent flavor, mangoes, limes, cocoa-nuts, and other tropical fruits, shells and coral, mats and cloth, together with baskets and fans, very neatly woven from the native grasses. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 11} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 12] Most of our party went ashore, and had an opportunity of seeing the natives in their homes. The huts are made by spreading over a wooden framework a covering of palm leaves and native grasses. For the floor, the ground is covered with gravel or pounded coral, on which is spread a coarse matting. Mats form the beds at night, and the table and seats by day; large leaves and cocoa-nut shells serve as dishes. Our party were greeted cordially by the natives, who brought them flowers, and seemed anxious to show their feelings of kindness. At one o'clock P.M. the anchor was lifted, and soon our boat was again on its way over the broad Pacific. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 12} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 13] November 26, the day before we reached Samoa, was my birthday. As I contemplate the past year, I am filled with gratitude to God for his preserving care and loving-kindness. At times I have been afflicted in body and depressed in spirits; but the Lord has been my Redeemer, my Restorer. Many have been the rich blessings imparted to me. In the time of my greatest need, I have been enabled to hold fast my confidence in my Heavenly Father. The powers of darkness are restrained; for Jesus, our Advocate, lives to make intercession for us. He is able to save us, soul, body, and spirit, and to make us vessels unto honor, meet for the Master's use. We are living in a perilous time, when all our powers must be consecrated to God. We are to follow Christ in his humiliation, his self-denial, his suffering. We owe everything to Jesus, and renewedly I consecrate myself to his service, to lift him up before the people, to proclaim his matchless love. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 13} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 14] Between Samoa and Auckland we crossed the day-line, and for the first time in our lives we had a week of six days. Tuesday, December 1, was dropped from our reckoning, and we passed from Monday to Wednesday. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 14} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 15] At daylight of December 3, the coast of new Zealand was in sight, and about noon our boat reached the dock at Auckland. This is a beautiful harbor, and the town on the hills above presents a fine appearance. We had hoped to meet Elder Gates of the Pitcairn here; but in this we were disappointed; and my son, W. C. White, remained a few days to see him, rejoining us at Sydney. As our boat touched the wharf, a number of brethren stepped on board, and introduced themselves to us, and we had a glad meeting. On landing, we rode to the house of Bro. Edward Hare. Here we found a pleasant home, and were refreshed with delicious strawberries, oranges, bananas, and more substantial viands. Then we had a very enjoyable ride into the country. The fresh, sweet air filled with the fragrance of wild roses, sweet-brier, and new-mown hay, reminded us of our northern summer, the green hedges separating the fields are like England, while there is much in the landscape that resembles California. The vegetation and the general appearance of the country is that of the temperate zone rather than the tropics. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 15} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 16] In the evening we met with the church at their house of worship, and I spoke to them in regard to the necessity of receiving Christ as their personal Saviour. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 16} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 17] In Australia. We entered Sydney harbor at seven o'clock on the morning of December 8. The sea rolled heavily during the night, and it was difficult to keep safely in our berths; but all our party were able to be on deck as we entered the harbor, which is one of the most beautiful in the world. Before we reached the landing, we could see our friends on shore, and could distinguish Bro. and Sister Daniells, the only ones present whom we knew, and soon a hearty and tender welcome was accorded us. After a wholesome and well-prepared breakfast at Bro. Daniells', our party, with the canvassers, Bible-workers, and a few friends, united in a precious season of worship. We remained in Sydney one week, and had an opportunity to see something of this large and beautiful city. I spoke to the people twice, at the commencement of the Sabbath and on Sabbath morning. The Lord gave me special freedom, and the people rejoiced in the message of truth, which, as they testified, filled their hearts with joy, peace, and the love of God. Bro. Starr spoke on Sunday evening with good acceptance. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 17} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 18] On reaching Melbourne, Dec. 16, we found our friends at the station, waiting for us, some whom we knew and some whom we did not know, and we were heartily welcomed by all. Horses and carriages were waiting, and conveyed us two or three miles to the Echo Office. In Federal Hall, in the office building, we found a large company assembled to welcome us to Australia, and to unite with us in thanksgiving to God for his preserving and tender care during the long passage across the water. Elder Starr, W. C. White, and myself each addressed a few words to those whom we were meeting for the first time in a new country; and as we united in a season of prayer the Lord blessed us together. After the benediction, we were introduced to many of the brethren and sisters. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 18} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 19] On Sabbath, Dec. 19, I spoke in Federal Hall. I had freedom, and my soul was blessed as I spoke the words of life to an attentive congregation. There was a social meeting in the afternoon, when many precious testimonies were borne. My heart was made glad in the Lord, and I could not but exclaim, "What hath God wrought?" as I looked upon this large company who have accepted the Bible just as it reads, thus placing their feet on the solid platform of truth, and heard them speak of their faith, believing as a child believes and trusts its parents. Humility in obedience to God is a hard lesson for fallen humanity to learn. There is something in the human, unsanctified heart that rises up in opposition to inspired truth, when it requires separation from former associations and customs in taking a position on the Sabbath which the Lord has blessed and sanctified as his memorial of creation. May the light of these who have had courage, and sincerity, and simplicity of faith, shine forth in good works, that many more may be added to the church, of such as shall be saved. Elder Starr also has spoken several times, giving the flock meat in due season. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 19} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 20] On Christmas day our hall was full. Many had come in from Sydney, Adelaide, Ballarat, and the smaller churches. The Lord gave me much of his Spirit in speaking of the first advent of Christ, when angels heralded his birth to the waiting shepherds and sang their glad songs over the plains of Bethlehem. {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 20} [BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 21] We see in the people here the intelligence, heartiness, and simplicity that characterize the lovers of the Truth in America. Many express gratitude to God that he has sent his servants here. - {BEcho, January 1, 1892 par. 21} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 1] January 15, 1892 "Ye are Complete in Him." ［A DISCOURSE PREACHED IN FEDERAL HALL, NORTH FITZROY, MELBOURNE, DECEMBER 19, 1891.］ - Mrs. E. G. White. "For I would that ye knew what great conflict I have for you, and for them at Laodicea, and for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh; that their hearts might be comforted, being knit together in love, and unto all riches of the full assurance of understanding, to the acknowledgment of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ; in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. And this I say, lest any man should beguile you with enticing words. For though I be absent in the flesh, yet am I with you in the spirit, joying and beholding your order, and the steadfastness of your faith in Christ. As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in him; rooted and built up in him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the God-head bodily. And ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principality and power." Colossians 2:1-10. {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 2] Mark the words of the last clause, "Ye are complete in him." Is not this a wonderful statement? Notwithstanding all our various temperaments, our different defects and imperfections, notwithstanding the attacks of the enemy, his grievous temptations and suggestions, we are said to be complete in him who is the head of all principality and power. Very much is presented before you in the words which I have read; but we shall be able to notice only a few of the points contained in this scripture. But we desire that you should be able in some measure to comprehend the possibilities to which we may attain in our Christian life. We are to walk even as Christ walked, or the words of inspiration would not so present the course of the follower of Christ. "As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in him." {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 3] In order to attain to this high calling of God in Christ Jesus, you must begin the day with your Saviour. The very first out-breathing of the soul in the morning should be for the presence of Jesus. "Without me," he says, "ye can do nothing." It is Jesus that we need; his light, his life, his spirit, must be ours continually. We need him every hour. And we should pray in the morning that as the sun illuminates the landscape, and fills the world with light, so the Sun of righteousness may shine into the chambers of mind and heart, and make us all light in the Lord. We cannot do without his presence one moment. The enemy knows when we undertake to do without our Lord, and he is there, ready to fill our minds with his evil suggestions that we may fall from our steadfastness; but it is the desire of the Lord that from moment to moment we should abide in him, and thus be complete in him, accepted in the Beloved. God designs that every one of us shall be perfect in him, so that we may represent to the world the perfection of his character. He wants us to be set free from sin, that we may not disappoint Heaven, that we may not grieve our divine Redeemer. He does not desire us to profess Christianity, and yet not avail ourselves of that grace which is able to make us perfect, that we may be found wanting in nothing, but unblamable before him in love and holiness. {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 4] I hear one say, "I can never reach that standard." But this is what you must be, or you will never enter heaven. We want to gain heaven; for there, there is no disappointment, no sorrow, no sin, no one who shall say, "I am sick;" no burial trains there, no mourning, no death, no parting, no broken hearts; but Jesus is there, peace is there. O, we must be with him; for in his presence is fulness of joy, at his right hand there are pleasures forevermore. And it is here that we must behold him, and become changed into his image. "We all with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord." How much comfort it gives to behold him here by the eye of faith, that we may by beholding be made like him, but what will it be to behold him as he is, without one dimming veil between? {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 5] And who is he? He is the One who has made an infinite sacrifice in our behalf, the One who has brought eternal redemption to our view, and should we behold in him all he is to us, how gladly would we yield our hearts to him, to love him and obey him. Can we not do this now? Is there not need that we behold him by faith and become changed into his image, when we know that the world is covered with moral darkness like the pall of death, that as we reflect light into the gloomy pathway of those who are in perplexity and error, they may see that there is brightness and attractiveness in the Christian's hope? But all this depends upon your reception of the Holy Spirit. It is your privilege to be anointed from on high, or you cannot represent Jesus as he is, and the world cannot take knowledge of you that you have been with him and have learned of the divine Teacher. You are to walk in him, to love him because he first loved you. {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 6] Jesus did not seek you and me because we were his friends; for we were estranged from him, and unreconciled to God. It was while we were yet sinners that Christ died for us. But he has promised to give us his Holy Spirit, that we might become assimilated to his nature, changed into his image. Therefore we must put away everything like passion, impatience, murmuring, and unrest, and find a place for Jesus in the heart. We must have the buyers and the sellers cleared out of the soul-temple, that Jesus may take up his abode within us. Now he stands at the door of the heart as a heavenly merchantman; he says, "Behold, I stand at the door and knock, if any man hear my voice, and will open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me." "Open unto me; buy of me the heavenly wares; buy of me the gold tried in the fire." Buy faith and love, the precious, beautiful attributes of our Redeemer, which will enable us to find our way into the hearts of those who do not know him, who are cold and alienated from him through unbelief and sin. He invites us to buy the white raiment, which is his glorious righteousness: and the eyesalve, that we may discern spiritual things. O, shall we not open the heart's door to this heavenly visitor? {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 7] But every one who is Christ's, who has tasted of the powers of the world to come, has crucified the flesh, with the affections and lusts. As the physical nature is sustained by the food we eat, so the spiritual nature must be sustained by the Word and Spirit of God. God desires us to have a healthful experience. We shall be feeble and dying Christians if we have the experience described by the apostle as fashioned after "the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ." We must have Christ abiding in our hearts by faith, and then we shall manifest the fruits of the Spirit, which the Word of God declares are "love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance." {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 8] But sometimes those who profess to be followers of Christ, will say, "You must not be surprised if I am rough, if I speak bluntly, if I manifest temper; for it is my way." But is not Heaven surprised at such manifestations, since the plan of salvation has been devised, since an infinite sacrifice has been made on Calvary's cross, that we might reflect the image of Jesus? Will your way lead to heaven? Suppose one should come up to the pearly gates, and say, "I know that I have been rude and unkind, and it is my disposition to lie and to steal; but I want an entrance into the heavenly mansions;" would that way give him an entrance into the portals of the heavenly city? -- No; it is those who keep Christ's way that will enter there. He says, "I am the way, the truth, and the life; no man cometh unto the Father, but by me." If any one thinks he can climb up some other way, he will find that it will not lead him to the mansions of glory. We want Christ's way. His life must be in us, even as blood is the life that nourishes the body. Jesus has said, "Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. . . . He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood dwelleth in me, and I in him." We should study that we may understand the meaning of these words; for they are of vital importance to us. Jesus has explained their significance. He says, "It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life." (To be continued.) {BEcho, January 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 1] February 1, 1892 Ye are Complete in Him ［A DISCOURSE IN MELBOURNE DECEMBER 19, 1891.］ - (Continued.) - Mrs. E. G. White. Text: Colossians 2:1-10. We should take time to study the Bible; for we must know what saith the Scripture. The Bible is the garden of God, and as we see the lovely flowers of promise that have been placed there, we should gather them to our souls. For "exceeding great and precious promises" are given unto us, that by these we might become "partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust." {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 2] "Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty." Does this mean that you are not to associate with the world? -- No; for how can you bring to them the light of truth if you do not come in contact with them? But you cannot do them good if your association with the world leads you to beg the world's pardon for your faith in Christ; for then you do not mould the world, but the world moulds you. Jesus has signified what is to be your position in the world. He says, "Ye are the light of the world." "He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 3] Since God has given us this assurance, why is it that we see so many clouded, mixed experiences? It is because many of the professed followers of Christ have given heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. It is because they have not responded to the drawing of Christ. When you do this, you draw others to him by your consistent life and Christian example: for by faith you become rooted and grounded in the truth. You must search the precious Word of God, that you may know what is truth. Jesus prayed that his disciples might be sanctified through the truth. And no one can be safe in thinking that he can permit himself to indulge in any sin, however secret it may be; for God requires truth in the inward parts, and in the hidden parts wisdom. You need not feel complacency because you are sure that your brethren do not know of your misdeeds. Does not One who is acquainted with your brethren know all about your life? Does not he read your heart as an open book? You cannot indulge in any sin, and still be a witness for the Lord, for in works you deny him. Where is the holy boldness that should characterize your faith and prayers, because you are not condemned before man and God, but can lift up holy hands without wrath or doubting? Where is your ringing testimony on the side of truth? If you are indulging in known sin, you cannot utter words to the glory of God, because there is something in your heart that condemns you. The Spirit of God is not in your soul. But let the heart with all its affections be just where it belongs, surrendered to God, and you will have joy and peace in the Holy Ghost. Your intellect, your ability, your powers of soul, body, and spirit, have been purchased at an infinite price by the Son of God, and they all belong to him. And yet though Christ has redeemed men, how few render to him that which is his own. How many rob him in thought and in service. O, shall we not gird up the loins of our minds, and bring into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ, and hope unto the end for the grace that shall be given unto us at the revelation of Jesus Christ? {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 4] You cannot enter heaven with any deformity or imperfection of character, and you must be fitted for heaven now in this probationary life. If you would enter the abode of the righteous when Christ shall come, you must have the deep movings of the Spirit of God, that you may have an individual experience, and be complete in Him who is the fulness of the Godhead bodily. Through the power of the righteousness of Christ, we are to depart from all iniquity. There must be a living connection of the soul with its Redeemer. The channel of communication must be open continually between man and his God, that the soul may grow in grace and in the knowledge of the Lord. But how many do not pray. They feel under condemnation for sin, and they think they must not come to God until they have done something to merit his favor, or until God has forgotten about their transgressions. They say, "I cannot hold up holy hands before God without wrath or doubting, and therefore I cannot come." So they remain away from Christ, and are committing sin all the time in so doing, for without him you can do nothing but evil. Just as soon as you commit sin, you should flee to the throne of grace, and tell Jesus all about it. You should be filled with sorrow for sin, because through sin you have weakened your own spirituality, grieved the heavenly angels, and wounded and bruised the loving heart of your Redeemer. When you have asked Jesus in contrition of soul for his forgiveness, believe that he has forgiven you. Do not doubt his divine mercy, or refuse the comfort of his infinite love. {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 5] If your child had disobeyed you, and committed wrong against you, and that child should come with a breaking heart to ask forgiveness, you know what you would do. You know how quickly you would draw your child to your heart, and assure him that your love was unchanged, and his transgressions forgiven. Are you more merciful than your merciful Heavenly Father, who so loved the world that he "gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life"? You should go to God as children go to their parents. Ask your Heavenly Father to forgive your errors, and pray that through the grace of Christ you may be able to overcome every defect of your character. {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 6] Jesus came to this world to save his people from their sins. He will not save us in our sins, for he is not the minister of sin. We must respond to the divine drawing of Christ, and repent of our sins, and unite ourselves to Christ as the branch is united to the vine. Jesus says, "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me." Jesus is drawing all men; who will respond to this drawing? Many will be greatly influenced by the life and example of those who profess to have responded to this divine love that is drawing the hearts of men. Many will watch you who profess his name, to see whether it makes you better men and better women. They will watch to see if you are Christlike, kind and courteous in your family. The Lord has said, "By their fruits ye shall know them." {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 7] Your home life is an index to your Christianity. What a man is in his family, is just what he is in the sight of God. Those who profess to be followers of Christ will reveal just what is their attitude towards Christ in the home circle. As the mothers brought their children to Christ that he might place his hands upon them, and bless them, so parents should take their children to him today. Talk to your children of Jesus, tell them of his love, and how desirous you are to have them Christ's children. The agencies of heaven will co-operate with you in your work of drawing the children to Jesus. {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 8] God is a lover of the beautiful, but that which he most loves is a beautiful character. These lovely flowers on the desk today are an expression of the love of God to us. Flowers are the adornments that God has made for the earth. Christ has said, "Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, that even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these." Jesus tells us that there is something higher for our consideration and aims than what we shall eat, and what we shall drink, and wherewithal we shall be clothed. It is beauty of character that shall not perish, but last through the ceaseless ages of eternity. "Whose adorning, let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price." 1 Peter 3:3, 4. {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 9] Jesus would have the fathers and mothers teach their children this beauty of character. He would have them teach their children that God loves them, that their natures may be changed, and brought into harmony with God. Do not teach your children that God does not love them when they do wrong; teach them that he loves them so that it grieves his Spirit to see them in transgression, because he knows they are doing injury to their souls. Do not terrify your children by telling them of the wrath of God, but rather seek to impress them with his unspeakable love and goodness, and thus let the glory of the Lord be revealed before them. (Concluded next number.) {BEcho, February 1, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 1] February 15, 1892 "Ye Are Complete In Him." ［A DISCOURSE IN MELBOURNE, DECEMBER 19, 1891.］ - Mrs. E. G. White. (Concluded.) Text: Colossians 2:1-10 When Moses prayed, "Lord, show me thy glory," the Lord took this atom of humanity, who was yet a mighty man of faith, and placed him in the cleft of the rock, and covered him with his hand, and the Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty." {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 2] The glory of the Lord is his goodness and love. Then do not teach your children that God frowns upon them, but that when they sin they grieve the Spirit of God, who always loves them. Draw your children to Jesus. But if you would draw your children to Jesus, you must not enter your home with cross words, with a frown upon your brow. If you come from your business weary and worn, just plead with God for his grace, for his restful spirit, that your heart may be melted into tenderness, and that your lips may be filled with words of kindness and comfort. Bind your children to your heart. Recommend your religion to them by its pleasantness. Your children are a part of you, and can you bear to have them separated from you in the day of Christ's coming? Give them a representation of the character of Christ, by your own Christlike character, and let your home be as a heaven upon earth. {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 3] The religion of Christ will take away all the ruggedness of the character, and will melt and subdue the soul. It is the Spirit of God that we need. Let the work begin by turning to the Lord with full purpose of heart, that the heart may be softened, and that Christ may mould and fashion you after his own divine image. But many feel that they cannot go to Jesus in confidence. They say, "It does not seem as though God heard my prayers. I have tried and tried to rid my soul of sin, but I cannot do it." Then say, "Lord, I am powerless to cleanse and save myself, and I cast my helpless soul on thee." That is what Jacob did. All night long he had been wrestling with One whom he supposed was his enemy; but it was the great I AM, the mighty God, the Prince of peace; and just as long as he continued his wrestling, he found no comfort, no hope. It was a life-and-death question with him, and his strength was almost exhausted. Then the Angel touched his thigh, and he knew that he wrestled with no common adversary. Wounded and helpless, Jacob fell upon his bosom, just as you and I must do, just as any soul does when he falls upon the Rock and is broken. "Let me go for the day breaketh," pleaded the angel; but Jacob ceased not his intercession, and Christ had to make terms with this helpless, broken, penitent soul, in accordance with his own character: "And let him take hold of my strength, and make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me." Our precious Saviour cannot tear himself away from a soul wounded and helpless, and crying unto him for aid. Jacob pleaded with determined spirit, "I will not let thee go except thou bless me." Who was it that inspired this spirit of persistence? -- It was He who wrestled with the patriarch: it was He who gave him the victory, who changed his name from Jacob to Israel, and said, "As a prince hast thou power with God, and with men, and hast prevailed." {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 4] But many of you say, "The nearer I seek to come to Christ, the worse I feel. "Did not Jacob have this very experience? As you see the wounds and bruises that sin has made in you, look upon the bruised body of your divine Redeemer, wounded in your behalf, that the marks which sin has made may be healed. Have you not again and again felt distressed and agonized in looking to yourself for merit? I have. And now the question is, What will you do? You can say, "Lord Jesus, I cannot blot out one stain of sin from my soul. I must come to thee-- 'Just as I am, without one plea, But that thy blood was shed for me.' I can only come saying, -- 'Nothing in my hand I bring, Simply to thy cross I cling.'" {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 5] You might say, "I will give all my goods to feed the poor, I will give my body to be burned;" but that would not better your case. Man can do nothing to merit the favor of Heaven. That which avails for the sinner is to accept gladly the sacrifice which Christ has made, and appreciate his love, laying hold of his righteousness by faith. He loves you; and when you love him because he first loved you, you will feel that every power of soul and body belongs to him. Take his free gift to you, and then give yourself freely to him; and the power of God will come upon you. {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 6] But when you ask God for his blessing, do not mark out the way in which he is to give you that blessing. You will not always receive it in just the way you think it will come. Ask the Lord to give you the very blessing you need in the very way in which he sees will be for your best good. Let your prayer be, "Give me that which my soul needs, in order that I may be a faithful sentinel for God." {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 7] "Come, now, and let us reason together, saith the Lord; though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be white as snow, though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool." Can we not believe the promise of God, and know that he will do for us just what he has promised? We need the vital touch of faith, that we may know that the mercy of God is extended toward us. God accepts us through Christ, and we are not to feel that we are of no value in his sight. He sent his only begotten Son into the world to die for us, and we are to value ourselves in the light of the cross of Calvary. Jesus declares: "I will make a man more precious than gold, even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir." And we may all be made precious in Christ; for he says to those who feel their own weakness, "Let him take hold of my strength, and make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me." {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 8] If the life of Jesus was in you, you would be filled with vital energy. The church would not be in a cold, backslidden state, but we should see a revival of the missionary spirit. You would not rest in ease, taking the privileges of the gospel as though they were meant exclusively for you; but you would seek to extend the glad tidings of salvation to this and that relative, to this and that neighbor or friend. You would go to them, not in a Pharisaical spirit, but in the spirit of love, seeking to break down all opposition. You would find your way into their hearts, and would tell them of the love of Jesus. You would present to the Lord in prayer those for whom you carried a burden, pleading with him to give you this or that soul as a precious sheaf for the heavenly garner, to bring to the feet of the Master. {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 9] We are all to be missionaries, and it is essential for every one of us that we have the righteousness of Christ to go before us, and the glory of the Lord to be our rearward. My heart is lifted up as I think of the blessings that are in store for those who rightly relate themselves to God, and it causes a hope to spring up within me that we may be baptized with the Holy Ghost in this place. Jesus is holding out his precious gift to you; will you receive it? It is the Comforter which he promised should come and abide with you forever. Thank God for this precious promise. {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 10] It is known in heaven how we represent Christ to the world. It is known what impressions we make upon those around us. Our words and actions are all written in the books of heaven. Then how important it is that we reveal the fact that we have been with Jesus, and have learned of him. Do any of you who profess to know him indulge in light, trifling conversation? O, do not permit your lips to utter that which will be a stumbling-block to those who are watching to see what benefit you have received from your faith in Christ. Rather lift their minds to dwell upon eternal realities. When you mingle with the people in the market place, as you walk the street, or wherever you may be, be sure that you have a living connection with God, and that you represent the character of Christ to the world. Jesus said, "As the Father hath sent me, so have I sent you." As he represented the Father, so his followers are to represent their Lord to the world. But you cannot do this unless the converting power of God is felt in your own heart from day to day. Your life must be hid with Christ in God. Self must be hidden in Christ. There must be no great I in heaven but the great I AM. {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 11] "Ye are laborers together with God." God will work with the church, but not without their cooperation. May every one of you who have tasted the good word of God, "let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Jesus says, "Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost its savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men." The saving salt, the savor of the Christian, is the love of Jesus in the heart, the righteousness of Christ pervading the soul. If the professor of religion would keep the saving efficacy of his faith, he must ever keep the righteousness of Christ before him, and have the glory of God for his rearward. Then the power of Christ will be revealed in life and character. {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 11} [BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 12] O, when we come to the pearly gates, and have an entrance into the city of God, will any one who enters there, regret that he devoted his life unreservedly to Jesus? Let us now love him with undivided affections, and co-operate with the heavenly intelligences, that we may be laborers together with God, and by partaking of the divine nature, be able to reveal Christ to others. O, for the baptism of the Holy Spirit! O, that the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness might shine into the chambers of mind and heart, that every idol might be dethroned and expelled from the soul temple! O, that our tongues might be loosened to speak of his goodness, to tell of his power! If you respond to the drawing of Jesus, you will not fail to have an influence on somebody through the beauty and power of the grace of Christ. Let us behold him and become changed into the image of him in whom dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, and realize that we are accepted in the Beloved, "complete in Him which is the head of all principality and power." {BEcho, February 15, 1892 par. 12} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 1] March 1, 1892 The Truth With Power. - Mrs. E. G. White The words of Christ just before his ascension to heaven mean much to every one who shall accept the truth as it is in Jesus. He said, "Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you; and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth." All the followers of Christ are to be witnesses unto him. Every one who receives the precious treasure of truth is to impart of this blessing to others. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 2] But the truth is too often presented in such a manner that it does not have the influence it should. A controversial spirit is encouraged. Many dwell almost exclusively upon doctrinal subjects, while true piety, experimental Godliness, receives little attention. Jesus, his love and grace, his self-denial and self-sacrifice, his meekness and forbearance, are not brought before the people as they should be. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 3] The question with us individually should be, How shall we sow the precious seed of truth so that it shall not be lost, but spring up and produce a harvest, that sheaves may be brought to the Master? How shall the great truths contained in the Holy Scriptures be presented so as to reach the heart and convince the people? {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 4] The teacher of truth needs first to learn his lessons of the Great Teacher. Christ assumed humanity, that he might touch humanity; and he would have his people come as close to hearts as possible in sympathy and love, and yet not sacrifice one principle of truth. There are subjects that we can dwell upon that will not arouse a combative spirit. Speak of Christ and him crucified. There are very many groping in darkness. The cry of the soul is, "What must I do to be saved?" There are souls starving for their portion of meat in due season. If the Word is rightly divided, these souls will receive just what they need. The gospel of Christ must be presented in its simplicity; but no one can communicate that which he has not received. In order to confess Christ, he must have Christ abiding in his own heart. In words and deeds there must be a visible representation of Christ. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 5] Men may speak fluently upon doctrines, and may express strong faith in theories, but do they possess Christlike meekness and love? A spirit contrary to the love, humility, meekness, and gentleness of Christ denies him, whatever may be the profession. We deny Christ when we speak evil one of another. We deny him in foolish talking, in jesting and joking. We deny him when we have a selfish spirit, criticising our brethren. We deny him in seeking to be first, seeking honor one of another. We may deny Christ in outward appearance by gratifying a proud heart, by lifting up the soul unto vanity, and by uncourteous behavior. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 6] The Spirit of God, as it comes into the heart by faith, is the beginning of the life eternal. With the baptism of the Holy Spirit upon the teacher of truth, he can talk of Christ and him crucified in language that savors of heaven. The mind and spirit of Christ will be in him, and he can present the will of God to man because his own heart has been brought into submission, and has been glorified by the Spirit of God. The Sun of Righteousness is risen upon him, that he might reflect its brightness to the world, and he will give evidence in a holy life that the truth he has received has been a sanctifying principle, and not a mere theory. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 7] The Lord is willing to help all who are searching for truth; and when any believer is asked a reason of his hope, let him answer with meekness and fear, having his own soul full of love for Jesus and for his fellow-men. In his activity, self-denial, and self-sacrifice, Christ's followers will represent the Pattern. Holding on to Jesus by living faith, they lay hold of souls for whom Christ died. With a wisdom that is divine, they draw souls to Christ. Thus they become a savor of life unto life; and if faithful to the end, they will walk in the heavenly courts side by side with those they have been instrumental in saving, and by the side of Jesus the Redeemer. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 8] The words of the True Witness should be carefully studied by all: "I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love,"--grown cold, unsympathetic; hardness of heart has taken the place of brotherly, Christlike love. "Remember therefore whence thou art fallen, and repent and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent." This warning is applicable to every church in our ranks. New elements of Christian life must be brought into the church. Love for Christ means a broad, extended love for one another, that love which is now so sadly wanting. The lack of love leads to the lack of respect for one another and the neglect of true courtesy. There is criticising, fault-finding, reporting words spoken in confidence, and using these to second the accusations of Satan, who is very busy in sowing distrust, jealousy, and bitterness. Why do the members of the church run so readily into this evil work, overlooking the precious things? Why do they not speak words of approval and encouragement to one another, and thus water the precious plant of love, that it may not die out of the heart? {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 9] We must awake, we must consider humbly and attentively the words of the True Witness. Shall these words, which present such solemn consequences, have their designed effect? If we do not manifest toward one another the tender, pitying love of Christ, we show that we do not appreciate the wealth of love that Jesus has manifested to us at such an infinite cost to himself. We show that we do not love Jesus, when we do not love those whom he has given his life to save. All who have the Saviour dwelling in their hearts will feel a yearning for fellowship and communion with one another. There will be no drawing apart. The heart where Christ is a cherished guest will flow out in love to all the objects of his love and compassion. But this love does not grow of itself; we must cultivate it by daily receiving of the grace of Christ. {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 10] The Lord sought ever to keep before his disciples their responsibility in the world. He tells them, "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid. . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." "Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and to be trodden under foot of men." The saving salt is the pure first love, the love of Jesus, the gold tried in the fire. When this is left out of the religious experience, Jesus is not there; the light, the sunshine of his presence, is not there. What, then, is the religion worth?--Just as much as the salt that has lost its savor. It is a loveless religion. Then there is an effort to supply the lack by busy activity, a zeal that is Christless. There is a wonderful keenness of perception to discover the defects in a brother or sister, and make these prominent. We are professedly commandment-keepers; then let us obey the commandments of God, the law that is love. Then like David we can say, "I delight to do thy will, O my God; yea, thy law is within my heart." - {BEcho, March 1, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 1] April 1, 1892 The Work of God to Believe in Christ. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Then said they unto him, What shall we do that we might work the works of God?" This was the question that was asked of Jesus by those who had witnessed his divine power in feeding the multitudes. But the question meant, What shall we do that we may deserve heaven? What is the price that we are required to pay that we may obtain the life to come? Now mark the answer of Jesus; for it is essential that we understand the truth he uttered: "Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent." The price of heaven is Jesus. The way of heaven is through faith in "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Those who would be saved must accept by faith the righteousness of Christ; and when they do this, they will work the works of God. {BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 2] But the people did not choose to receive this plain statement of divine truth. Unbelief manifested itself; for though they had seen evidences of the divinity of Christ, they still refused to walk in the light of heaven, and hardened their hearts against the Son of God. They asked, "What sign showest thou then, that we may see and believe thee? What dost thou work? Our fathers did eat manna in the desert: as it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat. Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven; but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven. For the bread of God is he which cometh down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world. Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread. And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst. But I said unto you, That ye also have seen me, and believed not." {BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 3] The Jews then murmured at him, because he said, "I am the bread which came down from heaven." "And they strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat? Then said Jesus unto them, Verily, verily. I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. . . . It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life." The question comes home to us today, Are we eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God? It is by beholding the love of Christ, by drinking it in, by dwelling upon it, that we eat his flesh and drink his blood, becoming partakers of the divine nature. As we meditate upon the truth as it is in Jesus, it becomes more deeply impressed upon the soul. "The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life." It is through the ministry of the word, that the saints are to be perfected. But what does it mean that there is so low a standard of piety among those who profess to be followers of Christ? Are the people fed upon the words of Christ? Are the messengers satisfied with preaching a discourse, and leaving the work of ministering to whoever may be inclined to do it? There is earnest work to do out of the desk as well as in it. The sermon may arouse the conscience, but the labor will be lost if the soul is left to settle down into the same state of indifference as before the words were spoken. The messenger is to speak as moved by the Spirit of God, and then he must come close to souls through personal labor, and guide the conscience, and fasten the truth in a sure place. The minister has a work to do in the home circle, teaching the members of the family concerning the great love wherewith God hath loved us, that they may know what it is to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. When the heart of the messenger is warmed with the love of Jesus, he will have a message to give that will be as a savor of life unto life, or of death unto death. He will not feel that his responsibility is over when he leaves the desk; there is a God-appointed work for him to do as a careful, tender shepherd of the flock of God. If he is a heaven-sent messenger, the truth will be in him as fire shut up in his bones, and it will be continually shining to enlighten those who are ignorant of what Jesus is to them, and of what they are to Jesus. He will teach them that the only way to reach the heaven above, is to cling to Jesus, day by day, hour by hour, mounting step by step to the heights of Christ. {BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 4] Those whom God has appointed to become instructors must know by personal experience what it is to have Christ made unto them wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption. But let no soul imagine that the gaining of eternal life through the finished work of Christ, will involve no struggle, no conflict. There will be constant battles against their own inclinations and hereditary and cultivated tendencies. The apostle declares, "We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand." We are continually to be found fighting the good fight of faith. We are to behold Christ, to study his character in the light of his word with fervent prayer, dwelling upon his attributes and virtues, until we shall become changed into his image. There is no time to halt and rest upon the ladder of progress. The command is to go forward and upward, looking to God, who is above the ladder. To look back is to become dizzy, to relax your hold, to lose all, to fall back into darkness. You must keep hold on Christ your Mediator, ascending step by step, being changed from glory to glory, from character to character, as by the Spirit of the Lord. Stretch up the hand of faith, taking hold of one line after another in the work of the Redeemer for the saving of precious souls. Those who think to labor for others should not wait till they know it all, before they begin to communicate to others, nor should they think that they have attained all that belongs to the work of the minister when they can preach a discourse. Such an one should set the standard high, and seek to become a minister of the word, teaching the souls for whom you labor precept upon precept, line upon line of divine truth. Your work cannot be a success unless you educate those for whom you labor. Seek to enlighten the minds of the seekers after truth by giving them clear and definite explanations in their own home circle, in the prayer meeting, and from the pulpit. Instead of spending all the time in sermonizing, open your Bible, and invite the people to engage with you in studying its precious truths. Let those who desire ask questions concerning that which they do not comprehend, that the plan of salvation may be more clearly revealed to their minds. Plant the feet of all that you possibly can, one step after another upon the divine ladder reaching from earth to heaven. Lift up Jesus, lift him up as the only One whereby men can be saved. Then will the truth you present become the power of God unto salvation. {BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 5] It is a perilous thing for the minister to become careless in his thoughts and actions; as surely as he does, he will become inefficient. I appeal to those who minister in the sacred desk to put into practice that which you already know from the messages which God has given you to warn, to instruct, and to encourage you. Confess your coldness, and let the warmth of the love of Christ, the precious beams of the Son of Righteousness, into the heart. If your hearts are filled with the message of God, if mercy and peace and righteousness are yours, if you feel that eternal vigilance is the price of your safety, your influence will be of the character of your experience, and others will follow in your footsteps; eternal things will be to them a divine reality. They will do as you do. It is your privilege to experience the completeness of salvation in Christ. Jesus is your only hope. You are to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus. You are to follow on to know the Lord, that you may know that his goings forth are prepared as the morning. You are to be raised up to sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. All that is written concerning the spiritual life, is written for you, and may be attained through uniting yourself to Jesus. If you will leave the world, and abandon your former ignorance, pressing on for more and more of the grace of Christ, you may have his guidance continually, and at every step diminish the distance between your soul and God, and be found in him, not having your own righteousness, but the righteousness of God which is by faith in Jesus Christ. If you love Jesus, you will show this by your love to those for whom he has died. If your zeal is languishing, your first love grown cold, accept again of the proffered love of Christ. Eat of Christ's flesh, drink of his blood, and you will become one with the Father and with the Son. (To be Continued.) {BEcho, April 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 1] April 15, 1892 Are We Growing Up Into Christ? - Mrs. E. G. White It is no real evidence that one is a Christian because his emotions are stirred, or his spirit aroused, by the presentation of truth. The question is, Are you growing up into Christ, your living head? Is the grace of Christ manifested in your life? God gives his grace to men, that they may desire more of his grace. God's grace is ever working upon the human heart; and when it is received, the evidence of its reception will appear in the life and character of the recipient, for spiritual life will be seen developing from within. The grace of Christ in the heart will always promote spiritual life, and spiritual advancement will be made. We each need a personal Saviour, or we shall perish in our sins. Let the question be asked of our souls, Am I growing up into Christ, my living head? Am I gaining advanced knowledge of God, and of Jesus Christ, whom he hath sent? We do not see the plants grow in the field, and yet we are assured that they do grow; and may we not know of our own spiritual strength and growth? {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 2] Growth in grace does not come without much earnest prayer, without the humbling of self at every step. Jesus said: "Strive to enter in at the strait gate; for many, I say unto you, shall seek to enter in, and shall not be able." "Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad; is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it." {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 3] "Then said they unto him, What shall we do that we might work the works of God?" Jesus answered and said unto them, "This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent." "And whatsoever we ask, we receive of him, because we keep his commandments, and do those things that are pleasing in his sight. And this is his commandment, that we should believe on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as he gave us commandment. And he that keepeth his commandments dwelleth in him, and he in him. And hereby we know that he abideth in us, by the Spirit which he hath given unto us." "And this is life eternal, that they might know thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent." {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 4] The sum and substance of the whole matter of Christian grace and experience is comprised in believing on Christ,--in knowing God, and his Son, whom he hath sent. But here is where many fail; for they lack faith in God. Instead of desiring to be brought into fellowship with Christ in his self-denial and humiliation, they are ever seeking for the supremacy of self. As long as they refuse to fall upon the Rock and be broken, they cannot appreciate the love or the character of God. We may be one with Christ; but we must be willing to yield our own way, our own will, and have the mind that was in Christ, that we may know what it is to have fellowship with him in humiliation and suffering. Our ideas are too contracted; we must have more expanded views of Christ and the character of his work. O, if we did but appreciate the love of God, how would our hearts be enlarged, our limited sympathies expanded, till they would break from the icy barriers of selfishness; and our comprehension would be deeper than it now is, for we should look beneath the surface. {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 5] It is because we do not know God, do not have faith in Christ, that we are not more deeply impressed with the humiliation he endured in our behalf, that his abasement does not lead every soul to the humbling of self, to the exalting of Jesus. The Lord calls upon you to humble yourselves under his mighty hand, that you may be partakers of his holiness. You are not to be above your Master, but as he was, so are you to be in the world. O, if you loved him as he has loved you, you would not shrink from a knowledge of the dark chapters of the experience of the Son of God. {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 6] In order to be partakers with Christ in his sufferings, we must behold the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world. When we contemplate the humiliation of Christ, beholding his self-denial and self-sacrifice, we are filled with amazement at the manifestation of divine love for guilty man. When for Christ's sake we are called to pass through trials that are of a humiliating nature, if we have the mind of Christ we shall suffer them with meekness, not resenting injury or resisting evil. We shall manifest the spirit that dwelt in Christ. The Christian cannot hope to live without trials. Difficulties will arise, unexpected sorrows will come, to those who are called to be the stewards of the manifold grace of God; but in the face of difficulty, those who, through faith in their Redeemer, are united to Christ as the branch is united to the living vine, will become partakers with him in his self-denial, and will go forth to shed upon those who are in darkness the light of his love. We are to understand what the sacrifice, the labors, and the sufferings of Christ are, in order that we may co-operate with him in working out the great scheme of redemption. {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 7] Though Christ endured sorrow which no pen can portray, he did not shrink from the payment of the ransom for lost man. Let the minister and missionary look upon his example of faith and perseverance. Of him it is written: "He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till he have set judgment in the earth." You are not to grow weary in well-doing, but to be of good courage in the work of God. It was love that sustained Christ in his humiliation, love for perishing souls that enabled him to endure the insults, the contempt, the rejection of men, and at last led him to die on Calvary, that whosoever believeth on him might not perish, but have everlasting life. The salvation of the lost was the object of Christ's mission to earth, and he died to redeem sinners of every race and every clime. We are to be laborers together with him; for as long as there are sinners to be saved, so long are the followers of Christ to deny self, to work intelligently, to go forth into the highways and by-ways, showing forth the praises of Him who hath called them out of darkness into his marvellous light. Christ calls upon all who have discerned the merits of his sacrifice and character to make known the wonders of redeeming love to those who know it not. He would have us bear with others as he has borne with us in our perversity, in our backslidings; for he has not cast us off in our waywardness, but has forgiven our transgressions, and clothed us with the robe of his righteousness, drawing us to himself by the cords of his love. {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 8] We are to bear Christ's yoke, to work as he worked for the salvation of the lost; and those who are partakers of his sufferings will also be partakers of his glory. The apostle says, "Ye are laborers together with God." Then let us take hold of his strength. Let every one who names the name of Christ among us become a laborer together with God. Let not the burden of the whole work fall on the ministers, but let every member of the church realize that he has a work to do. Let the people of God scatter abroad, moving in all directions, into cities and villages where the light of truth has not shone, that the knowledge of God may be diffused among men. Tell others what they must do to be saved. "This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent." If you had a realizing sense of the lost condition of souls who are out of Christ, you would work according to your intrusted talents, not growing weary in well-doing. The Saviour's commission to his people is, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature." O, how grievously has this work been neglected, and yet the famine-stricken world is perishing for the bread of life. Let every one surrender himself to God, accept the heavenly endowment of the Holy Spirit, and go forth to tell those who sit in darkness of a Saviour's love and sacrifice, that they should not perish, but have everlasting life. In whatever place you take up your abode, be a light to the people, pointing out the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in, and thus become laborers together with God. {BEcho, April 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 1] May 15, 1892 The Poor in Spirit. - Mrs. E. G. White "And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him; and he opened his mouth, and taught them, saying, Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." Matthew 5:1-3. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 2] The words of our lesson are from the lips of no other than the Majesty of heaven; of him who was equal with the Father, one with God. "Blessed are"--those who are filled with joyful emotion? who are highly elated? who feel that they are rich in spiritual attainment?--No. "Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." To be poor in spirit is to feel our deficiency and need because we have sinned and come short of the glory of God. It is this that causes us to mourn. But are we to conclude that Jesus would have us always lamenting our poverty of spirit, our lack of spiritual grace?--No; for by beholding we become changed, and if we talk of our poverty and weakness, we shall only become more poverty stricken, more feeble in spiritual things. To be poor in spirit is to be never satisfied with present attainments in the Christian life, but to be ever reaching up for more and more of the grace of Christ. The poor in spirit is one who looks upon the perfection of character, and is ever responding to the drawings of Christ, and who, in obtaining nearer and nearer views of Christ's perfect righteousness, sees in contrast his own unworthiness and unlikeness to Him who is glorious in holiness. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 3] He that is poor in spirit does not make a parade of his poverty; he shows that he is of this class by manifesting humility and meekness, by not depreciating others that he may exalt himself. He has no time for doing this; he sees too many defects in his own character which demand his attention. As he beholds the infinite love and mercy of God toward sinners, his heart is melted. He feels his poverty; but instead of calling attention to his weakness, he seeks continually for the riches of the grace of Christ, for the robe of his righteousness. The language of his heart is, "Less of self, and more of thee." He desires Jesus. He knows that there is nothing in himself whereby he can procure the freedom which Christ has purchased for him at the infinite price of his precious blood. He sees that the good works which he has done are all mingled with self, and he can take no glory to himself because of his attainments in the Christian life. He realizes that there is merit in naught else than the blood of Christ. But it is because of this very realization that he is blessed; for if he did not feel his need, he would not obtain the heavenly treasure. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 4] When Christ was upon earth, the Pharisees made bitter complaint against him because he was the friend of publicans and sinners. They said to his disciples, "Why eateth your Master with publicans and sinners? But when Jesus heard that, he said unto him, They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick." The Pharisees felt that they were whole; they felt that they were rich and increased with goods and had need of nothing, and knew not that they were poor and miserable and blind and naked and wretched. They were satisfied with their moral condition; but Jesus said, "I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." It is the needy that Jesus is seeking. Brethren and sisters, do you feel that you are needy? Are you saying, as did the Greeks that came to Jerusalem, "We would see Jesus"? The Greeks came to seek Jesus at a time when the Pharisees were upon his track, trying by every possible way to find something whereby they could accuse, condemn, and kill him. How grateful was the sincere desire and confidence of the Greeks to the Master at this time of trial and sorrow. The Greeks wanted to see him because they had heard of his mighty works, they had heard of his wisdom and truth; and they believed on him, for they had searched the prophecies and felt assured that he was the desire of their hearts. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 5] The great danger with the people who profess to believe the truth for this time is, that they will feel as if they were entitled to the blessing of God because they have made this or that sacrifice, done this or that good work for the Lord. Do you imagine, because you have decided to obey God, that he is under obligation to you, and that you have merited his blessing by thus doing? Does the sacrifice you have made look of sufficient merit to entitle you to the rich gifts of God? If you have an appreciation of the work that Christ has wrought out for you, you will see that there is no merit in yourself or in your work. You will see your lost condition. There is but one thing to do, and that is to look continually to Jesus, to believe in him whom the Father hath sent. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 6] At one time the people asked Jesus, "What shall we do, that we might work the works of God? Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent." Now the question is, Are we doing this? Do we feel our need? God has committed to us sacred trusts. The hereditary trusts of patriarchs and prophets have come down along the lines to us, and through them precious light has shone upon us. We have received divine enlightenment, and yet we have not made the advancement in the pathway of holiness that we should have made. Our obligation and responsibility have been faithfully pointed out; but we have not taken hold upon the strength of God that we might fulfil our obligations to him. We have failed to make the Holy Spirit the theme of our thought and instruction. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 7] Jesus said to his disciples. "It is expedient that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you. And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment." The Comforter is to come as a reprover, as one who is to lay open before us our defects of character, and at the same time to reveal to us the merit of him who was one with the Father, giving hope to the hopeless. Jesus says, "He shall glorify me; for he shall receive of mine, and shall show it unto you." In Christ dwelt all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, and we are to be complete in him. With all our defects of character, we are to come to him in whom all fulness dwells. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 8] But many of you say, "I have prayed, I have tried, I have struggled, and I do not see that I advance one step." Have you thought that you were earning something, that you were by your struggles and works paying the price of your redemption? This you never can do. Christ has paid the price of your redemption. There is only one thing that you can do, and that is to take the gift of God. You can come in all your need, and plead the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour; but you cannot come expecting that Christ will cover your wickedness, your daily indulgence in sin, with his robe of righteousness. The people of God are to be as branches grafted into the living Vine, to be partakers of the nature of the Vine. If you are a living branch of the true Vine, Jesus will prove you by trial, by affliction, that you may bring forth fruit more abundantly. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 9] The reason that we have not more of the Spirit and power of God with us is that we feel too well satisfied with ourselves. There is a marked tendency among those who are converted to the truth, to make a certain measure of advancement, and then settle down into a state of stolidity, where no further progress is attained. They stand right where they are, and cease to grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. But the religion of Christ is of a character that demands constant advancement. The Lord does not design that we shall ever feel that we have reached to the full measure of the stature of Christ. Through all eternity we are to grow in the knowledge of him who is the head of all things in the church. If we would draw upon his grace, we must feel our poverty. Our souls must be filled with an intense longing after God, until we realize that we shall perish unless Christ shall do the work for us. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 10] As we come to feel our utter reliance upon Christ for salvation, are we to fold our hands, and say, "I have nothing to do; I am saved; Jesus has done it all"?--No, we are to put forth every energy that we may become partakers of the divine nature. We are to be continually watching, waiting, praying, and working. But do all that we may, we cannot pay a ransom for our souls. We can do nothing to originate faith, for faith is the gift of God; neither can we perfect it, for Christ is the finisher of our faith. It is all of Christ. All the longing after a better life is from Christ, and is an evidence that he is drawing you to himself, and that you are responding to his drawing power. You are to be as clay in the hands of the potter; and if you submit yourself to Christ, he will fashion you into a vessel unto honor, fit for the Master's use. The only thing that stands in the way of the soul who is not fashioned after the divine Pattern is that he does not become poor in spirit; for he who is poor in spirit will look to a higher Source than himself that he may obtain the grace that will make him rich unto God. While he will feel that he cannot originate anything, he will say, "The Lord is my helper. {BEcho, May 15, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 1] June 1, 1892 Humility and its Reward. - Mrs. E. G. White "Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." Matthew 5:3. {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 2] Humility is before honor. The apostle exhorts the followers of Christ: "Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and he shall lift you up." "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling." Fear lest you make a mistake, and bring dishonor upon the name of the Lord. Cry unto him, believing that he has power to save. This is the humility that we want; not a humility on stilts, parading itself before the eyes of men, that it may win praise for righteousness. We need a Physician and Restorer; and when we come unto Christ petitioning for his grace, the Comforter will breathe into our souls his words, "My peace give I unto you." {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 3] We are to come to God as little children; and as we realize our poverty and weakness, we are not to tell it to men, who can give us no strength, but to God; for he will know just what to do for us. Speaking through the prophet, Jesus said, "The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; he hath sent me to bind up the broken hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; . . . to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that he might be glorified." {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 4] How thankful we should be that we have a heavenly Intercessor. Jesus presents us to the Father robed in his righteousness. He pleads before God in our behalf. He says, "I have taken the sinner's place. Look not upon this wayward child, but look on me. Look not upon his filthy garments, but look on my righteousness." When we are forgiven for our sins, when our filthy garments are taken away, then we are to work out our salvation with fear and trembling; but we are not left to do the work alone; "for it is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of his good pleasure." God works and man works; and as this co-operation is maintained, the richest blessings will come upon those who labor together with God. The Lord says: "To this man will I look, even to him that is poor and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at my word." "For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones." "Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 5] "Blessed are they that mourn; for they shall be comforted." Blessed are they that realize their poverty, their lost and undone condition, and mourn over their sins and errors. Although the Lord says the mourner shall be comforted, it is not that he shall exalt himself, as did the Pharisee. He who has mourned for his sins knows that there is no merit in himself. He beholds in Jesus "the chiefest among ten thousand," "the one altogether lovely," and he centres his affections upon Christ. If Jesus was the centre of attraction to you, the one on whom your affections were placed, would you hide this love in your heart, and never let it out?--No, you would tell of his love, you would catch his spirit, and imitate his example. {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 6] "Blessed are the meek; for they shall inherit the earth." But the earth promised to the meek will be a better one than this. It will be purified from all sin and defilement, and will bear the image of the divine. Satan has placed his throne in the earth; but where the usurper has set up his rule, there will Jesus place his throne, and there shall be no more curse. The glory of the Lord is to cover the earth as the waters cover the sea. Jesus desires to give his children a home where there will be no more sin, no more sorrow, no more death, but all will be joy and gladness. He says: "The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose. It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and singing; the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon. They shall see the glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our God." {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 7] The Lord desires to take every son and daughter of Adam and purify them from their iniquity. He would lift them up from their state of misery and degradation and wretchedness, and write upon them his divine superscription, and make them inheritors of his glorious rest. It is man's sin and unbelief that oppose the work that God would do for humanity. Jesus died for the whole world; but in stubborn unbelief, men refuse to be fashioned after the divine Pattern. {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 8] How blessed will be the lot of those who enter into that glorious abode where there will be no more sin, no more suffering! What a prospect is this for the imagination! what a theme for contemplation! The Bible is full of the richest treasures of truth, of glowing descriptions of that heavenly land. We should search the Scriptures, that we may better understand the plan of salvation, and learn of the righteousness of Christ, until we shall exclaim, in viewing the matchless charms of our Redeemer, "Thy gentleness hath made me great." There we shall see his infinite compassion. The imagination may reach out in contemplation of the wonders of redeeming love, and yet in its highest exercises we shall not be able to grasp the height, and depth, and length, and breadth of the love of God; for it passeth knowledge. In Christ was the fulness of the Godhead bodily. In him every treasure of heaven was given, and he has it in trust for us. O, then why do we not trust him? Why do we doubt his tender mercy and love? Do you think that he who died for you, cares not whether you are saved or not? Do you imagine that he cares not for the bereaved, the mourning ones? that he looks not with pity on the poor in spirit who are under the bondage of Satan? The tender, compassionate Jesus, who died for the sins of the world, will not turn away from the cry of the needy. He asks, "Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? Yea, they may forget; yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me." {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 9] The Saviour designs to cleanse his children until no particle of selfishness shall remain. But temptation is on every side. In the world pride and vanity are displayed, to attract the mind to those things that the world admires, which can never satisfy the heart's hunger. O, then, let your cry continually be-- "Hangs my helpless soul on Thee." - {BEcho, June 1, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 1] June 15, 1892 Christ and His Righteousness. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled." Matthew 5:6. {BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 2] All through this sermon on the mount is a line of advancement for Christian experience. The angels of darkness are to stand back, that the soul purchased by the infinite sacrifice of Christ may attain unto perfection of character. If the soul is not drawn to Christ, it is because the will is not on the side of God's will, but on the side of the enemy. If man will but co-operate with God, God will work in him to will and to do of his good pleasure, and man will work out his own salvation with fear and trembling. The reason you do not realize the help of the Lord to a far greater degree, is that you are so self-centred; your will is not on the side of God's will. The Lord would have you make it manifest that you are blessed, in your manners, in your dress, in your spirit. He would have you show that the line of demarkation between the world and the followers of Christ is a distinct line, so decided that the difference between him that serveth God and him that serveth him not, is always discernible. If the people of the world do not see that you are different from those that are around them, they will not be influenced by your profession of religion; for you will not be a savor of Christ, and you will win no soul to the service of God. But there will be no one in heaven with a starless crown. If you are saved, there will be some soul in the courts of glory that has found an entrance there through your instrumentality. Then why not entreat the Lord to put upon you his Spirit, that you may be able to awaken an interest in the truth in the minds of those around you? Think of your neighbors and friends and relatives who are out of Christ. How much do you care for their souls? You should be so filled with love for the lost that you cannot forbear working for their salvation. What you need is Jesus. He says, "Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life." If the rich blessing of Jesus is in your hearts, you will be able to refresh others. {BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 3] How many have their names upon the church books, who know not what it means to have Christ abide in their hearts by faith. There are many who make a profession of Christianity who will have to be born again, or they cannot see the kingdom of heaven. They will have to become partakers of His love and grace before they can present to others the great salvation that has been provided for those who are dead in trespasses and sins. But the promise is given to all who feel their need, "Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled." God has promised the fulness of salvation; and yet while the world is full of those who are hungering and thirsting after the pleasures, the fashions, the applause, of the world, or that they may have their own way, how few are hungering and thirsting after righteousness, and directing their desires along the channel where the fulness of heaven shall be given. Why not determine that you will place your will on the side of God's will, that you may become a laborer together with him? Jesus says, "Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you; and ye shall be witnesses unto me." Then is there any excuse for our weakness, for our coldness, for our lethargy? There are many who seem to think that when they have acknowledged that they are full of weakness, they have put a plaster over their sins. But we are not to talk of our inefficiency, but to find in Christ a full salvation. He says. "Him that cometh unto me, I will in no wise cast out." {BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 4] God takes men as they are, with the human element in their character, and trains them for his service if they will be disciplined and learn of him. As the heart becomes transformed by divine grace, an external change is seen in true kindness, sympathy, and courteousness. The more we look to Jesus, and become acquainted with his character, the more nearly shall we conform to his image, and the more anxious we shall be to labor diligently and perseveringly to save the souls of all who will listen to the invitation of the Spirit of God. {BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 5] When our weakness becomes strength in Christ, we shall not be craving for amusement. Then holidays, that are considered so indispensable, will not be used simply for the gratification of self; but they will be turned into occasions in which you can bless and enlighten souls. When weary, Jesus sought for a place of rest in the desert; but the people had had a taste of the heavenly manna, and they came out to him in large companies. In all their human woe and suffering and distress, they sought his retreat, and there was no rest for the Son of God. His heart was moved with compassion; for they were as sheep without a shepherd, and his great heart of love was touched with the feeling of their infirmities, and he taught them concerning the kingdom of heaven. Jesus was never cold and unapproachable. {BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 6] Our compassionate Saviour is not less mindful of his people now. He is more willing to give his Holy Spirit as a guide and instructor to them that ask him, than earthly parents are to give good gifts to their children. Do not be afraid to trust God; rely upon his sure promise, "Ask, and it shall be given you." Jesus has presented to us truth full of spiritual light and vitality. But has this truth been brought into the inner sanctuary of the soul? Does Christ abide in your hearts by faith? If Christ is in you, you will make him manifest to others. We must have more of Jesus, and less, far less, of self. The aspiration of our hearts should be, "As the hart panteth after the water brooks, so panteth my soul after thee, O God." Jesus must abide in the heart; and where he is, the carnal desires will be subdued, and kept in subjection by the operation of the Spirit of God. "For the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds; casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ." - {BEcho, June 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 1] July 1, 1892 Walk Not In Darkness. - Mrs. E. G. White. Jesus says, "He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." If we are following Jesus, we shall not walk in darkness. If his light illuminates the mind and shines into the chambers of the heart, we shall be as Christ has said, "the light of the world." We shall see light, and shall talk of the love of Christ, talk of his goodness and marvellous mercy, and we shall always find enough to talk about on these themes, even to all eternity, when we have that life which measures with the life of God. {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 2] The trouble with many of us is, we get our eye fixed upon the shadow that Satan casts between our souls and God, and fail to discover the light beyond the shadow. We talk in a kind of hopeless way, as if we were slaves serving a tyrant. We represent ourselves to the world as having a hard time serving the Lord. We pick up things to find fault about, to mourn over, and pity and sympathize with ourselves, and fail to make a favorable impression upon those who have not tasted of the gift of God. {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 3] Instead of talking darkness, instead of having thoughts of gloom, we should remember that we have everything to make us glad, and this gladness should shine in our very faces. Do not let frowns and gloom have place there. Take a look into the mirror of God's law, and see if you are cheerful in your service to him. Look upon Jesus, full of forgiveness and mercy and peace, instead of upon that which will bring condemnation and gloom. Look toward the light, and behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sins of the world. When Satan tells you that you are a sinner, and points out this neglect and that wrong, tell him that you know you are a sinner, but that Jesus came into the world to save sinners. Tell him, "If any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous." Repeat the promise, "If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness." Jesus stands between divinity and humanity, and he is fully able to save you. He was manifested to take away our sins, to relieve our hearts of their sorrows and burdens, to put a new song into our mouth, even praise unto our God. Present the promise to God in the name of Jesus, and you have his pledged word that he will let the Sun of Righteousness shine upon you. {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 4] Jesus is the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world. Will you not repent of your sins, and let him take away your guilt? Will you not let him take your sins upon his divine soul, and impute to you his righteousness? {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 5] We are to respond to the invitations of the Spirit of God. Do we repent of our transgressions? This is an evidence that the Lord is drawing us to himself; it is Jesus that gives us repentance. "Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins." It is his Holy Spirit that impresses us with the necessity of emptying the soul of all selfishness; and when we give ourselves to God, he will fill the vacuum with his divine Spirit, and give us the precious graces of his own character. {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 6] The great lack among us is the want of love. But any soul that comes hungering and thirsting for the waters of life, will have his soul refreshed from the living fountain. When you thirst, you will hear the voice calling, "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." And when we have tasted of the waters of life, we shall be constrained by the love of Christ to say to others, "Come, taste and see that the Lord is good." When we drink from the waters ourselves, we shall echo the cry, "Come." "Whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." "Whosoever will." Tell me who is excluded from receiving the benefits of this divine invitation? "Whosoever will, let him come." All we have to do is to submit the will to God, to place the will on the Lord's side. Come and take the Lord at his word, and drink of the water of life freely. {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 7] If we have Christ abiding with us, we shall be Christians at home as well as abroad. He that is a Christian will have kind words for his relatives and associates. He will be kind, courteous, loving, sympathetic, and will be educating himself for an abode with the family above. He will feel that he is a member of the royal household, and that he must represent the kingdom to which he is going. He will speak with gentleness to his children; for he will realize that they, too, are heirs of God, members of the heavenly family. Among the children of God no spirit of harshness dwells; "For the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance; against such there is no law." {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 8] The spirit that is cherished in the home, is the spirit that will be manifested in the church. O, we must educate the soul to be pitiful, gentle, tender, full of forgiveness and compassion. While we lay aside all vanity, all foolish talking, jesting, and joking, we are not to become cold, unsympathetic, and unsocial. Christians should never be hard-hearted and unapproachable. The Spirit of the Lord should rest upon them until their characters are beautiful with the graces of heaven, and they become like fragrant flowers from the garden of God. The light of Jesus, the Sun of Righteousness, shining into the heart, will change them from glory to glory, from character to character, and they will go on from strength to strength, reflecting more and more the precious image of Jesus, until at last "Well done" will be written in the books in heaven, because Jesus is faithfully represented. - {BEcho, July 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 1] July 15, 1892 The Light of the World. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Matthew 5:14-16. {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 2] Jesus is to be reflected in the Christian's deportment; our characters must be beautiful with the graces of heaven. The presence of God is to be an abiding presence with us; wherever we are, we are to carry light to the world. Those around us should realize that the atmosphere of heaven surrounds us. {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 3] But many say, "How can I help sinning? I have tried to overcome, but I do not make advancement." In your own strength you will fail, but help has been laid upon One who is mighty. In his strength you may be more than conqueror. Say, "Through the grace of God I will be an overcomer." Put your will on the side of God's will, and with your eye fixed upon Him who is the author and finisher of your faith, you may make straight paths for your feet. When you are tempted, say, "Jesus is my Saviour, I love him because he first loved me." Show that you trust him. As you walk the streets, as you work about your house, you can communicate with your Lord; lay hold upon him by living faith, and believe his Word to the letter. {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 4] Now suppose you put away all murmuring and complaining, and look to the light. Let us try it, and see what kind of a life we shall have. When Satan suggests doubt and darkness, say, "I will be free, I am free," and when Satan tells you that you are a sinner, tell him, "I know it; but Jesus said, "I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.'" Ask God to help you to place your thoughts upon Jesus, and Satan cannot control your mind. Put away all commonness; determine that through Jesus you will elevate your soul above all that is low and earthly, and become lights to the world. Let your words be as choice silver, your conversation full of hope and courage in the Lord, and wherever you are those around you will realize that a precious influence goes with you. The light and love and power of God will rest upon you. {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 5] Through the mercy of God we have been taken out of the quarry of the world by the mighty cleaver of truth, and we are to be hewn and polished, and fitted for the heavenly building. Take another figure. As pilgrims we have been brought into the highway cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in; and we should go in this way with rejoicing, instead of with complaining. This privilege has been bought for us at an infinite cost, and we ought to manifest our joy and gratitude that we are permitted to be numbered among the children of God. Should we walk from day to day with rejoicing and gladness of heart, showing forth the praises of Him who has called us out of darkness into his marvellous light, what effect should we have upon the minds of those around us? They would say, "Certainly they have been with Jesus, and have learned of him." {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 6] Our lives will not be all sunshine; there will be trials. "In the world ye shall have tribulation," says Christ; but in me ye shall have peace. But the trials are for a purpose. Pride, selfishness, evil passions, and love of worldly pleasures, must all be overcome; therefore afflictions come to test and prove us, and show that these evils exist in the character. We must overcome them through divine strength and grace, that we may become like Jesus, our perfect pattern. Afflictions, crosses, temptations, adversity,-- all our varied trials--are God's workmen to refine and sanctify us, and make us channels of light to the world. And "our light affliction," says Paul, "which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory." {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 7] Trials are also God's appointed means to separate the chaff from the wheat. Satan never sleeps. He is watching to lead souls away from Christ. He suggests worldly principles. The "good seed" is choked in many hearts, because it is overgrown with unnecessary cares and needless anxiety--with love for the worldly pleasures and honors that riches give. Meetings are neglected; the heart is not strengthened by these religious privileges, because time and energy are absorbed in money-getting. In other cases there is no depth and stability of character. Principle does not reach down deep, underlying the springs of action. When such persons are tested and proved by the heat of trial and temptation, when the pruning-knife of God is applied, that they may bring forth fruit unto perfection, their zeal dies, their piety withers. {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 8] The sincere believers of truth are often made sad, and their trials greatly increased, by elements among them that annoy and dishearten them in their efforts. But there is no need of doubts and fears that the work of God will not succeed. God is at the head of the work, and he will set everything in order. Let us have faith that he is going to carry the noble ship which bears his people, safely into port. At one time when I sailed from Portland, Maine, to Boston, a storm came upon us, and the great waves dashed us to and fro. The chandeliers fell, and the trunks were rolled from side to side like balls. The passengers were frightened, and many were screaming, waiting in expectation of death. After a while the pilot came on board. The captain stood near the pilot as he took the wheel, and expressed fear about the course in which the ship was directed. "Will you take the wheel?" asked the pilot. The captain was not ready to do that, for he knew that he lacked experience. Then some of the passengers grew uneasy, and said they feared the pilot would dash them upon the rocks. "Will you take the wheel?" asked the pilot; but they knew that they could not manage the wheel. When you think that the work of God is in danger, pray, "Lord, stand at the wheel; carry us through this perplexity; bring us safely into port." Have we not reason to believe that the Lord will bring us through triumphantly? {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 9] With each one it is an individual work. You are to commit the keeping of your soul unto God as unto a faithful Creator. When you do this, you will know something of the love of God; for it will abound in your heart unto his glory. When you come together for the worship of God, the meetings will be uplifting in character; for the Lord will put a new song into your mouth, even praise unto our God. You will say, "Hear what the Lord has done for my soul." Your soul will be all light in the Lord. Perhaps you have been looking on the dark side of the picture. Now, turn to the other side. Turn the dark side to the wall, and look on the beautiful pictures of the love of God. Educate your tongue to talk of God's mercy, and speak forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into his marvellous light. Let us answer to the purpose of God, and be indeed the "light of the world." - {BEcho, July 15, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 1] August 1, 1892 Sufferings of Christ. - Mrs. E. G. White. In order to appreciate the value of salvation, it is necessary to understand something of its cost. In consequence of too limited ideas of the sufferings of Christ, many place a low estimate upon the great work of the atonement. In the divine plan for man's redemption, we behold the marvellous manifestation of the love of God to the fallen race. Such love as is revealed in the gift of God's beloved Son to the world, amazed the holy angels. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 2] By transgression man had separated himself from Him who alone is light and love. The sinner was "alienated from the life of God," "dead in trespasses and sins." The only hope for the fallen race was found in their becoming reconciled to God. Satan had so misrepresented God that man had no true conception of the divine character. But in carrying out the plan of salvation, Christ revealed that "God is love." "God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." The Father loves us, not because of the great propitiation; but he provided the propitiation because he loves us. Christ was the medium through which he could pour out his infinite love upon a fallen world. "God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself." The Father suffered with the Son. In the agony of Gethsemane, the death of Calvary, the heart of infinite love paid the price of our redemption. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 3] Jesus had often resorted to Gethsemane with his disciples for meditation and prayer. But never before had the Saviour visited the spot with his heart so full of sorrow as on the night of his betrayal. It was not a dread of the physical suffering he was soon to endure that overwhelmed the Son of God, or forced from his lips the mournful cry, "My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death." The sins of the world weighed heavily upon the Saviour, and bowed him to the earth. The enormity of sin overwhelmed his soul, and a sense of separation from his Father because he had become sin for us, seemed crushing out his life. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 4] Christ was amazed at the horror of darkness that enclosed him. "Tarry ye here," he said to his disciples, "and watch with me." Withdrawing a little space from them, he prayed in anguish, "O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me." In tones of startling agony his words were borne to his disciples upon the sympathizing air. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 5] Yearning for the sympathy of his disciples, he came to them, and found them sleeping. He knew that it was the power of the prince of darkness that had paralyzed their senses at this time when they should have been watching. Had the disciples watched with Christ in the hour of agony, they would have been prepared to behold his suffering upon the cross, to understand something of the nature of the overpowering anguish which he endured in the garden of Gethsemane. And they would have been better able to recall the words he had spoken to them in reference to his sufferings, death, and resurrection; and amid the gloom of that trying hour, as they should witness the triumph of the powers of darkness in the sufferings and death of Christ, some rays of hope would have lighted up the darkness, and sustained their faith. Christ had told them before that these things would take place, but they did not understand him. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 6] He roused Peter and said to him, "Simon, sleepest thou?" Was it possible that he who had declared himself willing to go to prison and to death with Christ, was unable to watch one hour with his suffering Master? In pitying tenderness, Jesus added, "Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation. The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak." {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 7] At the critical moment, when Jesus was most in need of their sympathy, his chosen companions were overcome with slumber. The Saviour's trial and crucifixion was to be a fiery ordeal to his disciples, and Jesus designed to fortify them for this severe test. Had those hours in the garden been spent in watching and prayer, the disciples would have been strengthened to share the reproaches that fell on Christ, and would not have forsaken him in his hour of trial. But instead of watching with their Lord, they were burdened with sorrow, and fell asleep. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 8] But though the disciples slept, the angels watched in silent grief and amazement the Father separating his beams of light, love, and glory from his Son. As Jesus bowed in prayer, in the agony of his spirit, he sweat great drops of blood. The horror of great darkness surrounded him; for the sins of the world were upon him. He was suffering in man's stead, as a transgressor of the Father's law. The light of God was receding from his vision, and he was passing into the hands of the powers of darkness. In the agony of his soul, he lay prostrate on the cold earth. Christ had taken the cup of suffering from guilty man, and proposed to drink it himself, and in its place, give to man the cup of blessing. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 9] Jesus knew that it would be difficult for man to realize the grievous nature of sin. He knew that close contact and familiarity with evil would so blunt man's moral sensibility that he would not perceive the heinous character of sin, would not discern how exceedingly offensive it is in the sight of God. He knew that but few would take pleasure in righteousness, and accept of the salvation which at infinite cost he made it possible for the lost to obtain. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 10] While the load of the world's sin was upon Christ, doubts rent his soul in regard to his oneness with his Father. In this hour of fearful trial he longed even for human sympathy and fellowship. A second time he rose from the earth, and made his way to where his disciples tarried; but again he found them sleeping. They were not in a deep sleep. They had a partial sense of their Lord's suffering and anguish. In tenderness Jesus stood for a moment bending over them, regarding them with mingled feelings of love and pity. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 11] The disciples roused from their slumber to find their Master standing over them in a state of mental and physical anguish such as they never before had witnessed. They saw the grief and agony of his pale face, and the bloody sweat upon his brow; for "his visage was so marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men." The disciples were grieved that they had fallen asleep, so that they could not pray and sympathize with their suffering Lord. They were speechless with sorrow and surprise, but seemingly unable to rise above the stupor that weighed upon them. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 11} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 12] Again the powers of darkness pressed upon Christ with irresistible force. Giving his disciples one look of the tenderest compassion, he left them, and bowed a third time in prayer. The divine sufferer shuddered with amazement at this mysterious and terrible conflict. He poured out the burden of his soul with strong crying and tears. His soul was pressed with an agony that no human being could endure and live. Jesus willingly suffered all this for guilty man, although he knew that few would appreciate his love or accept of his salvation. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 12} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 13] The mind of man cannot conceive of the unutterable anguish that tortured the soul of our Redeemer. The holy Son of God had no sins or griefs of his own to bear: he was bearing the griefs of others; for on him was laid the iniquity of us all. Through divine sympathy he connects himself with man, and as the representative of the race he submits to be treated as a transgressor. He looks into the abyss of woe opened for us by our sins, and proposes to bridge the gulf of man's separation from God. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 13} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 14] It was soul anguish that wrung from the lips of God's dear Son this cry of woe: "My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death."He was overwhelmed with horror at the fearful work that sin had wrought. His burden of guilt, because of man's transgression of the Father's law, was so great that human nature was inadequate to bear it. The sufferings of martyrs can bear no comparison with the agony of Christ. The divine presence was with them in their sufferings; but the Father's face was hidden from his dear Son. It was this that brought from the trembling lips of Christ the words, "Now is my soul troubled." "O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me; nevertheless, not as I will, but as thou wilt." Again in submission he prays: "O my Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done." {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 14} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 15] The awful moment had come that was to decide the destiny of the world. The fate of humanity trembled in the balance. The Son of God might even now refuse to drink the bitter cup. He might wipe the bloody sweat from his brow, and leave men to perish in their iniquity. Will the Son of the infinite God drink the cup of humiliation and agony? Will the innocent suffer the curse of sin, to save the guilty? But now the history of the human race comes up before the world's Redeemer. He sees the power of sin and the utter helplessness of man to save himself. The woes and lamentations of a lost world rise before him, he beholds its impending doom, and his decision is made. He will save man at any cost to himself. He accepts his baptism of blood, that through him perishing millions may gain everlasting life. He has left the heavenly courts, where all is purity, happiness, and glory, to save the one lost sheep, the one world that has fallen by transgression, and he will not be turned from the mission he has chosen. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 15} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 16] Having made the decision, he falls in a dying condition to the earth. Where now are his disciples, to place their hands tenderly beneath the head of their suffering Master, and bathe that brow, marred indeed more than the sons of men? Our Saviour trod the winepress alone, and of all the people there was none with him. The angels who had done Christ's will in heaven would fain comfort him. But what can they do? Such sorrow, such agony, is beyond their power to alleviate. They have never felt the sins of a ruined world, and with astonishment they behold their beloved Master prostrated with grief. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 16} [BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 17] Although the father does not remove the cup from the trembling hand and pale lips of his Son, he sends an angel from his presence to strengthen the divine sufferer. The angel raises the Son of God from the cold ground, and comforts Him with messages of love from His Father. He is strengthened. He has the assurance that He is gaining eternal joys for all who will accept redemption. To be continued. {BEcho, August 1, 1892 par. 17} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 1] BEcho - The Bible Echo August 15, 1892 Sufferings of Christ - Mrs. E. G. White. The fearful hour in Gethsemane is past. Our divine Saviour has accepted the cup to drain it to the dregs. In behalf of man He has conquered in the hour of temptation. Serenity and peace are now seen in the pale, blood-stained face. The third time He comes to his disciples, and finds them overcome with sleep. Sorrowfully and pityingly He looks upon them, and says, "Sleep on now, and take your rest." Even while these words were upon his lips, He heard the footsteps of the mob that was in search of Him. And He continued, "Behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. Rise, let us be going; behold, he is at hand that doth betray Me." {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 2] The countenance of Christ wore an expression of calm dignity. The traces of his recent agony were not visible as He went forth to meet his betrayer. Judas, closely followed by the priests, led the way. Standing in advance of his disciples, Jesus inquires, "Whom seek ye?" They answer, "Jesus of Nazareth." The Saviour replies, "I am He." At these words the mob stagger backward, and the priests, the elders, the hardened soldiers, and even Judas, fall powerless to the ground, giving ample opportunity for Christ to release Himself if He so desires. But He stands as one glorified amid that coarse and hardened band. {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 3] The Roman soldiers start to their feet, and, with the priests and Judas, they gather about Christ as though ashamed of their weakness, and fearful that He will yet escape out of their hands. Again the question is asked by the Redeemer, "Whom seek ye?" Again they answer, "Jesus of Nazareth." Jesus replies, "I have told you that I am He. If therefore ye seek Me, let these go their way." In this hour of humiliation, Christ's thoughts are not for Himself, but for his beloved disciples. He wishes to save them from any further trial. {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 4] Judas does not forget his part, but comes close to Jesus, and takes his hand as a familiar friend, and bestows the traitor's kiss. Jesus says to him, "Friend, wherefore art thou come?" His voice trembled with sorrow as He addressed deluded Judas, "Betrayest thou the Son of man with a kiss." This appeal should have aroused the conscience of Judas, and touched his stubborn heart; but honor, fidelity, and even human tenderness, seemed to have left him. He stood bold and defiant, showing no disposition to relent. He had given himself up to the control of Satan, to work wickedness, and he had no will to resist. Jesus did not refuse the traitor's kiss. In this He gives us an example of forbearance, love, and pity, that is without a parallel. {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 5] Though the murderous throng are surprised and awed by what they have seen and felt, their assurance and hardihood return as they witness the boldness of Judas in touching the person of Him whom so recently they have seen glorified. {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 6] When the disciples saw that He permitted Himself to be taken, they were offended, and forsook Him and fled, leaving their Master alone. Christ had foreseen this desertion, and in the upper chamber, before it took place, had told them of what they would do: "Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave Me alone; and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with Me." {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 7] He was betrayed by a kiss into the hands of his enemies; He was hurried to the judgment hall of an earthly court, by sinful men to be derided and condemned to death. There the glorious Son of God "was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities." He bore insult, mockery, and shameful abuse, until his "visage was so marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men." {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 8] The angelic host beheld with wonder and with grief Him who had been the Majesty of heaven, and had worn the crown of glory, now crowned with thorns, a bleeding victim to the rage of an infuriated mob, who were fired to insane madness by the wrath of Satan. {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 9] Wonder, O heavens, and be astonished, O earth! Behold the oppressor and the oppressed! A multitude inclose the Saviour of the world. Mockings and jeerings are mingled with coarse oaths of blasphemy. His lowly birth and humble life are commented upon by the unfeeling mob. His claim to be the Son of God is ridiculed by chief priests and elders, and the vulgar jest and insulting sneer are passed from lip to lip. Satan controlled the minds of his servants. He imbued the chief priests and elders with religious frenzy. This they communicated to the mob until a corrupt harmony united all, from the hypocritical priests and elders down to the most debased. {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 10] Christ, the precious Son of God, is led forth, and the cross is laid upon his shoulders. His footsteps to Calvary are marked with blood. Thronged by an immense crowd of bitter enemies and unfeeling spectators, He is led away to the crucifixion. "He was oppressed, and He was afflicted, yet He opened not his mouth. He is brought as a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so He openeth not his mouth." {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 11] He is nailed to the cross, and hangs suspended between the heavens and the earth. His sorrowing disciples have followed Him at a distance, behind the murderous throng. Their hearts are bursting with anguish as their beloved Teacher suffers as a criminal. Close to the cross are the blind, bigoted priests and elders, mocking and jeering: "Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save Thyself. If Thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests mocking Him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others; Himself He cannot save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God: let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him; for He said, I am the Son of God." {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 11} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 12] Not one word did Jesus answer to all this. Even while the nails were being driven through his hands, and the sweat-drops of agony were thick upon his brow, He breathed a prayer of pardoning love for his murderers: "Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do." {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 12} [BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 13] O, was there ever suffering and sorrow like that endured by the dying Saviour! But it was not physical suffering, it was the sense of his alienation from God, that made his cup so bitter. It was not physical suffering that so quickly ended the life of Christ upon the cross. It was the crushing weight of the sins of the world, that broke his heart. The Father's glory and sustaining presence had left Him; it was this that forced from his lips the anguished cry, "My God, my God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?" {BEcho, August 15, 1892 par. 13} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 1] September 1, 1892 The Value of our School Work. - Mrs. E. G. White. We have erected institutions of learning in different lands, because it was not safe to intrust our youth to the influence of irreligious teachers, or even to those who would inculcate doctrinal errors. The necessity of instruction in the Bible, as well as in secular branches of learning, is apparent, and it is also essential that our youth have the benefits of manual training. In order to develop symmetrical characters, it is not only necessary to have thorough intellectual culture, but also a training of the physical powers. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 2] There is a great work to be done for our youth, and for this reason we would urge them to take every advantage whereby they may be educated. We would invite them to attend our school, that they may come under the influence of intelligent, God-fearing teachers. Teachers in our schools should be persons of elevated character; for the tastes of those who attend school must be refined, their imaginations must become pure and elevated. Their aspirations must be purified through the power of Christ. If they yield themselves to his control, they will be fitted for positions of responsibility. They must be influenced to form correct habits; for every soul redeemed by the blood of Christ has an exalted destiny to fulfil. No one liveth to himself; all exert an influence for good or evil and in view of this the apostle enjoins young men to be "sober minded." How can they be otherwise when they consider the fact that they are to be co-workers with Christ, partakers with Him of his self-denial, self sacrifice, his forbearance and gracious benevolence? {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 3] The apostle says, "I have written unto you, young men, because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one." God has chosen young men to be his agents in the work of advancing and upbuilding his cause. They are not to be seekers after amusement; they are not to live for selfish gratification, but for the salvation of souls. They are to be sober minded. In their God-given manhood, they are to rise above every enslaving, debasing habit, and cultivate their minds so that they may appreciate their high calling, and ponder well the paths of their feet. They are to study their Bibles carefully and prayerfully, to look for the waymarks, and inquire diligently whither their path is leading,--heavenward or to perdition. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 4] How important it is that youth begin active life aright. A little diversion from the path of right at the beginning, will lead farther and farther away from the way of truth and happiness. One careless step will place you upon the enemy's ground, and through yielding to temptation, your intellectual and moral energies will be benumbed and paralyzed. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 5] It is to fortify the youth against the temptations of the enemy that we have established schools where they may be qualified for usefulness in this life, and for the service of God. Those who have an eye single to God's glory, will earnestly desire to fit themselves for special service; for the love of Christ will have a controlling influence upon them. The love of God imparts more than finite energy, and qualifies for divine achievements. The work of those who love God will make manifest the character of their motives: for the salvation of those for whom Christ has paid an infinite price, will be the object of their effort. All other considerations,--home family, social enjoyment, will be secondary to the work of God; for they will follow the example of Christ. Christ showed his love for fallen man in leaving the heaven of bliss, the love and honor of the angels, to come to the world to meet man in his fallen condition. He worked to reform men, to fit them for a pure and holy heaven. He stopped at no sacrifice; He hesitated not at any self-denial, but for our sakes became poor that we through his poverty might be made rich. Jesus did not refuse to work among a rough, uncultured, depraved class. His sympathy for fallen man led Him to seek for the lost wherever they were, and to adapt his method of working to meet the wants of those for whom He labored. Workers for God must work as Christ worked, hesitating not to seek for the lost, though they are immersed in darkness, sunken in vice, and stained with sin. They must understand the conditions of those for whom they work, if they would obtain the victory. He who would be an efficient co-worker with Christ, must be willing to endure what He endured, to meet men as He met them, lifting them up from where they are. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 6] Teachers in our schools will have to work as Christ worked, manifesting love and forbearance. Students will come to the school who have no definite purpose, no fixed principles. They will have no realization of the claims of God upon them; but they are to be inspired with courage, to be awakened to their responsibilities, that they may have high aims, and desire to improve their talent and increase their knowledge. They must be taught to appreciate their opportunities, that they may thirst for knowledge, and become examples in industry, sobriety, and punctuality. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 7] God would have his workers aim at nothing less than perfection, and strive earnestly for its attainment. Those who go out to the world as teachers of Bible truth, should be cultured in mind and refined in manners. The people have a right to expect that the Christian teacher will meet a high standard, and they will pass severe judgment upon him if he does not. He should have such a character that he will command the respect of all, and it is for the purpose of qualifying workers for this exalted calling that our institutions of learning have been established. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 8] In order that the students may be thus qualified for the work of God, the teachers must cultivate good manners and refined speech. But little is gained by devoting all the time to the study of books, if the manners and voice are neglected. Teachers should impress upon the students the importance of self-culture, that the students may overcome all improper habits of manner or utterance. There are youth who are intelligent, and yet who hinder their own success by failing to cultivate clear, distinct utterance. There is great pathos and music in the human voice, and if the youth will make determined efforts to cultivate this power for Christ, they may become efficient in winning souls to Him. In offering yourself to God, you should seek to be as perfect as possible through the merits of Christ. You should seek to overcome all uncouthness in gesture, attitude, or utterance. The student must be impressed that by combining divine grace with his human effort, he may make himself a man. Through the cultivation of his mental and physical abilities, through faith in Christ, he may become a power in benefiting his fellow-men. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 9] In view of what the youth may become, teachers should feel a deep interest in their students, working for their training and discipline in order that they may go forth from the school with higher, holier motives, with nobler principles than when they entered it. Teachers should feel an interest that their pupils may become efficient in their knowledge of the sciences, that their intellect should expand and strengthen, and that they should grow in grace and a knowledge of the truth. While cultivating the mind, the student should also be led to cultivate uprightness of heart, loyalty to God, that he may possess a character like that which Joseph possessed. Then they will scorn the thought of yielding to temptation, fearing to sully their purity. Like Daniel, they will resolve to be true to principle, to make the very best use of the intellect with which God has endowed them. Under the influence of genuine religion, the intellect expands, the thought broadens. No one can be connected with the God of wisdom and not develop in mind. Through faith in Christ we become endowed with power to lead other souls heavenward. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 10] The greatest work the teacher can do is to influence those who are under his care to become Christians. Then the cultivation of the mental powers will not hinder the harmonious development of the moral powers. Divine grace will give clearness and force to the understanding and he who has a virtuous character will become a bright light in the world. He will represent Christ in a well-ordered life and Godly conversation. He will adorn the doctrine of Christ. The principles of truth will be inwrought in the lives of those who are genuine followers of Christ, and bright beams of light will shine forth from them to the world. The righteousness of Christ will go before them, and the glory of the Lord will be their rearward. The Lord has said that He will honor those who honor Him, and God's word will be fulfilled. Not a jot or tittle of it will fail. If we are faithful disciples of Christ, many will stand before the throne of God wearing the white linen which is the righteousness of the saints, who will be there as a result of our faithful example, our earnest effort for the Master. {BEcho, September 1, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 1] September 15, 1892 The Great Sacrifice. - Mrs. E. G. White. Look upon the scene in lonely Gethsemane. Angels witness with amazement the despairing agony of the Son of God, and nature groans in sympathy with her bleeding, dying Author. The earth trembles. The sun refuses to behold the scene. The heavens gather blackness. The angelic host hide their faces from the awful sight. The separation that sin makes between God and man was fully realized by the innocent, suffering Man of Calvary. He was oppressed by the powers of darkness. Satan declared that Christ was in his hands, and that he was superior in strength to the Son of God, that God had disowned his Son. If Christ was indeed in favor with God, why need He die? Could not God save Him from death? {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 2] Such were the temptations that Satan pressed upon the Son of God, while legions of evil angels were all about Him, and the holy angels were not permitted to break their ranks, and engage in conflict with the reviling foe. Christ could not see through the portals of the tomb. Bright hope did not present to Him his coming forth from the grave a triumphant conqueror, or tell Him of the Father's acceptance of his sacrifice. All He could realize during this time of amazing darkness was the heinousness of sin that was laid upon Him, and the horror of its penalty, death. He feared that sin was so offensive in the sight of his Father that their separation was eternal. The temptation that his own Father had forever left Him, caused that fearful cry from the cross, "My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?" {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 3] But when, in his expiring agonies, despair pressed upon the soul of the Redeemer, He relied upon the evidences that had hitherto been given Him of his Father's acceptance, and as He yielded up his precious life, by faith alone He rested in Him whom it had been his joy to obey. Though all was enshrouded in gloom, yet amid the awful darkness, which was felt even by sympathizing nature, the Redeemer drained the mysterious cup to the dregs. Though He realizes but dimly that He shall triumph over death, He cries with a loud voice, "Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit." He is acquainted with the character of his Father; He understands his justice, his mercy, and his great love; in submission He commends Himself to God. Amid the convulsions of nature, the amazed spectators hear the dying words of the Man of Calvary, "It is finished!" {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 4] The heaving earth, the rent rocks, and the terrific darkness, proclaimed that it was the Son of God who died. There was a mighty earthquake. The vail of the temple was rent in twain. Terror seized the executioner and spectators. As Christ commended his spirit into the hands of the Father, the mocking and jeering of the chief priests and elders was hushed. The astonished throng began to withdraw, and in terror grope their way to the city. They smote upon their breasts as they went, and speaking scarcely above a whisper, said among themselves. It is an innocent man that has suffered. What if indeed He were the Son of God? {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 5] Jesus did not yield up his life until He had accomplished the work which He came to do, and exclaimed with his expiring breath, "It is finished." Angels rejoiced as the words were uttered. They knew that Satan was defeated, his kingdom lost. The great plan of redemption, which was dependent upon the death of Christ, had been thus far carried out, and there was joy in heaven that through faith in Christ the sons of Adam could finally be exalted to the throne of God. {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 6] Contrast with the humiliation and sufferings of Christ, the riches of glory, the wealth of praise, pouring forth from immortal tongues, the millions of rich voices in the universe of God in anthems of adoration; and seek to comprehend the magnitude of his love. As a member or the human family, He was mortal; but as God, He was the fountain of life to the world. He could, in his divine person, ever have withstood the advances of death, and refused to come under its dominion; but voluntarily He laid down his life, that He might give life, and bring immortality to light. He bore the sin of the world, and endured the penalty, that rolled like a mountain upon his divine soul. He yielded up his life a sacrifice, that man should not eternally die. He died, not through being compelled to die, but by his own free will. The whole treasure of heaven was poured out in one gift to save fallen man. {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 7] Nothing could have actuated Christ to leave his honor and majesty in Heaven, and come to a sinful world, to be neglected, despised, and rejected by those He came to save, and finally to suffer upon the cross, but eternal, redeeming love, which will ever remain a mystery. O, what love! what amazing love! that the Son of God should come to earth to be made sin for us, in order that we might be reconciled to God, and exalted to a place with Him in the mansions of glory. And O, what is man that such a price should be paid for his redemption! {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 8] When we more fully comprehend the magnitude and meaning of the great sacrifice made by the Majesty of heaven in dying for man, the plan of salvation will be glorified before us, and the thought of Calvary will awaken sacred and living emotions in the Christian's heart. Praise to God and to the Lamb will be in our hearts and upon our lips; for pride and self-worship cannot flourish in the heart that keeps fresh in memory the scenes of Calvary. {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 9] At what a cost has salvation been provided! What will be our portion if we heed not the entreaties of mercy? What will be the fate of those who profess to be followers of Christ, yet who do not take up the cross as humble disciples? How many despise the counsel of this loving Saviour, and permit selfish interest to close the door against the Son of God! He was infinitely rich, "yet for our sakes He became poor, that ye through his poverty might be rich." He was clothed with light and glory, surrounded by hosts of heavenly angels eager to do his pleasure; yet He took upon Him the nature of man, and was made "in the likeness of sinful flesh," and became sin for us, "that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him." "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God!" Here is love that no language can express. {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 10] He who beholds this matchless love will be elevated in thought, purified in heart, transformed in character, and will go forth to be a light to the world, to reflect in some degree this mysterious love. The more we contemplate the cross of Christ, the more we shall adopt the language of the apostle when he said, "I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified." "God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world." {BEcho, September 15, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 1] October 1, 1892 Benefits of Bible Study. - Mrs. E. G. White. "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." In the Word of God is contained everything essential to the perfecting of the man of God. It is like a treasure-house, full of valuable and precious stores; but we do not appreciate its riches, nor realize the necessity of equipping ourselves with the treasures of truth. We do not realize the great necessity of searching the Scriptures for ourselves. Many neglect their study in order to pursue some worldly interest, or to indulge in some passing pleasure. A trifling affair is made an excuse for ignorance of the Scriptures. {BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 2] "Given by inspiration of God," "able to make us wise unto salvation," rendering the man of God "perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works," the Book of books has the highest claims to our reverent attention. Superficial study cannot meet the claims it has upon us, nor furnish us with the benefit that is promised. We should seek to learn the full meaning of the words of truth, and to drink deep the spirit of the holy oracles. To read daily a certain number of chapters, or to commit to memory a stipulated amount of Scripture, without careful thought as to the meaning of the text, will profit little. To study one passage until its significance is clear to the mind, and its relation to the plan of salvation is evident, is of more value than the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in view and no positive instruction gained. We cannot obtain wisdom from the Word of God without giving earnest and prayerful attention to its study. It is true that some portions of Scripture are indeed too plain to be misunderstood; but there are many others whose meaning cannot be seen at a glance, for the truth does not lie upon the surface. In order to understand the meaning of such passages, scripture must be compared with scripture, there must be careful research and prayerful reflection. Such study will be richly repaid. As the miner discovers precious veins of metal concealed beneath the surface of the earth, so will he who perseveringly searches the Word of God as for hid treasure, find truths of the greatest value, which are concealed from the careless seeker. {BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 3] But if you do not make the sacred teachings of God's Word the rule and guide of your life, the truth will be nothing to you. Truth is efficient only as it is carried out in practical life. If the Word of God condemns some habit you have indulged, a feeling you have cherished, a spirit you have manifested, turn not from the sacred monitor; but turn away from the evil of your doings, and let Jesus cleanse and sanctify your heart. Confess your faults, and forsake them wholly and determinedly, believing the promises of God, and showing your faith by your works. If the truths of the Bible are woven into practical life, they will bring the mind up from its earthliness and debasement. Those who are conversant with the Scriptures will be men and women who exert an elevating influence. In searching for Heaven-revealed truths, the Spirit of God is brought into close connection with the heart. An understanding of the revealed will of God enlarges the mind, expands, elevates, and endows it with new vigor, by bringing its faculties into contact with stupendous truth. No study is better to give energy to the mind, to strengthen the intellect, than the study of the Word of God. No other book is so potent in elevating the thoughts, in giving vigor to the faculties, as is the Bible, which contains the most ennobling truths. If God's Word were studied as it should be, we should see greater breadth of mind, stability of purpose, and nobility of character. {BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 4] But Bible study is made a secondary consideration, and a great loss is sustained thereby. The understanding takes the level of the things with which it becomes familiar. If all would make the Bible their study, we should see a people who were better developed, who were capable of thinking more deeply, who would manifest greater intelligence than those who have earnestly studied the sciences and histories of the world, apart from the Bible. The Bible gives the true seeker for truth an advanced mental discipline, and he comes from contemplation of divine things with his faculties enriched; self is humbled, while God and his revealed truth are exalted. It is because men are unacquainted with the precious Bible histories, that there is so much lifting up of man, and so little honor given to God. {BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 5] The Bible contains that which will make the Christian strong in spirit and intellect. The psalmist says, "The entrance of thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple." The Bible is a wonderful book, It is a history that opens up to us the past centuries. Without the Bible we should have been left to conjectures and fables in regard to the occurrences of past ages. It is a prophecy that unveils the future. It is the Word of God, unfolding to us the plan of salvation, pointing out the way by which we may escape eternal death and gain eternal life. It gives not only the history of this world, but a description of the world to come. It contains instruction concerning the wonders of the universe; it reveals to our understanding the character of the Author of the heavens and the earth. In it is the revelation of God to man. {BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 6] The searching of all books of philosophy and science cannot do for the mind and morals what Bible study can do, if it is made practical. He who studies the Bible holds converse with patriarchs and prophets. He comes in contact with truth clothed in elevated language, which exerts a fascinating power over the mind, and lifts the thoughts from the things of earth to the glory of the future, immortal life. What wisdom of man can compare with the revelation of the grandeur of God? Finite man, who knows not God, seeks to lessen the value of the Scriptures, claiming that his supposed knowledge of science will not harmonize with the Word of God; but the divine Word is a lamp unto our feet, and a light unto our path. - {BEcho, October 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 1] October 15, 1892 The Bible Our Guide. - Mrs. E. G. White. Those who boast of wisdom beyond the teaching of the Word of God, need to drink deeper of the fountain of knowledge, that they may learn their real ignorance. Men boast of their wisdom, when it is foolishness in the sight of God. Let no man deceive himself. "If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God; for it is written. He taketh the wise in their own craftiness." The greatest ignorance that now curses the human race is ignorance of the binding claims of the law of God; and this ignorance is the result of neglecting the study of the Word of God. It is Satan's plan to so engage the mind that men shall neglect the great Guide Book, and thus be led into the path of transgression and destruction. {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 2] The Bible is not exalted to its rightful place among the books of the world, although its study is of infinite importance to the souls of men. In searching its pages the imagination beholds scenes majestic and eternal. We behold Jesus, the Son of God, coming to our world, and engaging in the mysterious conflict that discomfited the powers of darkness. O how wonderful, how almost incredible it is, that the infinite God would consent to the humiliation of his own Son that we might be elevated to a place with Him upon his throne! Let every student of the Scriptures contemplate this great fact, and he will not come from a study of the Bible without being purified, elevated, and ennobled. The truth will be opened to the mind, and applied to the heart by the Spirit of God. Through connection with God, the Christian will have clearer and broader views, unbiased by his own preconceived opinions. His discernment will be more penetrating, his faculties better balanced. His mind, exercised in the contemplation of exalted truths, will be expanded, and in obtaining heavenly knowledge he will better understand his own weakness, and will grow in faith and humility. When there is little attention given to the Word of God, divine counsels are not heeded, admonitions are in vain, grace and heavenly wisdom are not sought that past sins may be avoided and every taint of corruption cleansed from the character. David prayed, "Make me to understand the way of thy precepts; so shall I talk of thy wonderful works. . . . Open Thou mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of thy law." {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 3] There is a great work to be done by the earnest Bible student; for gems of truth are to be gathered up, and separated from the companionship of error. Though the Bible is a revelation from heaven, yet many do not comprehend its divine teaching. We are to discover new aspects of truth in both the Old and the New Testament, to behold the exceeding breadth and compass of truths which we imagine we understand, but of which we have only a superficial knowledge. He who earnestly searches the Scriptures will see that harmony exists between the various parts of the Bible; he will discover the bearing of one passage upon another, and the reward of his toil will be exceedingly precious. {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 4] All over the field of revelation are scattered glad springs of heavenly truth, peace, and joy. These fountains of joy are within the reach of every seeker. The words of Inspiration, pondered in the heart, will be as living streams flowing from the river of the water of life. Our Saviour prayed that the mind of his followers might be opened to understand the Scriptures. Whenever we study the Bible with a prayerful heart, the Holy Spirit is near to open to us the meaning of the words we read. The man whose mind is enlightened by the opening of God's Word to his understanding, will not only feel that he must more diligently seek to understand that Word, but that he must have a better understanding of the sciences. He will feel that he is called to a high calling in Christ Jesus. The more closely connected man is with the Source of all knowledge and wisdom, the more he will feel that he must advance in intellectual and spiritual attainments. The opening of God's Word is always followed by a remarkable opening and strengthening of man's faculties; for the entrance of his words giveth light. By contemplation of great truths, the mind is elevated, the affections purified and refined; for the Spirit of God, through the truth of God, quickens the lifeless, spiritual faculties, and attracts the soul heavenward. {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 5] Then take your Bible and present yourself before your Heavenly Father, saying, "Enlighten me; teach me what is truth." The Lord will regard your prayer, and the Holy Spirit will impress the truth upon your soul. In searching the Scriptures for yourself, you will become established in the faith. It is of the greatest importance that you continually search the Scriptures, storing the mind with the truths of God. You may be separated from the companionship of Christians, and placed where you will not have the privilege of meeting with the children of God. You need the treasures of God's Word hidden in your heart, that when opposition comes upon you, you may bring everything to the test of the Scriptures. {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 6] Truth is eternal, and conflict with error will only make manifest its strength. We should never refuse to examine the Scriptures with those who, we have reason to believe, desire to know what is truth as much as we do. Suppose a brother holds a view that differs from yours, and he comes to you, proposing that you sit down with him, and investigate that point in the light of the Scriptures; should you rise up filled with prejudice, and condemn his ideas while refusing to give him a hearing? The only right way would be to sit down as Christians and investigate the position presented, in the light of God's Word, which will reveal truth and unmask error. To ridicule his ideas would not weaken his position, though it were false, or strengthen your position, though it were true. If the pillars of our faith will not stand the test of investigation, it is time that we knew it; for it is foolish to become set in our ideas, and think that no one should interfere with our opinions. Let everything be brought to the Bible; for it is the only rule of faith and doctrine. {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 7] We must study the truth for ourselves; no man should be relied upon to think for us, no matter who he may be or in what position he may be placed. We are not to look upon any man as a perfect guide for us. We are to counsel together, and be subject one to another; but at the same time we are to exercise the ability God has given us to learn what is truth. Each one of us must look to God for divine enlightenment, that we may individually develop a character that will stand the test of the great day. {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 8] We are living in the last days, when error of a most deceptive character is accepted and believed, while truth is discarded. Many are drifting into darkness and infidelity, picking flaws with the Bible, bringing up superstitious inventions, unscriptural theories, and speculations of vain philosophy; but it is the duty of every one to seek a thorough knowledge of the Scriptures. The importance and benefit of Bible study cannot be overestimated. In searching the Scriptures our minds are led to dwell upon the infinite sacrifice of Christ, on his mediation in our behalf. As we see his love, as we meditate upon his humiliation and sufferings, the same spirit of self-denial and sacrifice for the good of others will be kindled in our hearts. As we behold Jesus by the eye of faith, we shall be "changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord." {BEcho, October 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 1] November 1, 1892 "Tempted in All Points Like as We are." - Mrs. E. G. White. "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto his brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered, being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted." {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 2] Christ came to this world, and clothed his divinity with humanity, taking upon Him the nature of man. He came to pass through the experiences of humanity, to pass over the ground on which Adam had fallen, to redeem his failure, to meet and conquer the adversary of God and man, that through his grace man might be an overcomer, and finally have a place with Him upon his throne. He took the field of conflict, and on this atom of a world the controversy between Christ, the Prince of life, and Satan, the prince of darkness, was to be waged. By transgression man had become the child of evil, the captive of Satan, the enemy of God. Satan misrepresented the character of God, and man, who had been made in the divine image, doubted his Heavenly Father's love, distrusted his word, and set himself in stubborn unbelief and rebellion against his requirements. {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 3] Christ came to represent the character of his Father, to win man back to his allegiance to God, to reconcile man to God. He proposed to meet the foe and unmask his arts, that man might be able to make choice of whom he would serve. Satan had been Lucifer, the light-bearer, the sharer of God's glory in heaven, and second to Jesus in power and majesty. In the words of inspiration he is described as the one who "sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty." But Lucifer had perverted the beauty and power with which he was endowed by the Creator, and his light had become darkness. When through his rebellion he was cast out of heaven, he determined to make man his victim, and the earth his kingdom. He cast the blame of his rebellion upon Christ, and in determined hatred of God, sought to wound Him through the fall of man. In the happiness and peace of Eden, he beheld a vision of the bliss that he had forever lost, and he determined to excite in the hearts of God's creatures the same bitterness that he himself felt, so that their songs of praise and thanksgiving might be turned to reproach against their Maker. {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 4] Though God had endowed man with all things for his joy, and the inhabitants of Eden knew nothing of evil, yet they resisted not the insinuations of the arch-deceiver, but fell from their uprightness, and tasted the bitterness of transgression. Peace was gone, love had fled; and in place of union with their Creator, they felt a sense of guilt, a dread of the future, a nakedness of soul. Such is the consequence of breaking the just commands of God, but "in keeping of them there is great reward." {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 5] The fall of man filled all heaven with sorrow, and the heart of Jesus was moved with infinite compassion for the lost world, the ruined race. He beheld man plunged in sin and misery, and knew that he had not moral power to overcome in his own behalf the power of his unsleeping enemy. In divine love and pity He came to earth to fight our battles for us; for He alone could conquer the adversary. He came to unite man with God, to impart divine strength to the repenting soul, and from the manger to Calvary to pass over the path which man would travel, at every step giving man a perfect example of what he should do, presenting in his character what humanity might become when united with divinity. {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 6] But many say that Jesus was not like us, that He was not as we are in the world, that He was divine, and therefore we cannot overcome as He overcame. But this is not true; "for verily He took not on Him the nature of angels; but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. . . . For in that He Himself hath suffered, being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted." Christ knows the sinner's trials; He knows his temptations. He took upon Himself our nature; He was tempted in all points like as we are. He has wept, He was a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. As a man He lived upon earth. As a man He ascended to heaven. As a man He is the substitute of humanity. As a man He liveth to make intercession for us. As a man He will come again with kingly power and glory to receive those who love Him, and for whom He is now preparing a place. We should rejoice and give thanks that God "hath appointed a day, in the which He will judge the world in righteousness, by that man whom He hath ordained." {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 7] Those who claim that it was not possible for Christ to sin, cannot believe that He took upon Him human nature. Christ was actually tempted, not only in the wilderness, but all through his life. In all points He was tempted as we are, and because He successfully resisted temptation in every form, He gave us a perfect example. Through the ample provisions made in our behalf, we may become partakers of the divine nature, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. Jesus says, "To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne." This, the beginning of our confidence, we must hold steadfastly unto the end. Jesus can enable us to resist Satan's temptations; for He came to bring divine power to combine with human effort. {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 8] Jesus said, "I and my Father are one." He speaks of Himself as well as the Father when He speaks of omnipotent power, and claims for Himself perfect righteousness. In Christ dwelt the fulness of the Godhead bodily. This is why, although tempted in all points like as we are, He stood before the world untainted by the corruptions that surrounded Him. We also are to become partakers of that fulness, and only in this way shall we be enabled to overcome as Christ overcame. - {BEcho, November 1, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 1] November 15, 1892 Tempted in All Points Like as We Are. - The Temptation in the Wilderness. - Mrs. E. G. White. The great work of redemption could be carried out by the Redeemer only as He took the place of fallen man. Burdened with the sins of the world, He must pass over the path where Adam fell, and redeem his failure. When Adam was assailed by the tempter, none of the effects of sin were upon him, but he was surrounded by the glories of Eden. But it was not thus with Jesus; for, bearing the infirmities of degenerate humanity, He entered the wilderness to cope with the mighty foe, that He might lift man up from the lowest depths of his degradation. Alone He was to tread the path of temptation and exercise self-control stronger than hunger, ambition, or death. {BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 2] Clothed as an angel of light, the artful foe presented his specious temptations to the Saviour. He sought to persuade Christ to turn from the path of self-denial and cross-bearing. He assured Him that God was satisfied with his willingness to endure the trial, but that as He stayed the hand of Abraham when about to sacrifice Isaac, so now, satisfied with Christ's willingness to set his feet in the bloodstained path, He had sent an angel to deliver Him from the long fast by which He was to overcome the power of appetite in man's behalf. This specious reasoning was a temptation to Christ. His humanity made it a temptation to Him, and it was only by trusting his Father's word that He could resist the power of the enemy. He walked by faith, as we must walk by faith, and turned from the artful deceiver, who feigned to doubt his divinity. Satan declared that a powerful angel of heaven had been banished to the earth, and that Christ's appearance indicated that instead of being the King of heaven, He was this fallen angel, forsaken of God and deserted by man. If He were the Son of God, He was equal with God, and could make this evident by working a miracle. He said, "If Thou be the Son of God, command this stone that it be made bread." He promised that if Jesus would do this, he would acknowledge his supremacy and no longer contest his claims. The archdeceiver hoped that under the force of despondency and extreme hunger, Christ would lose faith in his Father, work a miracle in his own behalf, and take Himself out of his Father's hands. Had He done this, the plan of salvation would have been broken; for it was contrary to its terms that Christ should work a miracle in his own behalf. Throughout his life on earth, his power must be exercised for the good of suffering humanity alone. As man's representative, He was to bear the trials of man, leaving a perfect example of submission and trust in God. Jesus met the adversary with the Word of God. He said, "It is written, That man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word of God." It was not for the Son of God to descend from his lofty mission to prove his divinity to a fallen foe, or to condescend to explain his humiliation as man's Redeemer. If the children of men would follow the example of Christ, and hold no converse with the enemy, they would be spared many a defeat at his hands. {BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 3] Foiled in the attempt to provoke Christ to manifest his divine power in his own behalf, and seeking to awe Him by a display of superior power, Satan bore the Son of God from the wilderness, and set Him upon a pinnacle of the temple at Jerusalem. He there admitted that Jesus had been right in manifesting unqualified trust in God, and, declaring that God had promised to give his angels charge over Him that He should not dash his foot against a stone, he urged Christ to manifest still more faith in the Word of God. He said to Him, "If Thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down from hence; for it is written, He shall give his angels charge over Thee, to keep Thee; and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash thy foot against a stone." Satan thought to take advantage of Christ's humanity, and urge Him beyond the limits of trust into the sin of presumption. But while manifesting perfect trust in his Father, He refused to place Himself in a position which would necessitate the interposition of his Father to save Him from death. He would not force Providence to his rescue, and thus fail to give man an example of perfect trust and submission. {BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 4] Baffled in his attempt to overthrow the integrity of Christ, Satan now hazards all, and throwing off his assumed character, he avows himself the arch-rebel, the ruler of the kingdom of men, the sovereign of the earth. Placing Jesus upon a high mountain, he causes the kingdoms of the earth to pass in panoramic view before the Redeemer. He presents the glory of the world, and promises to put Christ, without suffering or peril, in possession of all its power, if He will but concede that He is inferior to Satan, and bow in homage before him. The life of Christ was darkened by sorrow, privation, hardship, and toil. Homeless and friendless as He was, the mighty kingdoms of earth were offered to Him for a single consideration. To regain the supremacy of the earth, He would have to pass over the blood-stained path through Gethsemane and Calvary; but He dallies not with the tempter. Turning to his adversary, He said, "Get thee behind Me, Satan; for it is written Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only, shalt thou serve." {BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 5] Writhing with humiliation and rage, the baffled foe is forced to leave the presence of the world's Redeemer. He cannot withstand the authority of Christ's command, and he is compelled to acknowledge that Christ's victory is as complete as had been Adam's failure. He had endured the test, greater than any man could ever be called upon to endure,--as much greater as his character was more elevated and pure. The angels now ministered to the fainting Son of God. Strengthened with food, comforted with the assurance of his victory and his Father's love, his great heart goes out in sympathy for man, and He determines to go forth to complete the work He has begun, and rest not until the foe is vanquished and the human race redeemed. {BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 6] The followers of Christ are called upon to share with Him in his sufferings. The confederacy of evil is arrayed against those who would follow in the footsteps of the world's Redeemer. We are to battle with the mighty prince of evil; but the Saviour tells us that we are not to fight alone. All the heavenly intelligences will come to our help. Amid the darkness of the world, we are to catch the radiance from the throne of God, and to shed the light of heaven to the uttermost parts of the earth. - {BEcho, November 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 1] December 1, 1892 Tempted in All Points. - Our Mighty Helper. - Mrs. E. G. White. The Christian is enlisted to fight in the cause of God, to be a soldier of Jesus Christ. Jesus fought all our battles during his life upon earth, and in that He was tempted, He knows how to succor those who shall be tempted. We have no power to war with principalities, and powers, and spiritual wickedness in high places, except as we draw strength from Christ. Jesus calls upon you to behold the confederacy of evil, to behold the conflict through which you must pass. He bids us count the cost of standing under the blood-stained banner; He does not flatter us that we shall have no difficulties in this life; but although we shall be tried and tempted in meeting the confederacy of evil, yet we are assured that all the heavenly intelligences will be enlisted on our side in every battle. But the ministry of angels will not ensure us against sorrow and trial. Angels ministered to Jesus; yet their presence did not make his life one of ease, nor free Him from conflict and temptation. While we are engaged in the work which the Master has appointed us to do, though trials and perplexities and temptations press upon us, we should not be discouraged; for we know that One has endured all these temptations before us. {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 2] We each have a battle to fight with the fallen foe. We should begin the conflict in the light of the Bible, gaining victories over self, giving no place to the evil one. We should not sin against God by indulging sinful thoughts or speaking murmuring words. We should not let the enemy control our powers in the least, but throw all the weight of our influence on the side of Christ. God has pledged his word that his grace will be sufficient for us in our greatest necessity, in our sorest distress. Appropriating this grace, Christ will be found to be a very present help in time of trouble. {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 3] The Lord expects his servants to excel the lovers of the world in life and character. That they may do this, He has placed at their command unlimited resources. The Christian is a spectacle unto the world, to angels, and to men. He is looked upon as one who is striving for the mastery, running the race set before him that he may obtain the prize, even an immortal crown. His motives are to be above the motives of those who love the world. He is to feel that in the great contest in which he is engaged, there is everything to win, and everything to lose. He is to realize that he must make use of every entrusted power to overcome the world, the flesh, and the devil, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Grace has been abundantly provided that he may not fail nor be discouraged, but be complete in Christ, accepted in the Beloved. {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 4] Those who would be victors should contemplate the cost of salvation, that they may be subdued by the love of Christ, that their strong human passions may be conquered, and their will brought into captivity to their Redeemer. The Christian is to realize that he is not his own, but that he has been bought with a price. His strongest temptations will come from within; for he must battle against the inclinations of the natural heart. The Lord knows our weaknesses; yet He has valued man, even though finite and incapable of any good in and of himself, at an infinite price. "For God so loved the world that He gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Every struggle against sin, every effort to conform to the law of God, is Christ working through his appointed agencies upon the human heart. Oh, if we could comprehend what Jesus is to us and what we are to Him, murmuring would be forever silenced, unbelief would be swept away, the value of the soul would appear, and we would believe that God has loved us with an everlasting love. {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 5] You who are tempted and tried and discouraged, look up. Let no weary, halting, sin-oppressed soul become faint-hearted, and lose hope. The promises of God come sounding down along the lines to us, assuring us that we may reach heaven if we will abide in Christ. Look up; it is fatal to look down. Looking down, the earth reels and sways beneath you, and nothing is sure. A divine hand is reached toward you. The hand of the Infinite is stretched over the battlements of heaven to grasp your hand in its embrace. The mighty Helper is nigh to help the most erring, the most sinful and despairing. Look up by faith, and the light of the glory of God will shine upon you. Do not be discouraged because you see that your character is defective. The closer you come to Jesus, the more faulty you will appear in your own eyes; for your vision will be clearer, and your imperfections will be seen in distinct contrast with his perfect character. Be not discouraged; this is an evidence that Satan's delusions are losing their power, that the vivifying influence of the Spirit of God is arousing you, and that your indifference and ignorance are passing away. {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 6] Whatever may have been your past experience, however discouraging may be your present circumstances, if you will come to Jesus just as you are, weak, helpless, and despairing, our compassionate Saviour will meet you a great way off, and will throw about you his arms of love and his robe of righteousness. Do not continue to talk of your weakness; Jesus came to bring moral power to combine with human effort, that we might advance step by step in the heavenward way. Let your faith lay hold of the precious promises of God, and if clouds have encompassed you, the mists will roll back; for the angels of God are ever ready to help in every trial and emergency. We are not left to battle unaided against the prince of darkness. As we realize the attacks of the enemy, we shall feel the need of fleeing to the stronghold, we shall learn to lean upon the Mighty One. He will be to us as the shadow of a great rock in a weary land, as a covert from the tempest. Deep and fervent will be the gratitude of him who experiences the help of God in times of temptation and trial. {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 7] The whole army of heaven is enlisted to fight our battles for us, to work out for us a glorious victory, and Jesus is the Captain of our salvation. But let no one think that we shall not be called upon to endure tribulation. John says, "I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God, which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God, saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our God forever and ever. Amen. And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these that are arrayed in white robes, and whence came they? And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in his temple, and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." {BEcho, December 1, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 1] December 15, 1892 What Shall We Render Unto the Lord? - Mrs. E. G. White. The Lord Jesus Christ came to our world as a helpless babe. He was born in Bethlehem, and the angel announced to the shepherds as they watched over their flocks by night, "Behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you: Ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host, praising God and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 1} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 2] The Redeemer of the world might have come attended by ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of angels; but instead of this He clothed his divinity with humanity, made Himself of no reputation, took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of sinful flesh. For verily He took not on Him the nature of angels, but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. For it became Him for whom are all things, and by whom all things consist, in bringing many sons and daughters unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through suffering. For both He that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all one, for which cause He is not ashamed to call them brethren. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 2} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 3] Jesus, the world's Redeemer, submitted to humiliation that we might have hope. For our sake He became poor, that through his merits we might be entitled to imperishable riches. Shall not the story of Christ's self-denial and self-sacrifice for our sakes, lead us to pour contempt on all our pride and selfishness? The Son of God could make nothing of the human family, save as He submitted to humiliation, and through suffering came in contact with suffering humanity. It was through unutterable woe that Jesus came to reach lost man where he is plunged in sin and degradation. Let us contemplate the life, nature, and purpose of the King of glory. Let us look upon the Majesty of heaven as He shrouded his glory in the form of a child, and was cradled in a manger. But though He was so lowly born, so humbly circumstanced, angels bowed in adoration before the Babe of Bethlehem, without forfeiting their place in the courts of God or marring their allegiance to the Deity. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 3} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 4] The Babe of Bethlehem, though the King of glory, was not entrusted to wealthy parents. His was a lowly lot. When presented in the temple, his parents could not offer anything but the offering of the poor,--a pair of turtle doves or young pigeons. This offering was made in behalf of the child Jesus; yet when Simeon took Him in his arms, the Holy Spirit fell upon him, and he knew the Lord's Anointed, and he blessed God, and said, "Lord, now lettest Thou thy servant depart in peace, according to thy word; for mine eyes have seen thy salvation, which Thou hast prepared before the face of all people; a light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of thy people Israel." {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 4} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 5] His divinity veiled in humanity, Jesus grew up as a child, and it is written of Him that "the child grew and waxed strong in spirit, filled with wisdom; and the grace of God was upon Him." At twelve years of age He accompanied his parents to Jerusalem to attend the feast, and, forgetful of their charge, they returned, not missing the child Jesus, who had tarried in the city. "But they, supposing Him to have been in the company, went a day's journey; and they sought Him among their kinsfolk and acquaintance. And when they found Him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking Him." After three days of sorrowful searching, they found Jesus in the temple, sitting among the doctors both hearing and asking them questions. "And all that heard Him were astonished at his understanding and answers. And when they saw Him, they were amazed; and his mother said unto Him, Son, why hast Thou thus dealt with us? Behold, thy father and I have sought Thee sorrowing. And He said unto them, How is it that ye sought Me? wist ye not that I must be about my Father's business? . . . And He went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them. . . . And Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man." {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 5} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 6] The story of the birth and childhood of Jesus never loses its fragrance and interest, and it should be often repeated to the children and youth. Jesus was ever in sympathy with all phases of the life of childhood and youth. When the mothers brought their children that Jesus might place his hands upon their heads and bless them, the disciples looked with disfavor upon the tired mothers and their little ones, and sternly forbade them to come to Jesus to trouble Him with so unimportant a matter; but Jesus did not look upon them with disapprobation. His compassionate voice was heard saying, "Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven." He took the children in his arms, and blessed them, and spoke words of encouragement and sympathy to the mothers, and both mothers and children returned to their homes strengthened and blessed by the divine love of the Master. They loved Jesus, and often repeated to others the story of their visit. They told how the disciples had forbidden them, but how the Lord had had compassion upon them. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 6} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 7] The story of Jesus blessing the children should encourage all mothers to seek the Lord, and bring their little ones to Him. He is as verily a personal Saviour today as He was in the days when He walked a man among men. He is as verily the helper of mothers today as He was when He gathered the children to his breast in Judea. He identifies his interest with that of suffering humanity, and the children of our hearths are as much the purchase of his blood today as were the children of long ago. The Lord will give to the praying mother the wisdom and grace she needs to instruct and interest her little ones in the precious old story of the babe born in Bethlehem, who is indeed the hope of the world. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 7} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 8] Jesus is our Saviour, our Redeemer, our wisdom, our sanctification, our righteousness. Let mothers make it their first interest to teach their children of the great love wherewith God has loved us, that led Him to give his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. It is the first duty of parents to make the precious truths of salvation very plain and simple and attractive to their children. They should ever seek for the best way in which to lead their children to trust in Jesus as their personal Saviour, to love Him, to deny self for his sake, and to do good to those around them in his name. The first precept from their earliest years should be, Give your heart to Jesus; live to please Him. Do not live simply to amuse and gratify yourself; but live to honor Jesus, who has loved you, and given Himself for you. Were parents in earnest in thus educating their little ones, there would be a great company of children in the army of the Lord. They would then make sacrifices for Jesus' sake, and desire to give, not only their little gifts of love, but their whole hearts to Jesus. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 8} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 9] We should bring gifts to Jesus, as did the wise men when they found the Lord of glory. They had been studying the prophecies, and they knew that the time was fulfilled, and that Jesus had come to be the Saviour of men. Guided by a star, they journeyed to Jerusalem, and all along the way they were inquiring, "Where is He that is born King of the Jews? For we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship Him." "And when they were come into the house, they saw the young child with Mary his mother, and fell down, and worshipped Him; and when they had opened their treasures, they presented unto Him gifts; gold, and frankincense, and myrrh." {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 9} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 10] The wise men have left us an example of what we should do. Jesus should be the object of our adoration, the recipient of our gifts. It is not man, but our Redeemer, that should be honored. To Him we should offer our praise and gifts and treasures; but instead of this, the world sets its treasures flowing in the channel of self-gratification, and to the honor of men. Christmas gifts are bestowed on our children, on our friends and relatives, and few think of what they can do to show their love and gratitude to God for his great love and compassion upon them. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 10} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 11] In celebrating Christmas, fathers, mothers, children, and friends are diverted from the great object to which the custom is attributed. They give their whole attention to the bestowal of gifts upon one another, and their minds are turned away from the contemplation of the Source of all their blessings both spiritual and temporal. In their attention to gifts and honors bestowed upon themselves or their friends, Jesus is unhonored and forgotten. Parents should seek to teach their children to honor Jesus. They should be instructed how He came to the world to bring light, to shine amid the moral darkness of the world. They should be impressed with the fact that "God so loved the world that He gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 11} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 12] We are dependent upon Christ for both spiritual and temporal blessings, we should especially remember the world's Redeemer, on those days in which others forget Him in pleasing one another, in festivity and careless mirth. We should show special honor to Him in whom our hope of eternal life is centred. Through all the year parents should be educating their children as to how they may honor Jesus in their gifts. They should instruct them that Christ came to the world to save perishing sinners, and that instead of spending money for needless ornaments, for candies and knick-knacks to gratify the taste, they should deny themselves for Christ's sake, that they may offer to Him an expression of their love. The theme of Christ's amazing love can be so presented to your children that the little ones will be lost in wonder and love, and their hearts will be melted at the story of Calvary. Tell the children and youth that Jesus died to save them, that He wants them to give to Him their young lives that they may be his obedient children, and be saved from ruin. {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 12} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 13] Christ will be pleased to see that the children and the youth, whom He loves, also love Him, and He will accept their gifts and offerings to be used in his cause. From the denial of self in children and youth, many little streams may flow into the treasury of the Lord, and missionaries may be sent out through their gifts to bring light to the heathen, who bow down to gods of wood and stone. Home missionaries also may be assisted, and there are poor who are suffering and needy, who may be blessed with the gifts of the children. Christ identifies his interest with that of his children. He says, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto Me." {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 13} [BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 14] Brethren and sisters, what are you going to bring to Jesus as an offering of love? What will you render unto the Lord for all his benefits? Will you show forth the praises of Him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light, or will you devote your time and money to self and to pleasure seeking, as though self were the great object of attraction? O, may the coming Christmas be the best one you have ever enjoyed, because you have brought gifts to Jesus, and given yourselves and your all without reservation to Him who has given all for you. - {BEcho, December 15, 1892 par. 14} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 1] January 1, 1893 The Fight of Faith. - Mrs. E. G. White. Every one who shall be found with the wedding garment on, will have come out of great tribulation. The mighty surges of temptation will beat upon all the followers of Christ; and unless they are riveted to the eternal Rock, they will be borne away. Do not think you can safely drift with the current; you must stem the tide, or you will surely become a helpless prey to Satan's power. You are not safe in placing your feet on the ground of the enemy, but should direct your path in the way cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in. Even in the path of holiness you will be tried; your faith, your love, your patience, your constancy, will be tested. By diligent searching of the Scriptures, by earnest prayer for divine help, prepare the soul to resist temptation. The Lord will hear the sincere prayer of the contrite soul, and will lift up a standard for you against the enemy. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 2] Jesus left his home in heaven, and came to this dark world to reach to the very depths of human woe, that He might save those who are ready to perish. He laid aside his glory in the heavenly courts above, clothed his divinity with humanity, and for our sakes He became poor, that we through his poverty might be rich. He came to the earth that was all seared and marred with sin; "and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross." He submitted to insult and mockery, that He might leave us a perfect example. When we are inclined to magnify our trials, to think we are having a hard time, we should look away from self to Jesus, who is the author and finisher of our faith, "who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God." All this He endured that He might bring many sons and daughters to God, to present them before the universe as trophies of his victory. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 3] Will man take hold of this divine power which has been placed within his reach, and with determination and perseverance resist Satan, as Christ has given example in his conflict with the foe in the wilderness of temptation? God cannot save man against his will from the power of Satan's artifices. Man must work with his human power, aided by the divine power of Christ, to resist and to conquer at any cost to himself. In short, man must overcome as Christ overcame. Christ was a perfect overcomer; and we must be perfect, wanting nothing, without spot or blemish. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 4] In order to be overcomers, we must heed the injunction of the apostle: "Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus." He is the Pattern that we, as his disciples, must follow. We cannot cherish selfishness in our hearts, and follow the example of Christ, who died to make an atonement for us. We cannot extol our own merits, and follow his example; for He made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Himself the form of a servant. We cannot harbour pride, and follow Christ, since He humbled Himself until there was no lower place to which He could descend. Be astonished, O heavens, and be amazed, O earth, that sinful man should make such returns to his Lord in formality and pride, in efforts to lift up and glorify himself, when Christ came and humbled Himself in our behalf even to the death of the cross. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 5] Christ came to teach us how to live. He has invited us to learn of Him to be meek and lowly of heart, that we may find rest unto our souls. We have no excuse for not imitating his life and working his works. Those who profess his name, and do not practice his precepts, are weighed in the balances of heaven, and found wanting. But those who reflect his image will have a place in the mansions which He has gone to prepare. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 6] The redemption that Christ achieved for man was at infinite cost to Himself. The victory we gain over our own evil hearts and over the temptations of Satan will cost us strong effort, constant watchfulness, and persevering prayer; but, gaining the victory through the all-powerful name of Jesus, we become heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ. This could not be the case if Christ alone did all the overcoming. We must be victors on our own account. Then we shall not only reap the reward of eternal life, but shall increase our happiness on earth by the consciousness of duty performed, and by the greater respect and love that we shall win from those about us. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 7] He who is a child of God should henceforth look upon himself as a part of the cross of Christ, a link in the chain let down to save the world, one with Christ in his plan of mercy, going forth with Him to seek and to save the lost. The Christian is ever to realize that he is bought with a price, to stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Immanuel, to fight the good fight of faith, and lay hold on eternal life. He is to reveal Christ to the world. The self-denial, the self-sacrifice, the sympathy, the love that were manifested in the life of Christ are to reappear in the life of his followers. In order to do this, we must put on the whole armour of God; "for we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places." If we do not overcome, we lose the crown; and if we lose the crown, we lose everything. Eternal loss or eternal gain will be ours. If we gain the crown, we gain all things; we become heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ. {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 8] Christ is coming in a little while. He has been our brother in suffering; and if we overcome through his grace, we shall see Him as He is. We shall suffer here but a few days longer, and then enter into an eternity of happiness; for there is sweet rest in the kingdom of God. For those who fight the good fight of faith, there is reserved a crown of glory, a palm of victory, an inheritance incorruptible, undefiled, and that fadeth not away. Let the determination of every soul be, "I must run the race; I must overcome." - {BEcho, January 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 1] January 15, 1893 The Source of Our Strength. - Mrs. E. G. White. - An address delivered at the close of the Australian Bible School, Dec. 13, 1892. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 2] I am thankful that our school enterprise in Melbourne has proved so successful in its beginning. If we had had to carry it forward in our own strength, we should not have had so good results as are now seen at the close of the first term. But we have prayed earnestly that the blessing of God might rest upon the school, and we have been assured that angels of God were ministering unto both the teachers and the students. A larger number of students should have come to the school than have come; but those who have been willing to make the venture have done well. Will not the Lord bless those that place themselves in a position to receive light and knowledge? Surely He will look with favour upon those who are seeking to understand the sciences and his Word. "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom;" and as they are seeking to love and to fear God, will He not manifest his rich grace to them, as He did to Daniel? {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 3] Daniel was carried to Babylon, and was a captive in the king's court. Temptations and trials were upon every hand. He was allured on every side to follow the habits and customs of Babylon; but he knew that they were not at all after God's order. Study the history of Daniel. His part and that of his companions was to take their position in distinction from the Babylonians, who were indulging appetite, and who did not have the love and fear of God before them. No power or influence could sway these Hebrew youth from what they believed to be right. The king's table was set before them, provided with everything for the indulgence of appetite; but they had grace to adhere to the simple practices that they had been taught, and they would not indulge in wine or in the luxuries of the king's table. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 4] They were in the courts of Babylon to be educated. The king was desirous that their talents should be developed. These captives were placed on test for responsible positions in the courts of Babylon. They opened their minds to be taught of God, and closed their minds and hearts to every temptation and influence that would becloud the mind and corrupt the morals. And "God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom; and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams. And in all matters of wisdom and understanding, that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm." The God of Israel is a mighty working agent, and He works in behalf of every one who seeks to know and do his will. There is light always coming from heaven to those who seek for light and knowledge. We may get out of the channel of light if we choose, and place ourselves under influences that will separate us from righteousness, and thus meet with a terrible loss. But those that place themselves where they can catch the rays of divine light as they come from heaven, from the throne of God, will have light. God will never deny Himself. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 5] It was the God of heaven that gave Daniel and his fellows wisdom, so that they could stand true to principle before kings and nobles. When Nebuchadnezzar had set up the great golden image in the plain of Dura, he sent forth the herald to command all to bow down before it, declaring that those who should dare to disobey were to be cast into the fiery furnace. But the three Hebrew captives, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, would not bow down: they said, "O Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this matter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and He will deliver us out of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which thou hast set up." {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 6] Heaven was very near to these faithful men; they were cast into the fiery furnace, but He in whom they had trusted did not forsake them. Nebuchadnezzar the king exclaimed in amazement, "Did we not cast three men bound into the midst of the fire?" "Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God." How did he know who the fourth was like? The captives had not kept their lips sealed; they had told the Babylonians of their God. Whenever they had an opportunity, they honoured God. They were not ashamed to give Him glory; and from the very description they had given, the king understood that the One with the three captives was the Son of God. "Then Nebuchadnezzar came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, and spake, and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, ye servants of the most high God, come forth, and come hither." Then they came forth from the midst of the fire, and it was found that not even the smell of fire had passed upon them. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 7] When Daniel was cast into the den of lions because of his fidelity to God, the Lord sent his angel to deliver him; and He will deliver us if we put our trust in Him and obey Him. Heaven is very much nearer to us than we think. When we place ourselves in the right relation to God, angels of heaven are beside us. We are to hide in Jesus, and he that touches you, he that harms or distresses you, touches Christ; for Christ identifies his interest with that of his people. Christ suffers in the person of his saints. We must remember that the God of Daniel is our God, and that we can be faithful under all circumstances. We can go to Him in confidence, and through his grace preserve our integrity. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 8] The best recommendation you can carry with you of this school and its influence is a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. Wherever you may be, maintain the principles that you have been studying here. Wherever you go, carry on the good work of searching the Scriptures, and the Lord Jesus will always be at your right hand to help you. He is a merciful high priest pleading in your behalf. He will send his representative, the Holy Spirit; for He says, "I will not leave you comfortless; I will come to you." By the Spirit the Father and the Son will come and make their abode with you. There is no excuse for wavering or sinning. But in order to be upright, you must keep all these rich and full promises in memory's hall. Clear the mind of all objectionable, foolish things; retain the precious truths that you have heard here. And "when the enemy shall come in like a flood," these precious, golden words of promise will come into your mind and strengthen your soul. "When the enemy shall come in like a flood" that would sweep you from the Rock, "the Spirit of the Lord shall lift up a standard against him." What is that standard? What weapon did Jesus present to the enemy in his temptation in the wilderness?--The Word of God. He said, "It is written." {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 9] Now, you are to remember what is written, and when the enemy comes, and tempts you to seek this or that place of amusement where you cannot take Jesus with you, just say firmly, "No, I cannot go there. Make up your mind, and know how to say "No" squarely. "When sinners entice thee, consent thou not." {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 10] When you shall come to the school next term,--and you all need to come again,--if you have practiced what you have learned, you will come advanced in spiritual knowledge. You will advance in light if you walk in the light. Jesus said, "Yet a little while is the light with you. Walk while ye have the light, lest darkness come upon you; for he that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he goeth." But those that walk in the light know just where they are going. They are going step by step by the side of Jesus in the direction of the home that is prepared for the righteous. They are keeping in view that better country; and as they walk toward the heavenly city, they have the heavenly agencies working in their behalf, that their steps may be sure, and that they may constantly advance in grace. You are not to be dwarfs, you are to grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Then you will attain more and more unto the perfect stature, that it may be said by the heavenly host, "Ye are complete in Him." O, what an expression! And the Lord loves you as He loves his Son. Is not that wonderful? {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 10} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 11] When you go from this place, carry Jesus with you; and wherever you go, practice the truth, let your light shine, improve the talent lent you of God, and you may come back with a double talent. Why?--Because you have exercised the power you have. What makes the black-smith's arms strong?--It is wielding the heavy sledge. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 11} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 12] Christ said to the woman of Samaria, "If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldst have asked of Him, and He would have given thee living water." "Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life." The water given us of Christ is a living stream from which we may refresh others. There are many to whom you can talk about the precious things you have heard here. Do not let these truths leak out of your hearts, but see how much good you can do with them. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 12} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 13] You do not know how many prayers have been offered for this school, how much anxiety we have felt about the first term, because the school is in its infancy. How thankful I am that you have availed yourselves of these opportunities. You are just prepared to make wise improvement of the second term, and it will be of double value to you because you have had the advantage of the first. Try to influence every one you can to come to school next term. God helping us, every one of us can be an agent for good. We expect that a good work will be done by our youth if they connect with God, and seek counsel of Him. {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 13} [BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 14] I thank God with heart and soul and voice that He has not disappointed our expectations in this term of school. Had we been disappointed, it would not have been because God was at fault, but because we ourselves had departed from his wisdom. But we have relied upon the God of Israel, and He has made successful our first efforts to educate the youth of this country for his work. - {BEcho, January 15, 1893 par. 14} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 1] February 1, 1893 The Privilege of Prayer. - Mrs. E. G. White. After Christ was baptised of John in Jordan, He came up out of the water, and bowing upon the bank of the river. He prayed fervently to his Heavenly Father. The heavens were opened to his prayer, and the light of the glory of God, brighter than the sun at noonday, shone from the eternal throne. The form of a dove encircled the Son of God, while the voice from the excellent glory was heard saying, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased." {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 2] Christ was the representative of humanity. He had laid aside his glory, stepped down from his throne, clothed his divinity with humanity, that with his human arm He might encircle the race, and with his divine arm reach the throne of the Infinite. He took upon Him the nature of man, and was tempted in all points like as we are. As a man He supplicated at the throne of God, beseeching his Father to accept his prayer in behalf of humanity; and to his earnest petition the heavens were opened. Never before had angels listened to such a prayer, and the glory of the Majesty of heaven shone upon Him, and words of love and approval assured Him of the acceptance of his petition as man's representative. God accepted the fallen race through the merits of Christ. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 3] Communication between heaven and earth, between God and man, had been broken by the fall of Adam; but through Christ man could again commune with God. He who knew no sin became sin for the race, that his righteousness might be imputed to man. Through the perfection of Christ's character, humanity was elevated in the scale of moral value with God; finite man was linked with the infinite God. Thus the gulf which sin had made was bridged by the world's Redeemer. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 4] How grateful should we be for the privileges which Christ has gained for us in opening heaven before us. What hope does it give to man that the Father said to Christ, who represented humanity, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased." In the Father's acceptance of Christ in man's behalf, we are assured that through the merits of his Son, we may find access to God. We may be accepted in the Beloved. Jesus, the world's Redeemer; has opened the way so that the most sinful, the most needy, the most oppressed and despised, may find access to God, may have a home in the mansions that Jesus has gone to prepare for those who love Him. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 5] In a vision Jacob beheld a mystic ladder reaching from earth to heaven, on which were angels ascending and descending, and from the throne of God the glory of heaven streamed down. This ladder represented Jesus, the appointed medium of communication between man and God. Had He not by his humanity bridged the gulf of separation that sin had made between God and his people, the angels could never have been ministering spirits to communicate with fallen man; but through Christ man in his weakness and helplessness is connected with the source of infinite power. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 6] Jesus lived a life of prayer; after toiling all day, preaching to the ignorant, healing the sick, giving sight to the blind, raising the dead, feeding the multitudes, evening after evening He went away from the confusion of the city, and in some retired place, poured forth supplication to his Father with strong crying and tears. At times the bright beams of the moon shone upon his bowed form, and again clouds and darkness shut away all light. While bowed in the attitude of a suppliant, the dew and the frost of night rested upon Him. He frequently continued his petitions through the entire night. If the Saviour of men felt the need of prayer in our behalf, how much more should feeble, sinful mortals feel the necessity of prayer--fervent, constant prayer--on their own account! {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 7] "It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master, and the servant as his lord." Jesus sought earnestly for strength from his Father. He regarded communication with God more essential than his daily food. He has given us evidence that in order to contend successfully with the powers of darkness, and to do the work allotted to us to perform, we must live in communion with God. Our own strength is weakness, but that which God gives will make every one who attains it more than conquerors. The continued, earnest prayer of faith will bring us light and strength to withstand the fierce assaults of the enemy. The light and strength of one day will not be sufficient for the trials and conflicts of the next. Satan is now constantly changing his temptations, as he did with Christ. Every day we may be placed in new positions, and may have to meet new and unexpected temptations. It is as consistent to expect to be sustained today by food we ate yesterday as to depend upon present light and present blessings for tomorrow's success. Weak and sinful man cannot be safe unless God shall daily manifest his light and impart to him his strength. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 8] It is of the highest importance that God manifests his will to us in the daily concerns of life; for the most important results frequently depend upon the smallest occurrences. The more we become acquainted with God through his divine light, the more we shall realize our weakness, knowing that without Him we can do nothing. We should ever feel that we need a sure guide to direct our faltering footsteps. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 9] A living Christian is one who lives a life of continual prayer. "The path of the just is as a shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day." The Christian's life is one of progression. He goes forward from strength to strength, from grace to grace, and from glory to glory, receiving from Heaven the light which Christ, at infinite cost to Himself, made it possible for man to obtain. The Christian cannot let his light shine before men, unless he is ever receiving divine illumination. He must ever receive strength and glory from the accessible heavens, that he may be able to meet new temptations and bear heavier responsibilities. Untried events await the Christian, new dangers even surround him, and unexpected temptations continually assail him. Our great Leader points to the open heaven, bidding us apply there for light and strength to enable us to overcome. {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 10] Jesus taught his disciples to pray. He directed them to present their daily needs before God. As we realize our dependence upon God for both temporal and spiritual blessings, we may offer up fervent and effectual prayer. Our great need is in itself an argument that pleads most eloquently in our behalf. Your wants, your joys, your sorrows, your cares, your fears, you may present before God. You cannot weary Him, you cannot burden his heart. Nothing is too great for Him to bear; for He upholds the worlds and rules the universe. Nothing is too small for his notice; for He marks the sparrow's fall, and numbers the hairs of your head. He is not indifferent to the wants of his people. The Lord is very pitiful and of tender mercy. He is touched by our sorrows, and even the utterance of them moves his great heart of infinite love. There is no chapter in our experience too dark for Him to read, no perplexity too complicated for Him to unravel. Our Heavenly Father is not unobserving; He sees our tears, He marks our sighs, He notes our joys and sorrows. "He healeth the broken in heart, and bindeth up their wounds." {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 10} [BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 11] The relation between God and each soul is distinct. His care to you is as minute as though there were no other soul to claim his attention. The psalmist says, "Thou understandest my thought afar off. Thou compassest my path and my lying down, and art acquainted with all my ways. There is not a word in my tongue, but lo, O Lord, Thou knowest it altogether. Thou hast beset me behind and before, and laid thine hand upon me," "Thou tellest my wanderings; put Thou my tears in thy bottle; are they not in thy book?" In the words of the psalmist is expressed the intimacy and tenderness with which God cares for his creatures. "For we have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities, but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy and find grace to help in time of need." - {BEcho, February 1, 1893 par. 11} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 1] February 15, 1893 "Come in Your Need to Jesus." - Mrs. E. G. White Those that call upon the Lord in humble, fervent prayer, will receive the strength and grace that they need to battle with temptation and to endure trials. In coming to God, the petitioner must present Christ as his authority, Christ's merit as his plea; and when these conditions are fulfilled, God has pledged his word that heaven is open unto the cries of the penitent and humble soul. {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 2] The enemy will come to you, and say, "It is of no use for you to pray. Did you not do that evil thing? Have you not transgressed against God? Have you not violated your conscience?" Answer him, "Yes; but Christ has bidden me pray. He has said, 'If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.'" {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 3] Let the repenting soul repeat the promise that Jesus has made,--"Him that cometh unto Me I will in no wise cast out." Let him tell the enemy, "The blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin." "This is a faithful saying, and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners, of whom I am chief." Tell the enemy that you know your garments are stained with sin, but that by faith you claim the righteousness of Christ. Turn to Jesus, and tell Him all your trouble; Christ sees all your circumstances, knows all your temptations and sorrows. The enemy will suggest that you stay away from Christ until you have made yourself better, until you are good enough to come to God; but do not listen to his suggestions; for if you wait till you are good enough to come to God, you will never come. You might wait until the judgment, but you would not be fit to come to Christ. "Now is the accepted time, now is the day of salvation." You are to yield to the drawing power of Christ's love today, and come to Him as you are. As you come, He will continue to draw you, until every thought shall be brought into captivity to Jesus. When the enemy would keep you from your Saviour, accusing you of being a sinner, tell him that you are entitled to go to the Lord, since He has said, "I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." The accuser of the brethren told the repentant publican that he was a sinner; and he dared not so much as lift up his eyes to heaven, but smote upon his breast, and cried. "God, be merciful to me a sinner," and he went down to his house justified. The coming of the sinner is not unwelcome to Christ. He says, "Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls." When Christ was upon earth, at one time certain Greeks came, saying, "Sir, we would see Jesus." On every side were those who were cruel and vindictive, who were seeking an opportunity to put Jesus out of the way, for they rejected the Lord of glory; and how precious to Jesus was the thought that there were earnest souls who desired to see Him. The Master's heart warmed with satisfaction that some one wanted to see Jesus. When the voice of God speaks to the heart, and the heart responds to it, we shall hear the inquiry, "Sir, I would see Jesus." Heaven is all ready to receive those who receive Jesus. Then let us come to Him, asking for the very things that we need, believing that we shall receive them. {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 4] "Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." In coming to Christ there must be an exercise of faith. We need to bring Him into our every-day life; then we shall have peace and joy, and we shall know by experience the meaning of his word, "If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my Father's commandments, and abide in his love." Our faith must claim the promise, that we may abide in the love of Jesus. Jesus said, "These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 5] Faith works by love and purifies the soul. Through faith the Holy Spirit finds access to the heart, and creates holiness therein. Man cannot become an agent to work the works of Christ unless he is in communion with God through the Holy Spirit. We can be fitted for heaven only through a transformation of character; we must have Christ's righteousness as our credentials, if we would find access to the Father. We must be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. We must daily be transformed by the influence of the Holy Spirit; for it is the work of the Holy Spirit to elevate the taste, to sanctify the heart, to ennoble the whole man, by presenting to the soul the matchless charms of Jesus. {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 6] We are to behold Christ, and by beholding to become changed. We must come to Him, as to an open, inexhaustible fountain, from which we may drink again and again, and ever find a fresh supply. We are to respond to the drawing of his love, to feed on the Bread of life which came down from heaven, to drink of the water of life which flows from the throne of God. We are to keep looking up that faith may bind us to the throne of God. Do not look down, as though you were bound to the earth. Do not keep up an examination of your faith, pulling it up, as though it were a flower, to see if it has any root. Faith grows imperceptibly; and when the enemy rallies his forces to bring you into a critical place, the angels of God will be round about you, and you will have help from on high; for your prayer will be answered in the conflict. If you have genuine faith, you will praise God from whom all blessings flow, and as you praise Him you will realize more of his blessing. As God gives us light, we are to make use of it. We shall have no second ray until we have appreciated and appropriated the first. {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 7] But let us never imagine that we can do without God. The enemy knows when we decide to do without the Lord's help, and he is ready to fill the mind with evil suggestions, and make us fall from our steadfastness; but the Lord would have us abide in Him every moment, that we may be complete in Him, accepted in the Beloved. Many think they have not time to pray, or that it would be useless to pray if they had time. They indulge themselves in the gratification of unholy desires. They cherish unchristlike traits of character, and the least crossing of their will arouses their combativeness and upsets their temper. While they are thus unemptied of self, and unwilling to renounce their evil way, they cannot expect to receive answers to their prayers; for evil tempers and corrupt indulgences will make prayer of none effect. The psalmist says, "If I regard iniquity in my heart, the Lord will not hear me." We must roll off the load of evil from our souls into the sepulchre, that we may not believe from impulse, but from calm assurance that God is true. We must have a childlike, humble spirit, exercising living faith, making earnest supplication at the throne of mercy, knowing that Jesus is our Intercessor and Advocate. - {BEcho, February 15, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 1] March 1, 1893 The Power of Prayer. - Mrs. E. G. White. We should realize that we have a friend at court, one who can plead the cause of our soul, one who will be our helper in every emergency. Jesus says, "When ye pray, believe that ye receive the things ye ask for, and ye shall have them." You are to come to the Father, emptying the soul of every sin and defilement, that you may prove the promises of the Lord. You cannot indulge your own temper and have your own way, and still expect to have the advantages of the children of God; you must struggle with hereditary tendencies, and yield not to temptation. "He that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him." As a child comes to its parent, so you are to come to Jesus, telling Him just what you want, presenting before Him your need of his presence and grace. The Lord has promised to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him; and as an illustration of our need, and his willingness to give, He presents before us a hungry child asking his earthly parent for bread. The question is asked, "What man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent?" He appeals to the tender natural affection of a parent for his child, and then says, "If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?" {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 2] Jesus knows our weakness. He is acquainted with our besetments and infirmities, and it is his delight to give us aid; for He "is touched with the feeling of our infirmities." When He was upon earth, wherever the opportunity offered, wherever He found a hungry soul, He presented the bread which came down from heaven. Worldly position, worldly honour, had no attraction for Him; but that which appealed to his heart was a soul perishing for the water of life. He had come to be the Saviour of all--Jew and Gentile, rich and poor, free and bond; and He identified his interests with those of suffering humanity. Christ and the child of humanity were to become one. He clothed his divinity with humanity, that He might impart to man the divine nature. The spirit and character of Christ are to be represented in his followers. By faith Christ is to become to the believer, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption. He has said, "I will make a man more precious than fine gold, even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir." One soul is of more worth to Jesus than the whole world. Let the soul look to Jesus, let him "behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." No one will be compelled to look to Christ; but the voice of invitation is sounding in yearning entreaty, "Look and live." {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 3] Jesus has not changed. With Him there is no variableness, neither shadow of turning; He is the same yesterday, today, and forever. He still loves and pities the erring, seeking to draw them to Himself, that He may give them divine aid. He knows that a demon power is struggling for the control of every soul striving for the mastery; but Jesus came to break the power of Satan, and to set the captives free. He will provide strength from above, that we may see and resist the temptations of the enemy. Through communion with God we may have divine discernment; but Satan ever seeks to hinder men from engaging in prayer. He seeks to fill their time with business or pleasure, or to lead them into such evil that they will have no desire to pray. {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 4] Heaven has been made accessible to all who will come, and we need not walk stumblingly or in uncertainty. If we ask guidance of the Lord, the promise is, "Ye shall receive." The promises of God are yea and amen in Christ Jesus. "Seek, and ye shall find." This is what we need to do every hour of our lives; for if we seek for the right way in sincerity, we shall find it. Feeling the need of help from the Lord, we shall seek for it in humble prayer. He who realizes his dependence upon God will realize that without Christ he can do nothing, and will esteem the privilege of communion with God above everything else. {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 5] Daniel appreciated the privilege of praying to the God of heaven, and he so valued the opportunity of prayer that he would allow nothing to come between his soul and God. When the decree went forth that no man should ask a petition of any man or of any god save of the king for the space of thirty days, Daniel went to his chamber, and with his windows open towards Jerusalem as was his custom, he prayed three times a day to the God of heaven. For his loyalty to God, Daniel was thrust into the den of lions. The king mourned for the calamity that had befallen Daniel, and, discerning the device through which he had come into trial as a plan of his enemies, he regretted that the decree had been made. He sought earnestly to deliver Daniel from death; but it was even beyond his power, for Daniel was cast into the den of lions. But he had good company in that den of wild beasts; for the "angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them." God sent his angel, and closed the mouths of the hungry lions, that they should not hurt him. The king passed a sleepless night, and in the early morning, he went in haste to the den of lions. "And when he came to the den, he cried with a lamentable voice unto Daniel, and the king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel unto the king, O king, live forever. My God hath sent his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, that they have not hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before thee, O king, have I done no hurt. Then was the king exceeding glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no manner of hurt was found upon him because he believed in his God." {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 6] God does not promise his people exemption from trial, but He promises that which is far better. He says, "As thy days, so shall thy strength be." "My grace is sufficient for thee; for my strength is made perfect in weakness." When tribulation comes upon us, the Lord would not have us think that He has forsaken us; we are of value in his sight. He has placed upon us a value equal to the sufferings of his dear Son. He says, "With great mercies will I gather thee. In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee." "When thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee; and through the rivers, they shall not overflow thee: when thou walkest through the fire, thou shalt not be burned, neither shall the flame kindle upon thee. For I am the Lord thy God, the Holy One of Israel, thy Saviour; I gave Egypt for thy ransom, Ethiopia and Seba for thee. Since thou wast precious in my sight, thou hast been honourable, and I have loved thee; therefore will I give men for thee, and people for thy life. Fear not; for I am with thee. . . . I, even I, am He that blotteth out thy transgressions for mine own sake, and will not remember thy sins." "My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations; knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience." And "let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing." {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 7] When tribulation comes upon us, how many of us fail to rejoice. Many are like Peter, and look upon the troublous waves about them, instead of keeping the eye fixed upon Jesus. When we turn our eyes from our difficulties, and fix them upon Jesus our helper, we see what matchless charms He has, and know that "all things work together for good to them that love God." We do not forget the exhortation which is spoken unto us, "My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of Him; for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not? . . . For they verily for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure: but He for our profit; that we might be partakers of his holiness." {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 8] Then let us take each day's cares and sorrows and trials to Jesus, casting all our care upon Him; for He careth for us. Let us begin each day as if it were the last we should pass upon earth, and continuing in prayer let us live in such a way, that we may ask God at its close to bless our efforts and influence. Through connection with Christ, through acceptance of his righteousness by faith, we may work the works of God, and become labourers together with Christ. He will bestow upon us heavenly gifts that will satisfy the deepest cravings of the heart. If you come to Him as little children, pleading God's promises, making them your own, you will receive fulness of joy, and have a foretaste of eternal blessedness. - {BEcho, March 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 1] March 15, 1893 The Way to Christ. - Mrs. E. G. White. The commandments of God are comprehensive; in a few words they unfold the whole duty of man. The human family have all transgressed them; and as a transgressor of the law, man is hopelessly ruined; for he is the enemy of God, and without strength to do any good thing. "The carnal mind is enmity against God; for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be." Looking into the moral mirror,--God's holy law,--man sees himself a sinner, and is convicted of his state of evil, his hopeless doom under the just penalty of the law. But he has not been left in the state of hopeless distress into which sin has plunged him; for it was to save the transgressor from ruin that He who was equal with God offered up his life on Calvary. "God so loved the world, that He gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." {BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 2] Jesus was the Majesty of heaven, the beloved Commander of the angels, whose delight was to do his pleasure. He was one with God, in the bosom of the Father; yet He thought it not a thing to be desired to be equal with God while man was lost in sin and misery. He stepped down from his throne. He left his crown and royal sceptre, and clothed his divinity with humanity. He humbled Himself even to the death of the cross, that man might be exalted to a seat with Him upon his throne. In Him we have a complete offering, an infinite sacrifice, a mighty Saviour, who is able to save unto the uttermost all that come unto God by Him. In love He comes to reveal the Father, to reconcile man to God, to make him a new creature, renewed after the image of Him who created him. {BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 3] Jesus is our atoning sacrifice. We can make no atonement for ourselves; but by faith we can accept the atonement that has been made. "For Christ also hath once suffered for sins, the just for the unjust, that He might bring us to God." "Ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, . . . but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot." No man of earth, no angel of heaven, could have paid the penalty for sin. Jesus was the only one who could save rebellious man. In Him divinity and humanity are combined, and this was what gave efficacy to the offering on Calvary's cross. At the cross, mercy and truth met together; righteousness and peace kissed each other. As the sinner looks upon the Saviour dying on Calvary, and realizes that the Sufferer is divine, he asks why, this great sacrifice was made; and the cross points to the holy law of God, which has been transgressed. The death of Christ is an unanswerable argument to the immutability and righteousness of the law. In prophesying of Christ, Isaiah says, "He will magnify the law, and make it honourable." The law has no power to pardon the evil-doer. Its office is to point out his defects, that he may realize his need of One who is mighty to save, realize his need of One who will become his substitute, his surety, his righteousness. Jesus meets the need of the sinner; for He has taken upon Him the sins of the transgressor. "He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with his stripes we are healed." The Lord could have cut off the sinner, and utterly destroyed him; but the more costly plan was chosen. In his great love He provides hope for the hopeless, giving his only begotten Son to bear the sins of the world. And since He has poured out all heaven in that one rich gift, He will withhold from man no needed aid that he may take the cup of salvation, and become an heir of God, and joint-heir with Christ. {BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 4] Christ came to manifest the love of God to the world, to draw the hearts of all men to Himself. He said, "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all unto Me." The first step toward salvation is to respond to the drawing of the love of Christ. God sends message after message to men, entreating them to repentance, that He may forgive, and write pardon against their names. Shall there be no repentance? Shall his appeals be unheeded, his overtures of mercy ignored, and his love utterly rejected? O, then man will cut himself off from the medium through which he may gain life eternal. By the manifestation of his love, by the entreaties of his Spirit, God woos men to repentance; for repentance is the gift of God and whom He pardons He first makes penitent. The sweetest joy comes to man through his sincere repentance toward God for the transgression of his law, and through faith in Christ as the sinner's Redeemer and Advocate. It is that men may understand the joy of forgiveness, the peace of God, that Christ draws them by the manifestation of his love. If they respond to his drawing, yielding their hearts to his grace, He will lead them on step by step to full knowledge of Himself, and this is life eternal. - {BEcho, March 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 1] April 1, 1893 Christ's Righteousness Avails. - Mrs. E. G. White. We are to surrender our hearts to God, that He may renew and sanctify us, and fit us for his heavenly courts. We are not to wait for some special time, but today we are to give ourselves to Him, refusing to be the servants of sin. Do you imagine you can leave off sin a little at a time? O, leave the accursed thing at once! Hate the thing that Christ hates, love the thing that Christ loves. Has He not by his death and suffering made provision for your cleansing from sin? When we begin to realize that we are sinners, when we fall on the Rock and are broken, the everlasting arms are placed about us, and we are brought close to the heart of Jesus. Then we shall be charmed with his loveliness and disgusted with our own righteousness. We need to come close to the foot of the cross. The more we humble ourselves there, the more exalted will God's love appear. The grace and righteousness of Christ will not avail for him who feels whole, for him who thinks he is reasonably good, who is contented with his own condition. There is no room for Christ in the heart of him who does not realize his need of divine light and aid. {BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 2] Jesus says, "Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." There is fulness of grace in God, and we may have his Spirit and power in large measure. Do not feed on the husks of self-righteousness, but go to the Lord; He has the best robe to put upon you, and his arms are open to receive you. Christ will say, "Take away the filthy garments, and clothe him with a change of raiment." {BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 3] But shall we wait till we feel that we are cleansed?--No; Christ has promised that "if we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness." You are proved of God through his Word. You are not to wait for wonderful emotions before you believe that God has heard you; feeling is not to be your criterion, for emotions are as changeable as the clouds. You must have something solid for the foundation of your faith. The word of the Lord is a word of infinite power, upon which you may rely; and He has said, "Ask, and ye shall receive." Look to Calvary. Has not Jesus said that He is your Advocate? Has He not said that if you ask anything in his name, you shall receive? {BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 4] You are to come to God as a repenting sinner, through the name of Jesus, the divine Advocate; to a merciful, forgiving Father, believing that He will do just as He has promised. Let those who desire the blessing of God knock, and wait at the throne of mercy with firm assurance, saying, "For Thou, O Lord, hast said, 'Every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth, and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.'" The Lord longs to have those who seek after God believe in Him who is able to do all things. He has sought to show us how ready He is to hear and answer our request by the use of a most familiar and common-place occurrence. He said, "What man is there of you whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him?" Christ makes an appeal to us concerning the willingness of God to help, arguing from the natural love of the parent for his offspring. What father could turn from his son who asks bread? And should any one dishonour God by imagining that He will not respond to the call of his children? Would we think a parent capable of trifling with his child, and tantalizing him by raising his expectations only to disappoint them? Will the father promise to give good and nourishing food to his child, and then give him a stone? If ye then, being human and evil, give good gifts to your children, how much more shall your Father who is in heaven give his Holy Spirit to them that ask Him? {BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 5] It is impossible for man to save himself. Christ's righteousness alone can avail for his salvation, and this is the gift of God. This is the wedding garment in which you may appear as a welcome guest at the marriage supper of the Lamb. Let faith take hold of Christ without delay, and you will be a new creature in Jesus, a light to the world. Christ is called "The Lord our righteousness." And through faith each one should say, "The Lord my righteousness." When faith lays hold upon this gift, the praise of God will be upon our lips, and we shall be able to say, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." {BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 6] Have you a sense of want in your soul? Do you hunger and thirst after righteousness? Then this is an evidence that Christ has wrought upon your heart, and created this sense of need, in order that He may be sought after to do those things for you through the endowment of his Holy Spirit which it is impossible for you to do for yourself. The Lord specifies no conditions except that you hunger for his mercy, desire his counsel, and long for his love. "Ask!" The asking makes it manifest that you realize your necessity, and if you ask in faith, you will receive. The Lord has pledged his word, and it cannot fail. That you feel and know you are a sinner is sufficient argument in asking for his mercy and compassion. The conditions upon which you may come to God are, not that you shall be holy, but that you shall ask Him to cleanse you from all sin, and purify you from all iniquity. Then why wait longer? Why not take God at his word, and say,-- "Here, Lord, I give myself to Thee, 'Tis all that I can do." - {BEcho, April 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 1] April 15, 1893 Faith Finds Christ - Mrs. E. G. White. Coming to Christ does not require severe mental effort and agony; it is simply accepting the terms of salvation that God has made plain in his Word. The blessing is free to all. The invitation is, "Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy, and eat; yea, come, buy wine and milk without money and without price. Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labour for that which satisfieth not? Hearken diligently unto Me, and eat ye that which is good, and let your soul delight itself in fatness." {BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 2] Then come, and seek and find. The reservoir of power is open, is full and free. Come with humble hearts, not thinking that you must do some good thing to merit the favour of God, or that you must make yourself better before you can come to Christ. You are powerless to do good, and cannot better your condition. Apart from Christ, we have no merit, nor righteousness. Our sinfulness, our weakness, our human imperfections, make it impossible that we should appear before God unless we are clothed in Christ's spotless righteousness. We are to be found in Him, not having our own righteousness, but the righteousness which is in Christ. Then in the name that is above every name, the only name given among men whereby we can be saved, claim the promise of God, saying, "Lord, forgive my sin. I put my hand in thy hand for help, and I must have it or perish, I now believe." The Savior says to the repenting sinner, "No man cometh unto the Father but by Me, and him that cometh unto Me, I will in no wise cast out." {BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 3] When you respond to the drawing of Christ, and join yourself to Him, you manifest saving faith. But to talk of religious things in a casual way, to pray for spiritual blessings without real soul hunger and living faith, avails nothing. The wondering crowd that pressed close about Jesus realized no accession of vital power from the contact. But when the poor suffering woman, who for twelve years had been an invalid, in her great need put forth her hand, and touched the hem of his garment, she felt the healing virtue. Hers was the touch of faith, and Christ recognized that touch. He knew that virtue had gone out of Him, and turning about in the throng, He asked, "Who touched Me?" Surprised at such a question, the disciples answered, "Thou seest the multitude thronging Thee, and sayest Thou, Who touched Me?" "And Jesus said, Somebody hath touched Me; for I perceive that virtue is gone out of Me. And when the woman saw that she was not hid, she came trembling, and falling down before Him, she declared unto Him before all the people for what cause she had touched Him, and how she was healed immediately. And He said unto her, Daughter, be of good comfort; thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace." The faith which avails to bring us into vital contact with Christ expresses on our part supreme preference, perfect reliance, entire consecration. This faith works by love and purifies the soul. It works in the life of the follower of Christ true obedience to God's commandments; for love to God and love to man will be the result of vital connection with Christ. "If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new." {BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 4] Nothing but divine power can regenerate the human heart and imbue the soul with the love of Christ, which will ever manifest itself in love for those for whom He died. The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, goodness, faith, meekness. When a man is converted to God, a new moral taste is supplied, a new motive power is given, and he loves the things that God loves; for his life is bound up by the golden chain of immutable promises with the life of Jesus. Love, joy, peace, and inexpressible gratitude will pervade the soul, and the language of him who is blessed will be, "Thy gentleness hath made me great." {BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 5] We should grow daily in spiritual loveliness. We shall often fail in our efforts to copy the divine pattern; we shall often have to bow down to weep at the feet of Jesus, because of our short-comings and mistakes; but we must not be discouraged; pray more fervently, believe more fully, and then, with greater steadfastness, abide in Christ and grow into the likeness of our Lord. As we distrust our own power, we shall trust the power of our Redeemer, and render praise to God, who is the health of our countenance. {BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 6] Wherever there is union with Christ, there is love. Whatever other fruits we may bear, if love be missing they profit nothing. Love to God and our neighbour is the very essence of religion. No one can love Christ and not love his children. When we are united to Christ, we have the mind of Christ. Purity and love shine forth in the character, meekness and truth control the life. The very expression of the countenance is changed. Christ abiding in the soul exerts a transforming power, and the outward aspect bears witness to the peace and joy that reign within. We drink in the love of Christ as the branch draws nourishment from the vine. If we are grafted into Christ, if fibre by fibre we have been united with the living vine, we shall give evidence of the fact by bearing rich clusters of fruit. If we are connected with the light, we shall be channels of light, and in our words and works we shall give light to the world. The light that shines in the face of Jesus Christ, is reflected by his followers, to the glory of God. - {BEcho, April 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 1] May 1, 1893 Value of a True Education. - Mrs. E. G. White. It is the nicest work ever assumed by man or woman to deal with youthful minds. In educating the youth, the greatest care should be taken to vary the manner of instruction so as to call forth the high and noble powers of the mind. Parents and teachers of schools are certainly disqualified to educate children properly if they have not first learned the lessons of self-control, patience, forbearance, gentleness, and love. What an important position for parents, guardians, and teachers. There are very few who realize the most essential wants of the mind, and how to direct the developing intellect, the growing thoughts and feelings of the youth. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 2] Children are in great need of proper education in order that their lives should be of use in the world; but any effort that exalts intellectual culture above moral training is misdirected. Instructing, cultivating, polishing children should be the main burden with parents and teachers. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 3] There is a period of training children and a time for educating youth, and it is essential that both of these be combined in a great degree in the schools. Children may be trained for the service of sin, or for the service of righteousness. The early education of youth shapes their character in this life and in their religious life. Solomon says, "Train up a child in the way he should go; and when he is old, he will not depart from it." This language is positive. The training which Solomon enjoins is to direct, educate, and develop. In order for parents to do this work, they must themselves understand the way the child should go. This embraces more than merely having a knowledge of books. It takes in everything that is good, virtuous, righteous, and holy. It comprehends the practice of temperance, Godliness, brotherly kindness, and love to God and to one another. In order to attain this object, the physical, mental, moral, and religious education of children must have attention. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 4] In households and in schools, the education of children should not be like the training of dumb animals: for children have an intelligent will, which should be directed to control all their powers. The dumb animals need to be trained, for they have not reason and intellect. The human mind must be taught self-control. It must be educated to rule the human being, while the animal is controlled by the master. The beast is trained to be submissive to his master. The master is mind, judgment, and will for the beast. A child may be so trained as to have, like the beast, no will of his own. His individuality may even be merged in that of the one who superintends his training, and his will become to all intents and purposes subject to the will of the teacher. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 5] Children who are thus educated will be deficient in moral energy and individual responsibility. They have not been taught to move from reason and principle. Their will was controlled by another, and the mind was not called out, that it might expand and strengthen by exercise. They were not directed and disciplined with respect to their peculiar constitution and capabilities of mind, to put forth their strongest powers when required. Teachers should not stop here, but give special attention to the cultivation of the weaker faculties that all the powers may be brought into exercise, and carried forward from one degree of strength to another, that the mind may attain to due proportions. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 6] Children should be taught to respect experienced judgment, and to be guided by their parents and teachers. They should be so educated that their minds will be united with the minds of their parents and teachers, and so instructed that they can see the propriety of heeding their counsel. Then when they shall go forth from the guiding hand of their parents and teachers, their characters will not be like the reed trembling in the wind. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 7] If parents would feel it a solemn duty that God enjoins upon them to educate their children for usefulness in this life, if they would adorn the inner temple of the soul of their sons and daughters for the immortal life, we should see a great change in society for the better. And then there would not be manifest so great indifference to practical Godliness, and it would not be so difficult to arouse the moral sensibilities of children to understand the claims that God has upon them. {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 8] The youth have faculties that, with proper cultivation, would qualify them for almost any position of trust. If they had made it their object in obtaining an education to bring into exercise, and develop, the powers God has given them for usefulness that they might prove a blessing to others, their minds would not be dwarfed to an inferior standard. They would show depth of thought and firm principles, and would command influence and respect. They might have an elevating influence upon others, which would lead souls to see and acknowledge the power of an intelligent Christian life. - {BEcho, May 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 1] May 15, 1893 Notes of Travel and Labour. - Mrs. E. G. White. At the close of the Australian Conference, we spent a week with the church in Parramatta, N. S. W., and on February 4 we embarked from Sydney for Auckland, New Zealand. Our ship, the Rotomahana, is a beautiful steamer, and one of the fastest in these waters. I had a convenient and pleasant state room on the upper deck, and endured this long-dreaded journey much better than I had dared to hope. There was no rough weather, and Wednesday morning, Feb. 8, we were in Auckland. Elder Israel met us at the wharf, and we were soon taken to a comfortably furnished cottage which the Auckland church had placed at our disposal. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 2] For several days we laboured earnestly for the Auckland church. Evening meetings were held as often as the brethren could attend, and each Sabbath and Sunday was fully occupied. Twice I spoke in the theatre to attentive audiences. Elder Starr laboured untiringly for the church. Several of the evening meetings were called early in the evening, and I would speak for half an hour, and then Elder Starr would follow with a discourse, or Bible lesson. In all, I spoke eight times in Auckland. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 3] On Monday, Feb. 20, we sailed for Kaeo on the Steamer Clansman. The steamer was rather small, but the captain and stewardess did everything in their power for our comfort. Through the night we were favoured with a calm sea and but little wind, and I rested some, although feverish and over-wearied by the perplexity and confusion of preparation for the journey. We expected to reach Russel at seven A. M.; but the fog closed down upon us while among the islands of the bay. After the fog cleared away, we had a beautiful sunny day. It took but a few minutes to reach the pier, where most of our fellow-passengers left the boat. Russel is a quiet little place, consisting of a row of shops facing the beach, back of which are a few dozen comfortable residences, and quite a number of old weather-beaten houses with open doors, and windows out, which are occupied by families of Maoris. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 4] Soon our steamer moved up the bay to Opua. The Bay of Islands is very beautiful, and we enjoyed sailing over its smooth waters amid verdant islands and massive rocks. We left the bay at 2 P. M., and reached Whangaroa Harbour at 7 o'clock. Here we were met by Brn. Joseph and Metcalf Hare, who had come from Kaeo, three miles, in their large skiff, and were ready to take us back as soon as the tide should turn. They welcomed us heartily, and at once transferred our luggage to their boat, and at eight o'clock we took our places in the skiff, and were off for Kaeo. The trip from Whangaroa up the bay and creek to Kaeo was an interesting one. The water of the bay was as smooth as an inland lake. The night was perfect. The air was mild, and the new moon shone out sufficiently to give us an outline of the mountain scenery on either side. Steady rowing by the two strong men who had often made this trip brought us to Bro. Joseph Hare's landing in about two hours; his comfortable home is but a few steps from the landing. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 5] Wednesday morning Bro. Joseph Hare, sen., came down and took us to his hospitable home at the upper end of the valley, close to where Bro. and Sister Starr were stopping. To us Kaeo valley seemed very picturesque and beautiful. Some places reminded us of Knight's Canon between Healdsburg and St. Helena, California. Much of the vegetation was tropical. Great fern trees were growing in the gullies, a species of the palm tree called necow were plentiful along the foot of the hills, and towering above these were large, bare trunks bearing many thrifty bunches of a large air-plant. Along the road were immense bunches of sweet brier, and large patches of black-berry bushes loaded with ripening fruit. Father Hare has a pleasant, comfortable home. The house, situated on high ground, is surrounded by fruitful orchards. A swift-running stream brings abundance of pure mountain water close to the house, back of which lie the pasture lands and the forest-clad mountains. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 6] We had planned to remain in Kaeo two weeks, but circumstances lengthened our stay to three full weeks. Early on Thursday it began to rain, and in the afternoon the little creek had swollen to a roaring torrent, bringing down driftwood and logs. Later on, we learned that there was a serious flood in the lower part of the valley. The water rose higher than for twenty years. Many houses were flooded and deserted, fruit trees and crops were destroyed, horses and sheep were drowned, and hundreds of huge logs, which had for years been lying in the small creeks in the mountains waiting for a freshet to bring them down, were floated over fields and orchards, and left in all manner of curious places. After the flood was over, the weather was beautiful. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 7] Sabbath forenoon I spoke to our people in the little meeting-house, and Sunday afternoon to a congregation of about two hundred in the Wesleyan church. Sunday evening, Elder Starr spoke to a full house in the same place. During the week, several evening meetings were held at the home of Father Hare. In these I would speak for half an hour and then retire, and the meeting would go on for an hour or two. On the second Sabbath, Elder Starr spoke in the forenoon to our people, and I spoke in the afternoon in the Wesleyan church. While speaking, I felt constrained by the love of Christ to invite all who had not taken a decided stand for the Lord to come forward for prayers. At first it seemed hard for any one to move; but finally the grown-up children of our brethren and sisters began to come forward; and then, as the invitation was extended to those who were members of the church, but who did not enjoy a living assurance of acceptance with God, many of the church-members came forward, and these were joined by some who had long hesitated about obeying the truth, and by others who were attending their first meeting among our people. Words of counsel were then spoken, and after the season of prayer nearly all who were seeking the Lord for the first time bore testimony. The Spirit and power of God were present, and all went from the meeting rejoicing and praising God for what He had wrought. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 8] On Sunday we again had good audiences in the Wesleyan chapel. The people seemed anxious to hear the Word of God; and Elder Starr had many invitations to visit and hold Bible-readings. We are satisfied that there is a work to be done in Kaeo both for our church and for the community in and near the Kaeo valley. There are souls inquiring, What is truth? and those who have light have a work to do for their fellow-men. How earnest we should be to impart light and truth to others, how patient and persevering. We need to have tender hearts, softened and subdued by the love of God. We must not work in our own spirit, bringing in our natural, hereditary traits of character; for thereby we shall drive souls away from the truth. We must lay aside our likes and dislikes; we must overcome all harshness and sharpness; we must be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves, yet always ready to put ourselves in the fore-front of the battle if God calls us there. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 9] Because of a change in the time of sailing of the steamer from Auckland to Napier, we were prevented from going at the time appointed, and had another week to labour in Kaeo. The young people needed instruction, but it was difficult to get them together. There are some in Kaeo whom God has been calling to fit themselves for labour in his vineyard; and we rejoice that several are preparing to go to the Bible School. On Wednesday, April 15, we bade adieu to our friends in Kaeo, and were taken down to the harbour, where we held one meeting, and the next morning took the steamer for Auckland. {BEcho, May 15, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 1] June 1, 1893 The New Zealand Camp-Meeting. - Mrs. E. G. White. Thursday morning, March 16, we boarded the Steamer Clansman at Whangaroa, to return to Auckland, and from there to proceed to Napier, where the Conference and camp-meeting were to be held. We reached Auckland Friday morning. Here our party of eight from Kaeo was joined by ten from Auckland and vicinity, who were going to the Conference. Sabbath afternoon our boat cast anchor near Gisborne, and Brn. Starr, Edward, Wesley, and Samuel Hare, and W.C. White, went ashore to visit the little church assembled for meeting. This church, like others in this Conference, is asking for ministerial help. Oh that we had a hundred labourers where there is one! Everywhere there are fields suffering for help. When our brethren entered the church, they found the Sabbath-school was in session, and they had opportunity briefly to present some of the many evidences that we are in a time when we should look up, and rejoice, because the coming of the Lord draweth near. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 2] About eight o'clock the little steamer came back. She was tossed about by the waves, and it often looked as if the water would go over the deck, where most of the passengers were seated; but she came safely alongside, and all were brought on board without the aid of the huge basket kept for rough seas. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 3] From Gisborne it is a short run to Napier, and we woke Sunday morning, anchored close to the city. Here an extensive breakwater is being constructed; but for some time yet large ships must anchor in the bay, and all passengers and freight must be transferred to a smaller steamer, which carries us safely over the shallow waters to the pier. At the landing we were met by Elders Israel, McCullagh, and Wilson, and by Mrs. Dr. Caro, who took us at once to her hospitable home. Napier is a beautiful place, the resident portion of the town being built on a series of high hills overlooking the sea. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 4] Sunday evening I spoke on "The Love of God" to an attentive audience in the Theatre Royal. Tuesday evening Elder McCullagh gave the first discourse in the large tent on the camp-ground. Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday our brethren were very busy fitting up the camp. Weeks before, letters had been sent to the churches asking all who would come to the meeting to report, and the responses were so few that it did not seem necessary to get many tents, or to lay out a large camp. As the boats and trains brought in the delegations from the different churches, we found that there were about twice as many as had been expected, and it was plain that the plans must be enlarged. We felt that this first camp-meeting must be, as far as possible, a sample of what every other camp-meeting held in the future ought to be. As a people we have lost much by neglecting order and method. Although it takes time and careful thought, and often seems to make our work cost more, yet in the end we can see that it pays to do everything in the best manner. Jesus said to his disciples, "Be ye perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." The principles found in the instruction given to the children of Israel are to be given to all who are connected with religious service in these last days. All the specifications and arrangements of detail we cannot copy; but we are to give no lessons in connection with our worship that will lead minds to think that the God of heaven is pleased with disorderly arrangements, careless work, and untidy surroundings. God is as well pleased now with cleanliness and order as when He gave direction to the people encamped in the wilderness. Those who follow Jesus will set a right example in all things. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 5] The camp had to be enlarged, more tents were procured. A reception tent was fitted up, not extravagantly, but tastefully. The dining tent was well patronised. The food provided was plain, substantial, and plentiful, and it was prepared on hygienic principles. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 6] The weather was beautiful while the camp was in preparation, and during the first days of the meeting. On the first Sabbath it commenced to rain, and for a week it was showery, with occasionally a heavy downpour. Notwithstanding, the people of the Napier church came out well to the meetings, and those on the ground kept up good heart and courage, and made but little complaint about their damp surroundings. All seemed to enjoy the early social meetings. One family, who were always present, came a mile and a half from their mountain residence. Many testified that this was the best meeting they had ever attended. Every day we were encouraged by seeing hope, courage, and faith growing in the hearts of the people. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 7] After the meeting had been two or three days in progress, one who had been a member of the church, but who left it about two years ago because of his opposition to the Testimonies, arose and said that he desired to take his stand again with the church. He wished to be baptised again, and to be received as a brother by his former brethren and sisters. Many hearts rejoiced greatly that this brother was restored to the church. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 8] On the first Sabbath afternoon, I spoke about thirty minutes, and then invited those to come forward for prayers who had never given their hearts to Christ. The invitation was also extended to those who professed to be followers of Christ, who had not the evidence of his acceptance, and those who professed to believe the truth, but had not carried out its holy principles in their lives. These were the very ones who most needed to seek the Lord. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 9] We rejoiced to see the response that was made to this call. Many seats had to be cleared, and were quickly refilled by those coming forward. The tent was not a perfect place for such a meeting. The rain was falling heavily, and the tent leaked in many places. But this seemed of little consequence. The interest in eternal matters was too deep to be affected by the surroundings. The Spirit of God was moving the hearts of the congregation to a consciousness that the time had come that is spoken of in the first chapter of Isaiah: "Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before mine eyes; cease to do evil; learn to do well." Many hearts were impressed that we are hastening to the judgment, where every case will be decided for eternity. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 10] Elder Starr gave excellent instruction and exhortation, urging that each one should bring heart and mind to Jesus. Then as we had a season of prayer, the blessing of God rested in rich measure upon the congregation. The meeting was continued till sundown. Many confessions were made of neglected duties, of impatience, and neglect of parental government. Many confessed their worldliness and love of dress, and some bore testimony who were giving their hearts to Christ for the first time. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 10} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 11] Sunday was a busy and joyful day at the camp. In the morning Elder Starr continued the Bible studies, and in the afternoon I spoke to a tent full of attentive listeners. In the evening, six were baptised. On Monday the business meetings occupied most of the time. Elder McCullagh preached in the evening, and in the course of his sermon, spoke of the evil effects of the study of, and placing dependence in, the science of phrenology. He showed that its tendency is to lead men to undervalue the power of the grace of God, and to place too high an estimate on their own judgment. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 11} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 12] In the early meeting on Tuesday, this matter was referred to again, and some who had been rescued from the snares of Spiritualism, related their experiences. We were surprised that so many had barely escaped the subtle delusions of Spiritualism. Quite a number spoke of their interest in phrenology, and their desire to know wherein its study was injurious. After breakfast, the regular programme for the forenoon was suspended, and I pointed out some of the evil results from the study of "science, falsely so called." {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 12} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 13] A day or two later, some one brought to Elder Starr a pamphlet containing the sermon of an influential Wesleyan minister delivered at a recent conference held in Dunedin, in which he defended the "higher criticism" of the Bible, and made light of the opinion that it is a divine book, and that all portions of it are inspired. This led to more lessons on this subject, and a sermon on the "Higher Criticism" that was well attended by the people of Napier. We were surprised to see the extent to which our own brethren had been affected by this infidelity. We see more and more clearly, that, in all our labours, the Bible must be exalted, and that our people must come to know the wisdom and the power that are in the Word of God. To the close of the meeting, and in all our labours since, this subject has been made prominent. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 13} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 14] The camp-meeting was to close Wednesday, April 5, two weeks from the beginning of the workers' meeting, but the steamers on which the delegates were to return home were both late, so the meeting continued another day. The interest was good till the close of the meeting, and the people of Napier were disappointed that it did not continue longer. {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 14} [BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 15] It was arranged that on the last Sunday of the meeting, I should speak in the afternoon and Elder Starr in the evening, at Hastings, a prosperous town about twelve miles west of Napier. We had a most comfortable conveyance, and the ride was enjoyable. Near Hastings we passed a Maori village, where preparations were being made for a national council. In one enclosure there were a church, and several wahres, large houses in which they entertain a number of guests, and long tents in which hundreds were to be served with food: and in other fields near by were long rows of little tents for the occupancy of those coming from abroad. The Maoris seem to be an intelligent people, and true missionary work is much needed among some of their tribes. Where are the young men who will devote their lives to work among this people? A tent-meeting has been recently held at Hastings, and there are a few obeying the truth, and others on the point of decision. Our meetings were held in a hall, and although the audience was not large, those present seemed much interested. - {BEcho, June 1, 1893 par. 15} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 1] June 15, 1893 Palmerston, New Zealand. - Mrs. E. G. White. It is now three months since we left Melbourne. We have travelled about twenty-five hundred miles by sea and by land, and I have written over three hundred pages of letter paper, and spoken to the people forty-one times; and yet I am gaining in health and strength, for which I render thanksgiving and praise to God. After the close of the camp-meeting in Napier, we decided to visit Wellington, and to spend a few days labouring with the little company of Sabbath-keepers here, who are pleading for help. Palmerston is about five hours' ride from Napier, and it is nearly as far on to Wellington. For two or three hours after leaving Napier, we passed through a rich farming country, dotted with small towns. In some of these some labour has been bestowed, and there are a few families of Sabbath-keepers. Farther on, the country is newer. It is quite level, and heavily timbered, and the large fertile pastures, full of stumps and half burned logs, remind us of the newer portions of Michigan, Canada, and York State. {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 2] Palmerston is a prosperous town of six thousand inhabitants. It is a railroad centre, and the principal town in a large and fertile district. Four years ago meetings were held here by Elder Robert Hare; but the population of the place has doubled since that time. During our short visit, but little can be done except to encourage and counsel the little company of believers. {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 3] Our labourers must learn at the foot of the cross the lessons to be communicated to the people. Thus will they bring sheaves to Jesus Christ. In the first chapter of Corinthians, Paul has given us instruction which every true labourer needs to study, especially the following: "We preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumbling-block and unto the Greeks foolishness; but unto them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God. Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men." Here is a lesson of special consequence to every worker in the vineyard of the Lord. The result will not be good if men preach to please the people, while the truth is not held forth in a manner to bring them to the cross of Christ. The messenger of God must present the truth plainly, and keep in distinct view before the people their peril in neglecting eternal interests. While self is kept out of sight, Jesus must be ever lifted up and exalted. "For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are called; but God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to naught things that are, that no flesh should glory in his presence. But of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption; that, according as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord." 1 Corinthians 1:26-31. "And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ and Him crucified. And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trembling." The apostle feared lest his work should stand in the wisdom of men and not in the power of God, and thus his labour prove to be a work which would not produce a harvest. {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 4] "And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power; that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God. Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect; yet not of the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to naught; but we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory; which none of the princes of this world knew; for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory. But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." 1 Corinthians 2:4-9. Now the explanation of this wisdom that the world has not seen, nor heard, nor known: "But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit; for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God. For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? Even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things which are freely given to us of God. Which things also we speak, not in the words which man's wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spiritual. But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. But He that is spiritual judgeth all things, yet He Himself is judged of no man. For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that He may instruct Him? But we have the mind of Christ." The words contained in this chapter should be imprinted on the soul of every labourer in the vineyard of the Lord. {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 5] Those who seek wisdom in the study of the world's authors, are not drinking from the pure fountain flowing from the throne of God. "Will a man leave the snow of Lebanon which cometh from the rock of the field? or shall the cold-flowing waters that come from another place be forsaken? Because my people hath forgotten Me, they have burned incense to vanity, and they have caused them to stumble in their way from the ancient paths, to walk in paths, in a way not cast up." Jeremiah 18:14, 15. Let the men who are engaged in the solemn work of bearing the last message to the world, heed the exhortation of Paul, "Preach the Word," not the science of phrenology, or the productions of human speculations. Listen to the words of inspiration addressed to Timothy: "I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom: preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they ［the people］ heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables." {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 6] Now hear the words addressed to the messengers who bear the God-given message to the people in these last days: "But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist make full proof of thy ministry." 2 Timothy 4:5 "Thou therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. And the things that thou has heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also. Thou therefore endure hardness as a good soldier of Jesus Christ." {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 7] Especial heed should be given to the words of the apostle: "Of these things put them in remembrance, charging them before the Lord that they strive not about words to no profit, but to the subverting of the hearers." The minister of the gospel is never exhorted to strive to be a clever preacher, a popular speaker; but he is commanded: "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth. But shun profane and vain babblings; for they will increase unto more ungodliness." 2 Timothy 2:14-16. Will every messenger of God give heed to these words? {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 8] We can reach the people only through the Spirit of God. If the human agent is co-operating with the divine, an efficiency and a power will attend his labours which will bring souls to the knowledge of the truth. Our appointed task is to sow beside all waters, to seize every opportunity which presents itself to cast in the seeds of truth. Let every youthful labourer engaged in any branch of the work consider that he is wearing the armour of Jesus Christ, marshalled under his banner to wisely meet the enemy. Christ is our Captain and Leader. We are to obey his orders in doing the work appointed us, which is to sow, and reap, and garner in his harvest. Let all consider that we are stewards of the manifold grace of God, and realize that of these stewards faithfulness is expected,--faithfulness and care in the use of means committed to your trust, faithfulness in setting an example of simplicity in dress. Let strict economy mark your course of action, and by diligent use increase the talents with which you have been entrusted. - {BEcho, June 15, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 1] July 15, 1893 The Plan of Salvation the Same in All Ages. - Mrs. E. G. White. When the plan of salvation was revealed to the angels, joy, inexpressible joy, filled heaven. The glory and blessedness of a world redeemed, out-measured even the anguish of the Prince of life. Through the celestial courts echoed the first strain of that song that angels sang above the hills of Bethlehem: "Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." And the lost pair in the garden of Eden, standing as criminals before the righteous Judge, waiting the sentence their transgression merited, heard the first notes of the divine promise. Before the life of toil and sorrow which sin had brought upon them was depicted before them, before the decree that the wages of sin is death was pronounced, they heard the promise of redemption. Though they must suffer from the power of their mighty foe, still through the merits of Christ they could look forward to victory. The mystery of the gospel was spoken in Eden when God said to the serpent: "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." If Satan could have touched the Head with his specious temptations, the human family would be lost; but the Lord had made known the purpose and plan of the mystery of grace, declaring that Christ should bruise the serpent under his feet. {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 2] Not only had man come under the power of the deceiver, but the earth itself, the dominion of man, was usurped by the enemy. Through the plan of salvation, through the sacrifice of Christ, not only man, but his dominion, was to be redeemed. Because of the merits of Christ, all that man lost through sin was to be restored. The time would come when there should be no more curse, but the throne of God should be in the earth renewed, and his servants should serve Him. The promise would be fulfilled, "The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever." {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 3] Through the plan of salvation, a larger purpose is to be wrought out even than the salvation of man and the redemption of the earth. Through the revelation of the character of God in Christ, the beneficence of the divine government will be manifested before the universe, the charge of Satan against God refuted, the nature and result of sin made plain, and the perpetuity of the law fully demonstrated. Satan had declared that the law of God was faulty, and that the good of the universe demanded a change in its requirements. In attacking the law, he thought to overthrow the authority of its Author, and gain for himself the supreme allegiance. But through the plan of salvation, the precepts of the law were to be proved perfect and immutable, that at last one tide of glory and love might go up throughout the universe, ascribing glory and honour and praise to Him that sitteth upon the throne, and to the Lamb forever and ever. {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 4] The inhabitants of all worlds will be convinced of the justice of the law in the overthrow of rebellion and the eradication of sin. When man, beguiled by Satan's power, disobeyed the divine law, God could not, even to save the lost race, change that law. God is love, and to change the law would be to deny Himself, to overthrow those principles with which are bound up the good of the universe. The working out of the plan of salvation reveals not only to men, but to angels, the character of God, and through the ages of eternity the malignant character of sin will be understood by the cost to the Father and the Son of the redemption of a rebel race. In Christ, the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world, all worlds will behold the marks of the curse, and angels as well as men will ascribe honour and glory to the Redeemer, through whom they are all made secure from apostasy. The efficiency of the cross guards the redeemed race from the danger of a second fall. The life and death of Christ effectually unveils the deceptions of Satan, and refutes his claims. The sacrifice of Christ for a fallen world draws not only men, but angels, unto Him in bonds of indissoluble union. {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 5] Through the plan of salvation the justice and mercy of God are fully vindicated, and to all eternity rebellion will never again arise, affliction never again touch the universe of God. {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 6] To fallen man was revealed the plan of infinite sacrifice through which salvation was to be provided. Nothing but the death of God's dear Son could expiate man's sin, and Adam marvelled at the goodness of God in providing such a ransom for the sinner. Through the love of God, a star of hope illumined the terrible future that spreads before the transgressor. Through the institution of the typical system of sacrifice, the death of Christ was ever to be kept before guilty man, that he might better comprehend the nature of sin, the results of transgression, and the merit of the divine offering. Had there been no sin, man would never have known death. But in the innocent victim slain by his own hand, he beheld the fruits of sin,--the death of the Son of God in his behalf. He sees the immutable character of the law he has transgressed, and confessing his sin, relies upon the merits of the "Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 7] The plan of saving sinners through Christ alone was the same in the days of Adam, Noah, Abraham, and in every successive generation living before the advent of Christ, as it is in our day. Patriarchs, prophets, and martyrs from righteous Abel, looked forward to a coming Saviour, and they showed their faith in Him by sacrifices and offerings. The sacrifice of beasts shadowed forth the sinless offering of God's dear Son, and pointed forward to his death upon the cross. But at the crucifixion type met antitype, and the typical system ceased. {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 8] The Son of God is the centre of the great plan of redemption, which covers all dispensations. He is the "Lamb slain from the foundation of the world." He is the Redeemer of the fallen sons and daughters of Adam in all ages of human probation. "Neither is there salvation in any other; for there is none other name under heaven given among men whereby we must be saved." Christ is the substance, or body, which casts its shadow back into former dispensations. When Christ died, the shadow ceased. At the death of Christ, the typical system was done away; but the law of God, whose violation had made the plan of salvation necessary, was magnified and made honourable. The gospel was good tidings of great joy to Adam, Noah, Abraham, and Moses; for it presented to them a coming Saviour. A more clear and glorious light now shines upon the Christian. We look forward to an entrance into Eden, which Adam lost. Those who lived before the coming of Christ, looked forward by faith to his coming; but what had to be grasped by faith by them, is assurance to us; for we know that Christ has come, as foretold by the prophets. It is just as essential for us to have faith in our Redeemer who came to earth and died our sacrifice, as it was for the ancients to believe in a Redeemer to come, represented by their offerings and sacrifices. {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 9] In becoming man's substitute, in bearing the curse which should fall upon man, Christ has pledged Himself in behalf of the race to maintain the sacred and exalted honour of his Father's law. He came to convince men of sin, which is the transgression of the law, and through divine mediation, bring them back to obedience to God's commandments. God has given the world into the hands of Christ, that He may completely vindicate the binding claims of the law, and make manifest the holiness of every principle. Christ was the Father's "appointed heir of all things, by whom also He made the worlds." He was the "brightness of his glory, and the express image of his person." And He upheld "all things by the word of his power." He possessed divine excellence and greatness; and it pleased the Father that in Him all fulness should dwell. Christ exchanged the throne of light and glory which He had with the Father, counting it not a thing to be desired to be equal with God while man was lost in sin and misery. He came from heaven to earth, clothed his divinity with humanity, and bore the curse as surety for the fallen race. He was not compelled to do this; but He chose to bear the results of man's transgression, that man might escape eternal death. - {BEcho, July 15, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 1] September 1, 1893 Cheering Words for Mothers. - Mrs. E. G. White. Jesus knows the burden of every mother's heart. He is her best friend in every emergency. His everlasting arms support the God-fearing, faithful mother. That Saviour, who, when upon earth, had a mother that struggled with poverty and privation, having many anxious cares and perplexities in rearing her children, sympathizes with every Christian mother in her labours, and hears her earnest prayers. That Saviour who went a long journey for the purpose of relieving the anxious heart of a Canaanite woman whose daughter was possessed by a devil, will do as much for the afflicted mother of today, in blessing her children, as he did for the supplicant in that case. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 2] He who gave back to the widow her only son as he was carried to the burial, is touched today by the woe of the bereaved mother. He who gave back to Mary and Martha their buried brother, who wept tears of sympathy at the grave of Lazarus, who pardoned Mary Magdalene, who remembered his mother when He was hanging in agony upon the cross, who appeared to the weeping women after his resurrection, and made them his messengers to preach a risen Saviour, saying, "Go, tell my disciples that I go to my Father and to your Father, to my God and to your God," is a woman's best friend today, and ready to aid her in her need if she will trust Him. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 3] The prayers of Christian mothers are not disregarded by the Father of all, who sent his Son to the earth to ransom a people for Himself. He will not turn away your petitions, and leave you and yours to the buffetings of Satan in the great day of final conflict. It is for you to work with simplicity and faithfulness, and God will establish the work of your hands. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 4] Mothers may come to Jesus with their worries and perplexities. They may find grace sufficient to support them, and to aid them in the management of their children. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 5] The gates are open for every mother who would lay her burden at the Saviour's feet. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 6] The true Christian will make his home a type of the heavenly home, and this he can do only as he has the abiding love of Christ in his soul. Souls about us are perishing for sympathy which is never expressed. Many have a cold, stern manner, and do not hesitate to reprove while they withhold all praise, and never give a word of commendation to brighten the pathway of those who serve them. As the heavenly home would not be a home of bliss without the presence of Christ, neither can the earthly home be a happy one without his abiding love. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 7] Let the greatest care be bestowed upon the culture of your children. One child, properly disciplined in the principles of truth, who has the love and fear of God woven through the character, will possess a power for good in the world that cannot be estimated. The work of wise parents will never be appreciated by the world; but when the Judgment shall sit, and the books shall be opened, their work will appear as God views it, and will be rewarded before men and angels. It will be seen that one child who has been brought up in a faithful way, has been a light in the world. It cost tears and anxiety and sleepless nights to oversee the character-building of this child, but the work was done wisely and the parents hear the "Well done" of the Master. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 8] Parents, you should commence to discipline the minds of your children while very young, to the end that they may be Christians. Let all your efforts be for their salvation. Act as though they were placed in your care to be fitted as precious jewels to shine in the kingdom of God. Beware how you lull them to sleep over the pit of destruction, with the mistaken thought that they are not old enough to be accountable, not old enough to repent of their sins and profess Christ. {BEcho, September 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 1] October 15, 1893 God Wants the Young. - Mrs. E. G. White. In these days of peril and corruption, the young are exposed to many trials and temptations. Many are sailing in a dangerous harbour. They need a pilot; but they scorn to accept the much-needed help, feeling that they are competent to guide their own bark, and not realizing that it may strike a hidden rock that will cause them to make shipwreck of faith and happiness. They need an unerring counselor, an infallible guide. This they will find in the Word of God. Unless they are diligent students of that Word, they will make grave mistakes, which will mar their happiness and that of others, both for the present and the future life. {BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 2] The Bible presents a perfect standard of character. This sacred book, inspired by God; and written by holy men, is a perfect guide under all circumstances of life. It sets forth distinctly the duties of both young and old. If made the guide of life, its teachings will lead the soul upward. It will elevate the mind, improve the character, and give peace and joy to the heart. {BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 3] My heart is drawn out for the young. God has given them talents, which, if improved and consecrated, would enable them to be of great service in his cause. But there must first be a transformation of character, an overcoming of obstinacy and self-sufficiency, and a cultivation of kindness and affection. They need to overcome the defects in their characters, if they would become useful workers for God and useful members of society. Many are seeking for happiness, but they know not how to obtain it. If such would find true happiness, their minds must first receive the right discipline. They must learn to have faith and confidence in God. Those who have not learned to subdue self, to control impulse, and to bring themselves into obedience to the principles of the law of God, will not, cannot be happy, or at peace and rest. They need the meekness and lowliness of Christ. They need to learn daily in his school, to wear his yoke, to lift his burdens, to deny inclination, to sacrifice a seeming present good for a future good, a personal advantage for a general advantage. The fountain of content must spring up in the soul. He who seeks happiness by changing his outward surroundings without changing his own disposition, will find that his efforts will produce only fresh disappointments. He carries himself with him wherever he goes. His unrest, his impatience, his uncontrollable thoughts and impulses, are ever present. The great trouble is in himself. Self has been cherished. He has never fallen upon the Rock and been broken. His will has never been trained to submit; his unyielding spirit has never been brought into subjection to the will of God. {BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 4] Time is valuable. Now is our time of probation. There is an eternity of bliss to gain a perdition to shun. Do not, my young friends, fritter away your God-given opportunities. Up to duty and to work for the Master! Many of you have lessons to learn that you have not yet dreamed of. The books of heaven reveal many things that you can have blotted from their pages by coming to God with a truly repentant heart, and exercising faith in the blood of Christ as the atoning sacrifice. The life that was once lived in the flesh must now be lived by faith on the Son of God. Lie low at the foot of the cross. Give God a chance to work, and He will teach you precious lessons. {BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 5] Ask yourselves the questions, What education am I receiving at the present time? What advancement am I making in the divine life? Some are training in the school of vice and deception, receiving an education that will unfit them for this life and for the future, immortal life. Others are educating themselves for lofty positions, where they may receive the praise and honour of men. Still others are educating themselves in Christ's school, seeking goodness and truth, aiming to meet God's great moral standard of righteousness, and fitting for the high school above. Every day we are learning lessons in good or evil. Every thought cherished, every impulse indulged, leaves its impression on the mind. {BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 6] We are under obligations to God to be constantly learning of Christ how to guide and control our thoughts, our feelings, and our passions. O, how fearfully lax we are in our duty to ourselves, in allowing our ideas to be moulded by our own faulty will, and in allowing ourselves to be controlled by circumstances. We must study the pattern, Jesus Christ. Self-culture and divine grace will strengthen us in moral power. Every faculty should be employed to make of us all that Christ has made provision that we should become. How many are losing the balance of their minds for want of heart culture! All goodness commences in the heart. {BEcho, October 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 1] November 1, 1893 Co-Operation With God A Necessity. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." I repeat the words of John, "Behold the Lamb of God." We are to contemplate the character of Christ. We are to meditate upon the cross of Calvary; for it is the unanswerable argument of Christianity. The message we are to bear to the impenitent, the warning we are to give to the backslider, is, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Those who bring the message to the soul may turn aside from the truth, but he who would be saved must keep his eye on Jesus. By beholding Christ he will learn to hate sin, that has brought to his Redeemer suffering and death. By beholding, his faith becomes strong; and he comes to know "the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent." The sinner sees Jesus as He is, full of compassion and tender love; and by beholding the manifestation of his great love toward fallen man, in his sufferings on Calvary, he is transformed in character. {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 2] While our salvation is wholly dependent upon Jesus, we have a work to do in order that we may be saved. The apostle says, "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling; for it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure." The work that we are to do is not independent of what God is to do, but a work of co-operation with God. The power and the grace of God are to be wrought into the heart by the divine worker; but some go astray here, claiming that man has a work to do that is wholly independent of any work of God. Another class take the other extreme, and say that man is free from all obligations because God does the whole work, both the willing and the doing. But the true ground to take is that the human will must be brought into subjection to the divine will. The will of man is not to be forced into co-operation with divine agencies, but must be voluntarily submitted. Man has no power of himself to work out his own salvation. Salvation must be the result of co-operation with divine power, and God will not do that for man which he can do for himself. Man is wholly dependent upon the grace of Christ. He has no power to move one step in the direction of Christ only as the Spirit of God draws him. The Holy Spirit is continually drawing the soul, and will continue to draw, until by persistent refusal, the sinner grieves away the tender messenger of God. {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 3] In the heavenly councils, it has been decided by what means and methods, the grace of Christ shall prove effectual in saving the soul. And it is clear that unless the sinner consents to be drawn, unless he will co-operate with divine agencies, the end will not be attained. The work to be done is a united work. The divine and the human are to work together, and the sinner is to depend upon grace, while rendering willing obedience to the dictates of the Spirit of God. "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling; for it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure." {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 4] God has endowed men with reason and with intellectual faculties; but if these are untrained, left uncultivated, men will become like the savage heathen. The mind must be cultivated, and it is necessary that teachers present line upon line and precept upon precept, guiding and training the free-will moral agent, so that he shall understand what it is to co-operate with God. God works in the human agent by the light of truth, and the mind enlightened by truth is capable of seeing truth in distinction to error. Open to the light of truth, free from prejudice, unbound by the traditions and opinions of men, the enlightened mind clearly sees the evidence of the truth, and believes it from God. The man enlightened by truth, will not call falsehood truth, and light darkness. The Spirit reveals to the mind the things of God, and he who co-operates with God realizes that a divine presence is hovering near. When the heart is open to Jesus, and the mind responds to the truth, Jesus abides in the soul. The Spirit's energy works in the heart, and leads the inclinations toward Jesus. By living faith, the Christian places entire dependence on divine power, expecting that God will do that which is according to his pleasure. {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 5] As fast as the soul resolves and acts in accordance with the light that is revealed, the Spirit takes the things of God and gives more light to the soul. {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 6] "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name." "And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth." The Spirit of God is not commissioned to do our part of the work, either in willing or doing. It is the work of the human agent to co-operate with divine agencies. As soon as we incline our will to harmonize with God's will, the grace of Christ is supplied to co-operate with our resolve. But it is not to be a substitute to do our work,--to work in spite of our resolutions and actions. Therefore our success in the Christian life will not be because of an abundance of light and evidence, but will depend upon our acceptance of the light given, upon our rousing the energies, upon our acknowledging the light, and upon our co-operating with the heavenly ministers appointed of God to work for the salvation of the soul. {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 7] If the sinner or backslider settles himself in sin, the light of heaven may flash about him to no purpose, as it did about Saul when the bewitching power of the world's deception was upon him. Unless the human agent inclines his will to do the will of God, as finally Paul did, the light will shine in vain, and a thousand-fold more light and evidence would do no good. God knows when the sinner has sufficient evidence, and says of such, "They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them." "If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded though one rose from the dead." {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 8] Paul had a terrible awakening when the light of heaven flashed upon him, and a voice said to him, "Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me? Paul answered, "Who art Thou, Lord?" and Christ answered, "I am Jesus, whom thou persecutest; it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks." And the Lord said, "Arise, and go to the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do." The Lord always gives the human agent his work to do. Paul was to work in compliance with the divine command. If Paul had said, "Lord, I am not in the least inclined to follow your directions in working out my salvation," then had the Lord have showered upon him a light ten-fold as bright, it would have been useless. It is man's part to co-operate with the divine. Here is where the conflict is to be sternest, hardest, and most fierce, in yielding the will and way to God's will and way, relying upon the gracious influences which God has exerted upon the human soul throughout all the life. The man must do the work of inclining. "For it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do." The character of the action will testify what has been the nature of the resolve. The doing was not in accordance with feeling and natural inclination, but in harmony with the will of the Father in heaven. Follow and obey the leadings of the Holy Spirit; obey not the voice of the deceiver, which is in harmony with the unsanctified will, but obey the impulse God has given. This is what the heavenly intelligences are constantly working to have us do,--the will of the Father which is in heaven. {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 9] Everything is at stake. Will the human agent co-operate with divine agencies to will and to do? If a man places his will on the side of God's will, fully surrendering self to his will, the rubbish will be cleared from the door of the heart, the defiance of the soul will be broken down, and Jesus will enter to abide as a welcome guest. - {BEcho, November 1, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 1] December 1, 1893 Victory in Temptation Through Christ. - Mrs. E. G. White. Satan assailed Christ with his strongest temptations in the wilderness. Jesus was "forty days tempted of the devil. And in those days He did eat nothing; and when they were ended, He afterward hungered. And the devil said unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, command this stone that it be made bread." Shall the Son of God, the world's Redeemer, take up with the doubt, and prove to the apostate that He is indeed the Son of God, the Prince of heaven? Satan sought to engage Him in controversy; but should He concede to the demands of the rebel, nothing for the good of man or the glory of God would be gained. Jesus did not produce any evidence or bring forth any arguments. He did not repeat to Satan that which the rebel already knew of his exalted position as the loved Commander of heaven, who was worshipped and adored by the angelic hosts. What evidence would avail in the case before Him? Jesus knew that all evidence would be worthless to break the power of rebellion in Satan's heart, and He dealt with the tempter as his followers are to deal with him through all time. {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 2] In meeting the challenge of the evil one to prove Himself the Son of God, Christ answered not a word that would in any way lead to a controversy. He said, "It is written, That man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word of God." The weapon of his warfare was the Word of God, thus making it manifest to the tempter that in the conflict He would not depart a jot or tittle from that which had proceeded out of the mouth of God. Satan knew that as long as Jesus held to this position of honouring the Word of God, he could not hope for victory over Him. Changing his tactics, he bore Christ up, and placed Him in a most perilous position. "And he brought Him to Jerusalem, and set Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and said unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down from hence; for it is written, He shall give his angels charge over Thee, to keep Thee; and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash thy foot against a stone." {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 3] In the second temptation, Satan supposes that He has met the second Adam upon his own ground. The wily foe presented in the temptation the words that had proceeded from the mouth of God. He had come to Christ as an angel of light direct from the courts above, and he makes it appear that he is acquainted with the Word of God, and understands also the import of what is written. Christ was tempted to answer the "if;" but He knew that there must be no presumption manifested by Him; that He must not imperil his life to give the evidence for which Satan had asked. He withheld Himself from the slightest acceptance of the doubt with which Satan so artfully sought to overcome Him. Jesus saith unto him, "It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God." {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 4] Jesus had humbled Himself, clothing his divinity with humanity, and subjecting Himself to all the temptations wherewith humanity should be beset. He knew that appearances were all against Him; for human weakness, human necessities, were upon Him, and He felt keenly the want of food, and the results of his long fast. In a time like that He might have allowed a series of suppositions and doubts to assail Him, and have given up to the enemy, and have murmured against God in the humiliation of his position. He might have parleyed with the enemy, and in doubt have acquiesced in his suggestion that He was not the Son of God. Like the children of Israel in the wilderness, He might have said, "Is the Lord among us, or not?" When there was no water for them to drink, and they became thirsty, they murmured against Moses, and said, "Give us water to drink. And Moses said unto them, Why chide ye with me? wherefore do ye tempt the Lord? . . . And he called the name of the place Massah, and Meribah, because of the children of Israel, and because they tempted the Lord, saying, Is the Lord among us, or not?" In this the children of Israel manifested the most decided unbelief in God, who had given them every evidence that He was among them, and that He was able and willing to fulfil his promises to them. Afterward instruction was given them to this effect: "Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God, as ye tempted Him in Massah." {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 5] How different was the action of Jesus when suffering for the real necessities of life. He did not manifest the least doubt of God's care, or give any heed to Satan's suggestion to question his divine character and mission. {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 6] "And the devil, taking Him up into a high mountain, showed unto Him all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time. And the devil said unto Him. All this power will I give Thee, and the glory of them: for it is delivered unto me, and to whomsoever I will I give it. If Thou therefore wilt worship me, all shall be thine." Satan had questioned as to whether or not Christ was the Son of God, and now Jesus gives him a proof of his connection with God. Divinity flashed through humanity, and Jesus said, "Get thee hence, Satan; for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve. Then the devil leaveth Him, and behold, angels came and ministered unto Him." {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 7] Although the only begotten Son of the infinite God humbled Himself, and took upon Him humanity, yet, under trial and test, his faith was equal to the proving of temptation on behalf of humanity. Jesus passed over the ground upon which Adam had fallen, and his feet did not stumble. Satan left the field a vanquished foe, peremptorily dismissed. At the word of Christ. "Get thee hence, Satan," the powerful, fallen angel had no choice but to obey. Angels that excel in strength were on the battle-ground, guarding the interests of the tempted soul, and ready to resist the foe. This is always the case with any one of the human race. When man is assailed by the tempter, and the powers of darkness press upon the soul, the angels of heaven are on the ground to fly to the aid of him who would resist evil and follow after righteousness. The promise of God is, that there shall no temptation overcome those who by living faith lay hold of the word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. "And the Lord commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the lord our God, for our good always, that He might preserve us alive, as it is at this day. And it shall be our righteousness, if we observe to do all these commandments before the Lord our God, as He hath commanded us." {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 8] In the great battle fought between the Prince of light and the prince of darkness, Jesus gained the victory in behalf of humanity. Had Satan gained a degree of advantage, as he did with the first Adam, the human family would have been left under his control, and without one ray of hope they would have perished from the earth. But in behalf of the human race, Jesus conquered the fallen foe: Satan was vanquished. Through the victory of Christ, the human race was elevated in moral value, not because of anything they had done, but because of the great work that had been wrought out for them through the only begotten Son of God. As man's substitute and surety, in human nature, through divine power, Christ placed man on vantage ground. In believing on Him as our personal Saviour, we place ourselves under his blood-stained banner, and the wicked one cannot take us from under his standard, as long as we desire to prove loyal to Him who has died for us. {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 9] In all the temptations of Satan, there is a deeply laid plan, a dark purpose, to compass the ruin of the human soul. But we are to meet the wily foe as Christ met him. He presented to Jesus the three great temptations that overpower the human race. He was tested on the point of appetite, presumption, and the acquisition of worldly power and honour. Satan sought to turn Him from his integrity by challenging Him to prove his relation to God by some act that would call forth a special miracle on the part of God for his preservation; and he presented to Him the bribe of the world and its glory, if He would but fall down and worship him. But in every temptation Christ resisted the tempter in man's behalf, and provided grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ, that every man in Him may be more than conqueror. {BEcho, December 1, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 1] December 8, 1893 Come to the Feast. - "What think ye, that He will not come to the feast?" John 11:56. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 2] Dear Brethren and Sisters in Australia: The first Australian camp-meeting among us as a people is about to take place. This meeting will mark a new era in the history of the work of God in this field; it is important that every member of our churches should be present, and I urge you all to come. The enemies of truth are many, and though our numbers are few, we would present as good a front as possible. Individually you need the benefits of the meeting, and God calls upon you to number one in the ranks of truth. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 3] I am afraid that some will say, "It is expensive to travel, and it would be better for me to save the money, and give it for the advancement of the work, where it is so much needed." Do not reason in this way; for God calls upon you to take your place among the rank and file of his people. You are to be there in person, and to strengthen the meeting all you possibly can. Let no one say, "I will remain at home, and let some one else go;" for we want to see you, and the somebody else as well. Let no stay-away argument be used. We know that the believers in the truth are scattered widely; but make no excuse that will keep you from gaining every spiritual advantage possible. Come to the meeting, and bring your families. Put forth extra exertions, and be at the gathering of God's people. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 4] Brethren and sisters, it would be better, far better, for you to let your business suffer than to neglect the opportunity to hear the message that God has for you at this time. You need every ray of light; for you are acquainted with the truth only in a measure, and need to become better qualified to give a reason for the hope that is in you with meekness and fear. Come with your Bibles in your hands. You cannot afford to lose one such privilege as you are now favoured with, and we entreat you not to disappoint us by staying away from the meeting. We look upon this time as a time when it is important for every one to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 5] The forces of the enemies are strengthening, and as a people we are misrepresented; but shall we not gather our forces together, and come up to the feast of tabernacles? Let us not treat this matter as one of little importance, but let the army of the Lord be on the ground to represent the work and cause of God in Australia. Let no one plead an excuse at such a time. One of the reasons why we have appointed the camp-meeting to be held at Melbourne, is that we desire the people of that vicinity to become acquainted with our doctrines and works. We want them to know what we are, and what we believe. Let every one pray, and make God his trust. Those who are barricaded with prejudice must hear the warning message for this time. We must find our way to the hearts of the people. Therefore come to the camp-meeting, even though you have to make a sacrifice to do so, and the Lord will bless your efforts to honour his cause and advance his work. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 6] The Lord has need of you. He does not do his work without the co-operation of the human agent. God's trodden-down law is to be uplifted; Christ and his righteousness are to be presented to souls that are perishing. The blindness, the spiritual blindness, upon the people today is greater even than it was in the days when Christ was upon earth in person. Let every one rally round the standard, and angels who are commissioned to minister for those who shall be heirs of salvation, will accompany you. Make every effort to get your friends to come, not in your place, but to come with you, to stand on the Lord's side, to obey his commands. At the best, our numbers will be but small; but come with a mind and will to work, and God will do great things for us. While we see the schemes that enemies are devising to shut away the light from the people, let the prayer go forth from unfeigned lips, "Hear, O our God; for we are despised." "Think upon me, my God, for good." "Now therefore, O God, strengthen my hands." {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 7] We should use every power at our command to make this meeting a success, and suit it to the needs of those who shall attend. The work of the Lord is above every temporal interest, and we must not misrepresent his cause. Watching, waiting, working, must be our motto. There is no need of being faint-hearted and fearful; for nothing can harm us if the Lord God of hosts is with us. Every soul should wake out of sleep, and put on the whole armour of God. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 8] God has committed to our hands a most sacred work, and we need to meet together to receive instruction as to what is personal religion and family piety; we need to understand what part we shall individually be called upon to act in the grand and important work of building up the cause and work of God in the earth, in vindicating God's holy law, and in lifting up the Saviour as "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." We need to receive the divine touch, that we may understand our work in the home. Parents need to understand how they may send forth from the sanctuary of the home, Christian children, trained and educated so that they shall be fitted to shine in the world. We need the Holy Spirit, in order that we may not misrepresent our faith. We need to understand in regard to the division of labour, and how each part is to be carried forward. Each one should understand the part he is to act, and there should be harmony of aim and execution in the combined work of all. Each one needs to concentrate his energies on the portion of the work he is required to build up, in order that no labour may be lost; that there be no jostling, no crossing of one another's paths. The labourers together with God must put forth consecrated tact, and do their utmost that there shall be no waste of energy or means. Each individual is to rejoice in the success of his brother-labourer, and realize that he himself is co-operating with heavenly agencies for the advancement of the cause of truth, which is under the generalship of Jesus Christ. "For ye are labourers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 9] It is now fully time that an advance move was made in Australia. We shall have to meet every form of opposition, and every manner of hindrance; the history of the past will be repeated. It is not evidence of the truth of our cause that our enemies want; for they are filled with fierce opposition to the truth itself, because they cannot controvert it. There are enemies without who are organized to stop the work of God; but let us move forward with well-concentrated effort, and overcome every difficulty. We must reach the people where they are; for the reproach cast upon God's messengers must be counteracted, and it will be. {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 9} [BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 10] I urge you, therefore, for the truth's sake, for Christ's sake, to come up to this meeting. Elder Olsen and other helpers from America will be with us, and we want to have a heavenly sitting together in Christ Jesus. Thus a rich reward will come to the people. I beseech of you to respond to these words in person. Let there be a waking up among believers. Let each one be imbued with the spirit of the work, that, like Nehemiah, we may all possess holy energy, faith, and hope, and, depending wholly upon God, be able to strengthen one another in the great work committed to our hands. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, December 8, 1893 par. 10} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 1] December 15, 1893 Religion in the Home. - Mrs. E. G. White. It is natural to seek companionship. The link is a mysterious one which binds human hearts together; but just in proportion to its strength will be the influence which friend will exercise over friend for good or evil. No conscious influence may be exerted; but the feelings, tastes, and principles become closely blended. As wax retains the figure of the seal, so the mind retains the impressions made by intercourse and association. {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 1} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 2] Of all associations, those of the home are strongest, for they are constant and intimate; and for the tone that prevails there, parents are responsible. A holy light should shine forth from every Christian home; its influence should tend heavenward. The young need the safeguard of such homes. Their hearts are full of high anticipations. They see the downward road all strewn with flowers, and are unmindful that death is there; while the narrow path to life appears destitute of attractions, a path of thorns and briers. Whose hand but the parents' shall tear away the disguise, and lead them in the path of safety and true happiness? {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 2} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 3] Parents should be home missionaries. They should seek to establish the claims of God's holy law; for its principles are at the foundation of the government of families and nations. They need God in the home; they need to make his Word their counsellor. The influence they exert is not confined to one home. If the law of God is neglected, the children, as they make homes of their own, feel under no obligation to teach their children what they themselves have never been taught. And this is why there are so many godless families; this is why depravity is so deep and widespread. {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 3} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 4] God should be worshipped in the home. But in too many cases family prayer is neglected. Parents feel that they cannot spare a few moments in which to gather their children about them, and give thanks to God for his abundant mercies,--for the blessed sunshine and the showers of rain, which cause vegetation to flourish, and for the guardianship of holy angels. They have no time to offer prayer for divine help and guidance, and for the abiding presence of Jesus in the household. They go forth to labour as the ox or the horse goes, without thought of God or heaven. They have souls so precious that rather than permit them to be hopelessly lost, the Son of God gave his life to ransom them; but they have little more appreciation of his goodness than have the beasts that perish. {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 4} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 5] If ever there was a time when every house should be a house of prayer, it is now. Like the patriarchs of old, those who profess to love God should erect an altar to his worship wherever they pitch their tent. The father, as priest of the household, should offer the morning and evening sacrifice, while the wife and children unite in prayer and praise. In a home where God is thus honoured, Jesus will love to tarry. {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 5} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 6] In every Christian home, kindness and patience should rule. Love should be revealed in action. It should flow out in all home intercourse, showing itself in thoughtful kindness, in gentle, unselfish courtesy. From a worldly point of view, money is power; but from a Christian standpoint, love is power. Wealth is often an influence to corrupt and destroy; force is strong to do hurt; but pure love has special efficacy. It prevents discord and misery, and brings the truest happiness. It gives intellectual and spiritual strength, and truth and goodness are its properties. {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 6} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 7] There are homes where righteousness prevails,--homes where God is worshipped, and truest love reigns. From these homes morning and evening prayer ascends to God as sweet incense, and his mercies and blessings descend upon the suppliants like the morning dew. The children that go out from such homes carry its influence with them, and are far less likely to yield to temptation. {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 7} [BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 8] A well-ordered Christian household is a powerful argument in favour of the reality of the Christian religion,--an argument that the infidel cannot gainsay. All can see that there is an influence at work in the family that affects the children, and that the God of Abraham is with them. If the homes of professed Christians had a right religious mould, they would indeed be the "light of the world." The God of heaven speaks to every faithful parent in the words addressed to Abraham: "I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment." {BEcho, December 15, 1893 par. 8} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 1] January 1, 1894 Home Education. - Mrs. E. G. White. The mother's work begins with the babe in her arms. I have often seen the little one throw itself and scream if its will was crossed in any way. This is the time to restrain evil tendencies, and to stimulate the mind in favour of the right. The child should be taught self-control, and encouraged in every effort to govern itself. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 2] Regularity should be the rule in all the habits of children. Mothers make a great mistake in permitting them to eat between meals. The stomach becomes deranged by this practice, and the foundation is laid for future suffering. Their fretfulness may have been caused by unwholesome food, still undigested; but the mother feels that she cannot spend time to reason on the matter and correct her injurious management. Neither can she stop to soothe their impatient worrying. She gives the little sufferers a piece of cake of some other dainty to quiet them, but this only increases the evil. Some mothers, in their anxiety to do a great amount of work, get wrought up into such nervous haste that they are more irritable than the children, and by scolding, and even blows, they try to terrify the little ones into quietness. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 3] Parents should provide employment for their children. Nothing will be a more sure source of evil than indolence. Physical labour, that brings healthful weariness to the muscles, will give an appetite for simple, wholesome food. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 4] As a rule, the labour of the day should not be prolonged into the evening. If all the hours of the day are well improved, the work extended into the evening is so much extra, and the over-taxed system will suffer from the burden imposed upon it. Let parents devote the evening to their families. Lay off care and perplexity with the labours of the day, and let the evening be spent as happily as possible. Let home be a place where cheerfulness, courtesy, and love rule. This will make it attractive to the children. If the parents are continually borrowing trouble, are irritable and fault-finding, the children partake of the same spirit of dissatisfaction and contention, and home becomes the most miserable place in the world. The children find more pleasure among strangers or in the streets than at home. All this might be avoided if temperance in all things were practiced. Self-control on the part of all the members of the family will make home almost a paradise. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 5] Make your rooms as cheerful as possible. Let the children find home the most attractive place on earth. Throw about them such influences that they will not seek for street companions, nor think of the haunts of vice except with horror. If the home life is what it should be, the habits formed there will be a strong defence against the assaults of temptation when the young shall leave the shelter of home for the world. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 6] In devoting time and money to the outward adorning and the gratification of perverted appetite, parents are cultivating vanity, selfishness, and lust in the children. Mothers complain of being so burdened with care and labour that they cannot take time patiently to instruct their little ones, and to sympathize with them in their disappointments and trials. Young hearts yearn for sympathy and tenderness, and if they do not obtain it from their parents, they will seek it from sources that may endanger both minds and morals. I have heard mothers refuse their children some innocent pleasure, for lack of time and thought, while their busy fingers and weary eyes were diligently engaged on some useless piece of adornment, something which could serve only to encourage vanity and extravagance in the children. Every act of the parents tells on the future of the children. "As the twig is bent, the tree is inclined." And so as the children approach manhood and womanhood, these lessons bear fruit in pride and moral worthlessness. The parents deplore the children's faults, but are blind to the fact that they are but reaping the crop from seed of their own planting. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 7] Do not send your little ones away to school too early. The mother should be careful how she trusts the moulding of the infant mind to other hands. Parents ought to be the best teachers of their children till they have reached eight or ten years of age. Their schoolroom should be the open air, amid the flowers and birds, and their text-book the treasures of nature. As fast as their minds can comprehend it, the parents should open before them God's great book of nature. These lessons, given amid such surroundings, will not soon be forgotten. {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 8] The mother's position in God's sight is most exalted; for she is dealing with character, she is fashioning minds. The mothers of the present day are making the society of the future. Iniquity abounds on every hand, and if the children are saved, earnest, persevering effort must be put forth. Christ has said, "I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified." He wanted his disciples to be sanctified, and He made Himself their example, that they might follow Him. What if fathers and mothers should take this same position, saying, "I want my children to have steadfast principles, and I will give them an example of this in my life." {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 9] In whatever else we may fail, let us be thorough in the work for our children. If they go forth from the home training pure and virtuous, if they fill the least and lowest place in God's great plan of good for the world, our life-work can never be called a failure. - {BEcho, January 1, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 1] January 8, 1894 Responsibility for the Liquor Traffic. - Mrs. E. G. White. "God so loved the world, that He gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Calvary is the estimate that Heaven has placed upon the human soul. God gave Jesus, the richest gift of Heaven, to pay the ransom price for the human family. If the veil could be drawn aside, and we could look into eternity, we should see that which would change our opinions and our actions. We should see the glory of Jesus Christ, who is in the high and holy place, surrounded by seraphim and cherubim, with angels and principalities waiting to do his bidding. We should see that there is no heavenly being indifferent to the joys and woes of any one of the human family. {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 2] The angels of God are commissioned to go through the length and breadth of the earth to witness the struggle of every suffering mortal against evil, and to lend to him divine aid. They look with wonder upon those who will follow the imagination of their own evil hearts; who do not wish to retain God in their knowledge, and place little restraint upon themselves in their unrighteous business and social relations. Such persons give no special encouragement to virtue, no particular sanction to methods and institutions by which the poor might receive consolation and substantial help. Thus it is that many live and die. {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 3] In view of what God has done for the world in giving his beloved Son, and commissioning all the heavenly intelligences to minister to the human race, how does Heaven look upon the work of injustice and cruelty that has been perpetrated by man against his fellow-man in originating and preserving the liquor traffic? Do those who are acting a leading part in making men drunkards, realize that they will be held accountable for their deeds, and for not having the mind that was in Christ Jesus? The world's Redeemer estimates the value of the human soul by the price which He has paid for it on Calvary. And no matter what may be the wealth, power, or position of a man in the sight of the world, no matter whether or not he has been permitted by the law of the land to sell poisonous drinks to his neighbour, he will be held accountable in the sight of Heaven for degrading the soul that has been redeemed by Christ, and will be arraigned before the judgment for lowering a character that ought to have reflected the image of God, to reflect the image of that which is below the brute creation. {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 4] Those who deal in liquor, and those who sustain the traffic, are doing a greater work to perpetuate human woe than are men through any other business in the world. But Christians cannot use intoxicating liquors, nor connect themselves in the least degree with any business that leads to the degradation and downfall of humanity. The rum-seller takes the same position as did Cain, and says, "Am I my brother's keeper?" And God says to him as He said to Cain, "The voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto Me from the ground." Rum-sellers will be held accountable for the wretchedness that has been brought into the homes of those who were weak in moral power, and who fall through temptation to drink. They will be charged with the misery, the suffering, the hopelessness, brought into the world through the liquor traffic. They will have to answer for the woe and want of the mothers and children who have suffered for food and clothing and shelter, who have buried all hope and joy. He that has a care for the sparrow, and notes its fall to the ground, who clothes the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, will not pass by those who have been formed in his own image, purchased with his own blood, and pay no heed to their suffering cries. God cares for all this wickedness that perpetuates misery and crime. He charges it all up to those whose influence helps to open the door of temptation to the soul. {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 5] O, how many pleasure-lovers there are who spend their thousands to please and amuse themselves, and to gratify their fancies, while the world is full of distress and poverty. The prophet thus describes their course: "Your iniquities have turned away these things, and your sins have withholden good things from you. For among my people are found wicked men: they lay wait, as he that setteth snares; they set a trap, they catch men. As a cage is full of birds, so are their houses full of deceit; therefore they are become great, and waxen rich. They are waxen fat, they shine; yea, they overpass the deeds of the wicked: they judge not the cause, the cause of the fatherless, yet they prosper; and the right of the needy do they not judge. Shall I not visit for these things? saith the Lord: shall not my soul be avenged on such a nation as this?" {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 6] How different is the action of the heavenly intelligences. The angels of God are in active communication with every part of the universe, and work through a variety of channels for the blessing of every creature. Should the Lord Jesus anoint the eyes of fallen mortals, and lay open to their inspection the mysteries of his providence, they would see that, although men have practiced injustice and cruelty, and have stirred up in their fellow-men the worst passions of the human heart, although they have rejected and scoffed at the mercy of Heaven, yet not for a moment has the divine benevolence ceased to flow earthward. In every age, under every circumstance, divine goodness has worked to press back from the hearts of men the misery and evil with which Satan has sought to overwhelm the world. {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 7] The warnings and reproofs of the word of God are fearfully applicable to the people of these last days, and every one will be judged by the light and privileges of the gospel. - {BEcho, January 8, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 1] January 22, 1894 Who is Responsible for the Evils of Intemperance? - Mrs. E. G. White. When the lawyer asked Jesus what he should do to inherit eternal life, the Master replied by asking, "What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbour as thyself. And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live." To gain eternal life, it is necessary to love God supremely, and our neighbours as ourselves. We are to be our brother's keeper, not his destroyer. We are not at liberty to lead him into false paths. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 2] But there are many who do not regard their duty to their neighbour. Look at the breweries planted all over the land, to supply to the public that which is a deadly evil. There are drinking houses all over the cities and towns, inviting the traveller to stop and water his horses at the troughs which are so convenient, and also to come in, and spend his money for a glass of intoxicating drink. The water is a blessing to the thirsty horses, but what a curse is the liquor to the man who enters and drinks! The traveller enters the public house with his reason, walking uprightly; but look at him as he leaves; the lustre is gone from his eye, his reason is paralysed, and he reels to and fro like a ship at sea. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 3] The victim of the drink habit becomes so maddened under the influence of liquor that he is willing to sell his reason for a glass of whisky. His desire for drink is so strong that it eclipses all other desires; his moral power is so weakened that he has no strength to resist temptation. He is the slave of depraved appetite; body and soul he is in slavery. He cannot distinguish between right and wrong; he does not realize that God requires his heart's best affections. The drunkard is a practical idolater; for whatever alienates the affections from the Creator, whatever weakens and deadens moral power, usurps his throne, and receives the homage that is due to Him alone. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 4] The liquor-dealer puts the bottle to his neighbour's lips. Instead of breaking every yoke, and letting the victims of depraved appetite go free, he binds them the faster in their chains. He robs the wife and children of the support that is their due. He takes from them a kind and sensible father, by dealing out to him a potion that makes him a madman. Under its influence the drunkard is full of cruelty and murder, and perhaps in his madness actually commits murder. Then he is brought before the courts, and those who legalized the traffic are forced to deal with the results of their own work. They permitted the sale of the intoxicating draught, and now it is necessary for them to send this man to prison or the gallows for his crime. Soul and body the man is lost, cut off from earth, and with no title to heaven; and very often his wife and children are left in poverty, to become a public charge. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 5] But there is a higher tribunal than that of earth; and in that tribunal the effect is traced to the cause, and the man who put the bottle to his neighbour's lips is charged with the sins committed through the influence of the draught that robbed another of his reason. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 6] When a ship is wrecked in sight of the shore, and the people look on powerless to save, they are shocked and pained beyond measure. They try by every means possible to save those who are perishing, and when the ship has gone down, and all is over, their minds dwell on every painful detail. But in our land a legalized demon power is at work through human instruments, and men are tempted to indulge appetite until they lose all power of self-control. Day after day, month after month, year after year, these death-traps are set in our communities, at our doors, at the street corners, wherever it is possible to catch souls; and where is the active energy, the determined effort, on the part of Christians to enlighten and save their perishing fellowmen? {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 7] Shall souls always have to struggle for the victory, and the doors of temptation open before their very faces? Shall Satan always find agents to tempt those who are weak in moral power? Drawn into these dens of evil, shall he who has resolved to quit drink be led to seize the glass again, and in the first sip of the intoxicant find every good resolution overpowered and gone? One taste of the maddening draught, and all thought of the suffering, heart-crushed wife vanishes. The debauched father cares no more that his children are hungry and naked. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 8] How many frightful accidents occur through the influence of drink. A train is wrecked, or a steamer at sea meets with a disaster; and when the matter is investigated, it is found that some one had taken too much liquor. How much of this fiery draught can a man in a responsible position take, and be safe with the lives of human beings?--He can be safe only as he totally abstains. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 9] Physicians are responsible for making many a man or woman a drunkard. Knowing what drink will do for its devotees, they take the responsibility of prescribing it for their patients. What excuse can these physicians render for the influence they have exerted in making fathers and mothers drunkards? These parents transmit this appetite to their children, and thus the evil is perpetuated, and crime and misery increased. Thus it is that degradation, poverty, and woe are filling our world, and ignorance and evil are widespread. The sight of a drunken man, were it not so common would arouse public indignation; but human hearts are so hardened, human judgments are so perverted, that men can look upon the disgusting spectacle they can see the increasing hunger, nakedness, sin, and crime, and yet remain indifferent. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 10] There are men who have taken high positions of trust, who have put themselves under obligations to work for the good of the people, who are untrue to these obligations. They do not love their neighbours as themselves; they neglect their duty as their brothers' keepers. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 11] Are not these men largely responsible for the terrible crimes, the current of deadly evil, that is the result of the liquor traffic? Is it not in their power, and their duty, to remove this deadly evil? God holds every one, and especially those in responsible positions, under sacred obligations to do his best for his fellow creatures. {BEcho, January 22, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 1] January 29, 1894 Right Education and its Object. - Mrs. E. G. White. The best education that can be given to children and youth is that which fits them for a life of usefulness and for the future, immortal life. This is the kind of education that should be given by godly parents, by devoted teachers, and by the church, that the youth may be fitted to become zealous missionaries for either the home or the foreign field. They should be earnestly instructed in the truths of the Bible, that they may become pillars in the church, champions for truth, rooted and grounded in the faith. They should have so rich an experience in divine things that they will never become betrayers of sacred trusts. {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 2] We are in great need of educated ability, and the talents entrusted to our youth should be consecrated to the service of God, and employed in his work. There should be men and women who are qualified to labour in the churches, and to train our young people for special lines of work, that souls may be brought to Jesus. The schools established by us should have this object in view; no phase of infidelity should be originated or countenanced in them. The students are to be educated in practical Christianity, and the Bible must be regarded as the highest, the most important text-book. {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 3] The youth should be barricaded against temptation by warning and instruction. They should be taught what are the encouragements held out to them in the word of God. They should have delineated before them the perils of taking a step into the bye-paths of evil. They should be so instructed that they will set their resolution against evil, determine not to enter into any path where they could not expect Jesus to accompany them, and his blessing to abide upon them. They should be taught practical daily religion, that will sanctify them in every relation of life, in their homes, in business, in the church, in society. {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 4] The only safety of our youth in this age of sin and crime is to have a living connection with God. They must be so educated that they will realize that it is a perilous thing to trifle with their privileges, but that God expects them reverently and earnestly to seek daily for his blessing. The blessing of God maketh rich, and He addeth no sorrow. It is a precious gift, and should be counted of so great worth that it will not be surrendered at any cost. {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 5] My heart is stirred to its depths as I read of the prostitution of noble powers to the service of Satan. In positions of high responsibility, in official trusts, men are tempted: and corruption and crime, embezzlements, robberies, and extortions are the result. There are terrible sinks of corruption, pouring out upon the world poisonous influences that corrupt the community. In every place Satan's traps are set, that he may catch men of education, of good natural endowments, men who are capable of becoming labourers together with God, companions of angels, inhabitants of heaven,-- that he may bind them to his car as his slaves, and make them instruments of working evil. Jesus has ransomed them from this bondage; yet they refuse to be set at liberty. They live as though the earth, money, position, houses, and lands were the main objects of their creation. Is it not a pitiable sight to see men of high ability living on so low a plane, for so ignoble a purpose? {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 6] How sad it is that men turn from the immortal inheritance, and live for the gratification of pride, for selfishness and display, and lose the blessings which they might have both in this life and the life to come. They might enter into the palaces of heaven, and associate on terms of freedom and equality with Christ and heavenly angels, and with the princes of God. God has given men the Light and Majesty of heaven, and with Him all of heaven's rich treasures, and He is waiting to bestow upon them the love which He gives to his only begotten Son. Even in this life He would have us enjoy everything that will ennoble, elevate, and expand our characters; for it is his design to fit us for the heavenly courts above. And yet, incredible as it may seem, men turn from heavenly attractions, and yield themselves to him who would shut from them every glimpse of the future honour, the eternal glories of heaven, or even from a foretaste of its happiness. {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 7] Those who accept Christ as their Saviour have promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. In surrendering ourselves to God to be moulded and trained by Him, we reap great advantages; for we have weaknesses of character, and we unite ourselves to One who is able to remove these defects. Our ignorance is united to infinite wisdom, our frailty to enduring might. Connected with God, drinking in his divine love, we shall find access to the hearts of men, and may become successful labourers for God and humanity; for the assurance is given that He will bless us, and make us a blessing, and this is our light, our joy, our triumph, a great reward for all our efforts. {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 8] To all we would say, and especially to the young, For Christ's sake, let your education be shaped by the inducements of the better world. - {BEcho, January 29, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 1] February 5, 1894 Education and Health. - Mrs. E. G. White. For generations the prevailing system of education has been destructive to health, and even to life itself. Many parents and teachers fail to understand that in the child's early years the greatest attention needs to be given to the physical constitution, that a healthy condition of body and brain may be secured. It has been the custom to encourage sending children to school when they were mere babies, needing a mother's care. In some instances the little ones are crowded into ill-ventilated school-rooms, where they sit in improper positions, upon poorly constructed benches, and as the result, the young and tender frames often become deformed. Little children, whose limbs and muscles are not strong, and whose brains are undeveloped, are kept confined, to their injury. Many have but a slight hold on life to begin with, and confinement in school from day to day makes them nervous, and they become diseased. Their bodies are dwarfed in consequence of the exhausted condition of the nervous system. Yet when the lamp of life goes out, parents and teachers do not realize that they were in any way responsible for quenching the vital spark. Standing by the grave of their child, the afflicted parents look upon their bereavement as a special dispensation of Providence, when it was their own inexcusable, ignorant course that destroyed the young life. Under such circumstances, to charge the death to Providence savours of blasphemy. God wants the little ones to live, and receive a right education, that they may develop a beautiful character, glorify Him in this world, and praise Him in the better world. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 2] Parents and teachers take the responsibility of training these children, yet how few of them realize their duty before God to become acquainted with the physical organism, that they may know how to preserve the life and health of those who are placed in their charge. Thousands of children die because of the ignorance of those who care for them. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 3] Many children have been ruined for life, and some have died, as the result of the injudicious course of parents and teachers, in forcing the young intellect while neglecting the physical nature. The children were too young to be in a school-room. Their minds were taxed with lessons when they should have been left untasked until the physical strength was sufficient to support mental efforts. Small children should be as free as lambs to run out-of-doors. They should be allowed the most favourable opportunity to lay the foundation for a sound constitution. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 4] Youth who are kept in school, and confined to close study, cannot have sound health. Mental effort without corresponding physical exercise, calls an undue proportion of blood to the brain, and thus the circulation is unbalanced. The brain has too much blood, while the extremities have too little. The hours of study and recreation should be carefully regulated, and a portion of the time should be spent in physical labour. When the habits of students in eating and drinking, dressing and sleeping, are in accordance with physical law, they can obtain an education without sacrificing health. The lesson must be often repeated, and pressed home to the conscience, that education will be of little value if there is no physical strength to use it after it is gained. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 5] Students should not be permitted to take so many studies that they will have no time for physical training. The health cannot be preserved unless some portion of each day is given to muscular exertion in the open air. Stated hours should be devoted to manual labour of some kind, anything which will call into action all parts of the body. Equalize the taxation of the mental and physical powers, and the mind of the student will be refreshed. If he is diseased, physical exercise will often help the system to recover its normal condition. When students leave college, they should have better health and a better understanding of the laws of life than when they entered it. The health should be as sacredly guarded as the character. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 6] Many students are deplorably ignorant of the fact that diet exerts a powerful influence upon the health. Some have never made a determined effort to control the appetite, or to observe proper rules in regard to diet. They eat too much, even at their meals, and some eat between meals whenever the temptation is presented. If those who profess to be Christians desire to solve the questions so perplexing to them, why their minds are so dull, why their religious aspirations are so feeble, they need not, in many instances, go farther than the table; here is cause enough, if there were no other. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 7] Many separate themselves from God by their indulgence of appetite. He who notices the fall of a sparrow, who numbers the very hairs of the head, marks the sin of those who indulge perverted appetite at the expense of weakening the physical powers, benumbing the intellect, and deadening the moral perceptions. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 8] The teachers themselves should give proper attention to the laws of health, that they may preserve their own powers in the best possible condition, and by example as well as by precept, may exert a right influence upon their pupils. The teacher whose physical powers are already enfeebled by disease or overwork, should pay especial attention to the laws of life. He should take time for recreation. He should not take upon himself responsibility outside of his school work which will so tax him, physically or mentally, that his nervous system will be unbalanced; for in this case he will be unfitted to deal with minds, and cannot do justice to himself or to his pupils. {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 9] Our institutions of learning should be provided with every facility for instruction regarding the mechanism of the human system. Students should be taught how to breathe, how to read and speak so that the strain will not come on the throat and lungs, but on the abdominal muscles. Teachers need to educate themselves in this direction. Our students should have a thorough training, that they may enter upon active life with an intelligent knowledge of the habitation which God has given them. Teach them that they must be learners as long as they live. And while you are teaching them, remember that they will teach others. Your lesson will be repeated for the benefit of many more than sit before you day by day. - {BEcho, February 5, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 1] February 12, 1894 "Give an Account of Thy Stewardship." - Mrs. E. G. White. "Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed Me. But ye say, Wherein have we robbed Thee? In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse; for ye have robbed Me, even this whole nation. Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house, and prove Me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough to receive it." Malachi 3:8-10. {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 2] We have just entered upon a new year, but little more than a month of it having passed into eternity. What has been the record of this beginning of the year? Have you been recounting the mercies you have received of God? and have you brought your offerings to Him of the abundance He has bestowed upon you? Have you even brought all the tithes into the storehouse, thus returning to the Lord that which is his own? {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 3] The property that God has entrusted to the stewardship of man, is not to be hoarded. O that men and women would arouse to this fact, and venture something for the truth's sake. Trust in God should lead us to commit the keeping of our temporal matters to Him; but too much time is spent in calculating consequences. Worldly gain, laying up treasure on earth, is the mania. But Christ said, "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal; for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also." {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 4] The worldly treasure is a lodestone to hold the thoughts and control the judgment. There are great pecuniary advantages to be gained by investing means in various worldly enterprises; and the great majority of Christian professors press on in this path. They pursue their own ends as eagerly as if to gain the world would entitle them to eternal life. They selfishly waste the substance entrusted to them, expending money needlessly for the gratification of pride. Worldly requirements,--eating, dressing, recreation, the embellishment of their houses,--use up their means. And when their tithes and offerings are called for, and their energies are needed in work for their fellow-men, they withhold from God this proof of a love that He is every way worthy to receive; for the vital energies and the impulses of the soul have been exhausted in the struggle after worldly gain. {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 5] Selfishness contracts the heart; benevolence expands it. Selfishness is a demon whose name is legion; in every age it has seemed that this demon would drive Christ and the spirit of self-sacrifice out of the world. Through its influence the church is weak when it ought to be a power. Who shall tell how many souls have been robbed of the gospel of Christ by the apathy of Christians in withholding means and personal effort? The church has thus put out her own light, and has become the by-word of infidels. {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 6] Selfishness exists everywhere, in hearts where it is least suspected. It is this curse of selfishness, in the various phases in which it is manifested, that makes so many joyless Christians. God has entrusted to them means to be used in building up his kingdom; but they are not using his gifts to his glory. They are not working in harmony with Christ; they are lovers of self more than lovers of God and his word. This is why there is often contention in the church, until fault-finding, envy, jealousy, and strife for the supremacy become the native element. Inordinate self-love lies at the foundation of so much contention in the churches. {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 7] What has Jesus done to rescue a lost world from perdition? He did not send an angel to redeem the fallen world; but for our sakes He became a "man of sorrows and acquainted with grief." The love of Christ--how deep, how broad, how full! He designed to save man by his own infinite sacrifice. The cross of Calvary was to be to men a convincing argument that his interest and theirs were identical. When He ascended to heaven, and the portals of the city were thrown open to Him with rejoicing, his plea to the Father was, "I will that they also whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am, that they may behold ［share］ my glory." {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 8] Now those whom Christ calls his own, whom He has sacrificed so much for, will not, cannot, enjoy anything selfishly. Their interest will be identified with that of their Redeemer. To every one of them will be given opportunities to show their love for his dear name by consecrating to Him themselves and the possessions He has loaned them on trust. Jesus expects nothing less of them than that the claims of his kingdom, the boundless love he has manifested towards them, will awaken a response in their hearts, an interest that will overbalance every worldly consideration. There must be no cessation of benevolent acts. New channels for their outflow will be opening around us in this day of preparation for the great event, the coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven. Link after link they form a golden chain of love, binding heart to heart, and all hearts to Christ's great heart of infinite love. When this love takes possession of the heart, the plans devised to spread the light of truth and extend the Redeemer's kingdom will seem too small, the most costly offering too cheap. The icy spirit of selfishness will melt away, and in its place benevolence will well up like a living fountain to overflow and bless. {BEcho, February 12, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 1] February 19, 1894 Christ as Teacher. - Mrs. E. G. White. For his own wise purpose, the Lord veiled spiritual truths in figures and symbols. By this means, the plainest and most telling rebuke was often given to his accusers and enemies, and they could find in his words no occasion to condemn Him. In parables and comparisons He found the best method of communicating divine truth, of awakening interest and arousing inquiry. In simple language He opened to his hearers spiritual truths and precious principles, that would have passed from their minds and left scarcely a trace, had He not linked them with stirring scenes of life, experience, or nature. And afterward, when his hearers saw the object or scene with which the lesson was connected, the words of the divine Teacher would be recalled. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 2] The teaching of Jesus was of an entirely different order from that of the learned scribes. They professed to be expositors of the law, both written and traditional; but the formal tone of their instruction indicated that they saw in the doctrines of the sacred oracles no vital power. They offered no food for the hungry sheep and lambs. They presented no new truth, uttered no words that reached the longing of the soul. Their custom was to dwell upon the obscurities of the law, and the result of their reasoning was a jargon of absurdities, which neither the common people nor the learned could understand. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 3] Before the days of Christ men asked in vain, "What is truth?" The Jewish rabbis presented the requirements of the law as a wearying round of exactions, just as many in our day present it as a cold, rigid code of commands. They professed to speak to the people in the place of God; but superstition buried the light, the glory, the far-reaching claims of his law. Divine truth was thus silenced by its professed interpreters, and contention, jealousy, and prejudice divided the people that were called by the name of God. Darkness covered the earth, and gross darkness the people. Even Judea was shrouded in gloom, although the voice of God spoke to the people in his oracles. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 4] Then was a teacher sent from God, even Him who was the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Christ came to unveil divine truth to the world, to restore it in all its original freshness and beauty. He gave fresh manna to the hungry soul. He presented the pure, rich truths of heaven to shine amid the moral darkness and gloom of earth. God had said, "Let there be light," and the light of the glory of God was revealed in the face of Jesus Christ. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 5] Jesus taught as one having authority. He spake as never man spake. There was no hesitancy in his manner, not the shadow of a doubt in his utterances. He spoke as one who fully understood his subject. He could have opened mysteries which patriarchs and prophets desired to look into, which human curiosity had been impatiently desirous of understanding. But when men could not discern the most simple, plainly-stated truths, how could they understand the deep mysteries of God? Jesus did not disdain to repeat old, familiar truths; for He was the author of these truths. Truths which had been lost sight of, which had been misplaced, misinterpreted, and disconnected from their true position, He separated from the companionship of error; and, showing them as precious jewels in their own bright lustre, He reset them in their proper framework, and commanded them to stand fast forever. What a work was this! It was one which finite man could not do, nor even comprehend. Only the divine Hand could take the truth, which, from its connection with error, had been serving the cause of the enemy of God and man, and place it where it would glorify God and be the salvation of humanity. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 6] It was Christ who spoke the law on Mount Sinai, and He knew the bearing of all its precepts, the glory and majesty of the law of heaven. In his sermon on the mount, Christ defined the law, and sought to inculcate on the minds of his hearers its far-reaching claims. His instructions came as a new revelation to the people; and the teachers of the law, the scribes and the Pharisees, as well as the common people, were astonished at his doctrine. The words of Christ were not new, and yet they came with the force of revelation; for they presented the truth in its proper light, and not in the light in which the teachers had set it before the people. He showed no regard for the traditions and commandments of men, but opened their eyes to behold wondrous things out of God's law. The law of God is immeasurable in breadth, dignity, and glory. It has been the foundation of his throne from the beginning; and as long as the heavens and the earth remain, through the ceaseless ages of eternity, it will be the great standard of righteousness, holy, just, and good. And yet the religious world have set aside this law, as did the Jews, to exalt the traditions and commandments of men. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 7] The Jewish economy was the gospel in figure, a presentation of Christianity which was to be developed as fast as the minds of the people could comprehend spiritual light. Christ was manifested as the Saviour of men, the embodiment of this light. To know Him, to be instructed by Him is true wisdom. A man may have a knowledge of the Scriptures which will not make him wise unto salvation. If his knowledge, begun in ambition, is carried forward in pride, he flatters himself in vain that he is a Christian. The fruit of the Spirit is "love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance." Neither talent, eloquence, nor selfish study of the Scriptures, will produce love to God or conformity to the image of Christ. Nothing but divine power can regenerate the human heart and character, and imbue the soul with the love of Christ, which will ever manifest itself in love to those for whom He died. {BEcho, February 19, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 1] February 26, 1894 No Excuse for Spiritual Weakness. - Mrs. E. G. White One of the first things to be considered, is the preaching of the word. The truth should be preached in simplicity, and ministers should try, as far as possible, to imitate the manner of Christ's teaching. If the truth is spoken in simplicity, and received in simplicity, Christ will be presented as a perfect Saviour, and the Spirit will witness to the truth, and move upon hearts to accept the free gift of the righteousness of Christ. The words spoken under the influence of the Spirit of God, if accepted, are a savour of life unto life; if rejected, they are a savour of death unto death. {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 2] We cannot plead temptation as an excuse for spiritual weakness; for God has provided that we shall not be tempted above that we are able to bear, but that with every temptation He will make a way of escape. If we live wholly for Him, we shall not allow the mind to indulge in selfish imaginings, thus giving place to the tempter, and in no case can Satan obtain control over the thoughts, words, and actions, unless we voluntarily open the door and invite him to enter. He will then come in, and, by catching away the good seed sown in the heart, make the truth of none effect. He will sow his tares, and cause them to grow until they yield an abundant harvest. {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 3] We cannot plead that we have less light than had God's ancient people; for we have the truth and the light that was given to them; it has come down to us as an hereditary trust, to be given to all peoples and tongues. Because they were not doers of the word, and knew not the time of their visitation, they became an astonishment and a reproach before the world. Can we expect that the Lord will favour us more than He favoured them, and will establish us as a praise in the earth, if we are not obedient to his law? "Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. For he that soweth to the flesh, shall of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth to the Spirit, shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting." {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 4] Though Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Capernaum felt that they were rich and increased with goods, and had need of nothing, Jesus sets before them their poverty-stricken condition. In this portrayal He has presented before all that claim to believe the law of God, that they need to buy of Him gold tried in the fire, and white raiment that they may be clothed, and that the shame of their nakedness may not appear. If those to whom light has come, had received, appreciated, and acted upon it, they would have been placed in connection with God, and would have been channels through which his blessings could flow to the world. We know not how much more tolerable it will be in the day of judgment for those who have been prevented from hearing the truth of God, and from working for Him, because of the unfaithfulness of his people, than for the unfaithful ones to whom great light has been given. They have failed to manifest the spirit of self-denial, and have not acted their part on their sphere, as Christ acted his part in his sphere, to save the perishing souls of men. Could such persons be expected to have a vigorous spiritual life? {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 5] God is testing his people. He will see whether their spiritual life is weak and languishing, or vigorous and abounding. All who bear the proving will be counted worthy to be members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 6] But "let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall." Many are blinded to their true condition. They believe that they are in favour with God, that they are rich and increased in goods, and have need of nothing. But when the judgment shall sit, and the books shall be opened, and every man shall receive according as his works have been, will they venture to plead that they have done many good works, that should balance the past in the golden scales of the sanctuary?--No; for they are spiritually wretched and miserable and poor and blind and naked. The True Witness says to such, "I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eye-salve, that thou mayest see." {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 7] Let us heed the message of the True Witness, given to us in warning. If we have sinned, "we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous." He, our substitute and surety, stands before the mercy-seat, pleading our cause in the courts of God. And in sympathy with their loved Commander, all the heavenly intelligences have an intense interest in all that concerns us. Will it not work us good to comprehend this fact, that the angels are commissioned to minister to all who shall be heirs of salvation, who are lawfully striving to win the crown of life? {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 8] Why are the chosen of God, his elect people, so silent upon the wondrous theme of redeeming love? Why is man's gratitude so little toward Him who has given his life to save the lost race from eternal ruin? Heaven views the plan of salvation with amazement, and cherubim and seraphim continually cry, "Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts; the whole earth is full of his glory." Why should not man arouse, and manifest enthusiasm concerning the wonderful condescension of God to a fallen race? O, may our sluggish energies be quickened, that we may reveal to a perishing world the matchless depths of a Saviour's love. - {BEcho, February 26, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 1] March 5, 1894 Business and Religion. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord," is the exhortation of Paul to his Roman brethren. The first part of this injunction is quoted by many as an excuse for continually over-taxing their mental and physical powers in the pursuit of gain, while they entirely overlook the requirement to be "fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 2] There are strong temptations to worldliness, and they will continue to exist while society is in its present state,--while gold is power, and a man is measured by his wealth and position. Many are fascinated by these alluring temptations. They see that the possession of wealth gives power and influence, and they would rather be ranked among those who enjoy the luxury and position that money gives, than among those who possess true goodness and nobility of character. {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 3] Among professed Christians even there are many who are selfish and grasping, and who love themselves better than they love their neighbour or their God. They appear before the world almost entirely in the character of business men, grasping for worldly gain. They are not known as humble, devoted, self-sacrificing Christians, kind and true-hearted in all the relations of life. They say, "God does not expect us to carry strict religious principles into our business affairs. Business is business, and religion is religion." And so the plainest and most positive injunctions of the word of God are deliberately set aside for worldly wisdom and maxims. {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 4] The man who takes this selfish course denies the faith, and strengthens and confirms the ungodly in their impenitence, by making them believe that religion is all a pretense. He does not "seek first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness," and he cannot claim the promise that all things needful shall be added unto him. {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 5] Gold is not the standard of judging with God. Jesus asks, "What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?" Surely this is an exorbitant price to pay for the fleeting treasures of earth. Success here is terrible failure. He who judges correctly in the light of eternity, calls those who are rich in worldly possessions, while they are not rich toward God, poor, wretched, blind, and miserable. {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 6] Why will not men and women pursue a sensible course? All have some cherished object that absorbs the mind. They need employment. There is no virtue in indolence. The idle are encompassed by as great perils as beset those who are overtaxed with care. While excessive labour destroys physical and mental vigour, do-nothings rust from inaction. We are to be "not slothful in business." {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 7] But no one has a right to so load himself down with a multitude of cares that he cannot obey the injunction to be "fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." However lawful the business prosecuted may be of itself, it must not be allowed to unduly absorb the mind and occupy the time. God will not accept a divided heart. His law requires supreme love to God, and unselfish love to our neighbour. Those who allow mind and body to become so worn down by constant and excessive labour that this law is disregarded, commit sin. They are serving other gods before the God of heaven; for when some other object usurps the devotion that belongs to God, that object becomes an idol. That to which is given the freshest hours of the day, the closest thought and study, the greatest skill, is that which is dearest and most valued. {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 8] "Not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord," says the apostle. Here we find the straight, safe path, which escapes alike the entanglements of worldliness and the evils resulting from want of occupation. Jesus is acquainted with the human heart; He knows its longings, and the Bible is given us, not to check these desires, but to direct them into the proper channel. This holy word does not forbid activity; it does not leave men to lead aimless lives; it presents before them objects worthy of their best efforts. The Bible shows the pleasure-seeker the path of peace and joy; it directs the aspirations of the ambitious. If wealth is the object of desire, it unfolds treasures that will never disappoint,--unsearchable riches, imperishable as the throne of the Eternal. {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 9] The psalmist observed the righteous and the wicked. He saw the difference between their courses of conduct, and in the principles that governed them. Of the worldling he says, "I have seen the wicked in great power, and spreading himself like a green bay-tree. Yet he passed away, and lo, he was not; yea, I sought him, but he could not be found." But of the righteous he says, "Mark the perfect man, and behold the upright; for the end of that man is peace." - {BEcho, March 5, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 1] March 12, 1894 Christianity A Sword. - Mrs. E. G. White. Jesus said, "Think not that I am come to send peace on earth; I came not to send peace, but a sword. For I am come to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law. And a man's foes shall be they of his own household. He that loveth father or mother more than Me is not worthy of Me; and he that loveth son or daughter more than Me is not worthy of Me. And he that taketh not his cross, and followeth after Me, is not worthy of Me. He that findeth his life shall lose it; and he that loseth his life for My sake shall find it." {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 2] The question has been asked, How can there be an agreement between the statement, "I came not to send peace, but a sword," and the song sung by the angels when Christ was born in the manger at Bethlehem, "Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men"? The song of the angels is in harmony with the words of the prophet Isaiah, who, when he predicted the birth of Christ, declared Him to be the Prince of peace. The gospel is a glorious message of peace and good will to men; the blessing that Christ came to bring was that of harmony and peace. He left His throne of glory, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might bring back from apostasy to loyalty to God the children of men, and bind their hearts together and to the heart of Infinite Love. He came to present to a fallen world the remedy for sin, so that whosoever should believe on Him should not perish, but by becoming one with Him and the Father should have everlasting life. In this way He establishes the Christian brotherhood, and unites His followers in one faith, -- faith in Him as their personal Saviour. {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 3] The condition of the world at the time when Christ came into the walks of men, was no exceptional condition. At that time the Scriptures had been buried beneath the traditions of men, and Christ declared that those who professed to interpret the word of God were ignorant both of the Scriptures and of the power of God. By misapplication and misinterpretation of the sacred oracles, the religious teachers had shut away the light that was to illuminate the precious utterances from heaven. Jesus revealed the pure truth in contrast with error, but those who professed to be teachers of truth in their own nation, not being accustomed to gaze upon truth, and not seeing in the divine Teacher that which they looked for of pomp and worldly splendour, turned from Him; for it was not purity of heart and life that they desired. {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 4] Christ presented to His countrymen and to the world brightness, beauty, and holiness, the divine nature, by which they might be bound close to the heart of Infinite Love; He brought light into the world to dispel spiritual darkness, and to reveal truth. But they would not receive the heavenly gift. The apostle inquires, "Who hath bewitched you, that ye should not obey the truth?" It is through the deceptive working of Satan that fatal delusions have been brought even into the religious world, and error and falsehood have been accepted instead of the light of truth. When light is rejected, darkness covers the earth, and gross darkness the people. Men professing the name of Christ have worked against His cause, and the blessing brought to men at infinite cost has been turned into a curse; for when truth is rejected because it is out of harmony with the corruption of the natural heart, it becomes a sword to destroy. The truth, which was to restore and renew, is a destroyer of evil; and when evil is persistently cherished, it becomes a destroyer of the sinner also. {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 5] Strife and opposition have been the sure result of resistance on the part of men, incited by evil angels, to God's plan of mercy. Man's perversity, his resistance of the truth, makes the mission of Christ appear to be what He announced to His disciples, -- the sending of a sword upon the earth; but the strife is not the effect of Christianity, but the result of opposition in the hearts of those who will not receive its blessings. {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 6] From the first presentation of Christianity to the world, there has been a deadly warfare instituted against it. Its messengers have been hated, pursued, imprisoned and put to death, because they would not yield to the power of apostasy, and become one with Satan and his angels. They counted not their lives dear unto themselves, if only the truth might be revealed. But from the throne, as in the case of Stephen, Jesus in sympathy and tender love bends down, marking from His divine dwelling-place the earnest witnesses for truth, and the defenders of the faith once delivered to the saints. Those who suffer for the truth know the value of a pure gospel, a free Bible, and liberty of conscience. {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 7] Animosity to truth has not passed away, it exists in our own day. Families have been divided by the truth, and bitter persecution has been borne by those who have taken their stand on the side of truth. Many have realized the force of the words, "I am come to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law. And a man's foes shall be they of his own household." This prophecy was not limited to any time or place; but has been acted out over and over in the history of the world, and is re-enacted in our own day. Some have to meet persecution, and we should never cease to pray for those who endure opposition from their own families, and who keep silent. {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 8] Many lives have been lost in planting the cross of Christ in heathen lands; but the blood of the martyrs has been as seed from which has sprung up those who have carried on the great work. Vast changes have been wrought, and it has been demonstrated in the face of opposition, that Christianity never degrades the receiver, but on the contrary elevates, refines, and ennobles the character. - {BEcho, March 12, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 1] March 19, 1894 Variance Between Believers and Unbelievers. - Mrs. E. G. White. Christ is the way, the truth, and the life. He says, "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto Me." Christ is drawing all unto Himself; but not all respond to His drawing. If all would yield to His influence, there would be no variance, no discordant notes in society or in the household; and He would never have said, "Think not that I am come to send peace on earth; I came not to send peace, but a sword. For I am come to set a man at variance against his father, and the daughter against her mother, and the daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law. And a man's foes shall be they of his own household." Some respond to the heavenly drawing. The truth convicts them, and they repent. They surrender themselves in obedience to Christ's will, and find in Him the highest realization of their hopes, and in Him their troubled souls find rest and peace. He stands before them as the perfect pattern, and they seek to be like Him. {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 2] But perhaps while one member of the family gives his heart to God, others do not. They are still under the control of the Saviour's worst enemy, and they feel annoyed and angry that division has come into their household. He who has accepted Christ is no less dutiful than before; on the contrary, he is more kind, more faithful, more affectionate, because his nature is being purified, sanctified, and ennobled by the truth. But the Master of the Christian and the master of the unbeliever are in deadly conflict; and so the contest goes on in many homes. While the Christians are pleading earnestly with God that their relatives and friends may be drawn to Christ, while their hearts are breaking with longing that their loved ones may share His joy and peace, the hearts of the unbelieving are bound as with fetters to Satan's car, and they are asking, as did Pharaoh, "Who is the Lord, that I should obey His voice?" Again and again Jesus has knocked at the door of their hearts, and asked admission; but they have locked the door, and refused to receive Him. They cherish pride, envy, and hatred, and contention springs from these evil passions. {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 3] Satan deceives the soul with false pretensions. He leads the unbelievers to think that they are badly used, treated unkindly. He perverts the judgment and misleads the mind, so that the very best motives of those that serve God are misinterpreted; their actions are misjudged, and they themselves are persecuted. Christ is the believer's hope and consolation, the one about whom his best affections are woven. He confesses Christ in word and deed, in spirit and actions, and the enmity that is created in the unbelieving heart against the children of God is not against men simply, but against Christ. {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 4] Christ, the Sun of Righteousness, came to shed His bright beams into every heart and home. He longs to give those who do not understand Him correct views of His character, to take away their burden of sin and resistance, and give them rest. Truth has everything in it that is commendable. The divine Comforter is full of pity and sympathy; He seeks to woo men to God, to direct their attention to Christ as He really is, full of mercy, compassion, and pardoning love. But he comes to the impenitent heart early and often with His message of salvation, only to be rejected. Men make the sad mistake of refusing its offered peace. Satan interposes his hellish shadow between Christ and the soul, and the sinner sees not Jesus, desires not the Lord of life and glory. He does not realize that Jesus alone can quiet the tempest that Satan has created in the human soul, and give him peace and rest. {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 5] Jesus says, " He that loveth father or mother more than Me, is not worthy of Me; and he that loveth son or daughter more than Me, is not worthy of Me. And he that taketh not up his cross and followeth after Me, is not worthy of Me. He that findeth his life, shall lose it, and he that loseth his life for My sake shall find it." The words that Christ addressed to His disciples, were addressed to us as well as to them. He presents before us the unwearied conflict that we must have on this earth as long as time shall last. We are to place no person before Christ in our affections. If a person who has been convicted by the Spirit of God smothers his convictions, and continues to trample under foot the commandments of the Lord, and reject the truth of God simply because he sees it will bring disunion into his family relations, he shows that he loves the peace that is not of Christ, but of the world. He prefers to be in harmony with the world rather than to be in unity with Christ. But in order to have the peace of Christ, it is necessary to place Christ and His service first. Those who yield their convictions of truth to please father or mother, sister or brother, husband or wife or children, prove themselves unworthy of Christ. They do not discern His excellency, and therefore they shun the cross. But there is a cross to be lifted by every one who by faith accepts a crucified and risen Saviour. {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 6] The announcement that there should be enmity between Satan and the seed of the woman, was very unwelcome to the prince of evil; for it was the promise of a Redeemer. Satan thought to induce men, as he had angels, to stand on his side, and join in rebellion against God; and with men as his allies, he planned to control the earth, and wage war against the King of heaven. {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 7] Whenever a soul falls in love with Jesus, every other affection is placed in subservience to this pure, refining principle of heavenly love. Pride, passion, and ambition, which have held sway over the natural heart, are surrendered to Jesus Christ. With Paul the converted soul can say, "But what things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ. Yea, doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord; for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung that I might win Christ." {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 8] The world's Redeemer was scorned as a deceiver, hunted down as a malefactor, and shall those who become the servants of Christ expect to be treated any better than was their Lord? If they work the works of Christ, relatives and friends will rise up against them. They will persecute, forsake, and betray them. Let the believer not become discouraged because of the things he must suffer. Let his only anxiety be that hatred is kindled against him for no other reason than that of faithfulness in the discharge of his duty for Christ's sake. The true child of God will say, I know I have to do with God, who trieth the heart, and hath pleasure in uprightness. I will set the Lord ever before me, and follow in the footsteps of Jesus. - {BEcho, March 19, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 1] March 26, 1894 Principle Never to be Sacrificed for Peace. - The Love of God a Constraining Motive. - Mrs. E. G. White. There always have been, and always will be to the end of time, two classes on the earth,--the believers in Jesus and those who reject Him. The truth will be a savour of life unto life to those who believe. However wicked, abominable, and corrupt he may be, the sinner will be purified by faith in Him, made clean by the doing of His word. But the same truth will be to the unbeliever a savour of death unto death. {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 2] Argument will fail to convince the sinner of his responsibility to God. Learning and talent will fail to convince the soul. But the presentation of the love of God has a convincing power above that of argument, debate, or eloquence. The love of Christ, as expressed in self-denial, self-sacrifice, and death, as He bowed low under the sins of humanity, touches the sympathies and melts the stubborn heart. The fact that the Son of God, innocent and pure, suffered for sin; that the guiltless bore the punishment of the guilty, the just endured the penalty for the unjust, breaks the heart; and as Jesus is lifted up, conviction strikes to the soul, and the love that prompted the bestowal of the infinite gift of Christ, constrains the repenting one to surrender all to God. The seed of gospel truth has been dropped into his heart; and he beholds a love that is without a parallel, pledging a personal Saviour, and with Him every needed blessing. "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 3] Those who receive Christ are melted and subdued by the manifestation of His love in His humiliation, suffering, and death in their behalf. They behold Him as their substitute and surety, as pledging Himself to accomplish their full salvation through a plan that is consistent with the justice of God, and which vindicates the honour of His law. But there are some who are stirred with strong emotion as they view the humiliation of Jesus, who shrink from following in His footsteps when they understand that they must be sharers in His humiliation and suffering. When Jesus asks the surrender of self without reserve, when He asks compliance with His government, and that they shall walk in humble obedience and implicit trust, their nature rebels. "No," says the proud heart; "we want to keep our independence." But this is the very thing that Jesus wants you to have. It was that you might be freed from the slavery of sin that He died on Calvary's cross. He died that through faith in Him, you might be free indeed, and stand fast in the glorious liberty of the children of God. {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 4] Contemplate the sufferings of your Redeemer, and you will find that a check will be put upon sin. Every sin that is committed is a re-enacting of Christ's humiliation, a re-opening of His wounds. Those who refuse to look upon Jesus lifted up upon the cross, who will not deny the inclination of their perverse hearts, who will not give up what they term their independence, their freedom to serve the author of sin as they please, will find their hearts filled with bitterness against those who accept Jesus as a personal Saviour. To them Christians will seem their enemies and injurers, and the gospel a sword. {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 5] Paul writes. "God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world." There is a mutual suffering here presented on the part of the Christian and the world. The world sees no charm in Jesus, and the Christian sees in Him matchless charms, and expresses his love, saying, "Thy gentleness hath made me great." Christians realize the blessing that comes upon those who hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they are filled. The blessing comes upon those who desire entire conformity to the will of God, who desire to know Christ and to reflect His image. Through the merits of Jesus Christ, they realize that nothing is reserved in the heart of God for them but the fountain of the water of life,--tender mercy, loving-kindness, infinite compassion. Jesus changes place with the sinner who believes, and the Father loves the followers of Christ, even as He loves His Son. He who receives the truth, has his heart filled with peace and joy as he contemplates Jesus. {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 6] But how different is the case of him who refuses to receive the salvation purchased at infinite cost. He refuses to look upon the humiliation and love of Jesus. He plainly says, "I will not have this man to reign over me." To all who take this attitude, Jesus says, "I came not to send peace, but a sword." Families must be divided, in order that all who call upon the name of the Lord may be saved. All who refuse His infinite love, will find Christianity a sword, a disturber of their peace. The light of Christ will cut away the darkness that covers their evil doings; and their corruption, their fraud, their cruelty will be exposed. Christianity unmasks the hypocrisies of Satan, and it is this unmasking of his designs that stirs his bitter hatred against Christ and His followers. {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 7] Satan has woven his spell even over the professed church of Christ, and many who claim to believe in Christ seem to be in the stupor of death. But the Lord has not left them to slumber on; He has sent them a message to arouse them from their carnal security. A part of these professors arouse and repent, and do their first works; but those who take comfort in their legal religion, in their form of godliness that is devoid of the power, feel that they have been personally rebuked and injured by the repentance of those who have aroused and returned unto the Lord. Instead of humbling their hearts and confessing their backsliding, they resist and oppose the message the Lord has sent. They oppose their finite wisdom against the wisdom of the Infinite. They allow their prejudices and passions to hold sway; they work on Satan's side of the question. Thus the advocates of truth are brought into an unexpected conflict, and they are forced to bear witness to the truth, and to resist the hostility and hatred of those who would make the truth of God of none effect. Thus dissension comes in like a sword to divide believers and unbelievers. {BEcho, March 26, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 1] April 9, 1894 Principle Never to be Sacrificed for Peace - Mrs. E. G. White. In one of His confidential talks with His disciples, a short time before His crucifixion, Jesus bequeathed to His followers His legacy of peace. He said, "Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you; not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid." The peace that Christ bequeathed to His disciples, and for which we pray, is the peace that is born of truth, and which cannot be banished by divisions caused by the truth. Without may be wars and fightings, jealousies, envies, hatred, strife; but these do not affect the peace of Christ, for it is that which the world neither gives nor takes away. His peace was that which was born of love for those who were plotting His death. But peace cannot be gained by a compromise of principle, and Christ did not for an instant seek to purchase it by a betrayal of sacred trusts. His heart was overflowing with love to every human being He had made; but this deep love did not lead Him to cry, "Peace and safety," when there was no safety for the sinner. Christ understood the strength of Satan's temptations; for though sinless, He was tempted in all points like as we are. But He never lessened the guilt of sin. He was the Saviour, the Redeemer of the world, and came to save His people from their sins. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 2] The love of Christ should have been discerned by those He came to save, in as much as He became poor that we through His poverty might be made rich. Jesus came to the world with an embassage of mercy. He was sent by the Father, not to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved, and to all that believe in Him He gave power to become the sons of God. In the rich loveliness of His character, zeal for God was always apparent. His righteousness went before Him, and the glory of the Lord was His rearward. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 3] Christ hated one thing only, and that was sin. But although He represented in His spotless character the character of His Father, yet the world hated and refused Him. The human heart loves sin and hates righteousness, and this was the cause of the hostility of the world to Jesus. The atmosphere that surrounded His soul was so pure, so elevated, that it placed the hypocritical rabbis, priests, and rulers in their true position, and revealed them in their real character as claiming sanctity, while misrepresenting God and His truth. If Christ had given license to men to exercise their evil passions, they would have hailed this great miracle-worker with shouts of applause; but when He reproved sin, made open war upon selfishness, oppression, hypocrisy, pride, covetousness, and lust, they hunted Him down as a malefactor. He endured the contradiction of sinners against Himself until at last they cried out, Away with this fellow, and give us Barabbas. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 4] Jesus could have been at peace with the world only as He left the transgressors of the law unreproved, unrebuked. And He has said, "The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept My saying, they will keep yours also." The followers of Christ must often proclaim a message that is in direct opposition to the people's sins, prejudices, and customs; they are called upon to "reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine." Those who faithfully carry out this commission will be charged by the world with being the disturbers of its peace; they will be accused of stirring up strife and creating divisions. But they will only be bearing the reproach that fell on Christ, who denounced unrighteousness, and whose very presence was a rebuke to sin. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 5] It is impossible for any one to become a true follower of Jesus without distinguishing himself from the worldly mass of unbelievers. If the world would accept of Jesus, then there would be no sword of dissension; for all would be disciples of Christ, and so in fellowship one with another, and their unity would be unbroken. But this is not the case. Here and there an individual is true to the convictions of his conscience, and he is often compelled to stand alone in the family or in the church to which he belongs, and perhaps finally, because of the course of those with whom he associates, to separate himself from their companionship. The line of demarkation is made distinct. One stands upon the word of God; the others upon the traditions and sayings of men. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 6] There will never be any true unity existing between those who stand under the banner of the arch-deceiver, and those who stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. The followers of Christ may follow the things that make for peace; they may earnestly desire to overcome the spirit of discord with the spirit of kindness and love; but the enemy will stir up his agents to bring about strife and division. It is a grave mistake on the part of those who are children of God to seek to bridge the gulf that separates them from the children of darkness by yielding principle, by compromising the truth. It is surrendering the peace of Christ to make peace with the world, to fraternize with the world. The sacrifice is too costly to be made, to have peace with the world by giving up the principles of truth. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 7] Those who have the mind of Christ will let the light shine forth to the world in good works, but that light will bring about a division. Shall the light therefore be hid under a bed or under a bushel, because it will mark a distinction between the followers of Christ and the world? It must be made apparent that the believers in the truth are antagonistic to the serpent and to his seed. It was the purity of the character of Christ that stirred up the enmity of a profligate world. His spotless righteousness was a continual rebuke to their sin and uncleanness; but no principle of truth was compromised by Christ to win the favour of the world. Then let the followers of Christ settle it in their minds that they will never compromise truth, never yield one iota of principle for the favour of the world. Let them hold to the peace of Christ. {BEcho, April 9, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 1] April 16, 1894 The Law of God Perpetual. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil." {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 2] There is a law which was abolished, which Christ "took out of the way, nailing it to His cross." Paul calls it "the law of commandments contained in ordinances." This ceremonial law, given by God through Moses, with its sacrifices and ordinances, was to be binding upon the Hebrews until type met antitype in the death of Christ as the Lamb of God to take away the sin of the world. Then all the sacrificial offerings and services were to be abolished. Paul and the other apostles laboured to show this, and resolutely withstood those Judaizing teachers who declared that Christians ought to observe the ceremonial law. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 3] But Christ Himself declares that He came not to destroy the law of ten precepts, which was spoken from Sinai. He says, "Verily I say unto you," --making the assertion as emphatic as possible,--"Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law till all be fulfilled." Here He teaches not merely what the claims of God's law had been and were then, but that these claims should hold so long as the heavens and the earth remain. This testimony should forever settle the question. The law of God is as immutable as His throne. It will maintain its claims upon all mankind in all ages, unchanged by time or place or circumstances. The ritual system was of altogether a different character, and typified the death of Christ as a sacrifice for the broken precepts of the moral law. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 4] "I am not come to destroy," Christ says, "but to fulfil,"--"to magnify the law and make it honourable," as Isaiah, hundreds of years before, had prophesied respecting the Messiah's work. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 5] "To fulfil the law." In His own life the Saviour gave the children of men an example of perfect obedience. In His teachings He made clear and distinct every precept of the divine law; He swept away the rubbish of erroneous tradition with which the Jews had encumbered it; He illustrated and enforced its principles, and showed in all its particulars the length and breadth and height and depth of the righteousness required by the law of God. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 6] The Pharisees were dissatisfied with the teachings of Christ. The practical godliness which He enjoined condemned them. They desired Him to dwell upon the external observances of the ceremonial law, and the customs and traditions of the fathers. But Jesus taught the spiritual nature of the law, and made clear its far reaching claims. Love to God and to men must live in the heart and control the life, as the spring of every thought and every action. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 7] There is perfect harmony between the law of God and the gospel of Jesus Christ. "I and My Father are one," says the great Teacher. The gospel is the good news of grace, or favour, by which man may be released from the condemnation of sin, and enabled to render acceptable obedience to the law. The gospel points to the moral code as a rule of life. That law, by its demands for undeviating obedience, is continually pointing the sinner to the gospel for pardon and peace. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 8] Says the great apostle, "Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid. Yea, we establish the law." And again he declares that the "law is holy, and the commandment holy, and just, and good." Enjoining supreme love to God, and equal love to our fellow-men, it is indispensable alike to human happiness and the glory of God. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 9] The words of Christ are both explicit and comprehensive. "Whosoever"-- minister or laymen, wise or ignorant--"shall break one of these least commandments"--wilfully or presumptuously, as did Adam and Eve--is included in the condemnation. Breaking one of the commandments makes man a commandment-breaker. "Whosoever shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of all." No excuse can avail for him who strictly obeys nine of the precepts of God's law, but ventures to break one because it is for his profit or convenience to do so. God demands implicit obedience to all His requirements. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 10] "And shall teach men so." This is a point worthy of careful consideration. Christ foresaw that men would not only break the commandments of God themselves, but would teach others to break them. Some are not content with doing this by example; they defend sin, and pervert the word of God to justify the transgressor. Such persons will have no part with the people of God. But the greatest guilt rests upon the professed watchmen, who do not hesitate to speak evil of the law, and even to make those who are ignorant of the Bible believe that they are fallen from grace if they keep it. "All we have to do," say they, "is to believe in Christ, come to Christ." {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 11] While we point the sinner to Jesus as the one who can take away sin, we must explain to him what sin is, and show him that he can be saved from his sins, but not in them. He must be made to realize that "sin is the transgression of the law." Paul made the inquiry, many years after the death of Christ, "Is the law sin? God forbid. Nay, I had not known lust, except the law had said, Thou shalt not covet." Thus Paul exalts the moral law. When this law is practically carried out in every-day life, it is found indeed to be the wisdom of God. It serves to detect sin. It discovers the defects in the moral character, and shows sin to be exceeding sinful, revealing it in all hideousness. Through obedience to its requirements, Christian character is perfected. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 12] God's law is a copy of His mind and will. The sins forbidden there could never find a place in Heaven. It was love that prompted God to express His will in the ten precepts of the decalogue. Afterward He showed His love for man by sending prophets and teachers to explain and illustrate His holy law. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 12} [BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 13] God has given man a complete rule of life in His law. Obeyed, man shall live by it, through the merits of Christ. Transgressed, it has power to condemn. The law sends men to Christ, and Christ points them back to the law. {BEcho, April 16, 1894 par. 13} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 1] April 23, 1894 The Living Testimony. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another; and the Lord hearkened and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name. And they shall be Mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up My jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him." {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 2] It is not enough to contemplate the glory of Christ; we should speak of His excellences. Isaiah not only beheld His glory, but he also spake of Him. While David mused, the fire burned; then spake he with his tongue. While he mused upon the wondrous love of God, he could not but speak of that which he saw and felt. Who can by faith behold the wonderful plan of redemption, the glory of the only begotten Son of God, and not speak of it? Who can contemplate the unfathomable love that was manifested upon the cross of Calvary in the death of Christ, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life, and have no words by which to extol the Saviour's glory? We cannot become partakers of His love, and give no expression to our reverence and adoration. {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 3] As believers behold Christ, they will be led to assemble together and to speak one to another words that will express their fervent love. They will say, "He is the chiefest among ten thousand," "Yea, He is altogether lovely." "In His temple doth every one speak of His glory." The sweet singer of Israel praised Him upon the harp, singing, "I will speak of the glorious honour of Thy majesty, and of Thy wondrous works." "And men shall speak of the might of Thy terrible acts; and I will declare Thy greatness. They shall abundantly utter the memory of Thy great goodness, and shall sing of Thy righteousness. . . . They shall speak of the glory of Thy kingdom, and talk of Thy power; to make known to the sons of men His mighty acts, and the glorious majesty of His kingdom." This will be the character of the conversation of those who fear the Lord and think upon His name. God is represented as listening to their words, and writing them in a book. {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 4] John, the beloved disciple, bore a living testimony, saying, "That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the word of life (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life which was with the Father and was manifested unto us); that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This, then, is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all." {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 5] Surely, those who speak one to another of the goodness of the Lord are highly privileged. Peter exclaims, "Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvellous light." We have rich themes for thought and conversation; and those who are subjects of the grace of God, upon whom the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness are shining, are to be God's witnesses. Should they hold their peace, the stones would immediately cry out. God will be glorified. {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 6] When the members of the church are one with Christ, there will be union one with another, and this unity will be a living testimony to the world of the power of the gospel. Why can we not see from the lessons of Christ, and especially from His prayer for the unity of believers, that Christians must be perfect in unity in order to represent the glory of their Redeemer? As believers in Christ, we are "built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner-stone, in whom all the building, fitly framed together, groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord. In whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit." {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 7] The believer in Christ should understand that dissension and division in the church are brought about through the working of the powers of darkness, in order that those who profess to be children of God may not present the oneness for which Christ prayed. God's people greatly dishonour His name, and misrepresent His truth, when they manifest a lack of love one for another. As love for God grows cold, they lose the childlike simplicity that knits heart to heart in loving tenderness. Hard-heartedness comes in, and there is a drawing away one from another. When we fail to love others as Christ has loved us, Jesus can do little for us; for His words and spirit are not permitted to enter into the heart. {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 8] Many are in darkness, and know not the cause; they are not at peace with God, they are not one with Christ nor in unity with their brethren. By their words and actions they testify that they do not desire to be in union with those who do not exactly meet their mind, even though they are believers. They seem to think that they are at liberty to act out the natural feelings of the heart. All who entertain evil surmisings and cherish ill feelings to others, need to be converted. They need to learn to live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 9] Love for one another is not to be manifested by praise and flattery, but by true fidelity. The love of Christ will lead us to watch for souls; and if we see one in danger, we shall tell him so plainly and kindly, even at the risk of his displeasure. The religion of Christ is not to be controlled by impulse. We need to pray much, and lean wholly upon God. We need to hold the truth with firmness, and in all righteousness; but while we speak the truth with fidelity, we should speak it in love, as it is in Jesus. {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 10] "A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another." How much?--"As I have loved you, that ye also love one another." Do we regard this commandment sufficiently? Do we permit it to control mind and heart, and mould the character? "By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another." Thus believers are to bear to the world the credentials which will testify that they are indeed the children of God. Jesus says, "The glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them, that they may be one even as we are one. I in them and Thou in Me, that they may be perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me." {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 11] What can I present before my brethren and sisters in Christ, that is more important for their study and practice than the Saviour's prayer for His disciples? The entire seventeenth chapter of John is full of marrow and fatness. Are there not urgent reasons why we should take heed to these words of Christ? Is it not time we sought for the unity for which the Saviour prayed? Shall we not open our hearts to the melting love of Jesus? May the Lord unite the hearts of all that believe His word, in that oneness for which Christ prayed, that we may be one, even as He and the Father are one. - {BEcho, April 23, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 1] April 30, 1894 Christ Works Through Human Agents. - Mrs. E. G. White. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 2] The scribes and Pharisees had built up a wall of separation between their nation and every other people. They passed by the publicans and sinners, as though communication with them would bring upon them some moral defilement. Imagine their contempt of Christ when He received publicans and sinners and ate with them. The Lord desired to break down the wall of separation; for He loved the souls that had never known a better way. He is no respecter of persons, and willeth not the death of any sinner, but would that all men might come unto Him and live. {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 3] In this age, as then, there are lost sheep to be sought and saved. There are many who need personal labour. No prophet, like John the Baptist, has cried out the message of warning to them. No one has pointed them to "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." But this is not because the Lord has no interest in these souls who are ready to perish, represented as lost sheep. The Lord is not chargeable with neglect. Look to Calvary and answer decidedly, No, no. The Lord has made every provision to save men in giving His Son. Jesus thought it not robbery to be equal with God, for in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. When He claimed the highest prerogatives, He did not make an empty boast. Yet when He was among men, He did not call together a concourse of people, and sound a trumpet before Him, and command attention. The great Teacher came in simplicity, though He was the light of the world. He taught the people in plain, simple words, which all could understand. He said, "As the Father knoweth Me, even so know I the Father. . . . My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me; and I give unto them eternal life, and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of My hand. My Father, which gave them Me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of My Father's hand. I and My Father are one." "All things that the Father hath are Mine." With the familiarity and ease of eternal habitude, Jesus lays His hand on the throne of God. {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 4] In giving Jesus to the world, God gave all heaven in one gift. Then why is it, when God has left nothing undone that could be done, that there are not more brought from darkness to light?--It is because the human will does not cooperate with the divine intelligences. If the Lord's will and way were carried out, humanity would be reached through humanity, and every lost prodigal would be brought home, and saved through the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, who tasted death for every man. Sin would no longer exist. But it is humanity that bars the way. It is for lack of the co-partnership of man, because of rebellion, that the way is blocked up. The revelation of God's truth comes to us through human agents. Christ came to the world as the Son of man. This was the only way in which He could reach humanity. "Ye are labourers together with God." Man must cooperate with Jesus Christ. Those who are building up a Christlike character will not, cannot, withhold their interest from the work of aiding Christ in seeking and saving that which is lost. {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 5] In this work man is brought into cooperation with God, and is to work as God works for the salvation of fallen men. What are we individually doing to let our light shine to others? It is the neglect of men in failing to cooperate with Jesus that leaves the world so long unreclaimed. Jesus has said of His followers, "As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I sent them into the world." As Christ represented the Father, so He has commissioned His believing ones to represent Him in character. We are to show forth His self-denial and self-sacrifice, and to establish His kingdom in righteousness. We are to speak the words that Christ has spoken, and do the works that Christ has done. The work of Christ was not to destroy, but to save. He gave His disciples lessons that are of the highest value; for through their words many are to come to the knowledge of Bible truth, and teach others also the lessons which they have learned. The disciples were to know that they were not simply combating the influence of finite enemies, but that they were also contending with demons. Light and darkness were in opposition, truth and delusion, good and evil, heaven and hell. Satanic, supernatural agencies were united with evil men to corrupt and destroy. {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 6] The publicans and sinners, so despised by the Pharisees, were drawn to Christ, and their hearts were awakened to ask, "What is truth?" The Pharisees closed their eyes and their ears, lest they should see and hear and be converted from the error of their ways, and thus be saved. As those who are bound in sin struggle to burst the bands that enchain them, they are led to fly to Christ, the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. The sinful, repenting soul becomes hopeful, follows Jesus, and catches the words from His lips. {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 7] It will be profitable to contemplate the divine condescension, the sacrifice, the self-denial, the humiliation, the resistance the Son of God encountered in doing His work for fallen men. Well may we come forth from contemplation of His sufferings exclaiming, Amazing condescension! Angels marvel, as with intense interest they watch the Son of God descending step by step the path of humiliation. It is the mystery of godliness. It is the glory of God to conceal Himself and His ways, not by keeping men in ignorance of heavenly light and knowledge, but by surpassing the utmost capacity of men to know. Humanity can comprehend in part, but that is all that man can bear. The love of Christ passes knowledge. The mystery of redemption will continue to be the mystery, the unexhausted science and everlasting song of eternity. Well may humanity exclaim, Who can know God? We may, as did Elijah, wrap our mantles about us, and listen to hear the still, small voice of God. {BEcho, April 30, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 1] May 21, 1894 Preach in Regions Beyond. - Mrs. E. G. White. The love that was manifested in the life and character of Christ is no narrow, selfish affection. You are to be constrained by His love to preach the gospel in the regions beyond you, and not to boast in another man's line of things made ready to your hand. "But he that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord. For not he that commendeth himself is approved, but whom the Lord commendeth." The work ever before the minister of Christ is to preach the gospel, both to those that are nigh, and "in regions beyond." It involves self-denial, and necessitates cross-bearing. This kind of work, that will lead us continually to be faithful home missionaries and to press forward into new fields, must be carried on more and more as we near the close of earth's history. The gospel is not to be restricted to any time, or confined to any place. The world is the field for the gospel minister, and the whole human family is his congregation. When he has finished giving a discourse, his work is only just entered upon; for the word of life is to be presented from house to house. The truth must be carried from city to city, from street to street, from family to family. Every method by which access may be gained to the homes of the people must be tried; for the messenger must become acquainted with the people. The truth must be carried from province to province, from kingdom to kingdom. The highways and byways must be thoroughly gleaned, and the message must spread from continent to continent, until the whole earth is belted with the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ. {BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 2] Ministers and missionaries must ever keep in view the "regions beyond." The Saviour has said of His people, "Ye are the light of the world." The truth is to be proclaimed; the light is to shine forth in clear, steady rays. Self-denial, self-sacrifice, whole-heartedness, must be put into the work; the light must shine forth until precious souls are brought to take their stand on the Lord's side. Then the worker is to press on into the "regions beyond," where souls are to be gathered, and precious light shine amid the moral darkness that enshrouds the people. Thus must the truth be preached until the minds of those who sit in darkness as under the pall of death, are enlightened, and elevated, and broadened. Every worker must stand at his post of duty, not only to preach, but to come close to souls, to become acquainted with them at their homes, as did Jesus, working unselfishly, devotedly, until the work is well bound off. When one company is raised up to carry light to the community, openings will be seen that invite the labourers into the "regions beyond." The workers for God will ever be pressing onward, ever depending upon the guidance of the Holy Spirit. {BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 3] The Lord will not approve of ministers spending much of their time with churches that already believe the truth. When they preach to those who understand the truth for this time, and labour with them, devoting their time to the flock, they teach the people to depend upon them in their various perplexities. It is needful that our churches should be visited by ministers, but the churches must not expect that the minister is to hold them up and make them believe. By such a course the church is weakened rather than strengthened. Ministers have a work to do that will call them away from believing companies; for they are to bear the warning message to those who have never heard the truth for this time. {BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 4] The minister who presents to the people the third angel's message must not think that he is called upon to bring in various ideas to charm the senses of the people, but from the very introduction of his work he is to present the truth in its sacred, solemn character. He is to let his hearers understand that he bears a message of warning that is to test the world, and prepare a people for the great day of the Lord. Pleasing tales and anecdotes may attract the people, and churches may be raised up, and attracted and bound to the messenger; but the practical truth in the heart, the possession of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, may be wanting. It will be more difficult to mould and reshape a church that has been so fashioned, than to go forth and preach in regions beyond; for those who have accepted a theory of the truth have not been transformed by the Holy Spirit. God's workmen must not follow after the world's practices and customs in the least. Any course that the minister shall pursue that will lead the people to look to him and depend upon him, is not after the working of the Holy Spirit. The pure word of God alone must be preached to the people in clear lines, and its convincing, controlling power on heart and life will alone transform the character and save the soul. "The word of the Lord endureth forever." "The entrance of Thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple." The "simple" here mentioned are not those who are devoid of reasoning powers, but those who are not puffed up with self-conceit. The simple are those who are emptied of self, and in whom the vacuum has been supplied by the Holy Spirit, which brings every power of body and soul into subjection, and moulds and fashions the character after the divine pattern. - {BEcho, May 21, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 1] May 28, 1894 Preach in Regions Beyond - Christ to be Presented. - Mrs. E. G. White. The word of God alone endures forever. Its influence alone leads upward to God, and the professed heralds of the cross of Christ must present the lessons of Christ. They must learn from the word of God how to present these lessons to the people in the very way in which Christ presented them, bringing to bear upon human hearts eternal realities, and warning them to flee from the wrath to come, and to lay hold of eternal life. In their ignorance souls are perishing out of Christ; they do not realize how offensive sin is in the sight of God, and nothing can arouse them but the clean-cut truth of God's word. Then let not the messengers of truth turn from the word of God to present the feeble, insipid matters that are largely presented from popular pulpits as food for the flock of God. The truth has been perverted, and smooth things have been spoken; pleasing performances have been substituted for the truth of God. These things have diverted the mind from truth and righteousness, and have caused men to drop eternal realities out of their reckoning. The truth of God is not changeable, uncertain, and powerless. It is truth presented in its purity that alone can convict and convert the sinner, and turn him from the error of his ways. The word of God is the only fixed, changeless thing that the world knows. Like its Author in character, it is "the same yesterday, today, and forever." It not only causes men to discern what is truth, but it unmasks the soul, and presents men to themselves as perishing sinners, and calls upon them to repent and to be converted, that their sins may be blotted out, and stand no longer against them. {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 2] Let every minister consider the peril of souls out of Christ, and let his labours be untiring to plant the truth in the hearts of his hearers; then the Holy Spirit will do that which man cannot do,--water the seed sown, and give the increase. Unless the truth is presented in its purity and enthroned in the heart, the hearer of the truth will not experience a thorough transition from darkness to light, from sin, which is the transgression of the law, to obedience and conformity to the character of God, which is expressed in His law of righteousness. Let the messengers of God go weighted with the burden of truth, with the words of the living God, bearing a message of warning, and giving the trumpet a certain sound. Let them set forth the message for this time with such solemnity that men will feel that it is essential to have the truth enthroned in the heart. Christ prayed for His disciples, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth." {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 3] The end of all things is at hand, and the world is to be warned. Eternity must be urged upon the people. Their attention must be called away from the things of this world, and attracted to everlasting realities. It is a time when the most poisonous errors are prevailing among men, working the destruction of souls, and O, may God bless His messengers who do feel the burden and the importance of the message which He has given them to bear to the world. In all their labours, let them educate their hearers from the very first. Let them present to them the precious pearls of truth; let them not confine their work to that of mere sermonizing, but let them minister to the people. Let them visit their hearers at their homes, not waiting for invitations, but going as sent of God. Invite yourself to the people's homes; in meekness and humbleness of mind seek admission, and then present to the people a sin-pardoning Saviour. The minister, when visiting at the homes of the people, should not spend the precious time in mere talk upon common themes of conversation; but he should watch for an opportunity to introduce them to his best Friend. Too often men and women are indifferent and careless in regard to that which concerns their spiritual interests, but even to this class, a word in season may be as seed dropped into good soil. {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 4] Every one has his work. Paul said to Timothy, "Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them; for in doing this thou shalt save thyself, and them that hear thee." The ministers of Jesus Christ will have more than a mere casual interest for the people. They will seek to know the state of their spiritual being, even as a physician seeks to understand the physical difficulties of his patients. They will engage in personal conversation, and adapt their counsel to every individual case according to the needs of the soul. This personal work cannot be looked upon as of secondary importance. The minister is the appointed under-shepherd of the flock of God, and it is his business to minister to the sin-sick, the tempted, and the erring. {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 5] This very work is needed among all classes and in all places. It is the character of the work to be done in "regions beyond." In different places are families and individual members of families who have left their native land, and are sojourners and strangers in a strange land. In leaving their own country and coming to a new place, they have failed to form new church relations, and have grown cold to their best Friend, and have drawn away from Him at the very time when they most needed His presence. They have given up calling upon their strong and mighty Helper, because many perplexities have engaged their minds, and cares have come in between their souls and Jesus, who has assured them that He is a present help in every time of need. They do not pray; they do not lay hold upon Him who is mighty to save unto the uttermost all who come unto God by Him, believing that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him. This class need Jesus, and the ministers should educate them, pointing them, as did John, to the "Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." If they will only come to Jesus, He will hear them. Present to such souls not doctrinal points, but a living Saviour, and open to them the Scriptures, showing them the way to find Jesus, He who has promised to heal all their backslidings. Thus great good may be accomplished. {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 6] If ministers who are called upon to preach the most solemn message ever given to mortals, evade the truth, they are unfaithful in their work, and are false shepherds to the sheep and the lambs. The assertions of man are of no value. Let the word of God speak to the people. Let those who have heard only traditions and maxims of men hear the voice of God, whose promises are Yea and Amen in Christ Jesus. If the character and deportment of the shepherd is a living epistle to the people of the truth which he advocates, the Lord will set His seal to the work. True friendships will be formed with the people, and the shepherd and the flock will become one, united by a common hope in Christ Jesus. {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 7] The love of Christ is not a fitful feeling, but a living principle, and it is not only to be expressed in words, but to be lived out in the life, and to be made manifest as an abiding power in the heart. Where this love exists, there will be unity; and in unity there is strength. The love of Christ warms the heart of both teacher and learners, and they are quickened together by the Holy Spirit. They all drink from the same fountain, and are all moved by the motive power that comes from love to Christ, which is revealed in good works for Jesus, and for those who have been purchased by the infinite price of His own precious blood. - {BEcho, May 28, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 1] June 11, 1894 This Do, And Thou Shalt Live. - Mrs. E. G. White. "And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted Him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? He said unto him, What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbour as thyself. And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live." {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 2] An important question was addressed to Christ by this lawyer: "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?" The answer is direct and positive: "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbour as thyself." Jesus presented the whole law of God, and said, "This do, and thou shalt live." The first four commandments of the law grow out of our relation to God, and demand the loving loyalty of our whole hearts. The last six grow out of our relations to our fellow-man, and require us to regard his interests as our own. The keeping of these commandments comprises the whole duty of man, and presents the conditions of eternal life. Now the question is, Will man comply with the requirements? Will he love God supremely and his neighbour as himself? There is no possible way for man to do this in his own strength. The divine power of Christ must be added to the effort of humanity; "For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God, sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh; that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit." {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 3] Repentance toward God for our failure to keep His law, is the first step in the Christian life, while faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ claims the merits of His blood for the remission of sins that are past, and makes us partakers of the divine nature. The carnal heart, that "is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be," is made spiritual, and exclaims with Christ, "I delight to do Thy will, O my God; yea, Thy law is within my heart." We cannot afford to make any mistakes in this matter, for our eternal interests are at stake. A correct faith will be made manifest in godly works, and will bring the whole life into harmony with the law of God. Faith and works must go hand in hand. When, through the goodness of God, our attention has been called to the demands of God's commandments, and light shines on us from His word, we are to believe and obey from the heart. {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 4] An infinite price has been paid for our redemption, and ought we not to bestir ourselves to search the chart and prove to our souls that we are in the highway cast up for the righteous, and walking in the path of humble obedience? We are warned to "make straight paths for our feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way." We are examples to others, and if we pursue a wrong course, and lead others away from the path of right, we shall be held accountable. {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 5] We can see the importance, then, of having true faith, for it is the motive power of the Christian's life and action; but feeling is not faith, emotion is not faith. We must bring our works and thoughts and emotions to the test of the word, and true faith will be profoundly impressed by the voice of God, and will act accordingly. If people would only search the Scriptures more diligently, false doctrines and heresies would be fewer. The test is written: "To the law and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 6] Every one who will follow Christ will keep the commandments of God. The question will arise, Is this convenient for me? But if you flatter yourself that God does not require you to keep His commandments because it interferes with your convenience, you make a sad mistake. Another leader is commanding you, instead of the Captain of your salvation. Jesus suffered and withstood the severest temptations, and finally yielded His life on Calvary's cross, to demonstrate to every member of the human family that the law of God is immutable, and that not one jot or tittle can be put aside. The cross is a monument of its immutability; and thus it is demonstrated before all worlds, and before the angels, and before all men, that the law cannot cease to exert eternal jurisdiction. It sustains the throne of God, and is the rule of His government. If God could have changed one iota of His law, Jesus need not have come to our world to suffer and die; but He who was equal with the Father came and suffered even the death of the cross, to give man another probation. {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 7] Then if this great and infinite sacrifice has been made in our behalf, let us ask ourselves, What are we doing? Do we say, "Believe, believe on Christ, and that is all"? If we have not the faith that works by love, and purifies the soul from every stain of sin, then we have a spurious faith. Christ is not the minister of sin. And what is sin? The only definition given in God's word is, "Sin is the transgression of the law;" and the apostle Paul declares, "Where no law is, there is no transgression." The law is the great standard that will measure every man's character. {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 8] God has given us the revelation of His will, and we shall be without excuse if we do not study the sacred word. Hear what the voice of the true Shepherd says to you, and walk in the path of obedience and love. "This do," said Jesus, "and thou shalt live." We cannot afford to lose eternal life. May God grant that we may meet you around the throne of God, to sing with you the song of redemption in the kingdom of glory. {BEcho, June 11, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 1] June 18, 1894 The Child Samuel. - Mrs. E. G. White. From Shiloh, Hannah quietly returned to her home at Ramah, leaving the child Samuel to be trained for service in the house of God, under the instruction of the high priest. From the earliest dawns of intellect, she had taught her son to love and reverence God, and to regard himself as the Lord's. By every familiar object surrounding him, she had sought to lead his thoughts up to the Creator. When separated from her child, the faithful mother's solicitude did not cease. Every day he was the subject of her prayers. Every year she made, with her own hands, a robe of service for him; and as she went up with her husband to worship at Shiloh, she gave the child this reminder of her love. Every fibre of the little garment had been woven with a prayer that he might be pure, noble, and true. She did not ask for her son worldly greatness, but she earnestly pleaded that he might attain that greatness which Heaven values,-that he might honour God and bless his fellow-men. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 2] What a reward was Hannah's! and what an encouragement to faithfulness is her example! There are opportunities of inestimable worth, interests infinitely precious, committed to every mother. The humble round of duties which women have come to regard as a wearisome task, should be looked upon as a grand and noble work. It is the mother's privilege to bless the world by her influence, and in doing this she will bring joy to her own heart. She may make straight paths for the feet of her children, through sunshine and shadow, to the glorious heights above. But it is only when she seeks, in her own life, to follow the teachings of Christ, that the mother can hope to form the character of her children after the divine Pattern. The world teems with corrupting influences. Fashion and custom exert a strong power over the young. If the mother fails in her duty to instruct, guide, and restrain, her children will naturally accept the evil and turn from the good. Let every mother go often to her Saviour with the prayer, "Teach us how we shall order the child, and how we shall do unto him." Let her heed the instruction which God has given in His word, and wisdom will be given her as she shall have need. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 3] "The child Samuel grew on, and was in favour both with the Lord, and also with men." Though Samuel's youth was passed at the tabernacle devoted to the worship of God, he was not free from evil influences or sinful example. The sons of Eli feared not God nor honoured their father; but Samuel did not seek their company nor follow their evil ways. It was his constant endeavour to become what God would have him. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 4] Samuel was placed under the care of Eli, and the loveliness of his character drew out the warm affections of the aged priest. He was generous and helpful, respectful and affectionately obedient, and Eli, pained by the waywardness of his own sons, found rest, and comfort, and blessing in the presence of his charge. It was a singular thing that between the chief magistrate of the nation and the simple child so warm an affection should exist. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 5] It was not customary for the Levites to enter upon their peculiar services until they were twenty-five years of age; but Samuel was made an exception to this rule. Young as he was when brought to minister in the tabernacle, he had duties to perform according to his capacity. Every year saw more important trusts committed to him; and while he was yet a child, a linen ephod was placed upon him as a token of his consecration to the work of the sanctuary. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 6] Samuel's duties when he first went to Shiloh were very humble, and not always pleasant; but they were performed to the best of his ability, and with a willing heart. His religion was carried into every duty of life. He regarded himself as God's servant, and his work as God's work. His efforts were accepted, because they were prompted by love to God and a sincere desire to do His will. It was thus that Samuel became a co-worker with the Lord of heaven and earth. And God fitted him to accomplish a great work for Israel. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 7] If children were taught to regard the humble round of every-day duties as the course marked out for them by the Lord, as a school in which they were to be trained to render faithful and efficient service, how much more pleasant and honourable would their work appear. To perform every duty as unto the Lord, throws a charm around the humblest employment, and links the workers on earth with the holy beings who do God's will in heaven. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 8] Success in this life, success in gaining the future life, depends upon a faithful, conscientious attention to the little things. Perfection is seen in the least, no less than in the greatest, of the works of God. The hand that hung the worlds in space is the hand that wrought with delicate skill the lilies of the field. And as God is perfect in His sphere, so we are to be perfect in ours. The symmetrical structure of a strong, beautiful character is built up by individual acts of duty. And faithfulness should characterize our life in the least as well as in the greatest of its details. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 9] The youth of our time may become as precious in the sight of God as was Samuel. By faithfully maintaining their Christian integrity, they may exert a strong influence in the work of reform. Such men are needed at this time. God has a work for every one of them. Never did men achieve greater results for God and humanity than may be achieved in this our day by those who will be faithful to their God-given trust. {BEcho, June 18, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 1] June 25, 1894 Rest in Christ. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 2] Thus Jesus invites the weary and care-laden sons and daughters of Adam to come to Him with their heavy burdens. But many who hear this invitation, while sighing for rest yet press on in the rugged path, hugging their burdens close to their heart. Jesus loves them, and longs to bear both them and their burdens in His strong arms. He would remove the fears and uncertainties that rob them of peace and rest; but they must first come to Him, and tell Him the secret woes of their heart. He invites the confidence of His people as the proof of their love. The gift of the humble, trusting heart is precious to Him. If His people would come to Him in the simplicity and confidence of a child to its parents, they would find relief in the divine touch of His hands. {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 3] Jesus is our compassionate Saviour. Why will we not accept His gracious offer of mercy, believe His words of promise, and not make the way of life so hard? As we travel the road cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in, let us not overcast it with doubts and gloomy forebodings, and pursue our way murmuring and groaning, as if forced to an unpleasant, exacting task. The ways of Christ are ways of pleasantness, and all His paths are peace. If we have made rough paths for our feet, and taken heavy burdens of care in laying up treasures upon the earth, let us now change, and follow the path Jesus has prepared for us. {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 4] It is our duty to love Jesus; He has a right to command our love, but He invites us to give Him our heart. His invitation is to a pure, holy, and happy life,--a life of peace and rest, of liberty and love,--and to a rich inheritance in the future, immortal life. Which will we choose--liberty in Christ, or bondage and tyranny in the service of Satan? Why should we reject the invitation of mercy, refuse the proffers of divine love? If we choose to live with Christ through the ceaseless ages of eternity, why not choose Him now as our most loved and trusted friend, our best and wisest counsellor? {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 5] It is our privilege to have daily a calm, close, happy walk with Jesus. We need not be alarmed if the path lies through conflict and suffering. There will be battles with the powers of darkness, severe struggles against selfishness and inbred sin. Wickedness prevails at the present time. The perils of the last days thicken around us; and because wickedness abounds, the love of many waxes cold. This need not be. The meekness and lowliness of Christ, cherished in the heart, will give moral power to every soul; and the victories gained daily through trust in Christ, and persevering, untiring effort in well-doing, will give us the peace which passeth understanding. {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 6] We should seek to obtain the excellence of Christ. In the face of temptation, we should school ourselves to firm endurance, nor should we allow one murmuring thought to arise, although we may be weary with toil and pressed with care. Some have passed through afflictions with light undimmed. Their hope and faith are strong, because acquired through conflict. If it were not for these heroes of faith, who have learned to endure, and to suffer and be strong, the outlook would indeed be discouraging. How could we know how to sympathize with the burdened, the sorrowing, and the afflicted, and to afford them the help they need, if we had never experienced similar trials ourselves? {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 7] The shortness of time is frequently urged as an incentive for seeking righteousness and making Christ our friend. This should not be the great motive with us; for it savours of selfishness. Is it necessary that the terrors of the day of God should be held before us, that we may be compelled to right action through fear? It ought not to be so. Jesus is attractive. He is full of love, mercy, and compassion. He proposes to be our friend, to walk with us through all the rough pathways of life. {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 8] We can never have a clear appreciation of the value of our Redeemer until, by an eye of faith, we see Him taking upon Himself our nature, the capacity to suffer as we do, and then reaching to the very depths of human wretchedness, that by His divine power He might save even the vilest sinner. Jesus died that the sinner might live,--that God's justice might be preserved, and guilty man pardoned. The Son of the Highest suffered shame on the cross, that sinners might not suffer everlasting shame and contempt, but be ransomed, and crowned with eternal glory. Why is it that we have so little sense of sin, so little penitence? It is because we do not come nearer to the cross of Christ, and our conscience becomes hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 9] There is a work before us to subdue the pride and vanity that seek a place in our hearts, and through penitence and faith to bring ourselves into familiar and holy converse with Christ. We must not shrink from the depths of humiliation to which the Son of God submitted in order to raise us from the degradation and bondage of sin to a seat at His right hand. We must deny self, and fight continually against pride. We must hide self in Jesus, and let Him appear in our character and conversation. While we look constantly to Him whom our sins have pierced and our sorrows have burdened, we shall acquire strength to be like Him. Our lives, our deportment, will testify how highly we prize our Redeemer, and the salvation He has wrought out for us at such a cost to Himself. And our peace will be as a river while we bind ourselves in willing, happy captivity to Jesus. - {BEcho, June 25, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 1] July 2, 1894 Not Self, But Christ. - Mrs. E. G. White. It is in looking upon our sinful condition, and talking and mourning over our wretchedness, that distress becomes more keen, and pain accumulates. Let the sinner arise in the strength of Jesus; for he has no strength of his own, and let him assert his liberty. Let him believe that the Lord has spoken truth, and trust in Him, whatever may be the feelings of the heart. Let the sinner say, I will look away from my own misery, from the wound of the serpent, to the uplifted Saviour, who has said, "Him that cometh to Me, I will in nowise cast out." Look upon Jesus. "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 2] It is your privilege to believe that Christ has borne your sins; for God hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all. You are under the shelter of the sure refuge, under the cover of the atoning blood of the acceptable sacrifice. {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 3] All legalism, all the sorrow and woe by which you may encompass yourself, will not give you one moment of relief. You cannot rightly estimate sin. You must accept God's estimate, and it is heavy indeed. If you bore the guilt of your sin, it would crush you; but the sinless One has taken your place, and though undeserving, He has borne your guilt. By accepting the provision God has made, you may stand free before Him in the merit and virtue of your Substitute. {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 4] Christ is the friend of sinners. When the scribes and Pharisees accused Him of eating, with publicans and sinners, Jesus said, "I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." If you feel yourself to be the greatest of sinners, then Christ is just what you need; for He is the greatest of Saviours. Lift up your head, and look away from yourself, away from the poisoned wound of the serpent, to the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sins of the world. What will all your groaning and the torturing of your soul avail? You may entertain thoughts that condemn you, but in them there is no salvation. Put away your thoughts, and receive the thoughts of God, through which your mind may be elevated, your soul purified and uplifted. The Lord says: "For a small moment have I forsaken thee; but with great mercies will I gather thee. In a little wrath I hid my face from thee for a moment; but with everlasting kindness will I have mercy on thee, saith the Lord thy Redeemer.' Why will you carry your burden of sin, when Christ has come to be your burden bearer? Roll your sins at the foot of the cross. Unload! unload! He takes away the sins of the world. "I, even I am He that blotteth out thy transgressions for Mine own sake, and will not remember thy sins." {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 5] You have been pronounced a sinner, and Christ has announced Himself a Saviour. Accept the remedy God has provided for you in a sin-pardoning Saviour. How would you have felt had you been in the camp of Israel, and seen the people groaning and shrieking in distress because of their swollen and painful wounds, when the brazen serpent was uplifted, and when by one look they might be healed? Would you not have exclaimed, "why do they not look at the uplifted serpent? How strange it is that they do not perform the one simple act by which they may receive healing!" But is it not as inconsistent for you to refuse to look at the crucified Saviour? Heed the invitation: "Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near; let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon." {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 6] Why should the repenting sinner forsake his thoughts?--It is because they are not in accordance with truth. He is tempted to believe that because of his sins God has given him up to the will of his enemy, and that there is no pardon for so great a sinner as he. But all these thoughts are dishonouring to God, because man is God's possession, both by creation and redemption. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him ［as his personal Saviour, and accepts Him as the only provision whereby he can be saved］ should not perish, but have everlasting life." You are one of the "whosoever may believe." But while you cherish unbelief, and permit feeling to govern you, your case will look hopeless to yourself. Forsake these unbelieving thoughts. God says: "For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways. . . . For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts." {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 7] "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Moses prayed that God would show him His glory, "and the Lord descended in the cloud, and stood with him there, and proclaimed the name of the Lord. And the Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord, The Lord God, merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty." This is the character of the God in whom you are to put your trust. "God is love." Repeat this sentence whenever temptation presses upon you. Remember that He is just and merciful, true and gracious, and will by no means clear the guilty. God can be just, and yet be the justifier of him that believeth in Jesus. He will accept you just as you are; for there is no hope of your becoming better until you come to Jesus for pardon and sanctification. Mourning and weeping will not purify you. You may mourn your life away in unbelief and in bitterness of soul; but the power to cleanse the vilest sinner is vested wholly in Him who can save unto the uttermost. {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 8] God does not ask you to feel that Jesus is your Saviour, but to believe that He died for you, and that His blood now cleanseth you from all sin. You have been bitten by the serpent, and as the serpent was lifted up in the wilderness that the dying might look and live, so Christ was lifted up, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life. Saving faith is simplicity itself. You must cry no more; you must cease to hang down your head as a bulrush. Look to the uplifted Saviour, and, however grievous may have been your sins, believe He saves you. All the remedies and medicines of the world would have failed to cure one soul who had been bitten by the venomous serpent; but God had provided a remedy that could not fail. "Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved." Be not among the number to whom the Saviour said, "Ye will not come unto me that ye might have life." Oh, how He longed to save them; for while we were yet sinners (not waiting for us to make ourselves good), Christ died for us. {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 9] Take the word of Jesus as more sure and valuable than any word that can come from the human agent. Thank God with your whole heart and soul and voice that you are barricaded with the rich promises of His infallible word, so that the wicked one shall not touch you. God will give you the Holy Spirit, even though it may seem to you that it is too good to be true. "What shall we then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" - {BEcho, July 2, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 1] September 3, 1894 Home Education. - Mrs. E. G. White. The work of the mother is an important one. Amid the homely cares and trying duties of every-day life, she should endeavour to exert an influence that will bless and elevate her household. In the children committed to her care, every mother has a sacred charge from the Heavenly Father; and it is her privilege, through the grace of Christ, to mould their characters after the divine pattern, to shed an influence over their lives that will draw them toward God and heaven. If mothers had always realized their responsibility, and made it their first purpose, their most important mission, to fit their children for the duties of this life and for the honours of the future, immortal life, we would not see the misery that now exists in so many homes. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 2] The mother's work begins with the babe in her arms. I have often seen the little one throw itself and scream, if its will was crossed in any way. This is the time to rebuke the evil spirit. The enemy will try to control the minds of our children, but shall we allow him to mould them according to his will? These little ones cannot discern what spirit is influencing them, and it is the duty of the parents to exercise judgment and discretion for them. Their habits must be carefully watched. Evil tendencies are to be restrained, and the mind stimulated in favour of the right. The child should be encouraged in every effort to govern itself. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 3] Regularity should be the rule in all the habits of children. Mothers make a great mistake in permitting them to eat between meals. The stomach becomes deranged by this practice, and the foundation is laid for future suffering. Their fretfulness may have been caused by unwholesome food, still undigested; but the mother feels that she cannot spend time to reason upon the matter and correct her injurious management. Neither can she stop to soothe their impatient worrying. She gives the little sufferers a piece of cake or some other dainty to quiet them, but this only increases the evil. Mothers often complain of the delicate health of their children, and consult a physician, when, if they would but exercise a little common sense, they would see that the trouble is caused by errors in diet. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 4] I was seated once at the table with several children under twelve years of age. Meat was plentifully served, and then a delicate, nervous girl called for pickles. A bottle of chow-chow, fiery with mustard and pungent with spices, was handed her, from which she helped herself freely. The child was proverbial for her nervousness and irritability of temper, and these fiery condiments were well calculated to produce such a condition. The oldest child thought he could not eat a meal without meat, and showed great dissatisfaction if it was not given him. The lad had not been provided with work, and he spent the greater portion of his time in reading that which was useless or worse than useless. He complained almost constantly of headache, and had no relish for simple food. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 5] Parents should provide employment for their children. Nothing will be a more sure source of evil than indolence. Physical labour, that brings healthful weariness to the muscles, will give an appetite for simple, wholesome food. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 6] Jesus, the Son of God, in labouring with His hands at the carpenter's trade, gave an example to all youth. Let those who scorn to take up the common duties of life remember that Jesus was subject to His parents, and contributed His share toward the sustenance of the family. Few luxuries were seen on the table of Joseph and Mary, for they were among the poor and lowly. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 7] Parents should be an example to their children in the expenditure of money. It is not necessary to specify here how economy may be practiced in every particular. Those whose hearts are surrendered to God, and who take His word as their guide, will know how to conduct themselves in all the duties of life. They will learn of Jesus, who is meek and lowly of heart; and in cultivating the meekness of Christ, they will close the door against innumerable temptations. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 8] They will not be studying how to gratify appetite and the passion for display, while so many cannot even keep hunger from the door. The amount daily spent in needless things, with the thought, "It is only a trifle," seems very little; but multiply these littles by the days of the year, and as the years go by, the array of figures will seem almost incredible. {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 9] I might admonish parents to teach their children strict economy. Teach them that money spent for that which they do not need, is perverted from its proper use. He that is unfaithful in that which is least, would be unfaithful in much. If men are unfaithful with earthly goods, they cannot be intrusted with the eternal riches. Set a guard over the appetite; teach your children by example as well as by precept to use a simple diet. Teach them to be industrious, not merely busy, but engaged in useful labour. Seek to arouse the moral sensibilities. Teach them that God has claims upon them, even from the early years of their childhood. Tell them that there are moral corruptions to be met on every hand, that they need to come to Jesus and give themselves to Him, body and spirit, and that in Him they will find strength to resist every temptation. Keep before their minds that they were not created merely to please themselves, but to be the Lord's agents for noble purposes. Teach them, when temptations urge into paths of selfish indulgence, to look to Jesus, pleading, "Save, Lord, that I be not overcome." Angels will gather about them in answer to their prayers, and lead them into safe paths. - {BEcho, September 3, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 1] September 17, 1894 Results of Refusing to Walk in the Light. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand. . . . Then they brought the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple of the house of God which was at Jerusalem; and the king, and his princes, his wives, and his concubines, drank in them. They drank wine, and praised the gods of gold, and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone." While they were engaged in this sacrilegious feast, a bloodless hand traced opposite the king, characters of writing that could not be read or interpreted by any of the magicians or wise men of the court. "Then the king's countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him." But if they could not understand the writing, why were they so troubled? The writing on the wall gave evidence that there was a witness to their evil deeds, a guest not invited or welcome to their idolatrous feast, and His presence convicted of sin, and foretold doom and disaster. Before them passed, as in panoramic view, the deeds of their evil lives, and they seemed to be arraigned before the judgment, of which they had been warned. {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 2] Daniel is remembered now, and brought to the banqueting hall. The servant of God sees the evidences of the degradation and idolatry of the feast, so suddenly brought to an end; but Daniel was not disconcerted in the presence of the king and his lords. {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 3] Daniel reviewed the past, bringing before Belshazzar the light which he had received from the history and judgment of Nebuchadnezzar. "And thou his son O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of His house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know; and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified." {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 4] Then the writing on the wall was read and interpreted. Belshazzar heard the irrevocable sentence: "God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it." "Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting." "Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians." Belshazzar was without excuse, for abundant light had been given him to reform his life. But he lost all the benefits of the knowledge by his course of self-indulgence; he did not meet the mind of God, as a man or a king, and because of this the kingdom had been taken from him. He who has power to set up and to tear down, gave the kingdom to another. {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 5] In the history of Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar, God speaks to the people of today. The condemnation that will fall upon the inhabitants of the earth in this day will be because of their rejection of light. Our condemnation in the judgment will not result from the fact that we have lived in error, but from the fact that we have neglected Heaven-sent opportunities for discovering truth. The means of becoming conversant with the truth are within the reach of all; but, like the indulgent, selfish king, we give more attention to the things that charm the ear, and please the eye, and gratify the palate, than to the things that enrich the mind, the divine treasures of truth. It is through the truth that we may answer the great question, "What must I do to be saved?" {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 6] On every page of God's word the injunction to obedience is plainly written, and yet how often His commands are lightly regarded or wholly set aside! The command for the observance of the holy Sabbath of the Lord is placed in the very bosom of the decalogue, and is so plain that none need err as to its import, and yet it is treated with as great profanation as were the sacred vessels at the feast of Belshazzar. The condemnation of those who trample upon God's holy Sabbath will not come because they have conscientiously observed the first day of the week, but because they neglected opportunities for searching the Scriptures and learning, not what man has said, not what the ministers say, not what the fathers have said, but what saith the infinite God! What day has God specified as His holy day? What did He command men to honour when He spoke with an audible voice from Sinai? That voice is to be obeyed above every other; the edicts of kings and nations are void before a command of God. The Lord of hosts commands our obedience. {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 7] In the transgression of Eve there are important lessons for us to learn. Eve was deceived by a strange voice telling a story that contradicted the plain statements of the word of God, and she accepted the words of the deceiver as the words of truth; she believed a lie, and suffered the consequences of her deception and transgression. So it is with the sons and daughters of Eve in our day. It is not the voice of God or of Christ which declares to you that the law of God is not binding; for Jesus has said: "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven." Again He said, "I have kept my Father's commandments." {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 8] The fact that you conscientiously believe a lie will not save you from ruin, when the truth might have been yours. You can be saved in honest obedience to the truth; but if God vouchsafes to you the privilege of knowing and obeying the truth, and you neglect so great salvation, your very privileges will be recorded against you, to appear for your condemnation in the judgment. God has sent His ministers, His light-bearers, who hold forth the word of life; He has given you His word, He has sent His Son to be your Saviour and example, and you will be without excuse if you fail to appropriate the promises of God and become His obedient child. - {BEcho, September 17, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 1] September 24, 1894 Prevailing Prayer. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Watch ye therefore, and pray always," is the injunction of Christ to His disciples. Again we read in the inspired word, "In everything by prayer and supplication, with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known unto God." {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 2] God has made it our duty to pray. The riches of the universe belong to Him. He has all temporal and spiritual treasures at His command, and can supply every want from His abundant fulness. We receive our breath from Him; every temporal blessing that we enjoy is His gift. We are dependent upon Him not only for temporal blessings, but for grace and strength to keep us from falling under the power of temptation. We daily need the Bread of Life to give us spiritual strength and vigour, just as much as we need food to sustain our physical strength and give us firm muscles. We are compassed with weakness and infirmities, doubts and temptations; but we can come to Jesus in our need, and He will not turn us away empty. He invites, "Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly of heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls." This is no doubtful, uncertain promise, but a positive one. If we come to Him, we shall not be disappointed. Yet how unwilling we seem to accept the gracious invitation. When in trouble, we too often go for help to our brethren, who are no wiser nor stronger than ourselves; but if we would go to Jesus, if we would take our troubles to Him in prayer, we should find rest, and peace, and courage. The wisdom that God gives is unerring; His strength is sufficient for all our needs. Let us lay our burdens at the feet of Jesus, and according to His promise, He will take the weary load, and encircle us in the arms of His love. {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 3] The reason that we do not realize greater help is because there is lack of earnest, fervent devotion. Jesus reproved the Pharisees for drawing near to God with their mouth, and honouring Him with their lips, while their hearts were far from Him. "God is a Spirit; and they that worship Him must worship in spirit and in truth." We must have a deep, earnest sense of our needs. We must feel our weakness and our dependence upon God, and come to Him with contrition of soul and brokenness of heart. Our petitions must be offered in perfect submission; every desire must be brought into harmony with the will of God, and His will must be done in us. We must not pray in a doubting, half-hearted manner, but with full assurance of faith. When we come to Him in this manner, Jesus will listen to our prayers, and will answer them; but if we regard iniquity in our hearts, if we cherish any darling sin, we may be assured that no blessing will be given in response to our prayers. {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 4] Faith takes God at His word, with or without feeling. It "is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." We can believe our fellowmen, and can we not trust the word of God? When we go to Him for wisdom or grace, we are not to look to ourselves to see if He has given us a special feeling as an assurance that He has fulfilled His word. Feeling is no criterion. Great evils have resulted when Christians have followed feeling. How do I know that Jesus hears my prayers?--I know it by His promise. He says He will hear the needy when they cry unto Him, and I believe His word. He has never said to the "seed of Jacob, seek ye Me in vain." {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 5] If we walk in the light, we may come to the throne of grace with holy boldness. We may present the promises of God in living faith, and urge our petitions. Although we are weak, and erring, and unworthy, "the Spirit helpeth our infirmities." But too often our prayers are moulded by coldness and backsliding. Those who do not deny self and lift the cross of Christ, will have no courage to approach a heart-searching God. We must learn to watch unto prayer, and to be importunate. We must accustom ourselves to seek divine guidance through prayer; we must learn to trust in Him from whom our help cometh. Our desires should be unto God; our souls should go out after Him, and their attitude should always be that of supplication. {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 6] When we have offered our petition once, we must not then abandon it, but say, as did Jacob when he wrestled all night with the angel, "I will not let Thee go, except Thou bless me, " and like him we shall prevail. {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 7] There are many who are surrounded with clouds of darkness. They try to do something themselves, some great and good work which will win the favour of God and make them happy, but they neglect the very work that they should do. But the path of happiness is the path of obedience. We should in no case blind our eyes to our true condition, and then pray in a loose, general manner. Prayers of this kind rise no higher than the petitioner's head, and bring no answer of mercy, because they are dictated by no sense of need. Says the apostle, Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves." Inquire into the character of your thoughts, purposes, temper, words, and deeds. Compare your experience with the declarations of Scripture, and see whether you are gathering with Christ or scattering abroad. See if your life testifies that you are in the faith. {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 8] We should search the Scriptures daily; for the word of God is our unerring guide. We are here in a world of doubt and skepticism. The law of God is made void, unbelief seems to be in the very air we breathe; and to resist all these influences, and battle successfully against the powers of darkness, requires strong faith and earnest prayer. But amid all these opposing influences, we may repose in God with perfect confidence. I once read of an eagle that had left her home in the Alps, and clouds dark and heavy intervened between her and her home in the towering cliffs. She seemed bewildered, and with loud screams flew first one way and then another against the over-hanging clouds. Suddenly, with a shrill scream of determination, she darted upward through the dense clouds into the clear sky above. The clouds were beneath her, and she was again in her mountain home. And so may we rise above the clouds of skepticism, and dwell in the clear sunshine of God's presence. {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 9] It is only by watching unto prayer, and the exercise of living faith, that the Christian can preserve his integrity in the midst of the temptations that Satan brings to bear upon him. But "whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world; and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith." Talk to your heart constantly the language of faith: "Jesus said He would receive me, and I believe His word. I will praise Him; I will glorify His name." Satan will be close by your side to suggest that you do not feel any joy. Answer him: "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith.' I have everything to be glad of; for I am a child of God. I am trusting in Jesus. The law of God is in my heart; none of my steps shall slide." - {BEcho, September 24, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 1] October 1, 1894 Dedication Sermon. ［PREACHED AT PROSPECT CHURCH, N.S.W., SEPT. 16, 1894.］ - Mrs. E. G. White. "And the Jews' passover was at hand, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem, and found in the temple those that sold oxen, sheep, an doves, and the changers of money sitting; and when He had made a scourge of small cords, He drove them all out of the temple, and the sheep, and the oxen; and poured out the changers' money, and overthrew the tables; and said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father's house a house of merchandise." {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 2] These were the words Christ spoke at the first cleansing of the temple; and at the second cleansing, just prior to His crucifixion, He said unto them, "It is written, My house shall be called the house of prayer; but ye have made it a den of thieves." That was a very decided statement of condemnation. Why was it that Christ's indignation was stirred as He came into the temple courts?-- He saw in it the dishonour of God and the oppression of the people. He heard the lowing of the oxen, the bleating of the sheep, and the altercations between those who were buying and selling. In the courts of God even the priests and rulers were engaged in traffic. As Christ's eye swept over that scene, His appearance attracted the attention of the multitude, and suddenly every voice was hushed, and every eye was fastened upon Him. When once their attention was called to Him, they could not withdraw their eyes from His face; for there was something in His countenance that awed and terrified them. Who was He?--A humble Galilean, the son of a carpenter who had worked at His trade with His father; but as they gazed upon Him, they felt as though they were arraigned before the judgment bar. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 3] What was it that He saw as He looked upon that temple court converted into a place of merchandise? They were selling oxen and sheep and doves to those who would offer a sacrifice to God for their sins. There were many poor among the multitude, and they had been taught that in order to have their sins forgiven, they must have an offering and a sacrifice to present to God. Christ saw the poor and the distressed and the afflicted in trouble and dismay because they had not sufficient to purchase even a dove for an offering. The blind, the lame, the deaf, the afflicted, longed to present an offering for their sins, but the prices were so exorbitant they could not compass it. It seemed that there was no chance for them to have their sins pardoned. They knew that they were sinners, and needed an offering, but how could they obtain it? Christ's prophetic eye took in the future, took in not only the years, but the ages and the centuries. He saw the downfall of Jerusalem and the destruction of the world. He saw how priests and rulers and men in high position would turn away the needy from their right, and even forbid that the gospel should be preached for the poor. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 4] In the temple courts were the priests clad in their temple garments for display, and to mark out their position as priests of God. The garments of Christ were travel-stained. He had the appearance of a youthful Galilean, and yet as He took up the scourge of small cords, and stood on the steps of the temple, none could resist the authority with which He spoke, as He said, "Take these things hence," and overthrew the tables of the money-changers, and drove out the sheep and the oxen. The people looked upon Him as though spell-bound; for divinity flashed through humanity. Such dignity, such authority shone forth in the countenance of Christ, that they were convicted that He was clothed with the power of heaven. They had been taught to have great respect for the prophets, and the power displayed by Christ convinced many who had not closed their hearts against conviction, that He was one sent of God. Some said, "He is the Messiah," and those to whom He revealed Himself were indeed convicted that He was the Teacher sent of God. But those who stifled the voice of conscience, who desired riches, and were determined to have them, no matter in what way they were to be obtained, closed the door of the heart against Him. The money-changers, who were there for the purpose of changing the Roman money for the money that was to be used in the temple, were displeased at His action. Their merchandise was robbery of the people, and they had made the house of God a den of thieves. These men beheld in Christ a messenger of vengeance, and fled from the temple as though a band of armed soldiers were on their track, The priests, the rulers, and the traffickers in merchandise also fled in dismay. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 5] When Christ expelled those who had sold doves, He said, "Take these things hence." He did not drive the doves out as He had the oxen and the sheep, and why?--Because they were the only offering of the poor. He knew their necessities, and as the sellers were driven from the temple, the suffering and the afflicted were left in its courts. Their only hope had been to come to the temple where they might present their offering with a petition to God that they might be blessed in their fields, in their crops, in their children, and in their homes. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 6] The priest and rulers fled in terror and awe; but after they had recovered from their fright, they said, "Why did we go from the presence of that one man?" They did not know who He was. They did not know that He was a representative of the Father; that He had clothed His divinity with humanity; and yet they had a consciousness of His divine power. Christ had looked after the fleeing multitude with a heart of the tenderest pity. His heart was filled with grief that the temple service had been polluted and had misrepresented His character and mission. In His pitying love He longed to save them from their errors. He longed to save the priests and the rulers, who, while claiming to be the guardians of the people, had oppressed them, and turned aside the needy from their right. But the priests and rulers, recovering from their dismay, said, "We will return, and challenge Him, and ask Him by what authority He has presumed to expel us from the temple." {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 7] But what a scene met their eyes as they reentered the courts of the temple. Christ was ministering to the poor, the suffering, and the afflicted. These had cried in their anguish because they could not find relief from their affliction and their sin. They had heard of this man Jesus, they had heard a rumour concerning His compassion and love. They had heard how He had healed the sick, opened the eyes of the blind, and made the lame to walk; and one cry for pity went up from their lips. One after another they began to relate the story of their affliction, and He bent over them as a tender mother bends over her suffering child. He bade the sick and the afflicted to come forth into health and peace. He gave the suffering tender comfort. He took the little ones in His arms, and commanded freedom from disease and suffering. He gave sight to the blind, hearing to the deaf, health to the diseased, and comfort to the afflicted. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 8] When the priests entered the temple, they heard acclamations of joy, and songs of praise. They heard men glorifying God for the wonderful works that were done among them. They heard mothers bidding their children praise their deliverer, and give thanks to Him who had brought comfort and relief, health and peace. He gave them an evidence of His divine mission. He was doing the very work which it had been prophesied that the Messiah would do. He had opened the book of the prophet Isaiah in the synagogue at Nazareth, and had read the description of His mission: "The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me, because He hath anointed Me to preach the gospel to the poor; He hath sent Me to heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised." {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 9] The priests and rulers and scribes ought to have known that He was the anointed of the Lord; for they claimed to be expositors of the prophecies. The Holy Spirit also brought the prophecies to the minds of those who beheld the wonderful works of Christ in the temple. But many of them closed the heart to conviction; for they did not like Him. They questioned, What business had He to interrupt their work? The stalls were their own, and they had paid a sufficient price to the temple authorities for the privilege of selling the sacrificial offerings to the people. When they returned, they asked, "What sign showest Thou, that Thou doest these things?" Had He not given them a sign?" Had He not flashed light and sensibility into the souls of these men? But they determined not to yield to conviction, but to close the door of their hearts against Jesus. On their way to the temple, they had given vent to their hatred, and had said that they would kill Him, and be rid of the troubler. When they asked for a sign, Jesus said, "Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up." Their hearts were full of avarice and selfishness; they had oppressed the widow, the fatherless, and the poor, and had refused to give them an offering at the small price which they could pay. When the poor had presented their affliction to them, they had turned away as unfeeling as though the afflicted had no souls to save. They had pointed the finger of scorn at them, speaking vanity, and charging the poor with sin, declaring that their suffering and poverty was a curse from God on account of their transgression. Men who could thus deal with the afflicted, were not above planning the murder of the Son of God. Whoever indulges an unkind, unmerciful, or envious disposition, is cherishing the very same spirit that put to death the Saviour of the world. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 10] When Christ said, "Destroy this temple," He was referring to Himself; for they had just been talking of putting Him to death. Then said the Jews, "Forty and six years was this temple in building, and wilt Thou rear it up in three days?" They were speaking of the temple at Jerusalem, but "He spake of the temple of His body. When therefore He was risen from the dead, His disciples remembered that He had said this unto them; and they believed the scripture, and the word which Jesus had said." But the Jews did not believe on Him. They hated Him; for He had interfered with their gain getting, and they knew that He read their hearts as an open book. {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 11] "Now when He was in Jerusalem at the passover, in the feast day, many believed in His name when they saw the miracles that He did." He gave them Heaven's evidence of His divine mission; but He "did not commit Himself unto them, because He knew all men, and He needed not that any should testify of man; for He knew what was in man." He had to watch them continually; for they were ever on His track, seeking for something by which they might accuse Him. The question is today, How is it with the inhabitants of the world? How do they treat the house of God? Have they not filled the churches with sacrilegious things? Have they not failed to learn the lesson of Christ, and made His Father's house, not a house of prayer, but a den of thieves? {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 12] As Christ talked with the scribes and Pharisees, His prophetic eye was taking in the future. He heard the tramp of the Roman army, and saw Jerusalem given up to their avarice. He looked forward to the time when the protecting care of God would no longer be exercised for the rebellious city. He saw that the angel of mercy would fold her wings, and take her departure. Christ looked even beyond this, He saw the inhabitants of the world just previous to His second coming, and declared that the condition of society would be similar to that of the world at the time of the flood. He said, "As the days of Noah were, so shall the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." What was it caused the destruction of the people in the world before the flood?--It was their own sin; for the thoughts and imaginations of their hearts were only evil, and evil continually. They trampled upon the commands of God, as did the Jews, and suffered God's retributive judgment. "Even so shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed." (Concluded next week.) {BEcho, October 1, 1894 par. 12} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 1] October 8, 1894 Dedication Sermon ［PREACHED AT PROSPECT CHURCH, N.S.W., SEPT. 16, 1894］ - Mrs. E. G. White. (Concluded.) The heart of Christ was ever touched with human woe. It was His tenderness of heart that caused Him to come to earth to bring salvation to our world; it was love that led Him to step down from His throne, to lay aside His royal robe, and clothe His divinity with humanity. Every voice ought to be proclaiming, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." In the highways, in the byways, the people of God should be making known the message of truth. Some will hear, and be converted, and some will not. In the time of Christ there were many priests that believed on Him; but they would not acknowledge Him for fear they would be turned out of the synagogues. They feared disgrace if they followed in the footsteps of Christ. The mission of Christ was to seek and to save that which was lost, and we thank God that there are a few who love Him, and will take their position upon the commandments of God, even though it places them on the unpopular side. We are glad that we have been able to unite our mites together, and to erect a house in which to worship God. Let us praise Him with heart, and soul, and voice. You have taken hold of the truth for the truth's sake, and have decided to obey the word of God. You have embraced the seventh-day Sabbath according to the commandment of God, which says, "Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God. In it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man-servant, nor thy maid-servant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day; wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it." {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 2] It requires moral courage to take a position to keep the commandments of the Lord. An opposer of the truth once said that it was only weak-minded people, foolish, ignorant persons, who would turn away from the churches to keep the seventh day as the Sabbath. But a minister who embraced the truth replied, "If you think it takes weak-minded persons, just try it." It takes moral courage, firmness, decision, perseverance, and very much prayer to step out on the unpopular side. We are thankful that we can come to Christ as the poor suffering ones came to Him in the temple. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 3] We hope that this house will be a house of prayer, and that those who enter here will realize that they are coming to meet with God. Christ has said, "Where two or three are met together in My name, there am I in the midst." We do not expect to be able to furnish you with a minister always; but you must have root in yourselves. You must learn to draw for yourselves from the fountain of life. You have not dared to trample under foot the commandments of God, and have stepped out on unpopular truth, let the result be what it may. Will the Saviour ever turn away to leave you to struggle alone?--No, never. But He never told His disciples that they should have no trials, no self-denial to endure, no sacrifices to make. The Master was a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. "Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, how that though He was rich, yet for your sakes He became poor, that ye through His poverty, might be rich." We thank God that in your poverty, you can call God your Father. Poverty is coming upon this world, and there will be a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation. There will be wars and rumours of wars, and the faces of men will gather paleness. You may have to suffer; but God will not forsake you in your need. He will test your faith. We are not to live to please ourselves. We are here to manifest Christ to the world, to represent Him and His power to mankind. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 4] We have been hewn as rough stones from the quarry of the world. Will He leave us with our rough edges, leave us to practice close dealing, and to manifest selfishness?--Never. He brings us into His workshop to be hewed and squared, polished and finished, for the heavenly building; for you are to be framed into a holy temple unto the Lord. When the truth is received, the rough character changes, and worldliness, selfishness, and pride are worked out of the heart. The office of the Holy Spirit is to work the man; it is not our place to work the Holy Spirit. If we are ignorant when brought into the truth, we are not to remain so. Was Christ ignorant? He was the greatest Teacher the world ever saw. He chose the unlearned fishermen to be His disciples, in order that they might learn of Him, and become wise unto salvation. Why was it that He did not choose the scribes and the Pharisees?--It was because He could not trust them. He said of them, "In vain do they worship Me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men." Why is it that the Lord does not choose the learned and the popular today, and work with the churches?--It is because they follow the same course as did the scribes and the Pharisees. But the greatest Teacher the world ever knew says to you, "Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I ［the Son of the infinite God］ will give you rest." But there is something more. He continues, "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 5] Christ said, "I have kept My Father's commandments, and abide in His love." Christ is testing us today to see if we will be obedient to the law of God as He was, and be fitted up for the society of heavenly angels. God wants a loyal people. Rebellion originated in heaven; but it is not to be found there again. If we are willing to inquire for the way of the Lord to do justice and judgment, to seek mercy, and to walk humbly with our God, we shall hear Him say, "Child, come up higher." He has builded for us a city, and He is not ashamed to call us brethren. He will gather the strangers and pilgrims to Himself. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 6] We hope that this house will be a place where the honour of God shall dwell. Let every one who comes to worship here surrender himself to God, with all the affections and desires. Satan will try to work upon human hearts to cause dissension among brethren, to weaken faith. Faith! of course we want it. Faith and works go together, and faith is made perfect by works. We want the faith that works, that works by love, by the love we have for Jesus Christ. If our hearts are all aglow with love for Him as our personal Saviour, we shall do the work of God. Dissensions will not enter here; for you will be one as Christ is one with His Father. Your old passions will be put away, the soul temple will be cleansed by the work of the Holy Spirit, and Christ will abide in the heart, and through Him we shall be able to do all things. Standing under the broad shield of Omnipotence, we do not feel that we are in the minority; God is a majority. Wherever we may go, we shall remember those who worship here, and shall pray that others may unite with you. We are to consider that Christ has set us to be a light amid the moral darkness of the world. We are not to misinterpret the character of God, we are not to be fretful, to speak out what we think, to blame and criticise and censure others; but we are to let the Holy Spirit fashion the character after the similitude of Christ. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 7] Now, let us see what Jesus will do for us if we let Him. In His prayer for His disciples He said, "And now I come to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves." Is it possible to have joy in obeying Christ? It is the only real joy that any soul can have. You may have what you call "a good time," and laugh and joke; but your joy will be only a foolish gratification of a mind that is not well balanced by the Spirit of God. Christ continued, "I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world." Do you expect that the world will love you when you go contrary to the customs and traditions of the world? Do you expect to be treated better than was the Master of the house? {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 8] "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth." You have received the truth; now do not feel that you must hide it under a bushel. Let it be known to others; let it shine forth, that others may be saved, may be sanctified through it. Be a living example, be under the control of the Spirit of Christ. Jesus says, "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word." This tells you your duty. The word of those who believe is to be as seed sown in the hearts of others, that will spring forth and bear fruit unto life eternal. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 9] Christ prayed for the unity of His people: "That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us, that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me." What a oneness is here represented! In this unity, divine credentials are presented to the world that they may believe in Jesus. "And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them ［that is, the character which Christ has, His righteousness］; that they may be one even as we are one." Christ within is the glory of God, the hope big with immortality and eternal life. "That they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; that the world may know"--and now comes the greatest assertion that has ever been made in behalf of His people--"that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me." Can we take that in? The God of heaven loves us as He loves His Son. All the world is in rebellion against God; but those who struggle, who strive, who agonize to enter in at the strait gate, are beloved of God with peculiar tenderness, and they shall find the broad path; for "Thy commandment is exceeding broad." "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul." {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 10] When the worldly man is brought in connection with the converted people of God, he realizes that they have been transformed in character, and thus they glorify God. Of them Jesus says, "Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory ［they are to behold His divinity, His oneness with the Father which He had from the beginning］, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world." Christ said to His disciples, "In My Father's house are many mansions; if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. . . . I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also." {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 11] "O righteous Father," the world knows all about Thee. Is that the way it reads? Does all the world know about you, brethren? Jesus says, "The world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them." Praise God, brethren, with heart and soul and voice. Even when amid trials, we should be the happiest people on the earth, because our life is hid with Christ in God, and when He shall appear, we also shall appear with Him in glory. We are not living for the applause of the world; we are living for the future, immortal inheritance. We are heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ to an inheritance incorruptible, undefiled, and that fadeth not away. When sorrow takes hold of your soul, when you are persecuted and afflicted, lift up your head; for your redemption draweth nigh. You are to have a life that measures with the life of God. You are not to seek to meet the world's standard, but to be commandment-keepers, to be members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King, and to enjoy eternal riches. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 12] Climb the ladder of progress heavenward. Christ is the ladder, whose base is on the earth, and whose topmost round reaches to the highest heaven. God is above the ladder, and His glory is shining on every round. You must climb the ladder by clinging to Christ, and finally reach His everlasting kingdom. I pray you in the name of Christ, put on every piece of the armour of God, and fight manfully the battles of the Lord. "For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand." When you are met with sneers and ridicule, rejoice that your names are written in the books of heaven, that you are to be made immortal, to have an abundant entrance into the kingdom of heaven, because you are law-abiding citizens of the heavenly country. You shall see the King in His beauty, and dwell with Him, and have a life that runs parallel with the life of Jehovah. {BEcho, October 8, 1894 par. 12} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 1] October 15, 1894 Christian Homes and Innocent Recreation. - Mrs. E. G. White. The best test of the Christianity of a home is the type of character that results from its influence. The very first work of parents is to secure the blessing of God in their own hearts, and then bring this blessing into their homes. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 2] God commanded the Hebrews to teach their children His requirements, and to make them acquainted with all His dealings with their fathers. This was one of the special duties of every parent,--one that was not to be delegated to another. In the place of stranger lips, instruction was to come warm from the loving hearts of father and mother. Thoughts of God were to be associated with all the events of daily life; the mind was to be trained to see God alike in the scenes of nature and the words of revelation. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 3] Such was the training of Moses in the lowly cabin home in Goshen; of Samuel, by the faithful Hannah; of David in the hill dwelling at Bethlehem; of Daniel, before the scenes of the captivity separated him from the home of his fathers. Such, too, was the early life of Christ at Nazareth; such the training by which the child Timothy learned from the lips of his "grandmother Lois and his mother Eunice" the truths of Holy Writ. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 4] In Christian homes a bulwark should be built against temptation. Satan is using every means to make crime and degrading vice popular. We cannot walk the streets of our cities without encountering flaring notices of crime presented in some novel, or to be acted at some theatre. The mind is educated to familiarity with sin. The course pursued by the base and vile is kept before the people in the periodicals of the day, and everything that can arouse passion is brought before them in exciting stories. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 5] There is need of relaxation; but temperance should be exercised in amusements, as in every other pursuit. The character of these amusements should be carefully and thoroughly considered. He who seeks pleasure among those that know not God, is placing himself on Satan's ground, and inviting his temptations. Every youth should ask himself seriously, What influence will these amusements have on physical, mental, and moral health? Will my mind become so infatuated as to forget God? shall I cease to have His glory before me? {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 6] Many of the amusements popular in the world today, even with those who claim to be Christians, tend to the same end as did those of the heathen. There are indeed few among them that Satan does not turn to account in destroying souls. Through the drama he has worked for ages to excite passion and glorify vice. The opera, with its fascinating display and bewildering music, the masquerade, the dance, the card-table, Satan employs to break down the barriers of principle, and open the doors to sensual indulgence. In every gathering for pleasure where pride is fostered or appetite indulged, where one is led to forget God and lose sight of eternal interests, there Satan is binding his chains about the soul. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 7] There are modes of recreation that are highly beneficial to both mind and body. Wise parents will find abundant means for the entertainment and diversion of their children, from sources not only innocent but instructive. Recreation in the open air, the contemplation of the works of God in nature, will be of the highest benefit. Every nerve and sense will respond to the expressions of God's love in His marvellous works. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 8] Let parents, in the home life, seek to exemplify the love and beneficence of the Heavenly Father. Let the home be full of sunshine. Let home love be kept alive, that in after years the children may look back on the home of their childhood, where their minds were trained and their characters moulded, as a place of peace and happiness next to heaven. {BEcho, October 15, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 1] October 22, 1894 "Search the Scriptures." - Mrs. E. G. White. "Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 2] After the resurrection, two of the disciples, while travelling to Emmaus, were talking over the disappointed hopes occasioned by the death of their beloved Master. Christ Himself drew near, unrecognized by His sorrowing disciples. Their faith had died with their Lord, and their eyes, blinded by unbelief, did not discern the risen Saviour. Jesus, walking by their side, did not reveal Himself abruptly. He accosted them as fellow-travellers, and asked them the subject of their conversation, and why they were so sad. Astonished at the question, they inquired if He were indeed a stranger in Jerusalem, and had not heard that a prophet mighty in word and in deed had been taken by wicked hands and crucified. And now it was the third day since Jesus died; and strange reports had been brought to their ears that He had risen; and had been seen by certain of the disciples. But Jesus said to them, "O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken; ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into His glory?" And beginning at Moses and the prophets, He opened to them the scriptures concerning Himself. Had they been familiar with these, they would have understood concerning His life, His suffering, and His death and resurrection. Their faith would have been sustained, their hopes would have remained unshaken; for the treatment Christ would receive from those He came to save was plainly stated. {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 3] The apostle tells us, "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." There is power in the word of God, and those who frame excuses for neglecting to become acquainted with its teachings, will neglect the claims of God in many respects. The character will be deformed, the words and acts a reproach to the cause of Christ. {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 4] The student should be as thoroughly in earnest to become intelligent in the knowledge of the Scriptures as to excel in the study of the sciences. If either is neglected, it should not be the word of God. The injunction of our Saviour, "Search the Scriptures," should be religiously regarded by every one who professes His name. Parents should make the Book of God their constant guide. They should not plead trifling excuses for not interesting themselves in its study with their children. But instead of seeking first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, they often exalt the temporal above the spiritual and eternal. This example of forgetfulness of God and neglect of His word, moulds the minds of the children after a worldly standard, and not after the exalted standard erected by Christ. How much more profitable to be faithful disciples of Christ, ever searching the Scriptures, that they may be able to give an intelligent explanation of the word given of God to be a lamp to our feet and a light to our path. {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 5] Fathers and mothers, take up your long-neglected duties. Search the Scriptures yourselves; assist your children in the study of the sacred word. Do not send the children away by themselves to study the Bible, but read it with them; teach them in a simple manner as far as you know, and be diligent students that you may guide them wisely. Follow Christ's injunction, "Search the Scriptures," then will you gain spiritual strength yourselves, and be able rightly to instruct your children. {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 6] "They are they that testify of Me," - of the Redeemer, Him in whom our hopes of eternal life are centred. The prayer of Christ for His disciples was, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth." If we are to be sanctified through the truth, we must have an intelligent knowledge of God's will as revealed in His word. We must search the Scriptures, not merely rush through a chapter, taking no pains to understand it; but we must dig for the jewel of truth, which will enrich the mind and the soul. {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 7] By searching the written word we are enabled closely to observe the divine Model. As one becomes acquainted with the history of the Redeemer, he discovers in himself serious defects of character; his unlikeness to Christ is so great that he sees the necessity for radical changes in his life. Still he studies, with a desire to become like his great Exemplar. He catches the looks, the spirit, of his beloved Master; by beholding, - "by looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith," - he becomes changed into the same image. Even unconsciously we imitate that with which we are familiar. By having a knowledge of Christ, - His words, His habits, and His lessons of instruction, -we instinctively copy the virtues of the character we have so closely studied, and become imbued with the spirit which we have so much admired. Jesus becomes to us "chiefest among ten thousand," the one "altogether lovely." {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 8] "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom" But there are very many who profess to be Christians who gratify the desires of the carnal heart in following their own inclinations; and God-given probationary time, granted them to become acquainted with the precious truths of the Bible, is devoted to the reading of fictitious tales. This habit, once formed, is overcome with difficulty; but it can be done, and it must be done by all who would gain eternal life. That mind is ruined which is allowed to be absorbed in story-reading. The imagination becomes diseased, and there is a vague unrest, a strange appetite for unwholesome mental food. Thousands are today in insane asylums whose minds became unbalanced by novel-reading, which results in air-castle building and a sickly sentimentalism. {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 9] The Bible is the book of books. Practice its precepts, and it will be to you life and health. "For the Lord giveth wisdom; out of His mouth come knowledge and understanding." "When wisdom entereth into thine heart, and knowledge is pleasant to thy soul, discretion shall preserve thee, understanding shall keep thee." - {BEcho, October 22, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 1] November 5, 1894 A Solemn Lesson. - Mrs. E. G. White. The sad fate of the five foolish virgins, presented in the parable of the ten virgins, is recorded to warn those who, while professing the faith of Christ, have become cold and backslidden. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 2] The five foolish virgins represent the careless, indolent, self-satisfied professor of religion. They have a calm expectation of entering heaven sometime, yet they have not purified their souls by obeying the truth. They understand the theory of truth, but have no vital connection with God. They trust to feeling, and neglect to search the Scriptures. They are satisfied to walk in sparks of their own kindling. We are all exhorted to be diligent, that we make our calling and election sure. But I am greatly troubled, fearing, yes, knowing, that there are many who profess the truth who are not testing their lives and characters by God's great moral standard of righteousness. They are careless; they have not the oil of grace in their vessels with their lamps. They are cherishing hidden sins, which no human eye can see. They know that they are not pure and without spot, and should diligently seek God, that they may cleanse themselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the sight of God. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 3] There are many ideas in the world as to what is sin. The deist says that sin is dishonesty, a lack of patriotism, honour, and manliness. Those who have little idea as to what constitutes religion will tell you that sin is murder, adultery, robbery, and crime. But what does the word of God define it to be? John writes, "Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law; for sin is the transgression of the law." Without the law we have no knowledge of what sin is. Those who have no respect for the law will be deceived by entertaining hopes of entering heaven. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 4] God's law not only covers every deed of outward life, but also penetrates to the intents and purposes of the heart. He who does not yield to the claims of the law of God, sets himself above God, breaks away from God's rule of right, and becomes disloyal, as did the great deceiver in the beginning. Would that some who claim to be commandment keepers could see how their cases stand in the register above. Oh, that all who are falling short of the principles of righteousness might realize that they do not meet the broad, far-reaching claims of the law of God upon them! Repentance for sin is the first step in conversion. Repentance is an intense hatred of sin in all its forms. Phariseeism permits of self-complacency, and those who are self-righteous appear to have a form of piety, but at heart they are corrupt. They may talk of their hope of heaven, when, in fact, they have not taken the first step toward heaven. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 5] We are not under a system of mere requirements, mere justice, and unsympathizing rigour. The penalty of transgressing the law has fallen upon our Substitute and Surety, and for a time has been suspended, so that the guilty do not feel its weight; but the object of this suspension is not to teach us that its claims are over, its exactions set aside, but to attract us to holiness, to obedience. Nothing is changed except the manner of bringing men to obey the law. Obey its claims we must. The first step toward obedience is repentance. We are to see the excellence of its requirements by beholding the wrong of disobedience. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 6] He who is truly repentant, he who is regenerated, hates sin. All manner of selfishness is distressing to him. But those who are but superficial Christians seek to exalt self by depreciating others. The clearer the views of the character of Christ, the more humble will be our views of self. Like Job, Isaiah, Daniel, David, and Paul, we shall feel that our comeliness is turned in us into corruption. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 7] Those who are represented by the foolish virgins have not the sense of their own unworthiness. They have no oil in their vessels with their lamps. The same principles of truth are presented in the parable of the two builders; one built upon the rock, and the other upon the sand. Jesus says: "Whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not; for it was founded upon a rock. And everyone that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell; and great was the fall of it." {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 8] It is not a matter of little consequence to us as to how we hear and how we treat the truth of God. To misunderstand the truth, or fail to appreciate it, because we do not cherish light that comes to us, will be to build upon the sand. The wise builder builds upon the Rock Christ Jesus, no matter what may be the inconvenience. He builds not upon human, but upon divine merit, accepting the righteousness of Christ as his own, and as his only hope of salvation. The foolish builder built upon the sand, and through his carelessness, or prejudice, or through the deceptions of the natural heart, he cherishes a self-righteous spirit, and places human wisdom in the place where God's wisdom should have the supremacy; and how terrible are the consequences! {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 9] There are many unwise builders, and when the storm of temptation comes and beats upon them, it is made evident that their foundation is only sliding sand. They are left in gross darkness, without faith, without principles, and without foundation. The five foolish virgins had a real interest in the gospel. They knew what was the perfect standard of righteousness; but their energies were paralysed with self-love; for they lived to please and glorify themselves, and had not the oil of grace in their vessels with which to replenish their lamps. They were often distressed by the enemy, who knew their weakness, and placed darkness before them in the semblance of light. Truth, precious, life-giving truth, appeared to them as unessential, and Satan took advantage of their blindness, ignorance, and weakness of faith, and they had a fluctuating experience, based on uncertain principles. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 10] All who wait for the heavenly Bridegroom are represented in the parable as slumbering because their Lord delayed His coming; but the wise roused themselves at the message of His approach, and responded to the message, and their spiritual life was replenished. Their spiritual discernment was not all gone, and they sprang into line. As they took hold of the grace of Christ, their religious experience became vigourous and abundant, and their affections were set on things above. They discerned where was the source of their supply, and appreciated the love that God had for them. They opened their hearts to receive the Holy Spirit, by which the love of God was shed abroad in their hearts. Their lights were trimmed and burning, and sent forth steady rays into the moral darkness of the world. They glorified God, because they had grace in their hearts, and did the very work that their Master did before them,--went forth to seek and to save those who were lost. {BEcho, November 5, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 1] November 12, 1894 Christ's Mission of Love. ［A DISCOURSE GIVEN ON THE CAMP GROUND AT ASHFIELD, N. S. W., OCT. 21, 1894.］ - Mrs. E. G. White. "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is." 1 John 3:1, 2. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 2] To see Christ as He is, is one of the greatest blessings that can ever come to fallen humanity; and to know Him is to know the Father also. But how few today know the precious Saviour as He is! How few know Him and the Father! Many acknowledge Jesus as the world's Redeemer, but they know Him not as a personal Saviour; this is essential,--the knowledge of God in Jesus Christ. "Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him." "And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent." The knowledge of God is eternal life, and this knowledge is received only through Christ. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 3] "Every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself." What hope?--Of seeing Jesus as He is, the living faith that lays hold of the arm of the infinite God, the faith that takes Christ as our personal Saviour. A casual view of Christ will not save one soul. Do you know Him by the vital connection of faith? He came to our world in order that, by taking human nature upon Himself, He might bring man into close connection with the living God. No angel could do this work; had an angel come from glory, who could have endured the light of his presence? After Christ was crucified, and laid in Joseph's new tomb, a great stone was rolled before the opening of that tomb, and a seal was put upon it, so that no man could steal away His body, and say that He had risen. But lo, a mighty angel from the heavenly courts is commissioned to roll away the stone. Clothed with the panoply of heaven, he parts the darkness from his track, and as the light rests upon the Roman guards, they fall as dead men to the earth. They cannot endure the light of his glory. Had Christ come with even the glory of the heavenly angels, His presence would have extinguished humanity. Fallen men could not have endured His glory. But He laid aside the royal crown and the royal robe; He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 4] There was a wondrous work for Him to perform when He came to our earth. Satan seemed to be having things his own way. He claimed the earth as his, and styled himself the prince of this world. Christ came to dispute his claim, and to rescue the human race from his oppressive power. He came to break every yoke, to let the oppressed go free, to heal the wounds that sin had made. This was the work of the only begotten of the Father. Humanity was possessed with the power of demons; and Christ came to break the chains of sin. He came to demonstrate before angels and men, that through divine power, united with human effort, man could keep all the commandments of God. He could be complete in Christ. The battlefield was right here. In this little world, the conflict went on between the Prince of life and the prince of the powers of darkness. Which should triumph? All the heavenly intelligences were looking upon Christ, and taking cognisance of the battle. Christ was disputing the authority of Satan, and Satan was following Him at every step, bent upon overthrowing Him with temptations, determined to weary out and exhaust the love and forbearance of Christ toward the human family, that he himself might be able to ruin every one of them, and thus triumph over God. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 5] When Christ came, John, the forerunner, proclaimed Him just as He is. Pointing to Jesus, he said, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." That is His work. Will you let Him take away your sins, or will you cling to them as a precious acquisition? Sin is the transgression of the law. Will you transgress the commandments of God? Will you trample them under foot, and publish, as Satan has done, that God has no law? He has a law to govern the heavenly intelligences; and He has a law to govern this kingdom upon the earth which Christ came to wrest from the hands of the usurper. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 6] When John prepared the way for the Messiah, his voice was lifted up in the wilderness. Why did he not go to men in the cities where they were?--For the very reason that it was next to impossible to arrest the attention of people who were all absorbed in the delusive enchantments of this world. He calls them away from the feverish excitement of the world, and brings them into the wilderness, where they can behold God in nature. There the God of nature imbued John with His Holy Spirit to give them the warning that was to prepare the way for the Messiah, to bear the message of mercy to our world, "Repent; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand." {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 7] Christ was baptised by John in Jordan, and as He came up out of the water after His baptism, the heavens were opened, and the glory of God, symbolized by a dove of burnished gold, encircled Him, and from the highest heaven were heard the words, "This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased." This was an assurance to John that Christ was the Son of God. And what do these words say to us, to every member of the human family, whatever our country or position? To every one of us they are words of hope and mercy. Through faith in the provision God has made in the behalf of man, you are accepted in the Beloved,--accepted through the merits of Jesus. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 8] Many who read this account fail to comprehend its significance. It means that in behalf of humanity the prayer of Christ cleaved its way through the hellish shadow of Satan, and reached to the very sanctuary, the very throne of God. That prayer was for us; the answer was for us, it testifies that you are accepted in the Beloved. That very prayer that entered heaven, bears upward your prayers, my prayers, and the prayers of every soul that comes to God with a hungering and thirsting after righteousness. The merit of Jesus, His righteousness, gives fragrance to our prayers as holy incense that ascends to God. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 9] This is the very work that has been going on in our world since the gospel was first proclaimed in Eden. "The seed of the woman shall bruise the serpent's head." The weakest child of God, the most oppressed, may find in Jesus hope, mercy, and love without a parallel. Faith in Christ brings to us infinite power. We may lay hold upon the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Therefore not one soul needs to faint, not a soul needs to be discouraged. Whatever may be your weakness, however you may be compassed with infirmities, there is hope for you in God. Our precious Saviour came to save to the uttermost every soul that will come unto Him. He descended to the very depths of human woe; for our sake He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich; rich in earthly treasure? --No. He made the world, it is His, and He placed it in its proper position as subordinate. God and eternity are to be exalted as supreme. To those whose minds are engrossed with earthly things, He lifts the voice of warning, He presents eternity to our view. He opens before you heaven, the threshold brightened with His glory, and the glory streaming through the open door. Thank God, the door is ajar. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 10] Mothers who have the care of children, train them for Jesus. The gates are ajar, and every mother's prayer, every mother's tears, every mother's entreaty for her children, is marked in heaven. The children and youth are the younger members of the Lord's family. The work resting upon mothers is to fashion these children after the similitude of the divine pattern,--to place the impress of God upon the character. Instead of taking these children to the horse race, the theatre, or the dance hall, give them to Him who gave His life that He might bring them to the heavenly courts, and crown them with glory, honour, and immortality. I entreat you, as parents, do not neglect the solemn responsibility that is resting upon you. {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 11] Why is it that iniquity has reached such a height in our world, and that children and youth are so generally irreligious?--It is because fathers and mothers have thought more of reaching the standard of the world than God's great standard of righteousness. Will it pay? "What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?" You cannot afford to sin. "Every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure." There is something for us to do to prepare for the future, immortal life. We are to do His commandments, just as He has given them in His word. (Concluded next week.) {BEcho, November 12, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 1] November 19, 1894 Christ's Mission of Love ［A DISCOURSE GIVEN ON THE CAMP GROUND AT ASHFIELD, N.S.W., OCT 21, 1894.］ - Mrs. E. G. White. (Concluded.) Christ has gone to prepare mansions for you. Make Him your dependence, your trust. Brethren and sisters, fathers and mothers, are you purifying your souls in your sphere, as God is pure in His sphere? We lift the standard, and point you to it. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 2] You may say, " I see the battlements of heaven, but how am I to reach it? I see the glory that floods the threshold, but how am I to enter within? What shall I do that I may win eternal life?" Read the answer in the history of Jacob. Because of his sin, Jacob was a wanderer from his father's house, a poor, discouraged, disconsolate man, as all sinners are when they see themselves in their true character. Jacob saw himself as he was. "Oh, " he said, "I love God, but I have cut myself off from Him; no hope now of my having the inheritance of the firstborn." At night, as he lies down on the cold earth with a rock for a pillow, an angel comes to the discouraged man, and opens before him the provision whereby he can be reconciled to God, can enter the portals of bliss, and have everlasting life. He sees a ladder, the base of it standing firmly upon the earth, its topmost round reaching to the highest heaven, and God above it, flashing the light of His glory the whole length of the ladder, upon which angels of God are descending and ascending. This is a representation of Christ. He comes to our earth, and meets men where they are; through His own merits He connects helpless man with the infinite God; through the sacrifice of Himself He draws the fallen race unto Him, and imparts to the repentant sinner the divine nature, that we may honour our Creator upon the earth. He gives us power to climb every round of the ladder into the portals of glory. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 3] This was the import of the vision that Jacob saw. When he awoke, he said, "Surely the Lord is in this place; and I knew it not. . . . This is none other but the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven. " What a happy man he was. And any one who receives light from the throne of God can but be filled with praise and thanksgiving to the Lord. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 4] Christ is the ladder that is let down in our path today, and that reaches to the battlements of heaven, to the very threshold of glory. Now the question is, Will you climb the ladder? Jesus Christ is our pattern, the great standard of moral character. Will you follow His example, or will you choose to follow the example and practice and customs of the world? {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 5] Fathers and mothers, will you let your children go into all the amusements of the world? The enemy will surround them with attractions that in the end will afford no satisfaction; they will bring only weariness, disappointment, and sorrow. Will you place their hands in the hands of the world? Will you teach them to dress after its fashions, to pattern after its customs, or will you educate them to know God, and Jesus Christ whom He has sent? Shall Christ have died in vain for your children? {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 6] Is there not enough in nature to reveal God's love, and draw our hearts to Him? Look at the lofty trees; look at the spires of grass that clothe our earth with its green velvet carpet; look at the flowers which our God has provided because He is a lover of the beautiful. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 7] When I was in Colorado some years since, I visited an art gallery, and there were groups of people standing before the pictures as if entranced, and praising the human artist. At evening as I was walking through the town, I saw the glory of the sunset. The bright beams were shining upon the snowcapped mountains, and it seemed as if the portals of heaven were opened, and its glory were streaming through. Persons were continually passing along the street, but none looked at the sight. My companion and myself were gazing upon it in rapture. I could discern in it heaven's beauty; I could see heaven's glory shining from the gates ajar, that we might conceive the beauty of what was within. But the crowds did not look upon the scene. That is the way God is treated. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 7} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 8] How many go out into the garden with their children, and as they point them to the beautiful flowers say, "This is an expression of the love of God to you"? This would lead their minds up through nature to nature's God. Would not this be far more profitable to your children than taking them to all the shows and amusements of a demoralizing nature that would absorb their attention so that they forget God? {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 8} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 9] A solemn responsibility rests upon you who have brought children into the world. You are to educate, and train, and discipline them. Show them how to make the world better and nobler; teach them to seek that which will elevate and ennoble, instead of running into all the amusements and selfish expenditure of money. You may say, "It is my money." But no, it is not your money at all. It is God's money. It is lent you in trust, that you may feed the hungry and clothe the naked; that you may elevate humanity, teaching them, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little, patiently, perseveringly, kindly, with the love of Christ in your hearts. In the home teach your children true courtesy; teach them how to keep busy and be helpful; teach them that they are not in this world as mere butterflies, but to form a character after the pattern of Christ, and that they may have that life which measures with the life of God, an immortal inheritance, incorruptible and undefiled, and that fadeth not away. Christ has told you what to seek as that which is precious in the sight of Heaven. He says, "Whose adorning, let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament or a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price." {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 9} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 10] We want a life that shall endure after this life of sin and sorrow and affliction shall close. I point you to Jesus; I point you to His word. If you will educate and train your children here for the future, immortal life, whom do you have to help you?--Christ Himself. He has said, "Suffer little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven." This is our work. And then, fathers and mothers, you have the children entrusted to you of God, to help you in missionary efforts. Every soul who has tasted of the love of God, every soul who has given his life to Christ, is to be refined in character, and to be transformed into the image of Christ's purity. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 10} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 11] Fathers and mothers are the teachers of their children; and if they realize their responsibility, they will be learners in the school of Christ, to be educated in the home life. Then they can take their children with them into the church, to hear the living testimony borne of the Spirit of God that is preparing them for the future, immortal life. They are not to be swayed independent of God, but are to stand in moral power, uninfluenced by the iniquity that abounds in this degenerate age. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 11} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 12] It is high time that we begin to inquire, Will my work bear the scrutiny of God? Shall I hear the words, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things. Enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." "Who for the joy that was set before him, endured the cross, despising the shame, and is forever set down at the right hand of God." We want to be with Christ at the right hand of God. We want that which was Christ's joy, the joy of being a blessing to humanity. We must be uplifters, not destroyers. We must not have a character that will destroy the property for which Christ has given His life. He wants us not to be counteractors of His work, but co-labourers with Him. "Ye are labourers together with God." This you will be when you walk in Christ's lines, when you separate your children from the poisonous and contaminating influence of this corrupt age, and bring them into the society of Christ, into the light of His example. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 12} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 13] God help the fathers and mothers. He is ready to do this, He is willing to do it, He wants to do it. Will you come to Him? Christ has placed His cross between earth and heaven. Here mercy and truth have met together, and righteousness and peace have kissed each other. Here is salvation for the human race. It is here that you are to bring your sins. Sinners, roll them into the sepulchre, come to Jesus in repentance, and find mercy and forgiveness. You may let your name be traced in honour by the world, and it will soon be effaced; but if written in the book of life, it will be immortalized among the heavenly angels. {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 13} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 14] It becomes us to consider what road we are travelling. Is it the road that leads heavenward, or the one that leads to perdition? The gift of God is eternal life, and we want you to have life and happiness and peace. A crown of immortal glory is presented to every one who will overcome the world, the flesh, and the devil. This is the warfare. Christ will stand to help you at every step. Angels of God will be round about you. The heavenly instrumentalities are working with men; Christ has given His divine nature to man, and all may lay hold upon it by faith; through the merits of Christ, every soul may win eternal life. Will you have it? {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 14} [BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 15] I see matchless charms in Jesus. I behold in Him all that my soul desires; it is immortal glory, and we want you to have it. We want you to see the King in His beauty, and to dwell forever in His presence. We ask you to give to Jesus your mental, your moral, your physical powers; lay all at His feet, use all in His service. Live to win souls to Christ. He has given His life for you, will you not give your life to Him, and let Him use it for His name's glory? Then you will have peace here, and an eternal reward at His coming. When the dead shall come forth from the tomb, you can shout victory over death and the grave. The gates of heaven will be open before you, and the eternal reward will be yours. Is not this enough? Will you not determine that Christ shall not have died for you in vain? {BEcho, November 19, 1894 par. 15} [BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 1] December 3, 1894 "Search the Scriptures." - Mrs. E. G. White. The knowledge of God which Jesus brought to our world and unfolded to man, we are not to retain as our own peculiar treasure, without imparting it to our fellow-men. The priceless knowledge of God, which through His word has been committed to us, has not been given to us to remain a useless possession. We are to impart to others the knowledge of the fact that to know God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent is eternal life. We are privileged not only to place ourselves under the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness, but to invite others to admire His loveliness, to dwell upon His charms, and to become partakers of the riches of His glory. The Holy Spirit teaches us how to use every faculty to the glory of God in imparting a knowledge of His word. Especially should no opportunity be lost in helping the youth and children to become intelligent in the study of the Scriptures. Such a knowledge will do more to bar the way against ungodliness than we can now imagine. With such a barrier erected, they will be able to meet the foe with Christ's words, "It is written." There is a great work to be done for the young, and every son and daughter of God may act a prominent part in it, and thus be partakers of the reward that will be given to the faithful workers. {BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 2] Christ is to dwell in the heart by faith: "That ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God." If this is your experience, you will certainly represent to the world the fact that "ye are complete in Him." "The Lord hath appeared of old unto me, saying, Yea, I have loved thee with an everlasting love; therefore with loving-kindness have I drawn thee." "The Lord is nigh unto them that are of a broken heart, and saveth such as be of a contrite spirit." {BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 3] The Jews were blinded and confused by their own superstition. They were of those described by the prophet when he says, "Behold, all ye that kindle a fire, that compass yourselves about with sparks; walk in the light of your fire, and in the sparks that ye have kindled. This shall ye have of Mine hand: ye shall lie down in sorrow." They had so far separated from God that they knew not the Father, and could not recognize the Father's image in His representative. "Thus saith the Lord, Ask ye now among the heathen, who hath heard such things; the virgin of Israel hath done a very horrible thing. Will a man leave the snow of Lebanon which cometh from the rock of the field? or shall the cold-flowing waters that come from another place be forsaken? Because My people hath forgotten Me, they have burned incense to vanity, and they have caused them to stumble in their ways from the ancient paths, to walk in paths, in a way not cast up." Jesus said to the Jews, "Do not think that I will accuse you to the Father; there is one that accuseth you, even Moses, in whom ye trust. For had ye believed Moses, ye would have believed Me; for He wrote of Me. But if ye believe not his writings, how shall ye believe My words?" {BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 4] Christ was the centre and the glory of the ancient dispensation. From time to time He drew aside the vail and revealed the glory behind it. Isaiah had an unclouded view of this glory when he described the Lord sitting upon the throne that was high and lifted up, and His train filled the temple. "Above it stood the seraphim; each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts; the whole earth is full of His glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I, Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips; for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts." {BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 5] The seraphim dwelt in the presence of Jesus, yet they veiled with their wings their faces and their feet. They looked upon the King in His beauty, and covered themselves. When Isaiah saw the glory of God, his soul was prostrated in the dust. Because of the unclouded vision he was graciously permitted to behold, he was filled with self-abasement. This will ever be the effect upon the human mind when the beams of the Sun of Righteousness shine gloriously upon the soul. The light of the glory of God will reveal all the hidden evil, and bring the soul to the place of humble confession. As the increasing glory of Christ is revealed, the human agent will see no glory in himself; for the concealed deformity of his soul is laid bare, and self-esteem and self-glorying are extinguished. Self dies, and Christ lives. {BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 6] The Jews knew not God, nor Jesus Christ, whom He had sent. They had lost the truths presented to them by both patriarchs and prophets, and did not recognize Christ, in whom dwelt all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. Was it not strange that the only people who claimed to be the chosen people of God were in such darkness by departing from God that they did not recognize the Prince of life, who was the foundation of their system of worship, the very one who was symbolized by their sacrificial offerings? Well may we see the force of the words of Christ, "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." It is not safe to commit this work of searching the Scriptures to any other man to do for us, however learned he may be. If he has not a living connection with God, he will mislead the mind, and cause the destruction of many souls. "Can the blind lead the blind? shall they not both fall into the ditch?" - {BEcho, December 3, 1894 par. 6} [BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 1] December 17, 1894 Sin and its Penalty. - God is King, He is high and lifted up, and the train of His glory fills the temple. God is to be feared, He alone is to be worshipped. His laws are holy; they are the foundation of His government in heaven and earth. How weak and foolish is the position taken by finite opposers of His government, as they declare that the law of the Governor of all intelligences is abolished. Who put these words into the mouth of men? Certainly it is not the One who is mighty in counsel; for God will never contradict Himself. {BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 1} [BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 2] God has seen fit plainly to present in His holy word the consequences of the sin of Adam, which opened the flood-gates of woe upon our world, that men might be warned not to do as did Adam. The penalty of sin is death; and to listen to the deceitful temptations of Satan, to venture in the path of transgression, is to imperil the soul. We are not to follow the words of men, however wise they may appear to be, unless their testimony is in harmony with a "thus saith the Lord." Temptations will come to us in the most seductive guise, but it is at our peril that we turn from the plain command of God to follow the assertions of men. {BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 2} [BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 3] It is never safe for us to enter into controversy with Satan, or to linger to contemplate the advantages to be reaped by yielding to his suggestions. Sin is blinding and deceiving in its nature. Disobedience to God's commandments is too terrible to be contemplated for a moment. Sin means dishonour and disaster to every soul that indulges in transgression of God's holy law, which is immutable. {BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 3} [BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 4] Although the consequences and the penalty of transgression of God's law have been clearly presented in the word of truth, many are proving disloyal to the God of heaven, and are teaching their children and the world at large by both precept and example, that the law of God is no longer binding upon the human family. Thus they are cutting souls adrift from the great moral standard of righteousness. Light is being presented from the Scriptures on this vital question, and those who give no heed to the light will have to suffer the fatal consequences of their indifference to the heavenly message. {BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 4} [BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 5] No one need be blinded by any delusion. He who makes the word of God his guide and counsellor, and will listen to no voice that would lead him to take the words of men instead, will always dwell safely. Let him bring the principles of the law of God into his life to regulate and control his conduct, and his life will be a success. He will grasp the righteousness of Christ by faith, and, becoming a partaker of the divine nature, will thus become a doer of the divine law. But let him remember that there is no madness in our world so disastrous as that which leads men to live in rebellion against God. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, December 17, 1894 par. 5} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 1] June 10, 1895 Christ and the Law. - Mrs. E. G. White. It will not be a long period now before we shall have filled the years of our probationary time. If we do not rest in the grave, we shall see the Saviour coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. If we are sleeping, and are found obedient children to the commandments of God, we shall have part in the first resurrection, with those upon whom the second death shall have no power. Christ says to His people at this time, "And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." Revelation 22:12-14. Precious words! They are more valuable than fine gold, even the golden wedge of Ophir. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 2] Christ's Teaching on the Law. "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do, because I go unto My Father. And whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. If ye shall ask any thing in My name, I will do it." John 14:12-14. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 3] "If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever." "He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself unto Him." "If a man love Me, he will keep My words; and My Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him. He that loveth Me not, keepeth not My sayings; and the word which ye hear is not Mine, but the Father's which sent Me." Verses 15, 16, 21, 23, 24. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 4] "As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you; continue ye in My love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father's commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." John 15:9-11. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 5] These texts show in what honour Christ held the law of the Father. That law is now almost universally disregarded and made void; and with David it is our privilege to say concerning it, "It is time for Thee, Lord, to work; for they have made void Thy law." "Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all Thy commandments." {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 6] The Provision of Grace. We are not left in ignorance and darkness to travel an uncertain path. O, let us be grateful to our Heavenly Father for the great love wherewith He has loved us in making known His will; and to Jesus, who gave His precious life that He might have power to pardon transgression and sin. He will impart to us His character, so that we may follow His example of loyalty to God, and, through the grace which He will freely give us, become obedient to all of the divine law. And Jesus will be our strength as we follow on to know the Lord, walking in His precepts. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 7] There are voices many that would lead us from the path cast up, the royal way of life and holiness; the way in which Jesus would lead us for the salvation of our own souls, and to make us labourers together with Himself. It is our part to exert all the powers that God has given us in doing His will, and when a stumbling block is placed in our way, to make it a new errand to the throne of grace. We may thus gain divine wisdom to walk in perfect obedience to a "thus saith the Lord," and to co-operate with Christ and heavenly angels in leading other souls to obey God's commandments, which we know "are not grievous." {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 8] Christ our Example. We are to study the lessons of Christ, and to follow His example. He said, "I have kept My Father's commandments." Shall we keep them also, or shall we keep the commandments of men? We may find obstacles in the Christian pathway. Our precious Saviour, when He was educating and training His disciples to co-operate with Him in the great work of the gospel of His kingdom, found obstacles on every hand. The teachings of the rabbis, their customs and traditions, were piled, like a mass of rubbish, above the precious jewels of truth, so that they could not be discerned. The world's Redeemer rescued these jewels from the companionship of error, and re-set them in their order in the framework of truth. He declared to the priests, the scribes, and the rabbis, "Ye have made the commandment of God of none effect by your tradition, . . . teaching for doctrines the commandments of men." The very same difficulties,--the sayings of men,--have to be met in our day; but the heart and life must be trained after the teaching and example of Christ. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 9] An Immutable Law. Said Christ, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil ［every specification in that law］. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." Matthew 5:16-18. The heavens and the earth remain, testifying to the immutability of the divine law. Such plain and positive language as this will meet every sinner in that day when sentence shall be pronounced against the transgressors of God's law, and a blessed benediction shall be given to the obedient. {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 10] Hear the words of Christ again: "Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven." Will the transgressor get to heaven, and there be treated as the least in that kingdom?--No; but the heavenly beings--angels, and Jesus and the Father--will account them the least of the Lord's created intelligences. They know not, intelligent as they may seem to be, the things that make for their peace,--the blessings of obedience to God's commandments. (Concluded next week.) - {BEcho, June 10, 1895 par. 10} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 1] June 17, 1895 Christ and the Law - Mrs. E. G. White. (Concluded.) Adam lost Eden, and was cut off from access to the tree of life, because of his disobedience. This every intelligent human being can know if he will. Lest sin, the transgression of the law of God, should become immortalized, man was separated from the tree of life for Adam's supposed small transgression, and the flood-gates of woe were opened upon our world. Read these words of Christ; for they plainly show the whole human family what they must do to regain access to the life-giving tree: "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." "I Jesus have sent Mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." Revelation 22:14, 16, 17. {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 2] There is suspended over the transgressor the sweeping sentence of utter condemnation. The clouds of God's wrath are collected over all who break, and teach others to break, the (supposed) least of God's commandments; for in thus doing they are co-operating with the first great deceiver. He tempted Adam to disregard the words of God, and to believe instead his own falsehoods. He is now with all subtlety teaching the same, and it is a painful thought that some who claim to be ministers of the word should co-operate with the enemy of God, and voice his deceiving falsehoods. God's word has opened before us the danger to every human being who shall turn from the plain words of Jesus Christ, and take up with words that come from human lips, to make void the words of God in His holy commandments. {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 3] The Testimony of Calvary. The cross of Calvary testifies to the immutability of the law of God. That law is a transcript of God's character, the standard of character for all human intelligences. It could not be changed, not one precept of it could be altered, to meet man in his fallen condition. But our God, having committed Himself to the amazing work of our redemption, in giving His only begotten Son resolved that He would spare nothing, however costly, that was essential in saving the soul of the sinner. All the resources of heaven were given to accomplish this great work. He would not have it said by worlds unfallen, by the universe of heaven, by Satan's kingdom, by an apostate world, that His gift could have a rival, or in any way have been greater. {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 4] The Great Love of God. Having given Jesus, the great Gift, God gave all heaven with Him. He would bless immeasurably the great groundwork of the redemption of a lost world; He would surround the world with favours; He would heap gift on gift; and He opens for all who, through faith in Christ, will receive His gift, the treasures of eternal life. He established His throne on earth by the Holy Spirit's power, to convince the world of sin, of righteousness, and of judgment; that Christ, through His Holy Spirit, might live in all the powers of the soul, sending through it a perpetual current of joy and blessedness in obedience to all of God's commandments. These commandments are given to counter-work the working of Satan, who impels the human family to disobedience of God's plainly expressed will. {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 5] O, what a God of love, what a Father we have, who in Christ gave Himself for a perishing world. The Lord God can never surpass this exhibition of His love. Never can there be a richer display of His grace, His love, to a world fallen. The cross of Calvary has rolled away the thick darkness from before the throne of God, and revealed an eternal weight of glory. "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 6] Love Shown by Obedience. This love of God is demonstrated by all who keep His commandments. "If ye love Me," says Christ, "keep My commandments." John says, "He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected; hereby know we that we are in Him. He that saith he abideth in Him ought himself also so to walk even as He walked." 1 John 2:4-6. There is not the smallest chance to doubt as to the commandments to which the apostle here refers. Again he says:-- {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 7] "Brethren, I write no new commandment unto you, but an old commandment which ye had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word which ye have heard from the beginning. Again, a new commandment I write unto you, which thing is true in Him and in you; because the darkness is past, and the true light now shineth. He that saith he is in the light ［thus said the Jewish church］, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now. He that loveth his brother abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling in him." Verses 7-10. {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 8] Honouring God Through Obedience. Shall we honour God by accepting the truth as it is in Christ? The word of the Lord is, "Them that honour Me I will honour, and they that despise Me shall be lightly esteemed." But many cry, "Away with the commandments of God; crucify that law," just as the Jews cried, "Away with Christ; crucify Him, crucify Him," because that law condemns their iniquities and all crooked practices. {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 9] "The words that I speak unto you," said Christ, "they are spirit, and they are life." The truth enshrined in the heart becomes a vitalizing power, and we cannot be too urgent in impressing this thought upon human minds. There is absolutely no panoply but truth. The only dishonour we should fear is rebellion against God. Let us make sure that we are working on Christ's side, and cling closely to the Bible; for it alone will ennoble and purify. And when we are like-minded with our God, we shall be strong in His strength. Let us follow the example given us when "the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth." {BEcho, June 17, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 1] June 24, 1895 Christ's Followers. - What is their Relation to the Law? Mrs. E. G. White. Jesus said of His followers, "Ye are the light of the world." They are to shine amid the moral darkness. How?--Not by making long prayers to be seen of men, not in laying claim to high position, not in following a long, prescribed, tedious round of ceremonies, but by being imbued with the working principle of love to God, and showing it in obedience to His law. The people of God are to shine by working the works of God with earnest zeal, by their loyalty to Christ in being not hearers only, but doers of His words. They are to shine by working out their salvation with fear and trembling, knowing that it is God that worketh in them, both to will and to do of His own good pleasure, and by showing in their lives the excellence of His righteous law. - {BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 2] The followers of Christ are drawn to Him, and the Holy Spirit is imparted to them, that they may be, not a mass of corruption, but as salt. Said Jesus, "Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savour, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men." The religion of the Pharisees was well described by this figure. They made void the law of God through their tradition. Professing to be worshippers of God, they had turned from the holy commandment, and were as salt that had lost its savour. Loving the honour of men, loving their own maxims and traditions, the Pharisees made idols of their own little precepts, and lost sight of the doctrines of the Bible, and the consequence was spiritual death. - {BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 3] In His sermon on the mount, Jesus presented the true principles of the law of God, and divested its precepts of the rubbish of man's inventions, which had been accumulating for ages, corrupting the true principles of religion, and making them consist in a ceaseless round of ceremonies. Jesus presented the truth in its unadulterated form, showing that the principles of the law must be planted in the heart. He thus calls upon His followers to change all their previous ideas concerning the exacting requirements of men, and for love of Him follow after purity of character and conduct. - {BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 4] Jesus said:-- "Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no-wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you that except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven." - {BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 5] Then in the most solemn manner Christ takes up some of the specifications of the law, and shows how far-reaching is every precept which is to be written in the hearts of His disciples, and made manifest in their character. He does not in any way give license to the idea that the law of God is not binding; for it is upon that law that His kingdom is established. And as the people listened to His words, they said, "Never man spake like this Man." - {BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 6] The people of God are the "light of the world" and the "salt of the earth." They are to let the light of truth shine through them to the world; they are to have an influence to restrain the transgression and moral corruption that abound in all grades of society. But impure salt has no saving virtue. If the followers of Christ do not derive their life, their fragrance, and their saving qualities from Him, they have no spiritual worth. But all who conform their lives, their hearts, their minds, fully and ungrudgingly to His service, reflect His image, and from them the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness shine into the darkness of a world that lieth in wickedness. - {BEcho, June 24, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 1] July 29, 1895 The Law of God in all Ages. - Mrs. E. G. White. - The Law in Eden. The law of God is the standard of character; it is the expression of the character of God Himself. It was given to Adam and Eve in Eden. God planted for them this beautiful garden, and supplied their every want. Was it too much to ask them to respond to all His love and care by obedience to His righteous law, which, if kept, would have secured to them happiness, peace, and joy forever? {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 2] God gave our first parents a pure and upright character, in harmony with His law; and had they remained obedient, they would have bequeathed the same character to their posterity. But they listened to Satan's specious temptations, and transgressed this holy law, and the result was death. And the sons and daughters of Adam, instead of coming into the world, as God first made man, righteous and heirs of eternal life, have been the victims of sin and death and woe. This is the result of the transgression of God's law in Eden. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 3] The Law in Noah's Time. In Noah's time the law of God was made void. "And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." Evil and violence prevailed; appetite and passion controlled men, and reason was dethroned. Cruelty and violence, misery and horror, were the prevailing characteristics of the time. And the Lord sent Noah to warn the wicked inhabitants of the old world that in a hundred and twenty years He would send a flood of waters to destroy them from off the face of the earth. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 4] The Law Given to Israel. The divine law was entrusted to the Israelitish nation; but in dwelling upon the exactions they themselves had made, and presenting them to the people, they overlooked its grand principles. Their minds were dwarfed in contemplating these lesser things; and the law of God was not seen in its true importance and dignity of character, as a law of love, and not a law of destruction. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 5] The law of God is destructive of nothing but sin. It is opposed only to the carnal, sinful practices of men. It was given to keep mankind from becoming like the depraved inhabitants of the old world. Obeyed, it becomes a rule of life that keeps the character pure. Those who adopt it as it was given by God are not mourners for sin, nor morally sickly and diseased. Read what the prophet says:-- {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 6] "O thou afflicted, tossed with tempest, and not comforted, behold I will lay thy stones with fair colours, and lay thy foundations with sapphires. And I will make thy windows of agates, and thy gates of carbuncles, and all thy borders of pleasant stones. And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord; and great shall be the peace of thy children. In righteousness shalt thou be established; thou shalt be far from oppression, for thou shalt not fear; and from terror, for it shall not come near thee. Behold, they shall surely gather together, but not by Me; whosoever shall gather together against thee shall fall for thy sake." "No weapon that is formed against thee shall prosper; and every tongue that shall rise against thee in judgment thou shalt condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the Lord, and their righteousness is of Me, saith the Lord." Isaiah 54:11-15, 17. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 7] This passage shows the results of the principles of the law of God carried out in the life. God would have established Israel in righteousness, had they been faithful to Him. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 8] The Law of God in the Last Days. The law of God is to be obeyed in every particular in the last days, when God's "salvation is near to come," and His "righteousness to be revealed." The prophet says:-- {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 9] "Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil. Neither let the son of the stranger, that hath joined himself to the Lord, speak, saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people; neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep My Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant; even unto them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and of daughters. I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off. Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer." For "the Lord God which gathereth the outcasts of Israel saith, Yet will I gather others to Him, besides those that are gathered unto Him." Isaiah 56:1-8. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 10] The Law of God Practical. God is the only source of moral obligation; conformity to His law is to be taught to children and children's children throughout the generations of mankind. {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 10} [BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 11] This life is a training school, where we are to be transformed, refined, and made meet for the society of saints in the kingdom of God, with whom we expect to associate throughout the ages of eternity. Let Christ's righteousness, the righteousness of the law of God, be the standard, and let the Christian's prayer be, "Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me." The world will soil the soul every day unless the cleansing blood is our reliance. Every thought is to be brought into captivity to Christ; every angry word is to be left unspoken. There must be no deception; selfishness or carelessness is a deviation from right. God's law should be the rule in all business transactions. This will lead to the payment of debts, that the character of God may be rightly represented. Truly "the commandment is exceeding broad," reaching to every thought and act of the life. - {BEcho, July 29, 1895 par. 11} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 1] August 5, 1895 Divine Law v. Human Law. - Mrs. E. G. White. The law of God is the only rule of rectitude. Those who are loyal to that law will not be found transgressors of the law of their country, unless the law-makers shall exceed their rights, and enact laws in opposition to the law of God; then God must be obeyed. "If ye love Me," says Christ, "keep My commandments." The world may set up its standards and maxims, and governments may enact laws; but if they are counter to the law of Jehovah, the Christian must necessarily be loyal to God, whatever may be the consequences. {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 2] The Christian is in the world, but not of the world. He is to represent the character of God in obedience to His holy, just, and good law. Daniel was a noble statesman; but his best service to Babylon was his unswerving integrity in the worship of God. In spite of the king's decree, he prayed three times a day with his window open towards Jerusalem, and made no compromise with an idolatrous nation. {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 3] Christian Responsibility. Great is the responsibility of the Christian world. All heaven is looking down upon those who claim to be Christians, and have the Bible, and yet are not searching the word that they may find out what is truth. By precept and example they are teaching the world to transgress God's holy law, and to ignore the seventh-day Sabbath, which He has blessed and hallowed, and declared to be His holy day. Oh that the vast army of professed Christians would teach men to shun the example of Adam, who, by transgression, opened the floodgates of woe on our world. But with this example before them, and all its dreadful consequences, they continue to transgress. They have set the world on the wrong track; they lead sinners away from the path of obedience to God's word into false paths. They might have been a power for good; but what a responsibility will they have to meet in that day when every man shall receive as his works have been. {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 4] We as Seventh-day Adventists have no apology to make to the world for daring to stand for the right. Christ says to His people, "Ye are the light of the world." They are set as light-bearers on the way to heaven. They are to reflect to the world the light shining upon them from Christ. Their life, character, and teaching should be such that through them the world will get a right conception of Christ and of His service. They are here to lead men from the condemnation of sin to loyalty to God. And what is sin? Let the word of God answer: "Sin is the transgression of the law," 1 John 3:4. {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 5] What Does Christ Say of the Law? "Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven." "For I say unto you, that except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven." Matthew 5:17-20. {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 6] Are those who claim to be following the example of Christ voicing His words, and practicing them in their lives? Is it not time to awake to duty? {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 7] A Tested People. God's people are to be tested by the divine law. The right arm may have to be severed, the right eye to be taken out. Not that the body should be mutilated, and the members dissevered, because this would not reach the soul-malady, which lies deep; but the things that hinder spiritual growth, that lead to disobedience to God and separation from Him, must be given up, even though they have been cherished till they are as dear as the right arm or the right eye. {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 8] But though a tested and tried people, Christians need not be unhappy. Even here they may have the joy of communion with Christ; they may have the light of His love, the perpetual comfort of His presence. Every step in life may bring us closer to Jesus, may give us a deeper experience of His love, and may bring us one step nearer the blessed home of peace, which Christ is preparing for His obedient, trusting people. And what a home that is! "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 9] In keeping the commandments of God, "there is great reward." Reader, which will you obey, the human law or the divine? - {BEcho, August 5, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 1] August 19, 1895 The Bible God's Inspired Word. - Mrs. E. G. White. "We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day-star arise in your hearts: knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private interpretation. For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man; but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." 2 Peter 1:19-21. {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 2] The Lord has one path of safety for His people, and that is the path of obedience to His word. That word is given to us as our guide. God is its Author; but the Scriptures were written by human hands, and they bear marks of the individuality of the different writers. In every book of the Bible, the stamp of the mind and character of the writer is manifest. And this is just as God designed it should be. He does nothing in the plan of redemption without human co-operation. {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 3] Christ has the right and power to lay all human agencies and influences under tribute in His work for humanity. He uses human instrumentalities, and He does not destroy the individuality of His servants. He puts the Holy Spirit upon them, and shuts them in with Himself, and they have the mind of Christ, and become co-workers with him. He presents before their minds figures and illustrations with which they are familiar, to make plain the truth He wishes them to communicate, and the Holy Spirit assists them in the use of these figures and illustrations. {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 4] The Harmony of Truth. The Bible is God's word, and is for His people. It was communicated by men; but "they spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." It was given at different periods, and the men called to express the divine will and diffuse the light of truth, were chosen from all stations, from the humblest to the most exalted. The wonderful thing about it is the harmony there is in the divine word, coming to us, as it does, through these different channels and such widely separated periods. Each wrote in his own natural style, giving utterance, under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, to his own personal impressions, relating the events and scenes opened before him, or made to pass before his eyes; yet link is connected with link in the chain of precious truth given us in the word of God. The plan of redemption, and the will and character of God, are revealed to meet the necessities of man in every age; for these human instrumentalities were under divine control, and are not false witnesses of what they saw and heard. {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 5] The Bible Intelligible. The Bible is written in language that the humblest mind may comprehend; for it is written for the people, and the Lord reveals His truth according to their necessities and their comprehension. Through His servants, the truth is made so plain by pen and voice that none need call for greater evidence than has been given. If this evidence is rejected, any additional evidence would not convince the mind, change the sentiments, and convert the will, were it possible to make it fifty-fold stronger. The declaration to one who wished that a messenger should be sent from the dead to warn his brethren, was, "If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead." {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 6] When the truth is brought before the mind, the Lord impresses the heart. An instance of this, and of the result of rejecting these divine impressions, is recorded by Luke. Christ, preaching at Nazareth, announced Himself as the Anointed One. The Spirit of God accompanied His utterances, and convicted hearts of their truth. All bore witness to the gracious words that fell from His lips. But temptations of Satan's own devising came in, and the people, naturally unbelieving, were readily overcome. They were borne on in their skepticism until they were ready for violence and murder at the thought of the assumption of Jesus; and if an angel of God had not been by His side, they would have hurled Him headlong over the precipice. {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 7] Belief not Constrained. To those who are conscientious doers of the word, it is life and spirit, a vital, quickening power; but if men misinterpret it, if they misstate it through their own perverted heart and clouded understanding, it becomes to them a stumbling-block, and not only to them, but to all with whom they have influence. Those who train their minds to cavil and criticise will have opportunity afforded them to develop their true mould of character, just as Satan was given room to develop the crookedness of his policy. All the heavenly intelligences, all the universe of God, are able in each case to decide in regard to the development of character. They can tell who may safely be permitted to enter the portals of bliss, and who, by their disloyalty to God, would endanger the peace of heaven. God could work a miracle in every word spoken through His Spirit; but this is not His plan. He gives evidence, but leaves the will free. - {BEcho, August 19, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 1] August 26, 1895 The Bible God's Inspired Word - Mrs. E. G. White. The Word of God Above Human Criticism. In giving the word, "holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." The word was not given at the option of men, and the use to be made of it is not left to their option. Men may not dissect or pronounce upon, wrest or misinterpret, take from or cast aside, any portion of that word according to their own judgment. Although its compilation, preservation, and transmission have been committed to men, it is wholly divine in its origin and in the thoughts expressed. It may not be demerited and pronounced upon by finite minds, because of its transmission through human agents. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 2] It is wonderful what an amount of evidence is required on the side of truth by the mind trained to doubt, and what weak, thread-like suppositions will be readily fastened upon to support skepticism. In the language of the apostle Paul it might be asked, O skeptic, "who hath bewitched you, that ye should not obey the truth?" The interpretation often heard that "All scripture given by inspiration of God," means that some Scripture is not inspired, is a very slender peg to hang a doubt upon. The apostle means simply, "I present to you the Living Oracles, the Scriptures, all given by inspiration of God, and profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works.'" Then comes the charge to Timothy: "Preach the word." "And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also." {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 3] Human Wisdom Insufficient. But let no man think himself sufficient for this work in his own wisdom. Men, whatever their position or calling, when they trust in their own wisdom alone, make very uncertain paths; they stumble and fall. But the Holy Spirit will guide the sincere seeker after truth, and divine wisdom combined with human capability will enable the mind to grasp its eternal principles. Christ has said, "Without Me ye can do nothing." But united to Him, we behold "the glory of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth." We are made perfect in Christ Jesus, and the wants and longings of the soul are fully met. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 4] A Book to be Studied. The word of God is rich in precious gems of truth. It contains everything to make a man perfect, and those who do the will of God shall know of the doctrine. The Bible will not be understood in all its bearings by any single mind; it is a mine of truth that can never be exhausted. One man, guided by the Spirit that indited the word, will discern mysteries that baffle another, and the latter will be led to see beauty and harmony where before there had been perplexity, and perhaps doubt. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 5] There are many who walk in darkness, with the word, the light, the truth, in their hands. They have false ideas of God; therefore they do not seek Him in the right way. They are not in a position to discern spiritual things. They cannot without a conversion appreciate the difference between the human and the divine; and they place a larger estimate upon the human, because it accords with their own natural hearts. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 6] Unbelief in the Christian World. Many who enter the work of the ministry as teachers of the word of God, are naturally skeptics. The very truth they preach is not free from uncertainties. They will never be rooted and grounded in the truth--they will never have any but a wavering and imperfect faith--until they throw away their unbelief, and accept the Bible as God's inspired word. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 7] There are professed Christians who read the Bible without a fine perception of the gems they are handling. There are portions of Scripture that they are not sure are inspired, and they think that in God's word there are errors and human reasoning. With the lamp of life in their very hands, they stumble. They interpret the Scriptures to suit themselves; they cannot appreciate the wisdom of God, and their own human wisdom is the light that guides them. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 8] Justification by Works Practical Unbelief. Some seek earnestly to find something to sustain the doctrine of justification through the works of the law, and wander in a tangle of condemnation, bitterness, and constant uncertainty. They fail to receive the light which God has given them, and their recompense is darkness. The search which they commenced in unbelief they finish with a deeper and more settled unbelief. Is there any light, and peace, and faith, and assurance, and victory for them while taking this course? {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 9] Reader, if you palsy the force of God's appeals to you by your stubbornness and resistance, the truth is no truth to you. It has lost its power to do for you the work that the Lord designed it should do; and your own will, your own lusts--the world, the flesh, and the devil--will overpower you. At times you may walk in the sparks of your own kindling, and flatter yourself that you are all light in the Lord; but the word of the Lord is, "Ye shall lie down in sorrow," and it is sure to be fulfilled. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 10] Lessons from History. Science and history cannot of themselves make men wise unto salvation; but through the aid of the Holy Spirit, which, in answer to prayer, will be given to guide into all truth, science and history may be made use of as a clear, definite light, blending with that of the written, inspired word. There are lessons to be learned from the history of the past; and attention is called to these, that all may understand that God works on the same lines now that He ever has done. His hand is seen in His work and among the nations now, just the same as it has been ever since the gospel was first proclaimed to Adam in Eden. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 10} [BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 11] There are periods which are turning points in the history of nations and of the church. In the providence of God, when these different crises arrive, the light for that time is given. If it is received, there is spiritual progress; if it is rejected, spiritual declension and shipwreck follow. The Lord in His word has opened up the aggressive work of the gospel as it has been carried on in the past, and will be in the future, even to the closing conflict, when Satanic agencies will make their last wonderful movement. From that word we understand that the forces are now at work that will usher in the last great conflict between good and evil--between Satan, the prince of darkness, and Christ, the Prince of life. But the coming triumph for the men who love and fear God is as sure as that His throne is established in the heavens. {BEcho, August 26, 1895 par. 11} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 1] September 2, 1895 The Bible God's Inspired Word - Mrs. E. G. White. - Divine Power in the Word. There is divine power in the revelation of God. But God works in His own way. He does not design that man shall be overpowered by a light and divinity that would compel belief. Paul was taken to the third heaven, and he heard things which it was not lawful for human lips to utter. Could men have understood the language of heavenly mysteries had it been spoken through Paul?--No; therefore these things were to be left unsaid. But the things he saw and heard were fixed in Paul's memory as if "graven with an iron pen and lead in the rock forever." They were woven into his entire experience, and were an inspiration to him, giving him power in his work for God. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 2] Christ the Living Word. The Lord Jesus Christ, when He took humanity upon Him, was not for this reason less perfect. He came in this lowly garb that humanity might reach humanity. He hungered, He thirsted, He was weary and needed rest, He wept tears of sadness, He was "in all points tempted like as we are;" yet He was the divine Son of God. The human and the divine were blended, and those who humbly seek God through Him will be made partakers of the divine nature. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 3] Some recognized Christ as the Son of God, and received His words. They opened their hearts to Him, and He entered in and abode with them, and they were filled with courage, hope, and joy. But there were some who grieved Him by their unbelief and hardness of heart. These He faithfully warned and rebuked. He said unto them, "Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites." "Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do." Some would say, He is excited, harsh, severe; but was He? Was it not necessary to rebuke and condemn those, who, while they entered not in themselves, "shut up the kingdom of heaven against men"? {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 4] The Sword of the Spirit. Paul says of the written word that it also is "quick, and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart." It convinces the reason, strikes directly home to the conscience, and works effectually in the heart that is not barricaded against the truth. For it is the word of God, of whom it is said, "Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in His sight; but all things are opened unto the eyes of Him with whom we have to do." {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 5] A Preparation Necessary. The soil of the heart must be mellowed and prepared for the sowing of the gospel seed. The apostle says of Israel, "The word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it." The most precious truth may be presented in the demonstration and power of the Spirit; but if it is resisted, instead of being cherished, it will only harden the heart, and every ray of light will go out in darkness. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 6] The Lord has warnings and reproofs for His people, that they may not, by their unbelief, imperil their own souls or the souls of others. But the natural heart is not inclined to yield to these warnings, because self struggles for the mastery. There is an inclination to pick flaws. This is done carefully at first, the doubter not daring to reject; but if he continues in this course, he will at length handle sacred things as he would the common, and the word of God to him in counsel and reproof is made void. The word cannot do its office work in the unbelieving heart. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 7] The Word Accepted. Some there are who accept the word of God with its reproofs and corrections. They receive it "not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the word of God, which effectually worketh" in them that believe, and they rejoice in the light, and yield in their lives the peaceable fruits of righteousness. To these God gives abundant blessings. And His treasures of truth, of light, and of grace are placed in earthen vessels, not to remain there stagnant, but to be poured out to the world in all their richness and heavenly fragrance. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 8] Those who are in positions of trust hold in their hands the most sacred talents to be used in the interests of the people of God. These are heavenly endowments, to be retained only as they are used in speech and by pen, God diffusing to them, as they constantly diffuse to others. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 9] Search the Scriptures. "And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent." What necessity is there for men and women who profess godliness to understand the Holy Scriptures. It is by this means that they are nurtured in sound doctrine, and become rooted and grounded in the truth, established in the knowledge of Jesus Christ. But the traditions and customs of men must not be mingled with the sacred truths of revelation. To those who were doing this Christ said, "Full well ye reject the commandments of God, that ye may keep your own traditions." And this is as true now as it was when Christ was on earth, and was rejected and crucified. {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 10] "Search the Scriptures." Study, pray, and believe. Take up the Bible without prejudice, and in a humble, teachable spirit, and, with the understanding open to the impressions of the Spirit of God, let its convincing power mould the life and conscience. Today the voice from Calvary is speaking in tones of mercy to every soul. May all see that their only hope is to hear, to receive, and to rejoice in the truth which is the power of God unto salvation to all who believe. - {BEcho, September 2, 1895 par. 10} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 1] September 9, 1895 God's Word to Israel, Ancient and Modern. - Mrs. E. G. White. - The Message Through Isaiah. The Lord chose Isaiah to deliver to His church a message of the deepest importance; for it was a time when great danger threatened. The nature of the message that he bore is intimated in chap. 5:-- {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 2] "Now will I sing to my well-beloved a song of my beloved touching his vineyard. My well-beloved hath a vineyard in a very fruitful hill; and he fenced it, and gathered out the stones thereof, and planted it with the choicest vine, and built a tower in the midst of it, and also made a winepress therein; and he looked that it should bring forth grapes, and it brought forth wild grapes. And now, O inhabitants of Jerusalem, and men of Judah, judge, I pray you, betwixt me and my vineyard. What could have been done more to my vineyard, that I have not done in it? Wherefore, when I looked that it should bring forth grapes, brought it forth wild grapes? And now go to; I will tell you what I will do to my vineyard: I will take away the hedge thereof, and it shall be eaten up; and break down the wall thereof, and it shall be trodden down. And I will lay it waste; it shall not be pruned nor digged, but there shall come up briers and thorns; I will also command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it. For the vineyard of the Lord of hosts is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah His pleasant plant; and He looked for judgment, but behold oppression; for righteousness, but behold a cry." {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 3] Israel had not appreciated the great blessings conferred upon them, but had apostatized from the principles of truth. {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 4] "Therefore as the fire devoureth the stubble, and the flame consumeth the chaff, so their root shall be as rottenness, and their blossom shall go up as dust; because they have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel. Therefore is the anger of the Lord kindled against His people, and He hath stretched forth His hand against them, and hath smitten them." {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 5] This was the testimony of reproof that was given to Isaiah. The view he had of the errors and defections of Israel nearly overcame him, and their obstinacy and unbelief made his work seem impossible. What wonder that he was discouraged, and looked upon his mission as a failure? {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 6] A Vision of Divine Power. As the prophet was entering upon his work, he was given a vision of the glory and power of the God, whose messenger he was. He tells us that he stood under the portico of the heavenly temple, when all at once the gates and inner vail were withdrawn, and he was permitted to look on the sacred, awful mysteries of the holy of holies. It is impossible for the human mind, unaided by divine power, to catch even an outline of the scene opened to his vision. He says:-- {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 7] "I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and His train filled the temple. Above it stood the seraphim; each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts; the whole earth is full of His glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I, Woe is me; for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips; for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts." Isaiah 6:1-5. {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 8] The revelation given to Isaiah was of the King, the Lord of hosts, a being greater than any earthly potentate. He was seated on a throne, high and lifted up, with bright-winged seraphim on either side as a royal guard. "Each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet ［in token of reverence and humility］, and with twain he did fly," representing an instant execution of the Lord's bidding. Heavenly beings stood around the throne of Omnipotence, waiting His commands, and swift in the performance of their service to the inhabitants of earth. {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 9] "And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts; the whole earth is full of His glory." Over against the throne stood the seraphim, glowing with the holy flame of divine love, and the prophet's ears were made to hear their glorious heavenly melodies, loud and triumphant. And at their songs of praise the posts of the door shook to their foundation, and "the house was filled with smoke." {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 9} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 10] The Prophet Encouraged in God. O, this vision is enough to reassure Isaiah! The resources of heaven have been opened before him. He has had a view of the divine power and majesty with which Christ, the Son of God, is associated. The scene will ever remain in his memory as a living reality. At the very time that the prophet was shown that the cities would be wasted without inhabitant, and the land utterly desolated, the Lord was in His holy place, watching over the destinies of His people. Now, if need be, Isaiah can meet years of toil, hardship, and perplexity, and not be discouraged. The Lord slumbers not, neither is His power limited. "The Lord reigneth; let the people tremble. He sitteth between the cherubim; let the earth be moved. The Lord is great in Zion; and He is high above all the people. Let them praise Thy great and terrible name; for it is holy." {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 10} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 11] The Littleness of the Human Agent. What impression did this vision make on the prophet? Thus he describes it: "Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips; for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts." Isaiah had denounced woes upon others for their apostasy and separation from God. He had been almost ready to yield to discouragement, so keenly did he realize that he dwelt among "a people of unclean lips;" but now he sees himself in danger. He is himself "a man of unclean lips." He had no disposition to exalt himself. O how little he was in his own wisdom, how unworthy, how unfitted for sacred service. He was overwhelmed with a sense of his own weakness and sinfulness. {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 11} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 12] But Isaiah is not left in despair. He says, "Then flew one of the seraphim unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar. And he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged." {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 12} [BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 13] A Present-Day Lesson. The vision of Isaiah represents the position of God's people in the last days, when they are privileged to see by faith the work going on in the sanctuary above. Jesus is seated with His Father on the throne, high and lifted up, and all who come to God through Him will find access into the inner sanctuary. The view of the glory of God in His excellent majesty prepares the heart to humility; and the very work done for Isaiah will be done for all who humble themselves and acknowledge their sins; for the bow of promise is above the throne. {BEcho, September 9, 1895 par. 13} [BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 1] September 23, 1895 Angels and Their Work. - Mrs. E. G. White. The connection of the visible with the invisible world, the ministration of angels of God, and the agency of evil spirits, are plainly revealed in the Scriptures, and inseparably interwoven with human history. There is a growing tendency to disbelief in the existence of evil spirits, while the holy angels that "minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation," are regarded by many as the spirits of the dead. But the Scriptures not only teach the existence of angels, both good and evil, but present unquestionable proof that these are not the disembodied spirits of dead men. {BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 2] Before the creation of man, angels were in existence; for when the foundations of the earth were laid, "the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy." After the fall of man, angels were sent to guard the tree of life, and this before a human being had died. Angels are in nature superior to men; for the psalmist says that man was made "a little lower than the angels." {BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 3] In all ages, God has wrought through holy angels for the succour and deliverance of His people. Celestial beings have taken an active part in the affairs of men. They have appeared clothed in garments that shone as the lightning; they have come as men, in the garb of wayfarers. Angels have appeared in human form to men of God. They have rested, as if weary, under the oaks at noon. They have accepted the hospitalities of human homes. They have acted as guides to benighted travellers. They have, with their own hands, kindled the fires of the altar. They have opened prison doors, and set free the servants of the Lord. Clothed with the panoply of heaven, they came to roll away the stone from the Saviour's tomb. {BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 4] In the form of men, angels are often in the assemblies of the righteous, and they visit the assemblies of the wicked, as they went to Sodom to make a record of their deeds, to determine whether they have passed the boundary of God's forbearance. The Lord delights in mercy; and for the sake of a few who really serve Him, He restrains calamities, and prolongs the tranquillity of multitudes. Little do sinners against God realize that they are indebted for their own lives to the faithful few whom they delight to ridicule and oppress. {BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 5] Angels have defeated purposes and arrested evils that would have greatly retarded the work of God, and would have caused great suffering to His people. In the hour of peril and distress, "the angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear Him, and delivereth them." {BEcho, September 23, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 1] October 28, 1895 The Gospel Invitation. - Mrs. E. G. White. "Then said He unto him, A certain man made a great supper, and bade many; and sent his servant at supper time to say to them that were bidden, Come; for all things are now ready. And they all with one consent began to make excuse. The first said unto him, I have bought a piece of ground, and I must needs go and see it; I pray thee have me excused. And another said, I have bought five yoke of oxen, I go to prove them; I pray thee have me excused. And another said, I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come. So that servant came, and showed his lord these things. Then the master of the house being angry said to his servant, Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and the maimed, and the halt, and the blind. And the servant said, Lord, it is done as thou hast commanded, and yet there is room. And the Lord said unto the servant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. For I say unto you, That none of those men which were bidden shall taste of my supper." Luke 14:16-24. {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 2] In this parable there are thoughts of the greatest importance. Christ's words were simple; His language was plain; but truths were uttered which involved eternal interests. {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 3] There is a deep earnestness in the invitation, "Come; for all things are now ready." How could those bidden make excuses of so trivial a character, and risk losing eternal life? And yet in every age of the world men are fulfilling this parable in refusing the invitation to the gospel feast. One urges as an excuse his temporal concerns; his property demands his attention. Another is hindered by the claims of society. But none of these excuses count with God. The refusal decides the eternal destiny of the soul; for the words of Christ are, "None of those men that were bidden shall taste of my supper." {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 4] Can anyone consider the condescension of God in preparing the gospel feast, and its great cost, and treat the invitation slightingly? No man, nor even the highest angel, can estimate the great cost; it is known only to the Father and the Son. The love of God for sinful man is beyond computation. It is the wonder of all heaven, but none can comprehend it. How could their loved Commander in the heavenly courts be permitted to endure such self-denial, such great sacrifice, to bring to man the gospel privileges? And yet with many these privileges are not considered of as much value as the approbation of their neighbours. {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 5] Had not God manifested His great love by providing the gospel feast at an expense that cannot be computed, and then bidden His guests, the sin of refusal would not involve eternal consequences. But those who frame these excuses will never realize the greatness and terribleness of the consequences until they shall personally see the saints of God welcomed into the heaven of bliss, and they themselves left outside. What would they not then give to be received into the mansions Jesus has gone to prepare for His guests? {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 6] The preparations are as abundant as if everyone bidden would certainly accept the invitation. God Himself, through the atonement of Christ, has made unlimited provision for all who will come. The Jewish nation, to whom the invitation was first given, were highly favoured and exalted. And when they rejected the call, the Lord declared that none of those who were bidden, and refused the invitation, should taste His supper. Can the human mind really take in this great thought, that to refuse the heavenly solicitation is to be refused of Christ, cast off forever? {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 7] When the invitation was rejected, the messengers were sent to call in people whom the Jews despised and regarded as a curse in the earth,--the poor, the maimed, the halt, and the blind. The call was to go to the high-ways and by-ways, and to reach the poor and outcast. These are not so filled with self-righteousness that they cannot appreciate the divine favour. {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 8] Christ is the light of the world, an ever-present and all-sufficient Saviour. Those who receive His grace are not to look upon themselves as a favoured few, as the only ones who shall be the recipients of His salvation. At the first the light was permitted to shine in clear, distinct rays upon the Jewish nation, giving them the privilege of co-operating with God in lighting the world with His glory. But they did not understand that divine goodness embraces the world; that it was the design of God that every human being should be included in those bidden. Now in Christ every wall of exclusiveness has been broken down, with every caste, every grade, high or low, rich or poor. "Whoso heareth" may partake of the divine blessings designed for the world in the gospel feast, and is commissioned to repeat the invitation, "Come." {BEcho, October 28, 1895 par. 8} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 1] November 25, 1895 The Love of God. - Mrs. E. G. White. How is it possible to set forth the love of God in giving His only begotten Son to die for sinners? The imagination cannot comprehend it. Men of the brightest intellects cannot, by mere speculative knowledge, form any conception of this love. Without a personal knowledge of God, men of the most brilliant intellects are unable to set forth divine things. They do not look through nature up to nature's God, and see the expression of His love to man in the flowers of the field, which adorn the world with speaking beauty and loveliness. They know little of the length and breadth, the height and depth, of the love of God as revealed in giving His Son to our world, and they trace the expression of His love in nature with sleepy, benumbed senses. God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, has not yet shined into their hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 2] God has declared His love; Jesus Christ is the expression of that love. "In this was manifested the love of God toward us, because that God sent His only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through Him. Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins." O what love, what infinite love! "While we were yet sinners," the Father pitied and loved us. And yet when we are pressed with trials, how weak is our faith. {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 3] The soul that keeps far off does not have communion with Heaven, though the Holy Spirit is promised to all who ask it. Jesus has brought this precious lesson within the comprehension of all: "If ye, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?" {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 4] The love of God is so deep, so full, that it could only be expressed in giving for our sakes His own beloved Son to poverty, to shame, to humiliation, to mockery, and to death. He was the most costly and precious offering that could be given to the world, and in Him all heaven was given. "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" Through Christ the way was made safe for God and man. God's justice and honour are maintained, every divine attribute is exalted and most clearly defined, while salvation and righteousness are brought to light for every creature. {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 5] Herein is the mystery of redemption, that the innocent, pure, and holy Son of the infinite God was permitted to bear the punishment of a thankless race of rebels against the divine government; that through the manifestation of His matchless love, these rebels might be inspired with faith in, and love for God, and might stand before Him repentant, forgiven, guiltless, as if they had never sinned. Angels in heaven marvelled that the wrath of God should be laid on His well-beloved Son; that a life of infinite value in the heavenly courts should be given for the worthless life of a race degraded by sin. {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 6] The heir of God came to our world in the garb of humanity, as one of humble origin, as one who serves. When the time was drawing near that He should pour out His life on the cross, His love was revealed in the words, "Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon Him, went forth." Not only was He to die, but he knew precisely the shame, the humiliation, He would have to suffer, the cruel treatment He should receive. There was no compulsion in bringing Him to the ignominious death on the cross; yet He made His soul an offering for sin. The mind of God to save the world was the mind of Christ. His own love was one with that of the Father, and that love constrained Him. {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 7] Herein is the love of God manifested, inexpressible, immeasurable, and passing knowledge. The human mind cannot grasp it in its fulness; but we should put forth the most earnest efforts of which we are capable, that we may communicate redeeming love to others. Eternity, all eternity, will unfold that love, and then we shall know what here we cannot comprehend. - {BEcho, November 25, 1895 par. 7} [BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 1] December 9, 1895 Business Principles in the Religious Life. - Mrs. E. G. White. It is the Christian's place to acknowledge his dependence upon God in everything, and to carry out the principles of his faith in all the relations of life, including business transactions. He cannot otherwise correctly represent the religion of Christ. And he should be honest with God as well as with men. Can a man be dishonest with God? Read the prophet's answer: "Will a man rob God? Yet ye have robbed Me. But ye say, Wherein have we robbed Thee? In tithes and offerings." Malachi 3:8. {BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 2] Tithes and offerings belong to God. The means in our possession should be regarded as a sacred trust, to be used to the glory of the Giver. Self-denial is the condition of salvation. The charity that seeketh not her own is the fruit of that disinterested love that characterized the life of our Redeemer. He who for love to Christ denies himself, will find the happiness which the selfish man seeks in vain; but he who makes his own pleasures and selfish interests the chief object of life, will lose the happiness he thinks to enjoy. {BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 3] The apostle Paul has something to say on the subject of system in giving: "Now concerning the collection for the saints, as I have given order to the churches of Galatia, even so do ye. Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him." {BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 4] God's rule of giving, as expressed in His word, excludes no one, and it presses heavily on no one. It touches the poor man but lightly, and is not really felt by the rich. But many professed followers of Christ will not give in proportion to their means because to do so would require the sale of some of their property; therefore they rob the treasury of God, and lose the blessing He has promised to the liberal. Some even allow the love of money to become the ruling passion of their lives. They are as much intoxicated with riches as is the inebriate with his cups. In their case how appropriate are the words of Christ: "What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?" {BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 5] Said Christ, "Where your treasure is, there will your heart be also." If we lay up our treasure in heaven, our hearts will be in heaven; if our treasure is on the earth, our hearts will be set on things of the earth, worrying about losses, and anxious about gains and riches. Christ's lesson in regard to the widow's two mites shows that the small offerings of the poor, given from a heart of love, are as essential as the larger donations of the rich. They move forward the car of salvation; for they form a steady stream, and are accompanied by prayers of humble faith. And as in the balances of the sanctuary the offering is estimated in accordance with the spirit of love and sacrifice that prompted it, the promises will just as surely be fulfilled to the liberal poor man who has little to offer, but gives that little freely, as to the wealthy man who gives largely of his abundance. {BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 6] "Seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you." What things is Christ speaking of? -- The things necessary for a livelihood. Christ's kingdom should be superior to every other interest. The law of God written in our hearts will subordinate our own interests to those that are higher and eternal. But our Heavenly Father knows that we need food and raiment. He feeds the sparrow and clothes the lily; will He be less mindful of the needs of His children? {BEcho, December 9, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 1] December 16, 1895 The Prophecies to be Understood. - Mrs. E. G. White. Ministers and people have declared the prophecies of Daniel and John to be a collection of mysteries which no one could understand or explain. But the very title of the book of Revelation contradicts these assertions: "The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John, who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand." {BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 1} [BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 2] Says the prophet, "Blessed is he that readeth"--there are some who will not read; the blessing is not for them. "And they that hear"--there are some, also, who refuse to hear anything concerning the prophecies; the blessing is not for this class. "And keep those things that are written therein"--many refuse to heed the warnings and instructions contained in the Revelation. None of these can claim the blessing promised. All who ridicule the subjects of the prophecy, and mock at the symbols here solemnly given,--all who refuse to reform their lives, and prepare for the coming of the Son of man, will be unblest. {BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 2} [BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 3] In view of the testimony of Inspiration, how dare ministers teach that the Revelation is a mystery beyond the reach of human understanding? It is a mystery revealed, a book opened. The study of the Revelation directs the mind to the prophecies of Daniel, and both present most important instruction, given of God to men, concerning events to take place at the close of this world's history. {BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 3} [BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 4] To John were opened scenes of deep and thrilling interest in the experience of the church. He saw the position, dangers, conflicts, and final deliverance of the people of God. He records the closing messages which are to ripen the harvest of the earth, either as sheaves for the heavenly garner or as fagots for the fires of the last day. Subjects of vast importance were revealed to him especially for the last church, that those who should turn from error to truth might be instructed concerning the perils and conflicts before them. None need be in darkness in regard to what is coming upon the earth. {BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 4} [BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 5] Why, then, this wide-spread ignorance concerning an important part of Holy Writ? Why this general reluctance to investigate its teachings? It is the result of a studied effort of the prince of darkness to conceal from men that which reveals his deceptions. For this reason, Christ the Revelator, foreseeing the warfare that would be waged against the study of the Revelation, pronounced a blessing upon all who should read, hear, and observe the words of the prophecy. {BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 5} [BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 6] The Bible was designed to be a guide to all who wish to become acquainted with the will of their Maker. God gave to men the sure word of prophecy; angels and even Christ Himself came to make known to Daniel and John the things that must shortly come to pass. Those important matters that concern our salvation were not left involved in mystery. They were not revealed in such a way as to perplex and mislead the honest seeker after truth. Said the Lord by the prophet Habakkuk, "Write the vision, and make it plain upon tables, that he may run that readeth it." The word of God is plain to all who study it with a prayerful heart. Every truly honest soul will come to the light of truth. "Light is sown for the righteous." No church can advance in holiness unless its members are earnestly seeking for truth as for hid treasure. - {BEcho, December 16, 1895 par. 6} [BEcho, February 10, 1896 par. 1] February 10, 1896 Home Training. - Mrs. E. G. White. Parents should train their children to habits of industry and self- denial. If indolence, selfishness, and pride are fostered, children will neglect both their duty to their parents and the requirements of God. They should be taught that their time is not their own; that it is lent them of God, and that for the use they make of it, they will be required to give an account to Him. Many spend hours in reading tales which do not strengthen the mind or improve the morals. This precious time should be devoted to some good purpose. It might be spent in helping their parents; and while cheerfully bearing their share of life's burdens, they would be educating themselves for usefulness and duty. {BEcho, February 10, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, February 10, 1896 par. 2] Children should be disciplined to good works. Many of them would deny themselves indulgences, if a motive for so doing were placed before them. The money that they would be inclined to spend on selfish gratification, on things not essential to comfort or happiness, might be saved for some good or benevolent purpose. Children who have sound health; who have been trained in habits of industry, economy, and benevolence; and who have well-balanced minds, capable of mental and moral improvement, receive from their parents a legacy of price-less worth. Barriers and safeguards are thrown around them which will not be galling chains of restraint, but helps to a well-ordered life and a love of sacred things. - {BEcho, February 10, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, May 4, 1896 par. 1] May 4, 1896 The Preparation Needed. - Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man." All have need to hunger and thirst for the bread and water of life. This is the time to humble the soul before God, and to seek Him earnestly. Many are longing for the realization of Christ as their personal Saviour. Christ is knocking, knocking at the door of their hearts. Will they let Him come in as an honoured guest, or will they, by dwelling upon commonplace matters, allow their God-given faculties to become dwarfed and narrowed? Will they allow themselves to become overcharged with surfeiting and drunkenness and the cares of this life? {BEcho, May 4, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, May 4, 1896 par. 2] There is a world lying in wickedness, in deception, and delusion, in the very shadow of death,--asleep, asleep. Who are feeling travail of soul to awaken them? What voice can reach them? My mind is carried to the future when the signal will be given, "Behold the Bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet Him." But some will have delayed to obtain the oil for replenishing their lamps, and too late they will find that character, which is represented by the oil, is not transferable. That oil is the righteousness of Christ. It represents character, and character is not transferable. No man can secure it for another. Each must obtain for himself a character purified from every stain of sin. The Lord is coming in power and great glory. It will then be His work to make a complete separation between the righteous and the wicked. But the oil cannot then be transferred to the vessels of those who have it not. Then shall be fulfilled the words of Christ, "Two women shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and the other left. Two men shall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left." The righteous and the wicked are to be associated together in the work of life. But the Lord reads the character, He discerns who are obedient children, who respect and love His commandments. {BEcho, May 4, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, May 4, 1896 par. 3] "God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble. Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands, ye sinners; and purify your hearts, ye double-minded. Be afflicted, and mourn, and weep; let your laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and He shall lift you up." This is the work that needs to be done. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, May 4, 1896 par. 3} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 1] July 20, 1896 Who will Keep the Way of the Lord? - The Bible is the guide book which is to decide the many difficult problems that arise in minds that are selfishly inclined. It is a reflection of the wisdom of God, and not only furnishes great and important principles, but supplies practical lessons for the life and conduct of man toward his fellow-man. It gives minute particulars, that decide our relation to God, and to each other. It is a complete revelation of the attributes and will of God, in the person of Jesus Christ; and in it are set forth the obligation of the human agent to render whole-hearted service to God, and to inquire at every step, "Is this the way of the Lord?" {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 2] Man is not his own. He has been bought with a price, and what a price! The only begotten son of God condescended to live a life of humiliation, self-denial, and self-sacrifice, divesting Himself of His own majesty and glory as Commander of the heavenly courts, that He might bring life and immortality to the human race. He clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to a world all seared and marred with the curse, in order to give the human family an example of what humanity may become through Jesus Christ, if they will abide in Him. He lived the law of God in human nature, to show that humanity may keep that law through His power. All who desire to share His glory hereafter must share His self-denial and self-sacrifice at every step heavenward. They must represent Christ to the world in the same manner that Christ represented His Father to the world. {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 3] It is essential for all to practise the lessons given by the Great Teacher. But many minds work independently of the revealed will of God, as though unconscious that there is an inspired word to regulate their movements and point out the way of the Lord. Changes must be made in human character. For the future safety of His church, God has permitted a condition of things to exist which will develop character. In the providence of God the spirit which is a controlling power over each human agent will be made manifest. {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 3} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 4] Only the one who will keep the way of the Lord can be trusted to do the work of the Lord; for he alone will be a faithful steward. The character of Christianity is decidedly practical. Self and selfish ambition has no place in the mind of him who is daily converted to God. Whatever his hereditary or cultivated tendencies may be, the Holy Spirit's moulding power on his mind and character leads him into more and still more decided co-operation with the upbuilding of the instrumentalities God has established. Never will he take the side of the power of darkness by striving to weaken and discourage, by seeking to leaven minds with suspicion, distrust, and jealousy. Those who will stand firm as a rock to principle will not become corrupted with the leaven of deception and disaffection. {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 4} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 5] The will of every human being should be under the discipline and control of God, for it is a dangerous element if exercised in selfish schemes. The will of the human agent is not to be given into the control of any other man. When merged into the will of other men, it is misleading. The will of man is safe only when united with the will of God. When merged into the will of God it is a will joined to conscience, rightly exercised in advancing the honour and glory of God. The Lord has purchased the will, the affections, the mind, the soul, and the strength. Thus He has taken the whole man. Under the supervision of the divine power the will is to be cultivated to become strong, prompt, firm. It is not to fail nor become discouraged. {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 5} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 6] God's word sets forth the will that is to be carried into the recesses of the soul. If the human agent consents, God can and will so identify His will with all our thoughts and aims, so blend our hearts and minds into conformity to His word, that when obeying His will we are only carrying out the impulses of our minds. All such will not possess an unsanctified, selfish disposition, ready to carry out their own wills, but will have a jealous, earnest, determined zeal for the glory of God. They will not want to do anything in their own strength, and will guard strictly against the danger of promoting self. {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 6} [BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 7] All who would perfect a Christian character must wear the yoke of Christ. If they would sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus, they must learn of Him while on this earth. Christ pleased not Himself. The whole of His life was the development of a pure, disinterested benevolence. He assumed human nature to demonstrate to the fallen world, to Satan and his synagogue, to the universe of heaven, to the worlds unfallen, that human nature, united with His divine nature, could become entirely obedient to the law of God. All need to enquire, "What must I do to be saved?" God requires humble, contrite hearts, that tremble at His word. It is only from the divine altar that we can receive the celestial torch, which, when received, will give us a full view of our incompetence, and reveal to us the dignity and glory of Christ. When this is seen, God places us under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, and it will lead us into all truth. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, July 20, 1896 par. 7} [BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 1] July 27, 1896 Upholding God's Law. - All who advocate truth in distinction to error have a special work to do in vindicating the law of God. Men inspired by a power from beneath have considered it their duty to uphold as the Sabbath of the Lord the first day of the week. By thus disregarding the claim of God, ministers who claim to preach the gospel are echoing the words told to Adam and Eve in Eden, that if they transgressed the law they would not die, but would be as gods, knowing good and evil. By their influence and example, these false shepherds have caused a lie to be received as a truth. With persevering energy they have laboured to establish a spurious sabbath, and this man-made institution has received the homage of the greater part of the world. But this does not make a day holy which God has given us as a common working day. Though this error be hoary with age, though the world bow in reverence to it, it still remains an error and a delusion; for God says, "To the law and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." Isaiah 8:20. {BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 2] Well-nigh universal contempt is shown to the law of God, and all who are loyal to Him have a sacred and solemn work to do in magnifying the law, and making it honourable. God placed His sanctity upon the seventh day, and gave it to man to keep holy; and He said, "My covenant will I not break, nor alter the thing that is gone out of My mouth." By rendering obedience to His commandments, we uphold the honour of God in the earth. {BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 3] Satan works against the law with untiring energy, and God calls upon His people to be witnesses for Him by pressing the battle to the gates. In this war there is no release. Those who take part in it must put on the whole armour of God that they may fight manfully in the warfare against evil. {BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 3} [BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 4] Often God's soldiers find themselves brought into hard and difficult places, they know not why. But are they to relax their hold because difficulties arise? Is their faith to diminish because they cannot see their way through the darkness? God forbid. They are to cherish an abiding sense of God's power to uphold them in their work. They cannot perish, neither can they lose their way if they will follow His guidance, and strive to uphold His law. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, July 27, 1896 par. 4} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 1] August 10, 1896 Death Not Eternal Life in Misery. - A Popular Heresy Exposed. Satan commenced his deception in Eden. He said to Eve, "Thou shalt not surely die." This was Satan's first lesson upon the immortality of the soul; and he has carried on this deception from that time to the present, and will carry it on until the captivity of God's children shall be turned. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 2] In Eden Adam and Eve partook of the forbidden tree, and then the flaming sword was placed around the tree of life, and they were driven from the garden, lest they should partake of the tree of life, the fruit of which was to perpetuate immortality, ［MORTALITY IMPLIES A CONDITION SUBJECT TO DECAY, DECOMPOSITION, AND DISINTEGRATION, AND HENCE CESSATION OF EXISTENCE, OR DEATH. IMMORTALITY IMPLIES A CONDITION NOT SUBJECT TO DECAY AND DISINTEGRATION, AND HENCE CONTINUED EXISTENCE. THE TREE OF LIFE WAS DESIGNED TO KEEP MAN IN THIS RENEWED AND PERFECT CONDITION; IN OTHER WORDS TO PERPETUATE IMMORTALITY. IN THE NEW EARTH IT IS RESTORED TO MAN. SEE REVELATION 22:2, 14.］ and be immortal sinners. Who of the family of Adam have passed that flaming sword, and have partaken of the tree of life? Not one has passed that flaming sword, and partaken of that tree; therefore there is not an immortal sinner. The soul that sinneth, it shall die an everlasting death,--a death from which there will be no hope of a resurrection; and then the wrath of God will be appeased. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 3] It is a marvel that Satan has succeeded so well in making men believe that the words of God, "The soul that sinneth it shall die," mean that the soul that sinneth it shall not die, but live eternally in misery. Life is life, whether it is in pain or happiness. Death is without pain, without joy, without hatred. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 3} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 4] Outgrowths of the Immortal Soul Doctrine. Satan and his angels have made a special effort to spread the deception and lie first repeated to Eve in Eden, "Thou shalt not surely die." And as this error was received by the people, and they were led to believe that man was immortal, he led them on to believe that the sinner would live in eternal misery. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 4} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 5] Eternal Misery. Then the way was prepared for Satan to work through his representatives, and hold up God before the people as a revengeful tyrant,--one who plunges all those into hell who do not please Him, and causes them ever to feel His wrath; and while they suffer unutterable anguish, and writhe in the eternal flames, He is represented as looking down upon them with satisfaction. Satan knew that if this error should be received, God would be hated by many, instead of being loved and admired; and that many would be led to believe that the threatenings of God's word would not be literally fulfilled, for it would be against His character of benevolence and love to plunge into eternal torments the beings whom He had created. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 5} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 6] Universalism. Another extreme which Satan has led the people to adopt is to entirely overlook the justice of God, and the threatenings in His word, and to represent Him as being all mercy, so that not one will perish, but that all, both saint and sinner, will at last be saved in His kingdom. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 6} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 7] Infidelity. In consequence of the popular errors of the immortality of the soul, and endless misery, Satan takes advantage of another class, and leads them to regard the Bible as an uninspired book. They think it teaches many good things; but they cannot rely upon it and love it, because they have been taught that it declares the doctrine of eternal misery. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 7} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 8] Atheism. Another class Satan leads on still further, even to deny the existence of God. They can see no consistency in the character of the God of the Bible, if He will torment with horrible tortures a portion of the human family to all eternity. Therefore they deny the Bible and its Author, and regard death as an eternal sleep. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 8} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 9] Insanity. There is still another class who are fearful and timid. These Satan tempts to commit sin, and after they have sinned, he holds up before them that the wages of sin is--not death, but--life in horrible torments, to be endured through the endless ages of eternity. By thus magnifying before their feeble minds the horrors of an endless hell, he takes possession of their minds, and they lose their reason. Then Satan and his angels exult, and the infidel and atheist join in casting reproach upon Christianity. They claim that these evils are the natural results of believing in the Bible and its Author, whereas they are the results of the reception of popular heresy. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 9} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 10] God's Object in Giving the Scriptures. God knew that Satan would try every art to destroy man; therefore He caused His word to be written out, and made His purposes in regard to the human race so plain that the weakest need not err. After having given His word to man, He has carefully preserved it from destruction by Satan or his angels, or by any of his agents or representatives. While other books might be destroyed, this was to be immortal. And down near the close of time, when the delusions of Satan should increase, it was to be so multiplied that all who desired might have a copy, and, if they would, might arm themselves against the deceptions and lying wonders of Satan. {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 10} [BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 11] The word of God, as a whole, is a perfect chain, one portion linking into and explaining another. True seekers for truth need not err; for not only is the word of God plain and simple in declaring the way of life, but the Holy Spirit is given as a guide in understanding the way to life therein revealed. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, August 10, 1896 par. 11} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 1] August 24, 1896 Industry and Improvement. - The Lord would have all who are in His service to be learners. The tillers of the soil, the mechanics, the men who have learned their trades, are still to be learning better methods, expanding, enlarging in their ideas. Those who do not think they can learn anything are not the ones who can be a blessing in the enterprises in which we are engaged. Those who are willing to learn are wanted. God is continually leading and instructing. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 2] The Lord is weighing moral worth. All who devote themselves unselfishly to the work of God will receive a continual blessing, for they are continually learning how to do better and more faithful service. In the right performance of physical labour there is a valuable education to be obtained. All workers are under the watchcare of the great Master Worker. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 3] Those who shun every duty not directly specified to be theirs, will bring into their spiritual life the very same disposition to do as little as possible. Just the same spirit and principles that one brings into the common day labour for his employer, will be brought into the work and cause of God. Were employees as careful to work diligently and thoroughly during all the hours of labour as they are not to exceed the specified time, there would be an entirely different showing from that which is generally made. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 3} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 4] Those who want to help in the cause of God in any emergency will be appreciated. Those who keep self prominent, and study how they can give as little as possible of their physical, mental, and moral power, are not those whom God can bless. Their example is contagious. Self-interest is the ruling motive. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 4} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 5] We are all to be faithful in that which is least, looking about to see how each can employ his time in thoughtful service to make himself profitable. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 5} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 6] God reigns everywhere. In whatever position you may serve in this life, you are developing character, revealing motive. If you make God your guide, if you receive His word as the rule of your life, then in whatever sphere of action you work, you will be faithful in that which is least. Christ and conscience are to be consulted. You cannot in any service be beyond the domain of God. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 6} [BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 7] There is a great amount of false reasoning to the effect that we need not do anything that has not been specified as our individual work. To carry out this principle is to work out your destiny without guidance from God. You have taken your case into your own hands. Whatever you see is necessary to be done for the interests of the one who has employed you, that is your duty. Your employer expects you to work for his interests in every line. And true religion will reveal itself in faithfulness in all these matters. The standing and success of our young men and women is determined by their usefulness and their unswerving fidelity. Those who are faithful and diligent will be always in demand. Those who slight a thing because they can, will not hear the "Well done, thou good and faithful servant." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 24, 1896 par. 7} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 1] October 12, 1896 The Sabbath of the Bible. - At the time when He was most needed, Jesus, the Son of God, the world's Redeemer, laid aside His divinity, and came to earth in the garb of humanity. He came to live out in His life God's holy law that had been misrepresented, and buried beneath human tradition and the commandments of men. Forms and ceremonies had been put in the place of the word of God, until its pure and holy principles were almost extinct. {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 2] Christ came as the representative of God, the Light of the world. His mission to earth was to dispel, with His clear, bright rays, the moral darkness that was enshrouding the world. He gave no heed to the traditions and maxims of men. These human inventions were opposed to the gospel of the kingdom He had come to establish. He sought to remove from the law the mass of rubbish with which men had covered it. Of priests and rulers He said, "In vain do they worship Me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men." {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 3] In His sermon on the mount, Christ declared, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 3} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 4] Many professing Christians of today are closing their hearts and minds to the Sun of Righteousness, whose bright beams would chase away the darkness and mist that exist there. They refuse the light, and make God's requirements and will of secondary importance. In place of the rest day given them by Jehovah, they accept a counterfeit sabbath; they worship an idol, and transgress God's holy law in trampling upon the Sabbath which He has instituted and blessed. {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 4} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 5] The object of the Sabbath was that all mankind might be benefited. After God had made the world in six days, He rested, and blessed and sanctified the day upon which He rested from all His work which He had created and made. He set apart that special day for man to rest from his labour, that as he should look upon the earth beneath, and the heavens above, the tangible proofs of God's infinite wisdom, his heart might be filled with love and reverence for his Maker. Had man always kept the day which God has blessed and sanctified, there would never have been an infidel in our world; for the Sabbath was given as a memorial of the Creator's work; it was given that, upon that day in a special sense, man might draw his mind away from the things of earth to the contemplation of God and His mighty power. {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 5} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 6] "But the Lord is the true God, He is the living God, and an everlasting King; at His wrath the earth shall tremble, and the nations shall not be able to abide His indignation. Thus shall ye say unto them, The gods that have not made the heavens and the earth, even they shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens. He hath made the earth by His power, He hath established the world by His wisdom, and hath stretched out the heavens by His discretion. When He uttereth His voice, there is a multitude of waters in the heavens, and He causeth the vapours to ascend from the ends of the earth; He maketh lightnings with rain, and bringeth forth the wind out of His treasures." The heathen in their blindness bow down to idols of wood and stone. "These be our gods," they say. But in the fourth commandment we have the proof that our God is the true and living God. In it is the seal of His authority: "Remember the Sabbath day to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day; wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day and hallowed it." In the heavens that declare the glory of their Maker,--the sun, shining in his strength, giving life and beauty to all created things; the moon, and the stars, the works of His hands,--we see the superiority of the God we worship. He is the God that "made the heavens and the earth." {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 6} [BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 7] Great blessings are promised to those who place a high estimate upon the Sabbath, and realize the obligations resting upon them in regard to its observance. "If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day, and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honourable; and shalt honour Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it." Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, October 12, 1896 par. 7} [BEcho, November 2, 1896 par. 1] November 2, 1896 Treasures in the Word. - Christ commanded His followers, "Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." Peter exhorts us, "Sanctify the Lord God in your hearts; and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear." The earth itself is not more interlaced with golden veins and precious things than is the word of God. It is the field of revelation, the storehouse of the unsearchable riches of Christ. The truths contained therein are as treasure hid in a field; the which when a man hath found, for joy thereof he goeth and selleth all that he hath, and buyeth that field, that he may search every part of it, and make himself master of its treasure. {BEcho, November 2, 1896 par. 1} [BEcho, November 2, 1896 par. 2] That field is the word of God; and it must be searched before its precious things can be brought to light. But by the grace of God, and the enlightenment of His Holy Spirit, we all may make ourselves the possessors of its hidden treasure. Then let us search the Scriptures daily, as did the noble Bereans of Paul's day, to find out if these things be so, and be willing to receive "with all readiness of mind" the pure word of God. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, November 2, 1896 par. 2} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 1] January 4, 1897 The Light of the World. - We are living in an age when the law of God is made void. The faith once delivered to the saints is lost sight of, and error is substituted for the word of God. The great sacrifice made by the world's Redeemer, and the claims of God upon humanity, are not appreciated. {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 2] Christ is the Light of the world; the Sun of Righteousness. The world was made by Him; but when He came unto His own, they knew Him not. The darkness of their sinful hearts could not comprehend the blessedness of the light from above. But to His true followers Christ says, "Ye are the light of the world." Through them light from Him has shone to humanity. {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 3] In all ages the Lord has had a people who, while holding communion with God, have by word and character called the attention of their fellow-men to the grand themes that are of eternal interest to humanity. Saints and martyrs of former ages, and the disciples who were privileged to hear the lessons from the lips of Jesus, were holy and self-denying. They were beloved and honoured of God above many who in our day profess to be disciples of Christ and teachers of the people,--not because God is a respecter of persons; not because a clearer, brighter light shone upon them, but because they steadfastly believed the truth, and practised it in the daily life. These men faithfully improved their talents, and God registered them among His profitable servants. They were acknowledged and honoured by God because they were faithful to the light which shone upon them. To those around them they reflected that light received from the Light of the world. By their close connection with heaven, their pure and holy conversation, they became channels of light and blessing to the world. They walked humbly with their God, rejoicing, not in the favour and praise of men, but in the light of truth. They did not seek ways, nor fashion excuses, whereby they might evade obedience to the commandments of Jehovah. The chosen of God believed His word, rested on His promises, and their steadfast confidence and strong faith made them willing and able to suffer the loss of all things for His dear sake. {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 4] For this time light is shining from the throne of God upon His people, and He sends His messengers to give that light to the world. All the light given in different ages to the children of men,--in promises, in prophecies, in threatenings, in testimony, and in example,--all has been handed down to this generation by Him in whom are hid "all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge." But from this source new light is constantly received by the Christian, showing yet more clearly the way to heaven. To those who will not see the light, who refuse to walk in the path it reveals, the light becomes darkness; but on the path of him who is willing to see, anxious to hear, and earnest in search for the truth as it is in Jesus, it shines with increasing brightness. The Lord accepts those who are not only willing to hear, but who are ready also to obey. He has said, "To obey is better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of rams." {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 5] It is impossible for Christians of our day to occupy the position of our fathers, to do as they have done, and stop there. We cannot be accepted and honoured by God in rendering no better service, in reflecting no greater light, than they. In order for us to be blessed as were our fathers, we must improve our increased light as they improved theirs. We are required by God to act as our fathers would have acted had they lived in our day and been blessed with the privileges and opportunities granted to us. {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 6] Every soul is responsible for the talents entrusted to him; and in order for each to meet his individual responsibility, he must advance step by step as Christ leads the way. He must stand on the high and holy ground which the progress of continually revealed truth has for ages and centuries been preparing for him. Accumulated light from Christ now shines amid the moral darkness of superstition and heresies that are flooding the world, and Christ's followers are to come behind in no good thing, but to possess and reveal to the world, in character and in works, that light which is appropriate for the age in which we live. {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 7] The path of holiness does not lie on a level with the world. It is "cast up;" and whosoever will look up from the sordid, unsatisfying things of this life, and seek diligently the Way, the Truth, and the Life, determined to follow Jesus, bearing His cross, will have the happiness of walking in this path, filled with the joy and rejoicing of the just. To those who follow this path, who walk in the way of God's commandments, it will be as a "shining light, which shineth more and more unto the perfect day." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, January 4, 1897 par. 7} [BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 1] January 25, 1897 An Age of Intensity. - Intensity is taking possession of everything upon the earth. Pleasure-lovers are intensely in earnest to secure all that is possible in that line. Gamblers are intensely in earnest. The betting, the horse-racing, and various games create great enthusiasm, and engross the powers of those interested as if the reward of the victor was to be an eternity of bliss. What terrible infatuation! What madness and folly! An intense life is moving all the powers from beneath, and permeating all the schemes which the arch deceiver can invent through the agency of all the fallen order. Satanic agencies unite with the youth, and with men of all ages, to crowd life with spurious pleasure and attraction which shall defile the whole mind, and corrupt the whole man. It is Satan's purpose that man shall have no thought of God, no fear of God, no restraint received from God. {BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 2] And how is this matter to end? The Satanic agencies are to combine with, and inspire, the professedly Christian world. Those who have the form of godliness without the power, will rank under Satan's banner, and will display their zeal in making void the law of God. The whole world will have the opportunity of choosing between Christ and Barabbas. Men who have perverted truth, misapplied Scripture, and who have become blinded by resisting the word which is truth, form the great apostate power of the last day. It belongs to the same order as the power which the Lord Jesus revealed to John as drunken with the blood of saints. It is to pursue the same line of action, determined to rule or ruin. The crisis is right upon us, and many will be deceived. Men who have all their life had opportunity to learn of Christ, but who have tenaciously clung to their own habits and practices, unwilling to change their own course of action and walk in the light, will act like blind men. They will accept everything that will coincide with their own ideas. {BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 3] There are thousands upon thousands, millions upon millions, who are now making their decision for eternal life or eternal death. The man who is wholly absorbed in his counting-room; the man who finds pleasure at the gambling table; the man who loves to indulge perverted appetite; the amusement lover; the frequenters of the theatre and the ball-room, put eternity out of their reckoning. The whole burden of their life is, What shall we eat? what shall we drink? and wherewithal shall we be clothed? They are not in the procession that is moving heavenward. They are led by the great apostate, and will with him be destroyed, both root and branch. {BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 4] No man stumbles into heaven. No man goes there blindfold. If he will take time to consider, every man may know whether he is in the straight and narrow path, or in the broad road that leads to death and hell. Let every soul inquire, Is my heart renewed by the grace of Christ? Is it transformed by the Holy Spirit? Have I repented of my sins and confessed them? Are my sins forgiven? Am I a new creature in Christ Jesus? Do I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus? Am I willing to make an entire consecration of every hour that remains, to do service for the Saviour? He gave His life for me; He is risen from the dead, and has brought life and immortality to light, that I might be a partaker of the divine nature. Will I purify my soul by obeying the truth, and becoming complete in Him? {BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 5] I beseech you not to risk your hope of heaven on a possibility or a probability. You have now an opportunity to make your calling and election sure. The question for you to settle is, Am I willing to keep the way of the Lord? The path He marks out is not for women and children alone, but for man, for the youth, the middle-aged, and the aged. It is a narrow, self-denying path. To enter that path and press on through all obstacles and discouragements, requires men who are more than weaklings. It requires those who have moral courage, firmness, perseverance, and faith. These will have heavenly intelligences as their companions. Will you live as for God? Will you humble your heart before God, and at every step inquire, Is this the way of the Lord? Will you teach your family to keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment? O, take the Saviour as your pattern. Follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, January 25, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 1] February 1, 1897 The Perils of the Last Days. - "As it was in the days of Noah, so also shall it be in the days of the Son of man. They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all. Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they builded; but the same day that Lot went out of Sodom, it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed." {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 2] Christ sees the wickedness on the earth today. He sees that the sins of Noah's and Lot's time are being repeated. What terrible revelations of crime are being made. Everything seems to be stirred with an intense activity from beneath. Excitement is continually kept up. Feasting, buying, and selling, are brought into the churches. The watchman cries, "The morning cometh, and also the night." The night symbolizes prevalence of error, misinterpretation and misapplication of Scripture. Every species of delusion is now being brought in. The plainest truths of God's word are covered with a mass of man-made theories. Deadly errors are presented as the truth to which all must bow. The simplicity of true godliness is buried beneath tradition. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 3] False Doctrines. The doctrine of the natural immortality of the soul is one error with which the enemy is deceiving man. This error is well-nigh universal. But who told men that they would not die? Who told them that God has reserved a portion of His universe where the wicked are to suffer, through the ceaseless ages of eternity, without a particle of hope?--It was the serpent. God said that sinners would die. Satan declares that they will not die. Many believe the oft-repeated lies of the serpent to be genuine truth. They echo his words when they assert that God has ordained that sin shall be immortalized in a place of torment. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 4] This is one of the lies forged in the synagogue of the enemy, one of the poisonous draughts of Babylon. "All nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues." {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 5] Another false doctrine is that the first day of the week is the Sabbath of the Lord. By traditions received from the Roman Catholic Church, the fourth commandment of the decalogue is made of none effect. By their acceptance of a spurious sabbath, men have dishonoured God, and have honoured the usurper, who thought to changed times and laws. Many dangerous errors have been brought in to get rid of the true Sabbath. Men have taken the side of the great rebel, and rather than accept the word of God just as it reads, have placed themselves in a net of heresy. Satan is bringing the churches and the world into corrupt harmony upon this point. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 6] Night, dark and portentous, is enclosing the Christian world. Apostasy from God's commandments is evidence of this night, deep, dark, and apparently impenetrable. Systems that make the truth of God of none effect are cherished. Men are teaching for doctrine the commandments of men; and their assertions are taken as truth. The people have received man-made theories. So the gospel is perverted, and the Scripture misapplied. As in the days of Christ, the light of truth is pushed into the back-ground. Men's theories and suppositions are honoured before the word of the Lord God of hosts. The truth is counteracted by error. The word of God is wrested, divided, and distorted by higher criticism. Jesus is acknowledged, only to be betrayed by a kiss. Apostasy exists, and will enclose the world till the last. Its hideous character and darkening influence will be seen in the maddening draughts dealt out from Babylon. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 7] Messages of Warning. But before the Lord punishes men for their iniquity, He sends them a message of warning. Before He visits them with His judgments, He gives them a chance to repent. He remembered the sins of the Noatic world, but He did not punish them without warning them. For one hundred and twenty years this warning was sounding in their ears; but they did not repent. The last year of their probation found them more stubborn and defiant than ever. "And God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." "And God looked upon the earth, and, behold, it was corrupt, for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth. And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh is come up before Me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and, behold, I will destroy them with the earth." The inhabitants of Sodom, also, perished by fire, which was rained upon them from heaven, because they turned from God, and corrupting themselves, filled the earth with their polluted wisdom. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 7} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 8] Had these men placed themselves under the control of the Spirit of God, had they co-operated with the heavenly intelligences, what a world of beauty and happiness we would now look upon. Had these long-lived, mentally strong men been vitalized by the Holy Spirit, they would have been a power of God. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 8} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 9] Higher Criticism. Man can be exalted only by laying hold of the merits of a crucified and risen Savior. The finest intellect, the most exalted position will not secure heaven. Satan had the highest education that could be obtained. This education he received under the greatest of all teachers. When men talk of higher criticism; when they pass their judgment upon the word of God, call their attention to the fact that they have forgotten who was the first and wisest critic. He has had thousands of years of practical experience. He it is who teaches the so-called higher critics of the world today. God will punish all those who, as higher critics, exalt themselves, and criticise God's Holy word. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 9} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 10] The world's Redeemer warned His disciples against the false teaching which was, and would continue to be, the greatest obstacle to the progress of the truth. "There shall arise false christs, and false prophets," He said, "and shall show great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect. Behold, I have told you before." And Peter writes, "There were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon themselves swift destruction, and many shall follow their pernicious ways, by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of." The leaven of false doctrine will be accepted in preference to the truth. "Beware," writes Paul, "lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ." {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 10} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 11] Under whose banner are we standing? Where are we? and what is Christ to us? By our course of action we decide our own destiny. By the society we choose, we determine what influences shall mould our character. If we choose the world, earthly influences make their imprint upon our minds, and though we may not realize it, we sink lower and lower; for if we do not grow in grace, we must deteriorate. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 11} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 12] It makes every difference with the future, eternal well-being of men whether they follow God's way or their own way. Their way may be entirely wrong. Are there many paths to heaven? If so, man may take any path that suits his fancy. But there is only one true way. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 12} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 13] Only One True Way. Christ said, "I am the way, the truth, and the life; no man cometh unto the Father but by Me." The Lord will uplift us if we will consent to be uplifted. He who recognizes God in Christ, who receives Christ as the world's Redeemer, and his personal Saviour, enters in at the door. He does not climb over some other way. Of all such it is written, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." The truth, the light, the life, shining into our hearts, sanctifies and elevates us. What greater elevation can earth present? What greater honour can earthly potentates bestow? Man is taken from his degradation, cleansed from moral defilement, and made an heir of God and a joint heir with Jesus Christ. His life is hid with Christ in God, and when He who is his life shall appear, he also will appear with Him in glory. This glory will be revealed at the second appearing of Christ. Then the saints will be exalted indeed. They will sit with Christ on His throne, and with Christ they will judge the world. {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 13} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 14] "The day is far spent, the night is at hand." The end is near. Soon the Lord will come with ten thousands of His saints, and Satan's system, which has destroyed so many that Christ came to save, will be broken up. Despotism is now seeking to obtain a foothold in every clime, but its day will soon be ended. "For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. . . . Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire; for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her." {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 14} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 15] Satan is in controversy with Christ, and with all who follow in His footsteps. This conflict will continue until the voice is heard, saying, "It is done." "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still; and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still; and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still; and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 15} [BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 16] "The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night, in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat the earth also, and the works that are therein shall be burned up. . . . Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware, lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked, fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, February 1, 1897 par. 16} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 1] February 8, 1897 The Law and the Gospel. - The law and the gospel cannot be separated. In Christ mercy and truth are met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other. The gospel has not ignored the obligations due to God by man. The gospel is the law unfolded, nothing more nor less. It gives no more latitude to sin than does the law. The law points to Christ; Christ points to the law. The gospel calls men to repentance. Repentance of what?--Of sin. And what is sin?-It is the transgression of the law. Therefore the gospel calls men from their transgression back to obedience to the law of God. Jesus, in His life and death, taught the strictest obedience. He died, the just for the unjust, the innocent for the guilty, that the honour of God's law might be preserved, and yet man not utterly perish. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 2] The work of salvation in both the Old and the New Testament dispensation is the same. Christ was the foundation of the whole Jewish economy. The types and shadows under which the Jews worshipped all pointed forward to the world's Redeemer. It was by faith in a coming Saviour that sinners were saved then. It is through faith in Christ that they are justified today. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 3] In giving His Son, God gave Himself that man might have another trial. If God could have changed this law to meet man in his fallen condition, would He not have done this, and retained His only begotten Son in heaven?--He certainly would. But because His law was as changeless as His character, He gave His beloved Son, who was above law, and one with Himself, to meet the penalty which His justice demanded. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 4] Satan is working with all his deceptive power to ensnare the world. He would have them believe that this great sacrifice was made in order to abolish God's law. He represents Christ as opposed to the law of God's government in heaven and in earth. But the Sovereign of the world has a law by which to govern His heavenly intelligences and His human family, and the death of His Son fixes the immutability of that law beyond any question. God has no intention of doing away with His great standard of righteousness. By this standard He can define what a correct character is. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 5] Christ consented to die in the sinner's stead, that man, by a life of obedience, might escape the penalty of the law of God. His death did not make the law of God of none effect; it did not slay the law, lessen its claims, or detract from its sacred dignity. The death of Christ proclaimed the justice of His Father's law in punishing the transgressor, in that He consented to suffer the penalty of the law transgressed Himself, in order to save fallen man from its curse. The death of God's beloved Son on the cross shows the immutability of the law of God. His death magnifies the law and makes it honourable, and gives evidence to man of its changeless character. From His own divine lips are heard the words, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law and the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil." The death of Christ justified the claims of the law. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 6] But the doctrine is now largely taught that the gospel of Christ has made the law of God of none effect; that by "believing" we are released from the necessity of being doers of the word. But this is the doctrine of the Nicolaitans, which Christ so unsparingly condemned. To the church of Ephesus He says, "I know thy works, and thy labour, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name's sake hast laboured, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember then from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent. But this thou hast, that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate." {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 7] Those who are teaching this doctrine today have much to say in regard to faith and the righteousness of Christ; but they pervert the truth, and make it serve the cause of error. They declare that we have only to believe on Jesus Christ, and that faith is all-sufficient: that the righteousness of Christ is to be the sinner's credentials; that this imputed righteousness fulfills the law for us, and that we are under no obligation to obey the law of God. This class claim that Christ came to save sinners, and that He has saved them. "I am saved," they will repeat over and over again. But are they saved while transgressing the law of Jehovah?--No; for the garments of Christ's righteousness are not a cloak for iniquity. Such teaching is a gross deception, and Christ becomes to these persons a stumbling block as He did to the Jews,--to the Jews, because they would not receive Him as their personal Saviour, to these professed believers in Christ, because they separate Christ and the law, and regard faith as a substitute for obedience. They separate the Father and the Son, the Saviour of the world. Virtually they teach, both by precept and example, that Christ, by His death, saves men in their transgressions. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 7} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 8] It is necessary that every intelligent being shall understand the principles of the law of God. Christ through the apostle James declares, "Whoso shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of all." These words were spoken this side of the death of Christ; therefore the law was binding upon all at that time. {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 8} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 9] The Saviour raised His voice in protest against those who regard the divine commandments with indifference and carelessness. He said, "Whosoever shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven." And He also declared, "Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law till all be fulfilled." {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 9} [BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 10] Men may talk of freedom, of gospel liberty. They may assert that they are not in bondage to the law. But the influence of a gospel hope will not lead the sinner to look upon the salvation of Christ as a matter of free grace, while he continues to live in transgression of the law of God. When the light of truth dawns upon his mind, and he fully understands the requirements of God, and realizes the extent of his transgressions, he will reform his ways, become loyal to God through the strength obtained from his Saviour, and lead a new and purer life. "Whosoever abideth in Him," says John, "sinneth not; whosoever sinneth, hath not seen Him, neither known Him." Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, February 8, 1897 par. 10} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 1] March 1, 1897 The Work of Reformation to Begin in the Home. - The people of God are asleep to their present and eternal good. The Lord calls upon them to "arise and shine, for thy light has come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee." He desires them to go to work in unity, in faith, and love. He desires that the work of reformation shall begin in the home, with the fathers and mothers, and then the church will realize the Holy Spirit's working. The influence of this work will go through the church like leaven. Fathers and mothers need converting. They have not educated themselves to mould and fashion the characters of their children aright. {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 2] As God's ministers, dear parents, you must use the precious remnant of time in doing the work He has left for you. He desires that by wise methods in your home you shall train your children for Him. Learn of Jesus; be doers of His word. When you do this, you will not become angry at things that take place in the home. You will not be harsh and cross, overbearing and exacting. Harshness and threats do no good. Parents must be kind if they would teach their children to love Jesus as their best friend. {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 3] Children need to have religion made attractive, not repulsive. The hour of family worship should be made the happiest hour of the day. Let the reading of the Scriptures be well chosen and simple; let the children join in the singing; and let the prayers be short and right to the point. {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 4] The minister alone cannot do this work that needs to be done for our churches. The members must have the savour of salt in themselves. But if the salt has lost its savour, how can the families be salted? How can they be preserved from the corruptions and immorality that exist in this age? "Out of the same mouth proceedeth blessing and cursing. My brethren, these things ought not so to be. Doth a fountain send forth at the same place sweet water and bitter? Can a fig tree, my brethren, bear olive berries? either a vine figs? So can no fountain yield both salt water and fresh." {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 5] Christ is our Pattern. In Him is perfection of character--of outward manner and inward grace. He never spoke a discourteous word: He was meek and lowly in heart. {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 6] The Lord is coming. This earth's history is soon to close. Are you prepared to meet the Judge of all the earth? Bear in mind that "he shall have judgment without mercy that hath showed no mercy." How terrible it will be in the last great day to find that those with whom we have been familiarly associated are separated from us forever; to see the members of our family, perhaps our own children, unsaved; to find those who have visited our homes, and eaten at our tables, among the lost! Then we shall ask ourselves the question, Was it because of my impatience, my un-Christlike disposition; was it because self was not under control, that the religion of Christ became distasteful to them? {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 7] As you seek to enlighten others, with your minds under the holy influence of the Spirit of God, your attention will be directed toward those things that are of eternal interest. In such efforts, mingled with prayer for divine light, your own hearts will throb with the quickening influence of the grace of God; your own affections will glow with more divine fervour, and your whole Christian life will be more of a reality, more earnest, more prayerful. Thus, with Christ abiding in the heart, you may become labourers together with God. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, March 1, 1897 par. 7} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 1] March 8, 1897 Christ the Life-Giver. - "And there shall come forth a Rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots; and the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon Him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord; and shall make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord; and He shall not judge after the sight of His eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of His ears: but with righteousness shall He judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth; and He shall smite the earth with the rod of His mouth, and with the breath of His lips shall He slay the wicked. And righteousness shall be the girdle of His loins, and faithfulness the girdle of His reins." {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 2] Before Christ's first advent, the world seemed indeed to have become the grave for all piety. It was Satan's seat; man was in the power of the great apostate, helplessly receiving his lies in regard to God and to Christ, as truth. The heavenly angels looked upon the world polluted by sin under the inhabitants thereof, and thought how much easier it would be to exterminate it than to reform it. But the Son of God Himself came to work a reformation. {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 3] Heaven's councils decided that Christ, the great Teacher, must Himself come to the world. God had spoken through nature, through types and symbols, patriarchs and prophets. Lessons must be given to humanity in the language of humanity. The messenger of the covenant, the Sun of Righteousness, must rise upon the world. His voice must be heard in His own temple. Christ must come to utter words which would be clearly and definitely understood. He, the Author of truth, must separate truth from the chaff of man's utterance, which had made it of none effect. The principles of God's moral government, and the plan of redemption, must be clearly defined. The lessons of the Old Testament must be fully set before men. {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 4] "When the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son." Man's terrible necessity demanded help without delay. Who met this necessity?--An illustrious Teacher, the Son of God. The eternal Word came to our world to win the confidence of humanity. The Prophet that had been revealed to Moses, like unto His brethren, whom they should hear in all things, came as man's Redeemer. Hear, O heavens, and be astonished, O earth; for the appointed Instructor of man was no less a personage than the Son of God! {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 5] Though rebellion had overspread His dominion; though corruption and defiance might be seen in every part of the alien province, yet God gave His beloved Son for its recovery, that every son and daughter of Adam might be saved. Christ did not come to sweep the living agencies of evil off the face of the earth; He came with an embassy of mercy. He took the penalty of man's transgression upon His own divine soul. {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 6] Prophecy has clearly outlined the work of Christ. "The Spirit of the Lord God is upon Me; because the Lord hath anointed Me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion; to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified." "Behold My Servant, whom I uphold; Mine Elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him; He shall bring forth judgment unto the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench; He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth, and the isles shall wait for His law." {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 7] God did not design that His wonderful plan to redeem man should achieve only insignificant results. What could be greater and more costly than the plan of redemption? The whole heavenly force is enlisted in the great work of elevating, refining, and sanctifying the human soul. Divine power is exercised to save rather than to destroy the work of God's hands. All this stupendous machinery is set in motion to save men from Satan's army, from the slavery of sin, and to lead them to enlist in the work of salvation. {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 7} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 8] Christ was the brightness of His Father's glory. When we begin to trace out the greatness of the plan of redemption, we feel the poverty and feebleness of human words. The most powerful intellect can but feel its emptiness as it seeks to comprehend these grand themes. Individually we need faith, for human wisdom is but ignorance. Our understanding is too weak to penetrate the mystery of the incarnation, God manifest in Christ, His only begotten Son. {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 8} [BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 9] As Paul contemplated this subject, he was oppressed with its weight, its greatness, its incomprehensible magnitude. "Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given," he writes, "that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ. And to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ." "For this cause I bow my knees unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named, that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God." Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, March 8, 1897 par. 9} [BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 1] July 26, 1897 Faithful Witnesses Wanted. - There are men professing Christ who are unconverted in heart. They are looking to the world, following the customs and practices of men, and they do not reflect the light of heaven. The things of the world interpose between God and their souls. "When thou art converted," said Christ to Peter, "strengthen thy brethren." Unless the converting power of God moulds the life, everything within the sphere of our influence will become dwarfed, and die for want of the bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness. It is the design of God that His children shall become bright, shining lights to the world, but if that light is placed under a bushel who is benefited by its rays? {BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 2] There is danger that God's people now will be found, as were the Jews, weighed in the balances of the heavenly sanctuary and found wanting. Christ rebuked the Jews because, while in small matters they were so exact, paying tithes of mint and anise and cummin, they neglected the weightier matters of the law,--mercy, justice, and the love of God. {BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 3] Our first work must be personal. The heart must be cleansed from every defilement, and sanctified by the truth. The love of Christ must burn upon the altar of the soul. Then, and then only, can we commend to others the things which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life. And when we have done all in our power to dispel the darkness of error and doubt of unbelief and infidelity in the world, we must trust in God to do the rest. We must leave the issue in God's hands, nor allow our interest and love to grow cold because iniquity abounds. {BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 4] God calls for men who will bear a living testimony for Him; men who realize that they have been purchased at an infinite price; that the world of which they form part has cost the life of the Son of God. He wants His church to be composed of faithful witnesses, who will be a spectacle unto the world, to angels and to men. Will you not, then, my brother, my sister, arouse, and search the Scriptures for yourselves; not only to make sure that your doctrines are correct, but to learn how you may live more fully to the glory of God; how you may save souls for whom Christ has died? {BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 5] Christ's words to His followers are, "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." In our lives we must learn to show forth the praises of Him who has called us out of darkness into His marvellous light. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, July 26, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 1] August 16, 1897 Following the Fashions. - No mother can afford to be in bondage to fashion. She is to train her children both for this life and for the life to come. In dress, mothers should not seek to make a display by needless ornamentation. The extra fringes, ribbons, laces, and ornaments are not necessary, and in the purchase of these things the money God has intrusted to us is turned away from its proper channel. It should flow into the treasury to supply the wants of God's cause. {BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 2] We should see that our children have advantages for gaining an education; that they have a pleasant home, furnished simply, and providing convenient, tasteful arrangements. These are legitimate channels in which our means may flow, and in denying self, the gratification of pride, we lose nothing; for we are comfortable in a pleasant home, and are provided with neat, plain garments. Mothers, by not following the practices of the world you may set before your children an example of faithfulness to God, and so teach them to say no. Teach your children the meaning of the precept, "If sinners entice thee, consent thou not." But if you would have your children able to say no to temptation, you yourself must be able to say no. It is as needful for the man to say no as for the child. {BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 3] With the sacred responsibilities of motherhood, how can a woman give herself to the frivolous fashions of the world, and so teach her children to conform to the world's standard? Demoralizing extravagance prevails everywhere, and souls are going to ruin because of their love of dress and display. The life of nine-tenths of those who are devotees of fashion is a living lie. Deception, fraud, is in their daily practices; for they wish to appear that which they are not. {BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 4] Nobility of soul, gentleness, generosity, are bartered away to gratify the lust after evil things. Thousands sell their virtue that they may have means for following the fashions of the world. Such madness concerning the changing fashions of the world should call forth an army of reformers who would take their position for simple and plain attire. Satan is ever inventing fashions that cannot be followed except through the sacrifice of money, time, and health. {BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 5] Having before us the picture of the world demoralization upon the point of fashion how dare professed Christians follow in the path of the worldling? Shall we appear to sanction these demoralizing fashions by adopting them? Many do adopt the fashion of the world, but it is because Christ is not formed within them, the hope of glory. Luxurious living, extravagant dressing, carried to such an extent as to constitute one of the signs of the last days. {BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 6] Pride and vanity are manifested everywhere; but those who are inclined to look into the mirror to admire themselves, will have little inclination to look into the law of God, the great moral mirror. This idolatry of dress destroys all that is humble, meek and lovely in character. It consumes the precious hours that should be devoted to meditation, to searching the heart, to the prayerful study of God's word. In the word of God inspiration has recorded lessons especially for our instruction. Paul writes "In like manner also, that women adorn themselves in modest apparel, with shame facedness and sobriety; not with braided hair, or gold, or pearls, or costly array; but (which becometh women professing godliness with good works." No Christian can conform to the demoralizing fashions of the world without imperilling his soul's salvation. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 16, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 1] December 20, 1897 Outgrowths of the Immortal Soul Doctrine. - It is a marvel that Satan has succeeded so well in making men believe that the words of God, "The soul that sinneth it shall die," mean that the soul that sinneth it shall not die, but live eternally in misery. Life is life, whether it is in pain or happiness. Death is without pain, without joy, without hatred. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 1} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 2] Satan and his angels have made a special effort to spread the deception and lie first repeated to Eve in Eden. "Thou shalt not surely die." And as this error has been received by the people, and they have been led to believe that man was immortal, he has led them on to believe that the sinner would live in eternal misery. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 2} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 3] It Leads Men to Hate God. This has prepared the way for Satan to work through his representatives, and hold up God before the people as a revengeful tyrant, -- one who plunges all those into hell who do not please Him, and causes them ever to feel His wrath; and while they suffer unutterable anguish, and writhe in the eternal flames, He is represented as looking down upon them with satisfaction. Satan knew that if this error should be received, God would be hated by many, instead of being loved and admired; and that many would be led to believe that the threatenings of God's word would not be literally fulfilled, for it would be against His character of benevolence and love to plunge into eternal torments the beings whom He had created. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 3} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 4] It Leads to Universalism. Another extreme which Satan has led the people to adopt is to entirely overlook the justice of God, and the threatenings in His word, and to represent Him as being all mercy, so that not one will perish, but that all, both saint and sinner, will at last be saved in His kingdom. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 4} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 5] It Leads to Infidelity. In consequence of the popular errors of the immortality of the soul, and endless misery, Satan takes advantage of another class, and leads them to regard the Bible as an uninspired book. They think it teaches many good things; but they cannot rely upon it and love it, because they have been taught that it declares the doctrine of eternal misery. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 5} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 6] It Leads to Atheism. Another class Satan leads on still further, even to deny the existence of God. They can see no consistency in the character of the God of the Bible, if He will torment with horrible tortures a portion of the human family to all eternity. Therefore they deny the Bible and its Author, and regard death as an eternal sleep. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 6} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 7] It Leads to Insanity. There is still another class who are fearful and timid. These Satan tempts to commit sin, and after they have sinned, he holds up before them that the wages of sin is -- not death, but -- life in horrible torments, to be endured through the endless ages of eternity. By thus magnifying before their feeble minds the horrors of an endless hell, he takes possession of their minds, and they lose their reason. Then Satan and his angels exult, and the infidel and atheist join in casting reproach upon Christianity. They claim that these evils are the natural results of believing in the Bible and its Author, whereas they are the results of the reception of popular heresy. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 7} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 8] God's Object in Giving the Bible. God knew that Satan would try every art to destroy man; therefore He caused His word to be written out, and made His purposes in regard to the human race so plain that the weakest need not err. After having given His word to man, He has carefully preserved it from destruction by Satan or his angels, or by any of his agents or representatives. While other books might be destroyed, this was to be immortal. And down near the close of time, when the delusions of Satan should increase, it was to be so multiplied that all who desired might have a copy, and, if they would, might arm themselves against the deceptions and lying wonders of Satan. {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 8} [BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 9] God has especially guarded the Bible, yet when copies of it were few, learned men have in some instances changed the words, thinking that they were making it more plain, when in reality they were mystifying that which was plain, by causing it to lean to their established views which were governed by tradition. But the word of God, as a whole, is a perfect chain, one portion linking into and explaining another. True seekers for truth need not err; for not only is the word of God plain and simple in declaring the way to life, but the Holy Spirit is given as a guide in understanding the way to life therein revealed. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, December 20, 1897 par. 9} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 1] February 21, 1898 Sanctification, or the Perfecting of Character. - In Christ's sermon on the mount, light and truth are given, and principles laid down which apply to every condition of life, and to every duty that God requires at our hands. Christ had come to magnify and make honourable the law that He Himself had proclaimed from Mount Sinai to His chosen people during their wilderness wandering. He had laid aside the glory which He had with the Father before the world was, and clothed Himself with humanity, that He might minister to the sons of men. {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 2] In all His lessons, Christ sought to impress upon the minds and hearts of His hearers the principles which underlie His great standard of righteousness. He taught them that if they would keep God's commandments, love for God and for their fellow-men must be manifested in their daily life. He sought to instil into their hearts the love He felt for humanity. Thus He sowed the seeds of truth, the fruits of which will produce a rich harvest of holiness and beauty of character. The holy influence of love will not only be far-reaching while time shall last, but its results will be felt and appreciated throughout eternity. It will sanctify the actions and have a purifying influence wherever it exists. {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 3] Seated upon the mount, surrounded by His disciples and a large and promiscuous gathering, Jesus "opened His mouth, and taught them saying, Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." These are not murmurers and complainers, but those who are content with their condition and surroundings in life. They do not cherish the feeling that they deserve a better position than that which Providence has assigned them but manifest a spirit of gratitude for every favour bestowed upon them. Every proud thought and exalted feeling is banished from the soul. {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 4] Just here we might distinguish between genuine and false sanctification. Sanctification does not consist in merely professing and teaching the word of God, but in living in conformity to His will. Those who claim to be sinless, and make their boast of sanctification, are self-confident, and do not realize their peril. They anchor their souls upon the supposition that having once experienced the sanctifying power of God, they are in no danger of falling. While claiming to be rich and increased in goods, and in need of nothing, they know not that they are miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. But those who are truly sanctified have a sense of their own weakness. Feeling their need, they will go for light and grace and strength to Jesus, in whom all fulness dwells, and who alone can supply their wants. Conscious of their own imperfections, they seek to become more like Christ, and to live in accordance with the principles of His holy law. This continual sense of inefficiency will lead to such entire dependence upon God, that His Spirit will be exemplified in them. The treasures of heaven will be opened to supply the wants of every hungering, thirsting soul. All of this character have the assurance of one day beholding the glory of that kingdom which as yet the imagination can only faintly grasp. {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 5] Those who have felt the sanctifying and transforming power of God, must not fall into the dangerous error of thinking that they are sinless, that they have reached the highest state of perfection, and are beyond the reach of temptation. The standard the Christian is to keep before him is the purity and loveliness of Christ's character. Day by day he may be putting on new beauties, and reflecting to the world more and still more of the divine image. {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 6] "Know ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived: neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God. And such were some of you; but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God." And the apostle Paul, writing to the church at Colosse, says: "And you, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath He reconciled in the body of His flesh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreprovable in His sight." {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 7] It is a matter of rejoicing that some have subjected their will to the will of God; have cast off the works of darkness, and have consented to walk in the light as Christ is in the light. But even to these the testing of God will continue until probation ceases. He wants to determine whether we will endure hardness as good soldiers of Jesus Christ. {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 8] We are opposed by a subtle foe. The world, with its customs, its attractions, and corruptions, is to be resisted. The power of Satan will be exercised toward every soul, to overcome and destroy him. The way of safety, for the strong as well as for the weak, is to seek daily for heavenly wisdom to take hold of divine strength. By this means we may obtain grace to enable us to manifest a Christlike spirit under every difficulty and trial. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, February 21, 1898 par. 8} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 1] April 25, 1898 The Unseen Watcher. No. 1. - "I saw in the visions of my head upon my bed," writes Daniel, "and, behold, a watcher and an holy one came down from heaven; he cried aloud, and said thus, Hew down the tree, and cut off his branches, shake off his leaves, and scatter his fruit; let the beasts get away from under it, and the fowls from his branches; nevertheless leave the stump of his roots in the earth, even with a band of iron and brass in the tender grass of the field; and let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let his portion be with the beasts in the grass of the earth; let his heart be changed from man's, and let a beast's heart be given unto him; and let seven times pass over him. This matter is by the decree of the watchers, and the demand by the word of the holy ones; to the intent that the living may know that the most High ruleth in the kingdom of men, and giveth it to whomsoever He will." {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 2] Here we are shown that God holds even heathen kings subject to His will. He takes idolaters and deals with them according to their evil ways and doings. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 3] The same watcher who came to Daniel was an uninvited guest at Belshazzar's Sacrilegious Feast. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 4] This monarch had everything to flatter his pride and indulge his passions. He was a great king, presiding over the then greatest kingdom on earth. His provinces were cultivated by captives, and his capital enriched by the spoil of nations. He held the life and property of his subjects in his hand. To those who ministered to his pride and vanity, he was indulgent; they were his chosen favourites; but if at any moment they crossed his will, he was at once a cruel tyrant. His anger blazed forth against them without restraint. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 5] Admitted to a share in kingly authority in his youth, Belshazzar gloried in his power, and lifted up his heart against the God of heaven. He despised the One who is above all rulers, the General of all the armies of heaven. "Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand." On this occasion there was music and dancing and wine drinking. The profane orgies of royal mirth were attended by men of genius and education. Decorated women with their enchantments were among the revellers. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 6] Riotous Blasphemy Exalted by wine and blinded by delusion, the king himself took the lead in the riotous blasphemy. Reason no longer controlled him; his lower impulses and passions were in the ascendency. His kingdom was strong and apparently invincible, and he would show that he thought nothing too sacred for his hands to handle and profane. To show his contempt for sacred things, he desecrated the holy vessels taken from the temple of the Lord at its destruction. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 7] A watcher who was unrecognized, but whose presence was a power of condemnation, looked on this scene of profanation. Soon the unseen and uninvited guest made his presence felt. At the moment when the sacrilegious revelry was at its height, a bloodless hand came forth, and wrote words of doom on the wall of the banqueting hall. Burning words followed the movements of the hand. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 8] "Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin," was written in letters of flame. Few were the characters traced by that hand on the wall facing the king, but they showed that the power of God was there. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 8} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 9] Belshazzar was afraid. His conscience was awakened. The fear and suspicion that always follows the course of the guilty seized him. When God makes men fear, they cannot hide the intensity of their terror. Alarm seized the great men of the kingdom. Their blasphemous disrespect of sacred things was changed in a moment. A frantic terror overcame all self-control. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 9} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 10] Neglected Opportunities. Belshazzar had been given many opportunities for knowing and doing the will of God. He had seen his grandfather Nebuchadnezzar banished from the society of men. He had seen the intellect in which the proud monarch gloried taken away by the One who gave it. He had seen the king driven from his kingdom, and made the companion of the beasts of the field. But Belshazzar's love of amusement and self-glorification effaced the lessons he should never have forgotten; and he committed sins similar to those that brought signal judgments on Nebuchadnezzar. He wasted the opportunities graciously granted him, neglecting to use the opportunities within his reach for becoming acquainted with truth. "What must I do to be saved?" was a question that the great but foolish king passed by indifferently. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 10} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 11] This is the danger of heedless, reckless youth today. The hand of God will awaken the sinner as it did Belshazzar, but with many it will be too late to repent. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 11} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 12] The ruler of Babylon had riches and honour, and in his haughty self-indulgence he had lifted himself up against the God of heaven and earth. He had trusted in his own arm, not supposing that any would dare to say, "Why doest thou this?" But as the mysterious hand traced letters on the wall of his palace, Belshazzar was awed and silenced. In a moment he was completely shorn of his strength and humbled as a child. He realized that he was at the mercy of One greater than Belshazzar. He had been making sport of sacred things. Now his conscience was awakened. He realized that he had had the privilege of knowing and doing the will of God. The history of his grandfather stood out as vividly before him as the writing on the wall. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 12} [BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 13] In vain the king tried to read the burning letters. He had found a power too strong for him. He could not read the writing. "The king cried aloud to bring in the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers. And the king spake and said to the wise men of Babylon, Whosoever shall read this writing, and show me the interpretation thereof, shall be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about his neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom. Then came in all the kings's wise men; but they could not read the writing, nor make known to the king the interpretation thereof." In vain the king offered honour and promotion. Heavenly wisdom cannot be bought and sold. "Then was king Belshazzar greatly troubled, and his countenance was changed in him, and his lords were astonied." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, April 25, 1898 par. 13} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 1] May 2, 1898 The Unseen Watcher.-No. 2. - There was in the palace a woman who was wiser than them all,--the queen of Belshazzar's grandfather. In this emergency she addressed the king in language that sent a ray of light into the darkness. "O king, live forever," she said, "let not thy thoughts trouble thee, nor let thy countenance be changed. There is a man in thy kingdom in whom is the spirit of the holy gods; and in the days of thy father light and understanding and wisdom, like the wisdom of the gods, was found in him; whom the king Nebuchadnezzar, thy father, the king, I say, thy father, made master of the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, and soothsayers; . . . now let Daniel be called, and he will show the interpretation." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 2] "Then was Daniel brought in before the king." Making an effort to brace himself and to show his authority, Belshazzar said, "Art thou that Daniel which art of the children of the captivity of Judah, which the king, my father, brought out of Jewry? I have even heard of thee, that the spirit of the gods is in thee, and that light and understanding and excellent wisdom is found in thee. . . . Now if thou canst read the writing, and make known to me the interpretation thereof, thou shalt be clothed with scarlet, and have a chain of gold about thy neck, and shalt be the third ruler in the kingdom." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 3] Daniel was not awed by the king's appearance, nor confused or intimidated by his words. "Let thy gifts be to thyself," he answered, "and give thy rewards to another; yet I will read the writing unto the king, and make known to him the interpretation. O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honour. . . . But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him. . . . And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this, but hast lifted up thyself against the God of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of His house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk in them, and thou hast praised the gods of silver and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know; and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose all thy ways, hast thou not glorified." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 4] "This is the writing that was written, MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN. This is the interpretation of the thing: MENE: God hath numbered thy kingdom and finished it. TEKEL: Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. PERES: Thy kingdom is divided and given to the Medes and Persians." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 5] Daniel did not swerve from his duty. He held the king's sin before him, showing him the lessons he might have learned but did not. Belshazzar had not heeded the events so significant to him. He had not read his grandfather's history correctly. The responsibility of knowing truth had been laid upon him, but the practical lesson he might have learned and acted upon had not been taken to heart; and his course of action brought the sure result. {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 6] This was the last feast of boasting held by the Chaldean king; for He who bears long with man's perversity had passed the irrevocable sentence. Belshazzar had greatly dishonoured the One who had exalted him as king, and his probation was taken from him. While the king and his nobles were at the height of their revelry, the Persians turned the Euphrates out of its channel, and marched into the unguarded city. As Belshazzar and his lords were drinking from the sacred vessels of Jehovah, and praising their gods of silver and gold, Cyrus and his soldiers stood under the walls of the palace. "In that night," the record says, "was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 7] Could the curtain be rolled back before the youth who have never given their hearts to God, with others who are Christians in name but who are unrenewed in heart and unsanctified in temper, they would see that God's eye is ever upon them, and they would feel as disturbed as did the king of Babylon. They would realize that in every place, at every hour in the day, there is a holy Watcher, who balances every account, whose eye takes in the whole situation, whether it is one of fidelity, or one of disloyalty and deception. {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 8] We are never alone. We have a companion, whether we choose Him or not. Remember that wherever you are, whatever you are doing, God is there. To your every word and action you have a witness,--the holy, sin-hating God. Nothing that is said, or done, or thought, can escape His infinite eye. Your words may not be heard by human ears, but they are heard by the Ruler of the universe. He reads the inward anger of the soul when the will is crossed. He hears the expression of profanity. In the deepest darkness and solitude He is there. No one can deceive God; none can escape from their accountability to Him. {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 8} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 9] "O Lord, Thou hast searched Me, and known me," writes the psalmist. "Thou knowest my downsitting and mine uprising, Thou understandest my thought afar off. Thou compassest my path and my lying down, and art acquainted with all my ways. For there is not a word in my tongue, but, lo, O Lord, Thou knowest it altogether. Thou hast beset me behind and before, and laid Thine hand upon me. Such knowledge is too wonderful for me; it is high; I cannot attain unto it. Whither shall I go from Thy Spirit? or whither shall I flee from Thy presence? If I ascend up into heaven, Thou art there; if I make my bed in hell, behold, Thou art there. If I take the wings of the morning, and dwell in the uttermost parts of the sea; even there shall Thy hand lead me, and Thy right hand shall hold me. If I say, Surely the darkness shall cover me; even the night shall be light about me. Yea, the darkness hideth not from Thee; but the night shineth as the day; the darkness and the light are both alike to Thee." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 9} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 10] Day by day the record of your words, your actions, and your influence, is being made in the books of heaven. This you will one day meet. "I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened, and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. . . . And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire." {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 10} [BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 11] I send you the note of warning to take heed. You are appointed to be "labourers together with God." This responsibility you may ignore; but your action in so doing will bring its sure result. God has given to each of you your work. He has given you faculties, means, light, and knowledge, and He holds you accountable for the way in which you use these powers. "We ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. For if the word spoken by angels was steadfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompense of reward; how shall we escape if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed unto us by them that heard Him?" Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, May 2, 1898 par. 11} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 1] May 30, 1898 The Wrath of the Lamb. - It was the expression of justice against sin that crushed out the life of the Son of God. It was the weight of sin that in the garden of Gethsemane caused Him to sweat as it were great drops of blood, and that led Him upon the cross to cry, "My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?" The sins of the transgressor were placed to Christ's account; but in His justice the love of God was manifested toward every human being. {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 2] In dying upon the cross, Christ did not lessen in the slightest particular the vital claims of the law of Jehovah. He endured punishment in the sinner's stead, that those who believe in Him might become the sons and daughters of God. But in His death Christ gave evidence to the heavenly universe that God will punish for the sins of a guilty world. The cross of Christ testifies that the law is not changed to meet the sinner in his sins, but that through Christ's sacrifice the sinner has opportunity to repent. {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 3] Christ can save no man in his sins. He came to bring divine power to combine with human capabilities, that man might overcome the temptations of Satan. Therefore, whatever security men may feel in transgression, because Christ bore the sins of the world, it will be dispelled if they will search the scriptures for themselves. {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 4] As Christ bore the sins of every transgressor, so all who will not receive Him as a personal Saviour, and will not render obedience to the commandments of God, must bear the penalty of their own transgressions. The atonement of Christ has given opportunity to every soul to become a child of God. But those who continue in transgression become one with the originator of sin. They draw their nourishment from Satan; their spirit and attributes are opposed to the law of God, which is the transcript of His character, and the rule of His government. {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 5] On a scrap of paper I read the story of a girl who was lost in the woods, imprisoned by snow. Days and nights passed, and she lost the power to make any effort, and lay motionless. At last some woodmen passed the place. The snow had melted, and they found her unconscious. They gently raised her, laid her on some boards, and carried her to the warmth of their own hearth. They cared for her tenderly, and had the joy of seeing her restored to consciousness. Then they learned who she was, and let her parents know in regard to her. The parents came for her, and when she was strong they took her home. {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 6] It is a wonderful story of a hardy girl; but this is not why I tell it to you. I tell it because I want you to understand the anger of love. Suppose, if you can, that these men had seen the helpless girl, and had passed by on the other side, leaving her to die. Suppose the parents had heard what had been done to the child they loved. How would they have felt toward those men? Thankful, do you think? Would they have been simply indifferent? Would they not rather have been terribly grieved, wildly indignant? Would not the knowledge that their child might have lived, make more bitter their sorrow at her death? Had they chanced to meet these men, would their words to them have been soft, honied words? Would they not have denounced them with righteous indignation, hot as their tears, intense as their love? {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 7] Here, I thought, was a human life, saved by human sympathy and tenderness; but how must the anger of God burn toward those who see souls in peril, ready to die, and yet say nothing, do nothing, to help them. They give all attention to the ninety and nine that are within the fold, while souls in peril are all around them, and no hand is stretched out to save them. If one goes astray, they pass on indifferent. And that soul has all the responsibilities of an immortal life. To lose heaven is to lose everything, and yet how indifferent, how careless never to give him warning, or show him the way of life. {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 8] The sufferings of every man are the sufferings of God's child, and those who pass by their perishing fellow beings without pity or help, provoke God's grievous anger. His righteous thunders gather. His vivid lightnings flash; it is the wrath of the Lamb. Be faithful to your fellowmen, and you will please God. He loves the world; love it too, and you will be accepted by Him. Mrs. E. G. White - {BEcho, May 30, 1898 par. 8} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 1] June 6, 1898 Our Talents. - "The kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country, who called his own servants, and delivered unto them his goods. And unto one he gave five talents, to another two, and to another one; to every man according to his several ability; and straightway took his journey. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 2] "Then he that had received the five talents went and traded with the same, and made them other five talents. And likewise he that had received two, he likewise gained other two. But he that had received one, went and digged in the earth, and hid his lord's money. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 3] "After a long time, the lord of those servants cometh, and reckoneth with them. And so he that had received five talents came and brought other five talents saying, Lord, thou deliveredst unto me five talents; behold, I have gained beside them five talents more. His lord said unto him, Well done, thou good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things; enter thou into the joy of thy lord. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 4] "He also that had received two talents came and said, Lord, thou deliveredst unto me two talents; behold, I have gained two other talents beside them. His lord said unto him, Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things; enter thou into the joy of thy lord." {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 5] The man entrusted with the one talent manifested an avaricious spirit. He claimed to have great discernment,--such discernment as many pride themselves in possessing today--a distrust of those who are doing service for God, a jealousy of God. He thought that his lord possessed a spirit like his own. But it was he that possessed the ungenerous, unjust attributes, not his lord, who in mercy and love had entrusted the talent to him. His words plainly showed that he knew not his lord. The principle which led him to rob his master of the improvement of his talent, made him ungenerous, and led him to covet that which was not his own. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 6] This man cast down his entrusted gift saying, "Lord, I knew thee that thou art an hard man, reaping where thou hast not sown, and gathering where thou hast not strawed; and I was afraid, and went and hid thy talent in the earth; lo, there thou hast that is thine." {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 7] "The lord answered and said unto him, thou wicked and slothful servant, thou knewest that I reap where I sowed not, and gather where I have not strawed; thou oughtest therefore to have put my money to the exchangers, that at my coming I should have received mine own with usury. Take therefore the talent from him, and give it unto him which hath ten talents. For unto everyone that hath shall be given, and he shall have abundance; but from him that hath not shall be taken away even that which he hath. And cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness, there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth." {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 8] The Lesson of the Parable. The lesson of this parable is applicable in our day. From the lowest and most obscure to those placed in highest positions of responsibility we are God's property. We are all entrusted with the goods of heaven - talents of intellect, wealth, reason, and we are not to regard lightly any of these gifts. They are the Lord's capital, to be used, sanctified, and returned to the Lord improved by use. To every man God has given his work, and all will have to stand before the judgment seat of Christ to give an account of what they have done for their Master. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 8} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 9] Every gift of God is to be used, and by use to accumulate. Every faculty of the mind, every gift of grace that heaven has provided for the human agent, is to be freely imparted to others in refining, elevating, ennobling works. God has given the faculty of thought to be used as a sacred treasure; the wise improvement of the powers of the mind will increase our ability to represent the character of Christ to the world. With all the mind, the heart, the soul, the strength, the entrusted gifts of God are to be used for the blessing of others. We are to grow in grace and in the knowledge of Jesus Christ. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 9} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 10] This work of improvement is an individual work, and the proper use of our powers will constitute us labourers together with God. We are to use our faculties faithfully, doing our best to benefit those of our own household. And this influence will be felt outside the home circle. By the members of the family it will be communicated to all with whom they are brought in contact. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 10} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 11] There must be no burying of our talents in the earth, to corrode through inaction. A persistent indulgence of self, a refusal to exercise our God-given abilities, will insure our eternal separation from God, the loss of an eternity of bliss. These gifts are bestowed upon us in accordance with our ability to use them, and the wise improvement of each will prove a blessing to us, and will bring glory to God,. Every gift gratefully received is a link in the chain which binds us to heaven. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 11} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 12] The gifts of him who honestly trades with his Lord's goods will be increased; but from him who does not, will be taken away even that which he has. Through failing to put to the best use the entrusted endowments of Heaven, he loses that which might have multiplied in his hands. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 12} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 13] Spiritual idleness means spiritual unfaithfulness. Could every idler in the market place understand the penalty of slothfulness, he would be up and doing. The word declares that he which is unfaithful in that which is least, is unfaithful also in much. All his work bears the impression of unfaithfulness. None will be pleased to meet their unfaithfulness in the judgment; for the "wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men who hold the truth in unrighteousness; because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath showed it unto them. For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse; because that, when they knew God, they glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened." Those words represent the case of the servant who hid his Lord's treasure, in the place of using it to the glory of God. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 13} [BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 14] The more we have of this world's goods, the greater will be our accountability to God. Let the question be asked sincerely, heartily, What do I with my Lord's entrusted talents? There are those who have great light, great opportunities; they realize the Master's kindly affections, and are stirred to make returns. But other influences come in. The demands of the family are absorbing. Will these teach their children that they cannot be faithful stewards, and still gratify their intemperate desires to dress like the worldling? Will they spend time and means in self-gratification to such an extent that there is nothing left for the poor or the cause of God? Will they suffer wife or children to lead them into false or forbidden paths? Will they open the door to selfish indulgence, and shut the heart to the call for means for the Lord's treasury? Will they tie up their means in houses and lands, or keep their means buried in the earth, so that it can never rise to heaven in gifts and offerings to accumulate there? Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, June 6, 1898 par. 14} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 1] August 29, 1898 Solomon's Downfall and Its Cause. - In the days of king Josiah a strange appearance could be seen opposite the temple of God. Crowning the eminence of the Mount of Olives, peering above the groves of myrtle and olive trees, were unseemly, gigantic idols. Josiah gave commandment that these idols should be destroyed. This was done, and the broken fragments rolled down the channel of the Kedron. The shrines were left a mass of ruins. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 2] But the question was asked by many a devout worshipper, how came that architecture on the opposite side of the Jehoshaphat ravine, thus impiously confronting the temple of God? The truthful answer must be made: The builder was Solomon, the greatest king that ever wielded a sceptre. These idols bore testimony that he who had been honored and applauded as the wisest among kings became a humiliating wreck. He was thrice called the beloved of God. Pure and elevated in character, his piety and wisdom were unexampled. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 3] But Solomon did not go on from strength to strength in the pure and true life. His ambition was to exceed other nations in grandeur. To do this, he allied himself by marriage with heathen nations, and in the place of keeping loyal to the true and living God, he allowed his wives to draw him away from God. To please them, he built altars, where they might worship their idols. Thus the leaven of idolatry became mingled with Solomon's religious principles. Tares were sown among the wheat. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 4] Solomon knew that God had chosen Israel, and made them the depository of the true and sacred faith. God had erected a wise barrier between them and the rest of the world, and only be jealously guarding the ancient landmarks, could they preserve their high and distinct character. Why then did Solomon become such a moral wreck. He did not act on correct principles. He cultivated alliances with pagan kingdoms. He procured the gold of Ophir and the silver of Tarshish, but at what a cost! {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 5] Solomon mingled error with truth, and betrayed sacred trusts. The insidious evils of paganism corrupted his religion. One wrong step taken, led to step after step of political alliance. The polygamy so common in that time was directly opposed to the law of Jehovah. But this evil was introduced into Palestine, and the Israel of God mingled in marriage with Phoenicia, Egypt, Edom, Moab, and Ammon, nations which bowed at idolatrous shrines, practicing licentious and cruel rites, greatly dishonouring to God. These Solomon countenanced and sustained. His once noble character, bold and true for God and righteousness, became deteriorated. His profligate expenditure for selfish indulgence made him the instrument of Satan's devices. His conscience became hardened. His conduct as a judge changed from equity and righteousness to tyranny and oppression. He who had offered the dedicatory prayer when the temple was consecrated to God, who prayed for the people, that their hearts might be undividedly given to the Lord, was now following a train of circumstances entirely contrary to right. The life which was once wholly dedicated to God, had been given to the enemy. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 6] Solomon tried to incorporate light with darkness, Christ with Belial, purity with impurity. But in the place of converting the heathen to the truth, pagan sentiments incorporated themselves with his religion. He became an apostate. God was no longer to him the only true and living God, a ruling Providence. He was a religious wreck. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 7] In the days of Christ the ruins of the groves erected by Solomon for his wives might still be seen. This place was named the Mount of Offense, by all the true-hearted in Israel. Solomon little thought that those idol shrines would outlive his reign, even till Shiloh came and looked upon the melancholy sight. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 8] This case is left on record for all the religious world. Let those who know the word of the living God, beware of cherishing the errors of the world. These Satan presents in an attractive style; for he would deceive us, and destroy the simplicity of our faith. If these errors are introduced, they will mar the precious landmarks of truth. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 8} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 9] God has given men and women talents. None of these gifts are to be perverted to Satan's service. We need to guard jealously the simplicity of our faith. Let none who know the truth employ their mental faculties in a cheap line of business. Thus they prostitute their powers, which are gifts from the heavenly Father, and bring on spiritual weakness and inefficiency. We cannot with safety tamper with the leaven of false, dishonoring doctrines. Think of Solomon's history, and do not tamper with truth. Do not introduce the leaven of error as legitimate work. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 9} [BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 10] The safeguards of our peace are to be preserved by watchfulness and much prayer. Great care is to be shown in the choice of associates, lest instead of leading them, we are led into evil, and our souls imperilled. We must do nothing to lower the standard of our religious principles. Let there be a decided reformation. Let nothing be done to hurt the faith or mar the soul. Let our reward be the clean hands, the pure heart, the noble purpose. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 29, 1898 par. 10} [BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 1] September 19, 1898 God's Claims Equally Binding on All. - God has sacred claims upon us all. He claims the whole heart, the whole soul, the whole affections. The answer which is sometimes made to this statement is, "Oh I do not profess to be a Christian!" What if you do not? Has not God the same claims upon you that He has upon the one who professes to be His child? Because you are bold in your careless disregard of sacred things, is your sin of neglect and rebellion passed over by the Lord? Every day that you disregard the claims of God, every opportunity of offered mercy that you slight, is charged to your account, and will swell the list of sins against you in the day when the accounts of every soul will be investigated. I address you, young men and women, professors or non-professors. God calls for your affections, for your cheerful obedience and devotion to Him. You now have a short time of probation, and you may improve this opportunity to make an unconditional surrender to God. {BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 2] Obedience and submission to God's requirements are the conditions given by the inspired apostle by which we become children of God, members of the royal family. Every child and youth, every man and woman, Jesus has rescued by His own blood from the abyss of ruin to which Satan was compelling them to go. Because sinners will not accept of the salvation freely offered them, are they released from their obligations? Their choosing to remain in sin and bold transgression does not lessen their guilt. Jesus paid a price for them, and they belong to Him. They are His property; and if they will not yield obedience to Him who has given His life for them, but devote their time and strength and talents to the service of Satan, they are earning their wages, which is death. Immortal glory and eternal life is the reward that our Redeemer offers to those who will be obedient to Him. He has made it possible for them to perfect Christian character through His name, and to overcome on their own account as He overcame in their behalf. He has given them an example in His own life, showing them how they may overcome. "The wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord." {BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 3] The claims of God are equally binding upon all. Those who choose to neglect the great salvation offered to them freely, who choose to serve themselves and remain enemies of God, enemies of the self-sacrificing Redeemer, are earning their wages. They are sowing to the flesh, and will of the flesh reap corruption. {BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 4] Dear young friends, that which you sow, you will also reap. Now is the sowing time for you. What will the harvest be? What are you sowing? Every word you utter, every act you perform, is a seed which will bear good or evil fruit, and will result in joy or sorrow to the sower. As is the seed sown, so will be the crop. {BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 5] Those who have put on Christ by baptism, by this act showing their separation from the world, and that they have covenanted to walk in newness of life, should not set up idols in their hearts. Those who have once rejoiced in the evidence of sins forgiven, who have tasted a Saviour's love, and who then persist in uniting with the foes of Christ, rejecting the perfect righteousness that Jesus offers them, and choosing the ways that He has condemned, will be more severely judged than the heathen who have never had the light, and have never known God or His law. Those who refuse to follow the sight which God has given them, choosing the amusements, vanities, and follies of the world, and refusing to conform their conduct to the just and holy requirements of God's law, are guilty of the most aggravating sins in the light of God. Their guilt and their wages will be proportionate to the light and privileges which they have had. {BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 6] We see the world absorbed in their own amusements. The first and highest thoughts of the larger portion, especially of women, are of display. Love of dress and pleasure is wrecking the happiness of thousands. And some of those who profess to love and keep the commandments of God, ape this class as near as they possibly can and retain the Christian name. Some of the young are so eager for display that they are even willing to give up the Christian name, if they can only follow out their inclination for vanity of dress and love of pleasure. Self-denial in dress is a part of our Christian duty. To dress plainly, and abstain from display of jewelry and ornaments of every kind, is in keeping with our faith. Are we of the number who see the folly of worldlings in indulging in extravagance of dress as well as in love of amusements? If so, we should be of that class who shun everything that gives sanction to this spirit which takes possession of the minds and hearts of those who live for this world only, and who have no thought or care for the next. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, September 19, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 1] October 24, 1898 Keeping Up Appearances. - How many families are spoiled by the envious feelings they cherish toward their neighbours! Vanity and pride possess them. They greatly desire to excel their neighbours in appearance, in dress, in furniture. These ambitious desires lead to grave results: the atmosphere of the home is contaminated by them. {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 2] A desire to excel in virtue of character, a desire to follow in the footsteps of the Saviour, copying closely the pattern left by Him, is praiseworthy. Strenuous effort to excel in devotion, in the cultivation of home religion and piety, that the fear of the Lord may circulate through every room in the home, is a worthy ambition, wholly approved by God. This is true missionary work, and it extends beyond the home; for light shines from you to those who see your good works. {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 3] It is perfectly consistent, and in accordance with the word of God, to hunger and thirst after the righteousness of Christ; but a restless, unholy ambition to outshine others in dress and furniture, horses and carriages, has ruined many a once cheerful, happy home. The children of such a family catch the spirit of their parents, and seek to imitate the rich and fashionable. {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 4] Many parents act as if it were a great privilege to be able to introduce their children into so-called "good society." To do this, their resources are taxed to the utmost. Money and time are laid on the altar of Mammon until the expenditure far exceed-the income. Still further to keep up appearances, money is borrowed. Daily such parents practise deceit, that they may lead people to think them worthy to be members of what is falsely called "good society." The children of the family understand the programme; they understand that they must seek to be what they are not,--they must act a deceptive part, in order to be counted worthy of good society. {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 5] Everything wherewith such a family could bless the poor and needy, and make themselves comfortable and happy, is laid on the altar of unholy ambition. They ape the rich, who very often have become rich through deceit and robbery, by grinding down the poor, and keeping back the wages of the needy. But often they only secure for their children the company of the vain, frivolous, and unprincipled. In this Satan acts his part, and the children become anything but good, elevated, and ennobled. In the effort to keep up appearances, every purpose is tainted. The members of such a family may be professing Christians, but their piety is gone. That they may be thought by the world to be what they are not, they sacrifice peace of mind on the shrine of ambition. Truth and righteousness are sacrificed to keep up appearances. This road, which they may think leads upward, leads downward to perdition. {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 6] Parents, remember that you cannot serve God and Mammon. This experiment has often been tried, but always with the same result. If God does not reign supreme in the heart, Mammon will sit on the throne, and the powers of the being will be brought into subjection to the will of Satan. Mammon will hold the heart, because the god of mammon subjects all half-and-half service to himself. All efforts for the conversion and Christian training of the children of such parents are rendered weak and powerless. But if Christ dwells in the heart, all inferior interests, all the aspirations and passions, will be subordinated to the will of God. {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 7] Truth, benevolence, kindness, and love are the graces that dwell in the Christian home. But Satan is constantly inventing interests and excitements to occupy the time and consume the money that should be used for better purposes,--to feed the hungry, clothe the naked, and advance the cause of God. Parents, purify the atmosphere of your homes. Let not the home life be of such a character that all influences for good in the training of your children, are counteracted because you are a slave to the world. Can you not see, on every side, the corrupting influences that are being used to pollute the young? Bring into your home the simplicity of correct Christian practices. Give your children instruction in purity and true modesty, that they may not be hurt by the contagion of immorality and irreligion. Make home radiant with the precious rays of the Sun of Righteousness. If pure religion is seen in your lives, it will captivate the hearts of your children. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, October 24, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 1] October 31, 1898 Christ, the True Example. - Christ's life on earth was meek and lowly. He did not take His place on a throne as Commander of the earth. He attached to His name no high titles, to make His position understood. He took not on Him the nature of angels. For our sake He stepped down from His royal throne, and clothed His divinity with humanity. He laid aside His royal robe, His kingly crown, that He might be one with us. He resigned His position as Commander in the heavenly courts, and for our sake became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. He hid His glory under the guise of humanity, that His divine, transforming power might touch humanity. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 1} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 2] While on earth Christ lived in the home of a peasant. He wore the best garments his parents could provide, but they were the humble garments of the peasants. He walked the rough paths of Nazareth, and climbed the steeps of its hillsides and mountains. In His home He was a constant worker, and left on record a life filled with useful deeds. Had Christ passed His life among the grand and the rich, the world of toilers would have been deprived of the inspiration which the Lord intended they should have. But Christ knew that His work must begin in consecrating the humble trade of the craftsmen who toil for their daily bread. He learned the trade of a carpenter, that He might stamp honest labor as honorable and ennobling to all who work with an eye single to the glory of God. Angels were His attendants; for Christ was doing His Father's business just as much when toiling at the carpenter's bench as when working miracles for the multitude. He held His commission and authority from the highest power, the Sovereign of heaven. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 2} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 3] Christ descended to poverty that He might teach how closely in our daily life we may walk with God. He took human nature that He might be able to sympathise with all hearts. He could engage in toil, bear His part in sustaining the family in their necessity, become accustomed to weariness, and yet show no impatience. His spirit was never so full of worldly cares as to leave no time or thought for heavenly things. He often held communion with heaven in song. The men of Nazareth often heard His voice raised in prayer and thanksgiving to God; and those who associated with Him who often complained of their weariness, were cheered by the sweet melody that fell from His lips. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 3} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 4] He knew that it required much patience and spirituality to bring Bible religion into the home life, into the workshop, to bear all the strain of practical life, and yet keep the eye single to the glory of God; and this is where He was a helper. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 4} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 5] Christ and the heavenly universe saw that the power of Satan was taking the world captive, that nearly all mankind was under his deceiving power. The gold and silver and precious things of earth possessed a charm for men. To them riches meant power and honor, and they would do any injustice or violence in order to obtain that which they coveted. The fear of the Lord was fast departing from the earth, when the Son of the Highest came to the world. "Lo I come," He said, "to do Thy will, O God." His arm brought salvation. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 5} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 6] He began His mission in the lowly walks of life, placing Himself where the family of which He was a member required His service. He did not shirk responsibility, but carried into His labour cheerfulness and tact. He regarded every department of human industry as though it were a part of His commission from God. The Commander of heaven became subject to command, but in it all He manifested heartiness and devotion. He was a perfect pattern in every place. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 6} [BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 7] Christ passed through all the experiences of His childhood, youth, and manhood without the observance of ceremonial temple worship. He held no office, He assumed no rank. He passed through the experience of infancy, childhood, and manhood without a stain upon His character. He consecrated Himself to God that He might benefit and bless others, to show that in every period of life the human agent can do the Master's will. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, October 31, 1898 par. 7} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 1] February 13, 1899 The Sabbath in Home Life. - Letters have come to me from several persons with the request that I should write in regard to the manner in which we should observe the Sabbath. We have the Bible plain and clear upon this subject. We should not leave the work of the six working days to be done on the Sabbath. Through Moses the Lord said to the children of Israel: "Tomorrow is the rest day of the holy Sabbath unto the Lord; bake that which ye will bake today, and seethe that ye will seethe; and that which is left lay up to be kept until morning." {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 2] The Preparation Day. The manna was as coriander seed and the color of bdellium. And the people went about and gathered it, and ground it in the mills or beat it in a mortar, and baked it in pans, and made cakes of it. Thus there was something to be done in the preparation even of the heaven-sent bread for the children of Israel. This was a test for them. God desired to see whether or not they would keep the Sabbath holy. The Lord told the children of Israel that this work must be done on the preparation day, Friday. On that day they were to bake that which they would bake, and seethe that they would seethe. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 3] The word of God comes down through the ages to this time. This direction from the lips of Jehovah is for our spiritual interest, or it would not have been spoken. God would have the Sabbath day kept as a day of rest and spiritual devotion; any careless inattention in reference to this is displeasing to Him. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 4] Keep holy the Sabbath day at whatever sacrifice to yourself. Never allow the holy day of the Lord to be disregarded by yourselves or by your children. All through the week keep the Lord's holy Sabbath in view; for that day is to be devoted to the service of God. It is a day when the hands are to rest from worldly employment, and when the soul needs to receive special attention. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 5] The Children. From the very cradle the children are to be educated, and right impressions given to their mind. They are to be instructed in regard to the knowledge of God and His holy commandments. The first lessons impressed upon the child are never forgotten. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 6] Then search the Scriptures, parents. Be not only hearers, be doers of the word. Meet God's standard in the education of your children. Let them see that you are preparing for the Sabbath on the working days of the week. All preparations should be made, every stitch taken in the six working days; all cooking for the Sabbath should be done on the preparation day. It is possible to do this; and if you make it a rule you can do it. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 7] The command is, "Bake that ye will bake today, and seethe that ye will seethe; for tomorrow is the rest day of the holy Sabbath." That day is not to be given to the cooking of food, or pleasure seeking, or worldly employment. Explain your work and its purpose to your children, and let them help themselves and their parents in their preparation to keep the Sabbath according to the commandment. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 8] Lead your children to consider the Sabbath as a delight, the day of days, the holy of the Lord, honourable. Do not allow yourself to spend the precious hours of the Sabbath in your bed. The heads of the house should be astir early. On Friday the clothing of the children, looked after during the week, should be all laid out by their own hands under the direction of the mother, so that they can dress quietly, without any confusion, or rushing about, and hasty speeches. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 9] In the morning the family should gather about the table quietly; and it would be well if on the Sabbath there should ever be a simple, palatable meal, yet something that would be considered a treat, all prepared--something that they do not have every day of the week. Then either before or after the meal should come the family worship. This should be a service in which the children could all take a part. All should have their Bibles, each reading a verse or two. Then a simple hymn may be sung, followed, not by a long, wearisome prayer, but a simple petition, telling the Lord in the simplest manner their needs, and expressing their gratitude for God's mercies and blessings. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 10] On the Sabbath, parents should give all the time they can to their children, that they may make it a delight. I have seen many families where father, mother, and the older members of the household take themselves away from the younger children, and leave them to amuse themselves the best they can. After a while the children become weary and go out of doors, and engage in play or some kind of mischief. Thus the Sabbath has no sacred significance to them. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 11] Lessons from Nature. In pleasant weather parents can take their children out for a walk in the fields and forest, and talk to them of the lofty trees, the shrubs, and the flowers, and teach them that God is the Maker of all these things. Then teach them the reason for the Sabbath,--that it is to commemorate God's creative works. After working six days, He rested the seventh, and blessed and hallowed the day of His rest. Thus the most profitable instruction can be given. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 11} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 12] The sweet story of Bethlehem can be repeated. Present before them Christ as the babe in Bethlehem, a child obedient to His father and mother, a youth industrious, helping to support the family. Thus you can teach your children that Christ was a child like themselves, and that He knows the trials and perplexities, the temptations, the weariness, the joys, and the happiness of youth. Read them the interesting stories in Bible history. Thus the day to them will be the best of the seven. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 12} [BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 13] If you would train your children to observe the Sabbath according to the commandment, you must do it by precept and example. The deep engraving of truth in the heart is never wholly effaced. The impressions made on the heart in early life are seen in after years. They may be buried, but they will seldom be obliterated. Teach your children that the commandments of God must become the rule of their life. Circumstances may occur to separate the children from their parents and from their home, but the lessons of instruction given in childhood and youth will be a blessing to them throughout their lifetime. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, February 13, 1899 par. 13} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 1] February 20, 1899 Witness to the Truth - The incarnation of Christ, typified in the sacrificial service of Israel, and symbolized in all their devotions, is a glorious mystery. In His only begotten Son, God was made manifest to the world. The Son of God laid aside His glory, and clothed Himself with humanity. He became the meek and lowly Jesus. For the sake of sinful men He became poor, that they through His poverty might be made rich. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 2] Yet the men for whom Christ sacrificed so much, and for whom He laboured so earnestly, did not recognize Him. The enemy was at work upon human minds to keep light from the people of God. As Israel separated more and more from God, they failed to have a correct estimate of truth, and supplied its place with fanciful ideas and the imaginations of men. They doubted the mission of Christ, and although they had so long hoped and waited for Him to come, when He did come they would not receive Him. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 3] The adversaries of Christ claimed to be just and holy men, but they regarded Christ with suspicion because His teaching did not harmonize with their preconceived ideas. The good works which testified that Christ was the light of the world, they would allow to have no weight with them. He bore with Him divine credentials, but their eyes were so blinded by prejudice that they could not discern the voice of the True Shepherd. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 4] Christ was the living representation of the law. He knew that the Jews were eagerly watching Him, hoping to find something which they might question and use to bring about His death as a false teacher; but He could look on that nation of witnesses and say, "Which of you convinceth Me of sin?" Christ stood in moral integrity, conscious of the authority and power which He had with the Father. He was on a level with the eternal throne. The glory of God fell directly upon Him, and in the lustre of His own greatness was reflected back to the Father above. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 5] The sin of the Jews was unbelief. The power of the destroyer had led Israel far astray. When they should have magnified God and talked of His goodness and power, they were found disbelieving and complaining. Every means which the deceiver could invent, he used to sow in their hearts seeds of envy, discord, and of hatred against God. Thus when Christ came to the earth, Satan had brought in a religion for the Jews which pleased himself. The nation had departed from God, and another leader was guiding them. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 6] And Satan pressed the advantage he had gained, and made the leaders of the Jewish nation his allies. Because in their blindness they could not understand the mysteries of the incarnation; because Christ did not praise and glorify them as most exalted in knowledge and piety, the priests and rulers were offended, and they determined to counteract His influence, and make of none effect His teachings. They followed Him from place to place that they might misconstrue and misstate His words. As they listened to the teachings of Christ, they were convinced that the power of God was with Him, but they would not accept Him as the Messiah. And they worked to prevent the people from accepting the light. "Do not be in haste to receive new things," they said, "there is danger of your being deceived. Cannot you see that He differs from the teaching we have been giving you? Do not commit yourselves to these new doctrines. If this is the Christ, He will give you some remarkable evidence of His divine character." Thus these men, who might have been a power for good on God's side of the question, became a power for evil. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 7] When Christ healed the paralytic, He said to him. "Be of good cheer, thy sins are forgiven thee." But the Pharisees when they saw the miracle, and heard men praising God for the wonderful work, said within themselves, "Why doth He thus speak blasphemy? Who can forgive sins but God only? But Jesus knowing their thoughts said, Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? For whether is easier, to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee, or to say, Arise and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins (then saith He to the sick of the palsy), Arise, take up they bed, and go unto thy house." Christ healed the man, both soul and body, showing that He had power to pardon sins, and bring peace and righteousness to the conscience-stricken soul. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 8] Christ's conscious superiority, even as He descended step by step in the path of humiliation, gave His words an amazing power. What lessons of instruction He gave, and with what authority He rebuked the sins of men in high position! Truth was truth to Him, and it never suffered in His hands; for He was the author of truth. "To this end," He says, "was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I might bear witness to the truth." {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 9] But because men did not like to be told of their sins; because they did not wish to be reproved or corrected, they determined to resist Him. Jesus saw that which those who were blinded by the enemy could not see. He tried to convince them that everything opposed to the principles He was teaching was a delusion and a falsehood. "Every one that is of the truth," He said, "heareth My voice." He was the embodiment of truth and holiness. He who had stood in the councils of God; He who had dwelt in the innermost sanctuary of the eternal, was speaking that whereof He knew. He was presenting to them truth of the highest order, revealing to men the mind of the Infinite. But the men who claimed to stand high in knowledge and spiritual understanding, failed to comprehend His meaning; and that which had been evolved from eternity by the Father and the Son, they in their ignorance stood as critics to condemn. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 10] Christ crucified is ever drawing souls to Him. On the other hand, Satan is drawing them away from Christ, that they may not walk in the light of His countenance; that they may not see Christ in His goodness and mercy, His infinite compassion and unsurpassed love. He intercepts Himself by presenting the attractions of worldly inducements that God in Christ may not be discerned. But Christ came that whosoever will believe in Him may be saved. As a flower turns to the sun that its bright rays may aid in perfecting its beauty and symmetry, so should Christ's followers turn to the Sun of Righteousness, that Heaven's light may shine upon them, perfecting their characters and giving them a deep and abiding experience in the things of God. It is beyond our power to conceive the blessings that are brought within our reach through Christ, if we will but unite our human effort with divine grace. There is "an eternal weight of glory" beyond. "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, February 20, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 1] May 1, 1899 The Only True Mediator. - "And if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous." "For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus." {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 2] Jesus is our advocate, our high priest, and our intercessor. We occupy a like position to that of the Israelites on the day of atonement. When the high priest entered the most holy place, representing the place where our High Priest is now pleading, and sprinkled the atoning blood upon the mercy seat, no propitiatory sacrifices were offered without. While the priest was interceding within, every heart was to be bowed in contrition before God, pleading for the pardon of their transgression. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 3] Type met antitype in the death of Christ, the lamb slain for the sins of the world. Our great High Priest has made the only sacrifice that is of any value in our salvation. When He offered Himself on the cross, a perfect atonement was made for the sins of the people. We are now standing in the outer court, waiting and looking for that blessed hope, the glorious appearing of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. No sacrifices are to be offered without, for the great High Priest is performing His work in the most holy place. In His intercession as our advocate, Christ needs no man's virtue, no man's intercession. He is the only sin-bearer, the only sin-offering. Prayer and confession are to be offered only to Him who has entered once for all into the most holy place. He will save the uttermost all who come to Him in faith. He ever liveth to make intercession for us. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 4] This makes of no avail the offering of the mass, -- one of the falsehoods of Romanism! The incense that is now offered by men, the masses that are said for the deliverance of souls from purgatory, are not of the least value in God's sight. All the altars and sacrifices, the traditions and inventions, whereby men hope to earn salvation, are but fallacies. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 5] Priests and rulers have no right to interpose between Christ and the souls for whom He has died, as though invested with the Saviour's attributes, and able to pardon sin. They are themselves sinners, and are only human. One day they will see that their deceptive doctrines have led to crime of every description and type. They are responsible for many terrible wrongs which men have perpetrated upon their fellow-men. Martyrs have been tortured and put to death by men instigated by Satan to perform wicked deeds. These things have been done under the rule of the man of sin, who has placed himself as God, sitting in the temple of God and taking upon himself the prerogatives of God, that he may carry out his own schemes. The Judge of the whole earth will call those who have done these deeds to account. The case of every soul that has been imprisoned, every human being that has been tortured, has been noted by the recording angel. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 6] The mightiest human being, whatever may be his claim, is not infinite. He cannot understand infinity. Christ plainly stated, "No man knoweth the Father but the Son." A teacher was once endeavouring to present the exaltation of God, when a voice was heard saying, "We cannot as yet understand who He is." The teacher nobly replied, "Were I able fully to set forth God, I should either be a god myself, or God Himself would cease to be God." The mightiest created intellect cannot comprehend God; words from the most eloquent tongue fail to describe Him; in His presence silence is eloquence. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 7] Christ represented the Father to the world, and He represents before God the chosen ones in whom He has restored the moral image of God. They are His heritage. To them He says, "He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father." No man, "knoweth the Son but the Father, neither knoweth any man the Father, but the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him." No priest, no religionist, can reveal the Father to any son or daughter of Adam. Men have only one advocate, one intercessor, who is able to pardon transgression. Shall not our hearts swell with gratitude to Him who gave Jesus to be the propitiation for our sins? Think deeply upon the love that the Father has manifested in our behalf, the love that He has expressed for us. We cannot measure this love; for measurement there is none. Can we measure infinity? We can only point to Calvary, to the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 8] The great Intercessor presents His petition to the Father. No middle-man comes between the sinner and Christ. No dead prophet, no buried saint, is seen. Christ Himself is our advocate. All that the Father is to His Son, He is to those whom His Son in humanity represented. In every line of His work Christ acted as a representative of the Father. He lived as our substitute and surety. He laboured as He would have His followers labour, unselfishly appreciating the value of every human being for whom He suffered and died. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, May 1, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 1] May 22, 1899 The Crucified and Risen Saviour. - All heaven waited with eager earnestness for the end of the tarrying of the Son of God in a world all seared and marred with the curse. In proportion to Christ's humiliation and suffering was to be His exaltation. He became the Saviour, the Redeemer, only by first becoming the sacrifice. And having magnified the law and made it honourable, by accepting its condition, He hastened to heaven to perfect His work and accomplish His mission by sending the Holy Spirit to His disciples. Thus He would assure His believing ones that He had not forgotten them, though in the presence of God, where there is fulness of joy for evermore. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 2] Christ came to the earth as God in the guise of humanity. He ascended to heaven as the King of saints. His ascension was worthy of His exalted character. He ascended from the mount of Olives in a cloud of angels, who triumphantly escorted Him to the city of God. Not in His own interest did He go, but as the covenant-making Redeemer of His believing sons and daughters, who are made thus through faith in His name. He went as one mighty in battle, a conqueror leading captivity captive, amid acclamations of praise and celestial song. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 3] As He ascended the challenge was given by the escorting angels "Lift up your heads, O ye gates; and be ye lift up, ye everlasting doors; and the King of glory shall come in." Joyfully the waiting sentinels make response, "Who is this King of glory?" This they say, not because they do not know who He is, but because they would hear His praises. The answer comes back, "The Lord strong and mighty; the Lord mighty in battle. Lift up your heads, O ye gates; even lift them up, ye everlasting doors, and the King of glory shall come in." {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 4] Again the response is heard, "Who is this King of glory," for the angels never weary of hearing His name exalted. In strains of heavenly music the escorting angels make reply, "The Lord of hosts; He is the King of glory." Emmanuel, God with us, "is gone up with a shout; the Lord with the sound of a trumpet." {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 5] What a contrast between Christ's reception on His return to heaven and His reception on this earth. In heaven all was loyalty. There was no sorrow, no suffering, to meet Him at every turn. There were no scowling priests to exercise their ingenuity in finding some word of His which they could misinterpret, and thus gain opportunity to harass, abuse, insult, and deride Him. His entrance to the courts above was not begged; for all heaven was honoured by His presence. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 6] As He enters Heaven, the angels hasten to do Him homage, but He waves them back, and going to His Father makes the plea, "Father, I will that they also whom thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world." What is the Father's answer?--"And let all the angels of God worship Him." The pledge made before the foundation of the world is renewed. Christ's relation to His Father embraces all who receive Him by faith as their personal Saviour. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 7] The time had come for the universe of heaven to accept their King. Angels, cherubim and seraphim, would now stand in view of the cross. The Father bows His head in recognition of the One of whom the priests and rulers had said, "He trusted in God let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him." The Father accepts His Son. No words could convey the rejoicing of heaven or God's expression of satisfaction and delight in His only begotten Son, as He saw the completion of the atonement. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 8] Christ said to His disciples, "It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come to you, but if I depart, I will send Him unto you." This was the gift of gifts. The Holy Spirit was sent as the most priceless treasure man could receive. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 9] The Holy Spirit was to descend on those who love Christ. By this they would be qualified, in and through the glorification of their Head, to receive every endowment necessary for the fulfilling of their mission. The Life-giver held in His hand not only the keys of death, but a whole heaven of rich blessings. All power in heaven and earth was given to Him, and having taken His place in the heavenly courts, He could dispense these blessings to all who receive Him. The church was baptised with the Spirit's power. The disciples were fitted to go forth and proclaim Christ, first in Jerusalem, where the shameful work of dishonouring the rightful King had been done, and then to the uttermost parts of the earth. The evidence of the enthronement of Christ in His mediatorial kingdom was given. God testified to the great work of atonement in reconciling the world to Himself, by giving Christ's followers a true understanding of the kingdom which He was establishing upon the earth, the foundation of which His own hand had laid. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 10] The Father gave all honour to His Son, seating Him at His right hand, far above all principalities and powers. He expressed His great joy and delight in receiving the Crucified One, and crowning Him with glory and honour. And all the favours He has shown to His Son in His acceptance of the great atonement are shown to His people. Those who have united their interests in love with Christ are accepted in the Beloved. They suffer with Christ, and His glorification is of great interest to them, because they are accepted in Him. God loves them as He loves His Son. Christ, Emmanuel, stands between God and the believer, revealing the glory of God to His chosen ones, and covering their defects and transgressions with the garments of His own spotless righteousness. The seal of Heaven has been affixed to Christ's atonement. His sacrifice is in every way satisfactory. In Him mercy and truth have met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other. The Father embraced His Son, and in this included all who receive Him. "To them gave He power to become the sons of God." They are His chosen ones, joint-heirs with Christ in the great firm of heaven. They are to overcome even as He overcame. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, May 22, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 1] May 29, 1899 The Divine Sacrifice. - Who is able to describe the last scenes of Christ's life on earth, His trial in the judgment hall, and His crucifixion? Who witnessed these scenes?--The heavenly universe, God the Father, Satan and his angels. Wonderful events took place in the betrayal of Christ. At His mock trial His accusers found nothing by which He could be proved guilty. Three times Pilate declared, "I find no fault in Him at all." Nevertheless he ordered Him to be scourged, and then delivered Him up to suffer the most cruel death that could be devised. {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 2] It pleased God to bruise His only begotten Son, to suffer temptation to come to Him, to permit Satan to develop his attributes and the principles of his government. The enmity of the apostate against the Commander of all heaven must be seen. It must be shown that Satan's mercy is cruelty. What a battle was this between Christ and Satan? It was waged up to the very time of the resurrection, yea, up to the time of the ascension. Then it was transferred to Christ's followers, and today Satan wars against them. {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 3] During His lifetime Christ's spirit was grieved because His own nation looked upon Him as a root out of dry ground, having no form or comeliness that they should desire Him. He longed for care-worn, oppressed, weary human beings to come to Him, that He might give them the light and life and joy that are to be found only in Him. The veriest sinners were the objects of His deep, earnest interest, pity and love. But when in the greatest need of human sympathy, in the hour of His trial and temptation, even the most promising of His disciples forsook Him. He was indeed compelled to tread the winepress alone, and of the people there was none with Him. An atmosphere of apostasy surrounded Him. On every side could be heard sounds of mockery, taunting and blasphemy. Satanic agencies full of animosity strove to inspire the human family with deadly animosity against the law of Jehovah; and in his enmity the apostate was joined by the professed worshippers of God, for whom Christ had done so much. {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 4] The Lord of hosts suffered with His Son, but He did not abate one jot of the penalty. The world's Redeemer heard the people taking the oath of allegiance to a rival sovereign. He heard them divorcing themselves from God, refusing to obey His rule, saying, "We have no king but Caesar." As He hung on the cross, He heard them say tauntingly, "He trusted in God, let Him deliver Him now if He will have Him; for He said, I am the Son of God." {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 5] The Lord permits men to go to a certain length in sin, and then, as in the destruction of the old world, He will arise and punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity. The earth will disclose her blood, and no more cover her slain. {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 6] Thus it was. The terrible scenes of the crucifixion revealed what humanity will do when under Satan's control. They revealed what the outcome would be if Satan was to control the world. Those who witnessed these scenes never lost the impressions made upon their minds. Many were converted, and told others of the awful scene they beheld. Many who heard the report of Christ's death were convicted, and commenced searching the Scriptures. Thus were fulfilled the words, "So shall He sprinkle many nations." {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 7] Christ was the Majesty of heaven, the Commander of the heavenly hosts. But He put off His crown, and divested Himself of His royal robe, to take upon Him human nature, that humanity might touch humanity. As the world's Redeemer He passed through all the experiences through which we must pass. He found Himself in fashion as a man. He humbled Himself to do the greatest work that could be done for the human race. A beam of righteousness from heaven shone amid the moral darkness of this earth, to enlighten every man that cometh into the world. {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 8] Christ suffered in man's stead, giving His life for the life of the world. All who repent and turn to Him are His heritage. His death proved God's administration and government to be without a flaw. Satan's charge in regard to the conflicting attributes of justice and mercy was forever settled beyond question. Every voice in heaven and out of heaven will one day testify to the justice, mercy, and love of God. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, May 29, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 1] July 10, 1899 "The Last First, and the First Last." - "So when even was come, the lord of the vineyard saith unto his steward, Call the labourers, and give them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first. And when they came that were hired about the eleventh hour, they received every man a penny. But when the first came, they supposed that they should have received more; and they likewise received every man a penny. And when they had received it, they murmured against the good man of the house, saying, These last have wrought but one hour, and thou hast made them equal unto us, which have borne the burden and heat of the day. But he answered one of them, and said, Friend, I do thee no wrong; didst thou not agree with me for a penny? Take that is thine, and go thy way; I will give unto this last even as unto thee. Is it not lawful for me to do what I will with mine own? Is thine eye evil because I am good? So the last shall be first, and the first last; for many be called, but few chosen." Matthew 20:8-16. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 2] In this parable Christ employed an illustration with which all were familiar. In Europe this custom still remains. Those desiring to find work wend their way to the market place, and there stand about, hoping to be employed. And those who are in need of workmen go also to the market place. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 3] This lesson was called forth by the disputing of the disciples as to who should be greatest. It is a continuation of the lesson of the preceding chapter. Here we read that Peter said to Christ:- {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 4] "Behold, we have forsaken all, and followed Thee. What shall we have therefore?" And Jesus answered, "Verily, I say unto you, That ye, which have followed Me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit in the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for My name's sake, shall receive an hundredfold, and shall inherit everlasting life. But many that are first shall be last, and the last shall be first." {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 5] Christ gave this lesson to reach down through the ages to our time. He saw that there would come into the church a spirit of self-righteousness, leading men to think that by their works they could earn heaven. In the parable those who were hired first represent those who bring into their service an envious, self-righteous spirit. Because they had been first in the field, they claimed the preference. "Friend," answered the master, "I do thee no wrong. In giving thee a penny, I have kept my part of the agreement." {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 6] There are those who, whenever they make any advancement, take credit to themselves. If the Lord helps them, they are uplifted by pride, as though by their own goodness they had advanced. They are eager for flattery, and jealous if they are not placed first. They feel superior to all others. These fail to treat the poor and needy as they should. They act unjustly and unrighteously. Christ does not desire to have them in His service; for they are eager for reward, and think they should receive compensation for everything they do. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 7] God sees not as man sees. Man judges by appearances; the Lord judges the motives. He knows whether sincerity and fidelity are brought into the work. Our Saviour repeatedly declared that the first should be last, and the last first. Unconsciously men act out their true character. Some work in an humble, lowly way, but they are imbued with the Spirit of God, and constantly they are doing little things to help others. They bring into their service a spirit of self-sacrifice and self-abasement. They long to do more for their Redeemer. These are the ones who will stand first. They think little of what they do, and are astonished to see that the Lord has noticed the kind word spoken to the disheartened, the gift bestowed to relieve the distressed. But the Lord measures the humble, childlike spirit of love and tenderness in which these acts were performed, and makes the reward proportionate. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 8] We should all have respect unto the recompense of reward. But while we desire earnestly to receive blessing, we must have perfect confidence that Christ will reward all according to their works. Paul kept ever in view the crown of life which was to be given to him, and not to him only, but also to all those who love Christ's appearing. But it was victory through Jesus Christ that made the crown of life so desirable to him. Jesus would not have us ambitious to obtain reward, but ambitious to do God's will because it is His will, irrespective of the reward we are to receive. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 9] In the account of the judgment scene, when the reward is given to the righteous, and sentence is passed on the wicked, the righteous are represented as wondering what they have done that they should receive such reward. But they cherished an abiding faith in Christ. They were imbued with His Spirit, and without conscious effort, they performed for Christ, in the person of His saints, those services that bring a sure reward. But their motive in working was not to receive compensation. They regarded it as the highest honour to be allowed to work as Christ worked. What they did was done from love to Christ and to their fellow-men, and He who has identified Himself with suffering humanity, accredited these acts of compassion and love as though done to Himself. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 10] Unconsciously those on the left hand also act out their proud, selfish spirit. In their lifetime they did not cherish the attributes of sympathy and love. Self was exalted, and the fatherless and widow, in their sorrow and poverty, received only inattention and neglect at their hands. Yet in the parable they are represented as asking, "Lord, when saw we Thee an hungered, or athirst, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto Thee?" The answer comes, "Verily, I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye did it not unto one of the least of these, ye did it not to Me." {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 11] "Many are called," Christ said, "but few are chosen." If we would remember that we are on test and trial before the heavenly universe, that God is proving us, to see what spirit we are of, there would be more serious contemplation, more earnest prayer. Those who work in simplicity realize that of himself man can do no good thing. They are full of gratitude and thanksgiving for the privilege of holding communion with God. Interwoven with their service is a principle that makes their gifts and offerings wholly fragrant. They have the same confidence and trust in God that a child has in its earthly father. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 11} [BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 12] It is not so much for our activity and zeal that we are rewarded, but for the tenderness, the graciousness, the love that we have mingled with our work for the weak, the oppressed, the afflicted. Those who see the necessities of others, and yet pass by on the other side, too busy to minister to the purchase of Christ's blood, who are so eager to do great things, that they forget the little things, will find themselves last and least when in the judgment the settlement is made. Salvation is wholly of grace. Love and humility are the traits of character that give the possessor the first place in the kingdom of God. Actions, which express this love, and humility call forth from Christ the words, "Inasmuch as ye did it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye did it unto Me." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, July 10, 1899 par. 12} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 1] August 7, 1899 Teaching from Nature. - Christ employed the things of nature to illustrate divine truth. He bade them speak, that man might heed the voice of God. He used as object-lessons the flowers He had created, and the things of the animal world. Under His teaching, nature utters her voice to declare the wonderful works of God, and to reprove man's unbelief and his forgetfulness of his constant dependence upon the Creator. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 2] "Take no thought for your life," Christ said, "what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? Behold the fowls of the air; for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they?" Consider the ravens. They neither sow nor reap; but they act the part God designed them to act, and He takes care of them. And will not that God who has given man all that he has, keep him in health and strength if he complies with the conditions by obedience to the laws of his being? {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 3] "Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature," Christ asked. "And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these." Let the lily, beautifully tinted and gracefully formed by the great Master-Artist, surpassing in its loveliness the artificial adorning of Solomon, teach us the lesson of simplicity and faith. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 4] The lesson book of nature is open to all. When men and women cease trying to counter-work the purposes of Divinity; when they place themselves under the discipline of grace, they will see that they have a work to do in becoming conversant with plant and animal life. If less time were devoted to the preparation of elaborate meals for the gratification of appetite, and more time spent in the contemplation of God's works in nature, men and women would be better fitted to serve their Creator. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 5] God has entrusted human beings with talents. He has given men and women intellect, that they may study His dealings with them. All have the privilege of knowing the only true God, whom to know aright is life eternal. Shall we, then, follow our own inclinations, and indulge our inherited and cultivated tendencies to wrong, without reference to God's word? The birds of the air, guided by instinct, are obedient to the laws that govern their life. But the beings formed in God's image fail to honour Him by obeying His laws. By disregarding the laws which govern the human organism, they disqualify themselves for serving God. God sends them warnings to beware of how they dishonour Him by breaking the laws which govern their bodies; but habit is strong, and they will not heed. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 6] The swallows and the cranes observe the changes of the season. To find a suitable clime, they migrate from one country to another, as God designed they should. But men and women sacrifice life and health in seeking to gratify appetite. In their desire to accumulate earthly treasure, they forget the Giver of all their blessings. They abuse their health, and use their powers to carry out their unsanctified, ambitious projects. Their days are filled with pain of body and disquietude of mind because they are determined to follow wrong habits and practices. They will not reason from cause to effect, but sacrifice health, peace, and happiness to their ignorance. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 7] The wise man addresses the indolent in these words: "Go to the ant, thou sluggard; consider her ways, and be wise; which having no guide, overseer, or ruler, provideth her meat in the summer, and gathereth her fruit in the harvest." {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 8] The habitations which the ants build for themselves show wonderful skill and perseverance. Only one little grain at a time can they handle, but by diligence and perseverance they accomplish wonders. Solomon points to their industry as a reproach to those who waste their hours in sinful idleness, or in practices which corrupt soul and body. The ant prepares for future seasons. This lesson is, by many gifted with reasoning powers, entirely disregarded. They fail entirely to prepare for that future life which God has secured for those of the fallen race who are obedient to Him. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 9] Stones have frequently been used as memorials of God's dealing with His people. Joshua, knowing that the time of his service as the visible leader of the children of Israel was about to end, gathered the people together, and caused them to renew their covenant with their Maker. Then he "wrote these words in the book of the law of God, and took a great stone, and set it up there under an oak that was by the sanctuary of the Lord. "Behold," he said, "this stone shall be a witness unto us; for it hath heard all the words of the Lord, which He spake unto us. It shall be therefore a witness unto you, lest ye deny your God." {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 10] None have an excuse for misusing their powers. Such misuse robs God of the service He demands. By creation and by redemption man is the Lord's. The qualities with which he has been endowed shows how high an estimate the Lord places on human beings. He has given every man his work. Every youth, every child, has a work to do in accordance with the Lord's revealed will. No one can waste his opportunities and privileges without robbing God. How can we ignore the responsibilities which rest upon us? The sun, the moon, the stars, the rocks, the flowing stream, the broad restless ocean, all teach lessons that we would do well to heed. Shall we not learn from God's great book of nature that He bestows His love, mercy, and grace on us every moment of our lives, that in turn we may serve Him and our fellow-men? Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 7, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 1] August 14, 1899 Take Heed How Ye Hear. - Characteristics of the True Teacher-Sanctified Ears-The Power of Language. God desires us to give attention to the words of truth. We are to hear and practise them; for the truth is a message of Heaven to those who take heed. The oftrepeated charge of the Lord is, "He that hath ears to hear, let him hear." Of the Israelites the apostle says, "The word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it." This opens before us the reason why so little is accomplished by the many discourses given. The words may be indited by the Holy Spirit, but if those who hear do not hear with a desire to be benefited, the words spoken do not profit them. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 2] It makes every difference whether the word spoken is received into good and honest hearts. The Israelites had the word spoken to them by Christ from the pillar of cloud, but like many who today hear the glad tidings of truth and righteousness, they did not hear with consecrated ears. They brought guilt upon themselves by failing to hear by faith, and practise the word spoken. Selfishness and pride, murmuring and unbelief, compassed them about as a garment. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 3] It was faith that men lacked in the days of Noah, and it was this lack that brought destruction upon them. How different would have been the result had they heeded Noah's appeals as the voice of God speaking through him. But they were unwilling to hear and receive the word which would have saved them. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 4] The teacher of truth is to take heed how he presents the truth. He is to speak every word plainly and distinctly, with that earnest conviction which carries conviction to hearts. If the words spoken are crowded upon each other, the impression that should be made is lost. The talent of speech needs to be cultivated, that the truth shall not be spoken in an excited, spasmodic style, but slowly and distinctly, that not a syllable may be lost. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 5] Rapidity of speech can and should be corrected. The teacher must learn daily in the school of Christ, that he may speak in such a way as to make the best and most lasting impression upon his hearers. The appointed guardian of truth, he must conscientiously guard the sacred treasures. He is not to gather only a limited number of surface truths, but is to purchase the field, that he may possess the treasure it contains. He is to seek to improve in methods of labour, and make the very best use of the organs of speech. If the words of truth are of sufficient importance to be spoken before an audience, they are of sufficient importance to be spoken distinctly. The guidance of the Spirit never leads to indistinctness of speech. The Spirit takes the things of God, and presents them through the human instrument to the people. Then let them come from our lips in the most perfect manner possible. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 6] When the pure gospel of Christ is cherished and appreciated, the jewels of truth will be presented as precious pearls. Every teacher in our Schools, every minister in our Conferences, is to make an earnest effort to obtain knowledge from the Source of all knowledge. All are to have a daily increasing appreciation of the wisdom which is eternal life to the receiver. The teacher of truth needs to learn daily of Christ. He is not to be satisfied with human acquirements; for they are narrow and insufficient. He is to hunger for a deeper knowledge of Christ. "This is life eternal," the Saviour said, "that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent." {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 7] God would have us realize that, as His delegated messengers, we are to grow in grace and in the knowledge of Christ, until we perfect a character that is in entire conformity to His will. His attributes have been presented to us that we may cherish them, and thus learn to use the treasures of truth in such a way as to draw souls to Him. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 8] Christ says to us, "A new heart also will I give you." You shall act on new, strong principles. By believing and obeying, we are brought into fellowship with Christ, and we partake of the glory revealed by Him. The willing, obedient soul will continue to advance, following the Lord Jesus step by step, until he is complete in Him. God loves those who are one in Christ, even as He loves His only begotten Son. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 9] Earnest and sincere is the Author of our redemption. He humbled Himself that He might uplift the perishing and give them a knowledge of the true God. He desires His followers to represent Him by showing a faith that works by love and purifies the soul, by telling others of the love that has done so much for them. He has made the plan of redemption so definite and complete that the attention of all who are led to look to Him will be attracted. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 10] The words of the true Christian are a power for good; for they are the living echo of the Scriptures. When the teachers of truth learn from Christ as they should, those who listen to their words will not say with indifference, "I have heard that discourse a number of times. It is only a repetition." If the Lord's ambassador is what he should be,-an earnest seeker for the hidden treasure,-he will have a daily filled treasure house, from which he can draw things new and old; and if his hearers take heed how they hear, they will go from the service fully prepared to testify, Did not our hearts burn within us, while He walked with us, and opened to us the Scriptures? {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 11] Many religious teachers have opposed the precious light sent them from heaven. They have refused to obey the words, "Take heed how ye hear." They think that they complete their work and secure their conquests by a continual repetition of fables and traditions, and by shouting, "Victory." But their efforts are the essence of feebleness, though put forth with an authority which misleads those who do not search the Scriptures for themselves. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 11} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 12] Through His Holy Spirit the Lord is seeking to teach men humility. Those who are privileged to hear truth need to listen with receptive minds, appreciating the precious words spoken. Those who are trusted with the presentation of the sacred oracles need to feel the necessity of being taught by the great Teacher. They must remember that instruction is often sent through their fellow-labourers and through laymen, whom the Lord has set apart to teach the truth. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 12} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 13] Let every teacher be a constant worker; then the Lord will educate and train the soul, moulding and fashioning it after the divine similitude. Teachers may learn in many ways. They are to gather every ray of light from those whom they have reason to know have a living experience in the things of God. They are to accept abundantly from the great Teacher, that they may give abundantly. They are not to depend on old discourses which they have had for years, but they are to go on progressing, digging for the precious jewels of truth, that they may present them to their hearers. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 13} [BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 14] The teacher must be willing to surrender his will to the will of God. Preparation for the gospel ministry can be obtained only by searching the Scriptures, and seeking the Lord with full purpose of heart. At the altar of God, by self-renunciation, the soul is educated to believe and receive and impart. Those who receive this education realize their own insufficiency, and the wonderful power of God. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 14, 1899 par. 14} [BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 1] August 21, 1899 True Education. - Daniel Before the King--The Secret of His Wisdom--Physical and Intellectual Training--Goodness and Greatness. Daniel was closely connected with the Source of all wisdom, and this was to him more precious than the gold of Ophir. He kept his religious training on an equality with the advantages which were given him for becoming a wise and learned man. He used his entrusted capital aright. He was aroused by the situation in which he found himself in the king's court. He co-operated with God in the use of every power which had been given him, and we read, "As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom; and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams." Daniel was connected with God, and the secrets of the Most High were opened to him; for God is with those that fear Him. "And the king communed with them, and among all was found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah; therefore stood they before the king. And in all matters of wisdom and understanding that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm." Continual growth in religious wisdom and intelligence did not in any way disqualify these youth for the faithful discharge of the important duties assigned them in the kingdom of Babylon. God gave them His wisdom and knowledge for the perfecting of a thorough education. {BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 2] Let children and youth be given true education. Teach them to give God their entire devotion; for they are wholly dependent on Him in this life and for the future, immortal life. The knowledge of truth is the nutrition that the soul needs in order to be prepared to act as wise a part as did Daniel and his associates. Every time the conscience is violated, sin is committed, for which the wrong-doer must suffer the sure result. The penalty of sin is death. With persevering effort and patient forbearance, children must be taught that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. When very young they may be taught the statutes and commands of God. The thoughts and sentiments of His law are to be interwoven with their knowledge of the sciences. A true knowledge of the word of God is the only true scientific education, and this education brings the highest good. {BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 3] We cannot afford to separate spiritual from intellectual training. Well may parents dread intellectual greatness for their children unless it is balanced by a knowledge of God and His ways. It is of great importance that the youth take with them from school an intelligent love for God and His truth. This lies at the foundation of all true knowledge. We are in a world subject to disease and death. He who during his lifetime serves God faithfully, has the assurance that he will come forth at last to a glorious immortality. Of such a one it may indeed be said, "It is well with his soul." In every school in our land the Lord God of Israel should be exalted, revered, and honoured. In the place of unsanctified rivalry for earthly honour, the highest ambition of students should be to go forth as missionaries for God, educators who can teach what they have learned. {BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 4] Goodness alone is true greatness. With persevering faith, teachers are to hold to the Infinite One, saying, as did Jacob, "I will not let Thee go, except Thou bless me." Education is not perfect unless the body, the mind, and the heart are equally educated. Students who go from school with this education will draw to Christ, not only men and women, but children and youth. These need to learn to discipline self, to take up the duties nearest them, and then, however unpleasant the work may seem, to advance steadily. When they learn what constitutes the true children of God, a work will be done that Satan himself cannot undo or make of none effect. He who opens his heart to receive true education receives power from God to impart the light to others. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 21, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 1] August 28, 1899 The Marriage in Galilee. - A Divine Institution-Rejoicing with Those That do Rejoice-Adultery and Crime-The Family of Heaven. Adam was appointed by God to be monarch of the world, under the supervision of the Creator. "God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness, and let him have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. So God created man in His own image, in the image of God created He him." {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 2] "The Lord God formed man out of the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life, and man became a living soul. . . . And the Lord God said, It is not good that the man should be alone: I will make him an help-meet for him. . . . And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall upon Adam, and he slept; and He took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof, and the rib which the Lord God had taken from man made He a woman, and brought her unto the man. And Adam said, This is now bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of Man. Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and shall cleave unto his wife; and they shall be one flesh." {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 3] He who gave Eve to Adam as a help-meet performed His first miracle at a marriage festival. In the festal hall, where friends and relatives rejoiced together, Christ commenced His public ministry. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 4] By His presence at this gathering our Saviour sanctioned marriage, recognizing it as an institution He Himself had established. In the beginning when the Sabbath law was given, the marriage law was also given. It was then that God bestowed on man His two great gifts,--the Sabbath as a day of rest, and woman as a help-meet. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 5] Marriage has received Christ's blessing, and it is to be regarded as a sacred institution. True religion does not counterwork the Lord's plans. God ordained that man and woman should be united in holy wedlock, to raise up families that, crowned with honour, would be symbols of the family in heaven. And at the beginning of His public ministry Christ gave His decided sanction to the institution that had been sanctioned in Eden. Thus He declared to all that He will not refuse His presence on marriage occasions, and that marriage, when joined with purity and holiness, truth and righteousness, is one of the greatest blessings ever given to the human family. Priests and popes have made laws forbidding people to marry, and secluding them in monasteries. These laws and restrictions were devised by Satan to place men and women in unnatural positions. Thus Satan has tempted human beings to disregard the law of marriage as a thing unholy, but at the same time he has opened the door for the indulgence of human passion. Thus have come into existence some of the greatest evils which curse our world,--adultery, fornication, and the murder of innocent children born out of wedlock. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 6] Jesus came to our world to correct mistakes, to restore the moral image of God in man. Wrong sentiments in regard to marriage had found a place in the minds of the teachers in Israel. They were making of none effect this institution. Man was becoming so hard-hearted that for the most trivial excuse he would separate from his wife, or, if he chose, he would separate her from her children. This was considered a great disgrace, and was often accompanied by the most acute suffering on the part of the discarded one. Christ came to correct these evils, and His first miracle was wrought on the occasion of a marriage. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 7] The Scripture states that both Jesus and His disciples were called to this marriage feast. Christ has given Christians no sanction for saying when invited to a marriage, "We ought not to be present on so joyous an occasion." By attending this feast, Christ taught us that He would have us rejoice with those who rejoice, in the observance of His statutes. He never discouraged the festivities of mankind when they were carried on in accordance with the laws of Heaven. A gathering that Christ honoured by His presence it is right that His followers should attend. After attending this feast, Christ attended many others, sanctifying them by His presence and instruction. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 8] The feast was in progress, and an important point in the ceremony had been reached, when it was discovered that the supply of wine had failed. Mary went at once to Jesus, saying, "They have no wine." She had an interest in this gathering, and Christ had ever been to her a wise counsellor. The answer was, "Woman, what have I to do with thee?" This should have been translated, "What hast thou to do with Me?" This answer was not in any sense disrespectful. Christ was ever respectful, kind, and courteous to all, and He was especially so to His mother. But He was engaged in His Father's work, and He was to follow the dictation of no one but God. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 9] Mary understood His words as encouragement, not rebuke, and she said to the servants, "Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it." {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 10] "And there were set there six water pots of stone, after the manner of the purifying of the Jews, containing two or three firkins apiece." In those days the Jewish religion was largely made up of forms and ceremonies. A certain amount of washing was required by the law, but the people carried this matter to an extreme, prescribing certain forms never required by God, and making a tedious process of that which was intended to cleanse and refresh. Seeing the stone jars standing there, Christ bade the servants fill them to the brim. This was done, and then He said, "Draw out now, and bear unto the governor of the feast. And they bare it." {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 11] "When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine, and knew not whence it was (but the servants which drew the water knew), the governor of the feast called the bride-groom, and said unto him, Every man at the beginning doth set forth good wine; and when men have well drunk, then that which is worse; but thou hast kept the good wine until now." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 28, 1899 par. 11} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 1] September 4, 1899 Wine at the Marriage Feast. - Death in the Cup--Wine Pure and Impure--Human and Divine Love--The Marriage Holy--Sharing Burdens--The Family of Earth and Heaven. The wine created by Christ at the marriage feast in Galilee was the best wine that those present had ever tasted. But it was entirely free from all fermentation. Christ Himself had forbidden the use of fermented drink, saying, "Do not drink wine nor strong drink, thou, nor thy sons with thee, when ye go into the tabernacle of the congregation, lest ye die; it shall be a statute forever throughout your generations; and that ye may put difference between holy and unholy, and between clean and unclean, and that ye may teach the children of Israel all the statutes which the Lord hath spoken unto them by the hand of Moses." {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 2] Fermented liquor confuses the senses and perverts the powers of the being. God is dishonoured when men have not sufficient respect for themselves to practice strict temperance. Fermented wine is not a natural production. The Lord never made it, and with its production He has nothing to do. Paul advised Timothy to take a little wine for his stomach's sake and oft infirmities, but he meant the unfermented juice of the grape. He did not advise Timothy to take what the Lord had prohibited. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 3] The use of fermented wine caused Nadab and Abihu to confuse the sacred and the common, and death was their penalty. After this, severe restrictions were placed on those connected with the sacred service. They were prohibited, when they came before the Lord, from touching wine or using grapes in any way, that they might avoid the result of becoming familiar with fermented liquor. When food or drink which bewilders the brain is placed in the mouth, the destroyer sees his opportunity to enter and dethrone the reason. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 4] Some who claim to be Christians feel at liberty to use intoxicating drink, and in this particular they claim to be in harmony with Christ. But Christ did not set the example they claim to imitate. Be assured that He did not make intoxicating wine on the occasion of His first miracle. He gave to those present a drink which it is safe to give to all humanity--the pure juice of the grape. Christ never placed a glass of fermented liquor to His lips or to the lips of His disciples. Drunkenness was rare in Palestine, but Christ looked down the ages, and saw in every generation what the use of wine would do for the users, therefore at this feast He set a right example. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 5] Christ did not give publicity to His action, and at first only a few knew of the embarrassment of the governor. But after the new wine was brought in, great astonishment was expressed by the guests regarding its superiority over the wine first placed before them. The miracle became known, and the very work Christ desired to see done was accomplished. The faith of the disciples was confirmed. This miracle was to them a convincing testimony that their Master was the world's Redeemer. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 6] Jesus did not touch the water in the jars. He simply looked upon it, and at once it became like wine fresh from the cluster. Only a few days before, Christ had refused to work a miracle to satisfy His hunger. He was weak and emaciated; for He had been without food for forty days and forty nights; but He would not command the stones to become bread to satisfy His appetite. To the suggestion of the enemy He answered, "It is written, That man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God." Neither would He accept a challenge to imperil His life by casting Himself down from the pinnacle of the temple to prove that He was the Son of God. In answer to the challenge, He said, "It is written, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God." But on the occasion of the wedding feast He performed a miracle to show that marriage is not forbidden by God. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 7] The divine love emanating from Christ never destroys human love, but includes it. By it human love is refined and purified, elevated and ennobled. Human love can never bear its precious fruit until it is united with the Divine nature, and trained to grow heavenward. Jesus wants to see happy marriages, happy firesides. The warmth of true friendship and the love that binds the hearts of husband and wife are a foretaste of heaven. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 8] God has ordained that there should be perfect love and harmony between those who enter into the marriage relation. Let bride and bridegroom, in the presence of the heavenly universe, pledge themselves to love each other as God has ordained they should. Let no draught of unkindness chill the atmosphere of love which should surround them. The wife is to respect and reverence her husband, and the husband is to love and cherish his wife. As the priest of the household, the husband and father should bind his wife and children to his heart. The wife should feel that the large affections of her husband sustain her before her children are born, and after their birth he should co-operate with her in the management of the little ones, who should be wisely, tenderly, and lovingly educated. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 9] The family relationship should be sanctifying in its influence. Christian homes, established and conducted in accordance with God's plan, are a wonderful help in forming Christian character. Families here should be a symbol of the great family above. Parents and children should unite in offering loving service to Him who alone can keep human love pure and noble. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 10] "Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord. For the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the church; and He is the Saviour of the body. Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be to their own husbands in everything. Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave Himself for it; that He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word; that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy, and without blemish. So ought men to love their wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his wife loveth himself. For no man ever yet hated his own flesh, but nourisheth it and cherisheth it; even as the Lord the church. For we are members of His body, of His flesh, and of His bones. For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and shall be joined unto his wife, and they two shall be one flesh. This is a great mystery." {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 11] If this instruction had been heeded by those who enter into the marriage relation, the home life would be pure and elevated, garrisoned by holy love. God made from man a woman, to be a companion and helpmeet for him, to be one with him, to cheer, encourage, and bless him. And he, in his turn, is to be her strong helper. {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 11} [BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 12] All who enter the matrimonial life with a holy purpose, the husband to obtain the pure affections of a woman's heart, the wife to soften and improve her husband's character, and give it completeness, fulfil God's purpose for them. Christ came not to destroy the law, but to fulfil its every specification. He came to pull down and destroy the works of oppression that the enemy had raised up everywhere. It was in perfect harmony with His character and work to make known the fact that marriage is a holy institution. He came not to destroy this institution, but to restore it to its original sanctity. He came to restore the moral image of God in man, and He began His work by sanctioning the marriage relation. Thus He who made the first holy pair, and who created for them a paradise, put His seal upon the institution first celebrated in Eden, when the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy. Mrs. E. G. White. - {BEcho, September 4, 1899 par. 12} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 1] September 18, 1899 Letter from Sister White. - The following communication from Sister White, addressed to the shareholders' meeting was read by Elder A. T. Robinson:-- {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 2] "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, August 17, 1899. Dear Brethren and Sisters,--I would be pleased to be with you, if this were the will of the Lord; but I cannot leave my work. We are praying for you; for we feel just as great an interest in the work you are trying to do in Melbourne as in the work we are trying to do in this part of the Lord's vineyard. The Lord's angels are round about you in North Fitzroy as we know they are round about the workers in Cooranbong. I wish to reveal to the people, for their encouragement, the light which the Lord has been pleased to impart. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 3] Angels Supervising the Work. The publishing house is a centre. It is a representative of the truth we claim to believe, and the churches in Melbourne should feel that they are honoured in having in their midst this printing office, to give character to the message that comes from the press in publications to go into the highways and byways. This institution is God's instrumentality to send forth the messages of truth to the people in clear lines. The workers in the publishing house are highly honoured in having a place in it, and if they are daily learners in the school of Christ, the Lord will give these apprentices wisdom to discern the good and choose the blessings which it is their privilege to enjoy in connection with the work. All may realize that faith without works is dead, being alone. When the workers in connection with the Echo Office combine faith and works, they will send forth precious rays of light into the moral darkness of the world. Those who are engaged in any branch of the work, are acting a noble part in doing service for God. They are to stand loyal and true at their post of duty, appreciating the privilege of so close a connection with heavenly instrumentalities. Angels are supervising the work, and you are co-operating with the ministry of the delegates of heaven. In all your work you may truly say, The Lord is here. Let your silent prayers go up to God in acknowledgement of His blessings. Be thankful, and the Lord will give you wisdom and understanding. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 4] Pray for the Echo Publishing House. I would speak especially to the believers in Melbourne. Pray every morning and evening that the Echo Publishing House may have God's richest blessing upon it. This institution may be one of the most successful educating schools in business and spiritual lines. We do not half appreciate the mercies and blessings of God. Let no murmurs or complaints come from your lips; for angels hear these words. The Lord will be pleased if you in Victoria, and we in New South Wales, will take hold heartily and sustain the publishing institution with our prayers and our means, and encourage the hearts of those who carry the heavy burdens. Do not encourage criticism and complaining; for this is the most detrimental commodity you can deal in. It is Satan's goods, and you need not pass it round. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 5] Faithful Canvassers Needed. A grand work is being done by those who handle the press. The sheets that come from the groaning press to be prepared as tracts and bound up in books, are to go forth to visit all the places of the earth. There should be canvassers who will do faithful service in this work. When the Lord's voice calls, "Whom shall we send? and who will go for us," the divine Spirit puts it into the hearts of men and women to answer, "Here am I; send me." But bear in mind that the live coal from the altar must first touch your lips and cleanse you from all impurity. Then the words you speak will be wise and holy words. The Lord would have many take a part in this grand work who are consecrated, whose hearts are humble, and who are willing to engage in any line of work that demands their service. All are not to be canvassers, for then there would be no printers, editors, or managers. And if all were printers, there would be no canvassers. God will fit every one for the work who will seek to follow Him. If those who take up the canvassing work are thoroughly converted, they will reflect light, and do honour to God by speaking a word in season to those who are willing to hear. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 6] The Lord will co-operate with all who are in earnest in the work, as He co-operated with Daniel and his three companions. Of these youth we read, "As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom". . . and the king communed with them, and among them all was found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah: therefore stood they before the king; and in all matters of wisdom and understanding that the king inquired of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm." When the Lord co-operates with the human agent and the human agent co-operates with God, marked advancement is made in all learning in business lines and in spiritual knowledge, for the Lord opens the understanding, that His faithful children who honour Him may continually advance. Church members in Victoria should consider it a privilege to have their children connected with the publishing house. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 7] Labourers Together with God. We unite with you heartily with our prayers, our energies, and our sympathies. As you enlarge your work of book-making, you will increase your school of apprentices, and those who are educating these youth should realize that they are doing God's work. Each youth should learn some part of the business, and then climb higher to learn in advanced lines, until he is complete in all parts of the work, and is prepared in his turn to become an educator. It is the privilege of the instructors to cultivate tenderness, kindness, true courtesy, by manifesting these graces to every student in the Office. Every youth is the Lord's property, to be watched over, cared for, loved, and treated courteously. When youth are determined to have their own way, let not the parents of these youth receive the testimony of their children, but go directly to those at the head of the institution, and learn the truth. Parents, teach your children to respect and honour the men whom God honours and respects by placing them in positions of trust. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 8] The divine Spirit puts the desire to engage in the work into the heart of the man whom He can qualify for that place. Some are fitted for one branch of the work and some for another. Some as sons of consolation are to carry the message to the sorrowing, the disappointed, and the broken-hearted; and angels of God will be with these workers. But those who are prepared to do God's service in any line will not seek the easiest place. Said Christ, "He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." There is a special work to be done in ministering to the most hopeless cases. The workers can possess a science of simplicity and eloquence that will search out and help the most needy, the class for which the sermonizers feel no special burden. Was not Christ the greatest teacher the world ever knew? Was He not the Son of the infinite God? and yet He said, "I do nothing of Myself." "Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me? The words that I speak unto you, I speak not of Myself, but My Father which dwelleth in Me, He doeth the work." {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 9] The true worker should ever bear in mind that he is doing service for God. Missionary work does not consist merely of preaching. It includes personal labour for those who have abused their health, and have placed themselves where they have not moral power to control their appetites and passions. These souls are to be laboured for as those more favourably situated. Our world is full of suffering ones. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 10] God has written His law upon every nerve and muscle, every fibre and function of the human body. The indulgence of unnatural appetite, whether for tea, coffee, tobacco, or liquor, is intemperance, and is at war with the laws of life and health. By using these forbidden articles, a condition of things is created in the system which the Creator never designed. This indulgence in any of the members of the human family is sin. But how much more sinful is it in those who profess to be Christians, who say they are Abraham's children. They are not, because they do not practice the works of the Lord. If they were following Jesus, they would deny unnatural appetite. Every gratification of unnatural appetite produces disease in the physical system. The eating of food that does not make good blood is working against the laws of our physical organism, and is a violation of the law of God. The cause produces the effect. Suffering, disease, and death are the sure penalty of indulgence. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 1] September 18, 1899 An Appeal, Addressed to the Shareholders "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, August 14, 1899. Dear Brethren and Sisters,--The danger that threatens our churches is that new and strange things will be brought in, things that confuse the minds of the people, and give them no strength, at the very time when they most need strength in spiritual things. Clear discernment is needed, that things new and strange shall not be laid alongside of truth as a part of the burden of the message to be given at this time. The very messages we have been giving to the world are to be made prominent. The books containing the light God has given must be brought before the people. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 2] Importance of the Canvassing Work. Canvassers should have the fact impressed upon them that the canvassing work is the very work the Lord would have them do. The work of the canvasser is to bring before the world as fast as possible the light that God has given. The publications will do a far greater work than can be accomplished even by the ministry of the word, because the canvassers reach a class that ministers who teach in word and doctrine cannot reach. From the light given me, I know that where there is one canvasser in the field there should be one hundred. Persons should be encouraged to take hold of the work, not to handle the little story books, but to bring before the world the books so essential at this time. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 3] Watchmen. The Lord will be with steadfast, consecrated workers. The time has come when a large work should be done by the canvassers. As watchmen they are ringing the warning-bell to awake the sleepers to a sense of their danger. The work to be done is great; the world is asleep, and the churches know not the time of their visitation. How can they best learn the truth? Through the efforts of the canvasser. Thus the reading is brought before those who otherwise would never hear the truth. Those who go forth in the name or the Lord are his messengers to give to the world the glad tidings of salvation through Christ in obeying the law of God. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 4] To Every Man His Work. The multitudes are in darkness, in error, and the Lord would have the light of truth shine forth to the world. To every man is given his work. Here is a work that man can lay hold of and do. All who will consecrate themselves to God to work as canvassers are giving the last message of warning to the world. They will be drawn out to speak the truth, and will have opportunities to explain the word of God. In doing this itinerant work they are flashing rays of light upon the pathway of those who are in the darkness of error. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 5] Preparation for the Ministry. Those who are fitting for the ministry can engage in no other work which will give them so large an experience as will the canvassing work. All who want an opportunity for true ministry, and who will give themselves unreservedly to the Lord, will find in the canvassing work opportunities to speak upon many things that pertain to the future immortal life. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 6] Copy the Pattern. Doctrinal points should not be forced upon the people by the canvassers; but if the people lead out by asking questions, give them "the reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear." What fear? Fear lest your words should savor of self-importance, lest unadvised words should be spoken. The words and the manners are to be after Christ's likeness. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 7] Angels Co-operate. Pray and work. More will be accomplished by the Christ-like humble prayer than by many words without prayer. Work in simplicity, and the Lord will work with the canvasser. The Holy Spirit will impress minds just as he impresses the minds of those who listen to the words of God's delegated ministers, who preach His word. The same ministry of holy angels attends the one who gives himself to canvassing for books for the educating of the people as to what is truth. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 8] No Time to Lose. Men and women can work in lines effectually if they feel in their hearts that they are doing the work of the Lord in ministering to the souls who know not the truth for this time. They are sounding the note of warning in the byways and highways to prepare a people for the great day of God which is about to break upon the world. We have no time to lose. We must encourage this work. Who will go forth now with our publications? Let them read the sixth chapter of Isaiah, and take its lesson home to their hearts. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 9] "Here Am I; Send Me." "Then," said I, "Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips; and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips; for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts. Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar; and he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then, said I, Here am I; send me." {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 10] Messages of Peace and Comfort. This representation will be acted over and over again if the canvassers are pressing close to the side of Christ, wearing His yoke, and daily learning of Him how to carry messages of peace and comfort to the sorrowing, disappointed ones, the sad and broken-hearted. By imbuing them with His own Spirit, Christ the great teacher is fitting them to do a good and important work. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 11] Revival of the Spirit of Former Days Needed. This work has not of late had the spirit and the life infused into it by the leading agents that once made it a specialty. Painstaking effort is required; instruction must be given; a sense of the importance of the work must be kept before the workers; all must cherish the spirit of self-denial and self-sacrifice that has been exemplified in the life of our Redeemer. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 11} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 12] The Unseen Helper. The Lord Jesus, standing by the side of the canvassers, walking with them, is the chief worker. The Holy Guest by their side makes impressions in just the lines needed, if the worker recognizes Christ as the one who is with him to prepare the way. Thus the worker can move forward representing the sacred truth he is handling, in the books he is finding a home for in families. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 12} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 13] Just as the truth presented in the books becomes woven into his own experience and developed in his character, will be his strength, his courage, his life. The experience gained will be more benefit to him than all the advantages he might otherwise obtain in fitting for the work of the ministry. It is the accompaniment of the Holy Spirit of God that prepares the workers, both men and women, to become pastors unto the flock of God. As they cherish the thought that Christ is their companion, a holy awe, a sacred joy will be felt by them amid all their trying experiences and all their tests. They will learn how to pray as they work. They will be educated in patience, kindness, affability, helpfulness, wherever they may be. They will practice true Christian courtesy, bearing in mind that Christ their companion will not approve of any harsh, unkind words, or feelings. Their words need to be purified. The power of speech should be regarded as a precious talent, granted them to do a high, a holy work. The human agent is to represent the divine companion with whom he is associated. To that unseen, holy companion he is to show respect and reverence, because he is wearing the yoke of Christ, and is learning His pure, holy ways and manners. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 13} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 14] Those who have faith and confidence in this divine attendant will develop. They will be gifted with power to clothe the message of truth with a divine, sacred beauty. In all the self-denial and self-sacrifice required, amid all the unpleasant things that occur, they are ever to consider that they are yoked with Christ, partakers with Him of His spirit of patience, forbearance, kindliness, self-denial, and self-sacrifice. This spirit will make them a place and give them success in the work, because Christ is their recommendation to the families. They will not be easily repulsed, for they know that the household needs the instruction these books contain. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 14} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 15] Mission of the Silent Messengers. Some will lay them on the parlour table, and seldom look into them, until some sorrow comes. Perhaps sickness enters their home. Then they will look for those books, and the stricken ones will find peace and rest, and fall asleep in Jesus, resting in His love because He has forgiven their sins and is precious to their souls. This has been the testimony of many. The Lord co-operates with the self-denying human workers. His own mind, His own Spirit, is communicated to them. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 15} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 16] Who Will Respond? God has His workmen in every age. The call of the hour is answered by the human agencies. Thus it will be when the divine voice cries, "Whom shall I send? and who will go for us?" The response will come, "Here am I, send me." The Lord imparts a fitness for the work to every man and woman who will co-operate with divine power. A great work is to be done in our world, and human agencies will surely respond to the demand. And all the requisite talent, courage, perseverance, faith, and tact will come as they put the armor on. The world must hear the warning. When the call comes, "Whom shall I send, and who will go for us?" send back the answer clear and distinct, "Here am I; send me." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 16} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 1] September 18, 1899 Communication Addressed to the Shareholders' Meeting. - Lift the standard higher and still higher. There is a great work to be done, and there is no time to be lost. Canvassers are to be educated and trained to do the work required in selling the books upon present truth which the people need. Our young men and young women, may do a good work in canvassing if they will obey the words, "Take heed to thyself and to the doctrine." Self must be disciplined. The young men and young women who give evidence that they are truly converted and who take up the canvassing work may consider that this work is the very best preparation for the ministry. The canvassing work involves the performance of the highest moral duties. In this work there will be many temptations which will test whatever integrity and strength of religious principles and habits young men have in their experience acquired. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 2] The whole period of life is a brief season of trial. Those who take hold of a work so important as the canvassing work must constantly guard self, lest Satan shall obtain the advantage. A multitude of petty temptations will assail the one the Lord is testing, and if he stands firm as a rock to principle, it is because he makes the Lord God his trust every moment. "Put on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make no provision for the flesh to fulfil the lusts thereof." Let the sincere cry from the soul be, "Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth." {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 3] True workers are not careful to make special conditions whereby they may secure favours and have a very pleasant time in self-serving. But many canvassers go into a hotel and obtain their meals there, when they should make self-denying, self-sacrificing efforts to obtain accommodations in a humble cottage. But whether you go to a cottage or to a more stately mansion, let it be known that you are Christians, that you love the service of Christ, that you love missionary work, that you are carrying a class of books of the highest value. Obtain entrance if you can, and if possible sell helps enough to give you a bed and something to eat. If you can, obtain the privilege of conversing with the family. Ask them if you may have the privilege of uniting with them in their morning and evening worship. Thus doing, you have committed yourself as a follower of Jesus Christ, and no one will be more in need than you of stirring up the gift that is in them. Show that you realize that you are in a useful line of duty and honourable employment, that you are doing missionary work. If there is water to be brought, modestly ask the privilege of doing this. The numerous kind acts you may do, though small, will win for you respect, and an order, it may be, for a book. You can find friends if you ever show yourself friendly. And you may feel every day, that you are in an educating school. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 4] More Book-making. Much more book-making needs to be done in the Echo Office. This institution has not been favoured with donations as have the printing establishments in America, and there are not here workmen who are thoroughly and understandingly connected with the work. Those who bear the heaviest responsibilities have not been strengthened and sustained by the churches in their prayers, and in realizing that the prosperity and success of the work is largely due to the attitude of the churches. If the churches do not feel that the work done in the Echo Office is a most important work, and that the workers need their sympathy and hearty, intelligent co-operation, this deficiency will be a drawback to the work. Complaints will be made in regard to the men who carry a heavy load. Discouragements come upon these men because of the unconsecrated elements in the churches, who love to talk, and say, "Report, and we will report it." They are making more work for the men who are already over-burdened. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 5] All who daily consecrate themselves to God to hold up the hands of those who bear responsibilities, God will bless. We are engaged in a great work, and Satan will use all his power to win to his side the men and women who could co-operate with God in doing a precious work if they were sanctified, cleansed, and worked by the Holy Spirit, if they had warm, true hearts of tender love, and give due respect to those whom God has appointed to carry a great and important work. The men engaged in this work have been and will again be wounded by those who think and speak evil and create feelings of distrust and jealousy, which should not be tolerated or kept alive by unsanctified tongues. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 6] The publishing house is the Lord's house, and it is not to be desecrated by those connected with it. Every worker employed there should put to the stretch nerve, brain, bone, muscle, and sinew to make the publishing house all that God designs it to be. The Lord's blessing will rest upon the managers and the workers if they will learn lessons in the school of Christ, wearing Christ's yoke, and working in Christ's lines, as every believer should. When they are doing this, God says of them, Ye are labourers together with God. Christ is to be honoured and glorified by every soul who connects with the work. The false tongue, the suspicious remark, the evil surmising, and jealousy, have done great harm to the work and workers in the Office. The Lord has been dishonoured, and His work retarded because the sacred fire has not always been used. The common fire, in feelings, devisings, and speech, has had its influence, and has brought discouragement, weakening the hands God designed should be strengthened and upheld. The Lord has opened ways and means, and given evidence that this work is His, and that He will bless those who will work interestedly in connection with it. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 7] There have been those, and unless constant watchfulness is exercised, there will ever be those, who are not true and faithful, men and women who are not able to discern the sacredness of the work given them to do. Seeing, they see not, and hearing, they hear not, neither do they understand. Their will is not on the side of the will of God. They do not love the truth, and it has not a sanctifying, refining influence upon them. The time will come when the sensual, the proud, the careless in heart, those who are opposed to the truth, will have to be separated from the Office. Darkness will close about them, and soon, very soon the cry will come from unfeigned lips, "The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and my soul is not saved." They are gathering in bundles with the tares, to be consumed by the fires of the last day. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 8] The Lord would have a company of youth brought into the Echo Publishing House, and there tested and tried. If under the instruction they receive they do not improve, but show that their hearts are gross, that they do not care to be converted from the error of their ways, all the light shining about them becomes darkness to them. They call good evil, and evil good. Their testimony is not reliable. They dishonour the Office by remaining in it, and should be separated from it. Those who will be worked by the Holy Spirit, the Lord will qualify by His grace. He will let the light of His countenance shine into their hearts, giving them clearness of thought and knowledge such as He gave to Daniel. He will fit them to do His work. These workers will exert a right influence, and their very countenances will reveal their pure, correct, temperate habits. Unbelievers will take knowledge of them that they are superior in their ways, their speech, their demeanor; for like Daniel and his associates, they carry their credentials with them. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 9] The Lord would have the Echo Office stand high in the estimation of all who believe the truth. He would have the believers in the truth sustain this institution, and give tangible proof of their confidence in it. Thus they will honour God; for the Lord has made the Echo Office an instrument of His appointment. It is to be conducted on high and holy principles, making manifest that the seal of heaven is upon it. The Lord has His eyes upon it, and angels will work with the workers. Not a mean transaction in any business dealing is to be done, in behalf of believers or unbelievers. The Lord would have the publishing house stand as a faithful sentinel to advocate the truth. Rays of light are to go forth from it, to penetrate the moral darkness which covers the earth. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 10] Let our brethren and sisters have words of encouragement and confidence to speak of this the Lord's instrumentality. God calls upon them to encourage the workers who have to carry the burdens; for He is working with them. He calls upon His people to recognize the sustaining power in this instrumentality. It is God's work. Honour the Lord, then, by doing to the utmost of your power to give it the influence it should have. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, September 18, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 1] November 6, 1899 Praise the Lord. - Notes of a Camp-meeting Address, Given by Mrs. E. G. White. The glory of God is praise and thanksgiving. When tempted to fret and scold, remember there is no time for that. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 2] It was the whole sacrifice that our Redeemer made for us, so it must be a whole sacrifice that we make for Him. God will not accept a divided heart. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 3] The Son of God died on the shameful cross that we might be complete in Him. We must look away from ourselves. I entreat of you to keep in view the praise and thanksgiving to God. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 4] It is the will of the Lord that the heart shall be tried. He would see whether it will turn to the Stronghold for strength and sympathy. We need to cultivate faith, hope, and courage. Let our tongues be educated to speak forth His praise at all times. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 5] We need to frame the promises to God, and hang them up in the chambers of the mind, then we can communicate to others the comfort wherewith we are comforted. Here we are to learn the language of heaven, whose inhabitants will be our companions through eternity. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 6] Our cold hearts may be warmed by the companionship of Christ, our Redeemer. We are not to talk of the power of Satan to overcome, but we are to talk of the power of Christ to save. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 7] I want you to conduct yourself on the boats, on the cars, or wherever you go, as a child of God--an heir of heaven. He would have us honour ourselves by a circumspect life. God desires that when you appear among the guests in heaven, you may appear to His honour and glory. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 8] Two powers are struggling most earnestly for victory in your soul, and the issue of the conflict is to us of tremendous consequence. We are fighting for an immortal inheritance. He who is mighty in council, and to whom all power in heaven is given, has declared that He will help His people if they are not faithless. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 9] Christ takes away from us our idols so that our minds may be taken away from things of minor importance. It is our privilege to act our part, and not to watch Christ lest He should not do His part. We want to be converted out of self into Christ. Every day we need the converting power of God to rest upon us. {BEcho, November 6, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 1] November 20, 1899 The Cost of Salvation. - God's Gift--A Changeless Law--Conviction or Conversion--The Divine Testing--Infinity Beyond. God will save no man while he continues in transgression after the light has come. The great sacrifice of the Son of God was made that it might be possible for man to become obedient through faith. "For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." The atonement in the offering of Christ for the sin of the world is the great argument that the law of God is binding upon every human being. "I came not," said Christ, "to destroy the law or the prophets, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 1} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 2] The same evidence that was given by God to prove His divine authority gave a representation of His character when there was no power to save, when no arm brought salvation. In the depths of omnipotent wisdom and mercy the Father took the work of salvation into His own hand. He sent His only begotten Son into the world to live the law of Jehovah. The law, revealed in the character of Christ, was a perfect manifestation of the Father. And by His perfect obedience and the sacrifice of Himself, which He through the eternal Spirit once offered up unto God, He has fully satisfied the justice of the Father, and purchased not only reconciliation, but an everlasting inheritance in the kingdom of heaven for all those whom the Father has given Him. {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 2} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 3] The everlasting inheritance is purchased only for the elect. Says the apostle Peter:-- {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 3} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 4] "According as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust." "Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 4} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 5] Christ is everything to us. We cannot even repent unless divine impressions are made upon the heart. While Christ pardons none but the penitent, those whom He pardons are first made repentant. Those who have that faith which works by love and purifies the soul, have direct testimony in the word of the grace bestowed by an ever-living Saviour. Without the saving grace of God, man cannot endure the test of temptation. He is fit for no good work. Did the wonderful miracles wrought by Christ bring the Jewish nation to repentance?--No; the Jews who witnessed these miracles wickedly charged Him with performing them through Beelzebub, the prince of the devils. Bethsaida and Chorazin, though they witnessed miracles of sufficient power to have convinced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, did not submit to the evidence of truth. {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 5} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 6] These wonderful manifestations of the power of God produced the same effect upon the Jews as the power the gospel now exerts upon the multitude. They are convicted, but not converted. They are determined not to yield their will to the will of God. The danger of resisting the heavenly manifestations is presented before them, but they frame excuses for not yielding. Many are deceiving their own souls. They do not love Jesus, nor accept the terms of salvation. They act out the same spirit as did the disciples who turned from Christ because they did not immediately comprehend His words--"Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you." The Holy Spirit's power is working upon mind and heart, the understanding is convinced, the conscience is aroused, and yet Christ says of them, "Ye will not come unto Me, that ye might have life." {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 6} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 7] A test will come to every soul. The natural faults of character, if not determinedly overcome for Christ's sake, will completely master the human soul. Daily there is a battle to be fought which will cost mortification. It may cost reputation; but Jesus risked all this and a hundred fold more that He might bring salvation within the reach of every soul. All the humiliation that man could bring He endured, that through His amazing condescension man might become the sure stepping-stone to his fellow-man, so sinful, so weak in moral power. Why, then, should fallen man be unwilling for Christ's dear sake to become a partaker of shame and reproach? {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 7} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 8] When the grace of God works upon the heart, a fervent zeal, a heavenly spirit, a melting, overflowing sympathy for souls that are impenitent, is seen in the life. The humble follower of Christ delights to contemplate His wondrous, surpassing beauty. He has discovered that the "Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us," and he loves to think of the beauty and matchless charms of Christ's character. Day by day a transforming power is at work upon his life and character, and is filling his soul with an inexpressible love. He finds that the Saviour is willing to be his guide in this life, and his portion to all eternity. His heart is won, his choice is made. He yokes up with Christ, and has a compelling power in winning souls to the Saviour. He cannot change the heart, but he may convince souls of the truth, which defines their duty, and convicts of sin. {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 8} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 9] This subject is but dimly comprehended. It will bear searching, and the patient, persevering, diligent seeker for truth will be rewarded. Every spiritual muscle is to be put to the stretch to comprehend the word. And after long continued taxation of intellect, of patience, of the whole man, he will find an infinity beyond. The prayer of the great apostle, whose heart was burning to know and understand these things, should be our prayer:-- {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 9} [BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 10] "That He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, November 20, 1899 par. 10} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 1] May 21, 1900 The Sinner's Hope. - The Creation Beautiful--Sin's Defilement--Universal Wrong--Hope of a Redeemer--The True Light. When this earth was created by Christ, it was holy and beautiful. God pronounced it "very good." Every flower, every shrub every tree, answered the purpose of its Creator. Everything upon which the eye rested was lovely, and filled the mind with thoughts of love for the Creator. Every sound was music, in perfect harmony with the voice of God. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 2] But a change has come. Sin has brought decay, deformity, and death. Today the whole world is tainted, corrupted, stricken with a mortal disease. The earth groans under the continual transgression of the inhabitants thereof. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 3] Human beings have degenerated. One after another they fall under the curse, because sin has entered the world, and death by sin. The truth is not made precious by practice. It does not sanctify the soul. It fades from the mind because the heart does not appreciate its value. In consequence the mind becomes more and more darkened by the atmosphere which is malarious because of the perpetuating of Adam's sin. The conscience has lost its sensitiveness. Through a repetition of sin, the impression made on the conscience by sin has no longer force enough to arrest the transgressor, diseased, depraved, and dying. The voice no longer echoes the voice of God, or gives expression to the music of a soul sanctified through the truth. The heart, in which God should be enthroned, is a place from which come forth all kinds of abominations. How has the fine gold become dim?--Man has lost the reflection of God's character. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 4] This calamity is well-nigh universal. There is no place upon earth where the track of the serpent is not seen and his venomous sting felt. The whole earth is defiled. The curse is increasing as transgression increases. The earth is preparing for purification by fire. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 5] Satan has come down with great power to work with the children of men. Their senses are perverted by his schemes. He lends enchantment to the view which he presents to them, covering transgression with great desirableness. As he tempted Adam and Eve, saying, "Ye shall be as gods," made wise by partaking of the fruit which God has forbidden you to eat, so he tempts men and women today. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 6] But a hope has been set before every sinner. The instant Adam yielded to Satan's temptation, and did the very thing which God had said he should not do, Christ, the Son of God, stood between the living and the dead, saying, "Let the punishment fall on Me. I will stand in man's place. Give him another trial." Transgression placed the whole world under the death-sentence. But in heaven there was heard a voice saying, "I have found a ransom." He who knew no sin was made sin for fallen man. "God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life," Christ laid off His royal robe and kingly crown, and gave up His command over all heaven. He clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might bear all the infirmities and endure all the temptations of humanity. He was a Man of Sorrows, and acquainted with grief. He was wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed. For our sake He became poor, that through His poverty we might be made rich. For us He left the adoration of the angels for the insults and execrations of a mob lashed to madness by the priests and rulers. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 7] The words in the first chapter of John are full of meaning:-- {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 8] "That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name. . . . The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth. . . . And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace." {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 9] All that God could do has been done to save sinners. The Saviour invites all,--"Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." But those who refuse to yoke up with Christ, who will not learn of the great Teacher, cannot receive God's protection. If they are determined to walk in the path of disobedience, Satan will exercise his power over them, after deceiving, to destroy. We may choose God's way, and live; we may choose our own way, and know that sin has entered into the world, and death by sin. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 10] Christ is the true light. Shall this light shine in darkness and the darkness comprehend it not?--God forbid. The word of God comes to us as a cure for diseased souls and bodies. It is life for those who are dead in trespasses and sins. He who knew no sin was made sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him. On Him the iniquities of us all were laid. He lives to be our Advocate. He did nothing worthy of death, yet He died. And if we hear the glad words, "Well done, good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord," we shall have done nothing worthy of life. Jesus the sinless died, having done nothing deserving of death. The sinner is saved without having done anything worthy of salvation. He is wholly without merit. But clothed with the spotless robe of Christ's righteousness, he is accepted by God. The living way has been laid open. Life and immortality have been purchased by Christ. Through obedience to God's commands sinners may find pardon and peace. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, May 21, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 1] June 11, 1900 As Lights in the World. - Christ the true Light--Heavenly Reflectors--Witnesses for God. God desires us to shine as lights in the world. Darkness has covered the earth, and gross darkness the people; and Christ says to His followers, "Let your light so shine before man, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." We are to give the light of truth to others, ever asking, ever receiving ever imparting, working in all simplicity through the sanctification of the Spirit. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 2] Christ pointed out the position His people should occupy when He said, "Ye are the light of the world." From the members of the church there is to go forth an influence which shall enlighten others. The Light-giver arranges the lamps so that all in His house (the world) may be enlightened. He has an inexhaustible supply of light, and He places those who truly believe in Him where they will shine brighter and brighter. Constantly our light is to increase in brightness because we are constantly receiving light from the Source of all light. Beholding Christ, we are to become changed into His image, reflecting His light to the world. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 3] Every True Christian A Light Bearer. Each soul united to Christ becomes a light in God's house. Each is to receive and impart, letting his light shine forth in clear, bright rays. We are held responsible by God if we do not let light shine to those who are in darkness. God has given each member of His church the work of giving light to the world, and those who faithfully act their part in this work, will receive an increasing supply of light to impart. By His Spirit the Lord will mould and fashion the human agent, quickening his energies, and giving him light wherewith to enlighten others. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 4] Life always shows itself in action. If the heart is living, it will send the life-blood to every part of the body. Those whose hearts are filled with spiritual life will not need to be urged to reveal this life. The divine life will flow forth from them in rich currents of grace. As they pray, and as they speak, God is glorified. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 5] There is no limit to the Lord's efficiency. He is prepared to advance and to add new territory to His kingdom; but His people must do their part in carrying forward this work. "Ask, and it shall be given you," is the promise. Our part is to rest on the word with unwavering faith, believing that God will do according to His promise. Let faith cut its way through the shadows of the enemy. When a questioning doubt arises, go to Christ, and let the soul be encouraged by communion with Him. The redemption He has purchased for us is complete. The offering He made was plenteous and without stint. Heaven has a never-failing supply of help for all who need help. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 6] God Glorified in Human Life. It is the Saviour's delight to see His followers co-labourers with God, receiving bountifully all the means of fruit-bearing, and giving bountifully, as workers under Him. Christ glorified His Father by the fruit He bore, and the lives of His true followers will produce the same result. Receiving and imparting, His workers will produce much fruit. "Hitherto," Christ said to His disciples, "ye have asked nothing in My name. Ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full." {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 7] The God of providence still walks among us, though His footsteps are not seen, though His positive and direct workings are not recognized or understood. The world in its human wisdom knows not God. The Lord designs that through human beings His glory, not the glory of men, shall be manifested. It is His light that shines through His agencies. Providence and revelation work in divine harmony, revealing God as first, and last, and best in everything. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 8] Christ is drawing sinners to Himself by the cords of love, seeking to unite them to Himself, that they may be labourers together with God, not in pride and self-sufficiency, but in meekness and lowliness. When sinners are converted, God is glorified before the principalities and powers of heaven and earth. These converted ones are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. "Ye are My witnesses," God says. By looking to Me you are to become transformed in character. By the manifestation of Christ-like forbearance and love you are to reveal this transformation. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 9] By imparting to others the love and tenderness which God has so abundantly bestowed on us, we are to let our light shine. We should put every gift of God to the best possible use, making it a producer of good. To God we can give nothing which is not already His, but we can help the suffering ones around us. We can supply them with the necessities of this life, and at the same time speak to them of the wonderful love of God. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 10] Christ One with the Suffering. Christ has identified His interests with those of His people. He has plainly stated that we can minister to Him by ministering to His suffering ones. Words of encouragement and cheer, spoken when the soul is sick and the pulse of courage is low, these are regarded by the Saviour as if spoken to Himself. The heavenly angels look on in pleased recognition. In no better way can we express our love to God than by unselfish, self-sacrificing actions, performed because the grace of God has been received into our hearts. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 11] There are only two kingdoms in this world,--the kingdom of Christ and the kingdom of Satan. To one of these kingdoms each one of us must belong. In His wonderful prayer for His disciples Christ said: {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 11} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 12] "I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world." {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 12} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 13] Not the Monastic Life. It is not God's will that we should seclude ourselves from the world. But while in the world we should sanctify ourselves to God. We should not pattern after the world. We are to be in the world as a corrective influence, as salt that retains its savor. Among an unholy, impure, idolatrous generation, we are to be pure and holy, showing that the grace of Christ has power to restore in man the divine likeness. We are to exert a saving influence upon those in the world. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 13} [BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 14] "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even your faith." The world has become a lazar-house of sin, a mass of corruption. It knows not God's children because it knows Him not. We are not to follow its ways nor imitate its customs. Continually we must resist its principles. Continually we must obey the words, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, June 11, 1900 par. 14} [BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 1] July 2, 1900 Daniel a Statesman in Babylon. - Daniel was a statesman in Babylon. He was engaged in a work that kept idolatrous literature and practices constantly before the people. Yet he did not lose his knowledge of God and his interest in the religion of the Bible. By his faithful service he taught those in Babylon that his God was a living God, not an image such as they worshipped. {BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 2] It was God's design to show the Babylonians that there was a King above the king of Babylon,--the God whom the Hebrew youth worshipped. These youth exalted God. They knew that they were to carry out the principles of truth, and therefore they refused the meat from the royal table and the wine from the royal cellar. Their abstinence from the prescribed bill of fare made a distinction in every way between their appearance and the appearance of those youth who indulged their appetite. There were plenty to make remarks, but these youth were faithful even in little things. And in physical appearance they were far ahead of the youth who sat at the king's table. Their simple diet kept their minds clear. They were better prepared for their studies; for they never knew the oppression caused by eating luxurious food. They were better prepared physically for taxing labour, for they were never sick. With clear minds, they could think and work vigorously. By obeying God they were doing the very things that will give strength of thought and memory. {BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 3] God ordained Daniel and his fellows to be connected with the great men of Babylon, that these men might become acquainted with the religion of the Hebrews, and know that God reigns over all kingdoms. God co-operated with these youth. He gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom, and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams. {BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 4] In like manner the Lord means that His people shall witness for Him. They are not to be hidden away from the world. They are to stand distinct from the world in their manner of dealing. They are to show that they have purity of character, that the world may see that the truth which they conscientiously believe makes them honest in their dealings; that those with whom they are connected may see that believers of truth are sanctified through the truth, and that the truth received and obeyed makes the receivers sons and daughters of God, children of the heavenly King, members of the royal family, faithful, true, honest, and upright in the small as well as the great acts of life. {BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 5] It was Daniel's faithfulness in doing the little things with which he was entrusted that gave complexion to his whole life. Whatever is worth doing is worth doing well. Let us be faithful in the smallest duties, as well as in the work requiring the largest sacrifice. To all who follow Daniel's example, not only professing the truth, but living the truth, acting in accordance with the principles of temperance, the Lord will give encouragement similar to the encouragement He gave Daniel. {BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 6] The Lord our Creator expends as much care, wisdom, and time upon the tiny flower as upon the great things He created. In the tiniest flower is seen a beauty and perfection that no human art can copy. The delicate tracery of the tinted rose, as well as the stars in the heavens, show the pencilling of the great Master-artist. The Lord would have us cultivate a love for the beautiful in nature. He who created everything that is lovely in our world would have us appreciate His work. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, July 2, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 1] July 23, 1900 Tempted in All Points. - Christ offered Himself as a willing sacrifice in our behalf. He stooped from His high command in heaven to rescue human beings from the slavery of sin. The Son of God gave up His honour and glory, and tasted the bitterness of death, that man might be a partaker of the divine nature. He died that all might have another trial, another opportunity to choose God as their Leader. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 2] "When the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son, . . . to redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons." The star of hope arose upon our world, and its brightness increased as our Saviour increased in wisdom and stature, and in favour with God and man. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 3] Appeal to Appetite. In the wilderness Christ endured trials which no human being can comprehend. Here He was brought to face to face with Satan, the fallen angel, who tempted Him with a subtle power. The enemy began by disputing Christ's divinity. If you are the Son of God, he said, give me evidence that you are. Here you are in the wilderness, hungry, starving for food. You do not look like a Sovereign. Give me evidence that you are what you claim to be. Command that these stones be made bread. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 4] Struggle for the Mastery. Well did Satan know who Christ was. When the Saviour went to Gadara, the evil spirits in the two madmen there cried out, "What have we to do with Thee, Jesus, Thou Son of God? Art Thou come hither to torment us before the time?" As in the wilderness Christ passed through the test of the second Adam, the beauty of His divine character shone out through His disguise. Satan could see through His humanity the glory and purity of the One with whom he had been associated in the heavenly courts. There rose before the tempter a picture of what he himself then was, a covering cherub, possessing beauty and holiness. Self-exaltation had led him to strive for a place above Christ, but he had failed. Could he not now carry out his design against the Son of God? He knew that if he could induce the Saviour to yield one jot in His allegiance to His Father, he would have the world entirely in his power, and would be able to rule as only he in his changed character could rule. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 5] But the One whom Satan was trying to overcome was the Lord of heaven, and all the tempter's efforts were without avail. Though Jesus was physically weak from His long fast, He would not yield one inch to the wily foe. His will was anchored in the will of His Father. "It is written," came from His pale quivering lips, as Satan told Him to turn the stones into bread, "Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 6] Appeal to Presumption. Satan then took Christ to the pinnacle of the temple, and challenged Him to cast Himself down, saying, "If Thou be the Son of God, cast Thyself down; for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee; and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone." Thus Satan tried to lead Christ to commit the sin of presumption. He reminded Him that God had promised to protect Him by angel ministration. But no temptation could induce the Saviour to accept the challenge. "It is written again," He said, "Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God." Christ's time to show His divine power had not yet come. He was fully aware of the glory He had with the Father before the world was. But then He willingly submitted to the Divine will, and He was unchanged now. This was His time of trial and temptation; He must endure the test however cruel and cutting it may be. He saw Himself uplifted on the cross of Calvary, having suffered a shameful rejection at the hands of His own nation. But He knew that by suffering and sorrow and a cruel death He was to bruise the serpent's head. The giving of His life was to be the price of the world's redemption. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 7] Appeal to Ambition. Satan next took Christ to the top of a high mountain, and there presented before Him all the kingdoms of the world and the glory of them, saying, "All this power will I give Thee, . . . for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give it. If Thou, therefore, wilt worship me, all shall be Thine." Then it was that Divinity flashed through humanity, and the fallen angels saw Christ glorified as He said, "Get thee behind Me, Satan; for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve." {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 8] The Second Adam. The victory was gained. Christ had redeemed Adam's disgraceful failure and fall, and had placed man on vantage ground. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 9] "Then the devil leaveth Him, and, behold, angels came and ministered unto Him." The angels had been watching the contest, but they could do nothing to relieve the Saviour until the last temptation had been resisted. The Commander of heaven, Christ, was accustomed to receive the attendance and adoration of angels. And at any time during His life on this earth He could have called to His Father for the help of the angels. But no bribe, no temptation, could induce Him to deviate from the path of God's appointment. Great cunning was shown in the tactics which Satan followed. He assailed Christ on the point of appetite. He appealed to His trust in God. He presented to Him earth's most captivating scenes. But Christ failed not. He saw a world perishing in sin, and steadfastly and firmly He moved forward in the path of resistance. He had a world to rescue. He had come to seek and save that which was lost. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 10] Christ passed over the ground where Adam fell, overcame in our behalf. He endured every test that man will ever be called upon to endure. He met all the temptations which men will meet. He has travelled over the path in which He calls us to walk. "If any man will come after Me," He says, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." As I endured the test and trial, so you may endure it. He who is at last crowned conqueror must depend, as Christ did, upon divine power. Every step Christ took was taken in dependence upon God, and not in a single point did the enemy overcome Him. He declares, "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." "He that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne." {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 11] The Greatest Gift. When God gave Jesus to our world, He gave all heaven. This gift has secured for us our adoption into God's family. The Father's promise is Yea and Amen in Christ Jesus. Never will He falsify. Never will He alter the thing that has gone out of His mouth. The clouds of uncertainty and unbelief rolled back as the Saviour cried out upon the cross, "It is finished." No longer had the enemy power to tempt or annoy Him. Holiness and justice united in the completion of the great work of redemption. On the cross mercy and truth met together, and righteousness and peace kissed each other. Jesus had testified that God is true. Faith demands no more. The doubting soul need not ask, Has God forgotten to be gracious? Has He in anger shut up His tender mercies? The answer comes clear and strong, "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." God's word is immutable. Jesus has proclaimed over the rent sepulchre of Joseph. " I am the resurrection and the life." Today He stands in the heavenly courts as our Advocate. He is touched with the feeling of our infirmities; for He was "in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, July 23, 1900 par. 11} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 1] September 3, 1900 Help for the Tempted. - "In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." John 16:33. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 2] There is no warfare between Satan and his agents, between fallen angels and those who have yielded themselves to evil. Both possess the same attributes; both, through sin, are evil. But between Christ's followers and the powers of darkness there is an unwearied conflict, which is to have no end till Christ shall come the second time without sin unto salvation, to destroy him who has destroyed so many souls through his deceptive power. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 3] This enmity was spoken of in Eden. God declared to Satan, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise His heel." This enmity was revealed as soon as man transgressed God's law. His nature became evil. He formed a confederacy with the enemy of God. Fallen men and fallen angels have united in a desperate companionship against good. Satan does all in his power to lead men to work with him. Christ has pledged Himself to engage in conflict with the prince of darkness, and Christ's soldiers, the chosen of God, war against principalities and powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 4] Satan tempts men and women in many ways. On the right hand and on the left he works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. To some he comes in a winning garb, and with a friendly air. To others he comes in garments of darkness, to scatter and slay. By torturing fears he seeks to dishearten and distract. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 5] Again and again he came to the children of Israel, and at no time was he completely repulsed. He always found some soul ready to entertain him. The very men who had seen the glory of God from the mount received him as a welcome guest. Two hundred and fifty princes, men of renown, fell under his subtle power. Members of the priesthood, connected with the sacred work of God, were deluded by his devices, and were found fighting against the Lord. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 6] These men mixed the cup of gall for Moses. They thought they were serving the Hebrew host by opening to them a door of freedom. What a terrible delusion they cherished! How fearfully they were deceived! {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 7] The history of the children of Israel was recorded for the benefit of those upon whom the end of the world is come. We are to take warning from their experience, that we may not dishonour God as they dishonoured Him. Satan was continually inciting them to rebellion, but he is even more active today. He attacks first one and then another, and when men are unguarded he succeeds in his purpose. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 8] Christ saw that Satan's power was exercised upon the human family, and that he claimed the whole race as his own. The Saviour pledged His word to give His life in man's behalf. He laid aside His royal robe and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might clothe humanity with His garment of righteousness. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 9] Jesus came to the world as a human being, that He might become acquainted with human beings, and come close to them in their need. He was born a babe in Bethlehem. He grew up as other children grow. And from youth to manhood, during the whole of His earthly life, He was assailed by Satan's fiercest temptations. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 10] Adam was tempted by the enemy, and he fell. It was not indwelling sin which caused him to yield; for God made him pure and upright, in His own image. He was as faultless as the angels before the throne. There were in him no corrupt principles, no tendencies to evil. But when Christ came to meet the temptations of Satan, He bore "the likeness of sinful flesh." In the wilderness, weakened physically by a fast of forty days, He met the adversary. His dignity was questioned, His authority disputed, His allegiance to His Father assailed by the fallen foe. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 11] All heaven watched the conflict between the Prince of light and the prince of darkness. Angels stood ready to interpose in Christ's behalf should Satan pass the prescribed limit. Oh, what love burned in their hearts as they saw their Commander apparently in the power of His foe. When the last temptation came, when as Satan offered Christ all the world and the glory of it, if He would fall down and worship him, divinity flashed through humanity, and the enemy was resisted, the love of the angels knew no bounds. Their sympathy could no longer be restrained. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 11} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 12] Christ overcame Satan on every point. The wily foe could not induce Him to swerve from His allegiance to the Father. "Get thee behind Me, Satan," Christ said; "for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve." The Captain of our salvation overcame for us; Satan left the field a conquered foe. But the strain upon Christ had left Him as one dead. "And, behold, angels came and ministered unto Him." Their arms encircled Him. Upon the breast of the highest angel in heaven His head rested. Divine consolation flowed into His soul. The foe was vanquished. Humanity was placed on vantage ground. Christ had conquered. Those who became partakers of the divine nature would be able to resist the temptations of the enemy. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 12} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 13] Christ lived a human life that He might be man's example in all things. He endured temptation even as every human being must endure. He believed God as we must believe. He learned obedience even as we are required to learn obedience. And He overcame as we must overcome. His path lay through manifold temptations; therefore He knows how to succour those who are tempted. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 13} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 14] Wonderful, indeed, is God's work in behalf of man. Let the tempted soul remember that he is a representative of Christ. It is only by coming in contact with obstacles and difficulties and overcoming them that we become strong. Our necessity is God's opportunity. If we will hold fast to Christ, every trial will work out for our good. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 14} [BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 15] "We have not an High Priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." "In all things it behoved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succour them that are tempted." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, September 3, 1900 par. 15} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 1] September 24, 1900 Rejoice in the Lord. - Christ says to His followers, "Ye are the light of the world." Then let your light shine forth in clear, steady rays. Do not wrap about you a cloud of darkness. Cease to suspect others. By good works represent the character of Christ. When you are tempted to yield to despondency, look to Jesus, and talk with Him. Your Elder Brother will never make a mistake. He will judge righteously. He will guide you aright. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 2] God is not well pleased to see His children wrapped in gloom and sadness. His arm is mighty to save all who will lay hold on Him. He desires us to be cheerful, but not trifling. He says to each one of us, "As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation." God wants us to be happy. He desires to put a new song in our lips, even praise to our God. He wants us to believe that He forgives our sins, and takes away our unrighteousness. He wants us to make melody in our hearts to Him. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 3] In Christ our hope of eternal life is centered. Of this Paul declares:-- {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 4] God, willing more abundantly to show unto the heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by an oath, that by two immutable things, in which it was impossible for God to lie, we might have strong consolation, who have fled for refuge to lay hold of the hope set before us, which hope we have as an anchor to the soul, both sure and steadfast, and which entereth unto that within the veil, whither the forerunner is for us entered. Hebrews 6:17-20. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 5] The hope set before us,--what is it?--The hope of eternal life. Nothing short of this will satisfy the Redeemer, and it is our part to lay hold of this hope by living faith in Him. If we are partakers with Him in His sufferings, we shall be partakers with Him in the glory which will be His; for His merits have purchased forgiveness and immortality for every sinful, perishing soul. "This hope we have as an anchor to the soul, both sure and steadfast. Our trust in this hope, purchased for us by the atonement and intercession of Christ, is to keep us steadfast and unmoveable in every hour of conflict. With such a hope as this before us, shall we allow Satan to cast his shadow across our pathway, to eclipse our view of the future? {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 6] Christ values human beings with a value that is beyond any human computation. Then let us encourage faith. Take your eyes off yourself. Faith and hope are not to be centered in self. They are to enter into that within the veil, whither our Forerunner is for us entered. Talk of the blessed hope and glorious appearing of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. We are exposed to great moral danger, and if we trust in self, looking no higher we shall make shipwreck of the faith. Do not fail or be discouraged. Hope is an anchor to the soul both sure and steadfast, when it enters into that within the veil. Thus the tempest-tossed soul becomes anchored in Christ. Amid the raging of temptation, he will not be driven upon the rocks or drawn into the whirlpool. His ship will out-ride the storm. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 7] The Lord desires tempted souls to stand firm and unmoveable, always abounding in the work of God. To the sinking Peter Christ said, "Wherefore didst thou doubt?" Often, like Peter, we dishonour God by our lack of faith. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 8] The mightiest power is vouchsafed to us that we may stand firm. Looking unto Jesus, it is our privilege to say, boldly and yet humbly, The Lord is my helper; I shall not be moved from my steadfastness. My life is bound up with the life of Christ. Because He lives, I shall live also. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 9] Close the door of the heart to distrust, and throw it open to the heavenly Guest. Put away all fretting and complaining, for this is the snare of the devil. Let us make a pledge before God and the heavenly angels that we will not dishonour our Maker by cherishing darkness and unbelief, by speaking words of discouragement and mistrust. Let every word we utter, every line we write, be fraught with encouragement and unwavering faith. If we live faith, we shall talk faith. Think not that Jesus is the Saviour of your brother only. He is your personal Saviour. If you entertain this precious thought, you will beat back the clouds of despondency and gloom, and make melody to God in your soul. It is our privilege to triumph in God. It is our privilege to lead others to see that their only hope is in God, and to flee to Him for refuge. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 10] "Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm yourselves likewise with the same mind." Stay your soul upon God. We are saved by faith in Christ. To those who realize this, it is, day by day, a source of infinite comfort. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 11] Every act of consecration to God brings us joy; for as we appreciate the light He has given us, more and greater light will come. We must banish the spirit of complaining, and open the heart to the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness. There is peace in perfect submission. Peace follows grace. They work in perfect harmony, and are multiplied in progression. When the hand of faith takes hold of the hand of Christ, the expression of the heart is:-- {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 11} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 12] Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through manifold temptations; that the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ, whom having not seen, ye love; in whom though now ye see Him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory, receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls. 1 Peter 1:3-9. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 12} [BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 13] Open the windows of the soul heavenward, and let the rays of the Sun of righteousness in. Do not complain. Do not look on the dark side. Let the peace of God reign in your soul. Then you will have strength to bear all suffering, and you will rejoice that you have grace to endure. Praise the Lord; talk of His goodness; tell of His power. Sweeten the atmosphere which surrounds your soul. Do not dishonour God by words of repining. Praise Him with heart and soul and voice. Look on the bright side. Praise Him who is the health of your countenance and your God. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, September 24, 1900 par. 13} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 1] October 15, 1900 "Ye Are Not Your Own." - We sometimes hear the questions, Am I never to do as I please? Am I never to have my own way? Am I always to be restrained? Can I never act in accordance with my inclinations? {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 2] The less you follow natural inclinations the better it will be for yourself and for others. The natural inclinations have been perverted, the natural powers misapplied. Satan has brought man into collision with God. He works continually to destroy the divine image in man. Therefore we must place a restraint on our words and actions. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 3] When the grace of God takes possession of the heart, it is seen that inherited and cultivated tendencies to wrong must be crucified. A new life, under new control, must begin in the soul. All that is done must be done to the glory of God. This work includes the outward as well as the inward man. The entire being,--body, soul, and spirit, must be brought into subjection to God, to be used by Him as an instrument of righteousness. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 4] The natural man is not subject to the law of God, and neither, indeed, of himself, can he be. But by faith he who has been renewed lives day by day the life of Christ. Day by day he shows that he realizes that he is God's property. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 5] Body and soul belong to God. He gave His Son for the redemption of the world, and because of this, we have been granted a new lease of life, a probation in which to develop characters of perfect loyalty. God has redeemed us from the slavery of sin, and has made possible regenerated, transformed lives of service. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 6] God's stamp is upon us. He has bought us, and He desires us to remember that our physical, mental, and moral powers belong to Him. Time and influence, reason, affection, and conscience,--all are God's and are to be used only in harmony with His will. They are not to be used in accordance with the directions of the world; for the world is under a leader who is at enmity with God. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 7] The flesh, in which the soul tabernacles, belongs to God. Every sinew, every muscle is His. In no case are we by neglect or abuse to weaken a single organ. We are to co-operate with God by keeping the body in the very best possible condition of health, that it may be a temple where the Holy Ghost may abide, moulding, according to the will of God, every physical and spiritual power. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 8] The mind must be stored with pure principles. Truth must be graven on the tablets of the soul. The memory must be filled with the precious truths of the word. Then, like beautiful gems, these truths will flash out in the life. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 9] The value God places on the work of His hands, the love He has for His children, is revealed by the gift He made to redeem men. Adam fell under the dominion of Satan. He brought sin into the world, and death by sin. God gave His only begotten Son to save man. This He did that He might be just, and yet the justifier of all who accept Christ. Man sold himself to Satan, but Jesus bought back the race, redeeming men and women from the slavery of a cruel tyrant. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 10] At an infinite cost to heaven we have been given a second probation. Then should not God be in all our thoughts? Should not His will control our actions? {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 11] You are not your own. Jesus has purchased you with His blood. Do not bury your talents in the earth. Use them for Him. In whatever business you may be engaged, bring Jesus into it. If you find that you are losing your love for your Saviour, give up your business, and say, "Here am I, Saviour; what wouldest Thou have me to do?" He will receive you graciously, and love you freely. He will abundantly pardon; for He is merciful and long-suffering, not willing that any should perish. He is a loving Redeemer, whose pity survives the neglect and abuse of His mercy, the resistance of His claims. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 11} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 12] All we have and are is God's property. We should not regard it as a sacrifice to give Him the affections of our hearts. They should be given to Him as a willing offering. "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind." {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 12} [BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 13] Impressed with man's great obligation to God, Paul wrote, "I beseech you, therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service." He urges a recognition of God's claims. "Know ye not," he asks, "that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost, which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, October 15, 1900 par. 13} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 1] December 10, 1900 Ministering Spirits. - God has recorded many narratives in His inspired word to teach us that the human family is the object of the special care of the heavenly angels. Man is not left to become the sport of Satan's temptations. All heaven is actively engaged in the work of communicating light to the inhabitants of the world, that they may not be left in the darkness of midnight without spiritual guidance. An eye that never slumbers nor sleeps is guarding the camp of Israel. Ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of angels are ministering to the needs of the children of men. Voices inspired by God are crying, "This is the way, walk ye in it." If men will hear the voice of warning, if they will trust to God's guidance and not to finite judgment, they will be safe. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 1} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 2] The experience of Paul shows that all heaven is interested in the believing church of God, and that the Lord will open up ways before those who will put their trust in Him. Paul was on his way to Damascus to persecute the believers in Christ. Full of zeal, he determined to take all, both men and women, and punish them with imprisonment and death. The record states that he was "exceeding mad" against them. But the Commander of heaven beheld the suffering brought upon His church, and He made His voice heard to arrest the bold persecutor. As Paul journeyed, "suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven, and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou Me?" {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 2} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 3] Again, in the case of Cornelius, we see the co-operation of heavenly agencies with human instrumentalities. We are taught that God is interested in every human being; that Christ died to redeem every soul, and that He communicates His will through heavenly intelligences. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 3} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 4] Cornelius was following on to know the Lord, and this won for him the salvation of all his house. Inspiration says of this man that he was one that "feared God with all his house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always." {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 4} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 5] "He saw in a vision, evidently about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of God coming in to him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thine alms and thy prayers are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter; he lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside; he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do." {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 5} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 6] The Lord knows every child of His by name. When we truly believe this, we shall have courage, faith, and patience to work out our own salvation with fear and trembling; for we shall know that it is God who worketh in us, to will and to do of His good pleasure. With fear and trembling we shall co-operate with God. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 6} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 7] Heavenly angels watch those who are seeking for enlightenment. They co-operate with those who try to win souls to Christ. Angels minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation. This is shown in the experience of Philip and the Ethiopian. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 7} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 8] A heavenly messenger was sent to Philip to show him his work for the Ethiopian. The evangelist was directed:-- {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 8} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 9] "Arise, and go toward the south, unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he arose and went; and behold, a man of Ethiopia an eunuch of great authority under Candace, Queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet." Acts 8:26-28. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 9} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 10] Angels of God were taking notice of this seeker for light. The Ethiopian could not understand the prophecy which he read, and the Spirit directed Philip to go and teach him, saying, "Go near, and join thyself to this chariot." This man of high authority was being drawn to the Saviour, and he did not resist the drawing. He did not make his high position an excuse for refusing to accept the crucified One. The evangelist asked him, "Understandest thou what thou readest?" And he said, "How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him," and explain to him the word of God. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 10} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 11] Today, just as much as then, the angels are leading and guiding those who will be led and guided. The angel sent to Philip could himself have done the work for the Ethiopian, but this was not God's way of working. Man must connect with his fellow-men, and as God's instrumentality work in behalf of others. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 11} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 12] When God pointed out to Philip his work, the disciple did not say, as many are saying today, "God does not mean that. I will not be too confident, or I shall make a mistake." Philip that day learned a lesson of conformity to God's will which was worth everything to him. He learned that every soul is precious in the sight of God, and that angels will bring to the appointed agencies light for those who are in need of it. The heavenly angels do not undertake the work of preaching the gospel. Through the ministration of angels God sends light to His people, and through His people this light is to be given to the world. The Holy Spirit will guide and instruct men and women if they will show themselves willing to be guided by placing themselves in positions where they can communicate the light received. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 12} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 13] While angels from heaven are doing their work, evil angels are seeking to draw the mind to something else. Satan is interposing obstacles, so that the inquiring mind that would understand the word of God shall become confused. Thus he worked with Christ in the wilderness of temptation. Had Philip left the eunuch with his case hanging in the balance, he might never have accepted the Saviour. Evil angels were waiting for their opportunity, when they could press in their falsehoods and divert the Ethiopian from seeking after truth. The Lord's agencies must be wholly consecrated to His service, that they may be quick to understand their work. As wise stewards they must take advantage of every circumstance to draw men to Christ. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 13} [BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 14] Satan is ever on the alert to deceive and mislead. He is using every enchantment to allure men into the broad road of disobedience. He is working to confuse the senses with erroneous sentiments, and remove the landmarks God has placed in the pathway. It is because evil agencies are striving to eclipse every ray of light that heavenly beings are appointed to do their work of ministry, to guide, guard, and control those who shall be heirs of salvation. None need despair because of inherited tendencies to evil. When the Holy Spirit convicts of sin, the wrong doer must repent, and confess and forsake the evil. Faithful sentinels are on guard to direct souls in right paths. Mrs. E G. White. {BEcho, December 10, 1900 par. 14} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 1] January 14, 1901 "No Other Gods Before Me." - Every true child of God will be sifted as wheat, and in the sifting process every cherished pleasure which diverts the mind from God must be sacrificed. In many families the mantel-shelves, stands, and tables are filled with ornaments and pictures. Albums, filled with photographs of the family and the photographs of their friends, are placed where they will attract the attention of visitors. Thus the thoughts, which should be upon God and heavenly interests are brought down to common things. Is not this a species of idolatry? Should not the money thus spent have been used to bless humanity, to relieve the suffering, to clothe the naked, and to feed the hungry? Should it not have been placed in the Lord's treasury to advance His cause and build up His kingdom in the earth? {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 1} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 2] This matter is of great importance, and it is urged upon you to save from the sin of idolatry. Blessing would come to your souls if you would obey the word spoken by the Holy One of Israel, "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me." Many are creating unnecessary cares and anxieties for themselves by devoting time and thought to the unnecessary ornaments with which their houses are filled. The power of God is needed to arouse them from this devotion; for to all intents and purposes it is idolatry. {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 2} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 3] He who searches the heart desires to win His people from every species of idolatry. Let the word of God, the blessed Book of Life, occupy the table now filled with useless ornaments. Spend your money in buying books which will be the means of enlightening the mind in regard to present truth. The time you waste in moving and dusting the multitudinous ornaments in your house, spend in writing a few lines to your friends, in sending papers or leaflets or little books to some one who knows not the truth. Grasp the word of the Lord as the treasure of infinite wisdom and love; this is the guide book which points out the path to heaven. It points us to the sin-pardoning Saviour, saying, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Oh, that you would search the Scriptures with prayerful hearts, and a spirit of surrender to God. O that you would search your hearts as with a lighted candle, and discover and break the finest thread that binds you to worldly habits, which divert the mind from God. Plead with God to show you every practice which draws your thoughts and affections from Him. God has given His holy law to man as His measure of character. By this law you may see and overcome every defect in your character. You may sever yourself from every idol, and link yourself to the throne of God by the golden chain of grace and truth. The apostle writes:-- {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 3} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 4] "Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good. Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another; not slothful in business, fervent in spirit; serving the Lord; rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer; distributing to the necessity of saints; given to hospitality." Romans 12:9-13. {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 4} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 5] "The night is far spent, the day is at hand; let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armour of light. Let us walk honestly, as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife and envying. But put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make no provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lusts thereof." Romans 13:12-14. {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 5} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 6] There is none too much self-denial, none too much self-sacrifice, none too much "overcoming evil with good." If all the inclinations to gratify the taste for frivolous things were firmly resisted, there would be more money to use for God. Shall we not make decided changes in this respect? Shall we not set money flowing in channels where it will glorify God? {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 6} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 7] When I see families poorly clad, and houses destitute of those things which are necessary for comfort, and then visit the homes where every niche and corner is filled with useless ornaments, I am tired of the sight of my eyes. Let us search the Word and see if there is not some instruction there that will teach us how to relieve the maladies which have become chronic in the spiritual life of many. {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 7} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 8] "Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh? Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily; and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward. . . . If thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noonday. And the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones; and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not." Isaiah 58:6-11. {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 8} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 9] The Son of the infinite God came to this earth, and honoured it with His presence. He emptied Himself of His glory, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity, and reveal to fallen man the perfect love of God. Christ did not come to earth to live a life of pleasure, of self-indulgence. He lived not to please Himself. "The Son of man," He said, "is come to save that which was lost." {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 9} [BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 10] We have great changes to make before we reach perfection. God calls for complete self-surrender. We must guard diligently our lips, lest they speak guile. We must be strict with ourselves, that we bring not false principles into our dealings with others, and lead souls from the safe path. We must work the works of God. Adhere to correct principles, whatever the cost to yourself. In appeals and warnings let your light shine forth to others. Economize your pennies that you may have pounds with which to help the cause of truth. Keep your tables free from many pictures and ornaments, which are as nothing in comparison with the word of God. Let your holy example lead the sympathies of your friends heavenward. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, January 14, 1901 par. 10} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 1] June 17, 1901 Words of Comfort. - In the last scenes of this earth's history, war will rage. There will be pestilence, plague, and famine. The waters of the deep will overflow their boundaries. Property and life will be destroyed by fire and flood. This should show us that the souls for whom Christ has died should be fitting up for the mansions Christ has gone to prepare for them. There is a rest from earth's conflict. Where is it?-"That where I am, there ye may be also" Heaven is where Christ is. Heaven would not be heaven to those who love Christ if He were not there. Are we individually fitting up characters which will be meet for the society of Christ and the heavenly angels? {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 1} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 2] "And whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it. If ye love Me, keep My commandments." "This is the, confidence that we have in Him," writes John, "that, if we ask anything according to His will. He heareth us." {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 2} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 3] These promises are all given on conditions. The ten commandments, "Thou shalt," and, "Thou shalt not," are ten promises, assured to us if we render obedience to the law governing the universe. "If ye love Me, keep My commandments." Here is the sum and substance of the law of God. The terms of salvation for every son and daughter of Adam are here outlined. {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 3} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 4] "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you. Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved Me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for My Father is greater than I." This positive assurance was given to the disciples, to be given to all who should believe on Him till the close of this earth's history. {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 4} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 5] Christ desired His disciples to understand that He would not leave them orphans. "I will not leave you comfortless," He declared; "I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me: because I live, ye shall live also." Precious, glorious assurance of eternal life. Even though He was to be absent, their relation to Him was to be that of a child to its parent. {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 5} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 6] The influence of the Holy Spirit is the life of Christ in the soul. We do not now see Christ and speak to Him, but His Holy Spirit is just as near us in one place as another. It works in and through every one who receives Christ. Those who know the indwelling of the Spirit reveal the fruits of the Spirit,-"love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith." {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 6} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 7] "At that day," said Christ, "ye shall know that I am in My Father, and ye in Me, and I in you." Christ sought to impress the minds of the disciples with the distinction between those who are of the world, and those who are of Christ. He was about to die, but He would imprint on their minds the fact that He would live again. And although after His ascension He would be absent from them, yet by faith they might know and see Him. And He would have the same loving interest in them that He ever had. {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 7} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 8] Christ assured His disciples that after His resurrection, He would show Himself alive to them. Then every mist of doubt, every cloud of darkness, would be rolled away. They would then understand that which they had not understood,-that there is a complete union between Christ and His Father, a union which will always exist. {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 8} [BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 9] "He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him." Again Christ repeated the condition of union with Him. This promise is made to every sincere Christian. Our Saviour speaks so plainly that no one need fail to understand that true love will always produce obedience. The religion of Jesus Christ is love. Obedience is the sign of true love. Christ and the Father are one, and those who in truth receive Christ, will love God as the great centre of their adoration, and will also love one another. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, June 17, 1901 par. 9} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 1] August 5, 1901 "Ask, and It Shall be Given You."--No. 1. - It seems so sad that we praise God so little. Gratitude, praise, and thanksgiving need now to be searched for and cultivated as lost arts. They are more precious to the Lord Jesus than all the treasures of gold and silver which the earth contains. Every human being should appreciate the kindness and love wherewith God has loved us. When we were yet enemies Christ gave His life that we might be saved. How much have we appreciated this gift? {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 1} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 2] In His instruction to His disciples Christ dwelt upon the great gift of the Spirit, declaring that nothing was too great to be expected from the coming of the divine Spirit. He longed to quicken and enlarge the conception of His disciples by communicating to them His own complete appreciation of God's love, that they might be able to comprehend the value of the gift of all gifts, given by God with the giving of His beloved Son,--the gift of the Holy Spirit. On all who love and serve God this gift has been bestowed. Christ has made provision for all to receive His Spirit; for He desires to see human nature released from the bondage of sin, and, by the power which God gives, renewed, restored, raised to a holy rivalry with the angels. {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 2} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 3] To the woman at the well Christ said, "If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give Me to drink, thou wouldst have asked of Him, and He would have given thee living water. . . . Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water, springing up into everlasting life." {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 3} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 4] Yes; in giving the Holy Spirit, it was impossible for God to give more. To this gift nothing could be added. By it all needs are supplied. The Holy Spirit is the vital presence of God, and if appreciated will call forth praise and thanksgiving, and will ever be springing up unto everlasting life. The restoration of the Spirit is the covenant of grace. Yet how few appreciate this great gift, so costly, yet so free to all who will accept it! When faith takes hold of the blessing, there comes rich, spiritual good. But too often the blessing is not appreciated. We need an enlarged conception in order to comprehend its value. {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 4} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 5] Christ declared, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish, will he for a fish give him a serpent? Or if he shall ask an egg, will he offer him a scorpion? If ye, then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?" {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 5} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 6] Oh what amazing love and condescension! The Lord Jesus encourages His believing ones to ask for the Holy Spirit. By presenting the parental tenderness of God, He seeks to encourage faith in the reception of the gift. The heavenly Parent is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him than earthly parents are to give good gifts to their children. {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 6} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 7] What greater thing could be promised? What more is necessary to awaken a response in every soul, to inspire us with a longing for the great gift? Shall not our half-hearted supplications be turned into petitions of intense desire for this great blessing? We do not ask for enough of the good things God has promised. If we would reach up higher and expect more, our petitions would reveal the quickening influence that comes to every soul who asks with the full expectation of being heard and answered. The Lord is not glorified by the tame supplications which show that nothing is expected. He desires every one who believes to approach the throne of grace with earnestness and assurance. Do we realize the magnitude of the work in which we are engaged? If we did, there would be more fervency in our prayers. Our entreaties would rise before God with convincing earnestness. We would plead for power as a hungry child pleads for bread. If we realized the greatness of the gift, if we desired the attainment of the blessing, our petitions would ascend with earnestness, importunity, urgency. It would be as if we were at the gate of heaven, soliciting entrance. {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 7} [BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 8] We should ask with an earnestness that will not be denied. The Lord has an intense desire that every one should take advanced steps in absolute certainty, relying upon God. He is the light and life of all who seek Him. The measure which we receive of the holy influence of His Spirit is proportionate to the measure of our desire to receive, of our faith to grasp, and of our capacity to enjoy the great goodness of the blessing and to impart it to others. Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 5, 1901 par. 8} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 1] August 12, 1901 "Ask, and it Shall be Given You."--No. 2. - "Every one that asketh receiveth, and he that seeketh findeth." Christ is here presenting a law of the divine government. Asking for the Holy Spirit is connected with receiving this gift. The Lord reads the hearts of all men. He selects from His subjects those He can use, choosing material which can be worked. He selects the most unpromising subjects, and through them magnifies His own wisdom and power by causing them to sit among princes. In all ages He has used human beings to carry out His purposes. He chooses subjects who will not be perverted, who in all righteousness and faith will honour His name. He passes by the men who have perverted the capabilities He has given them, and selects men of His own wisdom who make Him their trust, their dependence, their efficiency. He hews and polishes the rough stones He has quarried out of the world. He works through men who realize that they must submit to the axe, the chisel, and the hammer, lying passive under the divine hand. Through those who voluntarily submit themselves to Him in all matters, who seek Him in faith and hope, He works out His plans. {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 1} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 2] Those who ask because they wish to impart to others will not be disappointed. God will reward those who come to Him in earnest faith. He assures us that the thought of His majesty and sovereignty should not keep us in fear. He will do much more graciously than we suppose if we will come to the footstool of His mercy. He urges His sovereignty as a reason for His great and merciful bountifulness in supplying the demands upon Him. He pledges Himself to hear our prayers, declaring that He will hear them. He condescends to appeal from the instinct of parental tenderness to the infinite benevolence of Him whose we are by creation and by redemption. He says, "If ye then being evil know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him." The needy and soul-hungry never plead with God in vain. {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 2} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 3] Humanity and divinity must be linked together in the experience of every overcomer. In our weakness we are to accept Christ's power. He gives us the assurance, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptising them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 3} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 4] In view of this tell me who should wear countenances more bright and cheerful, more full of sunshine, than those who live by faith in the Son of God. In Him the needy and hungry find all their wants supplied. But let us not forget that those whom God has blessed with the good things of this life are to be His helping hand, to supply the necessities of His needy ones. They are to be labourers together with Him. They are His stewards in trust, and are to use their goods for the advancement of His work, that His name may be glorified. The Lord desires to employ the church as a channel through which to communicate His bounties. If His people would keep the channel open, receiving the spiritual and temporal gifts of His grace, and imparting them to the needy, there would be no sick ones neglected, no orphans crying for food. The hearts of the widow and the fatherless would sing for joy. {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 4} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 5] God has given man the richest of His gifts. This He has done that man may dispense His bounties. Medical missionary work and the gospel ministry are the channels through which God seeks to pour a constant supply of His goodness. They are to be as the river of life for the irrigation of His church. There is not the semblance of an excuse for the lifeless condition of a people who know the plain "Thus saith the Lord." God calls their attention to the words, "Ye are the light of the world. . . . Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." He reminds us that we have only to ask, and we shall receive; to seek, and we shall find; to knock, and it shall be opened unto us. {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 5} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 6] Throw open the windows of the soul heavenward and close them earthward. The Lord has made His church the repository of divine influence. The heavenly universe is waiting for the members to become channels through which the current of life shall flow to the world, that many be converted, and in their turn become channels through which the grace of Christ shall flow to the desert portions of the Lord's vineyard. {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 6} [BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 7] In the day of final accounts, what will the church give as a reason for her strange indifference to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth? My brethren and sisters, keep the temple of God pure and holy, that He may use it to the glory of His name. God will enlarge His faculties and multiply His gifts to you as you make use of them to gather souls under the bloodstained banner of the Redeemer. "Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you." By yielding to the temptations of the enemy, by losing sight of God, you have lost the sense of what a child of God ought to be. Your powers of perception are clouded. But the way is open for your spiritual life to be reinforced with new power. "Ask, and ye shall receive." Mrs. E. G. White. {BEcho, August 12, 1901 par. 7} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 1] December 2, 1901 The Reward of Faithful Toil. - By Mrs. E. G. White. Let the youth remember that the indolent forfeit the invaluable experience gained by a faithful performance of the daily duties of life. He who is indolent and willingly ignorant places in his pathway that which will always be an obstruction. He refuses the culture that comes from honest toil. By failing to put forth a helping hand in behalf of humanity, he robs God. His career is very different from the career which God marked out for him; for to despise useful employment encourages the lower tastes, and effectually paralyses the most useful energies of the being. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 1} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 2] Not a few, but thousands of human beings exist only to consume the benefits which God in His mercy bestows upon them. They forget to bring the Lord gratitude offerings for the riches He has entrusted to them in giving them the fruit of the earth. They forget that God desires them, by trading wisely on the talents lent them, to be producers as well as consumers. If they had a realization of the work the Lord desires them to do as His helping hand, they would not feel it a privilege to shun all responsibility, and be waited on. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 2} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 3] Real happiness is found only in being good and doing good. The purest, highest enjoyment comes to those who faithfully fulfil their appointed duties. No honest work is degrading. It is ignoble sloth which leads human beings to look down on the simple, every-day duties of life. The refusal to perform these duties causes a mental and moral deficiency which will one day be keenly felt. At some time in the life of the slothful his deformity will stand out clearly defined. Over his life-record is written the words, A consumer, but not a producer. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 3} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 4] From all the vocations of life useful, spiritual lessons may be learned. Those who till the soil may, while they work, study the meaning of the words, "Ye are God's husbandry." In the human heart the seeds of truth are to be sown, that the life may bear the beautiful fruit of the Spirit. God's impress on the mind is to mould it into graceful symmetry. The crude energies, both physical and mental, are to be trained for the Master's service. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 4} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 5] The youth who is studying for a physician has before him the very highest example, even the example of Him who left heaven to live on this earth a Man among men. To all Christ has given the work of ministry. He is the King of glory, yet He declared, "The Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister." He is the Majesty of heaven, yet He willingly consented to come to this earth to do the work laid upon Him by His Father. He has ennobled labour. That He might set us an example of industry, He worked with His hands at the carpenter's trade. From a very early age He acted His part in sustaining the family, He realized that He was a part of the family firm, and He willingly bore His share of the burdens. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 5} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 6] Children and youth should take pleasure in making lighter the cares of father and mother, showing an unselfish interest in the home. As they cheerfully lift the burdens that fall to their share, they are receiving a training which will fit them for positions of trust and usefulness. Each year they are to make steady advancement, gradually but surely laying aside the inexperience of boyhood and girlhood for the experience of manhood and womanhood. In the faithful performance of the simple duties of the home, boys and girls lay the foundation for mental, moral, and spiritual excellence. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 6} [BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 7] Remember, dear young friends, that each day, each hour, each minute, you are weaving the web of your own destiny. Each time the shuttle is thrown, there is drawn into the web a thread which either mars or beautifies the pattern. If you are careless and indolent, you spoil the life which God designed should be bright and beautiful. If you choose to follow your own inclinations, unchristlike habits will bind you with bands of steel. And as you walk away from Christ, your example will be followed by many, who, because of your wrong course, will never enjoy the glories of heaven. But if you make brave efforts to overcome selfishness, allowing no opportunity to pass for helping those around you, love of self is lost in love for Christ, and the light of your example guides others to the cross. {BEcho, December 2, 1901 par. 7} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 1] December 9, 1901 Christian Education. - By Mrs. E. G. White. The Lord Jesus Christ has infinite tenderness for those whom He has purchased at the cost of His own sufferings in the flesh, that they should not perish with the devil and his angels, but that He may claim them as His chosen ones. They are the claim of His love, His own property; and He looks upon them with unutterable affection; the fragrance of His righteousness He gives to His loved ones who believe in Him. It requires tact and wisdom, human love, sanctified affection, for the precious lambs of the flock, to lead them to appreciate their privileges in yielding themselves up to the tender guidance of the faithful shepherds. The children of God will manifest the gentleness of Christ. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 1} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 2] The Saviour's great heart of infinite love is drawn out, not only to the best-behaved children, those who have the most favourable surroundings, but for children who have by inheritance objectionable traits of character. Even parents have not understood how much they are responsible for the traits of character developed in their children, and have not had the tenderness and wisdom to deal with these poor children whom they have made what they are. They have failed to trace to the cause these discouraging developments which are a trial to them. But Jesus looks upon these children with love and pity; for He traces from cause to effect. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 2} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 3] The teacher may bind these children to his heart by the love of Christ abiding in the soul-temple as a sweet fragrance, a savour of life unto life. Through the grace of Christ imparted to them, the teacher may be the living human agency,--a labourer together with God,--to enlighten, lift up, encourage, and help to purify the soul from its moral defilement; and the image of God shall be revealed in the soul of the child, and the character become transformed by the grace of Christ. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 3} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 4] The gospel is the power and the wisdom of God if it is correctly represented by those who claim to be Christians. Christ crucified for our sins should humble every soul before God in his own estimation. Christ risen from the dead, ascended on high, our living Intercessor in the presence of God, is the science of salvation which we need to learn and teach to children and youth. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 4} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 5] Heaven sees in the child the undeveloped man or woman, with capabilities and powers, that, if guided and developed with heavenly wisdom, will become the human agencies through whom the divine influences can co-operate to be labourers together with God. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 5} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 6] The name of each separate believer is graven on the palms of His hands. The Chief Shepherd is looking down upon the sheep of His pasture. John 10:3; 1 John 2:1. O precious, blessed truth! He does not treat one case with indifference. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 6} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 7] The impressive parable of the Good Shepherd represents the responsibility of every minister and every Christian who has accepted a position as teacher of children and youth, or as a teacher of old or young, in opening to them the Scriptures. If one strays from the fold, he is not followed with harsh words, but with winning invitations to return. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 7} [BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 8] Those in official positions, in their association with others, should make it as easy as possible for those under their charge to take heed to the direction of God's word, to obey those that have the rule over them. It is always right to remember that all minds are not constituted alike, and it is like a death struggle for some to surrender their wills in submission to those who are placed over them. {BEcho, December 9, 1901 par. 8} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 1] August 4, 1902 The Law and the Gospel - By Mrs. E. G. White. The greatest difficulties the apostle Paul had to meet in his labours arose from the influence of Judaizing teachers. These had made much trouble and caused dissensions at Corinth. Paul wrote his second epistle to the church in order to settle their minds in reference to the gospel of Christ. The Judaizing teachers were continually presenting the virtues of the law and the ceremonies, exalting these above the gospel of Christ, and bringing Paul under condemnation because he did not urge upon the people the ceremonies that typified Christ, and were therefore of no value since Christ's death. Paul took them on their own ground. He says, "If the ministration of death, written and engraven in stones, was glorious, so that the children of Israel could not stedfastly behold the face of Moses for the glory of his countenance; which glory was to be done away; how shall not the ministration of the Spirit be rather glorious? For if the ministration of condemnation be glory, much more doth the ministration of righteousness exceed in glory." 2 Corinthians 3:7-9. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 1} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 2] The law of God given in awful grandeur from Sinai was the utterance of condemnation to the sinner. The transgressor died without mercy. The proclamation of that law and the repetition of it in the holy mount was so sacred and so glorious that upon the face of Moses was reflected a glory which the people could not look upon without pain, so that Moses covered his face with a veil. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 2} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 3] "Much more doth the ministration of righteousness exceed in glory. For even that which was made glorious had no glory in this respect, by reason of the glory that excelleth." Verses 9, 10. It is the province of the law to condemn, but there is no power in the law to pardon. The glory that shone upon the face of Moses was the righteousness of Christ in the law. He saw to the end of that which was to be abolished when type should meet antitype in Jesus Christ. In consequence of the transgression of the law of God, death was introduced into the world. The slain lamb typified the Lamb of God that was to take away the sin of the world. The full significance of the typical offerings pointing to Christ was unfolded to Moses. Death came in consequence of sin. Sin was the transgression of the law. Christ revealed in the gospel was the propitiation for men's sins, the transgression of the law. His perfection of character was placed in man's behalf. The curse of the law Christ took upon Himself. It was the seeing to the end of that which was to be abolished, that which brought to light the plan of salvation in Christ, -- it was this that illuminated the face of Moses. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 3} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 4] If the typical sacrifices which were done away were glorious because Christ was revealed by them as the sin-pardoning Saviour, much more that which remains is glorious. The moral law was bondage and death to those who remained under its condemnation. The law was ordained to life, that those who were obedient, walking in harmony with its claims, should have the reward of the faithful--eternal life. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 4} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 5] Moses saw that only through Jesus Christ could man keep the law of God. Paul says, "The commandment which was ordained to life, I found to be unto death" (Romans 7:10), death to the sinner. The types and ceremonies, with the prophecies, gave ancient believers a veiled or indistinct discovery of the mercy and grace to be brought to light through the revelation of Jesus Christ to our world. The law itself would have no glory were it not that Christ is embodied in it. The revelation of Jesus Christ cast its glory back into the Jewish age. The law had no power to save. It was lustreless, only as Christ was represented in the law as the One full of righteousness and truth. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 5} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 6] And when Christ was revealed in His advent to our world, and died man's sacrifice, type met antitype. Then the glory of that which is not typical, not to be done away, but which remaineth, God's law of ten commandments, the standard of righteousness, was plainly discerned as immutable by all who saw to the end of that which was abolished. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 6} [BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 7] Paul would have his brethren discern that Christ, pointed out in types and shadows, had come, and the greater glory of a sin-pardoning Saviour gave significance to the entire Jewish economy. Without Christ, the law of itself was only condemnation and death to the transgressor. It has no saving quality,--no power to shield the transgressor from its penalty. The full penalty of the law will be executed upon the transgressor if he does not receive Christ as his atoning sacrifice and personal Saviour. {BEcho, August 4, 1902 par. 7} [BEcho, February 16, 1903 par. 1] BEcho - Australasian Signs of the Times February 16, 1903 The Home-Life. - By Mrs. E. G. White. Christian fathers and mothers are to bear the fruits of righteousness in the home-life. A most solemn responsibility rests upon them. The home of every Christian should be a little church, a representation of the heavenly home, from which others may learn what a family can become in this world through obedience to God's word. Heaven is much nearer to the earth than many realize. The angels of God are ascending and descending the ladder of shining brightness that Jacob saw. God is above this ladder, and His glory, flushing the threshold of heaven, is shining upon every round. {BEcho, February 16, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, February 16, 1903 par. 2] God desires parents to bear much fruit by training and disciplining their children aright. Such work requires tact and skill; for different minds are differently constituted. In order to be successful in this work, parents should engage in it prayerfully and intelligently, beginning with themselves. {BEcho, February 16, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, February 16, 1903 par. 3] The husband and the wife are to bear with and respect each other. The husband is the priest of the household. The wife is to lean upon his large affections, and his arm is to strengthen and sustain her in carrying the burdens. Both should learn to use much discretion in the management of human minds. In dealing with their children they should depend upon the guidance of the Holy Spirit. - {BEcho, February 16, 1903 par. 3} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 1] February 23, 1903 Child Training. - By Mrs. E. G. White. Fathers and mothers, ask in faith for wisdom to deal with your children in the fear of God. They are a part of your flesh and blood, and have inherited your temperament. When you see them acting as you would act were you not under the control of the Spirit of God, how patiently you should deal with them. Notwithstanding your mistakes and failures, Christ has dealt kindly and patiently with you. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 2] If you desire to learn what course to take with your children, make their peculiar temperaments your constant study. All children cannot be managed alike. You may need to manage one child differently from the way in which you manage another. Go to God, telling Him your perplexity. He will teach you how to deal with human minds. When you learn lessons from the Source of wisdom, when you manifest an earnest desire to save the souls of those who are of your own flesh and blood, when you show a determination not to let them go but to hold on to them, you will be able to bring them up in the fear of God. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 3] We have much to learn in regard to child-training. When teaching the little ones to do things, we must not scold them. Never should we say, "Why did you not do this?" Say, "Children, help mother do this;" or, "Come, children, let us do this." Be their companion in doing these things. When they finish their work, praise them. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 3} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 4] Years ago the children in my home were learning how to knit. One of them asked me, "Mother, I should like to know whether I am helping you by trying to do this knitting-work?" I knew that I should have to take out every stitch, but I replied, "Yes, my child, you are helping me." Why could I say that they were helping me?--Because they were learning. When they did not make the stitches as they should have made them, I took out every stitch afterward, but never did I condemn them for their failure. Patiently I taught them until they knew how to knit properly. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 4} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 5] The mother is the queen of the home. She must not allow her children to treat her as a slave. Many a mother has gone down into the grave with a broken heart, because she made a slave of herself, doing things that she should have taught her children to do. Let every mother teach her children that they are members of the family firm, and must bear their share of the responsibilities of this firm. Every member of the family should bear these responsibilities as faithfully as church-members bear the responsibilities of church relationship. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 5} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 6] Let the children know that they are helping father and mother by doing little errands. Give them some work to do for you, and tell them that afterward they can have a time to play. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 6} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 7] Dress your children neatly in simple clothing, and allow them to spend much time out-of-doors. You can furnish them with cart-loads of sand in which to play. By playing in the sunshine and the fresh air, children will gain health and strength of mind and body. They will be benefited both spiritually and physically. The Lord recognizes every such effort. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 7} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 8] The spiritual education of the child begins in the home. The mother, as the first teacher, should teach her children how to pray, by having them repeat a simple prayer after her. The Saviour dwells in the homes of those who teach their children to pray for His blessing to rest upon them. The saving power of the grace of God will be given to such fathers and mothers. {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 8} [BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 9] After the children have learned to write, encourage them to keep a record of the occurrences of the day, noting the points on which they have overcome through the grace of Christ, and also the points on which they have failed. During the evening hour of prayer have a blessed season of confession, and of praise and rejoicing. I am sorry that we do not have more praise services in our homes, sorry that we are so slow to learn to praise Him from whom all blessings flow. - {BEcho, February 23, 1903 par. 9} [BEcho, March 2, 1903 par. 1] March 2, 1903 The Influence of Cheerfulness. - By Mrs. E. G. White. Are you sick at times? If so, do not let a gloomy expression come over your countenance. Such an expression hurts not only yourself, but also those who are with you. Bear good fruit by showing that the power of Christ enables you to endure uncomplainingly the afflictions that sometimes must be endured in the home-life. {BEcho, March 2, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, March 2, 1903 par. 2] Let us keep ourselves in a cheerful frame of mind. It is our privilege, through faith, to have the mind of Christ, and to abide in Him. I especially beseech mothers to remember that it is their privilege to have the mind of Christ. Never lose control of your temper. You cannot afford to do this; for thus you would sow in the hearts of your children seed that, sooner or later, would produce the fruits of unrighteousness. Such seed-sowing is represented as laying wood, hay, and stubble upon the foundation stone. How much better it is to use gold, silver, and precious stones in the character-building, by being compassionate, considerate, charitable, and long-suffering in every word and deed! When you have learned to control yourself, it will be easy for you to bind your children to you with the silken cord of love. This is true religion. Thus you give a true representation of Christ. Thus you can take your children with you in the way of righteousness, following Christ at every step. - {BEcho, March 2, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 1] March 9, 1903 Methods of Government. - By Mrs. E. G. White Some parents make the grave mistake of allowing children to have their own way until they are old enough to reason for themselves. By this course they place their children beyond the reach of their help. Let every mother begin the training of her children while they are in babyhood. Some battles will have to be fought, it is true, but no parent can afford to wait until the children are older. {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 2] If your child reaches out to take some forbidden thing, say kindly, but firmly, "No, do not touch it," and you will find after telling him this two or three times, that he will learn to obey. Touch the hand a little severely, if necessary. When he reaches after the forbidden object again, say, "No, no! No, no! Mustn't touch! Mustn't touch!" Time and again I have seen this method followed successfully in dealing with little children who wanted to grasp everything that their hands could handle, while sitting at the dining-room table. Such children should be restrained. Tell them that there are things which they must not touch. If thus trained in their babyhood and early childhood, they will learn to obey while very young. {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 3] In the government of children there must never be a difference of opinion between the parents. {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 3} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 4] Parents, remember that impulsive movements in disciplining children are liable to place them on Satan's ground. By indiscretion you can arouse the very worst feelings of the human heart. You can manage your children in such a manner that from babyhood they will virtually manage you. But God has given you reasoning faculties. Determine that by His infinite power you will be obeyed in your house. Never let your love and patience interfere with the requiring of perfect obedience. Children respect a mother who rules firmly in love as the queen of the home. {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 4} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 5] The mother who governs in the fear of God will not allow her child to throw himself upon the floor in a fit of passion, kicking and screaming in rage. If he attempts to do this, she will make him understand that such actions must never be repeated. If the mother does not control, Satan will. With prayer and patience the mother should strive to direct aright the minds of her children, leading them in the way of righteousness. {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 5} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 6] When my children were very young, I determined that they should never, never gain an advantage over me by disturbing my feelings. I never let them see that they could annoy me. When they disobeyed, I did not shake them roughly or strike them. Instead of punishing them at once, I said to them, We will say nothing about this matter before evening worship; then we will talk it over and settle it. When evening came, they were subdued, ready to ask forgiveness. Thus I avoided many difficulties. {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 6} [BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 7] What is the use of blistering the tongue with words of scolding and fretfulness? The gift of speech is a precious talent. Glorify God by speaking right words. - {BEcho, March 9, 1903 par. 7} [BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 1] March 16, 1903 "Suffer Little Children to Come Unto Me." - By Mrs. E. G. White. Jesus loves little children. He gave His life not only for the salvation of fathers and mothers, but also for the salvation of children. During His ministry one mother with her child desired to find Him, in order that He might lay His hands upon the child. This mother felt that she must take her little one to Jesus for His blessing. She thought of it for some time; for Jesus was not near her, and it seemed too great an undertaking to go to Him. But Jesus came nearer and still nearer, until He was near enough for her to reach Him. She started on her journey, and on the way another mother joined her with her children, and afterward still others, until several mothers with their children were in the little company that came to the disciples, and made known their request. {BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 2] Thinking to do Christ a favour, His disciples sent the mothers away. But when Jesus saw that they were being sent away disappointed, He rebuked His disciples, saying, "Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of God." {BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 3] Christ saw those children leaving their homes. He saw the little company coming along the dusty way, increasing in number as they journeyed on. And when the children came to Him, He took them in His arms and blessed them. Some of the weary little ones fell asleep in His arms, resting their heads upon His bosom. {BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 3} [BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 4] The burdened mothers were comforted. They returned with light hearts, strengthened and blessed, carrying with them the Saviour's blessing, which ever afterward they cherished in their humble homes. {BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 4} [BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 5] Let us pray for the blessing of Christ's abiding presence in our homes. Let us take more time to teach our children lessons of faith and trust in Him. We may think that by so doing we are neglecting our business, but are we? We never lose in business transactions by taking time to seek God for His blessing; for those who receive His blessing receive the vivifying power of His Spirit, which revives them in health, and strengthens them for their work. - {BEcho, March 16, 1903 par. 5} [BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 1] March 23, 1903 Self-Denial in the Home. - By Mrs. E. G. White. Mothers, you have made a covenant with Jesus, and claim to be His children. Have you lived the Christ-life? Have you been seeking those things which are above? When you took your baptismal vows, were you dead to sin and to the world, or were you buried in baptism while you were still alive? It is an awful thing to be buried alive. {BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 2] Those who are dead to sin and to the world are dead to fashion and pride. They are careful in the expenditure of means. When the gospel messengers enter new fields to carry the truth to those who have never heard it before, those who have died to the world contribute liberally for the support of these messengers. They give to this work every shilling that they can save. They spend nothing for selfish gratification or for the adornment of their children. {BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 3] Christian parents, never allow your children to dress as worldlings dress. You may say, "My children do not profess to be converted, and therefore I can not refuse them;" but this reason does not excuse you. Let them understand that your money is the Lord's money, and must not be used in indulging them in the fashions and pleasures of the world. Dress them neatly and tastefully, but refuse to sustain them in any effort to follow the fashions. Do not allow their minds to control yours. {BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 3} [BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 4] As God-fearing parents, you should lead your children to give their hearts to God when very young. Tell them your desire to see them converted and baptised, and then work to this end. {BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 4} [BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 5] Those in whom Christ is abiding will never neglect the duties that they owe to their children. Fathers, mothers, come to the foot of the cross, saying, "Lord, forgive me for failing to serve Thee and to render grateful praise to Thee for Thy loving-kindness to me. O Jesus, pardon me, and I will begin to live a new life, henceforth serving Thee alone." {BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 5} [BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 6] Remember that your children are not your own, but that they, too, have been "bought with a price," and that they are to be prepared for a home in heaven. A crown of glory will be placed upon the head of every victorious parent and every victorious child. The gates of the beautiful city will be opened for the entrance of both faithful parents and obedient children. In that day it will be the privilege of faithful parents to say, "Behold I and the children which God hath given me." {BEcho, March 23, 1903 par. 6} [BEcho, April 6, 1903 par. 1] April 6, 1903 First Steps. - By Mrs. E. G. White. Upward. The first step in the path of obedience is to surrender the will to God. This may seem a difficult thing to do; for Satan will present every possible objection, and will manufacture difficulties, and magnify perplexities before the mind; but take the first step, and the next step on the ladder of progress will be easier. This ladder must be climbed round by round; but God is above the ladder, and His glory will illuminate every step of advancement. The path of faith and self-denial is an upward path; its way is heavenward, and as you advance, the misleading clouds of doubt and evil will be left behind. {BEcho, April 6, 1903 par. 1} [BEcho, April 6, 1903 par. 2] Downward. When there has been a departure from the right path it is difficult to return. Barriers have been broken down, safeguards have been removed. One step in the wrong direction prepares the way for another. The least deviation from right principles will lead to separation from God, and may end in destruction. What we do once we more readily do again; and to go forward in a certain path, be it right or wrong, is more easy than to start. To corrupt our ways before God requires no effort; but to engraft habits of righteousness and truth upon our characters takes time and patient endeavour. {BEcho, April 6, 1903 par. 2} [BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 1] December 19, 1904 False Impressions Concerning Experience. - By Mrs. E. G. White Experience is said to be the best teacher. Genuine experience is indeed superior to mere theoretical knowledge, but many have an erroneous idea as to what constitutes experience. Real experience is gained by a variety of careful experiments, made with the mind free from prejudice, uncontrolled by previously established opinions and habits. The results are marked with careful solicitude, and an anxious desire to learn, to improve, and to reform on every point that is not in harmony with physical and moral laws. {BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 1} [BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 2] That which many term experience is not experience at all; it has resulted from mere habit, or from a course of indulgence, thoughtlessly and often ignorantly followed. There has not been a fair trial by actual experiment and thorough investigation, with a knowledge of the principles involved in the action. Experience which is opposed to natural law, -- which is in conflict with the unchangeable principles of nature, -- is not to be relied upon. Superstition arising from a diseased imagination is often arrayed in opposition to reason and to scientific principles. To many a person, the idea that others may gainsay what he has learned by experience, seems folly, and even cruelty itself. But there are more errors received and held through false ideas of experience than from any other cause. There are many invalids today who will ever remain such because they cannot be convinced that their experience is not to be relied upon. {BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 2} [BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 3] Erroneous habits and customs gird men and women as with iron bands, and they too often justify themselves in these customs by what they term experience. Many of the grossest habits are cherished under this plea. Many fail to reach that physical, mental, and moral development to which they might attain, because they cling to an experience that is opposed to the plainest revealed facts. Men and women whose wrong habits have destroyed their health, and broken down their constitution, will be found recommending their experience as safe for others to follow, when it is this very experience that has robbed them of health and vitality. When you seek to instruct them, they defend their course by referring to their experience. {BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 3} [BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 4] Here is where we have met the greatest difficulties in religious matters. The plainest facts may be presented, the clearest truths, sustained by the word of God, may be brought before the mind; but the ear and the heart are closed, and the all-convincing argument is, "my experience." Some will say, "The Lord has blessed me in believing and doing as I have; therefore I cannot be in error." "My experience" is clung to, and the most elevating, sanctifying truths of the Bible are rejected. {BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 4} [BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 5] Balaam inquired of God if he might curse Israel. He was anxious that the permission might be given, because he had the promise of great reward. But God said, "Thou shalt not go." Balaam was urged the second time, by messengers more honourable than the first, and greater inducements were offered. He had been shown the will of the Lord in this matter, but he was so eager for the reward that he ventured to ask God a second time, and the Lord permitted him to go. Then he had a wonderful experience; but who would wish to have such an experience? {BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 5} [BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 6] Many examples might be given to show how people have been deceived by relying upon what they supposed to be their experience. {BEcho, December 19, 1904 par. 6} [BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 1] November 13, 1905 Practical Advice on Diet. - By Mrs. E. G. White. It is a mistake to suppose that muscular strength depends on the use of animal food. The needs of the system can be better supplied, and more vigorous health can be enjoyed, without its use. The grains, with fruits, nuts, and vegetables, contain all the nutritive properties necessary to make good blood. These elements are not so well or so fully supplied by a flesh diet. Had the use of flesh been essential to health and strength, animal food would have been included in the diet appointed man in the beginning. {BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 1} [BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 2] Yet it might not be best to discard flesh food under all circumstances. In certain cases of illness and exhaustion-as when persons are dying of tuberculosis, or when incurable tumors are wasting the life forces-it may be thought best to use flesh food in small quantities. But great care should be taken to secure the flesh of healthy animals. The danger of contracting disease by eating flesh is increasing. It is a very serious question whether there is safety in using animal food at all. It would be better to discard it under all circumstances than to use that which is diseased. {BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 2} [BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 3] When the use of flesh food is discontinued, there is often a sense of weakness, a lack of vigour. Many urge this as evidence that flesh food is essential; but it is because foods of this class are stimulating, because they fever the blood and excite the nerves, that they are so missed. Some will find it as difficult to leave off flesh eating as it is for the drunkard to give up his dram; but they will be the better for the change. {BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 3} [BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 4] When flesh food is discarded, its place should be supplied with a variety of grains, nuts, vegetables, and fruits, that will be both nourishing and appetizing. This is especially necessary in the case of those who are weak, or who are taxed with continuous labour. In some countries, where poverty abounds, flesh is the cheapest food. Under these circumstances the change will be made with greater difficulty; but it can be effected. We should, however, consider the situation of the people, and the power of life-long habit, and should be careful not to urge even right ideas unduly. None should be urged to make the change abruptly. The place of meat should be supplied with wholesome foods that are inexpensive. In this matter very much depends on the cook. With care and skill, dishes may be prepared that will be both nutritious and appetizing, and will, to a great degree, take the place of flesh food. But if the cooking is done by one whose main dependence is meat, she can encourage its use to an almost unlimited extent. {BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 4} [BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 5] Educate the conscience, enlist the will, supply good, wholesome food, and the change will be readily made, and the demand for flesh will soon cease. - {BEcho, November 13, 1905 par. 5} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 1] April 8, 1912 Abel's "Excellent Sacrifice" By Mrs. E. G. White "By faith Abel offered unto God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain." Hebrews 11:4. Abel grasped the great principles of redemption. He saw himself a sinner, and he saw sin, and its penalty death, standing between his soul and communion with God. He brought the slain victim, the sacrificed life, thus acknowledging the claims of the law that had been transgressed. Through the shed blood he looked to the future sacrifice, Christ dying on the cross of Calvary; and trusting in the atonement that was there to be made, he had the witness that he was righteous, and his offering accepted. {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 1} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 2] Cain had the same opportunity of learning and accepting these truths as had Abel. He was not the victim of an arbitrary purpose. One brother was not elected to be accepted of God, and the other to be rejected. Abel chose faith and obedience; Cain, unbelief and rebellion. Here the whole matter rested. {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 2} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 3] Cain and Abel represent two classes that will exist in the world till the close of time. One class avail themselves of the appointed sacrifice for sin; the other venture to depend upon their own merits; theirs is a sacrifice without the virtue of divine mediation, and thus it is not able to bring man into favour with God. It is only through the merits of Jesus that our transgressions can be pardoned. Those who feel no need of the blood of Christ, who feel that without divine grace they can by their own works secure the approval of God, are making the same mistake as did Cain. If they do not accept the cleansing blood, they are under condemnation. There is no other provision made whereby they can be released from the thraldom of sin. {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 3} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 4] The class of worshippers who follow the example of Cain includes by far the greater portion of the world; for nearly every false religion has been based on the same principle,--that man can depend upon his own efforts for salvation. It is claimed by some that the human race is in need, not of redemption, but of development,--that it can refine, elevate, and regenerate itself. As Cain thought to secure the divine favour by an offering that lacked the blood of a sacrifice, so do these expect to exalt humanity to the divine standard, independent of the atonement. The history of Cain shows what must be the result. It shows what man will become apart from Christ. Humanity has no power to regenerate itself. It does not tend upward, toward the divine, but downward, toward the satanic. Christ is our only hope. "There is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved." "Neither is there salvation in any other." Acts 4:12. {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 4} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 5] True faith, which relies wholly upon Christ, will be manifested by obedience to all the requirements of God. From Adam's day to the present time the great controversy has been concerning obedience to God's law. In all ages there have been those who claimed a right to the favour of God even while they were disregarding some of His commands. But the Scriptures declare that by works is "faith made perfect;" and that, without the works of obedience, faith "is dead." James 2:22, 17. He that professes to know God, "and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him." 1 John 2:4. {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 5} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 6] Cain's Unreasonable Anger When Cain saw that his offering was rejected, he was angry with the Lord and with Abel; he was angry that God did not accept man's substitute in place of the sacrifice divinely ordained, and angry with his brother for choosing to obey God instead of joining in rebellion against Him. Notwithstanding Cain's disregard of the divine command, God did not leave him to himself; but He condescended to reason with the man who had shown himself so unreasonable. And the Lord said unto Cain, "Why art thou wroth? and why is thy countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door. Genesis 4:6, 7. The choice lay with Cain himself. If he would trust to the merits of the promised Saviour, and would obey God's requirements, he would enjoy His favour. But should he persist in unbelief and transgression, he would have no ground for complaint because he was rejected by the Lord. {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 6} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 7] Abel's offering had been accepted; but this was because he had done in every particular as God required him to do. If Cain would correct his error, he would not be deprived of his birthright: Abel would not only love him as his brother, but, as the younger, would be subject to him. Thus the Lord declared to Cain, "Unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him." {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 7} [BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 8] Cain hated and killed his brother, not for any wrong that Abel had done, but "because his own works were evil, and his brother's righteous." 1 John 3:12. So in all ages the wicked have hated those who were better than themselves. Abel's life of obedience and unswerving faith was to Cain a perpetual reproof. "Every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved." John 3:20. "All that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution." 2 Timothy 3:12. The brighter the heavenly light that is reflected from the character of God's faithful servants, the more clearly the sins of the ungodly are revealed, and the more determined will be their efforts to destroy those who disturb their peace. - {BEcho, April 8, 1912 par. 8} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 1] October 20, 1913 Aid for the Tempted Mrs. E. G. White When Adam was assailed by the tempter in Eden, he was without taint of sin. He stood before God in the strength of perfect manhood. All the organs and faculties of his being were equally developed and harmoniously balanced. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 1} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 2] Christ, in the wilderness of temptation, stood in Adam's place, to bear the test he failed to endure. Here Christ overcame, in the sinner's behalf, four thousand years after Adam turned his back upon the light of his home. Separated from the presence of God, the human family had been departing, each successive generation, further from the original purity, wisdom, and knowledge which Adam possessed in Eden. Christ bore the sins and infirmities of the race as they existed when He came to the earth to help man. In behalf of the race, with the weaknesses of fallen man upon Him, He was to stand the temptations of Satan upon all points on which man could be assailed. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 2} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 3] Adam was surrounded with everything his heart could wish. Every want was supplied. There was no sin, and no signs of decay in glorious Eden. Angels of God conversed freely and lovingly with the holy pair. The happy songsters carolled forth their free, joyous songs of praise to their Creator. The peaceful beasts in happy innocence played around Adam and Eve, obedient to their word. Adam was in the perfection of manhood--the noblest of the Creator's works. He was in the image of God, but a little lower than the angels. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 3} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 4] Great Contrast What a contrast the second Adam presented, as He entered the gloomy wilderness to cope with Satan single handed! Since that fall, the race had been decreasing in size and physical strength, and sinking lower in the scale of moral worth, up to the period of Christ's advent to the earth. In order to elevate fallen man, Christ must reach him where he was. He took human nature, and bore the infirmities and degeneracy of the race. He who knew no sin, became sin for us. He humiliated Himself to the lowest depths of human woe, that He might be qualified to reach man, and bring him up from the degradation in which sin had plunged him. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 4} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 5] Christ Took Our Nature "For it became Him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings." {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 5} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 6] "And being made perfect, He became the Author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey Him." {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 6} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 7] "Wherefore in all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succour them that are tempted." {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 7} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 8] "For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 8} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 9] In the wilderness of temptation, Christ was without food forty days. Moses had, on especial occasions, been thus long without food. But he felt not the pangs of hunger. He was not tempted and harassed by a vile and powerful foe, as was the Son of God. He was elevated above the human, and especially sustained by the glory of God which enshrouded him. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 9} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 10] Satan's Confidence Satan had succeeded so well in deceiving the angels of God, and in ruining noble Adam, that he thought he should be successful in overcoming Christ in His humiliation. He looked with pleased exultation upon the result of his temptations, and the increase of sin in the continued transgression of God's law, for more than four thousand years. He had worked the ruin of our first parents, and brought sin and death into the world, and led to ruin multitudes of all ages, countries, and classes. By his power he had controlled cities and nations, until their sin provoked the wrath of God to destroy them by fire, water, earthquakes, sword, famine, and pestilence. By his subtlety and untiring efforts, he had controlled the appetite, and excited and strengthened the passions, to so fearful a degree that he had defaced, and almost obliterated, the image of God in man. His physical and moral dignity were in so great a degree destroyed that he bore but a faint resemblance in character, and noble perfection of form, to the dignified Adam in Eden. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 10} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 11] At the first advent of Christ, Satan had brought man down from his original, exalted purity, and had dimmed that golden character with sin. The man whom God had created a sovereign in Eden, he had transformed into a slave in the earth groaning under the curse of sin. The halo of glory, which God had given holy Adam to cover him as a garment, departed from him after his transgression. The light of God's glory could not cover disobedience and sin. In the place of health and plenitude of blessings, poverty, sickness, and suffering of every type, were to be the portion of the children of Adam. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 11} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 12] Satan had, through his seductive power, led men to vain philosophy, to question, and finally disbelieve, the divine revelation and the existence of God. He looked abroad upon a world of moral wretchedness, and a race exposed to the wrath of a sin-avenging God, with fiendish triumph, that he had been so successful in darkening the pathway of so many, and had led them to transgress the law of God. He clothed sin with pleasing attractions, to secure the ruin of many. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 12} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 13] Satan's Most Successful Scheme But his most successful scheme in deceiving man has been to conceal his real purposes and his true character, by representing himself to be man's friend--a benefactor of the race. He flatters men with the pleasing fable that there is no rebellious foe, no deadly enemy that they need to guard against, and that the existence of a personal devil is all a fiction; and while he thus hides his existence, he is gathering thousands under his control. He is deceiving many, as he tried to deceive Christ, telling them that he is an angel from heaven, doing a good work for humanity. And the masses are so blinded by sin that they cannot discern the devices of Satan; and they honour him as they would a heavenly angel, while he is working their eternal ruin. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 13} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 14] Christ had entered the world as Satan's destroyer, and the Redeemer of the captives bound by his power. He would leave an example, in His own victorious life, for man to follow, and thus overcome the temptations of Satan. As soon as Christ entered the wilderness of temptation, His visage changed. The glory and splendour which were reflected from the throne of God and His countenance, when the heavens opened before Him, and the Father's voice acknowledged Him as His Son in whom He was well pleased, were now gone. The weight of the sins of the world was pressing His soul, and His countenance expressed unutterable sorrow, a depth of anguish that fallen man had never realized. He felt the overwhelming tide of woe that deluged the world. He realized the strength of indulged appetite and unholy passions, which controlled the world, and had brought upon man inexpressible suffering. The indulgence of appetite had been increasing and strengthening with every successive generation since Adam's transgression, until the race was so feeble in moral power that they could not overcome in their own strength. Christ, in behalf of the race, was to overcome appetite, by standing the most powerful test upon this point. He was to tread the path of temptation alone, and there must be none to help Him -- none to comfort or uphold Him. Alone He was to wrestle with the powers of darkness. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 14} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 15] In Man's Behalf As in his human strength man could not resist the power of Satan's temptations, Jesus volunteered to undertake the work, and to bear the burden for man, and overcome the power of appetite in his behalf. In man's behalf, He must show self-denial, perseverance, and firmness of principle, paramount to the gnawing pangs of hunger. He must show a power of control stronger than hunger and even death. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 15} [BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 16] The humanity of Christ reached to the very depths of human wretchedness, and identified itself with the weaknesses and necessities of fallen man; while His divine nature grasped the Eternal. His work, in bearing the guilt of man's transgression, was not to give him license to continue to violate the law of God; for transgression made man a debtor to the law, and Christ Himself was paying this debt by His own suffering. The trials and sufferings of Christ were to impress man with a sense of his great sin in breaking the law of God, and to bring him to repentance and obedience to that law, and through obedience to acceptance with God. He would impute His righteousness to man, and so raise him in moral value with God that his efforts to keep the divine law would be acceptable. {BEcho, October 20, 1913 par. 16} [BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 1] BTS - Bible Training School June 1, 1902 "The End of All Things is at Hand" Mrs. E. G. White How many disasters are now taking place. These are admonitions to us that we are living in the last days. Daily we read of earthquakes; of the going down of many ships, with great loss of life; of destructive floods; and of the burning of immense buildings costing millions of dollars--buildings which men have pronounced fireproof, but which, when touched by the finger of God, are consumed. With a loud voice these things speak to us, saying, "The end of all things is at hand." {BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 2] We are living in the closing period of this earth's history. What shall we do to awaken the people to a realization of their dangerous condition? Already the plagues of God are coming upon the world; yet many of those who for years have been expecting to behold Christ at His second appearing, are assuming an attitude of listless indifference to the daily events which show that His coming is drawing near. {BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 3] In the twenty-fourth of Matthew is recorded Christ's prophecy in regard to the signs that precede His second coming. After mentioning some of them, He says, "Now learn a parable of the fig-tree; when his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh; so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors. ... But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but My Father only. But as the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." {BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 4] As the inhabitants of the antediluvian world "knew not" the time in which they were living, so the inhabitants of the world today know not, because they do not choose to know, that they are living in the last days. Christ has warned us to look for His second coming. He says, "Watch therefore, for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. ... Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season?" Everyone of us may well ask, "Does this scripture refer to me? Lord, is it I? "Blessed is that servant," Christ says, "whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, that he shall make him ruler over all his goods. But if that evil servant shall say in his heart, my lord delayeth his coming, and shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth." {BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 4} [BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 5] Every Christian is now to stand in his lot. This is no time to be careless. The judgments of God are in the world. They will surprise many. Vessels filled with passengers will suddenly go down, and all on board will perish. Some one may be saved to bear witness to the intemperance of those on board,--the drinking, the card-playing, the swearing, the wickedness of every description. We need to watch, the Lord says, lest, coming suddenly, He find us sleeping in dreamland, or engaged in worldly projects and foolish diversions. {BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 5} [BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 6] In these perilous times we should leave untried no means of warning the people. We should be deeply interested in every thing that will stay the tide of iniquity. Work on. Have faith in God. Christ has said, "All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth." This is the power that He longs to bestow upon all. He declares that those who seek Him with all the heart shall find Him. - {BTS, June 1, 1902 par. 6} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 1] July 1, 1902 "Go Forward" Mrs. E. G. White Keep the work of health reform to the front, is the message I am given to bear. Show so plainly the value of health reform that a widespread need for it will be felt. But never advocate a starvation diet. It is possible to have a wholesome, nutritious diet without using flesh-meat. Think of placing the flesh of animals on our tables. Abstinence from all hurtful food and drink is the fruit of true religion. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 1} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 2] Men and women have many habits that are antagonistic to the principles of the Bible. The victims of strong drink and tobacco are corrupted, body, soul and spirit. Such ones should not be received into the church until they give evidence that they are truly converted, that they feel the need of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. The truth of God will purify the true believer. He who is thoroughly converted will abandon every defiling habit and appetite. By total abstinence he will overcome his desire for health-destroying indulgences. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 2} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 3] At this stage of the earth's history meat-eating is dishonoring to God. It is meat-eating and liquor-drinking that are making the world as it was in the days of Noah. These things are strengthening the lower passions of human beings, animalizing the race. By giving way to base passions, man is corrupting body, soul, and spirit. The murders committed by men under the influence of strong drink shows what a cruel, satanic spirit strong drink inspires in a man. Often the liquor sold is adulterated, poisoned; and those who drink it are made mad. Under its influence they show a satanic ferocity. They place themselves under Satan's control and he works through them. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 3} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 4] Liquor-drinking encourages the vilest debauchery and strengthens the most satanic propensities. Yet the law legalizes the liquor-traffic, because it brings the country a revenue. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 4} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 5] As we face these things, and see the terrible consequences of liquor-drinking, shall we not do all in our power to rally to the help of God in fighting against this great evil? At the foundation of liquor-drinking lie wrong habits of eating. Those who believe present truth should refuse to drink tea or coffee; for these excite a desire for stronger stimulants. They should refuse to eat flesh-meat; for this, too excites a desire for strong drink. Wholesome food, prepared with taste and skill, should be our diet now. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 5} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 6] Those who are not health-reformers treat themselves unfairly and unwisely. By the indulgence of appetite they do themselves fearful injury. Some may think that the question of diet is not important enough to be included in the question of religion. But such make a great mistake. God's word declares, "Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God." The subject of temperance, in all its bearings, has an important place in the working out of our salvation. Because of wrong habits of eating, the world is becoming more and more immoral. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 6} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 7] We are deeply pained as we see men and women of talent and influence, who are handling sacred truth, and at the same time ruining their digestive organs by eating unwholesome food, and by over-eating. We ask them to go further than abstaining from liquor and tobacco. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 7} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 8] The work of teaching people how to prepare food that is at once wholesome and appetizing, is of the utmost importance. Greater interest should be shown in the education of workers for this line of work, which is far behind because those who ought to be foremost in advocating the need for instruction in the intelligent preparation of wholesome food, are standing back, unwilling to see the reform extend. {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 8} [BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 9] I am instructed to say to health-reform educators, "Go forward." The world needs every jot of the influence you can exert to press back the tide of moral woe. Let those who believe the truth stand true to their colors. "I beseech you . . . by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God." {BTS, July 1, 1902 par. 9} [BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 1] September 1, 1902 A Call for Consecrated Workers Mrs. E. G. White We are to give the message, "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. . . . Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues." This message is to come to the churches. We are to consider the best plans for accomplishing this. The message must be so presented as to command the attention of reasoning minds. {BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 1} [BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 2] These sacred truths, believed and practiced, are not to be carried in any coercive manner, but in the spirit of the Master. The Holy Spirit will reach noble minds and the better spirit of men. In all our sanitariums there should be men who understand the doctrine of the truth and who can present it by pen and voice. They will be brought in contact with men of no mean minds, and they should plead with them as they would plead with an only son. It should be our aim, saith the Lord, not to put in responsible positions of trust men who are not fitted by experience, men who do not take deep views of Bible truths. {BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 2} [BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 3] Many suppose that appearance and style and pretense are to do a great work in reaching the higher classes. But this is an error. These persons can read these things. Appearance has something, yes, much to do with the impressions made upon minds, but the appearance must be after a Godly sort. Let it be seen that the workers are bound up with God and heaven. There should be no striving for recognition by worldly men in order to give character and influence to the work in these last days. Consistency is a jewel. Our faith, our dress, and our deportment must be in harmony with the character of our work, the presentation of the most solemn message ever given to the world. Our work is to win men to belief of the truth, win by preaching and by example, also by living godly lives. The truth in all its bearings is to be acted, showing the consistency of faith with practice. The value of our faith will be shown by its fruit. The Lord can and will impress men by our intense earnestness. Our dress, our deportment, our conversation and the depth of a growing experience in spiritual lines, all are to show that the great principles of truth we are handling are a reality to us. Thus the truth is to be made impressive as a great whole and command the intellect. Truth, Bible truth, is to become the authority for the conscience and the love and life of the soul. {BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 3} [BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 4] In our institutions and in all our work there is need of conscientious godly men, men who have been wrestlers in their life work, who have maintained faith and a clear conscience, men who are seeking, not for the applause of the people, but for the favor of God; men through whom the Lord can work. We want men who will make it their first business to wrestle with God in prayer, and then go forth in the wisdom of the inspiration that God can give. Then we are a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men. If men would not have their minds darkened, their hearts hardened, they must obey God at any cost to themselves. They are not only to pray to God, but to act their prayers. {BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 4} [BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 5] There is a work to be done in our world. "Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand." The inability to understand is because of the strong unwillingness to confess and forsake error and accept the truth which involves a cross. Satan will strive to retain every soul in his strong power. He will not willingly let go his dominion over men who have influence upon other minds. Therefore God's own methods of advancing the gospel in his dominion are met by great opposition from the whole synagogue of the satanic agencies. As the last conflict with Satan will be the most decisive, the most deceptive and terrible that has ever been, so also will his overthrow be the most complete. - {BTS, September 1, 1902 par. 5} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 1] October 1, 1902 Christ is the Light of the World Mrs. E. G. White Christ is the light of the world. Pure, clear, and undimmed this light shines out in sharp contrast with Satan's darkness. Into the gloom of error and deception it casts a light that is a perpetual reproach to the sensuality and sin of the world. Our Redeemer did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth. He is "the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." He offers to cover our unworthiness with the spotless robe of his righteousness. {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 1} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 2] Satan charged God with possessing the attributes that he himself possessed. Christ came to this world to reveal God's character as it really is. He is the perfect representation of the Father. His life of sinlessness, lived on this earth in human nature, is a complete refutation of Satan's charge against the character of God. {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 2} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 3] Thousands of years before, Christ had shown to Moses the character of the Father, passing before him and proclaiming, "The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty." "Thou shalt worship no other god: for the Lord, whose name is Jealous, is a jealous God." {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 3} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 4] With intense interest the loyal angels and the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds are watching the controversy going on on this earth. Soon the conflict will be forever ended. Soon Christ will come to take to himself those who have fought the good fight of faith. {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 4} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 5] The world is enshrouded in the darkness of error. Satan and his angels are urging on their warfare against the truth. We must have help. But the help we need will not come from human beings. We must look to him who has said, "All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you." "These signs shall follow them that believe; in my name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover." "And lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 5} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 6] Claim this promise. There stands among you the Mighty Counsellor of the ages, inviting you to place your confidence in him. Shall we turn from him to uncertain human beings, who are as wholly dependent on God as we ourselves are? Have we not fallen far below our privilege? Have we not been guilty of expecting so little that we have not asked for what God is longing to give? {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 6} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 7] In a variety of figures, matters have been presented to me regarding the church members who are dwarfed in spirituality, because they do not look to Jesus, their ever-present help in time of trouble. I see men bearing a heavy burden of responsibility, but they are not gaining the strength of hope and courage by exercising faith in God. The promise is, "Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." But when in trouble they think that they must write to their earthly friends, telling them their perplexities, and begging for help. Under trying circumstances, unbelief comes in, and the way seems dark. And all the time Jesus, the great burden-bearer, stands beside them saying, "Come unto me, and I will give you the rest for which you are longing." Why will we turn from him? {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 7} [BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 8] Let us show more confidence in our Redeemer. Turn not from the waters of Lebanon to seek refreshment at broken cisterns, which can hold no water. Have faith in God. Praise him with heart and voice. God demands heart and life service. Reach higher and still higher, and catch divine rays from him who is light and peace and joy and gladness. Do not wait for some one more ready of speech, but do what you can in the meekness of the Great Master, who gave his life for you, that his joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. - {BTS, October 1, 1902 par. 8} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 1] November 1, 1902 God Has Given to Every Man His Work Mrs. E. G. White My mind is drawn out to speak expressly of the duty of church members to draw together in the service of God, though all have not the same office or the same talents. Christ gives different men different abilities, to be exercised in different lines of work. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 2] Some are strong to carry on one line of work, while others are especially fitted to carry on another line, or to labor in a different way to accomplish the same results. Let no worker feel that his fellow-workers should labor in exactly the same way that he does. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 3] It is by the Lord's order that his servants have varied gifts. It is by his appointment that men of varied minds are brought into the church, to be laborers together with him. We have many different minds to meet, and different gifts are needed. God's servants are to work in perfect harmony. I thank the Lord that we are not all exactly the same, while we are all to have the same spirit--the spirit that dwells in Christ. The apostle John was not the same as the apostle Peter. Each was to subdue his peculiarities and soften his temperament, that they might help each other, through belief in and sanctification of the truth. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 3} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 4] It is the righteousness of Christ that goes before us. It is his character that we are to copy. And then what? The glory of the Lord shall be our rearward. Our Leader goes before us, and as we follow him, he imparts to us his righteousness, which is revealed in our lives by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. It is faith and works that makes us Christians, preparing us to sit together in heavenly places with Christ. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 5] Is Christ divided? No. Christ abiding in the soul will not quarrel with Christ in another soul. We must learn to bear with the peculiarities of those around us. If our will is under the control of Christ's will, how can we be at variance with our brethren? If we are at variance, we may know that it is because self needs to be crucified. He whom Christ makes free is free indeed. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 5} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 6] We are not complete in Christ unless we love one another as Christ has loved us. When we do this, as Christ has given commandment, we shall give evidence that we are complete in him. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 6} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 7] We must have the faith which prophets foretold and apostles preached--the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. If we reach the standard of perfection, our peculiar traits of disposition must be molded into harmony with Christ's will. Then we shall sit together in heavenly places in Christ; brethren will work together, without a thought of collision. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 7} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 8] Little differences, dwelt upon, lead to actions that destroy Christian fellowship. But this is not profitable. Let us keep drawing near to God, and he will draw near to us. Then, as one, we shall reach upward to him. The churches will be like gardens of the Lord, under his cultivation. God's people will be trees of righteousness planted by the Lord, and watered with the river of life. And how fruitful they will be! Did not Christ say, "It is my Father's good pleasure that ye bear much fruit?" {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 8} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 9] Shall the vines of Sodom and Gomorrah be permitted to grow in the garden of the Lord? Will the terrible judgments of God be visited upon those who know the truth because they have not formed characters after the divine example? Will God be obliged to say of his people today, as he said of Israel. "I had planted thee a noble vine, wholly a right seed: how then art thou turned into the degenerate plant of a strange vine?" Let us subdue self. Let us overcome every evil trait of character. Then the graces of the Lord will once more grow on the once flourishing vine, which will no longer bear the grapes of Sodom and the clusters of Gomorrah. {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 9} [BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 10] Hear the words of Christ, "A new commandment I give unto you, that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye love one another." - {BTS, November 1, 1902 par. 10} [BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 1] December 1, 1902 "Bind Up with Christ" Mrs. E. G. White The powers of Satan are mustering for battle. Stern conflicts are before us. Press together, my brethren and sisters, press together. Bind up with Christ. "Say ye not, A Confederacy; . . . neither fear ye their fear, nor be afraid. Sanctify the Lord of hosts himself; and let him be your fear, and let him be your dread. And he shall be for a sanctuary to his people; but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken." {BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 2] I am instructed to say to those who know the truth, "Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples. And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth his face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in Mount Zion. And when they shall say unto you, seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and that mutter; should not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them." {BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 3] "And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty. Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked,"--without the robe of Christ's righteousness--"and they see his shame." {BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 4] "Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God. The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even forever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform this." {BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 5] These subjects are of the utmost importance. Urge our people to consider them carefully. When they do this, their minds will be so fully occupied with matters of eternal consequence that they will lose sight of the little differences that once annoyed them. They will realize that prophecy is even now fulfilling. If the minds of the people of God were not occupied with things of minor consequence, they would see that the signs of the times are fast fulfilling, and that events of the greatest consequence to them are taking place in the world and in the churches pointed out by the words, "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird." {BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 6] Let us cease the conversation that is so unprofitable, and spend our time learning lessons from the Word of God. Christ has told us that we are to be united in love. This is the lesson we are to learn. We are to close the door to all disparaging of one another and exalting of self. - {BTS, December 1, 1902 par. 6} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 1] February 1, 1903 God is at the Helm, Brethren Mrs. E. G. White He who gave being to the world has not lost His power of sovereignty. He still presides over the world. It is His prerogative to speak out His purposes. By His Son, the Mediator between God and man, these purposes are executed, and the Holy Spirit gives them effect. The awful confusion in the world has been brought about because the way of the Lord has not been followed, because man has set up his human judgment against the law of Him who created the world. Men have undertaken to please and glorify themselves, to set themselves above truth and above God. {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 2] Daniel writes: "I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him that liveth forever that it shall be for a time, times, and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished. And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? And He said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand." {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 3] This world is a theatre. The actors, the inhabitants of the world, are preparing to act their part in the last great drama. God is lost sight of. There is no unity of purpose, except as parties of men confederate to gain their ends. God is looking on. His purposes in regard to his rebellious subjects will be fulfilled. The world has not been given into the hands of men, though God is permitting the elements of confusion and disorder to bear sway for a season. A power from beneath is working to bring about the last great scenes in the drama,--Satan coming as Christ, and working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in those who are binding themselves together in secret societies. Those who are yielding to the passion for confederation are working out the plans of the enemy. The cause will be followed by the effect. {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 4] Transgression has almost reached its limit. Confusion fills the world, and a great terror is soon to come upon human beings. And the end is very near. We who know the truth should be preparing for what is soon to break upon the world as an overwhelming surprise. {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 5] God permits men to work out the purposes he would have saved them from had they kept his commandments. When in the face of light and evidence, they refuse to obey, they must reap the harvest of the seed they have sown. "Many shall be purified, and made white and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand." The wicked have chosen Satan as their leader. Under his control the wonderful faculties of the mind are used to construct agencies of destruction. God has given the human mind great power, power to show that the Creator has endowed man with ability to do a great work against the enemy of all righteousness, power to show what victories may be gained in the conflict against evil. To those who fulfill God's purpose, for them will be spoken the words, "Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." The human machinery has been used to do a work that is a blessing to humanity; and God is glorified. {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 6] But when those to whom God has entrusted capabilities give themselves into the hands of the enemy, they become a power to destroy. When men do not make God first and last and best in everything, when they do not give themselves to him for the carrying out of his purposes, Satan comes in, and uses in his service the minds that, if given to God, could achieve great good. Under his direction, they do an evil work with great and masterly power. God designed them to work on a high plane of action, to enter into his mind, and thus to acquire an education that would enable them to work the works of righteousness. But they know nothing of this education. They are helpless. Their powers do not guide them aright; for they are under the enemy's control. {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 6} [BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 7] The way to holiness and heaven is found in the path of obedience. "God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." - {BTS, February 1, 1903 par. 7} [BTS, March 1, 1903 par. 1] March 1, 1903 Eat the Word Mrs. E. G. White Let every man stand in his lot and in his place, working with earnestness, decision, and power to advance God's cause, bearing aloft the standard on which are inscribed the words, "The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus." God will be with his workers in the Publishing House if they will be with Him. If they will expel all selfishness and follow Bible principles, keeping separate from worldly policy, the glory of the Lord will be revealed. We may teach the Bible ever so zealously, but if we do not honor the truth by efforts proportionate to its greatness, we shall form ideas of Christ which do not honor the self-denying and self-sacrificing Redeemer. We need Christ every moment. We need to look upon and study His character. What would Christ do were He in my place? is to be our measurement of our duty. It is possible to preach the Word and walk directly contrary to its teaching, showing in the home life and in business life a form of godliness without the power. {BTS, March 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1903 par. 2] Vague suppositions regarding Christ are not enough. We need an abiding Christ. We need to eat His word. He is the Bread of Life. The revealed word is our photograph of Christ. The world can only be expelled from the soul by filling the soul with Christ. Just as the life of the body is produced by the temporal food eaten, so the life of the soul is produced by the spiritual food eaten. He who would have spiritual life and vigor must eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. Christ declares, "I am the Bread of Life: he that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst. . . . Whoso eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day; for My flesh is meat indeed and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in Me and I in Him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me." {BTS, March 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1903 par. 3] O that the workers in every line of the service of God would eat of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations! - {BTS, March 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 1] April 1, 1903 Strength and Power in Unity Mrs. E. G. White God's warnings and counsels are plain and decided. As we read the Scriptures, and see the power for good that there is in unity, and the power for evil that there is in disunion, how can we fail to receive the word of God into our hearts? Suspicion and distrust are as evil leaven. Unity bears witness to the power of the truth. {BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 2] Christ says plainly that it is by the unity and co-operation of His followers that the world is to know that God has sent His Son into the world. In the prayer that He offered for His disciples just before His crucifixion, He said: "That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one. I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me." {BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 3] We are to be guided and controlled by the same Spirit, but in order for this to be, it is not necessary that we all have the same gifts. "There are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit. And there are differences of administrations but the same Lord. And there are diversities of operations, but it is the same God which worketh all in all," to bring these different operations into perfect harmony. "God hath set the members every one of them in the body as it hath pleased Him." He has placed every man at his post of duty, assigning to him a given work. If you have any question as to your post of duty, pray to God for guidance, and your work will be assigned. God has told us expressly that He has placed every man at his post. {BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 4] "To one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; to another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; to another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues: but all these worketh that one and the self-same Spirit." {BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 5] "Unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ." "When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. . . . He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ." Here the members of the church of God are shown acting their different parts, all under the supervision of the great Master-worker, who knows just what each one in His service should do to meet the necessities that arise. {BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 6] When the hearts of God's people are melted and subdued by the Holy Spirit, ministers and lay-members will bear a testimony that is in perfect accord. And the Lord will look down on them with pleasure, rejoicing in their oneness. - {BTS, April 1, 1903 par. 6} [BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 1] May 1, 1903 Christ is Our Hope Mrs. E. G. White God has given me a word to speak to you. Strive earnestly for unity. Pray for it, work it. It will bring spiritual health, elevation of thought, nobility, heavenly mindedness. You will overcome selfishness and evil surmising, and will be more than conquerors through Him that loved you and gave Himself for you. Crucify self. Esteem others better than yourselves. Thus you will be brought into oneness with Christ. Before the heavenly universe and before the church and the world you will bear unmistakable evidence that you are God's sons and daughters. God will be glorified in the example that you set. {BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 2] Christ is our hope. In Him our lives are to center. Here lies the source of power, the secret of success, in our service for God. From first to last, from the foundation to the topstone, the church of God is to be built upon by Christ and in Christ. He is the ladder by which we climb to heaven. He strengthens us to press upward, till at last we step off the highest round into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. {BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 3] "Therefore, the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure." Live upon the plan of addition outlined in the first chapter of 2 Peter. Add to your character the graces of the Spirit. "If these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall be neither barren or unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ." And "so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." These words show us how we may obtain an eternal life insurance policy. Do you not want this? {BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 4] The world needs to see worked out before it the miracle that binds the hearts of God's people together in Christian love. It needs to see the Lord's people sitting together in heavenly places in Christ. Will you not give in your lives an evidence of what the truth of God can do for those who love and serve Him? God knows what you can be. He knows what divine grace can do for you if you will become partakers of the divine nature. {BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 5] "Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth." All of God's servants have a work to do in His vineyard. In the church of God no one is to set himself up in kingly power and authority. "All ye are brethren." Be very courteous in speech, very kindly in action. Respond to the invitation, "Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." - {BTS, May 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 1] June 1, 1903 "God is Stronger Than All the Powers of the Fallen Foe" Mrs. E. G. White My mind has been burdened over the matter of writing on Old Testament history. I am troubled to see my brethren and sisters bringing into the daily life so little Bible truth. In order for us to be overcomers we must realize that there is a battle to be fought. We rejoice to know that through the strengthening power of God's grace we are sure to win. God is stronger than all the powers of the fallen foe. {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 2] The apostle Paul says: And now abideth faith, hope, and charity ［love］. In all our words and acts these three Christian graces are to be interwoven. "The greatest of these is love." If we will cultivate Christlike love, we can have this grace in large measure. {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 3] The early Christian church left their first love. To John on the Isle of Patmos was given the message: "Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: and hast borne and hast patience, and for My name's sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou has left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent." {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 4] As members of God's remnant church, we must pray with firm faith for the gift of the grace of love. Love is the fulfilling of the law, and is manifested altogether too little among those upon whom has been shining great light. Genuine religion is life and light to every believer. {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 5] The Christian graces are given not as ornaments to win admiration, but as talents to be used in accomplishing a work for God. We are to heed the words of Paul, "Quit you like men, be strong." "Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God: praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints." {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 6] If it was impossible for us to meet these requirements, they would never have been given. In divine grace there is a wonderful power. It can subdue the outbursts of passion in professing believers. {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 6} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 7] No one should ever permit his mind to get into such a state that he will speak the words prompted by Satan. To accuse the brethren, to discourage them in their work, is to personify Satan and to be his helping hand by putting into the minds of others the evil leaven of criticism, as leaven is put into meal. This evil leaven, so thoughtlessly introduced, leavens the whole lump. The apostle Paul says: "Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord, looking diligently, lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled." {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 7} [BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 8] How long will those who claim to be Christians tolerate the evil of listening to the criticisms of their brethren, and, in turn, communicate these criticisms to others, thus strengthening one another in an evil work? How long will they question the good work that is being done by a few, and stand in the way as hindrances? To clear the pathway of the accumulated rubbish placed there by accusers of the brethren takes precious time, and robs faithful workers of their strength and hope and faith. God's work can be carried on among unbelievers with far greater success than among those who, like the Pharisees, desire to have all things shaped and carried on in accordance with their ideas and preferences. - {BTS, June 1, 1903 par. 8} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 1] July 1, 1903 Preach the Truth Mrs. E. G. White Plain, definite instruction has been given us. When the disciples came to Jesus, saying, "Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? Jesus called a little child unto Him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea." {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 2] Again: "Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church: but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican. Verily I say unto you, whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth shall be loose in heaven." {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 3] If this instruction is not heeded because we choose to disobey, doing the very opposite of that which Christ has told us to do, how will it be with us in our religious life?--We shall be found communicating to one another the faults of our brethren in the church, and those evil reports will spread. Thus evil surmisings and suspicions of dishonesty will spread from lip to lip, notwithstanding the plain directions given by Christ not to sow the seeds of evil by speaking evil of our brethren. Those who pursue a course contrary to this instruction are creating in their own hearts the evils that they condemn in others, and thus are themselves brought under condemnation. The Bible plan of avoiding and remedying difficulties among brethren is the only safe plan. Christ is grieved to see some disregarding this instruction, following their own plans--plans opposed to His. When those who claim to be Christians work in harmony with divine instruction, there will be far less evil-surmising and evil-speaking in the church. {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 4] Dwell upon the lessons that Christ dwelt upon. Present them to the people as He presented them. Dwell upon questions that concern our eternal welfare. Anything that the enemy can devise to divert the mind from God's Word, anything new and strange that he can originate to create a diversity of sentiment, he will introduce as something wonderfully important. But those things that we can not clearly comprehend are not a tenth as important to us as are the truths of God's Word that we can clearly comprehend and bring into our daily life. We are to teach the people the lessons that Christ brought into His teachings from the Old Testament Scriptures. The language of divine truth is exceedingly plain. {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 5] Christ sent His angel from heaven to teach John the Revelator in regard to the message that must be understood by us,--a message of warning that concerns all who live in the last days of this earth's history. We are to study the testing message given for this time. John declares: "The temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament." This ark contains God's law, the ten commandments. A knowledge of this law is of great consequence to all who have light and to all who minister in word and doctrine. {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 6] Christ desires every minister, every one who lives by faith in Him, to realize that upon him there rests a sacred responsibility. To all who have enlisted in God's service is given the gospel commission to carry to nations a knowledge of the truth for this time. To inspire us with confidence, God has preserved for us a record of the giving of this commission. After His resurrection, Jesus spake unto His disciples, saying, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 6} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 7] We must not permit ourselves to be taken unawares. Satan has come down with great power and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness to work against the advancement of truth. Every soul who believes the truth and who has had great light, should be on guard, lest he be enlisted in Satan's army of workers. The enemy will strive to cause believers to search out matters of minor importance, and to dwell at length upon these matters in committee-meetings and council-meetings. But by turning their attention to questions of so little consequence, the brethren hinder the work instead of advancing it. We are to proclaim the third angel's message to a perishing world, and we are not to permit our minds to become diverted by matters that practically amount to nothing. If our brethren would consider the important matters pertaining to eternal life and eternal death, many of the smaller matters that they desire so much to adjust, would adjust themselves. {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 7} [BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 8] The Lord calls upon His ministering servants to proclaim the message of truth, dwelling upon these things that are of great importance. When Jesus shall lead us by the side of the living waters flowing from God's throne, He will explain to us many of the mysteries of the Bible that we can not now comprehend. He is the Great Teacher of His Word, which can not be fully understood in this life, but which in the future life will be clothed with the brightness of the light of clear understanding. {BTS, July 1, 1903 par. 8} [BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 1] August 1, 1903 Character Building Mrs. E. G. White Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling." How is this? Fear lest you shall weave into the fabric your own threads of selfishness. Fear lest you shall err in choosing the timber for your character building. God alone can supply the solid timber. Well may mortal man be afraid of weaving into his character the miserable threads of his own inherited and cultivated tendencies. Well may he tremble lest he shall not submit all things to Him who is working in his behalf, that God's will shall be done in him. God welcomes all who come to Him just as they are, not building themselves up in self-righteousness, not seeking to justify self, not claiming merit for that which they call a good action, not priding themselves on their knowledge of what constitutes righteousness. Put on the wedding garment which Christ has prepared, and drop the old citizen's dress: then you can sit down in heavenly places with Christ Jesus. {BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 2] While you have been walking in meekness and lowliness of heart, a work has been going on for you, a work which only God could do; for it is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. And that good pleasure is to have you abide in Christ, rest in His love. You must not let anything rob your soul of peace, of restfulness, of the assurance that you are accepted just now. Appropriate every promise; all are yours on condition of your complying with the Lord's prescribed terms. Entire surrender of your ways, which seem so very wise, and taking Christ's ways, is the secret of perfect rest in His love. Giving up one's life to Him means much more than we suppose. We must learn His meekness and lowliness before we realize the fulfillment of the promise, "Ye shall find rest unto your souls." It is by learning the habits of Christ, His meekness, His lowliness, that self becomes transformed,--by taking Christ's yoke upon you and then submitting to learn. There is no one who has not much to learn. All must come under training by Jesus Christ. When they fall upon Christ, their own hereditary and cultivated traits of character are taken away as hindrances to their being partakers of the divine nature. When self dies, then Christ lives in the human agent. He abides in Christ, and Christ lives in him. {BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 3] Christ desires all to become His students. He says, Yield yourselves to my training; submit your souls unto me. I will not extinguish you, but will work out for you such a character that you shall be transferred from the lower school to the higher grade. Submit all things to Me. Let My life, My patience, My longsuffering, My forbearance, My meekness, My lowliness, be worked out in your character, as one that abides in Me and I in him. Then you have the promise not only "I will give," but "Ye shall find rest to your souls." {BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 4] God calls for an entire surrender. You cannot receive the Holy Spirit until you break every yoke of bondage, everything that binds you to your old, objectionable traits of character. These are the great hindrances to your wearing Christ's yoke and learning of Him. The abiding rest--who has it? That rest is found when all justification of self, all reasoning from a selfish standpoint, is put away. Acquaintance with Christ makes you want to abide in Him, and to have Him abide in you. Entire surrender of self is required. {BTS, August 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 1] September 1, 1903 Rest Mrs. E. G. White Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly of heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light. Simple enough, is it not? Thus it appears. The promise is large and far-reaching. Rest for the soul is comprehensive. It implies much. It means deliverance from constant perplexing uncertainty. The word rest is repeated twice. "I will give you rest;" in wearing Christ's yoke and learning of Him, His meekness and lowliness, "ye shall find rest to your souls." Here is a giving by Christ, and on our part, an acceptance of the promise, a conscious finding, a sense of relief from all perplexing doubt. {BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 2] The reason why there are so many in perplexity is, they take their case into their own finite hands, and manufacture yokes that are not pleasant for them to wear. They suppose they understand their own case, and will worry and plan and devise, when Christ stands inviting, "Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." I said, If you have not found the rest that Christ has offered to give you upon condition that you learn of Him who is meek and lowly of heart, would you not better without delay yoke up with Christ, bear only His burdens, and not pile upon yourselves burdens that weigh you down to the earth? All your trouble is because you are so anxious to run things yourselves that you do not wear the yoke of Christ, which He declares is easy. The yokes of your own manufacturing gall the neck that wears them. Christ says, Try my yoke, it is easy; lift my burdens, for they are light. {BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 3] A Paul may plant, an Apollos water, but God giveth the increase. Christ gives rest to all who receive Him by faith. You are not to conjure up a variety of objects that you must enter into in order to find rest, assurance, confidence. Just leave that work, which none of the wisest of the human family can do, and put your trust in One who has promised rest to your souls. Do just what He has told you to do, and be assured that God will do all that He has engaged to do. The invitation is, "Come unto me, and I will give you rest." Have you come to Him renouncing all your makeshifts, all your unbelief, all your self-righteousness? Come just as you are, weak, helpless, and ready to die. What is the "rest"? It is the consciousness that God is true, that He never disappoints a soul who comes unto Him. His pardon is full and free, and His acceptance of you means rest to your soul, rest in His love. {BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 4] But be sure that you do your part; cooperate with the One who has promised. By some the promise is grasped so eagerly that it becomes their own, and peace and joy in the Holy Spirit is their experience. Others suppose that they must wait to become worthy. Never, never will you become worthy; for if this were possible, the Prince of Heaven would never have come to our world. He in this action shows before all the universe of heaven that He has united humanity to Himself, in order that humanity may stand on vantage ground through cooperating with Christ, that man may have his rest. Through the merits of the Son of God, he becomes a partaker of the divine nature. "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling." - {BTS, September 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 1] November 1, 1903 Words of Courage Mrs. E. G. White The apostle Paul, who had received many revelations from the Lord, met difficulties from various sources, and amidst all his conflicts and discouragements, he did not lose his confidence and trust in God. Under the special tuition of the Holy Spirit, his judgment was purified, refined, elevated, sanctified. The devising of human beings and of the enemy against him, were to him a means of discipline and education, and he declares that thus he gained most excellent knowledge, because he made the Lord Jesus his dependence. "Yea," doubtless he declares, "I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus, my Lord." How greatly this gospel enriches the garden of the soul, enabling it to produce most precious fruit! {BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 2] The Lord Jesus has an interest in every phase of His work. The Lord will make all things work together for good, even though for the present, His servants are inconvenienced, and greatly disappointed, by being hemmed in on every side. The Lord has a work to be done in this world, and it will be done, even though all the hosts of the powers of darkness shall be summoned to obstruct the way. In His own good time God will cause his truth to triumph.］ {BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 3] We must be wide awake, quick to recognize the movings of the providence of God. We must keep our own counsel that we have entrusted to us by the Lord, not giving the enemy any advantage. The Lord is looking on; the Lord is opening ways, whereby the truth shall gain the ascendency; for the truth is the habitation of His throne. {BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 4] Jesus feels every pang of sorrow felt by those who are consecrated to His service, and who, under great difficulties are doing His work. Let us dwell upon the love of Jesus, that we may have courage and faith. The Lord lives and reigns. There will be unwise advisers who will try to confuse us, but let us look to Jesus, and trust in Him at all times. He has been our helper and will continue to be our helper. Be of good courage in the Lord. {BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 5] I say again, be of good courage, and watch unto prayer. Let us do our part to answer our prayers by living in harmony with them. We know something of what is before us. We know that trials await us. But those who are true and steadfast will have a strong and powerful defense in God. My trust is unwavering. I am not discouraged, because I can hold to the hand of Christ. Let us be always cheerful, that others may not catch from us the spirit of discouragement. Sing praises to the Lord; sing praises to His holy name. - {BTS, November 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 1] December 1, 1903 Who Will Do It? Mrs. E. G. White It is not additional evidence that we need, but the impression of the truth that we already understand made deep and thorough by a faithful impartation of it to others. Every one is first to attend to his own individual case. Then he is to act in perfect unity with his brethren. The hearts of the believers are to be as the heart of Christ. Every pulse is to beat in harmony with the heart of Christ. We are to be one with Christ, and one with each other, that the world may believe that God has sent His Son into the world. {BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 2] We are living in a time when men are dead in trespasses and sins. Dead men cannot realize anything. Let us bear a testimony that is in accordance with the truth we believe. Let us be united in cooperation as a living whole. The dry bones need to be breathed upon by the Holy Spirit of God, that they may come into action, as by a resurrection from the dead. {BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 3] It is not because of niggardliness on the part of God that there is a dearth of the Holy Spirit in our churches. This dearth, the churches alone can change. God says to His people, "Arouse and create an interest in holy things." Where is our faith? Wherein do we sustain a proper relation to Jesus Christ? Do we follow Him in self-denial and stability? Do we talk the truth with the understanding? When God pours out His Spirit upon the churches, they will bear fruit to His glory. The sword of the Spirit, newly edged with power, will cut both ways. {BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 4] In God's vineyard there is earnest work to be done. The third angel's message is to be proclaimed with a loud voice all over the land. Every vestige of business that breeds dishonesty, every thread of selfishness, is to be swept away by the latter rain. All idolatry is to be consumed. Let every altar be thrown down, save the one that sanctifies the gift and the giver,--the cross of Calvary. {BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 5] New territory is to be added to God's kingdom. New tracts of moral vineyard are to be cultivated as the garden of the Lord. The honor of the law of God is to be vindicated before the unfallen worlds, before the heavenly universe, and before the fallen world. The bitterest persecution will come, but when Zion arises, and puts on her beautiful garments, she will shine forth in the beauty of holiness. God designs us to have more life and more power, because the glory of God has risen upon the church. If the truth is received, unsightly barrenness will not continue to exist. Christ's word is eternal life to the receiver. {BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 6] The work of the Holy Spirit is to convince the world of sin, of righteousness and of judgment. The world can only be warned by seeing those who believe the truth sanctified through the truth, acting upon high and holy principles, showing in a high, elevated sense, the line of demarcation between those who keep the commandments of God, and those who trample them under their feet. The sanctification of the Spirit signalizes the difference between those who have the seal of God, and those who keep a spurious rest-day. When the test comes, it will be clearly shown what the mark of the beast is. It is the keeping of Sunday. Those who after having heard the truth, continue to regard this day as holy, bear the signature of the man of sin, who thought to change times and laws. {BTS, December 1, 1903 par. 6} [BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 1] January 1, 1904 "Together with God" Mrs. E. G. White Christ is the light of the world. Those who follow Him do not walk in darkness, but have the light of life. John declares of Christ, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." Behold Christ. Beholding Him brings mind and heart and character into conformity to the will of God. Thus man is enabled to follow Christ's example. He sees that his faults must be overcome, and that his appetites and passions must be subject to God's will, that he must be a partaker of the divine nature, having overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. The convicted sinner, having repented for his transgression of God's law, strives earnestly to overcome sin. He seeks to reveal the power of Christ's grace, and he is brought into personal touch with the Saviour. Constantly he keeps Christ before him. Denying self, and lifting the cross, he follows the Redeemer from grade to grade of perfection. Praying, believing, receiving the blessings he needs, he comes nearer and nearer to God's standard for him. {BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 1} [BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 2] Christ is our example, our inspiration, our exceeding great reward. "Ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." God is the Master-Builder, but man has a part to act. He is to cooperate with God. "We are laborers together with God." Never forget the words, "together with God." "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of his good pleasure." The miracle-working power of Christ's grace is revealed in the creation in man of a new heart, a higher life, a holy enthusiasm. God says, "A new heart also will I give unto you." Is not this renewal of man the greatest miracle that can be performed? What can not the human agent do who by faith takes hold of divine power? He loves the Lord Jesus with his whole heart, and Christ becomes his wisdom, his righteousness, his sanctification, and his redemption. {BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 2} [BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 3] Remember that working with Christ as your personal Saviour is your strength and your victory. This is the part all are to act. To those who do this comes the assurance, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God." Christ is the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He declares, "Without me ye can do nothing." And the repenting, soul responds, "I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me." {BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 3} [BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 4] Christ is the sympathetic, compassionate Redeemer. In His sustaining power men and women become strong to resist evil. As the convicted sinner looks at sin, it becomes to him exceeding sinful. He wonders that he did not come to Christ before. New virtues are revealed in his character as he denies self and lifts the cross, following where Christ leads the way. {BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 4} [BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 5] Christ has given His commission, "Go ye into all the world." All must hear the message of warning. A prize of richest value is held up before those who are running the Christian race. Those who run with patience will receive a crown that fadeth not away. {BTS, January 1, 1904 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 1] February 1, 1904 Sanctification Mrs. E. G. White Our sanctification is God's object in all His dealing with us. He has chosen us from eternity that we may be holy. Christ gave Himself for our redemption, that through our faith in His power to save from sin, we might be made complete in Him. In giving us His Word He has given us bread from heaven. He declares that if we eat His flesh and drink His blood we shall receive eternal life. Why do we not dwell more upon this? Why do we not strive to make it more easily understood, when it means so much? Why do not Christians open their eyes to see the work God requires them to do. Sanctification is the progressive work of a lifetime. The Lord declares "This is the will of God, even your sanctification." Is it your will that your desires and inclinations shall be brought into conformity with the divine will? {BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 2] As Christians we have pledged ourselves to realize and fulfill our responsibilities, and to show to the world that we have a close connection with God. Thus through the godly words and works of His disciples, Christ is to be represented. {BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 3] God demands of us perfect obedience to His law,--the expression of His character. "Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid; yea, we establish the law." This law is the echo of God's voice, saying to us, Holier, yes holier still. Desire the fullness of the grace of Christ; yea, long,--hunger and thirst--after righteousness. The promise is, "Ye shall be filled." Let your heart be filled with an intense longing for this righteousness, the work of which God's Word declares is peace, and its effect quietness and assurance forever. {BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 4] It is our privilege to be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. God has plainly stated that He requires us to be perfect; and because He requires this, He has made provision that we may be partakers of the divine nature. Only thus can we gain success in our striving for eternal life. The power is given by Christ. "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God." {BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 4} [BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 5] God requires of us conformity to His image. Holiness is the reflection from His people of the bright rays of His glory. But in order to reflect this glory we must work with God. The heart and mind must be emptied of all that leads to wrong. The Word of God must be read and studied, with an earnest desire to gain from it spiritual power. The bread of heaven must be eaten and digested, that it may become a part of the life. Thus we gain eternal life. Then is answered the prayer of the Saviour, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy Word is truth." - {BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 6] "The angels can not take our places; but they stand ready to co-operate with us in drawing souls to Christ; and they are soliciting us to work in fellowship with them."--E. G. W. {BTS, February 1, 1904 par. 6} [BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 1] May 1, 1904 Laborers Needed Mrs. E. G. White Many fields are open for the proclamation of the gospel of truth. One thing is certain. We must have more laborers. I know of no other way of obtaining them than by praying most earnestly to our heavenly Father. I am satisfied that God's people need the impartation of the Holy Spirit. When they receive the Spirit they will go to work to do what needs to be done. They need to awake to a realization of their half-hearted way of working. I cannot see how they dare to stand in their present position,--a position of spiritual indifference. Is not the warning in the Word of God of sufficiently grave import to lead them to make an unreserved consecration of themselves to God's service? {BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 2] "These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name, that thou livest and art dead. Be watchful and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how that thou hast received and heard, and hold fast and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shall not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments: and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed with white raiment, and I will not blot his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels." {BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 3] We need more zeal and animation in the Lord's work, more genuine interest in matters of eternal importance. When we know that the Lord cannot be glorified in us unless we surrender all to Him, why do we not cast our helpless souls upon Him? Why do we not abide in Him, that He may abide in us? When we do this, we shall be a living power in the world. The change in our spiritual experience will witness to the power of the truth. We shall be bright lights, shining amid the moral darkness of the world. Since the Lord has declared that He is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those who ask Him, than parents are to give good gifts to their children, why do we not accept the promise so freely made? Why do we not consecrate ourselves to God? Entire surrender to the Lord is something that is revealed in the daily life, and it exerts an influence upon other lives. {BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 3} [BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 4] In the sermon on the mount, Christ has given a definition of true sanctification. He lived a life of holiness. He was an object lesson of what His followers are to be. We are to be crucified with Christ, buried with Him, and then quickened by His Spirit. Then we are filled with His life. - {BTS, May 1, 1904 par. 4} [BTS, January 1, 1905 par. 1] January 1, 1905 Prayer and Faith Mrs. E. G. White There can be no true prayer without true faith. Without faith it is impossible to please God. Prayer and faith are the arms by which the soul hangs upon the neck of infinite love, and grasps the hand of infinite power. God does not recognize dumb children, as far as experience in His truth is concerned. Faith is an active, working power. The new-born faith in Christ is revealed by prayer and praise. Prayer is a relief and a comfort to the troubled soul. The sincere, humble suppliant at the throne of grace may know that he is communing with God, through the divinely-appointed means, and that it is his privilege to understand what God is to the believing soul. We must have a realization of our needs. We must hunger and thirst after life in Christ and through Christ. Then we shall come to Him in humility and sincerity, and He will give us the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. {BTS, January 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, January 1, 1905 par. 2] "How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things! . . For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved. How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher? and how shall they preach except they be sent?" Those who know the truth must give of their means to send it to those who know it not. They must not be so engrossed in worldly business that they have little time to keep their souls refreshed and strengthened with the heavenly bread, of which they must eat daily if they would prepare for the future immortal life. {BTS, January 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, January 1, 1905 par. 3] There should be strict economy in the outlay of means, that all may have something to bring to the Lord, saying, "Of thine own we freely give thee." Thus they are to offer to God thanksgiving for the blessings received from Him. Thus, too, they are to lay up for themselves treasures beside the throne of God. Hear the words of the great Teacher: "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal, but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through and steal, for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also." {BTS, January 1, 1905 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 1] February 1, 1905 Upward and Onward Mrs. E. G. White We are Christ's witnesses, and we are not to allow worldly interests and plans so to absorb our time and attention that we pay no heed to the things that God has said must come first. There are higher interests at stake. "Seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness: and all these things shall be added unto you." {BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 2] Christ gave Himself willingly and cheerfully to the carrying out of the will of God. He became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. In view of all that He has done, should we feel it a hardship to deny ourselves? Shall we draw back from being partakers of Christ's sufferings. His death ought to stir every fibre of our beings, making us willing to consecrate to His work all that we have and are. As we think of what He has done for us, our hearts should be filled with gratitude and love, and we should renounce all selfishness and sin. What duty could the heart refuse to perform, under the constraining influence of the love of God and Christ. "I am crucified with Christ," the apostle Paul declared: "nevertheless I live: yet not I but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me." {BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 3] Let us relate ourselves to God in self-denying, self-sacrificing obedience. Faith in Christ always leads to willing, cheerful obedience. He died to redeem us from all iniquity, and to purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. There is to be perfect conformity in thought, word, and deed, to the will of God. Heaven is for those only who have purified their souls through obedience to the truth. It is a place where unsullied purity alone can dwell. "Every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure." {BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 4] In perfect obedience there is perfect happiness. "These things have I spoken unto you," Christ said, "that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." May the Lord bless us, and strengthen our faith, and lead us onward to the heights to which we have not yet ascended. He gave Christ to die for us, that we might be purified from all iniquity. He has promised to pour out His Spirit upon us, that we may be sanctified through the truth. He has given us His word, that through obedience to its teachings, we may be made holy. It is our privilege, our duty, to grow in grace. This is the will of God, even your sanctification. {BTS, February 1, 1905 par. 4} [BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 1] March 1, 1905 Practical Instruction Mrs. E. G. White What can we say that will convince those who know the truth that if they would enter into eternal life, they must obey the words of Christ? {BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 2] "Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought ［no anxious, complaining thought］ for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?" {BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 3] The health of the body is to be carefully guarded. The fashions of this degenerate age are not to be followed, regardless of the injury that these fashions do to the body that Christ has purchased at an infinite cost. "Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?" He who died for human beings speaks to every one in these words, reproving those who give so much time and thought to dress, to the neglect of the soul's highest interests. {BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 4] "Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your Heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? And which of you by taking thought can add one cubit to his stature? And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these." {BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 4} [BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 5] In these words the great Master-worker speaks to every one. There are many who spend upon dress large sums of money, which ought to be used to feed and clothe those who are suffering from hunger and cold. Many of those for whom Christ gave His life are without the cheapest, most common clothing, while others are spending thousands of dollars in the effort to satisfy the never-ending demands of fashion. {BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 5} [BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 6] Even among those who profess to be children of God there are those who spend more than is necessary upon dress. We should dress neatly and tastefully, but my sisters, leave off the unnecessary trimmings, and lay aside the means thus saved for the advancement of the cause of God. Learn the lesson of self-denial, and teach this lesson to your children. Every penny is needed now, in the work that must be done. The necessities of the suffering must be relieved; the naked must be clothed and the hungry fed; and the truth for this time must be proclaimed to those who know it not. By denying ourselves of that which is not necessary, you may have a part in this great work now being done. - {BTS, March 1, 1905 par. 6} [BTS, April 1, 1905 par. 1] April 1, 1905 Faith Mrs. E. G. White We must have more faith. Let us begin to believe unto salvation. Let us come to God in faith, fully assured that as we surrender all to Him, He will make us Christ-like in character. We must tell this to all over and over again. Then, one with Christ, we can reveal Him to the world. Then all our fitful, haphazard work will cease. {BTS, April 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, April 1, 1905 par. 2] Let us honor God by showing firm faith and unswerving trust. Let us remember that He is not glorified by the manifestation of a fretful, unhappy spirit. The Lord cares for the flowers. He gives them beauty and fragrance. Will He not much more give us the fragrance of a cheerful disposition? Will He not restore in us the Divine Image? Then let us have faith in Him. Let us now, just now, place ourselves where He can give us His Holy Spirit. Then we can give to the world a revelation of what true religion does for men and women. The joy of a Saviour filling our hearts, gives us that peace and confidence which enables us to say, "I know that my Redeemer liveth." In His Word the Lord has made it plain that His people are a joyful people. True faith reaches up the hand and lays hold upon the One who is behind the promise, "Great shall be the peace of Thy children." "Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I will extend peace to her like a river." "Behold I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and her people a joy." In God we may "rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory." "Men shall be pleased in Him: all nations shall call Him blessed. Let us strive to educate the believers to rejoice in the Lord. Spiritual joy is the result of active faith. God's people are to be full of faith and of the Holy Spirit. Then He will be glorified in them. - {BTS, April 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, July 1, 1905 par. 1] July 1, 1905 Use of Talents Mrs. E. G. White The Lord has called, and He still calls for those who are apparently blind to their deficiencies, the self-complacent ones, who plan and devise how they can best situate themselves. God help the spiritually blind to see that there is a world to be saved. The truth is to be made manifest to those who know it not, and this work calls for the self-denying grace of Jesus Christ. Thousands who are now spiritually useless should be digging up their buried talents and putting them to the exchangers. Many have written for themselves their resolves to do as little as possible, and these have sealed their resolutions for the judgment of that great day when every talent will be required by God that He may see how much each one of His servants has gained by trading. Those who think they will surely reach heaven while they follow their own ways and imaginations, might better break the seal, and re-examine their title to the treasures of heaven. The men and women who feel at ease in Zion might better become anxious about themselves, and inquire, "What am I doing in the Lord's vineyard? Why am I not yoked up with Christ, a laborer together with God? Why am I not learning in Christ's school His meekness and lowliness of heart? Why have I no burdens to bear in the service of Christ?" "Why am I not a decided and earnest Christian, employing all my powers in laboring for the salvation of souls who are perishing all around me? Saith not the Word, 'We are laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building'? Shall I not, with my Saviour's help, build a character for time and eternity, and promote godliness in myself and in others the sanctification of the truth?" {BTS, July 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, July 1, 1905 par. 2] Come, my brethren and sisters, and seek conversion of soul, body, and spirit. Unfold your napkin and begin to trade with your Lord's goods. In so doing you will gain other talents. Every soul entrusted with talents is to use his talents to benefit others. Who in the great day of final reckoning will say, "I was afraid, and went and hid thy money in the earth; lo, there thou hast that is thine"? To such the Lord will answer, "Thou wicked and slothful servant, . . . thou oughtest therefore to have put my money to the exchangers, and then at my coming I should have received mine own with usury." {BTS, July 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, July 1, 1905 par. 3] Man is only required to do according to his ability. But his ability will surely grow if it is exercised. Wake up, brethren, for your own soul's sake, wake up. Without the grace of Christ you can do nothing. Work while you can. Be not deceived into thinking that your lot in life is to be constantly favored, that you can shirk the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice, which Christ bids all share with Him. You will gain a valuable experience in being partakers of the self-denial and self sacrifice of Christ. - {BTS, July 1, 1905 par. 3} [BTS, August 1, 1905 par. 1] August 1, 1905 Strength for Weakness Mrs. E. G. White The Lord would have your thoughts center upon Him. For every service, every self-denial, every sacrifice we make, the Lord has guaranteed to requite us, not because it is a debt He owes us, but because His heart is full of infinite love, full of mercy and tenderness, overflowing toward us in that He will repay us a hundred fold in this life, and give us in the world to come life everlasting. The reason why so many are weak, is that they do not cultivate faith, but look at the objectionable and discouraging features. They do not consider that all the universe of heaven is waiting to become co-laborers with them, waiting to make them the living agencies to bless the world with the message God shall give them to bear. {BTS, August 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, August 1, 1905 par. 2] The Lord Jesus is our strength and happiness. He is the great storehouse from which the human agent may on every occasion, draw strength and happiness. How grieved He is when, after He has given us a rich experience in His willingness to help us in any emergency, we withdraw our eyes from His sufficiency to look on and bemoan our own weakness. We forget to behold Him and to trust Him as the one ever ready to help those who need His help. We have no right to bemoan our own weakness and inefficiency, because He has shown Himself to be an ever present help in time of need. In the place of studying our poor, ignorant, worthless selves, we need to study Jesus, and become more and more able to behold Him, talk of Him, apprehend His character, avail ourselves of His kindness and helpfulness, and receive the blessings He proffers us. As we receive of Him, we have something with which to help others. Thus receiving and imparting, we grow in love toward God, increasing in faith and peace, and assurance, and holiness, which is wholeness, toward Him. We give to Him all that there is of us, that the blessings which He has brought within our reach may be communicated to others as freely as they have been communicated to us from the Lord Jesus our Restorer. To every one who believes, He is as the Tree of Life in the Paradise of God. His branches reach to the lower world, in order that the blessings He has purchased for us may be brought within our reach. From this tree we may pluck and eat, and then guide others to it, that they also may eat. - {BTS, August 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 1] December 1, 1905 The Word of God Mrs. E. G. White I have been reading the Word of God,--unweakened by any of the explanations of man. So many weaken the real truth by many words. If they would but let Christ speak, and simply apply His words to their hearts, so much more blessing would they receive. {BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 2] A dying saint once cried out, "Speak to me the words of God. Give me some of the bare Word." Reading the bare Word brings wisdom from God Himself. The Spirit of Christ is enfolded in the Word. To the receptive understanding, it unfolds the mind and will of God. {BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 3] Let us receive the precious words of God just as they read. Let us not cover them up with human suppositions. The Word is ours to comprehend. Let us have faith in God. {BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 4] Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, "All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." {BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 5] Here is the commission. As obedient servants, you are to work in close connection with Christ Jesus of Nazareth. May the Lord grant that the people who sit in darkness shall see great light, and that to those who are in the region and shadow of death, light may spring up. {BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 6] In simple trusting faith believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. Take right hold of a power which you cannot create but which is for you. Let the workers be filled with a spirit of cheerfulness and thanksgiving and rejoicing. Let every one make a personal consecration of himself or herself to God's service. Let them surrender their hearts to the working of the Holy Spirit, placing themselves in the right relation to God. It is time that we believed that all heaven is interested in the work before us. Christ came to this world to give Himself a sacrifice for the saving of sinners. Then believe, believe, that He will be with all who give themselves unreservedly to this work. - {BTS, December 1, 1905 par. 6} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 1] February 1, 1906 "One, Even As We Are One" Mrs. E. G. White The intercessory prayer of Christ for His disciples, as recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John, contains important lessons for every Christian. This prayer is written for our instruction. "Neither pray I for these alone," Christ says, "but for them also which shall believe on me through their word." Thank the Lord! Every one who believes in Jesus Christ is embraced in this petition. {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 2] Of His disciples Jesus says, "They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth." Those who obey the word of God will not be conformed to the sentiments and practices of the world. However great may be the pressure of adverse circumstances, however severe the trial, they are held fast by faith in Christ, and they hold firmly their confidence and love for the truth. Yet they may be misunderstood by the world; for the world seeth not God, neither knoweth Him. {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 3] Christ was soon to leave this world, but His disciples were to be left. He prayed not that they might be taken out of the world, but that they might be kept from the evil that is in the world. He sent them forth as sheep among wolves. "In the world, ye shall meet tribulation," He told them. "The servant is not greater than his Lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you." But He promised them when brought in test and trial, He would bring all things to their remembrance. {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 4] In our world there are millions of souls who are destitute of the knowledge of God. They are walking in darkness and in the shadow of death. Our duty to them is made plain in the prayer of Christ: "As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth." {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 4} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 5] "I pray for them," Christ continues, "that they all may be one: as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me." {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 6] The most convincing argument we can give to the world of Christ's mission is to be found in perfect unity. Such oneness as exists between the Father and the Son is to be manifest among all who believe the truth. Those who are thus united in implicit obedience to the word of God will be filled with power. {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 6} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 7] If all would completely consecrate themselves to the Lord and through the sanctification of the truth, live in perfect unity, what a convincing power would attend the proclamation of the truth! How sad that so many churches misrepresent the sanctifying influence of the truth, because they do not manifest the saving grace that would make them one with Christ, even as Christ is one with the Father! If all would reveal the unity and love that should exist among brethren, the power of the Holy Spirit would be manifest in its saving influence. In proportion to our unity with Christ will be our power to save souls. {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 7} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 8] We must watch for souls, as they that must give an account to God. This is our great work, and we are to seek earnestly that we may have wisdom from above to know how this can be most successfully accomplished. Our work is most effective when we act in perfect harmony under the direction of the Holy Spirit. Then let no separations occur, that would weaken the cause of God. {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 8} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 9] "And the glory which Thou hast given Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me." Can human minds comprehend the Father's love sufficiently to lead them to act in accordance with statements so broad and so full? {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 9} [BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 10] "Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved them, may be in them, and I in them." {BTS, February 1, 1906 par. 10} [BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 1] March 1, 1906 The Father, Son, and Holy Ghost Mrs. E. G. White The Father can not be described by the things of earth. The Father is all the fullness of the Godhead bodily, and is invisible to mortal sight. The Son is all the fullness of the Godhead manifested. The word of God declares Him to be "the express image of His person." "God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Here is shown the personality of the Father. {BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 2] The Comforter that Christ promised to send after He ascended to heaven, is the Spirit in all the fullness of the Godhead, making manifest the power of divine grace to all who receive and believe in Christ as a personal Saviour. There are three living persons of the heavenly trio. In the name of these three powers,--the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, those who receive Christ by living faith are baptized, and these powers will cooperate with the obedient subjects of heaven in their efforts to live the new life in Christ. {BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 3] What is the sinner to do?--Believe in Christ. He is Christ's property, bought with the blood of the Son of God. Through test and trial the Saviour redeemed human beings from the slavery of sin. What then must we do to be saved from sin?--Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ as the sin-pardoning Saviour. He who confesses his sin and humbles his heart will receive forgiveness. Jesus is the sin-pardoning Saviour as well as the only begotten Son of the infinite God. The pardoned sinner is reconciled to God through Jesus Christ our Deliverer from sin. Keeping in the path of holiness, he is a subject of the grace of God. There is brought to him full salvation, joy, and peace, and the true wisdom that comes from God. {BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 4] Faith in the atoning blood of Jesus Christ is the assurance of pardon. Christ can cleanse away all sin. Simple reliance on that power day by day will give the human agent keen wisdom to discern what will keep the soul in these last days from the bondage of sin. By faith and prayer, through the knowledge of Christ, he is to work out his own salvation. {BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 4} [BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 5] The Holy Spirit recognizes and guides us into all truth. God has given His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish but have everlasting life. Christ is the sinner's Saviour. Christ's death has redeemed the sinner. This is our only hope. If we make a full surrender of self, and practice the virtues of Christ, we shall gain the prize of eternal life. {BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 5} [BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 6] "He that believeth in the Son, hath the Father also." He who has continual faith in the Father and the Son has the Spirit also. The Holy Spirit is his comforter, and he never departs from the truth. - {BTS, March 1, 1906 par. 6} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 1] April 1, 1906 The Work of the Spirit Mrs. E. G. White Many have become hard-spirited because they are verily strangers to the working of the Holy Spirit. There needs to be a great reformation in the lives of believers, in their words and works and spiritual understanding. We need to catch the inspiration of the angels in the heavenly courts. We need daily to breathe the atmosphere of heaven. {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 1} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 2] O how my heart trembles for us all. Unless the hard-heartedness is melted away by the grace of Jesus Christ, we shall never know what heaven is. I am pained beyond measure when I see and feel the hard-hearted methods of dealing with the Lord's heritage. I feel so ashamed in behalf of Christ, as I see how little respect and reverence are shown towards the purchase of His blood. {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 2} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 3] There is need of the converting power of God in every family. Were this power present, there would not be seen a lack of sympathy; instead, there would be seen a most earnest receiving of the grace of Christ to impart to others. {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 3} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 4] Let every root of bitterness be rooted out of the heart. Let most thorough work be done with self. Let the men who are in office keep their hearts under the control of the Holy Spirit. Let them be careful of their actions. {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 4} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 5] Just before our Saviour left this earth, He commissioned His disciples to go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. "He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe: In My name they shall cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents, and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover." "Behold, I send the promise of My Father upon you; but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem until ye be endued with power from on high." Power to do what?--To preach the gospel and proclaim the conditions of salvation. {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 5} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 6] The disciples obeyed the divine injunction. While they were engaged in prayer, being of one accord in one place, the Holy Spirit came upon them as a rushing mighty wind, and filled all the house where they were sitting. Peter was re-anointed with the Holy Unction from on high. So wonderful was the out-pouring of the Spirit that "the same day there was added unto them about three thousand souls." {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 6} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 7] It is this baptism of the Holy Spirit that the churches need today. There are backslidden church-members and backslidden ministers who need re-converting, who need the softening, subduing influence of the baptism of the Spirit, that they may rise in newness of life and make thorough work for eternity. I have seen the irreligion and the self-sufficiency cherished, and I have heard the words spoken, "Except ye repent and be converted, ye shall never see the kingdom of heaven." There are many who will need re-baptizing, but let them never go down into the water until they are dead to sin, cured of selfishness and self-exaltation until they can come up out of the water to live a new life unto God. Faith and repentance are conditions, essential to the forgiveness of sin. {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 7} [BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 8] What is needed now are men chosen of God and precious who will go forth full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, to proclaim the gospel, calling upon God for His grace to aid them in their work. The Lord has warned us that a large number of believers should not congregate in one place. Let men go out in the name of the Lord, humble and devoted, as colporteurs and canvassers to sell the books that bring light to the souls of those who know not the truth. When this is done, there will be seen striking instances of conversion. - {BTS, April 1, 1906 par. 8} [BTS, August 1, 1907 par. 1] August 1, 1907 Healthful Diet Mrs. E. G. White Every housekeeper should feel it her duty to educate herself to make good sweet bread and in the most inexpensive manner; and the family should refuse to have upon the table bread that is heavy and sour, for it is injurious. There are a large number of poor families who buy the common baker's bread which is often sour and is not healthful for the stomach. In every line of cooking the question that should be considered is, "How shall the food be prepared in the most natural and inexpensive manner?" And there should be careful study that the fragments of food left over from the table is not wasted. There are many poor families, who, although they have scarcely enough to eat, can often be enlightened as to why so many jots and tittles are wasted. {BTS, August 1, 1907 par. 1} [BTS, August 1, 1907 par. 2] The meat diet is the serious question. Shall human beings live on the flesh of dead animals? The answer, from the light that God has given is, No; decidedly no. Health reform institutions should educate on this question. Physicians who claim to understand the human organism ought not to encourage their patients to subsist on the flesh of dead animals. They should point out the increase of disease in the animal kingdom. The testimony of examiners is that very few animals are free from disease, and that the practice of eating largely of flesh is contracting diseases of all kinds,--cancers, tumors, scrofula and tuberculosis, and etc. If man will subsist on the food that God has so abundantly provided without having it first pass into the animal organism and become sinew and muscle, and then take it second hand by eating of the corpse, his health would be much better preserved. {BTS, August 1, 1907 par. 2} [BTS, August 1, 1907 par. 3] The ministers in our land should become intelligent upon Health Reform. They need to become acquainted with the science of physiology. Then they will be intelligent in regard to the laws that govern physical life and their bearings upon the health of mind and soul. Then they will be able to speak correctly upon this subject. In their obedience to physical laws they are to hold forth the word of life to the people, and lead up higher and still higher in the work of reform. "I beseech you therefore brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service." "Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; having your conversations honest amongst the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evil doers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation." All who claim to be teachers should urge, both by precept and example the necessity of abstaining from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul. - {BTS, August 1, 1907 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 1] December 1, 1907 Wonderful Love Mrs. E. G. White The working out of the great plan of redemption, as manifest in the history of this world, is not only to man, but to angels, a revelation of the Father. Here is seen the work of Satan in the degradation and ruin of the race by sin, and, on the other hand, the work of God in man's recovery and uplifting through the grace of Christ. Every soul that develops a righteous character and withstands the power of the wicked one is a testimony to the falsehood of Satan's charges against divine government. Through the eternal ages the exaltation of the redeemed will be a testimony to God's love and mercy. This is set forth in the touching and beautiful words of the apostle Paul. He says that "we are a spectacle unto the world, to angels, and to men." 1 Corinthians 4:9. "God who is rich in mercy, for his great love wherewith he loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, . . . that in the ages to come he might show the exceeding riches of his grace, in his kindness toward us, through Christ Jesus." Ephesians 2:4-7. {BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 2] And the apostle declares, "to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, . . . to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in the heavenly places might be made known through the church, the manifold wisdom of God." Ephesians 3:10 R. V. {BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 3] Through the eternal ages the offensive character of sin will be seen in what it cost the Father and the Son, in the humiliation, suffering, and death of Christ. All the worlds will behold in Him a living testimony to the malignity of sin; for in His divine form He bears the marks of the curse. He is in the midst of the throne as a Lamb that has been slain. {BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 4] Not only man but angels will ascribe honor and glory to the Redeemer, for even they are secure only through the sufferings of the Son of God. It is through the efficacy of the cross that the inhabitants of unfallen worlds have been guarded from apostasy. It is this that has effectually unveiled the deceptions of Satan and refuted his claims. Not only those that are washed by the blood of Christ, but also the holy angels, are drawn to him by his crowning act of giving his life for the sins of the world. God's dealing with the rebellion of Satan is justified before the universe. The justice and mercy of God are fully vindicated, so that, through all eternity, rebellion will never again arise. Such is the import of His own words when for the last time teaching in the temple He said, looking forward to His approaching sacrifice, "Now is the judgment of this world; now shall the prince of this world be cast out. And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me." Will draw all unto me--not only earth, but heaven; for of him "the whole family in heaven and earth is named." Ephesians 3:15. {BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 5] Thus God has "made known unto us the mystery of his will, according to the good pleasure which he hath purposed in himself; that . . . he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him." Ephesians 1:9, 10. {BTS, December 1, 1907 par. 5} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 1] January 1, 1908 True Christianity Mrs. E. G. White A man lives unto God when he continually recognizes Him as a present Helper. When there is a recognition of the Lord Jesus Christ, there will be a holy fear lest he shall make mistakes. The soul will be drawn out continually in earnest prayer as he realizes his need. As he draws nigh unto God, God will draw nigh unto him; the love of God will be kindled in his heart, and he will be able to speak the words of God. The language of the heart will then be, "Whom have I in heaven but Thee? and there is none upon earth that I desire beside Thee." {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 2] We must give evidence of a spiritual relationship to God, in all our ways acknowledging Him. Others will be able to detect whether we make ourselves a center or whether we regard Christ as all in all. When we have the fear of the Lord ever before us, our experience will not be tame and spiritless. Christ formed within will be the hope of glory. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 3] The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. In him there is a hope that "maketh not ashamed." The joy of the Lord will break forth from lips that are sanctified. We must now receive rich experiences in the service of God. Our faith is to be expressed in thanksgiving. "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." "In everything give thanks." "Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless His Holy Name." Let expressions of praise flow forth from human lips. We are to rejoice in the Lord more than we have done. Let not the heart remain cold and dull and unimpressive. There are some who think that in matters of practical Christianity, they have a superior intelligence. Whether or not this is so, will be demonstrated by the life-actions. Are they self centered, or are they moved by the Holy Spirit of truth and righteousness? Religion is to become a living, active principle. The one all-absorbing motive of the true Christian is to give an expression of the goodness and the love of Christ. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 4] The Lord sends His messenger to correct the erring, however highly they may regard themselves. He asks that they submit their judgment to His control. Every soul must be under discipline to God. To occupy an exalted position is not always evidence that the Lord has placed an individual in that position. It is works, not position, that testify to the value of a man. Hereditary traits of character need to be overcome. A man can not safely be intrusted with the control of others, unless he himself is under the satisfaction of the Holy Spirit. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 5] In the spirit of meekness and lowliness of heart, all methods and plans should be submitted to wise counselors for their prayerful consideration and their endorsement. Otherwise, a restless, speculative energy and ambition may make an evil mark upon the cause of God, and subvert and hinder the very work that the Lord has declared should be done. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 5} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 6] In order that the great work of sanctification that needs to be carried forward in the churches may be accomplished, the minds and wills of our ministers, physicians, and teachers, should be united, their hearts blending in one Spirit to give the trumpet a certain sound. Let every voice proclaim distinctly the third angel's message. In word and act let those who are proclaiming the message, reveal that they are numbered among those "that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 6} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 7] If this had been done faithfully, with the Word of the living God as the great lessonbook, the third angel's message would have gone with greater power. Had all God's ministers, as faithful stewards of the grace of God, called upon the world to hear the last note of warning, giving the trumpet a certain sound, thousands more might have been converted, and added their voices in proclaiming the message to the world. In distinct notes of solemn warning is to be given the closing message that will prepare a people to receive the seal of the living God. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 7} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 8] Satan is working to fill minds with the spirit of ambition and of commercialism. Those whose minds are thus diverted, will lose their opportunity of giving the last message to the world. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 8} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 9] If a faithful work had been done during the last few years that have gone into eternity, thousands of souls would now be found with Bibles in their hands, reading the Word of God, and praying for light and guidance. Many of these would be engaged in the work of hunting for souls, and fitting up a people to stand in the great day of God. But some who ought to be missionaries, are enthused with the spirit of commercialism and with an ambition to secure for themselves certain advantages. The truth becomes to them a dead letter, not practiced nor obeyed. {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 9} [BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 10] Jehovah is the true God. Let Him be feared and reverenced. - {BTS, January 1, 1908 par. 10} [BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 1] February 1, 1908 Christ and the Law Mrs. E. G. White When man, beguiled by Satan, disobeyed the divine law, God could not, even to save the lost race, change that law. God is love; His law is an expression of His character. To change His law would be to deny Himself; it would overthrow those principles with which are bound up the well-being of the whole universe. But in order to save the sinner, the Creator sacrificed Himself. The Father suffered in His Son. The measure of God's love is Christ. The Saviour's sacrifice was not to create in God a love that had not before existed; but it was the expression of a love that had not been appreciated or understood. {BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 2] The Son of God in becoming man's substitute, and bearing the curse which should fall upon man, pledged Himself in behalf of the race, to maintain the honor of the law of God. The Father has given the world into the hands of Christ, that through His mediatorial work He may save the sinner, and completely vindicate the claims of the law. His mission was to convince men of sin,--which is the transgression of the law, and through the merits of His blood, and by His mediation He was to bring them back to obedience. Through the sacrifice of Christ, the law could be maintained, and the sinner could be pardoned,--not only freed from the power of sin, but renewed "after the image of Him that created him." Colossians 3:10. {BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 3] The love and justice of God, and also the immutability of His law, are made manifest by the Saviour's life, no less than by His death. He assumed human nature with its infirmities, its liabilities, its temptations. "Himself took our infirmities and bare our sicknesses." Matthew 8:17. "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren." Hebrews 2:17. He exercised in His own behalf no power which man can not exercise. As man, He met temptation, and overcame in the strength given Him of God. He gives us an example of perfect obedience. He has provided that we may become partakers of the divine nature and assures us that we may overcome as He overcame. His life testified that by the aid of the same divine power which Christ received it is possible for man to obey God's law. {BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 4] In Christ are united the divine and the human. The Creator and the creature, the nature of God, whose law had been transgressed, and nature of Adam, the transgressor, meet in Jesus,--the Son of God and the Son of man. And having with His own blood paid the price of redemption, having passed through man's experience having in man's behalf met and conquered temptation, having, though Himself sinless, borne the shame and guilt and burden of sin, He becomes man's advocate and intercessor. What an assurance there is to the tempted and struggling soul, what an assurance to the witnessing universe, that Christ will be "a merciful and faithful high priest"! Hebrews 2:17. {BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 5] What an assurance also that He will be a righteous, just, and compassionate judge. He who has measured the power of every subtle temptation of man's cruel foe, who has borne every weakness to which man is subject, He who is a Brother in our infirmities,--will He not deal justly and tenderly with the soul that His own blood has been poured out to save? And such is the teaching of His own words, when He said that the Father had "given Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the Son of Man." John 5:27. - {BTS, February 1, 1908 par. 5} [BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 1] March 1, 1908 Wonderful Love Mrs. E. G. White Jesus never suppressed one word of truth, but He uttered it always in love. He exercised the greatest tact and thoughtful, kind attention in His intercourse with the people. He was never rude, never needlessly spoke a severe word, never gave needless pain to a sensitive soul. He did not censure human weakness. He spoke the truth, but always in love. He denounced hypocrisy, unbelief, and iniquity; but tears were in His voice as He uttered His scathing rebukes. He wept over Jerusalem, the city He loved, who refused to receive Him,--the Way, the Truth, and the Life. They had rejected Him, the Saviour, but He regarded them with pitying tenderness, and sorrow so deep that it broke His heart. His life was one of self-denial and thoughtful care for others. He never made truth cruel, but manifested a wonderful tenderness for humanity. Every soul was precious in His eyes. While He ever bore Himself with divine dignity, He bowed with the tenderest compassion and regard to every member of the family of God. In all, He saw fallen souls, whom it was His mission to save. {BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 2] Such was the character of Christ as revealed in His life. This is the character of God. It is from the Father's heart that the streams of divine compassion, manifest in Christ, flow out to the children of men. Jesus, the tender, pitying Saviour, was "God manifest in the flesh." {BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 3] But we have, as it were, taken only a surface view of the life of Christ. It was to redeem us that He lived and suffered and died. He became a "Man of sorrows," that we might be made partakers of everlasting joy. God permitted His beloved Son, full of grace and truth, to come from a world of indescribable glory to a world marred and blighted with sin, shadowed with the shadow of death and the curse. He permitted Him to leave the home of His love, the adoration of the angels, to suffer shame, insult, humiliation, hatred, and death. And Jesus bore all this untold sorrow that we might be changed to His divine image, and become the sons of God. "The chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed." Behold Him in the wilderness, in Gethsemane, upon the cross! The spotless Son of God took upon Himself the burden of sin. He who had been one with God, felt in His soul, the awful separation that sin makes between God and man. This forced from the lips the anguished cry, "My God, my God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?" It was the burden of sin, the sense of its terrible enormity, of its separation of the soul from God,--it was this that broke the heart of the Son of God. {BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 4] It was only by the death of Christ that the human race could be redeemed. Man had broken the law of God, and Christ alone could atone for the transgression. But this great sacrifice was not made in order to create in the Father's heart a love for man, to make him willing to save. No, no. "God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son." God suffered with His Son. In the agony of Gethsemane, the death of Calvary, the heart of infinite love paid the price of our redemption. "God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself." - {BTS, March 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 1] May 1, 1908 The Dress of the Christian Mrs. E. G. White In most cases submission to the gospel requirements will demand a decided change in the dress. True conversion of the heart will work wonderful changes in the outward appearance. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 2] There should be no carelessness in dress. Teach the young converts that dress is a talent. For Christ's sake, whose property we are, we should seek to make the best of our appearance. In the tabernacle service, God specified every detail concerning the garments of those who ministered before Him. Thus we are taught that the Lord has a preference in regard to the dress of those who serve Him. Very particular were the directions given in regard to Aaron's robes, for his dress was symbolical. So the dress of Christ's followers should be symbolical. In all things we are to be representatives of Him. Good taste should be exercised in the selection of appropriate colors. Our dress should be tidy and well fitting. The hair should be carefully arranged. Our appearance in every respect should be characterized by neatness, modesty, and purity. But the word of God gives us no sanction in making changes in our apparel merely for the sake of fashion,--that we may appear like the world. When the desire for display in dress absorbs the mind, vanity is manifested. All this must be put away. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 3] The words of Scripture in regard to dress should be carefully considered. The Holy Spirit through the apostle Paul says, "In like manner also, let women adorn themselves in modest apparel, with shamefacedness and sobriety; not with broidered hair, or gold, or pearls, or costly array but (which becometh women professing godliness) with good works," And through the apostle Paul the instruction is given, "Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price." {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 4] Christians are not to decorate the person with costly array or expensive ornaments. All this display imparts no value to the character. The Lord desires every converted person to put away the idea that dressing as worldlings dress, will give value to his influence. The ornamentation of the person with jewels and luxurious things is a species of idolatry. This needless display reveals a love for those things which are supposed to place a value upon the person. It gives evidence to the world of a heart destitute of the inward adornment. Expensive dress and adornments of jewelry give an incorrect representation of the truth that should always be represented as of the highest value. An over-dressed, outwardly adorned person bears the sign of inward poverty. A lack of spirituality is revealed. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 5] Extravagance in dress requires the expenditure of means that is needed to advance the work of the Lord. Extra ribbons and bows mean pennies and shillings spent needlessly. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 5} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 6] The trimming of ladies' hats with high-standing bows is a needless expense, and is unbecoming to a Christian. In the house of God the over-trimmed hats are a positive annoyance. The congregation desire to see the face of the speaker as well as to hear his voice; but the ladies' hats with their high-standing ribbons and bows, obscure the view. Many in the congregation may be seen peering this way and that way to get a glimpse of the speaker; but often their efforts are in vain. Their enjoyment of the services is marred, and the minister who observes all this is disturbed. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 6} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 7] Satan has a snare laid to captivate unwary souls by leading them to give more attention to their outward adorning than to the inward graces which a love of truth and righteousness displays, as the fruit borne upon the Christian tree. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 7} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 8] Many indulge a passion for dress. They spend their money for that which is not bread, and are as foolish as was Esau, who sold his birthright for a mess of pottage. Many bar their own souls from entering the straight gate because they can not indulge their love for display and yet believe in Christ and walk in His footsteps. {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 8} [BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 9] "If any man will come after Me," said Christ, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Self-denial and self-sacrifice will mark the Christian's life. Evidence that the taste is really converted will be seen in the dress of all who walk the narrow path of holiness, the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in. - {BTS, May 1, 1908 par. 9} [BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 1] June 1, 1908 "How Readest Thou?" Mrs. E. G. White The world is deluged with books that might better be consumed rather than circulated. Books upon Indian warfare and similar topics, published and circulated as a money-making scheme, might better never be read by the youth. There is a satanic fascination in such books. The heart-sickening relation of crimes and atrocities has had a bewitching power upon many a youth, exciting them to see what they can do to bring themselves into notice, even by the wickedest deeds. Even the enormities, the cruelties, the licentious practises, portrayed in more strictly historical writings, have acted as leaven in many minds, leading to the commission of similar acts. Books that delineate the satanic practises of human beings are giving publicity to evil works. These wicked, horrible particulars need not be lived over, and none who believe the truth for this time should act a part in perpetuating a memory of them. We have no permission from the Lord to engage either in the printing or the sale of such publications, for they are the means of destroying many souls. I know of what I am writing; for this matter has been opened before me. Let not those who believe the truth engage in this kind of work, thinking to make money. The Lord will put a blight upon the means thus obtained; he will scatter more than is accumulated. {BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 2] There is another class of books--love stories, and frivolous and exciting tales, that are a curse to every one who reads them, although the author may attach a good moral. Often religious sentiments are woven all through these books; but in most cases, Satan is but clothed in angel robes to deceive and allure the unsuspicious. The mind is affected in a great degree by what it feeds upon. The readers of frivolous and exciting tales become unfitted for the duties lying before them. They live an unreal life, and have no desire to search the Scriptures, to feed upon the heavenly manna. The mind that needs strengthening is enfeebled, and loses its power to contemplate the great problems which relate to the missions and work of Christ, the plan of salvation. These subjects will fortify the mind, awaken the imagination, and kindle the strongest desire to overcome as Christ overcame. {BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 3] The youth must take heed what they read as well as what they hear. I have been shown that they are exposed to the greatest peril of being corrupted by improper reading. Could a large share of the books published be consumed, a plague would be stayed that is doing its fearful work upon human minds, and corrupting human hearts. Satan is constantly seeking to lead both the youth and those of mature age to be charmed with foolish stories. None are so confirmed in right principles, so secure from temptation, that they can feel safe, and think no one need feel anxious about them. Resolutely discard all this trashy reading, which will not increase your spirituality, but will introduce into your minds sentiments that cultivate the imagination so that you think less of Jesus, and dwell less upon His precious lessons. If you are a learner in His school, you will become like Him, and will overcome the manifold temptations as He overcame. What a joy has Jesus in placing the crown upon the heads of those whom His lips can pronounce "good and faithful servants." They have resisted the blandishments of vice. They are victors. . . . {BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 4] The minds of many of the youth are already sown with the seeds of evil, that are ready to spring into life and produce an abundant harvest. Strive to implant pure principles in the soul. Encourage the youth to store the mind with valuable knowledge. Let that which is good, occupy the soul and control its powers, leaving no place for low, debasing indulgences. Let the standard of piety and devotion be elevated. - {BTS, June 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 1] September 1, 1908 Secret of Successful Work Mrs. E. G. White The Lord has a work which is above the world's seeking. To those who have not the mind of Christ, the features of our faith and our work, the great object to be accomplished, is far above their comprehension, and unseen. But we are not to come down from our position of ever remaining a people distinct and peculiar from the world. Our vocation is high, holy and elevated. Our faith, if appreciated, will keep all true believers from political strife. We are to work for the spiritual recovery of mankind to God, to bring them under His theocracy. Then only are we a safe people. In keeping ourselves in close sympathy with God, our hearts bound up in love for Him, is our only security. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 2] There is no safety for a Christian who acts from the lowest rather than from the highest views of Christian motives. We do not sympathize with God as we should in the salvation of the human race. We do not regard it in the light in which it is viewed by the universe of Heaven, as a plan devised from eternity in the mind of God. The greatness of the theme almost takes my breath away,--the conditions of life or death to the human race. It required the life of God's only begotten Son as a sacrifice. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 3] Oh, how tame are our religious exercises. The Holy Spirit is the only adequate agency for our full development. As I look upon those who are handling sacred things, and who feel so self-sufficient and so capable of engaging in the great and solemn work of God, I feel pain of heart that I cannot express; for I know that these men, unless they humble their hearts before God, will mar His work, and will be a hindrance when they suppose they are doing a great work. Oh, how few are heart-to-heart with God in this solemn, closing-up work. There are so many to be warned, and yet how few sympathize with God sufficiently to be anything or nothing, to see souls brought back to their loyalty to God. These poor souls will never see, will never properly consider the influence they leave behind them. There is scarcely a tithe of the sympathetic compassion there should be toward the souls unsaved. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 4] Jesus died to redeem a depraved and guilty world. He worked for them in humility, in meekness and lowliness of heart. But those who ought to learn His method, to wear His yoke, and lift His burdens, are self-elated, self-sufficient. Their hearts do not beat in unison with the heart of God. O, that I had the strength to labor as I once labored. Who is there that makes the burden of a dying world his own, who watches and prays for souls as he that must give an account? How many are left without any special labor. If one-half of the sermonizing were done, and double the amount of personal labor given to souls, in their homes and in the congregations, a result would be seen that would be surprising. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 5] Jesus wept over obdurate Jerusalem. "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem," he said, "thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, but ye would not." Again He weeps over the devoted city, exclaiming, "O that thou hadst known, even thou in this thy day, the things that belong unto thy peace." Then with tears in His eyes and quivering lips, He pronounced the irrevocable sentence, "But now they are hid from thine eye." {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 5} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 6] It was a hard sentence for Christ to pronounce. It was hard for Him to give up the son of His care. Who can sympathize with Christ in His distress and anguish over the loss of a nation? This was only a symbol of the giving up of a world. Who are so moved by the terrible loss of souls that they have even a faint appreciation of the anguish of Christ's soul? Enoch, Noah, Abraham, Moses, David, Jeremiah, and Paul were partakers with Christ in His depths of compassion as far as their human perception could take in the situation. Who can say with Jeremiah. "Rivers of waters run down mine eyes, because they keep not Thy law? O that my head were waters, and my eyes a fountain of tears, that I might weep day and night for the slain of the daughters of my people." "I could wish myself accursed from Christ for my brethren," Paul exclaimed. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 6} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 7] This sympathy is manifestly needed. Unless the heart can beat in sympathy with Christ, man will never understand the elevated and sacred character of the words, "Watch for souls as they that must give an account." We talk of Christian missions. Our voices are heard, but our hearts have never felt the tender longing and craving for souls that they must feel. With many, trifling acts of service are supposed to be all-sufficient, but there is not the feeblest appreciation for the souls whom Christ died to save. They know not the indulged value to the human soul. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 7} [BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 8] The fires of the last day will consume many souls who might have been saved if the church had but comprehended her sacred responsibilities. Souls are trifling with their own salvation and are unfitted to cooperate with the Lord Jesus Christ. When will the church become laborers together with God? The laborers have themselves to blame largely for the state of indifference seen. They need to be broken up in heart and in action. Then the Lord will work to strengthen them. {BTS, September 1, 1908 par. 8} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 1] October 1, 1908 True Worship Mrs. E. G. White When you meet with the Lord, say, I am in the Lord's house, and I desire all wicked thoughts, all mistrust and murmuring against my brethren to be banished. We have met here with God, who "So loved the world that He gave His only begotten son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." This is our privilege, and we desire to come into the house of God with thanksgiving. We ask the Lord to remove from our hearts every thing that is evil, that we may bring to the house of God that which He can bless. {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 2] Let every church member kneel before God while in His temple, and consecrate to him His own, which He has bought with the blood of Christ. Pray for the speaker. Pray that great blessing may come to the one who is to hold forth the bread of life. Strive earnestly to lay hold of a blessing for yourself. Cry unto God, Increase my faith, Make me understand Thy word: for the entrance of Thy word giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple. Refresh me by Thy presence. Fill my heart with thy love, that in possessing so great a treasure, I may love my brethren as Christ loved me. {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 3] God will bless all who will thus prepare themselves for His service. They will understand what it means to have the assurance of the Spirit, because they have received Christ by faith. The religion of Christ means much more than the forgiveness of sin. It means taking away our sins, and filling the vacuum with the Holy Spirit. It means divine illumination, rejoicing in God. It means a heart emptied of self, and blessed with the abiding presence of Christ. We need the vital qualities of christianity, and when we possess them, the church will be a living, active, working church. There will be a growth in grace, because the bright rays of the Sun of righteousness pervade the chambers of the mind. {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 4] Let us not bring the gloom of unbelief into the church. Let us trim our lamps, seeking a fresh supply of oil, before we step over the threshold. It is our right, our privilege, to dismiss gloomy depression. As we go to the house of worship, we may go with joyfulness; for are we not going to meet with God and His people? {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 5] Christ welcomed little children to His presence. He was cheered by the simplicity of their faith. Let us become as little children, that in simplicity of faith we may welcome Christ and be welcomed by Him. Sing to the Lord with the Spirit and the understanding. Let no thought of criticism enter your mind, to torment you; for Satan is near. He will do this work without your help. Refuse to co-operate with the accuser of the brethren. Gather up every ray of light, then seek out those who need help, and give this light to them. God says, "Go out to the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled. {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 5} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 6] Praise the Lord, all ye saints. Be glad in the Lord. Praise His holy name. We must carry to every religious gathering a quickened spiritual consciousness that God and the angels are there, co-operating with all true worshipers. We do not obtain one hundredth part of what we should from assembling together to worship God. Our perceptive faculties need sharpening. Fellowship with one another should make us glad. Why, with such a hope as we have, are our hearts not aglow with the love of God? {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 6} [BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 7] When we are tempted to murmur or complain at something some one has done, praise something in that person. Say, "Satan, I have defeated your temptations this time." Cultivate the habit of thankfulness. Praise God over and over again for His wonderful love in giving Christ to die for us. It never pays to think of old grievances. God calls upon us to cultivate His mercy and His matchless love, that we may be inspired with praise. - {BTS, October 1, 1908 par. 7} [BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 1] November 1, 1908 God's Love for Man Mrs. E. G. White Many conceive of the Christian's God as a being whose attribute is stern justice,--one who is a severe judge, a harsh, exacting creditor. The Creator has been pictured as a being who is watching with jealous eye to discern the errors and mistakes of men, that He may visit judgment upon them. In the minds of thousands, love and sympathy and tenderness are associated with the character of Christ, while God is regarded as the law-giver, inflexible, arbitrary, devoid of sympathy for the beings He has made. {BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 2] Never was there a greater error. Nature and revelation alike testify of God's love. It is from Him that we receive every good gift. He is the source of life, of wisdom, and of joy. Look at the wonderful and beautiful things of nature. Think of their marvelous adaptation to the needs and happiness, not only of man, but of all living creatures. The sunshine and the rain, that gladden and refresh the earth, the hills and seas and plains, all speak to us of the Creator's love. It is God who brings the bud to bloom, the flower to fruit. It is He who supplies the daily needs of all His creatures as brought forth in the beautiful words of the Psalmist:-- "The eyes of all wait upon Thee, And thou givest them their meat in due season. Thou openest thine hand, And satisfiest the desire of every living thing." {BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 3] God made man perfect and holy and happy; and the fair earth, as it came from the Creator's hand, bore no blight of decay nor shadow of the curse. It is transgression of God's law that has brought woe and death. Yet even amid the suffering that results from sin, God's love is revealed. It is written that God cursed the ground for man's sake. The thorn and the thistle, the difficulties and the trials that make his life one of toil and care, were appointed for his good, as a part of the training needful in God's plan for his uplifting from the ruin and degradation. The world, though fallen, is not all sorrow and misery. In nature itself are messages of hope and comfort. There are flowers upon the thistle, and the thorns are covered with roses. {BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 4] "God is love," is written upon every opening bud, upon every spire of springing grass. The lovely birds making the air vocal with their happy songs, the delicately tinted flowers in their perfection perfuming the air, the lofty trees of the forest with their rich foliage of living green,--all testify to the tender, fatherly care of our God, and to His desire to make His children happy. - {BTS, November 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 1] December 1, 1908 Redemption Mrs. E. G. White God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son." He gave Him not only to live among men, to bear their sins, and die their sacrifice: but He gave Him to the fallen race. Christ was to identify Himself with the interests and needs of humanity. He who is one with God has linked Himself with the children of men by ties that are never to be broken. Jesus is "not ashamed to call them brethren"; our sacrifice, our advocate, our brother, bearing our human form before the Father's throne, and through eternal ages, one with the race He has redeemed,--the Son of man. And all this was done that man might be uplifted from the ruin and degradation of sin, that he might reflect the love of God, and share the joy of holiness. {BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 2] The price paid for our redemption, the infinite sacrifice of our heavenly Father in giving His Son to die for us, should give us exalted views of what we may become through Christ. As the inspired apostle John beholds the height, the depth, the breadth of the Father's love toward the perishing race, he is filled with adoration and reverence; and failing to find suitable language in which to express this love, he calls upon the church and the world to behold it. "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the Sons of God." What a value this places upon man! Through transgression, the sons of men become subjects of Satan. Through faith in the atoning sacrifice of Christ, the sons of Adam may become the Sons of God. By assuming human nature, Christ elevates humanity. Fallen men are granted another trial, and are placed where, through connection with Christ, they may indeed become worthy of His name, "sons of God." {BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 3] Such love is without a parallel. Children of the heavenly King! Precious promise! Theme for the most profound meditation! The amazing love of God for a world that did not love Him! The thought has a subduing power upon the soul, and brings the mind into captivity to the will of God. The more we study the divine character in the light of the cross, the more we see mercy, tenderness, and forgiveness, blended with equity and justice, and the more clearly we discern innumerable evidences of a love that is infinite, and a tender pity surpassing a mother's yearning sympathy for her wayward child. "Every human tie may perish, Friend to friend unfaithful prove, Mother's cease their own to cherish, Heaven and earth at last remove; --but no change, can attend Jehovah's love. {BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 4] But to make known to man the love of God and to bring them to share His grace,--even this was not the only purpose of the Saviour's life of suffering and death of shame. Results of yet deeper significance, of infinitely greater extent, flow from the sacrifice of the Son of God. By the death of Christ not only man is set free from Satan's power, and uplifted from the pit of ruin, but the justice and mercy of God, and the immutability of His law, are vindicated before the universe. {BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 5] The government of God is not, as Satan would make it appear, founded upon a blind submission, an unreasoning control. It appeals to the intellect and the conscience. "Come now, and let us reason together," is the Creator's invitation to the beings He has made. Isaiah 1:18. God does not force the will of His creatures. He can not accept an homage that is not willingly and intelligently given. {BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 6] He desires that all the inhabitants of the universe shall be convinced of His justice in the final overthrow of rebellion and the eradication of sin. He purposes that the real nature and direful effects of sin shall be clearly manifested to the end that all may be assured of the wisdom and justice of the divine government. {BTS, December 1, 1908 par. 6} [BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 1] January 1, 1909 The Wonderful Love of Christ Mrs. E. G. White The word of God, the Christian Bible, reveals His character. He himself has declared His infinite love and pity. When Moses prayed, "Show me Thy glory," the Lord answered, "I will make all My goodness pass before thee." This is His glory. The Lord passed before Moses, and proclaimed, "The Lord, the Lord God merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin." He "is slow to anger and of great kindness," "because He delighteth in mercy." {BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 1} [BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 2] He has bound Himself to our hearts by unnumbered tokens, in heaven and in earth. Through the things of nature and the deepest and the tenderest ties that human hearts can know, God has sought to reveal Himself to us. Yet even these but imperfectly represent His love. When all these evidences have been given, the enemy of good still blinded the eyes of men, so that they looked upon God with fear, they thought of Him as severe and unforgiving. Then Jesus came to live among men, that through Him the infinite love of God might be revealed. {BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 2} [BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 3] Christ came from heaven to give to the world a correct representation of the Father. He says, "Neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him." And when one of the disciples made the request, "Show us the Father," Jesus answered, "Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father?" {BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 3} [BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 4] In describing His earthly mission, Jesus said, "The Lord hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He hath sent Me to heal the broken hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised." This was His work. He went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed by Satan. There were whole villages where there was not a moan of sickness in any house; for He had passed through them, and healed all their sick. His work gave evidence of His divine anointing. Love, mercy, and compassion were displayed in every act of His life. His heart went out in tender sympathy to the children of men. He took man's nature, that He might reach man's wants. The poorest and humblest were not afraid to approach Him. Even little children were attracted to Him. They loved to climb upon His knees, and gaze into that pensive face, benignant with love. {BTS, January 1, 1909 par. 4} [BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 1] March 1, 1909 The Secret of Victory Mrs. E. G. White The Lord would have His people labor for unity, and to answer the prayer of Christ. Here is our greatest hindrance. When we read, "The whole multitude of them that believed were of one heart and one mind," we understand that the agency of the Holy Spirit was doing its work on human hearts. Until the Holy Spirit is accepted and allowed to do its office work upon the heart, each individual will strive to become a center of influence for himself. But we know in our experience, that harmonious subordination to the Spirit of God is rest, and peace, and joy. Then think of the positive necessity of coming under this molding, transforming power, in order to enjoy heaven in this life, and eternal blessing in the future life. {BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 2] We are never to get above the simplicity of the work. It is a power in its simplicity. A consistent life, a fervent zeal, a meek and quiet spirit, mingled with a heart overflowing with love for perishing souls, is Bible religion. We cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard. The Lord help us all to follow Jesus. He will teach us the art of overcoming obstacles, of supplanting rivals, and winning hearts. I am sure we need Jesus at every step. {BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 3] I am sure Satan with his hellish agencies, is striving his best to dishearten and discourage; but we must not be discouraged, neither must we fail. We must suffer loss and be spoken against; and have false witness borne against us, and take it patiently for Christ's sake. One thing is sure,--God is true. We may lean heavily upon Him, and we shall not become confused amid the Babel of voices. We must put the armor on, and keep it on. Then what?-- Fight manfully the battles of the Lord, and having done all, stand ready for another conflict. We must keep in harmony, taking the whole armor of God. We must have increased faith and move forward, carrying this banner of truth--the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. We must not think that we are the generals, but that we are under the mighty General of armies. Oh, let us pray as never before. Let us believe with heart and soul the words of John, "Behold, the Lamb of God which taketh away the sins of the world." It is a poor time, when in the fierce conflict, to show one particle of cowardice. We have a General who never lost a battle. Have faith in God and we shall gain the victory. {BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 4] Our Saviour is the Restorer. How He longs to gather His children together as a hen gathers her brood under her wings. "O that His people had hearkened unto Him, and Israel had walked in His ways." It is blinding unbelief and self-sufficiency that will not permit those that are in error to know Him. Then they would not crucify to themselves the Lord of glory, and put Him to an open shame. We must cultivate faith. We must believe at every step, and talk courage and hope. Light, precious light, is for the people of God who will see it. - {BTS, March 1, 1909 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1909 par. 1] November 1, 1909 To Every Man His Work Mrs. E. G. White I thank my heavenly Father that though all men have not the same traits of character, they may all be worked by the same Spirit, even the Spirit of Him who is the Head of the church, and who in heaven teaches the angels how to minister to the members of His church on earth. {BTS, November 1, 1909 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1909 par. 2] Jesus is ministering in the heavenly sanctuary, but He is with His workers also; for He declares, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." He is spiritual Director of His church on earth, and He longs to see the members filled with a determination to labor harmoniously for the advancement of His kingdom. He has raised up a succession of workers who derive their authority from Him, the Great Teacher. He has chosen for His work men of varied talents and varied capabilities. Some of these might not be the men you would choose, but you will pass through an experience that will lead you to see that God exalts men whom you would regard as inferior to yourselves. When the judgment shall sit, and the books are opened, many will be surprised by God's estimate of character. They will realize that God sees not as man sees, that He judges not as human beings judge. He reads the heart. He knows the motives that prompt the action, and He recognizes and commends every faithful effort put forth for Him. The Lord uses various gifts in His work. Let no worker think that his gifts are superior to those of another worker. Let God be the judge. He tests and approves His workers, and He places a just estimate on their qualifications. He has placed in the church a variety of gifts, to meet the varied wants of the many minds with which His workers are brought in contact. {BTS, November 1, 1909 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1909 par. 3] The Lord has given to every man his work, and every man is to do the work that the Lord has given him. All have not the same gifts or the same disposition. All need to feel daily the converting power of the Holy Spirit, that they may bear much fruit for the Lord. It is not the one who preaches the gospel that provides the efficiency that makes his efforts successful. It is the unseen worker standing behind the minister who brings conviction and conversion to souls. - {BTS, November 1, 1909 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 1] February 1, 1910 How to Become Strong Christians Mrs. E. G. White Those who are of the household of faith should never neglect the assembling of themselves together; for this is God's appointed means of leading His children into unity, in order that in Christian love and fellowship they may help, strengthen, and encourage one another. My brethren and sisters, if you would come together for prayer-meetings, if, after confession of sin and humiliation of soul, you would have a love-feast,--every heart filled with true love for his brethren,--you would see the salvation of God. {BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 2] As brethren of our Lord, we are called with a holy calling to a holy, happy life. Having entered the narrow path of obedience, let us refresh our minds by communion with one another and with God. As we see the day of God approaching, let us meet often to study His Word and to exhort one another to be faithful to the end. These earthly assemblies are God's appointed means by which we have opportunity to speak with one another and to gather all the help possible to prepare, in the right way, to receive in the heavenly assemblies the fulfillment of the pledges of our inheritance. {BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 3] Remember that in every assembly you meet with Christ, the Master of assemblies. Encourage a personal interest in one another, for it is not enough to simply know men. We must know men in Christ Jesus. We are enjoined to "consider one another." This is the key-note of the gospel. The key-note of the world is self. {BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 4] Christ declares to His disciples: "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid. . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Christians are to reveal to the world that they are wearing the yoke of the Great Teacher and learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. As obedient sons and daughters of God, they are to fulfill their obligations to Him, giving to the world a proper representation of His character. Thus they become lights in the world. {BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 4} [BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 5] The Christian pilgrim is not left to walk in darkness. Jesus leads the way. Those who follow Him walk in the sunshine of His presence. The path that the pilgrim treads is clear and defined. Christ's righteousness goes before him,--the righteousness that makes possible the good works characterizing the life of every true Christian. God is his rereward. He walks in the light as Christ is in the light. As he travels onward in the Christian journey, he combines faith with earnest endeavor to win others to accompany him. Constantly receiving the light of Christ's presence, he reflects this light to others in words of encouragement and deeds of self-denial. He bears the sign of obedience to God's law, which distinguishes him from those who are not following the pathway that leads to life eternal. {BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 6] The Christian pilgrim cannot be sour, gloomy, depressed. It is a misrepresentation of the Christian faith to be surly, unreasonable, or sour in spirit. My brethren and sisters, no longer cherish such a spirit. Heed the apostle's admonition to provoke one another unto love and good works. How can you do this?--By conscientious, consistent behavior. Occasionally pause to sum up the results of such a course, to ascertain whether it is the wisest course to pursue. You will find that careful regard for one another's needs, kindly words of sympathy, and thoughtful assistance in helping others in their work, encourage not only them, but yourselves as well, because you thus become laborers together with God. {BTS, February 1, 1910 par. 6} [BTS, May 1, 1910 par. 1] May 1, 1910 The Secret of Success Mrs. E.G. White The Lord's servants are merely stewards. The Lord will work through them when they surrender themselves to Him to be worked by the Holy Spirit. When by faith men place themselves in the Lord's hands, saying, "Here am I: send me," He undertakes this work. But men must get out of the Lord's way. They must not hinder His purposes by their devising. For years the Lord has had a controversy with His people because they have followed their own judgment, and have not relied on divine wisdom. If the workers get in the Lord's way, hindering the advancement of the work, thinking that their brain power is sufficient for the planning and carrying forward of the work, the Lord will correct their error. By His divine Spirit he enlightens and trains every worker. He shapes His own providence to carry forward His work according to His mind and judgment. {BTS, May 1, 1910 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1910 par. 2] If men would only humble themselves before God, if they would not exalt their judgment as the all-controlling influence, if they would make room for the Lord to plan and work, the Lord would use the qualifications He has given them in a way that would glorify His name. He will purify His workers from all selfishness, trimming down their superfluous plans, cutting off the branches that would entwine around this and that undesirable object, pruning the vine so that it will produce fruit. God is the great Husbandman. He will make everything in the lives of those who are laborers together with Jesus Christ subservient to His great purpose of growth and fruit-bearing. It is His plan, by conforming His servants day by day to the image of Christ, by making them partakers of the divine nature, to cause them to bear fruit abundantly. He desires His people, through actual experience in the truth of the gospel, to become true, trustworthy, experimental missionaries. He would have them show results far higher, holier, and more definite than have been revealed in the last fifteen years. {BTS, May 1, 1910 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1910 par. 3] The potter takes the clay in his hands, and moulds and fashions according to his own will. He kneads it, and works it; he tears it apart, and then presses it together. He wets it and then dries it. He lets it lie for awhile without touching it. When it is perfectly pliable, he continues the work of making from it a vessel. He forms it into shape, and on a wheel, trims and polishes it. He dries it in the sun, and bakes it in the oven. Thus it becomes a vessel unto honor, fit for his use. So the great Master desires to mould and fashion us. And as the clay is in the hands of the potter, so we are to be in His hands. We are not to try to do the work of the potter. Our work is to yield ourselves to the moulding of the Master-worker. It is not a great number of institutions, large buildings, and wonderful display that God requires, but the harmonious action of a peculiar people, a people chosen by God and precious, united with one another, their lives hid with Christ in God. The Lord will never place one man as a controlling power over another man. Every man is to stand in his lot and in his place, exerting a right influence in thought, word, and judgment. When all God's workers do this, and not till then, will the work be completed symmetrically. {BTS, May 1, 1910 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 1] June 1, 1910 Ministering to Christ Mrs. E. G. White Christ identifies His interests with those of His people. He has plainly stated that we can minister to Him by ministering to His suffering ones. Words of encouragement and cheer spoken when the soul is sick and the pulse of courage is slow,--these are regarded by the Saviour as if spoken to Himself. The heavenly angels look on in pleased recognition. In no better way can we express our love to God than by unselfish, self-sacrificing actions, performed because the grace of God has been incorporated into our hearts. In all our ways we are to reveal the Saviour. We can express gratitude to God by reproducing the Christlikeness in our lives. {BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 2] God has chosen human beings to co-operate with Him in communicating His blessings to the world. As we take a kindly interest in those who are members of the household of faith, we are making God's goodness known. Christ sees of the travail of His soul and is satisfied. Then let us do our best to help one another. Be assured that your labors are not in vain in the Lord. God would have those who are leaders in His work first submit themselves to be led. {BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 3] While on this earth, we are to bear witness to God's goodness by our obedience to His commandments. The Lord declares, "Ye shall keep my Sabbaths and reverence my sanctuary: I am the Lord. If ye walk in my statutes and keep my commandments and do them, then will I give you rain in due season, and your land shall yield her increase, and the trees of the field shall yield their fruit. And your threshing shall reach unto the vintage, and the vintage shall reach unto the sowing-time: and ye shall eat your bread to the full, and dwell in your land safely." {BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 4] Let those who try to serve God and mammon remember the warning given by Christ, "Ye cannot serve God and mammon." The experiment has been tried and pronounced impossible. Those who trust in God and serve God are not attracted by the world. Those who substitute riches, property, earthly treasure of any kind, for the Lord, will reap the sure result,--separation from God and heaven. They lay their souls upon the altar of mammon, placing gain where godliness should be. {BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 4} [BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 5] Two ways are presented before every soul: the way of obedience to God's commandments, which brings the rich blessings of heaven; and the way of disobedience, which brings death; for no sinner can inherit eternal life. Those who are awakened by the message of warning have a serious decision to make. They go to their pastors for instruction, and he should never attempt to quench the spirit which is leading his people to seek for more light. {BTS, June 1, 1910 par. 5} [BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 1] July 1, 1910 The Power of God Mrs. E. G. White The angels of God, who excel in wisdom and strength and in all efficiency, whether for judgment or mercy, fulfill their mission in the world. They are sent forth to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation. Those who are walking in the light of God's commandments are very precious in His sight. He says, "Touch not mine anointed, and do my prophets no harm." In the last days Satan will use all his powers against God's people, to afflict, to distress, to discourage them, and to cause them all the trouble he possibly can. Those who know the truth and yet unite with him in this work, have lost their spiritual anointing. They are blinded by the sophistry of the enemy, and cannot see afar off. They have forgotten that they were purged from their old sins. {BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 1} [BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 2] A single angel appeared to the Roman guard on his mission from the heavenly courts, and lo, they lay as dead men! What made the Roman soldiers quake and tremble and fall as dead men to the ground?--The power of God. {BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 2} [BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 3] In the protection of His people God has caused His army so to deal with human powers that one hundred eighty-five thousand men were slain in one night. The thirty-seventh chapter of Isaiah contains instruction of the highest value. Read the prayer that Hezekiah offered to the Lord. He received a threatening letter from the king of Assyria which contained these words, "Thus shall ye speak to Hezekiah, king of Judah, saying, Let not thy God, in whom thou trustest, deceive thee, saying Jerusalem shall not be given into the hands of the king of Assyria. Behold thou hast heard what the kings of Assyria have done to all lands by destroying them utterly; and shalt thou be delivered?" {BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 3} [BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 4] Hezekiah took the letter and went up to the house of God and spread it before the Lord, saying,"Now, therefore, O Lord our God, save us from his hand, that all the kingdoms of the earth may know that thou art the Lord, even thou only." {BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 4} [BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 5] And God said, concerning the king of Assyria, "He shall not come into this city, nor shoot an arrow here, nor come before it with shields, nor cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same shall he return, and shall not come unto this city, saith the Lord. For I will defend this city, to save it for my own sake, and for my servant David's sake. Then the angel of the Lord went forth, and smote the camp of the Assyrians a hundred four score and five thousand; and when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses." {BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 5} [BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 6] Age, position, or influence, cannot save one of us from sudden sickness or calamity, if the Lord says, "It is done." Therefore, let not those who have the light of truth be presumptuous. In the midst of cherished enterprises the Lord may speak, and it will be done. It is the wisdom of minister and people to hold themselves always in a spiritual readiness for anything that may occur. Let all follow the example of Hezekiah. Let us pour out the soul in humiliation and fasting and prayer. {BTS, July 1, 1910 par. 6} [BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 1] October 1, 1910 The Secret of the Christian Character Mrs. E. G. White Just in proportion as we empty the soul temple of self-sufficiency, self-dependence, and self-exaltation, will we realize the work that needs to be done to purify the soul, body, and spirit before we can be filled with all the fulness of God. When this work is done the power of God will be revealed, and the truth will be a mighty power in enlightening the mind, sanctifying the soul and spirit. Then genuine conversions will be made to Bible truth. {BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 1} [BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 2] Who is willing to lay his finger upon his cherished idols of sin, and allow Christ to purify the temple by casting out the buyers and sellers? Who is prepared to allow Jesus to enter the soul and cleanse it from everything that tarnishes or corrupts? The standard is, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." God calls upon men and women to empty their hearts of self. Then His Spirit can find an unobstructed entrance. Stop trying to do the work yourself. Ask God to work in and through you until the words of the apostle become yours: "I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me." {BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 2} [BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 3] The whole being must hunger and thirst after righteousness. The soul's desire must be drawn to God, to be in perfect conformity to His will. Then the cold, hard heart will be melted away by the grace and love of God, which will appear in power. God will be glorified through the human instrumentalities. Self is the great hindrance to this work. {BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 3} [BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 4] Just as soon as the men in positions of trust realize their inability to do God's work, and submit to God's wisdom, the Lord can work with them. He will supply all our necessities if we will empty the soul of self. And when God works, give His name the glory. Do not receive praise from men. When self is abased God can work. Israel exalted herself, and the Lord abased her. {BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 4} [BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 5] "From whence come wars and fightings among you? Come they not hence, even of your lusts that war in your members? Ye lust, and have not; ye kill, and desire to have, and cannot obtain; ye fight and war, yet ye have not, because ye ask not. . . . Do ye think that the Scriptures sayeth in vain, The spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth to envy? But He giveth more grace. Wherefore, He sayeth, God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace to the humble. Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil and he will flee from you. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands, ye sinners; and purify your hearts, ye double minded; be afflicted, and mourn, and weep; let your laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and He will lift you up." {BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 5} [BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 6] "If ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality and without hypocrisy. But the fruits of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace." These lessons every church member should learn. There is need of close self-examination in the light of the word of God, that we may do the work essential to be done. - {BTS, October 1, 1910 par. 6} [BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 1] December 1, 1910 Work While the Day Lasts Mrs. E. G. White Never did the Lord Jesus confine His labors to one place. We read of Him that "He went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease among the people. And His fame went throughout all Syria, and they brought unto Him all the sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those that were possessed with devils; and He healed them. And there followed Him a great multitude of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from beyond Jordan." {BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 2] Again we read, "When the sun was setting, all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them to Him, and He laid His hands upon them and healed them. And devils also came out of many, crying out, saying, Thou art Christ, the Son of God. And He, rebuking them, suffered them not to speak; for they knew that He was Christ. And when it was day, He departed, and went into a desert place; and the people sought Him and came unto Him, and stayed Him, that He should not depart from them. And He said unto them, I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also; for therefore am I sent." {BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 3] Christian missionary work was to be done in all places. The truth was to go from point to point. The disciples were to leave an example of how to establish the chain of truth, link after link. Christ worked as He desired them and all other laborers to work. The town and cities of Palestine resounded with the truths that fell from His lips. {BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 4] How essential it is that today the truth be proclaimed in the same way! The world is our field of missionary toil. Everywhere the light of truth is to shine forth, that hearts, now in the sleep of ignorance, may be awakened and converted. In all countries and cities the gospel is to be proclaimed. {BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 5] The seed of truth must be sown in the soil of the heart, in order that it may spring up and bear fruit. God's servants are to be laborers in places nigh and afar off, going to the regions beyond, even preparing to embrace a larger circumference. They are to work while the day lasts; for the night cometh in which no man can work. A Saviour uplifted on the cross is to be presented; and from many voices is to be heard the word, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." {BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 6] Churches are to be organized and plans laid for work to be done by members of the newly organized churches. This gospel missionary work is to keep reaching out and annexing new territory, enlarging the cultivated portions of the vineyard. The circle is to extend until it belts ［the world］. As workers go forth filled with earnest, happy zeal, thrilling with the love of God, the whole church at home is revived; for the success of the workers is regarded as a subject of deep, personal concern to every member of the church. - {BTS, December 1, 1910 par. 6} [BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 1] January 1, 1911 The Christian's Zeal Mrs. E. G. White For what has the history of the work of the disciples been recorded, as they labored with holy zeal, animated and vitalized by the Holy Spirit, if it is not that from this record the Lord's people today shall gain an inspiration to work earnestly for Him. What the Lord did for His people in that time, it is just as essential and more so that He do for His people today. All that the apostles did, every church member today is to do. We are to work with as much more fervor, accompanied by the Holy Spirit in as much greater measure, as the increase of wickedness demands a more decided call to repentance. Every one on whom is shining the light of present truth, is to be stirred with compassion for those who are in darkness. From all believers, in clear, distinct rays, light is to be reflected. The work that the Lord did in Antioch through His delegated messengers, He is waiting to do today. At this time, when the end of all things is at hand, should not the zeal of the church exceed even that of the early church? Zeal for the glory of God moved the disciples to bear witness to the truth with mighty power. Shall not this zeal fire our hearts with a longing to tell the story of redeeming love, of Christ and him crucified? Should not the power of God be more mightily revealed today than even in the time of the apostles? {BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 1} [BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 2] It was sincere devotion and humble, earnest prayer that brought the disciples into close communion with Christ. They sat together with Him in heavenly places. They realized the greatness of their debt to Him. Should we be less earnest than they were? Shall we not by living faith claim the promises which moved them to the depths of their being to call upon the Lord Jesus for the fulfillment of the word, "Ask, and ye shall receive?" Is not the Spirit of God to come today in answer to persevering prayer, and fill men with power? Is the throne of grace farther removed from us than it was from the disciples? Is not God saying to His praying, trusting, believing workers, who are opening the Scriptures to those ignorant of the precious truths they contain, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world"? Shall we not, through the indications of God's providence, hear His voice, saying, "Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them." There certainly are men that the Lord is fitting to stand in their lot and in their place. {BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 2} [BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 3] Let us show that we are workers together with God. Let us be as true as steel to principle. No one can stay at home in ease, living only for self, without becoming selfish. We must be representatives of Christ, if we would be truly happy. The earnest, united prayers of faith will inspire Christlike zeal. {BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 3} [BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 4] God will raise up a Paul and Barnabas for the church that is worthy of such helpers. True missionary workers will find that the Holy Spirit is working on minds, raising up laborers of faith and patience and zeal to take the place of some who fall away. We need more keen, sanctified discernment. We need to cherish the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. {BTS, January 1, 1911 par. 4} [BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 1] June 1, 1911 Our General Leads to Victory Mrs. E. G. White The church that would prove successful in the Master's service must be an aggressive one. Its members must not allow their interest in the work to lag. Heavenly intelligencies are ready to co-operate with the human agent to press forward the work. At whatever cost press the battle to the gates of the enemy; yea, storm the very citadel. Do not allow yourselves to fail nor be discouraged. Christ's authority is supreme. His power is invincible. Through the Holy Spirit the Lord works with the human agent. "He hath appointed us to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent us to bind up the broken-hearted; to proclaim liberty to the captives; and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God: to comfort all that mourn, to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion; to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, and the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified." The Sun of Righteousness has arisen. Christ is waiting to clothe His people with the garments of salvation. And "He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth; and the isles shall wait for His law." His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, the kings to the brightness of thy rising." {BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 2] The Lord does not wish to have one true soldier of the cross remain in ignorance or darkness. He calls us up, high above the earth, that he may show us the vast confederacy of evil that is arrayed against us. He would remind us that "we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places." But He assures us all who are engaged in this warfare that they are fighting under the "Captain of the Lord's hosts," and that the angels of heaven are assisting them in their struggle for the "crown that fadeth not away." Let us rally under the banner of Prince Immanuel, and in the name and strength of Jesus Christ press the battle home. {BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 3] There are souls perishing. They must know the terms of salvation. They must be taught that the conditions of acceptance are the same now as they were in Adam's day,--obedience to all God's commandments. Many appear to be entombed in the darkness of ignorance, intrenched behind an invincible barrier, full of error taught them by priest and ruler; but bear in mind that heavenly intelligencies are working with the human agents. The Holy Spirit can pierce the stronghold of unbelief. Jesus is leading his army to the field of battle. Listen to His proclamation: "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." Our General leads to victory, for He is a mighty conqueror. {BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 4] "The silver and the gold are mine, and the cattle upon a thousand hills. . . . If I were hungry, I would not tell thee; for the world is mine and the fulness thereof." Why then does He so earnestly plead with His people to bring in "all the tithes into the storehouse," besides offerings?--There can be but one reason. God wants to save His people, and He sees the tide of worldliness and selfishness that is sweeping the world down to ruin. He sees many of His people so affected by it that unbelief begins to steel their hearts against that simple faith which takes the Lord at His word, and as a result they are in the greatest danger of coming up in the last day with those who are not prepared to enter the Holy City at the Master's call. {BTS, June 1, 1911 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 1] November 1, 1911 Shall We Awake? Mrs. E. G. White God sees every heart and knows the excuses suggested by Satan by which he seeks to ensnare every soul. He fully appreciates our danger, while we do not. He is not willing that any should perish in sin; but that all should repent and live. Hence, the oft repeated plea that we should not be deceived and lost. God is love; and infinite love will devise infinite plans and plead with infinitely long-suffering to save the lost. There is one thing' however, which infinite love cannot do; it cannot requite the unrepentant wicked. What is it to be in an unsaved condition? Is it not to be living without that full confidence in God which is born of love, which leads us to take Him at His word? Believing His promises, we walk with Him and talk with Him as did Enoch and Elijah and the faithful of all the ages past. They were called pilgrims and strangers in the earth, because they had so much faith in God that they would follow His instruction so completely that they became very different from the world in their plans, and their objects in life were also different. {BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 2] That is the very thing for which the Lord is appealing to His people. They have set their affections upon other objects, and their interest in His work is a secondary matter. As a result, the hearts of His people are barren of that warmth of love which makes all service sweet. {BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 3] The treasury of the Lord is wanting funds with which to carry the work as fast as it is the pleasure of the Lord that it should go; and the world, seeing the indifference manifested, is not affected by the message as it would be if every heart were warm with the love, which in every act and word expresses its devotion as did the life of Christ, our Pattern. The Lord will find every honest soul and be honored with His service. The windows of heaven will be opened, and He will be refreshed with such abundant blessings, "that there shall not be room enough to receive it." Then there will be meat in the Lord's house, "and all nations shall call you blessed: for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of hosts." {BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 3} [BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 4] The work then, must be observed of all nations, whether it is in an indifferent state, or moving in the fulness of the power of God. When it reaches that stage that God's people walk with Him in such confidence as this chapter describes, the message will be attended by the refreshing showers of the latter rain, and the earth will be speedily lighted by His glory. {BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 5] This is an individual work, and an everyday life. "Let us, therefore, cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light. It is time to walk honestly, having a conscience void of offense toward God and man. Now is the time to lay up a good foundation against the time to come, that we may lay hold on eternal life. It is high time to awake out of sleep; for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed. Shall we awake? - {BTS, November 1, 1911 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 1] December 1, 1911 Duty of Parents Mrs. E. G. White Our religious obligations begin in serving God faithfully in the home life. I am urged to bear earnest testimony to parents in public and private, that they may be led to devote all their powers in sanctified service for Christ. I am instructed to urge upon our people the need of being imbued with the Spirit of God. This Spirit will teach believers to work in harmony with Christ whenever and wherever opportunity offers. As different families have been presented before me, I have been shown their great need of the converting power of God. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 2] God so loved that He gave His only begotten Son, that we might have a pattern of true holiness. Let parents study the pattern, that they may become true laborers together with God for the salvation of their children. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 3] Religion in the home is of vital importance. Upon fathers and mothers rest to a large degree the responsibility for the mould of character that their children receive. Let not the mother gather to herself so many cares that she cannot give time to the spiritual needs of her family. Let parents seek God for guidance in their work. On their knees before Him they will gain a true understanding of their great responsibilities, and there they can commit their children to One who will never err in counsel and instruction. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 4] Heaven is worth striving for. Let parents pray with their children individually, as well as in the family circles; they need to do this if they would bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. Parents, bring Christ into your life; let not unkindness be expressed in words or actions. When difficulties arise in the home, parents are often tempted to deal with their children hastily, and their correction of wrongs often reveals a lack of mercy or justice. Let them remember that scolding or beating will not accomplish that which they should most desire. Instead of punishing your child hastily, pray with him, and as you do this, let your own heart respond to the softening, subduing influences of the Spirit of God. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 5] The father of the family should not leave to the mother all the care of imparting spiritual instruction. A large work is to be done by fathers and mothers, and both should act their individual part in preparing their children for the grand review of the judgment. The work done in the home is a work which in many cases will decide the welfare of the children through all eternity. If parents must neglect something, let it not be the work of moulding the character after the divine similitude. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 6] The Lord revealed Himself not only as the true and living God, but as our heavenly Father, when He sent His only begotten Son into the world to purchase our redemption. "The spirit beareth witness with our spirit that we are the sons of God; for we have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear, but we have received the spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, Abba, Father." If we accept the invitation of the Spirit of God, we become "heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ." If we are partakers with Christ of his self-denial and become laborers together with God, we shall be heirs with Christ to all the glories of the eternal world. "If we suffer with Him," the apostle writes, "Ye shall be also glorified together." {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 6} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 7] "Ye are bought with a price, "the apostle declared; "therefore, glorify God in your body and in your spirit which are God's." As believers yield heart and mind to follow the counsel of the Lord, striving to be worthy of the name of sons and daughters of God, their lives will give forth an influence that will be felt by all with whom they associate. If parents will teach their children to conduct themselves according to the principles of the word of God, these children will unconsciously teach others what it means to be Christians. Let parents maintain true Christian dignity before their children, and they will be greatly aided in their work of upbuilding the kingdom of Christ. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 7} [BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 8] The apostle Paul, describing the children living in these last days, declares them to be "disobedient, unthankful, unholy." It is important that parents realize the tendency of the age, and labor untiringly to educate their children away from those things, preparing them, by teaching them to love and copy the life of Christ, for a place in the future life of holiness. {BTS, December 1, 1911 par. 8} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 1] March 1, 1912 Work for the Master Mrs. E. G. White Let no one think that he is at liberty to fold his hands and do nothing. That any one can be saved in indolence and inactivity is an utter impossibility. Think of what Christ accomplished during His earthly ministry. How earnest, how untiring, were His efforts! He allowed nothing to turn Him aside from the work given Him. Are we following in His footsteps? He gave up all to carry out God's plan of mercy for the fallen race. In the fulfilment of the purpose of heaven He became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. He who had had no communion with sin, who had known nothing of it, came to this world, and took upon His sinless soul the guilt of sinful man, that sinners might stand justified before God. He grappled with temptation, overcoming in our behalf. The Son of God, pure and unsullied, bore the penalty of transgression, and received the stroke of death that brought deliverance to the race. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 2] It was Christ's joy to help those in need of help, to rescue the perishing, to seek the lost, to lift up the bowed down, to heal the sick, to speak words of sympathy and consolation to the sorrowing and the distressed. The more fully we are imbued with His Spirit, the more earnestly we shall work for those around us, and the more we do for others, the greater will be our love for the work, and the greater our delight in following the Master. Our hearts will be filled with the love of God, and with earnestness and convincing power we shall speak of the crucified Saviour. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 3] As our people engage in earnest work for the Master, murmuring and complaints will cease. Many will be aroused from the despondency that is ruining them body and soul. As they work for others, they will have much that is helpful to speak of when they assemble to worship God. The testimonies that they bear will not be dark and gloomy, but full of joy and courage. Instead of thinking and talking about the faults of their brethren and sisters, and about their own trials, they will think and talk of the love of Christ, and will strive earnestly to become efficient workers for Him. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 4] The secret of winning souls can be learned only from the Great Teacher. As the dew and the still showers fall gently on the withering plant, so our words are to fall gently and lovingly on the souls we are seeking to win. We are not to wait till opportunities come to us; we are to seek for them, keeping the heart uplifted in prayer, that God may help us to speak the right word at the right time. When an opportunity presents itself, let no excuse lead you to neglect it; for its improvement may mean the salvation of a soul from death. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 4} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 5] As laborers together with God, we need to draw nigh unto Him, that we may have the divine touch. We need to drink deeply and continuously at the fountain of living water, that we may have power to persuade those who are athirst to "take of the water of life freely." {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 5} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 6] There are many ways of working for Christ. Human hands may never have been laid on you in ordination, but God can give you fitness for His service. He can work through you to the saving of souls. If, having learned in the school of Christ, you are meek and lowly in heart, He will give you words to speak for Him. Ask, and receive the Holy Spirit. But remember that the Spirit is given only to those who are consecrated, who deny self, lifting the cross and following their Lord. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 6} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 7] Individual, constant, united efforts will bring the reward of success. Those who desire to do a great deal of good in our world, must be willing to do it in God's way, by doing little things. He who dreams of reaching the loftiest heights of achievement by doing something great and wonderful, will fail of doing anything. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 7} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 8] Steady progress in a good work, the frequent repetition of one kind of faithful service, is of more value in God's sight than the doing of some great work, and wins for His children a good report, giving character to their efforts. Those who are true and faithful to their divinely-appointed duties are not fitful, but steadfast in purpose, pressing their way through evil, as well as good, reports. They are instant in season and out of season. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 8} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 9] Men and women are needed who are as true to duty as the needle to the pole,--men and women who will work without having their way smoothed, and every obstacle removed. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 9} [BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 10] Do something; do it now. Remember that the angel bearing the closing message of mercy to this world flies swiftly. {BTS, March 1, 1912 par. 10} [BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 1] May 1, 1912 A Call to Labor Mrs. E. G. White Remember that one day you will stand before the Lord of all the earth, to answer for the deeds done in the body. Then your work will appear as it really is. The vineyard is large, and the Lord is calling for laborers. Do not allow anything to keep you from the work of soul-saving. The canvassing work is a most successful way of saving souls. Will you not try it? Will you do what you can to circulate the books that the Lord has said should be sown broadcast through the world? Will you not place them in the homes of as many as possible? Think of how great a work can be done if a large number of believers will unite in an effort to place before the people, by the circulation of these books, the light that the Lord has committed to us to be given them. {BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 2] Put your hearts into this work, and the blessing of God will be with you. Go forth in faith, as you go praying that God will prepare hearts to receive the truth. Be pleasant and courteous. Show by a consistent course that you are true Christians. Walk and work in the light of heaven, and your path will be as the path of the just, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day. Under the divine guidance go forward in the work, and look to the Lord for aid. The Holy Spirit will attend you, and all heaven will be with you. {BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 3] In your work you will meet with those who are fighting against appetite. Speak words that will strengthen and encourage them. Do not let Satan quench the last spark of hope in their hearts. Of the erring, trembling one, struggling against evil, Christ says, "Let him come unto Me," and as he comes, He places His hands underneath him and lifts him up. The work that He did, you, as His evangelist, can do as you go from place to place. Labor on in faith, expecting that souls will be won to Him who gave His life that men and women might stand on God's side. Draw with God to win the drunkard and the tobacco devotee from the habits that debase them till they are below the level of the beasts that perish. {BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 3} [BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 4] O that thousands more of our people had a realization of the time in which we are living, and of the work to be done in field service, in house-to-house labor! There are many, many, who know not the truth. They need to hear the call to come to Jesus. The sorrowing are to be cheered, the mourners comforted. The poor are to have the gospel preached to them. I urge my brethren and sisters not to engage in work that will hinder them from proclaiming the gospel of Christ. You are God's spokesmen. You are to speak the truth in love to perishing souls. Christ says, "Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled." Luke 14:23. Do not these words plainly outline the work of the canvasser? With Christ in his heart, he is to go forth into the highways and byways of life, giving the invitation to the marriage supper. Men of wealth and influence will come, if they are invited. Some will refuse, but, thank God, not all. {BTS, May 1, 1912 par. 4} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 1] August 1, 1912 "Are We in the Faith?" Mrs. E. G. White We love Him, because He first loved us." It is impossible for us to believe that Jesus endured the untold agonies of the cross for us, without having our hearts melted in love for Him. And if we love Him, we shall be solicitous to please Him, to obey Him. The heart stirred by the love of Christ will earnestly inquire, "Lord, what wilt thou have me to do?" {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 1} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 2] Dear brethren, "examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith." Many respond, "Why, yes, I am in the faith; I believe every point of the truth." But do you practise what you believe? Are you at peace with God and your brethren? Can you pray with sincerity. "Forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors"? Or are you estranged from your brother, because you think he has injured you? Are there no heart-burnings among you? Is there no bitterness in your hearts, no envy, no jealousy, no evil surmising, no misjudging of your brethren? Is there no emulation, no desire for special favor or honors, no wish to have the supremacy? These feelings should not exist among Christians. {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 2} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 3] Jesus, who died for us, loves us with a love that is infinite; and we must love one another. We must put away all selfishness, and work together in love and unity. We have loved and petted ourselves, and excused ourselves in waywardness; but we have been unmerciful toward our brethren, who may not be as faulty as ourselves. The Lord loves us, and bears with us, even when we are ungrateful to Him, forgetful of His mercies, wickedly unbelieving; but consider, brethren, how relentless we are to one another, how pitiless; how we hurt and wound one another, when we should love as Christ has loved us. Let us make a complete change. Let us cultivate the precious plant of love, and delight to help one another. We must be kind, forbearing, patient with one another's errors; we must keep our sharp criticisms for ourselves, but hope all things of our brethren. {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 3} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 4] Some of you seem to be earnestly seeking forgiveness of sins, for freedom in God. Do you deserve the pardon that you are seeking?--No, you do not; nevertheless, God is willing to grant it freely. And dare you withhold from your brethren the forgiveness and affection of which you do not think them worthy? Would you have God deal thus with you? Deal with your brethren as you wish God to deal with you. If we expect our prayers for forgiveness to be heard, we must offer them in a forgiving spirit. We must forgive others in the same manner, and to the same extent, that we ourselves hope to be forgiven. The hard-heartedness that professed Christians manifest toward one another is not Christlike, but savors of the satanic. We must every one of us open our hearts wide to the love of Jesus, and encourage pity and affection for our brethren. {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 4} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 5] It was "while we were yet sinners," that "Christ died for us." In view of His unmerited love and mercy toward us, how can we cherish malice, or even one feeling of unkindness toward our brethren, the purchase of His blood? Let us put away all suspicion and hatred, and all feelings of bitterness, even toward our worst enemies, those who seek to do us harm. But, brethren, do not wait until the heart is in harmony with your brother before you come to Jesus; for it is His spirit and power working in you that will give you the victory. {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 5} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 6] Many are filled with self-importance, and esteem themselves above their brethren. Such should let self die; let the carnal mind be crucified. If you have enmity, suspicion, envy, and jealousy in your hearts, you have a work to do. Confess your sins; come into harmony with your brethren. Speak well of them. Throw out no unfavorable hints, no suggestions that will awaken distrust in the minds of others. Guard their reputation as sacredly as you would have them guard yours; love them as you would be loved of Jesus. Work for their interest, instead of seeking to tear them down, that you may build up self on their ruins. Satan is an accuser of the brethren, and he loves to have you help him. But disappoint him; do not let him triumph over you. {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 6} [BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 7] Some pride themselves on being outspoken, blunt, and rough, and they call this frankness; but it is not rightly named. It is selfishness of the deepest dye. These persons may have virtues; they may be liberal and have kind impulses; but their discourteous manners render them almost insupportable. They criticise, they wound, they say disagreeable things. Does the character they are cultivating represent Jesus? Will it fit them for the society of heaven? We shall do well to examine ourselves, to see what manner of spirit we are cherishing. Let us learn to speak gently, quietly, even under circumstances the most trying. Let us control not only our words, but our thoughts and imagination. Let us be kind, courteous, in our words and deportment. There is a great neglect in this respect. We do not adorn the doctrine we profess. We are not what we might be, not what God would have us to be. Those who hope to be the companions of holy angels, should possess refined manners. If the principles of the Christian religion are carried out in the daily life, there will be a kind thoughtfulness for others, for this was characteristic of Christ. Then, although a man may be poor, he will have true dignity; for he is God's nobleman. {BTS, August 1, 1912 par. 7} [BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 1] November 1, 1912 Daniel Mrs. E. G. White Daniel's parents had trained him in childhood to habits of strict temperance. They had taught him that he must conform to nature's laws in all his habits; that his eating and drinking had a direct influence upon his physical, mental, and moral nature, and that he was accountable to God for his capabilities; for he held them all as a gift from God, and must not, by any course of action, dwarf or cripple them. As the result of this teaching, the law of God was exalted in his mind, and reverenced in his heart. During the early years of his captivity, Daniel was passing through an ordeal which was to familiarize him with courtly grandeur, with hypocrisy and with paganism. A strange school indeed to fit him for a life of sobriety, industry, and faithfulness. And yet he lived uncorrupted by the atmosphere of evil with which he was surrounded. {BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 2] Daniel and his companions enjoyed the benefits of correct training and education in early life, but these advantages alone would not have made them what they were. The time came when they must act for themselves -- when their future depended upon their own course. Then they decided to be true to the lessons given them in childhood. The fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom, was the foundation of their greatness. His Spirit strengthened every purpose, every noble resolution. {BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 3] The lesson here presented is one that we would do well to ponder. Our danger is not from scarcity, but from abundance. We are constantly tempted to excess. Those who would preserve their powers unimpaired for the service of God, must observe strict temperance in the use of His bounties, as well as total abstinence from every injurious or debasing indulgence. {BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 3} [BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 4] The rising generation are surrounded with allurements calculated to tempt the appetite. Especially in our large cities, every form of indulgence is made easy and inviting. Those who, like Daniel, refuse to defile themselves, will reap the reward of their temperate habits. With their greater physical stamina and increased power of endurance, they have a bank deposit upon which to draw ［in case］ of emergency. {BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 5] The history of Daniel and his companions has been recorded on the pages of the inspired word, for the benefit of the youth of all succeeding ages. What men have done, men may do. Did those youthful Hebrews stand firm amid great temptations, and bear a noble testimony in favor of true temperance? The youth of today may bear a similar testimony. {BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 5} [BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 6] We who are living in this age have greater light and privileges than were given to Abraham, Joseph, Moses, Ezra, Nehemiah and other ancient worthies, and we are under correspondingly greater obligations to let our light shine to the world. The Lord would have us learn a lesson from the experience of Daniel. There are many who might become mighty men, if, like this faithful Hebrew, they would depend upon God for grace to be overcomers, and for strength and efficiency in their labors. {BTS, November 1, 1912 par. 6} [BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 1] December 1, 1912 The Prophetic Word Mrs. E. G. White The strength of nations and of individuals is not found in the opportunities and facilities that appear to make them invincible; it is not found in their boasted greatness. That which alone can make them great or strong is the power and purpose of God. They themselves, by their attitude toward His purpose, decide their own destiny. {BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 1} [BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 2] Human historians relate man's achievements, his victories in battles, his success in climbing to worldly greatness. God's history describes man as heaven views him. In the divine records all his merit is seen to consist in his obedience to God's requirements. His disobedience is faithfully chronicled as meriting the punishment he will surely receive. In the light of eternity it will be seen that God deals with men in accordance with the momentous question of obedience or disobedience. {BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 2} [BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 3] Hundreds of years before a people had come upon the stage of action, the prophetic pen, under the dictation of the Holy Spirit, had traced its history. The prophet Daniel described the kingdoms that would rise and fall. Interpreting to the king of Babylon the dream of the great image, he declared to Nebuchadnezzar that his kingdom would be superseded. His greatness and power in God's world would have its day, and a second kingdom should arise, which also should have its period of test, and trial, as to whether the people would exalt the one ruler, the only true God. Not doing this, their glory would fade away, and a third kingdom would occupy their place. Proved by obedience or disobedience, this also would pass away; and a fourth, strong as iron, was to subdue the nations of the world. This word, opened by the infinite God to finite man, recorded on the prophetic page and traced on the pages of history, declares that God is the ruling power. He changes the times and the seasons, He removeth kings and setteth up kings, to fulfill His own purpose. {BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 3} [BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 4] Under Nebuchadnezzar, Babylon was the richest and most powerful kingdom on the earth. Its riches and splendor have been faintly portrayed by inspiration. But in God's appointed time, that kingdom of pride and power, ruled by men of the highest intellect, was broken, shattered, helpless. Christ has declared, "Without Me, ye can do nothing." Illustrious statesmen did not regard themselves as being dependent upon God. They thought that they themselves had created all their grandeur and exaltation. But when God speaks, they are as the grass that groweth up, and as the flower of the grass that fadeth away. The word and will of God alone liveth and endureth forever. {BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 4} [BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 5] The voice of God, heard in ages past, is sounding down along the line from century to century through generations that have come on the stage of action and passed away. Shall God speak, and His voice not be respected? What power mapped out all this history, that nations, one after another, should fill in their predicted time and place, unconsciously witnessing to the truth of which they themselves know not the meaning? {BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 5} [BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 6] History and prophecy testify that the God of the whole earth revealeth secrets through His chosen light-bearers to the world. A skeptical world, talking and writing of higher education, is prating of things which it does not understand. It does not see that true, higher education comprehends a more perfect knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ, whom He has sent. There are few who understand that all true human science is from the God of science, and that God demonstrates to the world that He is King over all. {BTS, December 1, 1912 par. 6} [BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 1] January 1, 1913 The Wonderful Gift of His Word Mrs. E. G. White God designs that the plan of redemption shall come to His people as the latter rain; for they are fast losing their connection with God. They are trusting in man, and glorifying man, and their strength is proportionate to the strength of their dependence. Some matters have been opened before me which will be fulfilled ere long. We are to know more than we do at the present time. We are to comprehend the deep things of God. There are themes to be dwelt upon which are worthy of more than passing notice. Angels have desired to look into the truths which are revealed to the people who are searching God's word and with contrite hearts praying for wisdom, for greater lengths and breadths and heights of that knowledge which God alone can give. {BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 1} [BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 2] Hundreds of commentaries have been written upon the gospel by men who are called great, and as we near the closing scenes of this earth's history still more wonderful representations will be made. We need to study the scriptures with humble, contrite hearts. Those who will devote their powers to the study of God's word, and especially the prophecies referring to these last days, will be rewarded by the discovery of important truths. The last book of the New Testament scriptures is full of truths that need to be understood. Satan has blinded the eyes of men, and they have been glad of any excuse for not making a study of this book. Here Christ has declared through His servant John what shall be in the last days. {BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 2} [BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 3] Every Bible student should study these prophecies with diligence. As we search the scriptures, the character of Christ will appear in its infinite perfection. He is the one in whom our hopes of eternal life are centered. He is eternal life to all who will eat His flesh and drink His blood. Those who will look to Him may be healed of the serpent's sting; for He is the sinbearer, the only remedy for sin. By beholding Him, we may become changed into the same image. Nothing must interpose between the soul and God. Faith, love, adoration, are to grow in the soul of the student. We are in possession of the richest treasures of truth, and if we follow on to know the Lord, we shall have a large field in which to work. The word records the deeds of mercy and the wonderful restoring power of Jesus. With aching hearts we read of His sorrow because of the sins we have committed. We may learn, too, how through His suffering and sacrifice in our behalf, we may be complete in Him. Inspiration tells the story which is of more importance to us than all human learning, however broad and deep. {BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 3} [BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 4] "This is life eternal," Christ said, "That they might know Thee, the only true God and Jesus Christ whom thou has sent. Why do we not realize the value of this knowledge. Why are not these glorious truths glowing in our hearts, trembling upon our lips, and pervading our whole being. {BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 4} [BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 5] In giving us His word, God has put us in possession of every truth essential to our salvation. The storehouse of the unsearchable riches of Christ is open to heart and mind. Thousands of men and women have drawn from the wells of salvation yet there is no diminishing of the supply. Thousands have set the Lord before them and by beholding have been changed into the same image. Their spirit burns within them as they speak of His character, telling what Jesus is to them, and what they are to Jesus. But these men have not exhausted the grand and holy themes. Thousands more may engage in the work of searching out the mysteries of salvation. The life of Christ and the character of His mission may be dwelt upon, and rays of light will shine forth more distinctly at every attempt to discover truth. Each fresh search will reveal something more deeply interesting than has yet been unfolded. The subject is inexhaustible. The study of the incarnation of Christ, His atoning sacrifice and mediatorial work, will employ the mind of the diligent student as long as time shall last, and looking to heaven with its unnumbered years, he will exclaim, "Great is the mystery of godliness." {BTS, January 1, 1913 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 1] February 1, 1913 The False and the True Mrs. E. G. White The prophetic declaration that the papacy was to oppose and exalt itself "above all that is called God, or that is worshipped," was strikingly fulfilled in the change of the Sabbath from the seventh to the first day of the week. Wherever the papal Sabbath is honored in preference to the Sabbath of the Lord, there is the man of sin exalted above the Creator of the heavens and the earth. {BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 2] Those who assert that Christ changed the Sabbath are directly contradicting His own words. In His sermon on the mount He declared, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven." {BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 3] Roman Catholics acknowledge that the change in the Sabbath was made by their church, and they cite this very change as evidence of the supreme authority of the church. They declare that by observing the first day of the week as the Sabbath, Protestants are recognizing her power to legislate in divine things. The Roman church has not relinquished her claim to infallibility; and when the world and the Protestant churches accept a spurious Sabbath of her creating, while they reject the Sabbath of Jehovah, they virtually acknowledge this claim. They may cite the authority for this change, but the fallacy of their reasoning is easily discerned. The papist is sharp enough to see that Protestants are deceiving themselves, willingly closing their eyes to the facts in the case. As the Sunday institution gains favor, he rejoices, feeling assured that it will eventually bring the whole Protestant world under the banner of Rome. {BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 3} [BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 4] The change of the Sabbath is the sign or mark of the authority of the Roman church. Those who, understanding the claims of the fourth commandment, choose to observe the false Sabbath in the place of the true, are thereby paying homage to that power by which alone it is commanded. The mark of the beast is the papal Sabbath, which has been accepted by the world in the place of the day of God's appointment. {BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 4} [BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 5] But the time to receive the mark of the beast, as designated in prophecy, has not yet come. The testing time has not yet come. There are true Christians in every church, not excepting the Roman Catholic communion. None are condemned until they have had the light and have seen the obligation of the fourth commandment. But when the decree shall go forth enforcing the counterfeit Sabbath, and when the loud cry of the third angel shall warn men against the worship of the beast and his image, the line will be clearly drawn between the false and the true. Then those who still continue in transgression will receive the mark of the beast in their foreheads or in their hands. {BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 6] With rapid steps we are approaching this period. When Protestant churches shall unite with the secular power to sustain a false religion, for opposing which their ancestors endured the fiercest persecution, then will the papal Sabbath be enforced by the combined authority of church and state. There will be a national apostasy, which will end only in national ruin. {BTS, February 1, 1913 par. 6} [BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 1] May 1, 1913 The Word of God Mrs. E. G. White The word of God is the standard of character. That word does not repress activity. It opens before the conscientious soul, who is striving to honor his Saviour, channels for activity. The word does not leave men in uncertainty or without an object. It gives the highest object, which is worthy the co-operation of the Holy Spirit. The work of imparting the knowledge of truth, present truth for this time, is the all-important work. All heaven is engaged in it. The truth for this time is not to be lost sight of under an accumulation of interests that are of secondary importance. These are not to be allowed to engross the mind while important issues are not advanced. The word of God places a lamp in the hand, which lights the path heavenward. It allows of no diversion from the straight and narrow path in which God requires His people to walk. {BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 2] The word of God tells of unsearchable riches, treasure that is beyond our estimate, to be secured by every soul who will be guided by the Word rather than by human sophistries and principles which eventually divorce the soul from God. There is no safety in departing from one principle which the Word reveals. The soul is to be pervaded by a continual, abiding sense of every word that proceedeth from the mouth of God. It is the life of the soul to be sanctified through the truth, and to maintain the authority of the truth. Understanding and heart are to be sanctified by the strictest obedience to the word, and the action and conscience by connection with the pure and sacred springs from which they derive their inspiration. {BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 3] In this age of the world there is no safety in departing from a plain "Thus saith the Lord," however wise and correct the human assumption may appear. Tradition in names and books is nothing. God's word is everything. The wisdom of the wisest man that lives is foolishness if it swerves one jot or tittle from the word of the living God. God lives, God reigns, and He declares, "Them that honor me I will honor." Of those who place their sophistry above a plain "Thus saith the Lord," God says, "I will make their wisdom foolishness." {BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 3} [BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 4] In this period of time there is no safety for the soul who has not a penetration deeper than casual sight. We are called now to reach the highest standard of integrity. It is positively necessary for all who would walk in the straight and narrow path, cast up for the ransomed of the Lord, to take heed, lest their feet be diverted from the path that leads to success and victory and triumph in the third angel's message. Those who would command the very best resources must walk humbly with God, their hand clasped in the hand of Christ. He who would reach the highest standard of perfection in Christian character must penetrate deeper than habit. He must be afraid lest his natural traits of character, his habits of opinion and authority shall mislead him. {BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 4} [BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 5] The only safety for the human agent who is striving for an immortal crown is to live in hourly contact, in conscious, loving communion with the highest principles God has set forth in His word. Truth and righteousness must be inscribed upon every action done for our fellowmen. Mercy must constantly flow forth from the soul, revealing an abiding Christ. Sanctified judgment and purified reasoning will give strength and solidity and spiritual power. Then every cause that asks for our sympathy and co-operation will receive careful consideration. There will be no spasmodic movements made. {BTS, May 1, 1913 par. 5} [BTS, February 1, 1915 par. 1] February 1, 1915 God Rules Over All Mrs. E. G. White To every man, God has assigned a place in His great plan. By truth or falsehood, by folly or wisdom, each is fulfilling a purpose, bringing about certain results. And each, according as he chooses obedience or disobedience, is deciding his eternal destiny. To every one is given freedom to act, and upon every one rests the responsibility of his own actions. But our words and actions must pass the test of God's high standard, or we shall be bound up with the wicked, to receive an eternal retribution. {BTS, February 1, 1915 par. 1} [BTS, February 1, 1915 par. 2] The centuries have their mission. Every moment has its work. Each is passing into eternity with its burden, Well done, thou good and faithful servant, or, Woe to the wicked and slothful servant. God is still dealing with earthly kingdoms. He is in the great cities. His eyes behold, His eyelids try the doings of the children of men. We are not to say, God was, but God is. He sees the very sparrows fall, the leaf that drops from the tree, and the king who is dethroned. All are under the control of the Infinite One. {BTS, February 1, 1915 par. 2} [BTS, February 1, 1915 par. 3] All around is changing. Cities and nations are being measured by the plummet in the hand of God. He never makes a mistake. He reads correctly. Everything earthly is unsettled, but the truth abides forever. In the eyes of the world, those who serve God may appear weak. They may be apparently sinking beneath the billows, but with the next billow they are seen rising nearer to their haven. I give unto them eternal life, saith our Lord, and none shall be able to pluck them out of my hand. Though kings shall be cast down, and nations removed, the souls that through faith link themselves with God's purposes shall abide forever. "They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever." {BTS, February 1, 1915 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 1] March 1, 1915 Words of Warning Mrs. E. G. White A great reformation is needed among the people of God. Many sapless and unfruitful branches are to be removed from the parent vine. Everything will be shaken that can be shaken, that that which can not be shaken may remain. {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 1} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 2] The enemy has worked upon the minds of some, and has led them to do violence to our past experience by mingling with the truth erroneous and false theories. He has led ministers and teachers to weave into their doctrines some pleasing figures of his own invention. Every deviation from the truth as we have advocated it in the past is a departure from truth that has been witnessed by the Holy Spirit, and upon which God has placed His seal. {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 2} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 3] Truth must stand in its own order, linked only with truth. Unbelief disturbs the balance of the system of truth, and tends to destroy the whole. The mind that cherishes sentiments that tend to destroy the foundation of the faith that has made us what we are becomes confused, and can not discern between truth and error. {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 3} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 4] The truths that have been substantiated by the manifest working of God are to stand fast. Let no one presume to move a pin or foundation-stone from the structure. Those who attempt to undermine the pillars of our faith are among those of whom the Bible says that "in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 4} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 5] One step from the path in which God has ordained us to walk, places us where we are subject to the temptations of Satan. This is represented in the case of Adam and Eve. Outside of God's way, we may be led to believe a lie. But angels of God will commune with those who obey His laws. Let mind and heart be united in following in the light that God has given. Keep soul and body pure and clean and holy. When we do those things that God has commanded in His word, angels of God will act as our teachers. Our happiness is dependent upon our living a righteous life. {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 5} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 6] We are subject to certain laws, even as the plants are subject to law. Every tree will bear its appointed fruit. Disobedience to the laws that govern our being results in sickness and suffering and death. {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 6} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 7] The soul is also subject to laws, and a disregard of these laws, by the wresting and misinterpretation of scripture, will result in the sickness and death of the soul. Those following in a path of error lose from the heart the genuine peace of Christ, and become like the troubled sea, casting up mire and dirt. {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 7} [BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 8] Spiritual life is the result of the action of the soul in obedience to the word and in harmony with the laws of God. Let the soul be regulated by the law, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind." "This do, and thou shalt live." {BTS, March 1, 1915 par. 8} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 1] May 1, 1915 Help for the Tempted Mrs. E. G. White Jesus Christ is the life of every blessing, every grace, every religious ordinance, the life of all that is precious and valuable to the children of God. In the human agent we shall often meet with uncertainty and disappointment; but it is not well for us to brood over that phase of character; for if we look at it and talk of it, it becomes to us a living reality. Distrust and suspicion bear their own fruit, and we will reap that which we sow. {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 1} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 2] But Christ is an overflowing fountain, an ever outspreading shade. In His shadow we may find rest and peace and pleasure. When temptations assail you, as they surely will, when care, perplexity, and darkness seem to enshroud the soul, look, O look to where with eyes of faith you last saw the light, and you will rest in Christ's love and under His protecting shield. {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 2} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 3] Bereavements come to all, but we have no right to mourn over the dead or to afflict our souls because of the change in our lives. This certainly cannot help them or us. Our work is to do service for the Master by representing Christ in character to the world. We must honor our Saviour in all things. Who applies the precious promises? Who heals the human sorrows? Who dries the bitter tear? -- Jesus. He is our restorer. {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 3} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 4] When sin struggles for the mastery in the human heart, when guilt seems to oppress the soul and burden the conscience, when unbelief clouds the mind, who lets in the beams of light? Whose grace is sufficient to subdue sin, and who gives the precious forgiveness and pardons all our sins, expelling the darkness, and making us hopeful and joyful in God? -- Jesus, the sin-pardoning Saviour. He is still our Advocate in the courts of heaven; and those whose lives are hid with Christ in God must arise and shine, because the glory of the Lord has risen upon them. {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 4} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 5] The reason of the spiritual feebleness of today is the low estimate the believer is constantly inclined to form of his spiritual character. But he is of that value that the Lord Jesus has paid an infinite price for his salvation, and Christ would have His chosen heritage value themselves according to the price He placed upon them. In view of this do not let any one of us disappoint Jesus by placing a low estimate upon ourselves. Let us embrace the opportunities and privileges which will increase our value with God, by using all the treasures of His grace to become precious and lovely in His sight. If this were done, many more souls of solid moral worth would be seen, because by uniting with Jesus, our lives become imbued with His spiritual likeness. Practical holiness would run like threads of gold through our lives, and as they beheld the wholeness of character to God, heavenly angels would say, "I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir!" {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 5} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 6] All heaven rejoices over the weak, faulty human soul that gives itself to Jesus, and lives a life of purity. Those who overcome much, love Jesus the most, and are put next to Christ, next to the great white throne, within the inner circle; yes, greatly honored. "Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels." {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 6} [BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 7] Every moment is exceedingly precious. We cannot, without great loss, neglect the precious opportunity of walking in the light. If we have neglected to place our hand in the hand of Christ, we are in constant danger of being deceived. We will be led in false paths by seducing spirits, who have not received the love of the truth, but who have in turning away from Christ, become blinded by strong delusions, so that they believe and work a lie. {BTS, May 1, 1915 par. 7} [BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 1] June 1, 1915 The Work of Faith Mrs. E. G. White The work of faith means more than we think. It means genuine reliance upon the naked word of God. By our actions we are to show that we believe that God will do just as He has said. The wheels of nature and of providence are not appointed to roll backward nor to stand still. We must have an advancing, working faith, a faith that works by love and purifies the soul from every vestige of selfishness. It is not self, but God, that we must depend upon. We must not cherish unbelief. We must have that faith that takes God at His word. {BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 2] "The kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force." We need to experience a resurrection on the subject of faith. Without faith (a faith that will rely upon a plain statement of the word) it is impossible to please God. A faith that is not sustained by works is worthless. Says the apostle, "What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say, thou hast faith, and have not works: show me thy faith without thy works, and I will show thee my faith by my works." That faith if cherished in our hearts will necessarily draw after it the good works which justify and endorse the faith of the believer. Good works are indispensable as the fruit of faith, and are the sure evidence that we have passed from death unto life, because we love our believing brethren. This is not to say that our brethren are to step exactly in our footprints. True faith in God will lead us to understand that each is a worker. God works upon human minds, and all who love God will love their brethren. They will be zealous of good works. {BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 3] True faith consists in doing just what God has enjoined, not manufacturing things He has not enjoined. Justice, truth, and mercy, are the fruits of faith. We need to walk in the light of God's law: then good works will be the fruit of our faith, the proceeds of a heart renewed every day. The tree must be made good before the fruit can be good. We must be wholly consecrated to God. Our will must be made right before the fruit can be good. We must have no fitful religion. "Whatsoever ye do. . . . do all to the glory of God." {BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 4] Sanctification of soul, body, and spirit will surround us with the atmosphere of heaven. If God has chosen us from eternity, it is that we might be holy, our conscience purged from dead works to serve the living God. We must not in any way make self our god. God has given Himself to die for us, that He might purify us from all iniquity. The Lord will carry on this work of perfection for us if we will allow ourselves to be controlled by Him. He carries on this work for our good and His own name's glory. {BTS, June 1, 1915 par. 4} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 1] September 1, 1915 Gethsemane Mrs. E. G. White From the manger to Calvary, Christ's life was one continual experience of disappointment and suffering. Christ was the only begotten of the Father, and yet He was pressed with grief; but His suffering in the garden of Gethsemane was an awful anguish that must ever remain a terrible mystery to the human family. The record says, "Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto His disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And He took with Him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful and very heavy." {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 1} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 2] With what awe, with what reverence, should the disciples have regarded the sufferings of the Son of God! As He drew nigh to the center of the garden, the agony of the sins of the world was weighing upon His divine soul. The curse of the world's iniquity was shadowing the light of His Father's face from His vision. Oh, how could He escape from it? How avoid standing under the curse that sin had wrought, and being alienated from His beloved Father? He turned to His disciples and said, "My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death; tarry ye here, and watch with Me." {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 2} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 3] At the thought of the grievous character of the guilt of the world, Christ felt that He must go apart, and be alone. The hosts of darkness were there to make sin appear as extensive, deep, and horrible as possible. In his hatred of God, in falsifying His character, in manifesting irreverence, contempt, and hatred toward the laws of His government, Satan had made iniquity reach unto the heavens, and it was his purpose to swell iniquity to such great proportions, that atonement should seem impossible; so that the Son of God, who sought to save a lost world, should be crushed beneath the curse of sin. {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 3} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 4] The working of the vigilant foe in presenting to Christ the vast proportions of transgression, caused such poignant pain, that He felt that He could not remain in the immediate presence of any human being. He could not bear that even His disciples should witness His agony as He contemplated the woe of the world. Even His most dearly loved friends must not be in His companionship. The sword of justice was unsheathed, and the wrath of God against iniquity rested upon man's substitute, Jesus Christ, the only begotten of the Father. {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 4} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 5] In the garden of Gethsemane Christ suffered in man's stead, and the human nature of the Son of God staggered under the terrible horror of the guilt of sin, until from His pale and quivering lips was forced the agonizing cry, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me:" but if there be no other way by which the salvation of man may be accomplished, then "not as I will, but as Thou wilt." Human nature would then and there have died under the horror of the sense of sin, had not an angel from heaven strengthened Him to bear the agony. The power that inflicted retributive justice upon man's substitute and surety, was the power that sustained and upheld the suffering One under the tremendous weight of wrath that would have fallen upon a sinful world. Christ was suffering the death that was pronounced upon the transgressors of God's law. {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 5} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 6] It is a fearful thing for the unrepenting sinner to fall into the hands of the living God. This is proved by the history of the destruction of the old world by a flood, and by the record of the fire which fell from heaven and destroyed the inhabitants of Sodom. But never was this proved to so great an extent as in the agony of Christ, the Son of the infinite God, when He bore the wrath of God for a sinful world. It was in consequence of sin, the transgression of God's law, that the garden of Gethsemane has become pre-eminently the place of suffering to a sinful world. {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 6} [BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 7] No sorrow, no agony, can measure with that which was endured by the Son of God. Man has not been made a sin-bearer, and he will never know the horror of the curse of sin which the Saviour bore. No sorrow can bear any comparison with the sorrow of Him upon whom the wrath of God fell with overwhelming force. Human nature can endure but a limited amount of test and trial. The finite can only endure the finite measure, and human nature succumbs; but the nature of Christ had a greater capacity for suffering; for the human existed in the Divine nature, and created a capacity for suffering to endure that which resulted from the sins of a lost world. The agony which Christ endured, broadens, deepens, and gives a more extended conception of the character of sin, and of the retribution which God will bring upon those who continue in sin. The wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ to the repenting, believing sinner. {BTS, September 1, 1915 par. 7} [BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 1] October 1, 1915 Acquainted With Grief Mrs. E. G. White The sufferings of humanity ever touched the heart and called forth the sympathy and love of Christ. He exercised pity and compassion toward those who were afflicted in soul or body. His example in the matter of treating the suffering and afflicted should teach us how to have compassion and pity for the sufferings of His creatures. {BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 1} [BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 2] Christ had suffered in the flesh. He had clothed His divinity with humanity, and in every period of His life, through infancy, childhood, youth, and manhood, He had suffered every phase of trial and temptation with which humanity is beset. He knew what it was to suffer keen pangs of hunger, and He has given special lessons in regard to feeding the hungry and caring for the needy poor, and has declared that in ministering to the needy we are ministering unto Himself in the person of His saints. He says, "I was an hungered and ye gave me meat." He knew the discomfort and suffering of thirst, and He declared that a cup of cold water given in His name to any of His disciples should not lose its reward. {BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 2} [BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 3] He was often weary, oppressed with poverty, and He experienced the taxation of acting His part to support the family of which He was a member. He suffered reproach, and experienced the bitter hostility of those who knew Him not. In His own home He was made to suffer the discomfort and sorrow that results from envy and jealousy. His brethren thought that it was their privilege to exercise authority over Him, and presume to dictate to Him what should be His course. The misapprehension of His relatives was most painful to Him, because His own heart was full of kindness and love, and He appreciated tender regard in the family relation. But His own brethren often wounded and grieved His heart. They desired that He should concede to their wishes and ideas when such a course would be utterly out of harmony with His divine mission. The statement is made in the Scriptures, "Neither did His brethren believe on Him." {BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 3} [BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 4] Oh, if His brethren, the members of His own family, had been His friends, what a comfort they might have been to Him! The life of Christ was far superior to that of His home relations. They were not all converted, and they looked upon Christ as one in need of their advice and counsel. They judged Him from their human standpoint, and they thought that if He would only be advised by them, and speak only such things before the scribes and Pharisees as would not arouse their hostility, He would avoid all the disagreeable controversy that His words aroused. They charged Him with blame for many things that He said, and declared that He ought to have left them unsaid. {BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 4} [BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 5] They could not fathom by their short human measuring line the divine mission which He came to fulfil, and therefore could not be partakers with Him of His trials. Their coarse, unappreciative words revealed the fact that they had no conception of the fine texture of His character, and did not discern that the divine blended with the human. They often saw Him full of grief, but instead of comforting Him, their spirit and words only grieved His heart. His sensitive nature was tortured, His motives misunderstood, His work uncomprehended. So pained was Christ by the atmosphere of misapprehension in His own home, that He felt relieved when He could be in a place where it did not exist, and where His spirit could rest. He loved to visit the home of Lazarus, Martha, and Mary. Here His spirit found rest, and His motive and words were not misconstrued and misapprehended. {BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 5} [BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 6] His brethren often brought forward the philosophy of the Pharisees, which was hoary with age and threadbare, and presumed to think that they could teach Him who understood all truth and comprehended all mysteries. He was the Author of truth, and His soul was wearied and distressed. He found relief in being alone, and in communing with His heavenly Father. His brethren thought their wisdom was far superior to that of Jesus, and did not apprehend that He was the fountain of all wisdom and knowledge. They freely condemned that which they could not understand, and their reproaches probed Him to the quick. They avowed faith in God, and thought that they were vindicating God, when God was with them in the flesh, and they knew Him not. These things made His path a thorny one to travel. {BTS, October 1, 1915 par. 6} [BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 1] July 1, 1916 The Love of Our Redeemer Mrs. E. G. White Clothing His divinity with humanity, Christ came to this world to seek and save the lost. In every deed and word He was unselfish. His only motive was the love that He bore to the race, a love unsurpassed by any other love that has ever been shown. He came to show what human beings may become if they will unite their weakness with His strength. {BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 1} [BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 2] Satan has declared to His synagogue that man could not keep God's commandments. One soul saved would prove this statement false. One soul saved would demonstrate the righteousness of God's law. Christ came to this earth, and by a life of obedience showed that man could obey. He canceled the guilt resting on the sinner. That the sinner might stand before God clothed with the robe of righteousness. Jesus clothed Himself with the robe of sorrow. {BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 2} [BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 3] Satan in heaven had hated Christ for His position in the courts of God. He hated Him the more when he himself was dethroned. He hated Him who pledged Himself to redeem the race of sinners. From the manger to the cross he followed Him, striving constantly to gain the mastery over Him. He filled the hearts of the priests and rulers with hatred toward Him, till at last the Saviour stood in Pilate's judgment hall in the hands of a lawless mob, whose hearts were filled with the violence that Satan only can inspire. His agents, disguised in the robes of priests and rulers, joined hands with the lowest and most degraded, in an effort to take the life of the Son of God. How could the beings He had created, the beings He loved so well that He left His heavenly home to come to this earth in their behalf, sink to such depths of wickedness that they would personate Satan in fighting against Him. {BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 3} [BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 4] Stand before the cross and learn from it the cost of redemption. With breaking heart, the Holy Sufferer looks up to God, and cries, "My God, My God, why hast thou forsaken me?" His heart was breaking under the thought of the woe that was to come upon the actors, under a sense of their ingratitude, under the weight of the sin He Himself must carry for them. No heart save His own could approach unto such sin-bearing. Amidst His agony there came from heart and lips the wonderful prayer, "Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do." {BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 4} [BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 5] The angels of heaven sympathized with their loved commander. Gladly would they have broken their ranks and gone to His assistance, but this was not God's plan. Our Saviour trod the winepress alone, and of the people there were none with Him. {BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 5} [BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 6] "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we might be called the Sons of God." "Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins;" "and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world." {BTS, July 1, 1916 par. 6} [BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 1] October 1, 1916 Christianity Mrs. E. G. White In temporal matters many act with far more prudence and consideration than in spiritual things. They do not begin their worldly transactions in a haphazard, thoughtless way. They teach God's people a lesson. We are not to rush into the acceptance of the gospel without any fixed stability of purpose. If we receive Jesus Christ, we must receive all the conditions, all the requirements, and make it our life business in everything to make the kingdom of God our first consideration. Difficulties will present themselves as obstructions. But the greatest difficulties originate with self. It will cost all there is of the man, for Christ demands the heart, the soul, the strength, and the mind of every human agent. "Ye are not your own for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit which are God's." It will cost self-humiliation, self-denial, self-sacrifice, a constant conflict with human passions. Our natural temperaments can not be carried along in the road, cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in. Shame and weakness and disgrace are the sure result of professedly following Christ while walking in the ways and practises of the unrenewed, unconverted men. {BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 1} [BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 2] To be half for Christ and half unrenewed, having the mind of the enemy, means to be a stumbling-block to one's self and a stumbling-block to others, a reproach to Christ and a weakness in the church and in the ministry. If we do not propose to be wholly converted, to be doers of the word, then for Christ's sake let us not spoil the Christian experience of others, causing them to be led astray by our serving sin and the devil while professedly serving the Lord. {BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 2} [BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 3] Without the absolute surrender of self, soul, body, and spirit the contest is hopeless. Self must be hid in Christ. Said Paul, "What things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ, yea, doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung that I may win Christ, and be found in Him, (day by day, under all trials and difficulties and temptation) not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith: that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death; if by any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the dead." Read this chapter, and practise the lesson given. We are in need of these cautions and safeguards. {BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 3} [BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 4] Much importance is attached to hearing and practising the sayings of Christ. When the divine Teacher gave His sermon on the mount, He was surrounded by a large congregation. After specifying the characters that should be blessed, He said, "Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and to be trodden under foot of men." All must possess Christlike attributes of character if they have any saving influence on the world. Profession of faith is nothing. Unless the truth is a living principle in the heart, it will not be revealed in precious talents of appropriate speech. No one can impart that which he has not. If we receive grace from the source of all correct influence, from the great fountain of good, it is that we may impart. If we have not in our character the precious attributes of Christ, if we do not cherish His meekness, patience, longsuffering, kindness, and love, we may profess to know Christ, but we know Him not. {BTS, October 1, 1916 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 1] November 1, 1916 Practical Godliness Mrs. E. G. White A connection with Christ in God will establish principles in youthful disciples and in those who claim a longer experience, that will enable them to reveal that they have walked with Christ to some purpose. They have loved His ways, and learned His meekness and lowliness, and have cultivated purity of speech. The soul-temple has been cleansed, and they can speak good, wholesome words to the young. The love of God is the crowning glory of their characters. They have not lost the saving qualities of the salt. They never violate the dictates of purity, either in action, language, or thought. The spoken word, the outward action, is the expression of the inward thought. Out of the good treasure of the heart proceed good things; out of the evil treasure of the heart proceed evil things. {BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 1} [BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 2] There must be a living connection with God in prayer, a living connection with God in songs of praise and thanksgiving. The church may be converted, and demonstrate the truth of Christ's words, "Ye are the salt of the earth." May the Lord help us everyone, through Christ, to obtain an experience that will enable us to place a proper value on our individual selves. We cannot avoid, while we live, being in the company of ourselves. If we do not expect much from ourselves, if we sink into cheap habits and common talk, we meet with continual disappointment in the Christian life. We are unable to rid ourselves of the idea that we are spurious coin. We have not the right ring. Self may pretend a great many things, and yet be untrue to the position it should occupy. But self may be lost in Christ, and Christ's character appear. {BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 2} [BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 3] As professed Christians we are making a great mistake in being so well pleased with self. It would be far better if our liberal distrust and our free criticism were given to self instead of to others. If our eyes were anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, we would not make the great blunder many are now making of believing themselves to be rich in the knowledge of the truth. Their riches are riches that spoil the individual life. Self-satisfaction is a terrible element to cherish. Christ looks upon us, and His estimate of us is in marked contrast to our own. "I know thy works," He says, "that thou art neither cold nor hot. I would that thou wert cold or hot. So then, because thou art lukewarm and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked." {BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 3} [BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 4] How many are in this very position! In their ignorance they are in a deplorable, selfish condition. They are as salt without a savor. They are separated from the Lord Jesus, in whom their hope of eternal life is centered, yet they are satisfied with the knowledge of their smartness, thinking themselves wise. But their eyes are blinded; they do not discern their wretchedness. They do not keep the law of God, but fail to do those things that are pleasing in His sight. "I know thy works," Christ declares. They are an offense to God. His righteousness is not in them. They have not kept their garments from worldly defilement. They do not keep the correct standard of character uplifted before them. {BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 4} [BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 5] It is a knowledge of practical godliness, a daily conversion, that is the great need in our world. {BTS, November 1, 1916 par. 5} [BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 1] June 1, 1917 Press Onward and Upward Mrs. E. G. White The Lord is waiting to do great things for His people; but they must be pure in heart before they can see God or know Him as a pure and holy God. Jesus led His disciples into the audience chamber of the Most High. He impressed upon their minds what was to be the burden of their prayer. They were to pray for the gift of the Holy Spirit, which would supply every need of the soul, for it would work by love and purify the soul. The Spirit taking its abode in the heart, will transform the entire being, conforming it to the likeness of Christ. {BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 1} [BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 2] Let us humble our hearts before God, and believe He has pardoned all our transgressions and forgiven all our sins. We cannot honor God unless we do believe this, and make Jesus our personal Saviour. We must as a people rise up from our formality. We must enter the straight gate. Satan has placed his active agents all along the passage to dispute the way of every soul. Christ has encouraged His followers not to be intimidated; press, urge your way through, strive to enter in at the straight gate, "for many, I say unto you, shall seek to enter in, but shall not be able." Darling, cherished idols will have to be given up, the sins that have been indulged in, even if it comes as close as the plucking out of the right eye, or cutting off the right arm. Arouse, force your way through the very armies of hell that oppose your passage. {BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 2} [BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 3] Oh, we must be terribly in earnest to impress upon every soul that there is a hell to shun and a heaven to be won. Every energy of the soul must be aroused to force their passage, and seize the kingdom of heaven by force. Satan is active, and we must be active. Satan is untiring and persevering and we must be. This is no time now to make excuses and blame others for our backslidings, no time now to flatter the soul -- if circumstances had only been more favorable, how much easier for us to work the works of God. We must tell even those who profess the truth that they must cease to offend God by their sinful excuses. Jesus has provided for every emergency. If they will walk where He leads the way, He will make rough places plain. He, with His presence will create an atmosphere for the soul. He closes the door, and brings the soul into seclusion with God, and the needy soul is to forget everyone and everything but God. Satan will walk with him, but speak aloud to God, and He will drive back the hellish shadow of Satan. With humble, subdued, thankful hearts they will come forth saying, Thy gentleness hath made me great. {BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 3} [BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 4] The sincere seeker comes forth from the audience with God, rich in the assurance of His love, to go forth to distil a heavenly fragrance wherever he goes. He can talk of the righteousness of Christ, he can talk of the love of God with sincerity. He has tasted, and he knows the Lord is good. This work is to be done in all our churches. Christ, His love, His forgiveness, His purity, is to be the theme upon which we are to dwell. The charms of Jesus are to be kept ever before our minds, charged with the elevated character of the true model that every soul must copy. Let us turn our eyes from everything that would dishearten and discourage. Satan will seek to distort everything to our vision, and make a mountain of a mole hill. Our eyes must be fixed on Jesus. {BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 4} [BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 5] The Lord Jesus is our leader. We must follow where He leads the way. We are not to commence to plan for the second step. We are not to say, Lord, after I have taken that step, what shall I do, for I shall meet with difficulties; but by faith we must take that one step, come what will, and trust in Jesus. {BTS, June 1, 1917 par. 5} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 1] CUM - The Canadian Union Messenger September 3, 1907 An Address to the Young People By Mrs. E. G. White In the first chapter of second Peter is given instruction of special value to those who desire to attain the highest success in the Christian life. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 1} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 2] The apostle Peter, in writing to those "that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ, declares: Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as his divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue." {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 2} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 3] This scripture will bear much study. "Through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord," grace and peace are to be multiplied unto us. We grow in grace in proportion as we advance in a knowledge of heavenly things. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 3} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 4] My dear young Christian friends, it is your privilege to gain a knowledge of God and of his Word. Daily you may grow in grace and in a knowledge of the truth. And as you add grace to grace, God promises to multiply his mercies unto you. But there is an earnest work for you to do, as laborers together with God, if you would perfect a Christian character. Influences for evil are so prevalent in the world, that we can not hope to attain perfection in our own strength. Only as we co-operate with God, shall we be able to advance. Abundant provision has been made for us to lay hold on divine strength. The apostle declares: "According as his divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue: whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust." {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 4} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 5] The Saviour, during his life on the earth, was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. In him the weakness of humanity was united with the strength of divinity. Because he experienced the temptations of humanity, he knows how to succor all who are tempted; because his humanity was united with divinity, every young man, every young woman, who chooses to follow in his footsteps, may be a partaker of the divine nature, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 5} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 6] The high and holy privilege of overcoming as Jesus overcame, through power imparted from above, is given to those who conscientiously do all in their power to co-operate with the Source of their strength. When sorely tempted, Christ made use of his knowledge of Scripture. He met Satan with the words, "It is written." And so the apostle exhorts us, as followers of Christ:-- {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 6} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 7] "Giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness: and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ." {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 7} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 8] We can not be too diligent in studying God's Word; for this is the foundation of our faith. And yet, sad to say, many fail on this very point, so vital to all Christian growth. To some, the Word of God is an unknown Book. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 8} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 9] We are living in an age when reading matter is abundant and cheap. The perfecting of the printing-press has made possible the rapid multiplication of the printed page. This was intended by the Lord to be a blessing to the world; but it has been perverted by many into a curse. A steady stream of trashy literature is pouring forth from hundreds of presses, and is flooding the world like a great, desolating tidal-wave, sweeping before it everything that has not been firmly anchored to the truth of God's Word. Much of this trashy reading-matter is published in an attractive form, and finds its way readily into thousands upon thousands of homes. Those whose principles are not firmly fixed, are often allured by the inviting pages, and the result is liable to be a distinct spiritual loss. The mind is filled with sentiments and scenes originated by the enemy of our souls; God and his truth are too often lost sight of, and his name is dishonored by those who claim to be his children. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 9} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 10] My dear youth, you can not afford to imperil your souls by heeding the voice of the tempter when he presents before you an alluring story to read. Is it not your desire that "an entrance shall be administered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ? Then flee from the tempter. Give Satan no chance to harass you continually with temptation to read novels and story-magazines. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 10} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 11] In apostolic times, those who were converted at Ephesus brought together their magical books, and burned them up. I would that all the cheap, trashy literature in every home might be burned up! You can not do better, my dear young friends, than to burn everything that would tempt you to indulge in the reading of fictitious stories. Turn from this cheap literature, to that which will give you spiritual strength. Partake of the bread of life,--the Word of the living God. "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me." {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 11} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 12] To us, as well as his disciples of old, Jesus has declared: "He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life. I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die, I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 12} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 13] "Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the-flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life: and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 13} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 14] "Many therefore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying, who can hear it?" Jesus then explained that he had spoken with reference to the importance of the Scriptures. "It is the Spirit that quickeneth," He declared; "the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life." {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 14} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 15] In the early years of the third angel's message, many of the believers were young in years, but they learned to study God's Word with prayerful earnestness; and as they grew older, they became a mighty power for good. Their knowledge of the Scriptures enabled them to labor for souls in the days of their youth and early manhood. They did not think that because they were young, they could not understand God's Word. As they wrestled with difficult passages, and sought God for understanding, light shone forth from the sacred page, and the foundation of our faith was established in their hearts. Later, when these young men met every species of error, nothing could shake their confidence. They were anchored within the vail. Their faith in the Bible was substantiated by a personal knowledge of the One who inspired the Word. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 15} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 16] We are living in a time when every wind of doctrine is blowing, and when those who think they stand are liable to fall. We are living in a time when Satan is striving to implant seeds of skepticism and infidelity in every mind. We are living in a time when error is taught so insidiously that the faith of many is being rapidly undermined. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 16} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 17] Oh, how much we lose by neglecting the privilege of partaking freely of the bread of life! Shall we not resolutely refuse to be ensnared by the enemy of our souls? Shall we not place beyond our reach everything that turns the mind away from the truths that God desires us to learn? Let us seek to become familiar with the books that clearly outline the truths for this time. Let us make a careful study of the fundamental principles of the message that is being proclaimed by God's children throughout the world. Let us keep informed regarding the progress of this message. A most solemn work is now in progress,--the work of warning an impenitent world of the judgment-day, and of the soon coming of our Saviour in the clouds of heaven. God desires that every child of his shall have a part to act in this great work. Let us come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 17} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 18] "If these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall be neither barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. But he that lacketh these things is blind, and can not see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins." May it never be said of us that we were so blind in this life that we could never see beyond the enjoyment of the pleasures of sin for a season! {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 18} [CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 19] With the apostle Peter, I would say; "I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth." And with the apostle, dear youth, I would lift my voice in earnest exhortation to you to "give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." {CUM, September 3, 1907 par. 19} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 1] Central Advance - The Central Advance February 25, 1903 Power for Service As a people, we have received great light. This light the Lord has entrusted to us for the benefit and blessing of the world. To us has been given the ministry of reconciliation. With power from on high we are to beseech men to be reconciled to God. We are encouraged to pray for success, and we are given the divine assurance that our prayers will be heard and "if two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them." "Ask of Me, and I will answer your requests." {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 1} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 2] The promise is made on condition that the united prayers of God's people are offered, and in answer to these prayers there may be expected a power greater than that which comes in answer to private prayer. The power given will be proportionate to the unity of the members and their love for God and for one another. {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 2} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 3] No one lives to himself. In God's work each one is assigned a post of duty. The union of all strengthens the work of each. As the faith and unity and love of the church grow stronger, their circle of influence enlarges, and ever they are to reach to the farthest limit of this influence constantly extending the triumphs of the cross. {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 3} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 4] God calls upon us to break the bands of our precise, indoor service. The message of the gospel is to be borne to the world. We are to call upon all to rally around the banner of the cross. When this work is done as it should be, when with divine zeal we labor to add converts to the truth, God will greatly bless our efforts. The unity of the believers will bear testimony to the power of the truth that can bring into perfect harmony men of different dispositions, making their interests one. {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 4} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 5] The prayers and offerings of God's people will be combined with earnest, self-sacrificing effort. Men will be converted anew. The hand that once grasped for recompense in higher wages will become the helping hand of God. The believers will be united by one interest,--the desire to make centers of truth where God shall be exalted. Christ will join them together with holy bonds of union and love--bonds which have irresistible power. {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 5} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 6] It was for this unity that Jesus prayed just before His trial, standing but a step from the throne. "That they all may be one," He said, "as thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me." {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 6} [Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 7] God calls upon His people, many of whom are but half awake, to arouse, and engage in earnest labor, praying for strength for service. Workers are needed. Receive the Holy Spirit, and your efforts will be successful. Christ's presence is what gives power. Let all strife and dissension cease. Let love and unity prevail. Let God's people move under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. If they will give themselves wholly to Him, He will restore to them the strength they have lost by division. Mrs. E. G. White. - {Central Advance, February 25, 1903 par. 7} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 1] April 8, 1903 Tested and Tried Christians will be tested and tried. But if they are sincerely trying to serve God, strength will be given them for every conflict. They are not to listen to the false reports that come to their ears, but are to go straight forward in the path of duty. They are to learn to think for themselves, and their actions are ever to be in accordance with the word of God. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 1} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 2] Do not go out of your way to call your enemy to account. His words of censure and malice are like sparks which, if not blown upon, will go out of themselves. Live down the evil reports of those whose tongues are set on fire of hell. If you stop to dispute, you will but open the way for further abuse. Often difficulties may be healed by silence. Let the evil talker alone. Go about your own work as one who has a sacred trust to fulfil. When you are criticised, move on as one who hears not. Your heart may be wounded: nevertheless, do not allow yourself to be turned aside from your work. Give your time and attention to matters of eternal interest. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 2} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 3] Christ is your example. He came to this world, and in humanity lived the life that He desires you to live. Study His plans and methods and purposes. His life is our lesson book. A divine-human Saviour, He stands before us with the invitation, "Come unto Me, . . . and I will give you rest. . . . .My yoke is easy, and My burden is light. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 3} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 4] The life of Christ is a perfect revelation of the character of God. What then is our duty? Paul tells us. Christ revealed Himself to Paul as he was persecuting the saints, and the apostle declares. "I was not disobedient to the heavenly vision." Henceforth his one desire was to preach Christ and Him crucified. Writing to the Ephesians he says, "Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ: and to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ: to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God, according to the eternal purpose which He purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord." {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 4} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 5] To us, also, this trust has been given,--the work of making known the unsearchable riches of Christ. How high a privilege is ours, and how willingly we should make all else secondary to the fulfilment of this trust! Mrs. E. G. White. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 5} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 1] April 8, 1903 Our Work The work of John the Baptist is our work. Of him we read, "Behold I send My messenger before Thy face, which shall prepare Thy way before Thee. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight." {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 1} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 2] By bearing a faithful witness in the daily life, in the words we speak and the deeds we do, we are to prepare the way for Christ's second coming. By revealing the principles of righteousness in our dealings with one another, we are to proclaim the message, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 2} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 3] The conflict is before us. The only safety for any of us now is to be one with Christ in God. Our resources must come from heaven. The Pentecostal out-pouring of the Spirit revealed truth which, presented to the people, caused the conversion of five thousand souls in a day. In order for the message to go with power today, the Holy Spirit must confirm the word spoken. Jesus is magnified through His sons and daughters when He can impart to them the power of His Spirit. Without this power, our efforts are worthless. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 3} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 4] Paul declared that neither Jewish learning nor Grecian eloquence could reach the mark of the high calling that is in Christ Jesus. The highest eloquence, the greatest physical strength, can not give man power to convict and convert souls. It is a heart-reception of the pure principles of the gospel that makes a man an honor to God, and enables him to exert an influence that wins souls to Christ. "Not by might nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts." Only thus can human beings prevail against Satanic agencies. Without God's aid, human might and strength have no more power than the wind that blows to impress aright the souls of men. The breath of God must be breathed into the soul before it can be filled with power. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 4} [Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 5] We are to strive to enter in at the strait gate. But this gate does not swing loosely on its hinges. It will not admit doubtful characters. We must now strive for eternal life with an intensity that is proportionate to the value of the prize before us. It is not money or lands or position, but the possession of a Christlike character, that will open to us the gates of Paradise. It is not dignity, it is not intellectual attainments, that will win for us the crown of immortality. Only the meek and lowly ones, who have made God their efficiency, will receive this gift. Mrs. E. G. White. {Central Advance, April 8, 1903 par. 5}